oye Sh ae re ae hee) 8:9 2 pana VW a oly \. 4 ’ ek We ate aay tal iat nate tas ney urn re teeihy MY alae ho aa a Sitar 4. cyntiat » Bs CL en Han Py Ui Meee! fe Lint ni Meas PL ke Le Th be A FN. ee Bee Be ae Van at ; “ Pon om mb Shem ratcaN POH [Onis € cur oan oN Sy ad Bede ke ena Te Apis ‘ rrr it PND AG ea ey eth a 4S ‘ ‘ re erry De, Sra ace ‘ iy yrs Cee ee a at - a eit fb says ee ee 3 ee 8 Yon ns spat ae Pa A A AGB Hae ne Sh Mate ett OM SL SUC Nc eat ee oe Pid Ml demon Cone de wher Rho f Wie Lom ea RST MEN TH RNR RA, teR gh. SABAH R Na Wate e elated fs Koen Sere: ANN Se fe it sg va OF fpusionten era ab opreprureaies AV ENTTRIN GY 1 Trait A UN ER wor b De AMM Me Wyre SON Sty Ae Pen Sr Se RL ty we Ms’ SS P= St Pea PR a3 8 hater aye CL es ate heel ed SER iNet Cae CE mt dye CF a a are RA GAMA OS bog MeN tiPe he RuPoy Airs! Skee ge nO Pitty 2 oO gPeoe ye 9 eh ob ye ar al Fite Mel gtigtt Oat a Mh got ea ee ee oe oC rae 2 Soak Akos dec OPE Se Oi tte age) st MS oo oe tt PP Be Mat f a 4 re o Aas hd oh ete ee Poe OA ee st i Re oe ees ee ee a Sith SN bet Rh ts Te =e ge elt MNP of a™ rs ean de Oa a a PA Oe ae Par Noting", 2A MO Pedi cig? avo as he eet Roney te ar ae Ser olintint ?. Wg + fren ih b "Oe Rap hg nays 6 * os ti th LA Woe & tate Pe es Saigtg pee FaBe S06 Ee Reteta bo My a iy Lp I< % \ Lillie RSX ex Libris Checks —_— ey 5 =, i 56% V. 1G- 1% as im vit. Volume 16 1962 Number 1 JOURNAL, of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue ANALYSIS OF PIERIS NAPI & BRYONIZ: IN EUROPE ECOLOGY OF DONNER PASS RHOPALOCERA BIOLOGY OF SANDIA AND DYOPS NOTES ON ERORA QUADERNA (Complete contents on back cover) 30 August 1962 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1962 OFFICERS President: Joun A. Comstock (Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: H. B. D. KettrLewe xu (Oxford, England) Vice President: Himosuti INovE (Fujisawa, Japan) Vice President: TARSICIO EscALANTE (Mexico City, Mexico) Treasurer: GrorcE EuLe (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmpnEY A. HEssEu (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Paut R. Exruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: Frioyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus ( Helsingfors, Finland) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Riotre (Toronto, Canada) Da.ror Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. pE La Torre y Cauieyas ( Havana, Cuba) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JouRNAL OF Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 16 1962 Number 1 NOTES ON ERORA (LYCAENIDA‘) by Kittan ROEVER Prior to 1940 all the Erora occuring in the United States were con- sidered to be Erora laeta Edwards. The range at that time was known to be curiously disjunct. An eastern population occuring from Ontario and Nova Scotia south to Virginia and a southwestern population occuring in Arizona were known. Dos Passos (1940) described the population in Arizona and New Mexico as Erora leta sanfordi. He made no mention of Erora quaderna (Hewitson) so I presume no Mexican Erora were examined. Fietp (1941) affiliated the Arizona population with Erora quaderna which was described from Mexico in 1868 and listed Erora lzta sanfordi dos Passos as a synonym. FreLp’s decision was based apparently on the original description and on the description found in the Biologia Centrali- Americana. He also made no mention of examining any Erora from Mexico. FieLp treated Thecla attalion Godman & Salvin as a dimorphic form of the male of quaderna, the name being based on a form lacking the green color on the ventral wing surfaces. He cautioned that such specimens lacking the green beneath may not occur in nature except in a worn condition. It has been my experience with quaderna in Arizona that the green overscaling is easily removed leaving a brownish-buff color on the undersurfaces. In view of this it seems that attalion can remain in synonomy. CiencH (1943) revived sanfordi as the subspecies of quaderna oc- curing in the southwestern United States. His opinion was primarily based on the comparison of two quaderna specimens from Tancitaro, Michoacan, Mexico with Arizona material. CLENcH selected Tancitaro as the type locality because the type of quaderna, a female in the British NS) Rorver: Erora Vol.16: no.1 Museum, carried no accurate data. Unfortunately CLENcH failed to give any characters by which quaderna quaderna and quaderna sanfordi could be separated. In an attempt to learn the diagnostic characters separating the subspecies I borrowed from the Museum of Comparative Zoology the two females (Tancitaro, Michoacan, Mexico, 7800’, VI-30-41 and VII-8-41, resp.; H. Hoocsrraat and R. Haac, collectors) which CLeNcH had examined. In addition Dr. Tarsicio EscaLantE kindly loaned me two females (Desierto de los Leones, approx. 7500’, Distrito Federal, Mexico, I-45 and IJ-23-61). These four specimens from central Mexico were compared with a series of Erora from various localities in southern Arizona. The variation of the Arizona material clearly encompasses the Mexican material. On the basis of my comparison I consider sanfordi to be a synonym of quaderna, as did Fie.p. I shall add that in a series of forty females from Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Arizona, there is considerable variation in the amount and shade of blue on the dorsal surface and in the size of the orange spots on the ventral surface. In giving the distribution of quaderna within the United States Fretp (1941) lists Arizona, Utah, and New Mexico. I have been able to find no further record concerning the occurence of this species in Utah. Dos Passos (1940) records two specimens received from R. T. KELLOGG of Silver City, New Mexico. Ltoyp M. Martin (in litt.) states that there is one specimen in the Los Angeles County Museum collection bearing the label data: III-22-40, Providence Mts., San Bernardino Co., California, T. B. Buevins, JR., collector. This is an entirely different environment from that in which it occurs in Arizona. In 1960 I located a specimen of quaderna in the collection at park headquarters of Big Bend National Park. The data on this specimen, a female, were Big Bend National Park, Brewster Co., Texas, VI-12-37, Roun H. Baker, collector. To my knowledge this represents the first record of this species from Texas and is a considerable eastward range extension. The data of my Erora quaderna collections in Arizona are as follows: APACHE COUNTY: Trout Creek Road, 4-6 mi. S of Smith Park, approx. 7500’, VII-4-58, 3 males; VII-4-59, 4 males; VI-25 & 26-60, 4 males, 1 female; VII-22-61, 1 male, 3 females. COCHISE COUNTY: E. Turkey Creek Canyon, approx. 3 mi. E of Onion Saddle, Chiricahua Mts., 6400’ — IV-10-59, 2 males, 10 females, IV-15-60, 12 females. Pinery Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., IV-15-60, 2 males, 4 females. 1 mi. NW of the South- western Research Station, Chiricahua Mts., [V-15-60, 4 females. 1 mi. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 N of Rustler Park, Chiricahua Mts., VI-19-60, 2 males. COCONINO COUNTY: Oak Creek Canyon, 7 mi. N of Sedona, III-28-59, 1 male. Todd’s Lodge, Oak Creek Canyon, VII-16-61, 1 female. GILA COUNTY: Peterson Ranch, 7000’, Sierra Ancha, VII-2-60, 2 females. Tonto Creek Fish Hatchery, VI-28-61, 1 male. GRAHAM COUNTY: Wet Canyon, 6000’, Pinaleno Mts., [V-23-61, 2 females. GREENLEE COUNTY: Rt. 666, 8 mi. S of Hannigan Meadows, VII-5-59, 6 males. Grays Peak Road Camp, Rt. 666, VII-5-59, 5 males, 1 female. PIMA COUNTY: Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., 4400-4600’, III-8-59, 1 male; III-19-60, 3 males. Summerhaven, 7800’, Santa Catalina Mts., V-24-59, 1 male; VII-9-61, 1 female. PINAL COUNTY: Peppersauce Wash, 5000’, Santa Catalina Mts., IV-18-61, 1 female. SANTA CRUZ COUNTY: Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., 5600-6400’, III-29-59, 3 males; [V-9-59, 4 males, 28 females; [V-10-59, 1 male, 32 females; [V-3-60, 8 females; IV-9-60, 3 females; VII-6-60, 2 males, 7 females; VII-9-60, 4 females; VII-13-60, 2 females; IV-6-61, 12 females. All of the known records of guaderna in Arizona are from the isolated mountain ranges in the southeastern part or from the Mogollon Rim area which extends in an irregular line from near Sedona eastward to McNary, then southeast to the vicinity of Glenwood, New Mexico. In addition to the counties previously mentioned it has been recorded by others from several localities in Yavapai County. The flight peaks seem to fall during the first two weeks of April and again during late June and the first week of July. Captures range in elevation from 4400’ to 7800’ although quaderna was encountered most frequently from 5500’ to 7500’ in the oak and pine zones. The collections I have made indicate that females are more abundant than males by a 3:1 ratio. In the case of lta, females are also reported more frequently than the males. This unequal sex ratio may be only a result of incomplete sampling methods. Erora quaderna is readily attracted to the flowers of Ceanothus fendleri Gray. I have also taken it on the flowers of Prunus virens (Woot. & Standl.), Nolina microcarpa Wats., and Monarda sp. It is not unusual during early April in Madera Canyon to see several hundred specimens during the course of a day. At that time of year they are easily taken at damp spots along the stream or in flight along the road and trails. The flight has been noted to move down the canyon unless a strong wind was blowing. : Several present day workers consider quaderna may be conspecific with Jzta. I am not prepared to comment on this relationship since I have examined only two speciments of the latter. A key character that 4 RoEveErR: Erora Vol.16: no.1 has been cited for distinguishing males of these two species is the absence of a blue tornal patch on the dorsal surface of the hindwing in quaderna and its presence in leta. This is not a consistant character as I have five males of quaderna which exhibit a conspicious tornal patch. I have not been successful in locating the foodplant of quaderna. The foodplants of lata have been listed as Fagus (beech) and Corylus (hazlenut). According to KEARNEY & PEEBLES (1960) no members of these genera occur in Arizona. The southernmost record of lata that has been published was of a female taken along the Little River, 3000’, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Sevier Co., Tennessee, [V-15-38 by ArrHur SrupKa, the park naturalist (Field, 1941). While checking collecting records at the park headquarters of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park I found reference to a specimen of leta taken VII-17-36, on Andrew's Bald, 5860’, G.S.M.N.P., Swain Co., North Carolina, SrmBperr & Evans, collectors. This is the first record of this species in North Carolina. It also represents an altitudinal high and the southernmost record for the United States. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful to Mr. Harotp Bropericx, park naturalist at the Big Bend National Park, Dr. P. J. Darxincton, Jr. of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and Dr. Tarsicio EscaLANTE of Mexico City for the loan of specimens, to Mr. Lioyp M. Martin of the Los Angeles County Museum for information concerning specimens under his care, to Mr. ARTHUR STUpPKA, park naturalist of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park for permission to examine the park collection, and to Dr. FLroyp G. WerNeER of the University of Arizona for comments con- cerning the manuscript. References Clench, H. K., 1943. A note on the Arizona Erora. Journ. N. Y. ent. soc. 51: 221-223. dos Passos, C. F., 1940. A new subspecies of Erora leta Edw. from Arizona and New Mexico. Amer. mus. novitates 1052: 1-2. Field, W. D., 1941. Notes on Erora leta (Edwards) and Erora quaderna (Hewit- son). Annals ent. soc. America 34: 303-316, 3 pls. Kearney, T. H., & R. H. Peebles, with supplement by J. T. Howell & Elizabeth McClintock, 1960. Arizona flora, 2nd ed. 1085 pp., 45 pls. Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Ariz., U. S. A. 962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 THE GENETICS AND REPRODUCTIVE ISOLATING MECHANISMS OF THE PIERIS NAPI-BRYONIAZ, GROUP by Z. Lorkovic I. INTRODUCTION The case of Pieris napi L. and bryoniz Ochsenheimer has wasted much ink in arguments among taxonomists as to whether bryoniz is a distinct species or only a subspecies of napi, without having brought about a satisfactory explanation. Even after the extensive work of MULLER and Kautz (1938), a turning-point in the opinions on this problem, the situation remained rather unchanged for a more critical or biologically trained judge, familiar to some extent with the circumstances in this difficult group. This failure is mainly due to the fact that most early investigators as well as MuLLER and Kautz themselves have not used the genetic approach. The research of B. PETERSEN (1948-1955) offered a first refreshing exception, and his important conclusions anticipate some of those reached in the present paper. Nevertheless a more exhaustive genetic analysis of the napi - bryoniz# complex remained necessary. In fact, at the same time as I was about to publish my genetic research obtained some years ago, several articles of BOwDEN appeared (1955, 1956, 1957, 1958) containing also some genetical and experimental data about the questions involved, though a conclusive genetic survey has not been given. Besides this, his results differ in some respects so much from my own that it will be by no means unnecessary to show here the results of my investigations in the usual genetic way. THE ProsLteM. The main attractive point for the taxonomist lies in the great color differences between the females of these two forms as well as in the geographic restriction of bryoniz to the Alps, Carpathians, Scandinavia, and to some less known parts of Asia and North America. On the other hand, napi is widely distributed in both the plains and the mountains of the Palzarctic and Nearctic Regions but usually does not appear in the areas of bryonizx. Because of its restricted boreal - alpine distribution and the occurrence of more or less common transitions towards napi, bryoniz was in the past considered to be an ecological race of P. napi. However since MuLLER and Kautz have in their extensive work offered certain arguments in-favor of the specific distinctness of the two forms, their view has gained more and more adherents among levidopterists, so that finaly Forster and Woutrart in their work Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas (1955) quoted bryonix as a good species, 6 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryonizx Vol.16: no.1 although the problem has not reached its conclusive stage. My use here of the term “adherents” suggests that we are not concerned with a systematically simple case, but rather with one that is in some respect ambigous. Such cases of controversial opinions have much interest from the evolutionary point of view, because this fact itself suggests that we are dealing with an incomplete stage of speciation, which deserves a closer analysis, especially from the genetical and populational aspect. The present paper refers to my research concerning the genetics of the morphological characters of napi and bryonizx, to the occurrence of recombinations of these characters in nature, to the possible and ex- perimental hybridisation and to the degrees of reproductive isolating mechanisms between the two forms. II]. Generics or CoLor DIFFERENCES BETWEEN P. bryoniz# anv P. napi MATERIALS AND BREEDING METHODS. The crossings were performed with the ssp. neobryonixz Sheljuzhko that is abundant in the Alpine parts of western Yugoslavia and with napi from the lowland districts of the environments of Zagreb, where no bryoniz occur. Some crossings were also obtained with Alpine napi captured in districts where they fly together with bryonizw (Krnica Valley, Ratecée, Planica). During 1947 - 1951 about 200 broods were reared to imagos and more than twice as many matings have been carried out. Previously (1926, 1931, 1954; broods from wild females occasionally captured at the lower situated localities of bryoniz (Fala, Savinja valley, Krnica below Prisojnik ) served rather as an orientation for further decisive research. The matings were obtained always under the experimentator’s control either inside the laboratory, mostly at the windows, or outdoors in the net, sometimes also free in the field. Many pairings could be realised only by the authors’ artificial copulatory method using clamped females and immobilised males (Lorkovié 1948, 1952). The mating usually lasted 1 to 1% hours. The egg-laying females were kept in cages provided with a cotton net and the eggs were deposited on the potted food plant Roripa silvestris, where the larvee remained until the last molt. Sub- sequently the larve were transported to plants kept in water. The plants must be changed every one or two days whether they are eaten by the larvee or not. By this way the losses caused by diseases were reduced practically to zero. The pupation occurred on the walls of the cage or’ in cardboard boxes, where the larve were placed after they had stopped feeding. Emerged male imagos usually were kept in cardboard boxes about 15 X 15 < 30 cm for two or three days at a lower temperature (15° 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society i - 18°C) wherefrom they were liberated once daily for some minutes for feeding. In such a manner the males can be kept in good condition before they become ripe to mate; this usually takes two or three days before one may with great probability count upon the mating ability of a male. On the contrary, the females are able to mate as soon as their wings grow strong enough for flying. Older females are more convenient only in the case when the artificial pairing methods must be used. GENES AFFECTING THE WING COLOUR OF bryonix# AND napi. The first clear and doubtless assertion about the inheritance of the main bryoniz character, i. e. the dark melanic markings along the wing veins in bryoniz females (these are missing in napi) has been expressed in PETERSEN'S paper (1955), where on the strength of my unpublished research he reported that the bryonizw character is dominant over that of napi. A short note appeared previously to the paper mentioned in the Proceedings of the IX. International Entomological Congress (1952), where I de- clared in the discussion of HEssELBARTH' report that the bryoniz pattern is dominant, whereas the inheritance of the brownish yellow color is intermediary. All other previous opinions about this matter, so far as is known to me, were uncertain, which is no wonder, for without reared F» generation or back-crosses such a decision could not be reached. In fact, nearly all previous breeders, as well as some recent ones, suffered great losses caused by diseases, owing to the faulty breeding methods, so that the poor F2 broods were not sufficient for an accurate genetical analysis. One exception was Main’s crossing between 1907 and 1909, but in spite of a satisfactory breeding method he reached a quite erroneous conviction “that the inheritance of bryonizw characters passed almost entirely through the female” (quoted after BowpEn, 1956). After this failure it was not earlier than in 1956 that BowbeNn published the first successful research on this matter, and his results agree in general with my own. In respect to the lacks in the genetic interpretation of the cross- ings in his paper I shall give here a genetical analysis of my crossings in connection with the question of the reproductive isolation of these two butterflies. The following crosses have been carried out by the author: napi & X bryoniz BRroop 1. 1932: & Podsused (Zagreb); @ Rogovilec, Savinja valley, Karawanken Alps RCE 2. 1947: § Maksimir (Zagreb); 2 VrSic, Julian Alps, 1400 m. OOF 3. 1948: g Maksimir (Zagreb); @ VrSié, ex larva 1947 1 bn 8 Beye, Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 bryoniex 3 X napi g 4. 1935: g Mangart, Julian Alps; 2 Podsused (Zagreb) M x P 0. 1948: ¢ Vrsié, ex larva 1947; 9 Periénik, Vrata valley, Julian Alps, 900 m. 3 nb 6. 1948: ¢ Krnica, Julian Alps, 1100 m.; 2 Mt. Sljeme (Zagreb), 600 m. (27)3 Besides the listed crossings, several bryoniz broods from various localities of the Julian Alps and the Karawanken Alps in the Yugoslay part of the southeastern Alps have been carried out, i. e. from: Zirovnica, 700 m.; Fala near Maribor, 300 m.; Rogovilec in Savinja valley, 650 m.; Vrata valley in the Julian Alps, 800 m.; VrSié and Mojstrovka in the Julian Alps, 1400-1800 m.; and Bovec in the Trenta valley, 600 m. P. napi were mostly used directly from nature, since napi is the species of the environment of Zagreb, ranging eastwards to the line Maribor - Zidani most approximately, where the last small populations of a light bryoniz can be found. The most important genetic results were obtained from the cross “IY” which could be brought up to the 14th generation without introduc- tion of any new bryoniz blood, but with 7 refreshments of outdoor napi. The recent analysis of these crossings confirmed the author’s previously mentioned remarks about the inheritance of the main bryoniz# and napi characters. The three taxonomic distinctions between these two forms are controlled by three independent pairs or groups of genes: 1) An autosomal gene pair controls the extension of the dark MELANIC COLOR along the wing-veins; its dominant allele, B, causes the bryoniz# females to be heavily infuscated along the veins, whereas with the recessive allele, b, characteristic for napi, the darkening along the veins is either absent or reduced to the outer (distal) part of the veins (Fig.l 2 2 ). In the male sex the manifestation of these alleles is only slight, it is similar in both forms and therefore markedly sex-controlled. 2) The BRownIsH- YELLOW GROUND COLOR of bryonix# females, and the WHITE one of napi controlled by another pair or group of genes, Y, y, and its expression is strongly sex-controlled, since the males are completely white. 3) A third pair of alleles, W, w, affects the WHITE or GREENISH-YELLOW GROUND COLOR of the underside of the hindwings and the apex of the forewings, especially in males, and is thus partially sex-controlled. We shall now turn to the more detailed analysis of each of the men- tioned gene-pairs. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 Fig. 1. Melanic wing color pattern in females and males of bryoniw (left) and napi (right) which are controlled by the allele pair B and b. Tue B, b attetes. The main controversy concerning the allelic pair Bb which controls the principal feature of bryonizw against napi is the question of its dominance. Because of the fact that the bryonixz x napi hybrids show a less pronounced bryoniz pattern than the pure bryoniz it was believed earlier that this character behaves intermediately. Such opinions rest on a misinterpretation of the meaning of dominance. This term does not denote full identity with the parental phenotype, respective- ly the homozygous one, since there are all transitions between the com- plete dominance to none at all. In our case, by pairing homozygous bryoniz and napi, the F; generation of both reciprocal crossings is always of the bryoniz pattern, although a somewhat slighter one. In the F»2 or any later generation, when individuals heterozygous for the genes Bb are mated, bryoniz and pure napi segregate in a 3 : I| ratio. In back- crosses the segregation is likewise clear, and the ratio is 1 : 1. In Fig.2 the succession of 14 generations obtained in the stock “III” is represented diagrammatically. The genotypes of each brood or of the parents as 10 Lorkovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 D ee MAKSIMIR cg @ vRsi¢ 4. 28, Vil. ge Q zi 2, 28.Vil MAKSIMIR ° *@ oh 7 40:14 BR DEIN o 2 OrKsAvER WAL ate Z/ill OKRNICA 17 e zal sa 1948 ane on oo ea) 2 Toe 2/iu 33:30 5. 4 Sane oslo hohe) oe C oo9 oo FOG 29 ; oe os ee 628M as Os ° e 2 e o tus ° oe cial Samet % 31.Vil. c of & Se of oe © eG o” 9 6879 8. 27 Vill co SP Ce LY el cm LO al ©) 2/illg Si O/in 4/\\l pees TESOL CSL CLASP ; 46 53 44:0 0:0 40. FV. °° A se o Sous 18:0 mesic 10:0 aon 41. QOVIl STENJEVEC @ & @ CP eocld @ A534 A4 450 is ! 35:0 4:0 9:0 3:2 42. 10VIL MAKSIMIRG! @ oo og @ 185 Lae. MAKSIMIR[ 45:14 1 of 13 6vil oO © | 205 206 MAKSIMIR 17:20 12:12 44 5. 1X 5 AGED oH RCiS Gf 2 ore Fig. 2. Diagrammatic representation of 14 successive generations in the stock “III” of the napi 8 x bryoniz @ crossing. During this time only napi were introduced from outside. The actual ratio of phenotypes is indicated for each brood; the expected genotypes are indicated by black (BB), black and white (Bb) and white (bb). Male and female symbols show approximately the given ratio. The bold black lines indicate broods in which all individuals were of bryoniz phenotype, consequently at least half of them were homozygous. indicated in the diagram result from actual ratios obtained in the progeny of each brood as well as by the symbols of male and female phenotypes. The four possible ratios which occurred in 54 broods are summarized in Tables 1 — 3, each brood containing not less than 15 individuals; broods with a lower number of descendants are not included, except a few which are of special interest. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 Table 1. Bb x Bb. Expected 3 : 1 ratio. Ratio Bé bé Be bgQ BS Q Mx P — 1935 14 2 8 3 23 Ill — 1947 2 0 4 3 6 6/IIL, — 1948 i 0 6 3 13 2/4b — 1948 13 2% 6 4 19 9 — 1948 12 3 11 5 93 128 — 1949 10 2 y) Ht 12 201 — 1949 11 3 i) 5 33 214 — 1949 1p 5 (2 if 25 247 — 1950 12 4 11 3 23 265 — 1950 WS) 6 14 6 29 289 — 1950 21 8 4 i 25 301 — 1951 NS) 3 10 5 25 307 — 1951 aut 4 4 2, 15 5bn — 1948 3 2 3 3 6 ional: 1L30/ 45 Lu 3 ais} Q74 Expected ratio: 151.5 BOD | WO 2 3205 | 278 A. BB x BB, BB x Bb, BB x bb. Expected 1 Brood 46 - 1949 53 - 1949 73 - 1949 45 - 1949 127 - 1949 _ 134 - 1949 167 - 1949 210 - 1949 231 - 1950 237 - 1950 241 - 1950 271 - 1950 - 1950 315 - 1951 O ratio. SOoQQgogqaoqoqoeoqcqe® bse i) Babb se bp: 1 ratio. Expected 0 Brood Ratio 3/IIL. 14/2/4b 213 - 1949 235 - 1950 255 - 1950 SQOQoqoee©S p2 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 Table 3. @ Bb x. 2 bb, and 2 Bb x @ bb. Expected 1 : 1 ratio. Rat 10 Sex of Brood bb parent je) Os a — = RxP,-1932 RxF,-1932 1/III-1947 3/TII,-1948 6/II1,-1948 1/II1,-1948 4/TII,6-1948 bbn-1948 165-1949 185-1949 905-1949 206-1949 236-1950 239-1950 264-1950 278-1950 984-1950 312-1951 313-1951 bo =" SCWeOAGDWWUNARHRROWNE =I t _— oe) eown & © ow NS) 0.000 0.076 0.091 0.052 0.032 0.666 1,125 0,036 — jd Nw =) Os OS OS +O +O OS OS OS O38 OS +O OS OS OS +40 40 OS O3 OS — — LhOwWwMAWOWATHWWAR 3 9 8 6 3 1 6 i 3 5 6 AUDOADPRE OD le — Ol — Expected ratio: : : : Oneal Total: 140: : : 0.50 >P<0.70 1The greater part of young larve was abandoned. 2Several napi females were accidentaly lost. 3bryonizw 8 ex larva from Vrsié, 1947. The Chi-squared test and the probabilities (P) of the ratios 3 : 1 and 1 : 1 convincingly prove that the difference between the bryoniz and napi pattern depends on only one single pair of alleles and that the bryoniz pattern is dominant over that of napi. Accordingly, the napi individuals are always homozygous, bb, and consequently pure-breeding; bryoniz can be either homozygous or heterozygous. It can be seen from the diagram of Fig.2 that the mother of the stock “III” was heterozygous, since her progeny segregated in 6 bryoniz and 3 napi, a quite unexpected fact for a high-alpine bryonizx, usually considered to be true-breeding. It must be pointed out that in all these broods a clear-cut discontinuity between the bryonizw and napi patterns was absolute, although bryoniz vary considerably. The best but by no means the only decisive diagnostic character which allows the clear distinction between bearers of B and b- has been found in the so called “margin-streak” (“Saumstrich” of MuLLER 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Lis) and Kautz or Bowpen’s “bryo-streak” ), i. e. the dark suffusion along the rudimentary vein A, extending from the posterior discal spot to the outer wing margin (Fig.l, ms). This streak is so rarely to be found in napi, that when it is present it is more than probable that it originates from a previous mixture with bryoniz. It is present nearly always not only in each similarly patterned subspecies or species as adalwinda Fruhst., bicolorata Petersen, pseudobryonixz Vrty., camtschadalis Rob., and ochsenheimeri Stgr., but in Pieris melete Mén. too. Spring napi females which show a more marked gray suffusion along the veins than is usual in this species are also distinguishable by the lack of this streak. The distinction between a slightly marked heterozygous bryoniz# female and a more strongly marked napi would be sometimes difficult without the bryo-streak present in the former and absent in the latter. In general, there is a good correlation between the vein markings and the bryo-streak in bryoniz, the streak being a more reliable diagnostic character inasmuch as it is a qualitative one. One exception to this rule will be considered below. It may be also emphasized that the occurrence of the bryo-streak does not depend upon the presence of the posterior discoidal spot, since the streak can be well developed even when the spot is completely miss- ing. Despite the fact that napi were three times introduced from outside into the stock “III” during the first six generations (not counting the parental crossing), no particular diminution of the bryoniz pattern could be noticed. On the contrary the homozygous BB individuals which appeared first in the 10th generation were obviously darker and had broader vein markings than the mother. This is also proof that the mother was, in spite of her high-alpine origin, heterozygous. In spite of the well-proven monohybrid inheritance of the bryoniz - napi pattern one could hardly explain the extreme range of variability of bryoniz by only a twofold nature of its genotype. Moreover, the same phenotype can be either homozygous or heterozygous; crosses of napi with heavily dark bryonixz females give rise to hybrids which do not differ from specimens usually considered as normal bryonix (brood 3/III-3), while on the other hand several stocks of homozygous BB individuals bred from heterozygous parents show a less pronounced bryoniz pattern than the just mentioned primary hybrids. In respect to the clear monohybrid segregation there can be little doubt that this very variable shading of the bryoniz pattern depends on polygenic factors independent of the B gene. This is most clearly shown by the observation that among the progeny of the two similarly heterozygous bryonix sisters but with different napi fathers (back-crosses), both phenotypes 14 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 bryoniz and napi may be considerably different in the dark shading, depending on the intensity of the dark pattern of the napi father mated to the bryoniz mother (brood 278). If the napi father has a dark pattern, the entire progeny which segregates into bryoniz# and napi, will have a dark one, too. Similarly a paler napi father gives rise to brighter in- dividuals of both forms, bryoniz and napi (Fig. 3). Although the shading varies in both crosses, the bryoniz pattern is preserved, since even in the palest females the bryo-streak is fully developed. Such pale females can always be reliably distinguished from every napi individual. One can compare the differences described to more or less exposed or developed copies made from the same photograph negative. Thus, the intensity of this bryoniz character depends not only on the B gene itself but also on the genes which control the appearence of melanin in general. Apparently we have here an analogy to the expression of the dark markings in the Nun Moth, Lymantria monacha, as it was postulated by GotpscHMipt (1921, 1928). Apart from such multiple chromogene genes there are also other genes which control the extent of the dark suffusion along the veins. It is well known that this suffusion varies from very narrow lines, hardly broader than the veins themselves, to such an extent that the dusky suffusion of two neighboring veins joins together and the whole surface of the wings becomes dusted with dark scales. A good support for the opinion that this suffusion depends on separate genes has been obtained in a cross between a heterozygous ¢& bryoniz X napi anda ¢ Pieris ergane female, reared in 1935. The dark pattern of P. ergane is identical to that of P. napi or P. rape; but similarly to P. manni the spots have less-defined contours and the outer part of the forewings is often largely dusted with dark scales. In the female hybrids (bryonizw xX napi) & X ergane @ the dark markings along the veins are strikingly broader on both the fore- wings and the hindwings than was the case in the father’s (bryoniz xX napi) sisters, that show the width of the suffusion usual for bryoniz x napi hybrids. | Consequently, the expression of the dark melanic pattern in bryoniz would be dependent upon three independent groups of alleles: 1) the dominant allede B controls the extension of melanin along the veins, and its recessive allele b causes the absence of melanin; 2) an unknown number of additively acting genes (M, m) control the intensity of the darkening; whereas 3) a probably low number of genes would be responsible for the width of the vein-marking. Now, after having got acquainted with all the possible genes influenc- ing the dark pattern of bryonizw females, we again must turn to the question of the dominance of the gene B. Bowpen (1956) was right 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 in his doubt about the dominance of this gene so far as some mixed low- land bryoniz - napi populations are concerned. Instead of a clear-cut distinction between the presence and absence of the bryo-streak, as was found to be the rule in our experiments, here its variability produces all transitions ranging from a common dark streak to a few scarcely visible dark scales or perhaps none. The same seems to apply also to the dark vein markings, which can be as narrow as in some more strongly marked napi specimens of pure napi populations. In such cases one cannot de- cide whether such a transitional specimen carries only two b genes or also a B gene. In my last crossing experiments no such specimens were available, and the crossings carried out many years ago were not complete. However, by a more thorough genetical investigation of this character perhaps very interesting detections could be done. Apparently, two possible explanations may be taken into consideration: either there exist two or even more multiple B genes with different manifestation of the bryo-streak, or the recessive gene b of these populations is not identical with the gene b of the pure napi populations, bringing about a stronger vein suffusion than commonly found in napi, so that sometimes a slight bryo-streak appears too. Such a supposition could lead to the conception that the gene b in bryonizx populations is not derived from hybridization with napi populations, but that it takes part in the specific gene pool of Pieris bryoniz as a distinct entity. The confirmation of such a supposition might turn our opinion in favour of the conviction of those authors who consider bryoniz as a separate species. However, in the absence of experimental evidence for any of these hypotheses we must for the present emphasize the genetic proof that the napi pattern segregates from heterozygous bryoniz. Finally, it should be remembered that the intensity of the melanic color depends also upon environmental factors, especially on temperature and humidity. It is known that low temperature and high humidity lead in Pieridz to spread of melanin, so that it is more than probable that the form “concolor” R6b. is at least partially due to these environ- mental influences. Pupz kept in the refrigerator at the time of develop- ment gave imagos with extremly wide vein suffusion, while conversely, heat and dryness gave rise to pale and bright individuals. Everything said so far applies only to the female sex. We must, however, also take into consideration the male sex, although it is not so important for our purposes, since here the phenotypic differences of the genes in question are only slight. Careless observers or novices mostly think that there are no differences between the males of bryoniz and napi, which may be true only exceptionally for the spring brood. In the 16 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 summer broods bryoniz males are distinguished by gray streaks along the veins on the upperside, particularly on the hindwings, where these markings gradually diminish from the margin of the wing to half way toward the discocellular vein. Rarely the darkening is of such a width that the neighboring markings join near to the wing margin. Usually the markings are developed only as narrow “vein-streaks” as shown in fig. 1, left. In napi these gray vein-streaks are either absent cr are present as minute dark triangles at the ends of the veins (fig.1, right). In the spring brood the triangles can be prolonged about one millimeter or two at most; this is the only case when males of bryoniz cannot be distinguished with certainty from the napi ones. The vein-streaks are present in every bryoniz male which carries at least one B gene, i. e. not only in homozygous but in heterozygous in- dividuals too. This circumstance is of great value in the establishment of more precise ratios of phenotypes in segregation, because it is possible to determine the presence or absence of the gene B in almost every brood in males as well as females, so that the numbers usable in deter- mining ratios are twice as large. The phenotypic differences of this character correspond in almost every case very well to the expected ratios of 3: 1 or 1 : 1 (see Tables 1 and 3). Of course, the stronger vein darking in bryoniz males is present in the forewings as well as the hindwings, although in these the difference from napi is not so apparent, because the apical spot always sends shorter or longer vein-streaks towards the inside of the wing. The demonstration that gene B, which controls the dark pattern of bryoniz, is dominant over the recessive napi gene, so that pure napi traits segregate from heterozygous bryoniz, is of decisive significance. It reveals that napi must be always homozygous recessive, bb, while phenotypic bryoniz can be either homozygous, BB, or heterozygous, Bb (Table 2). Mutter and Kaurz (1938) considered specimens with bryoniz pattern as pure bryoniz or as its ssp. flavescens because they did not know this. They also did not know or underestimated the fact that from heterozygous bryonix, although very dark, specimens of the napi phenotype segregate which do not differ from individuals of a pure napi population. MULLER even quoted from the literature some cases of the appearence of napi specimens within bryonizx broods, but he explained them as individuals accidentaly introduced with the food (l.c.: pp.36, 37). Corresponding examples in their monograph are: Tab.6, fig.15; tab.5, fig.11; but also 6, 7, and 8, except for their yellow color. It is true that Mutter and Kautz count such napi individuals as bryonix ssp. flavesc2ns Wagner, but there is no proof whether they belong to this subspecies or 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 rather are descendants of a cross with napi. It is only certain that such napi individuals belong to the population of Médling, which is composed of both flavescens and napi. Whether they belong to napi or flavescens cannot be resolved without breedings or crossings, as will be shown below. We shall learn also that bryonizw Xx napi heterozygotes are some- times present but concealed by the dominance of the gene B even in the so called “pure” mountain bryonizx populations. THe Y y ALLELES. It was mentioned above that the factor for the brownish-yellow ground color of the bryonizw females is dominant, al- though it is not sure that it is really so, since this color shows graduated intensity in both the crossings and in nature. Owing to its strong sex- controlled manifestation it is not easy to decide whether this character depends upon one or more pairs of alleles. Since the males are entirely white, without any trace of a yellowish color, the choice of males in crossings is entirely by chance when pure stocks are not at one’s disposal. The back-cross (R X P - 1932) between an intense yellow bryonix Bb female from Rogovilec (see below) and a pure napi male from Zagreb, where no yellow specimens occurred, seem to be a rather decisive one: 28 yellow and 30 white females appeared, the yellow specimens being re- presented by all transitions from nearly the same yellow color as the mother had to the very pale one; all white females had the same white color. This cross indicates that the gene for the yellow color is likely to be incompletely dominant, Y, its expression being variable, and that there is no more than one allelic pair for this color, a rather unexpected result, since such a gradual color variability usually is attributed to polygeny. However, the characters which are dependent on the cumulative action of polygeny can by no means result in a ratio of 1 : 1, providing, of course, that the estimation of color was correct. The genetics of this character thus seems to remain somewhat obscure, too. THE W, w parr. Especially interesting is the allele W which controls the white color of the underside of the hindwings and the apex of the forewings in the males of bryoniz populations. It is completely dominant over the greenish-yellow color of the recessive gene w. The same applies to the female sex, although the gene w is manifested only exceptional by the white color, mostly by a pale buff one. The phenotypic manifesta- tion of the recessive allele, w, is always the same in males and in females, in bryoniz and in napi. W is a remarkable gene in that male sex-controlled polymorphism is very rare in Lepidoptera, as pointed out by REMINGTON 18 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.1 Table 4. Ww xX ww. Expected 1 : 1 ratio. Brood |W ¢4 WWI WE Oe AO OW aes pane x? | P in % 1 bn 13 12 ili 17 30 : 29 aa S00 5 bn 2 3 p) 4 Ab toi 0.8182 | >30, <50 Ab a 1 11 6 18 13 8.8064 | >30, <50 4/4b 4 0 3 5 ui 5 0:3333 | S50) <70 2b 6 6 3 3 9 9 0.0000 | 100 24b 13 PD) 5 5 18 i 4.8400; >2, <5 14-2/4b 2 10 py) 1 4 11 3.2666| >5, <10 1 bbn 4 0 1 1 5 1 2.6666 | >10, <20 3 bbn 4 5 2 3 6 8 0.2857 | >50, <70 6/4b 3 0 PD) 3 5 3 0.5000 | >30, <50 5(27) 5 5 a = 5 5 0.0000| 100 55 9 9 9 10 18 19 0.0270| >80, <90 85 0 3 4 3 4 6 0.4000} >50, <70 60 2 iL ) 0 4 1 0.9000} >10, <20 Total Awe GS 63 61 sy BY os 0.6475: So, 50) (1954). Although we do not deal here with a quite true sex-controlled dimorphism, since the difference appears in both sexes, the dimorphism is much more pronounced in the males than in the females, the latter being sometimes difficult to distinguish in respect to it. It is worth nothing that the genetical identity of the white males and pale buff females has not been realized before the present analysis. Each of these two forms has been proviously considered to be a separate variant: ab. & “subtalba” Schima and ab. @2 “subtochracea” Kautz. Mutter and Kautz reported that “subtalba” can also rarely be found in males and females of napi, and they quote the find of a “subtalba” female in Pommerania in northern Germany. It is obvious that the white color of this female has nothing to do with the gene W, as was already suspected by Mutter (1938). Another interesting point of this gene pair is that the author has not as yet been able to obtain a brood homozygous for the gene W. As is shown in Table 4, the segregation is the rule and the ratio 1 : 1 prevails. Of the two 3 : 1 ratios, broods 2/4b and 1/bbn, the first is only apparent- ly of this kind since the brood was raised from a back-cross, the mother of the second brood unfortunately escaped before her phenotype was noted. It is striking that 8 of 11 matings between Ww individuals were entirely sterile, whereas 3 others gave a total of only 5 individuals, 3 of them in one brood. Only the back-crosses were successful, and even 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 among these a great part produced no progeny. The writer is inclined to attribute this failure to inbreeding rather than to any other essential cause, except the F, hybrid sterility, which will be discussed below. No population of bryoniz is known in which the gene W is the exclusive allele. One of the most significant concentrations of this gene so far known to me occurs in the Julian Alps, where about 45% of all pheno- types are W bearers. According to Perer’s (1950) count the proportion of the “subtalba” males in the Allgauer Alps is 19%. No white males had been recorded in the western Alps, as some authors have claimed. RECOMBINATION IN REARED POPULATIONS. The three gene pairs con- trolling the morphological features of bryoniz and napi, already dis- cussed above, have been found to segregate and completely recombine in the F2 generation and back-crosses. The dihybrid back-cross “R x P - 1932” already mentioned is especially illustrative. It yielded four female phenotypes: bryoniz pattern and yellow color (Bb Yy), bryoniz pattern and white color (Bb yy), napi pattern and yellow color (bb Yy), and napi pattern and white color (bbyy) in the ratio 14 : 14 : 16 : 14, which agrees very well with the expected dihybrid ratio 1 : 1 : 1 : 1. Besides these two gene groups free combinations with the Ww alleles have also been obtained, among them the formerly scantily-known combinations bYW and byW. Thus the three pairs of alleles are located in different chromosomes, all autosomes. This is only to be expected where the number of chromosomes is so large (n = 25). The recombinations are the same as certain “varieties” or “aberrations” from natural collections, already de- scribed, and it seems likely that the genetical explanation of these natural variants has therefore been found. I shall mention some examples of such natural “aberrations”: bryoniz# “obscura albida” (BB yy), bryonix “albida” Miill. (Bbyy), bryoniz “flavida reducta” Miill. (bDbYY or bbYy), and bryoniz “albida reducta” Miill. (bb yy). This shows at best how unsound it may be to give names to forms which are no more than re- combinations of a few gene pairs. However, before starting with the comparison of the experimental genetic results and the circumstances in nature we must briefly get acquainted with the other morphological as well as physiological and ecological differences between bryonixz and napi. (To be continued ) 20 Vol.16: no.1 A BITING MIDGE ECTOPARASITIC ON ARIZONA LYCAENIDS by Pau R. ExRiIcH On 21 August 1961, I was using a Questar telescope to observe in- dividuals of Celastrina argiolus (=Lycznopsis pseudargiolus) sucking moisture from damp spots in the road running through the South Fork of Cave Creek (Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona, 5200 feet). Two small flies were seen to alight on the ventral surface of the hindwing of an individual under observation, and when the butterfly was carefully collected with forceps one stayed in place, while the other flew off. The fly remained attached while the butterfly was killed in a cyanide jar, and it was therefore possible to obtain the accompanying photographs of the parasite in situ. Dr. W. W. Wirtn, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, has identified the fly as Forcipomyia (Neoforcipomyia) baueri Wirth, a member of the dipterous family Ceratopogonide (—Heleidz) which is well known to most of us through the activities of the members which attack man (known variously as punkies, no-see-ums, sand flies, all-jaws, etc.). Forcipomyia baueri was described from a series of specimens taken by D. L. Bauer from the underside of the wings of Callophrys ( Mitoura) siva and Philotes enoptes on Mingus Mountain, Yavapai Co., Arizona. The only other record which has come to my attention of a Forcipomyia attacking a North American butterfly is that of F. mexicana Wirth attacking Pyrrhogyra otolais Bates (Nymphalide: Nymphaline) in Mexico (collected by BAvER). WirtuH's (1956) excellent paper on biting midges ectoparasitic on insects shows exotic ceratopogonids to be quite catholic in their tastes, with attacks recorded on Pieris (Pieride, Pierine), Eurema (Pieride, Coliadine), Danaus (Nymphalide, Danaine), Morpho (Nymphalide, Morphine) and _ Helicopis (Lycaenide, Riodinine ). Ceratopogonids also attack larval butterflies, adult and larval moths, and a wide variety of other insects. In all cases they are presumably “bloodsuckers” (ingest the hemolymph). Many aspects of the relation- ship between the ectoparasitic midges and lepidopterans deserve study; it would be especially interesting to know the degree of host specificity displayed by the midges. Lepidopterists are urged to make detailed observations on any observed attacks, and to submit the flies to Dr. WietH for identification. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PAL Top: Forcipomyia baueri on ventral surface of right hindwing of Celastrina argiolus. Middle and bottom: close-up views of the midge. [Photos by M. A. Mor- tenson. ] 22 Enruicu: Biting midge Vol.16: no.1 I would like to thank Dr. W. W. Wirtu for identifying the midge, and Mr. Martin A. Mortenson for taking the photographs. This work was done while the author was at the Southwestern Research Station of The American Museum of Natural History, and was supported by Grant No. G-14740 from the National Science Foundation. Reference Wirth, Willis W., 1956. New species and records of biting midges ectoparasitic on insects (Diptera, Heleide). Ann. ent. soc. Amer. 49: 356-364. Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. GUIA PARA EL ENTOMOLOGO PRINCIPIANTE. [Guide for the beginning entomologist; in Spanish.] By Kenneth J. Hayward. 1961. 168 pp., 7 pls. Instituto Miguel Lillo, Universidad Nacional de Tucu- man. Argentina, Miscelanea, No. 22. Available from the Instituto for $3.00 USA. This is a manual of entomological procedure aimed at beginners in the study of insects. These are discussions of the morphology and classification, of collecting techniques, and of the orders of insects. Professor Haywarp recognizes 34 orders. This is a larger number than seems ideal in the light of recent work, and especially good grounds exist for reducing to infra-ordinal status his Phasmida, Diploglossata, Megaloptera, and Raphidiodea. Probably the Isoptera should stand next to the Blattaria, and in the Apterygota the Collembola should be listed first (or better eliminated from the Insecta), Protura second, Entotrophi third, and Thysanura last; Thysanura are by far the closest to the Pterygota, and Collembola and Protura by far the most remote. But these old classificatory points are common to many current general texts, and the work under review cannot be singled out for them. Spanish-speaking insect collectors needing a beginner's guide will find this work valuable. CHARLES L. REMINGTON Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 ECOLOGICAL STUDIES OF RHOPALOCERA IN A HIGH SIERRAN COMMUNITY — DONNER PASS, CALIFORNIA. I. BUTTERFLY ASSOCIATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONAL FACTORS by Tuomas C. Emmet and Joun F. EMMEL The State of California, extending some 1,264 miles along the Pacitic Coast of North America, contains 158,693 square miles of dry deserts, moist coastlands, chaparral-covered hills, and great mountain ranges, with unparalleled opportunities for the ecologist and lepidopterist alike. Practically every combination of climatic factors may be found within the state’s boundaries. Six life zones, with approximately 4000 species of fern-allies and flowering plants, lie at elevations ranging from 282 feet below sea level to 14,495 feet at the peak of Mount Whitney. Tempera- tures and rainfall correspond generally with these life zones; average annual rainfall ranges from about 0 inches to 70 inches, and mean temperatures of about 40°F. in boreal regions to high summer tempera- tures of 130° in the deserts are recorded. Thus California provides many unique locations to study the ecological aspects of a species’ adaptation and preference for a particular environment. One such location—the Donner Pass area in the Sierra Nevada, Placer County, California — was selected for intensive study during the summers of 1956 and 1960. This location encompasses the flora of three life zones and ranges in elevation from 6800 to 8300 feet. This paper reports the general ecological observations made on each of the 76 re- corded species, forms and races of Rhopalocera and the four habitats selected for study in the area. Factors involved in butterfly distribution are discussed using examples from this Donner Pass study and the literature. INTRODUCTION In this Donner Pass study and past investigations by other authors, two general factors in the ecology of Rhopalocera have been emphasized: (1) Preference of many species for a particular type of habitat. (2) Effect of weather (extrinsic environmental conditions) on butterfly flight periods. . A second paper will treat the latter subject. The present paper reports our data on the general ecology of the Donner Pass butterfly fauna. 24 EMMEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no<4 E. B. Forp (1957), in considering the geographical distributions and ecological preferences of British butterflies, notes that it is often difficult to separate these two distinctions. Many species will normally occur within a particular region and this region, though usually composed of varying habitats, is known as part of the general geographic distribu- tion of each resident or migratory species. However, within that general region, the ecological preferences of each species dictate the distribution of that butterfly. As yet, few published papers have been devoted entirely to the ecology of butterflies in a particular locality. TitpEN (1959) has done compre- hensive studies on the butterfly fauna of Tioga Pass, California. He arranges the 43 species in groups based on their apparent abundance in various sub-alpine and alpine plant associations. Certain habits of alpine butterflies are noted. TILDEN concludes that range is usually de- termined by the presence of food plants, although food plants of some of these alpine species are presently unknown. In this author’s estimation, the occurrence of the adult butterflies is less effected by particular en- vironmental conditions than is that of the plants. Many authors have noted habitat preferences for single species or groups of Rhopalocera. MuNROE (1951) in reporting collecting conditions in northern Quebec observed a seasonal succession and an altitudinal zonation of the various resident species. The flight season was so short that the time of appearance of species differed in days instead of weeks “as in more temperate climates.” Different Boloria and Plebeius species each had specific habitats, such as “rocky hilltops” and “only on grassy beds of dried-up lakes at from 2200 to 2400 feet.” Euriicn (1954; 1956) treats the Erebia in northwestern America from an ecological standpoint. Brown, Err and Rotcer discuss the ecological preferences of over 200 species in their book Colorado Butterflies (1957). Brown (1952) also discusses the restricted ecological preferences of Oeneis oslari Skinner in the South Park area of Colorado; the type of soil and terrain preferred is apparently directly related to the presence of the food-plant grass. As in Brown’s paper (1952), many authors have attempted to give possible explanations for the basis of these “ecological preferences” of a species. Probably the most acceptable explanation for limiting factors in the distribution of resident species is the presence of food plants. The “hilltop” controversy of a few years ago brought out possible reasons for congregations of butterflies. SHoumatorr (1953) summarizes past authors’ hypotheses into two groups: ecological explanations, such as food-plant search, wind, and tropism, and intrinsic factors, such as “liking hilltops,” “social ambition,” and “gregariousness.” ARNHOLD (1952) 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DE: notes that Euchloe olympia prefers to fly along the leeward side of ridges (near Dresbach, Minnesota); a narrow band of calm is created on the top or side of the banks according to wind direction. Thus wind, as well as food plant, appears to definitely be-a factor in the local habitat preference of a species. aastii Since a species generally is very restricted to one group or species of food plant, it follows that the geographic range of the butterfly will correspond to the range of the required plants. However, climatic factors within the range may prevent the butterfly from existing with its food plant. Since butterflies are poikilothermic (“cold-blooded”) and _ there- fore dependent on solar heat for their activity, species cannot live where temperature and solar radiation do not meet their tolerances (Hovanitz, 1958). EHRuicH (1956) lists climatic factors that could limit Erebia distri- bution in habitats of northwestern America, such as temperature fluctua- tions, amount of cold, snow cover, rapidity of runoff, and amount of spring flooding of habitat. The influence of any of these factors on butterfly distribution over a large territory would be the subject of a very interesting paper, but that would require an intensive investigation over many years. The contribution of this paper towards studies of the latter type is to report information on the local habitat preferences of butterflies in a single locality. Perhaps some day we will have enough information to provide a generalized survey of climatic and vegetational factors, and their influence on butterfly distribution, for the entire Sierra Nevada range. However, towards the end of this paper, we have discussed the apparent reasons for habitat preference in the Donner Pass Rhopalocera, and these conclusions may prove to be a step on the way to full under- standing of the factors involved in butterfly distribution. HABITATS OF THE DONNER Pass AREA The Donner Pass area is located on the crest of the Sierra Nevada range at an elevation of 6800 to 8383 feet, 15 miles northwest of Lake Tahoe, in Placer County, California. Flora and fauna of both the east and west slopes of the Sierra meet along this crest. Adding to the desirability of the study area is the union of three life zones here — Transition, Canadian, and Hudsonian — with Canadian zone vegetation comprising most of the territory. Four habitats within the Donner Pass - area were studied: wet meadow, dry meadow, forest, and montane. 96 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 Fig. 1. The Donner Pass area, looking N.N.E. from Mt. Disney (7,953’). In center of photograph is Sugar Bowl Lodge, with the dry and wet portions of the Lodge meadow at lower center and at left. Lake Mary is at upper center; long railroad snowsheds and Highway 40 are at upper left. The actual Pass is slightly to the left of upper center. DONNER PASS AREA PLACER COUNTY | CALIFORNIA “V4 2 SCALE OF INSET MILE WVan Norden Sketch map of the State of California showing the locality studied, and topo- graphical map (inset) of the Donner Pass area showing the habitats (numbered 1A through 4D) described in the text. Primarily from Geological Survey map, Norden Quadrangle, California, 7.5 Minute Series, U. S. Dept. of the Interior (1955). 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bo ~l 1. WET MEAapow A. SuGAR BOWL AND SoutH YuBA RIVER The Sugar Bowl is a small bowl-shaped valley (elevation 7260 feet) formed by the confrontation of Mt. Disney, Mt. Lincoln, and the high ridge connecting the two peaks. A heavy snow pack on these slopes, coupled with scattered springs, provides a considerable flow of water into this area. Here also is the source of the South Yuba River, which flows into Lake Van Norden. Thus there is an abundance of plants due to the moisture and rich soil. Willows (Salix) are found in scattered thickets in the Sugar Bowl and along most of the length of the river. Grasses (Poa species) and sedges (Carex) are common throughout the area. Other common plants are Cow Parsnip (Heracleum lanatum), Sierra Sweet Cicely (Osmorrhiza occidentalis), Scarlet Gilia (Gilia aggregata), Common Monkey Flower (Mimulus guttatus), and Elephant Heads ( Pedicularis groenlandica). B. Wet PortTIon oF LopcGE MrEApow This area (elevation 7000 feet) is located at the base of Mt. Disney, where numerous springs provide a very wet environment. About one-half of it is covered with willows. In the other portions one finds a large number of grasses and flowers. Some of the more common plants are Indian Paint Brush (Castilleia miniata), Common Monkey Flower (Mimulus guttatus), Columbine (Aquilegia truncata), Larkspur (Delphinium pauciflorum), Tiger Lily (Lilium pardalinum), and Meadow Rue (Thalictrum fendleri). 2. Dry MEADOw A. LopcE MEapOw AND ADJACENT PORTIONS This flat area near the Sugar Bowl Lodge supports many flowering plants despite its dryness in July and August. Fireweed (Epilobium angustifolium), Common Yarrow (Achillea millefolium), and Pussy Paws (Calyptridium umbellatum) are common. Elevation: 6960 to 7000 feet. B. EmicRANT MEADOW Emigrant Meadow (elevation 7500 to 7600 feet) is a dry flat expanse with few plants; two species are Yellow-bud Penstemon (Penstemon letus) and Saxifraga zxstivalis. 28 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.l C. SUMMIT VALLEY Summit Valley (elevation 6800 feet) is a large flat meadow which is marshy in the spring, but dry throughout July and August. Grasses dominate most of the area but in some places Pussy Paws, Yarrow, and Pepper Grass (Lepidium perfoliatum) can be found. 3. FOREST Dense forest covers about one-half of the total study area, particularly between 6800- and 7600-foot elevations. This is almost all Canadian zone forest. Some of the forest trees and plants near Lake Mary and Lake Van Norden are typical Transition zone inhabitants, and the higher montane forest is typical of the lower Hudsonian zone. The majority of the forest trees are Red Fir (Abies magnifica), Lodgepole Pine (Pinus contorta), Silver Pine (Pinus monticola), and Mountain Hemlock (Tsuga mer- tensiana ). On the forest floor a great variety of plants are found. Collecting was usually good in small clearings or near the forest edge; many butter- fly species were found beneath an aerial transportation system (used in winter), which cuts a swath through the forest from Highway 40 to Sugar Bowl Lodge. Some of the forest plants are the Spotted Coral Root Orchid (Corallorrhiza maculata), Fireweed, Corn Lily (Veratrum californicum), Yarrow, Pine Drops (Pterospora andromedea), and Alpine Shooting Star (Dodecatheon alpinum). 4, MONTANE A. Mount JupaH Mount Judah (8,243’) appears barren due to the large granite boulders scattered over its talus slopes. The dry, almost soilless environment dis- courages most trees. The flora includes Alum Root (Heuchera micrantha), Rabbit Brush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus), Sage Brush (Artemisia tridentata), and Mule-Ears (Wyethia mollis). B. Rocky SLOPE LEADING TO MOUNT JupaH Seemingly a jumble of small granite rocks, this area (elevation 7160 to 7400 feet) supports many plants; included in this flora are scattered Lodgepole Pines (P. contorta), Wyethia mollis, Lupinus, and Sedum species. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 C. Mount LINCOLN Mount Lincoln (8,383') is quite similar to Mount Judah. One minor difference is the presence of Mountain Hemlock (Tsuga mertensiana). D. Mount DIsNEY AND Crow’s NEST This twin-peaked mountain is part of a long ridge and supports a flora similar to the other peaks, although Mt. Disney (7,953’) has more species. Found here are Red Fir, Lobb’s Buckwheat (Eriogonum lobbii), Mountain Alder (Alnus tenuifolia), Chrysopsis brewerii, and Western Pennyroyal (Monardella odoratissima). Loca DistTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGICAL PREFERENCES OF SPECIES RECORDED The phrase “flight period” refers herein to the first and last records for the species. Observations were made from June 17 to August 26 (1960, unless otherwise noted); obviously, some species were already flying before the first day of observation. Nomenclature of species follows EuruicH (196la). Subspecific names are used for clarity with certain polymorphic western species, such as in Speyeria. A. PAPILIONIDA& 1. Papilio zelicaon Luc. Flight period: June 17-August 6. Uncommon; males found typically on peaks of area (bare rocks) and never observed visiting flowers. Females on lower slopes of Mt. Judah, flying around food plant (Cymopterus terebinthinus) and ovipositing single eggs (ob- served fresh female depositing eggs, around 10 a.m. on June 27); one female seen visiting Western Pennyroyal (Monardella odoratissima). 2. Papilio indra indra Reak. Flight period: June 17-July 10. Males occasionally seen around 3 peaks of area and lower slopes of Mt. Judah (landed on rocks and opened wings to “sun” themselves ). Males frequent- ly seen at muddy places. Females occasionally (June 27, June 30) seen ovipositing single eggs on Cymopterus terebinthinus. L. M. Martin has found several hundred indra larve on this Cymopterus at Kaiser Peak (10,000'), Fresno Co., Calif. 3. Papilio rutulus Luc. Flight period: June 17- July 15. Males occasionally seen around willows and in forest; one female observed laying eggs on willow in Summit Valley. 4. Papilio eurymedon Luc. Flight period: June 17- July 24. Males common in wooded areas; females on lower slopes of Mt. Judah. 30 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 Reported food plants available: Ceanothus velutinus and prostratus, and Prunus emarginata. 5. Parnassius clodius baldur Edw. Flight period: June 27-July 25. Found almost everywhere, but particularly abundant on the lower slopes of Mt. Judah (females laying eggs on or near Sedum in this location). B. PIERIDA: 1. Neophasia menapia F. & F. Flight period: August 8-August 15. Only on lower slopes of Mt. Judah and Lake Van Norden area; males flying around upper tips of Pinus contorta; no females seen. 2. Pieris sisymbrii Bdv. Flight period: June 20 - June 28. Lower slopes of Mt. Judah, but only seven adults observed during summer (1960). Species of Cruciferze (recorded food plants) present in area. 3. Pieris protodice L. Flight period: June 23-August 25. Most common in dry meadows; known food plants (Cruciferz), such as mustard species, were present; double-brooded. 4. Pieris rape L. Flight period: June 18- August 14. Dry and wet meadows; reported food plants (Crucifere ) abundant. 5. Euchloe creusa hyantis Edw. Flight period: June 21- July 13. Only on lower slopes of Mt. Judah; food plants (Cruciferz ) present. 6. Anthocaris sara form julia Edw. Flight period: June 18 - July 16. Lower slopes of Mt. Judah and open wooded slopes; rarely seen in meadows. Food plants (mustard species) present; several mature larve found in mid-June (1956). Males identical to typical white reakirtii were occasionally taken in fresh condition. A. julia is a yellow- tinted, high-altitude form of sara, while the lowland, spring form of sara is reakirtii. 7. Colias eurytheme Bdv. Flight period: June 17 - August 26. Found in all habitats, but most abundant in Summit Valley meadows. Females seen ovipositing on clover (Trifolium). 8. Colias eurytheme form amphidusa Bdv. Flight period: July 1- August 26. Appeared in early July and by August this strongly-marked form was dominant over typical eurytheme. 9. Colias philodice eriphyle Edw. Flight period: (July 1). Only 3 found — in dry meadows of Summit Valley. C. DANAIDZ& 1. Danaus plexippus L. Flight period: June 23 - August 25. No milk- weed species in area and individuals seen were likely strays from lower elevations. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 31 D. SATYRIDA: 1. Caenonympha tullia californica Westwood. Flight period: (late June). Seen only in 1956 (wet winter) in late June on Mt. Judah (grassy areas). Flight period in 1960 (dry winter) may have finished by fumes i. 2. Cercyonis sthenele oetus Bdvy. Flight period: July 11 - August 20. Found only on high western slope (above 8000 feet) and around peak of Mt. Judah; landing on sagebrush stems (Artemisia tridentata). Food plant likely to be grasses, which-were abundant on mountain. Adults (both sexes) visited Western Pennyroyal blooms. E. NYMPHALIDA® 1. Speyeria cybele leto Behr. Flight period: July 15- August 3. Five fresh specimens seen on lower slopes (6,980') of Mt. Disney, visiting Western Pennyroyal flowers. Possible food plants (Viola species) for leto and the following Speyeria species were ‘present in wet meadows. 2. Speyeria zerene zerene Bdv. Flight period: August 2 - August 25. Uncommon; both sexes visited Western Pennyroyal on lower slopes (6,980) of Mt. Disney. | 3. Speyeria coronis snyderi Skin. Flight period: July 3- July 15. Females proportionately more common than males; flying around Western Pennyroyal on Mt. Disney (6,980'). 4. Speyeria atlantis irene Bdv. Flight period: July 12- August 26. Both sexes almost as abundant as S. mormonia arge; adults visited Western Pennyroyal. Females occasionally seen in wooded areas. 5. Speyeria mormonia arge Stkr. Flight period: June 29 - August 26. The most abundant Speyeria and found throughout the Pass area; adults avidly visited Western Pennyroyal. 6. Boloria epithore Edw. Flight period: June 17- July 22. Very abundant in forest and around Pine-mat Manzanita (Arctostaphylos nevadensis ). Food plant is reported as Viola (violets ). 7. Chlosyne palla Bdv. Flight period: (July 7). Only 1 worn male seen. Food plants (Castilleia and Aster species are reported) abundant in area. As palla is recorded from higher elevations than Donner Pass, some unknown climatic factor may prevent its establishment, or possibly the species has not extended its range to this particular area yet. 8. Chlosyne hoffmanni hoffmanni Behr. Flight period: June 25-August 6. Found throughout the area; very abundant where its food plant (Chrysopsis breweri) grows, especially on open slopes of Mt. Disney and Mt. Judah. Mature larve fairly common at end of June; females 32 EmMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 laid egg masses, each containing 30 to 110 eggs. These eggs hatched in approximately 3 weeks, and larve grew quite slowly, staying together in communal webs. By last week in August, every larva observed had assumed a lethargic state. Larve were still in webs, though plants were dying. 9. Phyciodes campestris montana Behr. Flight period: June 18- August 25. Practically as abundant as C. hoffmanni; found most com- monly where Aster species (recorded food) were growing in meadows. Females were observed hovering around Aster integrifolius. 10. Phyciodes mylitta Edw. Flight period: June 20-August 5. Scarce in area, although its reported food plant, thistle (Cirsium), was fairly abundant along Lake Mary road (dry location). ll. Polygonia zephyrus Edw. Flight period: June 20-August 18. Over-wintering individuals collected in late June and early July; fresh males collected in early August on Monardella odoratissima. Food plant (Ribes viscosissimum — Sticky Currant) common in Lodge meadow. Mature larve found by second week of July. 12. Nymphalis californica Bdv. Flight period: June 17-August 20. Over-wintering individuals numerous during late June. Swarms of larve found on Ceanothus in first two weeks of July on peak of Mt. Disney (lone location). About July 15, individuals began to hatch and on July 21, the species reached its peak of abundance with an estimated 5,000 seen in one hour in a 100’ x 100’ area on Mt. Judah. On this date, the butterflies began flying in a westerly direction at about 10 a.m. On July 22, population counts were about “normal” again. 13. Nymphalis milberti Godt. Flight period: June 17-August 6. Apparently a stray species in this area. Adults visited Western Pennyroyal. Urtica, the usual food for milberti and also atalanta, was not growing in the Pass area; it is abundant along streams at nearby, lower elevations. 14. Nymphalis antiopa L. Flight pericd: June 19-August 15. Over- wintering individuals seen during late June and early July. Fresh speci- mens seen during late July and early August. Food plant: willows. 15. Vanessa cardui L. Flight pericd: June 22-August 16. Seen around rocky peaks of the 3 mountains. Food plant: thistle. 16. Vanessa atalanta L. Flight period: June 22-July 21. Only several males seen, flying around peaks with cardui. No food plant in area. 17. Vanessa virginiensis Dru. Flight period: June 18-August 25. Also found around peaks with cardui. Larvee were found during July on Gnaphalium palustre (Cudweed ); this food plant grew only in one clump at the base of Mt. Disney. 18. Vanessa carye Hbn. Flight period: June 18-August 19. Found frequently throughout the area. Food plant probably Lupinus here. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society oo 19. Precis lavinia Cramer. Flight period: June 18-August 18. Males common in dry meadows; females common in wet meadows, and oc- casionally seen hovering over Plantago (Mimulus also in the area). 20. Limenitis lorquini Bdv. & Lec. Flight period: June 23-August 10. Frequently seen in willows (food plant) along the South Yuba River. F. LYCAENID/: 1. Satyrium californica Edw. Flight period: July 20-August 10. A distinct inhabitant of the area along the Lake Mary road. Adults flew around and landed on Eriogonum nudum blooms. Reported food plant is Quercus; Huckleberry Oak (Quercus vaccinifolia) was found in this area. 2. Satyrium sylvinus Bdv. Flight period: July 18-August 26. Found most commonly around willows (recorded food plant) on the lower slopes of Mt. Judah; adults landed on Eriogonum nudum flowers. 3. Satyrium sepium Bdv. Flight period: July 20-August 16. Found only along Lake Mary road; females observed ovipositing on Ceanothus velutinus. Adults landed on Eriogonum nudum and_ Elderberry (Sambucus velutina). 4. Satyrium behrii Edw. Flight period: (August 4). One found in 1960; fairly abundant in 1956 on rocky slopes of Mt. Judah. Adults landed on Eriogonum blooms. Probable food plant: Lupinus species. 5. Satyrium fuliginosa Edw. Flight period: July 10-August 9. Fairly common on lower slopes of Mt. Judah. Females seen ovipositing on lupines (food plant). 6. Strymon melinus Hbn. Flight period: July 7-August 15. Found flying around Eriogonum blooms; fairly abundant. Reported food plant: Polygonum alpinum (Knotweed ), present in several areas. 7. Callophrys johnsoni Skin. Flight period: (June 28). Probably a resident of the area, but extremely restricted colony. Female observed flying around Arceuthobium (a mistletoe and recorded food plant) on Mountain Hemlock at lower end of Sugar Bowl. 8. Callophrys nelsoni Bdv. Found rarely in 1956; foodplant (believed to be Incense Cedar — Libocedrus) not found in Pass area. 9. Callophrys augustinus iroides Bdy. Flight period: June 28 - July. Found rarely in late June and July on rocky slopes; adults fed on Eriogonum. Food plant: Ceanothus and Sedum reported by authors. 10. Callophrys eryphon Bdv. Flight period: June 28- July 10. Only oecasionally captured (on semi-forested, talus slope) but all fresh specimens. Food plant: probably Pinus contorta. 34 EmMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 11. Callophrys dumetorum perplexa B. & Benj. Flight period: June 22-July 9. Occasionally found in the high montane areas (above 7,500’). Food plant probably an Eriogonum species. 12. Lycena arota virginiensis Edw. Flight period: July 20-August 11. Found only along the Lake Mary road; fairly abundant. Males hatched in mid-July, females appeared in early August. Females were ovipositing on Ribes montigenum (Gooseberry) during first two weeks of August (eggs hatch the following spring). 13. Lyczna editha Mead. Flight period: July 15-August 19. Fairly common throughout the entire area, especially in dry meadows. A possible food plant (Potentilla drummondii) occurs in the Lodge meadow. 14. Lycena nivalis Bdv. Flight period: July 3-August 17. Rather scarce; males more abundant than females. Found in dry meadows. Food plant is unknown. 15. Lyczena cupreus Edw. Flight period: June 17-July 15. Found in dry meadows. Adults frequently visited flowers of Calyptridium um- bellatum (Pussy Paws). In early July, mature larve were found feeding on the blossoms of this plant; being pink in color, they blended well with the flowers. 16. Lyczna heteronea Bdv. Flight period: August 6-August 16. One small colony found near a tiny stream (elevation 7160’) on Mt. Judah. Observed food plant was Eriogonum nudum, and the adults frequently visited the flowers of this buckwheat. 17. Everes comyntas amyntula Bdv. Flight period: June 17-July 1 One colony found on the top of Mt. Judah (8,234'). Here the species’ observed food plant, Astragalus whitneyii (Milkvetch or “locoweed’ ) grew on top of the narrow ridge connecting the two peaks of Mt. Judah. A constant wind blew; beth sexes landed on the plants and flew up only occasionally. 18. Plebejus anna Edw. Flight period: June 26-August 19. Found throughout the area but common only on the moist lower slope of Mt. Disney. Food plant unknown in spite of the species abundance. 19. Plebejus seepiolus Bdy. Flight period: June 19-August 17. Found only in wet portions of Lodge meadow and Summit Valley (very abundant). Females (all rufescens form) oviposited on Trifolium hybridum (Alsike Clover) throughout late June and July. 7 20. Plebejus icarioides Bdv. Flight period: June 22-August 3. Found throughout the area; especially common in areas with wide-spread patches of Lupinus (food plant)—usually on rccky talus slopes. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 21. Plebejus shasta Edw. Flight period: June 30-August 18. Found throughout the area, and very common in dry meadows on mountain slopes. Some adults seen landing on Monardella odoratissima blooms. Food plant is unknown. 22. Plebejus acmon West. & Hew. Flight period: June 18-August 15. Found only in Lodge meadow in late June and along Lake Mary road in early August. Females oviposited on Eriogonum nudum (food plant). 23. Plebejus acmon lupini Bdy. Flight period: June 25-July 25. Found only in Sugar Bowl and on Mt. Judah. Food plant probably Eriogonum. TILDEN (1959) suggests this insect may be a species distinct from acmon. 24. Agriades glandon podarce F. & F. Flight period: June 27-August 3. A small colony found in wet portion of Lodge meadow; fairly abundant here. Food plant perhaps Vaccinium nivictum (Sierra Bilberry), found in same area. : 25. Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii Edw. Flight period: June 17-July 16. Found throughout the area in late June, but most common on the moist lower slope of Mt. Disney. Food plant here probably Lupinus. 26. Philotes enoptes Bdv. Flight period: June 26-July 13. Males found landing on moist ground and flying on lower slopes of Mt. Judah. One female seen ovipositing on Eriogonum nudum. 27. Philotes battoides intermedia B. & McD. Flight period: June 25- July 18. Found on moist stream banks on lower slope of Mt. Judah. Several females seen around Eriogonum nudum. 28. Celastrina argiolus echo Edw. Flight period: June 17-July 15. Fairly common in all habitats. Food plant probably among Ceanothus, Vaccinium, Spirza, and Actinomeris species (all recorded food plants ) found in the pass area. G. HESPERIIDZ: 1. Thorybes nevada Scud. Flight period: June 17-July 13. Abundant in dry and wet meadows. Food plant unknown. 2. Pyrgus ruralis Bdy. Flight period: June 17-July 11. Found in every habitat. Food plant probably Potentilla drummondii (larvee known to feed on P. tenuiloba elsewhere). 3. Pyrgus communis Grt. Flight period: June 17-August 19. Abundant in every habitat. Particularly found around muddy places. Females seen ovipositing on Sidalcea glaucescens (Mallow Family) and larve found all summer. 36 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 4. Erynnis jucenalis Fabr. Flight period: June 19-July 25. Males collected on the 3 peaks and occasionally elsewhere; no females seen. Food plant unknown for this area. 0. Erynnis afranius Lint. Flight period: June 17-August 5. Males collected on the three peaks; 1 female collected in Lodge meadow. Food plant possibly columbine (food plant of the related E. lucilius)— Aquilegia grew in the meadows. 6. Hesperia juba Scud. Flight period: June 17-July 1. Occasionally seen in both dry and wet meadows. 7. Hesperia nevada Scud. Flight period: June 22-July 10. A large thriving colony was found at the very peak of Mt. Judah. Males appeared in late June and females appeared in early July. Females were observed Ovipositing on a species of grass. 8. Hesperia harpalus Edw. Flight period: (August 8-August 11) A small colony was found on the lower slope (7,240') of Mount Judah. Two females were seen ovipositing on a grass species, and other females were observed hovering over the grasses in this small area. 9. Polites sonora Scud. Flight period: June 23-August 25. Found in every habitat but most common in dry meadows. Food plant: likely grasses, as in other Hesperiine. 10. Polites sabuleti tecumseh Grin. Flight period: June 19-August 19. Distributed in every habitat but particularly common in the dry meadows (especially in Summit Valley). Most abundant in late June and early July, though the species was collected throughout the summez. H. PossisLe— FururE ADDITIONS TO THE BUTTERFLY FAUNA OF DONNER PASS Papilio brucei Edw. could be established in the area and overlooked in 1956 and 1960. Its food plant on Kaiser Peak (10,000 to 10,300 feet; Fresno County, California) reported by L. M. Martin to be Cymopterus terebinthinus, which was present on Mt. Judah (8,243’). Colias eurytheme form autumnalis Cockerell might have been flying right after snowmelt in early June. Euphydryas chalcedona macglashanii Rivers has its type locality as “Truckee” (10 miles east of the Pass) and Comstock (1927) notes it as occurring in the mountains north of Lake Tahoe in late June and early July. Euphydryas chalcedona sierra Wright is common in the Lake Tahoe region, 15 miles from Donner Pass, and has been collected at Gold Lake, 30 miles north of the Pass. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 Phezdrotes piasus Bdv. is recorded from similar elevations in northern California and its food plant (Lupinus) is common in Donner Pass. Ochlodes sylvanoides Bdv. was common in Squaw Valley (August 11, 1960), 10 miles southeast of the Pass. Apparently-similar habitats are available in the Lake Van Norden meadows. Speyeria callippe juba Bdv. was found at Emigrant Gap, 15 miles west of the Pass area. Other callippe forms have been reported from the Lake Tahoe and Gold Lake regions. Table I. DISTRIBUTION OF RHOPALOCERA SPECIES IN THE DONNER PASS AREA. Species Habitat A. PAPILIONIDZZ oe 2AG 2B Er 2D en s3 4A Papilio zelicaon Be see ee a ear IRD eet ge TOK Papilio indra cae Papilio rutulus Xe es Papilio eurymedon Xe ae Parnassius clodius TEMP ONG ng yep y ee Se os | OK B. PIERIDZ Neophasia menapia es Pieris sisymbrii at Pieris protodice x Pieris rape xX Euchloe creusa = Anthocaris sara x Colias eurytheme xX Colias philodice a, C. DANAID Danaus plexippus IX, We Oe OE ONS FING te XW ON) OM D. SATYRID#= Canonympha tullia Ua ae Ste ee ees Ppa a ee) aks Pe ee Cercyonis sthenele RN ele eat len ALLL NG | NLL || se )Xereh hu seal gE E. NYMPHALID Speyeria cybele Speyeria zerene Speyeria coronis Speyeria atlantis Speyeria mormonia Boloria epithore Chlosyne palla Chlosyne hoffmanni Phyciodes campestris Phyciodes mylitta PA rs | rs mA | | PS PS PS PS PA A OK | A | LAX Mel mm | bd bd | bd bd bd | bd pd pa | dd | | D4pd] dopardl pal | ey pedo | dod] pede od lb | bd bd bd | bd bd Dt PS Dd | \ 38 EMMEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 | | 1 Ly | pepe Polygonia zephyrus xX Nymphalis californica x Nymphalis milberti X Nymphalis antiopa x Vanessa cardui = Vanessa atalanta = Vanessa virginiensis _ Vanessa carye Precis lavinia Limenitis lorquini F, LYCANIDE Satyrium californica Satyrium sylvinus Satyrium sepium Satyrium behrii Satyrium fuliginosa Strymon melinus Callophrys johnsoni Callophrys nelsoni Callophrys augustinus Callophrys eryphon Callophrys dumetorum Lycena arota Lycezna_ editha Lycena nivalis Lyczna cupreus Lycezna heteronea Everes comyntas Plebejus anna Plebejus szpiolus Plebejus icarioides Plebejus shasta Plebejus acmon Plebejus acmon lupini Agriades glandon Glaucopsyche lygdamus Philotes enoptes Philotes battoides Celastrina argiolus G. HESPERIID/EZ Thorybes nevada Pyrgus_ ruralis Pyrgus communis Erynnis juvenalis ss Erynnis afranius — Hesperia juba = Hesperia nevada —_ Hesperia harpalus = Polites sonora xX Polites sabuleti c re mr bd > PS PS ~ xX x Xx xX rs PS OM | PA PS PX PS PS | XS ex | MK | | MrMrs] | | | pe | | Krone] | xX | | | | PAM bd bd bd be | | | Parts) pd] Pt napa] P11 1 1 I beep be oe | bd bd | | rarspal | Pal P| pd] | pepe dd oe | a] Los] Pal | pl | | P| bday) | Od Pane saaie eal | 54 | I | | PPI Ps od PPS | | | pa bd] Pd nad od | Pd bd og] pa Pd! | be pede Parr dl PII Dede] Dd] Dd LT Lode] dd] Deb] Dede] be be Dd | am | PA PA bd bd be | MAM MM PM PM 4 PSP PS PS Od Pad | bd bd bd bd bet bet be wx | ~ A | ~~ | MM 4 | ~~ ~ 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 DISCUSSION From this study several factors important in determining the distribu- tion of a species within a local habitat have emerged. The explanations for the “ecological preferences” of the butterflies in the Donner Pass area (and presumably elsewhere ) fall ideally into the following categories. I. Larvat Foop PLANT As pointed out in the introduction, the specific larval food plant required by most species limits the distribution of the butterfly to areas where the food plant grows. But within the geographical range of the food plant, two quite different distributions of the plant are possible: (1) a “closed” range, where plant and butterfly are confined to very restricted areas within a habitat; (2) an “open” range, where the plant and butterfly are widespread in a given habitat; or, alternately, an “open” range where the food plant is widespread but the butterfly is confined in distribution. A. CLosED RANGE In some butterfly species, such as Euphydryas editha in the San Francisco Bay region, the adults seem to “choose” to remain within a very specific area despite the fact that its food plant is available in a somewhat greater area. This apparent “choice” factor EHriicH (1961b) terms “intrinsic barriers” to dispersal. In the Donner Pass area also, some species were found with apparent intrinsic barriers to dispersal. Everes comyntas amyntula and Hesperia nevada were restricted to the very top of Mt. Judah, and each species was always found within a few feet of its respective food plant, which was also restricted to the ridge (8,240') here. With a constant, strong wind and the weak flight of Everes, any dispersal away from the food plant would seem to be dangerous for the survival of the species there. Hesperia nevada seemed just to “choose” to remain in this territory. Examples from lower elevations also come out of the Lycenidz and Hesperiidae. Certain lycenids (Lycena heteronea and Satyrium cali- fornica, for example ) and skippers, such as Hesperia harpalus, were found only in the immediate vicinity of food-plant colonies. Such restricted plants are found only in areas with particular soil and moisture re- quirements. Willows, the larval food plant of Limenitis lorquini, are found only in wet areas and Limenitis stays among the willows, despite its strong flight. One might hypothesize that a specifically de- veloped physiology (weak flight and a single food plant with specific 40 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 soil and moisture requirements) or an intrinsic “choice” factor (plus a single food plant) has caused these butterfly species to be restricted even within a habitat the size of those studied (refer to map). B. Oren RANGE In this category we include food plants that enjoy a wide distribution throughout one or more habitats, and that have their corresponding butterfly species occurring with them. Examples are numerous: Pieris protodice, Anthocaris, Colias, Chlosyne hoffmanni, Precis lavinia, Boloria epithore, Plebejus szpiolus, and many others. C. OrpEN Foop PLANT RANGE BUT RESTRICTED BUTTERFLY DISTRIBUTION This is a very common circumstance in temperate North America. The food plant will occur over a wide region, yet the butterfly species will be distributed in only part of the habitats available to it. (This, of course, is assuming the same elevation and general climate prevails throughout these habitats.) The following explanations are offered: (1) The species is a weak flier and is only increasing its range very slowly. EnriicH (1954) postulates that species of this nature (e.g. Erebia)may have wind as an important dispersal agent. (2) The species may be a fairly strong flier but it never strays far from its its colony in a particular habitat. EHriicu (1961b) has offered an intrinsic barrier explanation for this phenomena. (3) The species (a weak or only fair flier) exists in a habitat surrounded by an almost insurmountable barrier, such as mountains, a forested area, or even a wide river. BAUER (1959) notes that the south- ward spread of Erebia vidleri Elwes and Boloria chariclea Schneider from Washington into Oregon has been barred by the Columbia River gorge. (4) To the casual cbserver, habitats may appear to be suitable be- cause of similar climate and elevation, but microclimates in the area may preclude any settling of the butterfly species. Besides severe cold in the winter, there may be flooding from spring runoff, lack of sufficient solar radiation due to frequent cloudiness or northerly exposure, an abundance of parasites and predators, feeding heavily on butterflies of the area (single strays from elsewhere would be destroyed. too frequently for permanent settlement), and extreme temperature fluctua- tions within the immediate area of the food plants (bare rocks with sun reflection, for instance). 1yez Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Al Three examples of this “open but restricted” phenomena in the Donner Pass area are offered from the hairstreak group. Satyrium sylvinus was found around willows at the base of Mt. Judah, but in Summit Valley (same elevation—about 6800 feet) the species was absent despite the abundance of willows. Food plants for Callophrys eryphon and C. augustinus iroides were quite numerous and widely distributed, but these hairstreaks were found only rarely in both 1956 and 1960. II. Aputt FEEDING PLANT This distributional factor has not been noted by most authors, but in the Donner Pass area, the adult feeding habits of some butterfly species dictated the apparent distribution of the imagos. The most obvious examples of this intrinsic ecological factor were the members of the Speyeria group. The fritillary species were very rarely found in the moist areas where the larval food plant (Viola species) grows (and then only females). This is the complete opposite of the first case considered (I-A) where certain species were extremely restricted to the food-plant area. Instead, Speyeria occasionally would be seen flying very rapidly through dry meadows or on rocky slopes where no larval food plants were known to occur. We are indebted to L. M. Martin for pointing out that single-egg-laying species, such as Speyeria, often must fly a considerable distance between each oviposition. Usually, the adult Speyeria congregated around flowering Western Pennyroyal to feed during most of the day. Thus preferences of the adult butterfly for a certain feeding plant can be very important in determining the distribution of some species within a habitat that may not even contain the larval food plant! Il]. Stronc Furers or INTER-HABITAT MIGRANTS Examples in this group are familiar to every North American lepidopterist: Vanessa cardui, V. atalanta, V. virginiensis, Nymphalis californica, Danaus plexippus, and Polygonia zephyrus. Members of this category often fly many miles and one or more thousand feet in elevation away from the nearest food plants. Vanessa cardui and V. atalanta were found only at elevations over 8,200 feet, while thistles (food plant for cardui) grew to around 6,800 feet and no food plants were found for atalanta. No larval food plant for Danaus plexippus was available for many miles around, but in- dividuals of this renowned migrant were seen rather frequently above 7,000 feet. 42 EMMEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 For two species (Nymphalis californica and Polygonia zephyrus), the larval food plant was found only in one locality, while the adults flew in every habitat. The strong flight of these species has granted considerable freedom of movement to the adults, and thus the butterflies often appear far from their larval food plants. Yet this “migrating” tendency does not imperil the survival of the species, for the adults hatch close to their food plants and can mate and lay eggs before flying off, or else can find new food-plant sources in their movements. IV. Mountrain-Tor ATTRACTION No paper of this type would be complete without entering the “mountain-top controversy. We have already mentioned (III) the Vanessa species flying about the peaks. There were two other strong fliers in the study area that were restricted mainly to the highest peaks: Papilio zelicaon and P. indra. Elsewhere in California, P. zelicaon is found wherever a suitable food plant (Umbellifere) grows. On the Donner Pass peaks, the available food plant for both zelicaon and indra was Cymopterus and this plant’s range included the tops of the peaks down to 7,100 feet. For these strong fliers, the winds along the high ridges and peaks may prove enticing, if one concedes that the species can indeed “choose” to remain there. On the other hand, the closeness of their food plant would make the adults’ appearance around the peaks seem but natural. CONCLUSIONS Using the ecological data obtained from our research in the Donner Pass area, we have found first that the distribution of butterflies in a Sierran community is apparently governed by the inherent physiology of each species; in other words, by intrinsic factors. This physiology may be dependent upon one or more of the following factors: (1) the larval food plant; (2) the adult feeding plant; (3) the development of wing muscles for flight, i.e., how strongly or weakly the butterfly flies; (4) other unknown intrinsic factors, such as the preference of some species for mountain-tops and the lack of any dispersal tendency, as in Satyrium sylvinus. Secondly, we have found that the distribution of butterflies depends upon various extrinsic factors which work on the intrinsic factors of each species. Among extrinsic factors we have noted climate, food-plant distribution, elevation above sea level, natural barriers to dispersal, wind, and presence of parasites and predators. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 Thus in the search for explanations of butterfly distribution we must consider all the above factors, for each factor has its examples and many butterflies are not easily categorized. The real basis for the distribution and “ecological preferences” of a species must be sought in the evolution and adaptation of physiological mechanisms for exploiting a particular habitat in nature. SUMMARY The local distributions, ecological preferences, and flight periods of 76 species, forms, and races of Rhopalocera in the Donner Pass area, Placer County, California, U. S. A., are reported. Factors involved in determining butterfly distribution are discussed. It is concluded that the distribution of a butterfly species is determined by (1) intrinsic factors, including larval food plant, adult feeding plant, strength of flight, and unknown factors, such as intrinsic barriers to dispersal; and (2) extrinsic factors, including climate, food-plant distribution, elevation above sea level, natural barriers to dispersal, and presence of parasites and predators. These extrinsic conditions work on intrinsic physiological factors, which have evolved for exploitation of a particular environment, and so determine the geographical range and local dis- tribution of a species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are deeply indebted to Mr. Witx1am N. Goopatt of the National Audubon Society, Director of the Audubon Camp of California at Donner Pass (Norden, California), where full cooperation for collecting data was extended to us during our service as assistants on the staff. Drs. THomas Harvey and KENNETH TANKSLEY, members of the Camp staff, kindly furnished plant identifications. Thanks are due to Mr. Lroyp M. Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, who helped in determination of some Rhopalocera species and read the manuscript. References Arnhold, F. R., 1952. Notes on collecting Anthocharis midea and Euchloe olympia. Lepid. news 6: 99-100. Bauer, David L., 1959. A new geographical subspecies of Chlosyne hoffmanni (Nymphalide) from Washington State. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 207-211. Brown, F. Martin, 1952. Oeneis oslari Skinner, rediscovered (Lepid.: Nymphalidz ). Ent. news 53: 119-123. - hee , D. Eff, & B. Rotger, 1957. Colorado butterflies. Denver: Denver Museum of Natural History. 368 pp. Comstock, John A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, California. 334 pp. 44 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass Vol.16: no.1 Ehrlich Paul R., 1954. Notes on Erebia rossii Curtis (Lepidoptera: Satyride). Ent. news 5d: 225-297. ee ee , 1956. Ecological observations on Erebia (Lepidoptera: Satyrida) in northwestern America. Ent. news 67: 29-36. Btn. een , & A. H., 196la. How to know the butterflies. Dubuque, Iowa; Brown. 262 pp. Pee rere , 1961b. Intrinsic barriers to dispersal in checkerspot butterfly. Science 134: 108-109. Ford, E. B., 1957. Butterflies. London: Collins. 368 pp. Hovanitz, William, 1958. Distribution of butterflies in the New World, in Hubbs, Carl L. (ed.), Zoogeography: 321-368. Publication No.51 of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. 509 pp. Jepson, Willis L., 1957. A manual of the flowering plants of California. Berkeley: Univ. of Calif. Press. 1238 pp. Munroe, Eugene, 1951. Field notes on the butterflies of Knob Lake, northern Quebec. Lepid. news 5: 7. Munz, Phillip A., 1959. A California flora. Berkeley: Univ. of Calif. Press. 1681 pp. Shoumatoff, Nicholas, 1953. The excelsior complex. Lepid. news 7: 38-40. Tilden, J. W.. 1959. The butterfly associations of Tioga Pass. Wasmann journ. biol. 17: 249-271. Wiltshire, E. P., 1957. The Lepidoptera of Iraq. London: Nicholas Kaye Limited. 162 pp: (TCE) Reed College, Portland 2, Oreg. U. S. A. (JFE) 5341 West Blvd., Los Angeles 43, Calif., U. S. A. SATYRIUM BEHRII (LYCAANIDA) IN OREGON Prompted by the recent record of Satyrium behrii Edwards from Nevada (Philip, Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 56; 1961) the Reverend A. I. Goon, of Wooster, Ohio, wrote to inform me of his capture of the species in Oregon, another of the states whence behrii was previously unreported (cf. Clench, in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, How to know the butterflies: 192; 1961). Rev. Goon took a single fresh male on 5 July 1961 at John Day (Grant Co.), the only individual he saw in nearly a month of collecting in the area. He has generously presented the specimen to Carnegie Museum. E. J. Newcomer, of Yakima, Washington, has also reported in corres- pondence the capture of S. behrii in Oregon. He took it at two localities: Camp Sherman (Jefferson Co.), 22 July; and Pringle Falls (Deschutes Co.), 23 July. There is also a record of the species from Ft. Klamath (Klamath Co.) in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard. Harry K. CLencu, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Penna., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 THE AUTHORSHIP OF THREE SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA VARIOUSLY CREDITED TO BOISDUVAL OR LUCAS by Cyr F. pos Passos In a recent paper by Dr. LincoLn P. Brower (“1958” [1959]: p.101) it is stated in a footnote “I have been unable to ascertain whether BorspuvaL or Lucas first described P. eurymedon and P. rutulus in ¥852.” This problem actually involves an additional name to those mentioned above i.e., Papilio zelicaon. The authorship of these three names proposed in 1852 has been shifted back and forth over the years between BortspuvaL and Lucas and the time has come when this uncertainty should be put finally to rest. All three names were published by BortspuvaL (1852a) in a paper entitled Lépidoptéres de la Californie and by Lucas (1852) in a paper entitled Descriptions de nouvelles espéces de Lépidoptéres appartenant aux collections entomologiques du Musée de Paris. BotspuvaL appears to have presented his paper on the Lepidoptera of California at a meeting of the Entomological Society of France on 25 February, but it does not appear to have been published until August. These facts appear from a separate (1852b) of the paper and a reprint (1852c) bearing new pagination (pp.1-52), both of which are in the author's library. The latter paper has a title page dated 1852 and states that it is an “Extrait des Annales de la Société entomologique de France (aoft 1852)”. On the other hand, Lucas’ paper has at the top of every even numbered page “(Mars 1852)”. Hence, on the intrinsic evidence all three names must be ascribed to Lucas. _ The foregoing evidence appears to settle the matter insofar as intrinsic evidence is concerned and it would prove difficult to upset that con- clusion by any extrinsic evidence, if it exists. - It should be observed that Brower, in his references, ascribes the Lucas paper to “M. H. Lucas”. The full name of Lucas is PIERRE Hierotyte Lucas, but he usually signed himself H. Lucas. The “M.” stands of course for Monsieur. It was customary at that time in France to use the abbreviation M. before authors’ names. Also the pagination of Lucas paper is 128-141, not 138-141 as Brower cites it. © 46 pos Passos: Papilio names Vol.16: no.1l The foregoing study was made some time ago at the suggestion of Mr. Pappy B. McHenry of Burbank, California, who inquired about the matter while the present author was preparing his Check List of Nearctic Rhopalocera and I am indebted to him for calling the problem to my attention. References Brower, Lincoln P., “1958” [1959]. Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana and the correct name for Papilio multicaudatus. Lepid. news 12: 101-102. Boisduval, Jean Baptiste Alphonse Déchaufour de, 1852a. Lépidoptéres de la Californie. Ann. soc. ent. France (2e série) 10: 275-324. Boia , 1852b. Lépidoptéres de la Californie. ibid. 10: 275-324. [Separate.] Pema teas , 1852c. Lépidoptéres de la Californie. 52 pp. Typographie Felix Malteste et Ce, Paris. [ Reprint. ] Lucas, Pierre Hippolyte, 1852. Descriptions de nouvelles espéces de Lépidopteres appartenant aux collections entomologiques du Musée de Paris. Rev. mag. zool. pure appl. (2e serie) 4: 128-141. Washington Corners, Mendham, N. J., U. S. A. THE FIRST RECORD OF COLIAS NASTES IN THE UNITED STATES (PIERIDA*) A single female of Colias nastes Boisduval was collected in northern Washington while the author was working on a forest lookout tower. This specimen was collected on July 13. A single male of this species was sighted five days later but eluded capture. The female agrees with HoLuanp’s figure of the species in every way except that the yellow coloring has a more greenish undercasting. The previously recorded range of this species is Labrador northward and westward (Klots, Field guide to the butterflies: p.33; 1951) and British Columbia. The exact locality of capture follows: Bunker Hill Lookout, near edge of a northern facing cliff, 7000 feet elevation, (T 40 N, R 19 E, S 16), Okanogan County, Washington, July 18, 1961, Jon SHEparp collector. Both the male and female were discovered in association with Red Heather (Phyllodoce empetriformis (Smith) D. Don.). The specimen is in the authors collection. Jon H. Sueparp, 2315 Jackson, Corvallis, Ore., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society AT NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1, THE EARLY STAGES AND COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF TWO SPECIES OF DYOPS (NOCTUIDA‘) HITHERTO CONFUSED by E. P. WILtsHIrE Perhaps the most peculiar trees of the Neotropical forests, though not the most beautiful or majestic, are those of the genus Cecropia, known in Brazil as Imbauba; in English it is sometimes referred to as the Chandelier-tree, from its aspect, or the Ant-tree, from its myrmecophily. During an all-too-brief stay of 18 months at Rio de Janeiro (see my general paper — Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 79-88; 1959), I decided to pay especial attention to the Lepidoptera and other insects attached to this genus of tree, and in a later article I hope to deal with the relations between various orders of insects on it. In this, my first special article on the Lepidoptera of the New World I shall deal only with two species of noctuid moth which I obtained in the forests fringing Rio only by breeding larve found on Cecropia. I suppose them to be monophagous on this genus, but of course cannot be sure. The appearance of both these species of larva is of some taxonomic interest, as it differs from that hitherto considered to characterise the Quadrifid subfamilies of the Noctuidae. These subfamilies are primarily classified by their hindwing neuration, but it is considered that they are also characterised by the less complete development of the larval abdominal legs. The Trifid group, of course, have five completely de- veloped pairs, of roughly equal size. Many Catocalinz (a subfamily of the Quadrifids) have five pairs, but the foremost pair, on abdominal segment 3, is smaller than that on segment 4. It now appears that the Dyopsine are an exception amiong the Quadrifids, as the pair on segment 3 is equal to that on segment 4, to judge from these two species. Both kinds of larva, moreover, have long single hairs of a sort never seen in the Old World on larvze of Quadrifids. Both I and Dr. H. B. D. Kerriewe.i, who was visiting Brazil when I found the first of the two (species no.2615), fully expected the larva to hatch into an Acronyctine or perhaps Arctiid moth; we were fooled by the long conspicuous single hairs, and the fully developed prolegs. We did not at first perceive that it lacked the rather dense tufts of hair of the genus Apatele, etc.; it reminded us of the Palearctic Apatele alni. A detailed description is given later of this larva, which is solitary. 48 WILTSHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 When the moth emerged and proved to be a Dyops (there was little difficulty about determining the genus) it was a great surprise. Further examples were bred later in my stay, but the assistance of the British Museum was required to determine the species correctly. As for the second species (no.2742), I only found the larve on one occasion, but as it was gregarious I was able to obtain more adults of it than of the first. This larva too, in its last instar, recalled an Apatele larva, but its earlier instars were so completely different from those of the first species, that it was again a great surprise when another Dyops hatched out. On studying the material of this genus in the British Museum I found both forms confused in a series over the name Dyops ocellata Cramer; but the type of Dyops cuprescens Hampson, placed later, was in fact indistinguishable from the first, larger, species (no.2615). I found only slight differences in the male genitalia, and none in the female; it requires an experienced eye to distinguish the imagines by their pattern and superficial appearance, and without the clue given by the strikingly different larvae the confusion in the Museum series might not have been rectified for many years. I must acknowledge the assistance of Mr. D. S. FLETCHER, without whom I would not now be able to give my conclusions on the correct names of these two species, with comparative morphology. The two species, by priority of description, will come in the opposite order to that given above. 1. Dyops ocellata Cramer (no.2742) — (1) Dyops ocellata Cramer [Phalzena ocellatad Cramer (Papillons exotiques 3: pl.276, D, E; 1780)]. Dr. A. Draxonorr kindly informed me that Cramer’s type could not be found at Leiden. I select CRAMER'S figure E as the LECTOTYPE, as I consider the two moths figured as not conspecific. CRAMER thought them the female (D) and the male (E) of the same species, but in fact the sexes do not differ in aspect or size in this genus, in my experience. I also suggest that the British Museum’s series from French Guiana should be neotypes (Plate 1: figs. 1 and 2). Synonym: Bacula chromatophila Walker, List lepid. ins. British mus. 15: 1669; 1858) for which I select as LECTOTYPE a ? in Hope Dept. of Entomology, University Museum, Oxford, “BRAZ. 276” (the type series of chromatophila is a mixture, but this selection disposes of the name). PLATE 1 DY OPS 1) — Dyops ocellata (French Guiana); NEOTYPE in British Museum (x 1); 2) — same (x2); 3) — same, full-grown larve (enlarged); 4) — Dyops cuprescens, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (<1); 5) — same, Asuncion, San Lorenzo, Paraguay, leg. H. Pearson (x1); 6) — same, penultimate instar larva (enlarged); 7) — same, full-grown larva (enlarged). 49 50 WILTSHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 GUENEES remarks on this species are an additional factor leading me to select ocellata as above, and are worth reproducing (Hist. des insectes, Lep. 6: p.283): — “1088 Dyops ocellata Cr. 27 DE. “38 mm. Ailes supér. d'un gris verdatre, avec les lignes médianes géminées, ondées et denticulées. Une grande tache foncée, subcarrée, saupoudrée, et entourée de clair dans la cellule et, au bord terminal entre les 2me et 3me inférieures, un petit oeuil noire 4 pupille blanche, double. Partie de la ligne subterminale qui le précéde, d'un vert doré. Quelques points blancs prés de l’apex. Coudée marquée de blanc au milieu. Ailes infér., d’un gris noiratre luisant, avec un double trait blanchatre a langle anal et deux petites taches ocellées, dont l’extérieure bipupillée et surmontée de vert-doré, entre les 2me et 4me inférieures. Derriére toutes les ocellées on voit, a certains jours, une bandelette cuivrée. Dessous des quatres ailes d'un gris jaunatre, avec les nervures plus claires, une forte tache cellulaire, une ligne médiane et une ombre postérieure noiratres, tres marquées. Dessous de l’abdomen, avec une bandelette noire. Femelle semblable. “Brésil. coll. Lefebvre, Saunders et Gn. On I’a envoyé en abondance des environs de Pernambuco. “Nota, Cramer la dit de Cayenne et ses figures D et E paraissent présenter quelques différences, mais elles sont si grossiéres quil ne faut pas sy arreter. Il sera bon de vérifier toutefois par la suite si !espéce de la Guyane est complétement identique avec celle du Brésil, que je décris ici.” The “green grey’ fore-wing colour, referred to by GuENEE for his Brazilian species, characterises the gregarious smaller species (2742) taken by me. The larger, solitary species (2615) has a purple-brown ground. The British Museum has a good series of both from French Guiana and Brazil; and after making preparations of the genitalia of several of each, Mr. D. S. FLercuer found that the male’s valve-apex afforded a good character, and kindly sent me sketches of this. My own slides, made from my material, corresponded well to those sketches, and figures 8 and 9 were made from them; fig.10 was made from Mr. FLETCHER’S sketch of a species I do not possess, which can also be distinguished by the valve apex. It will be seen that the valve terminates in a short mem- branous flap with short hairs: in ocellata (fig.8) this flap continues in a straight line from the costa to its point, from which its ventral border curves away at an acute angle to merge in the valve’s chitinous ventral border; in cuprescens (fig. 9) the flap’s point is roughly midway be- tween costa and ventral border, forming a right angle and being obtusely angled to the costa; in dotata Walker (fig. 10) the costa and ventral borders taper to a very acute tip. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ol 10 8) — Dyops ocellata, & genitalia, ventral open view, with edeagus detached; 9) — D. cuprescens, & right valve tip; 10) —D. dotata, @ left valve tip. All drawings to same scale. EARLY STAGES (2742). On November 2, 1958 I found on a single low leaf of a Cecropia sapling on the side of the Rua Redentor, Corcovado Mountain, Rio, at about 500 m. height, a gregarious mass of nearly fifty larve nearly 1” long, slender and glossy brown, with black heads and scanty black hairs which were inconspicuous. The head and tail were slightly raised; all feet were black; there were five equal pairs of abdominal feet. The larvee rested side by side touching each other, and usually fed in the same formation. They resembled a putrescent jelly-like mass and were repulsive, both in this and the next instar. On November 6 they moulted gregariously; after this they were orange-brown in colour, 22-25 mm. long. On November 18 they again moulted gregariously; and immediately after, the larva-mass appeared darker, as though mouldy, this impression being given by the fresh white hairs on the new dark skins. A little later, they separated to feed and ceased to be gregarious. 52 WILTSHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 Mature larva (fig.3 of Plate): black, with three fine white transverse dorsal lines on each somite and an orange-brown lateral stripe running the length of the body; head glossy black; feet black; ventral surface, with a few transverse short lines. Foodplant: Cecropia, and occasionally if nothing else was offered, the foliage of two other trees. Cocoon: silken, firm, with debris adhering to the outside; I am uncertain where it is placed in the wild state, but presume on the ground, perhaps below the surface. The moths started emerging on November 27, and about forty had hatched by the end of the month. Many were under-sized due to the difficulty of providing enough of the right foodplant daily; no more moths emerged after December 30. Probably the phenology of this moth is like that of the following species, i.e. multivoltine with “winter pause’, but as only one generation has been bred, this is a guess. In an equatorial climate the “winter pause” would, I suppose, not be made. The adult moth, when disturbed, falls on its back and flutters jerkily vibrating its wings and body and revealing the lighter, more orange and banded under-side colouring; this is possibly a mimicry of Hymenoptera and may be in an early stage of evolution. It might, alternatively be an exhibition of deceptive or “flash” colouring before suddenly settling. 2. (no.2615) Dyops cuprescens Hampson 1926 This was named by Hampson in Descriptions of new genera and new species of Noctuinae 128. The ? of Cramer's ocellata (P1.276 D) appears identical with both sexes of this species. Hampson’s type, from Chaqui- mayo, S. Peru, is in the British Museum. This species is on the average larger than the preceding and can usually be distinguished from ocellata by its purple-brown fore-wing ground-colour. See also figure 9 for the valve-tip of the male, and remarks under ocellata above. EARLY STAGES (2615). I have found the half-grown and full-grown larve on the underside of larger leaves of young Cecropia trees, feeding by day but hidden. They are usually found singly, but when small are sometimes found two together. Fourth (?) instar: about 34” long, resembling bird-excrement, brown, slender, shiny, with dorsal white patch on somites 4-9, and paler brown 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 ventrally. Head yellow brown. Sete black, white-ringed, with rather long black hairs. A slightly larger larva, observed on another occasion was bluish white, suffused with yellow near the spiracles and on somite 11; the head was yellow with four black spots as big as the sete (see Plate 1, fig.6). Next instar. the head is glossy black, some of the hairs have thick tips, and the length of the larva is 1”-114” (see fig.7). On the slightly enlarged 10th somite there are two dark patches above two lateral warts; these patches may be brown or black. The dorsal and ventral areas are white with heavy black seta, recalling European Cucullia larve; be- _ tween the two posterior setze of each somite is a short black transverse bar; there are also other transverse black bars of varying length on each somite and these tend to become broader laterally; in the darkest forms these black markings coalesce so that the setee no longer appear as distinct black spots, and the white colouring is reduced to the extent of forming two creamy transverse dorsal bands, and a pair of creamy lateral spots on each somite. One larva found full-grown was feeding on the underside of a large leaf with only its head shewing. When I picked the leaf it stopped, threw back its head in alarm and assumed a dead, squashed appearance, looking rather limp and mouldy. A small dipterous fly was noticed trapped in the hairs of this individual and appeared lifeless. A pre-pupal change of colouring affects the sublateral and ventral areas which turn deep crimson, leaving the dorsal area creamy white dappled with black. Cocoon: silky, firm, with debris adhering; pupal period, about three weeks. Phenology: multivoltine with a probable diapause in the cool season; apparently there are four broods during the warmer half of the year at Rio. Larve of the first are full-grown in early November and produce moths in early December. A full-grown larva was also found in early January and would have produced a moth in mid- February had circumstances permitted completion of rearing. Half- grown larve found in April produce moths in late April and early May. Half-grown larvae found in mid-May produce moths in late June. Whether there is really a diapause in July-October, and in what stage, is uncertain. Pupa: glossy dark brown, heavily chitined, of normal noctuid aspect, without bloom. The wings cover part of the first five abdominal somites, leaving the next five clear and entire cremaster, consisting of seven short, straight, sharp, well-separated spines, on a blunt, rounded rump. 54 WILTsHIRE: Dyops Vol.16: no.1 3. Other Dyopsinz Although I have personally come across only the above two species, it may be of interest to add a few words here about other species in this sub-family which appears to be endemic Neo-tropical. The whitish-banded form Dyops dotata Walker has been placed in the British Museum as an aberration in the D. ocellata series, but Mr. D. S. FLETCHER after investigating the male genitalia came to the con- clusion that it was also distinct (see fig.10 for its valve tip. ). The remaining Dyops species in the British Museum are easily dis- tinguished from the above three; their names are: chlorargyra Hampson, cyanargyria Hampson, pupillata Felder, subdifferens Schaus; and, placed in a separate genus (Eudyops Hampson), xantholepis Dyar. Immediately following GuENEE’s description of ocellata quoted above are the descriptions of two further Dyops species: 1089. Dyops oculigera Gd. (38 mm.) and 1090. Dyops hatuey Poey (58 mm.); of these two I have no knowledge and can express no opinion. SUMMARY Two species of Dyops, widespread in Central and South America and hitherto confused, have been studied and bred in Brazil. Dyops ocellata is the smaller species; fore-wing greenish brown in ground-colour. The larva is gregarious at first and in its last instar is black with creamy white hoops and orange lateral stripes, and has long single hairs. A lectotype and a synonym of ocellata are given. Dyops cuprescens is the larger species; fore-wing purplish brown in ground colour. The larva is solitary or found in couples at first; it is whitish with black spots and bands and long hairs thickened at the end. Both larve have ten abdominal prolegs equally developed; this, together with the long hairs, distinguishes them from the larvz of other sub-families with which this genus has been placed. The foodplant is Cecropia, a myrmecophilous tree. | Political Agency, P. O. B. 114, BAHRAIN 1$62 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 PRELIMINARY NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF CALLOPHRYS (SANDIA) MAC FARLANDI by Down B. Srauines, J. R. TurNer, and Paut R. Exnruicn It is evident that the proper description of the life history of Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench will have to wait until detailed comparative studies of related Hairstreaks can be made. It therefore seems that a preliminary report of our knowledge is in order at this time. The egg appears to be typical of the Lyczenide: a pitted oblate spheroid. In the single observed instance of egg laying, the female deposited the egg on a lateral stem near the main stem of the flower stalk. Other eggs were observed on the sheath at the base of the stems cf the flower stalks. Undoubtedly all instars of the larva have been observed and preserved, although no single individual has been raised from egg to adult. Therefore we do not know the exact number of instars. The larvae were characteristically slug-shaped and were extremely variable in color. The main color range was from a human flesh color to dark maroon. This range of color included over 75% of the specimens. Several larvze were of a distinct pink color, and a single specimen was light green. In pattern some were immaculate and others had several rows of chevron stripes and spots. More than 200 larvzee were examined. The larve feed primarily on the blossoms of Nolina mircocarpa S. Watson (Agavacez), a Beargrass. However, we observed some of the larger larvae chewing pits into the stem of the bloom stalk. Most larvze were found at rest on the main and lateral stems of the bloom stalk and often concealed themselves in the sheath at the base of the stems. Even those larve feeding on the blossoms were camouflaged well enough, by their color and markings, that they were not seen at first glance. An unidentified species of ant was attending the larve. No pupz were found in nature, so the pupation site is unknown. The form of the pupa is typical of the genus. The flight of the adults is rather rapid and erratic, and our observations indicated that they remained close to the location of the larval food plant. The flight during the day is rather limited. Nearly all specimens found in flight were sighted between 9:00 A.M. and 10:30 A.M. Adults were observed to spend the night deep in the basal rosette of the food plant. The main flight in 1959 appeared to be during the first three weeks of May. Some of the mature larvae that we collected were permitted to 56 STALLINGS, et al.: Sandia biology Vol.16; no.1 Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi: top left — upperside; top right — underside; middle left — Nolina microcarpa, the foodplant; middle right — larva feeding on blossoms (dorsal); bottom left — two larve feeding (note attending ant above arrow); bottom right — larva feeding (lateral). pupate. Some of these then emerged the last part of May and early in June; the remainder did not emerge until the following year. Some fresh specimens of the second generation were taken in flight with the more worn specimens of the first generation. The type locality is on the dry west slope of the Sandia Mts., in Bernalillo County, New Mexico, just north and east of Albuquerque. The exact locality is the La Cueva Camp Ground in La Cueva Canyon. The holotype was caught some 10 yards east of the stone shelter house at the camp ground, and many in the type series were taken in the 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 57 Type locality of C. macfarlandi; Paut ExruicH and Jack Sraxurincs collecting in foreground. immediate vicinity, About the only other butterflies common at the type locality at the time the type series was collected were Apodemia mormo Felder & Felder and Callophrys (Mitoura) siva Edwards. C. macfarlandi appears to be more abundant in Tijeras Canyon, a short distance from the type locality, and collectors are urged to seek it in this area rather than at the type locality. References Ehrlich, P. R., & H. K. Clench, 1960. A new subgenus and species of Callophrys (s. 1.) from the southwestern United States. Ent. news 71: 137-141. Stallings, D. B., J. R. Turner, & P. R. Ehrlich, 1959. A “hit and run” trip to Texas and New Mexico. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 99-100. [DBS, JRT] Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. [PRE] Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. 58 BOOK REVIEW Vol.16: no.1 WILD SILK MOTHS OF THE UNITED STATES, SATURNIINA, EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES AND OBSERVATIONS OF NATURAL LIVING HABITS AND RELATIONSHIP. By Michael M. Collins & Robert D. Weast. Collins Radio Co., Cedar Rapids. 138 pp. Available from: Wild Silk Moths, 201 34th Street, Cedar Rapids, Iowa, U. S. A.; price $4.25. This little book (may be read at a single sitting) contains a great deal of useful information on the species of giant silk moths occurring naturally in the United States of America. This includes moths of the saturniid subfamily Saturniinz mainly, but the genus Automeris (Hemileucine ) is included also because of its popularity with amateur breeders. The book is copiously illustrated with excellent photographs (although somewhat light in tone, no doubt from the reproduction process) and is organized into two main parts: Part I, United States species, under which are discussed, for each species, (1) habitat, (2) breeding habits, (3) breeding in captivity, and (4) collecting; general remarks are given also under each genus or subgenus; Part II, Studies and experiments, under which are discussed, (1) population dynamics, (2) breeding flights, (3) parasites, (4) diseases, (5) breeding, and (6) hybrids. There is a nearly complete coverage of species and subspecies and the discussions are detailed and mostly based on personal observations by the authors. Much new information is recorded also. In these respects lies the greatest value of the book both to the non-professional collector and breeder — he may find reliable information to aid him in obtaining and rearing not only the better known eastern species, but also the lesser known southwestern species as well —and to the research worker — he may utilize the first-hand biological data in comprehensive studies on phylogeny, physiology of sexual attraction, geographical distribution, etc. Critically speaking, I find a few dubious or meaningless statements, such as, “They [the larve of two species] have gaudy, scarlet tubercles which make them appear poisonous or dangerous. (p.80), and “Once the scent is detected, the male flies against the wind. This action suggests the use of eyesight for determining the wind direction.” (p.91) [italics mine]. Also disturbing are the sometimes loose style, incompletely cited and scarce source references, non-italicized latin names, and capitalization of the initial letter of species-group names. Some of these points may be excused because the book is not intended as a scientific work. All in all, I would say that the authors’ purpose is well served by their book, “ ... to present various aspects of the subject with the hope of creating enthusiasm and to be of help to the breeder or student who plans to do work with these fascinating insects.” CuHarxLes L. HocugE, Dept. of Entomology, University of California, Los Angeles, Calif., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 FIELD NOTES AN ALBINO LYCAANA PHLAZAS IN CONNECTICUT In August 1960 I had a rather interesting experience while hunting in a field in Portland, Connecticut. I was working in a large open field which had a depression at one end. In the depression grew a heavy mass of a pinkish red flower about 2 feet tall. In this depression and on the flowers were swarms of Lyczena phlzxas americana. No sorrel was apparent; consequently I stood wondering what the attraction was. While I was still pondering the question, a small white butterfly appeared on the scene which I did not immediately recognize. To my amazement it turned out to be a white L. p. americana. By “white,” I mean pure white; I have previously found very light pinkish forms. This specimen is identical with the normal form as to spots, etc. To me the more interesting feature was the fact that it settled on the only white flower in the patch, which makes me ask: did it know it was white, and choose the white flower intentionally? Are butterflies that colour conscious? Further afield there were large patches of the same white flowers, but a search turned up no more white freaks. The specimen in question is in my collection at Cassadaga. STANLEY V. FuLLER, Box 81, Cassadaga, Fla., U. S. A. A WHITISH LYCAENA PHLEAS IN OHIO. (LYCAENIDA:) One of the more accessible collecting areas near the community of Wellington, Lorain Co., Ohio, is Findley State Park, located two miles south of the village on Ohio State Route 58. The park consists of nearly 900 acres, a large part of which was originally woodlands. In 1954 a shallow valley, through which a small stream flowed, was cleared and an earth fill dam was constructed at the north side of the park. This created an artificial lake of about 90 acres. With access roads, cleared picnic areas, and an artificial bathing beach, the park has become a center of summer outdoor recreation in this area. Plantings of native and introduced trees, made about 30 years ago, are in various parts of the park. These are mostly species of Quercus (oak), Betula (birch), Liquidambar (gum), and various conifers. The afternoon of August 10, 1961 was sunny with setae cumulus clouds, temperature in the middle eighties, but with a gusty wind of 60 FIELD NOTES Vol.16: no.1 about 16 to 18 miles an hour from the south-southwest. I was collecting on this afternoon in the above described park, following a service road which led through a brush-filled area and into an open meadow-like field of about 20 acres in area. Abcut 2:30 P.M. (EDT) and at the point where the drive entered the field, I saw a small butterfly darting around in a belligerent manner. Not reccgnizing it, I attempted to net it on the wing, but failed. It returned almost immediately, and this time alighted upon a small patch of bare ground in the drive. Thinking it to be some species of Blue not common to this area, I carefully netted it as soon as it arose from the ercund, papered it, and continued my collecting. Returning home, I examined my catch. To my utmost surprise, I found this to be a specimen of Lyczena phleas Linnzus. A perfect male, it lacked completely any red or coppery red color, both on the upper and under surfaces of the primaries and secondaries. Instead, this color was replaced entirely by white or silvery white areas, although the dark gray and black portions were of normal color and design. A rather striking appearance was created by this coloration, or rather, lack of it. Examination of the white areas under a microscope at 200 reveals that these scales are curled or rolled, giving them an almost quill-like appearance. Similar areas on a normally colored specimen reveal flat shingle shaped scales. This suggests that the loss of refractive power of the curled scales results in the loss of the coppery red color, leaving a colorless or white area. At the present time, this specimen is in the writer's general collection. Subsequent intensive collecting in the area of capture failed to produce any similar individuals, although many normal specimens were taken. The complex genetics regarding this type of aberration is not com- pletely understood by the writer; but it is felt that a report of such a specimen should be a matter of record, perhaps helping to contribute to information concerning the frequency and distribution of such a form. I would like to thank Harry CLeNcH of the Carnegie Museum and Prof. A. B. Kuots of the American Museum of Natural History for their interest expressed in this specimen and the encouragement for this article. Special thanks to P. StvireR SmitH of Birmingham, England, for his suggestion of the microscopic examination of the structure of the colorless scales and the observed results. Also the information that this may be the rare form “alba” (Tutt), although this form name is apparently not well known to general collectors in this country. LeLaNnp L. Martin, 409 Herrick Ave., West, Wellington, Ohio, U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 LARVAL NOTES ON CHLOSYNE LACINIA AND C. CALIFORNICA On 8 Sept. 1961 a few larve of Chlosyne lacinia Geyer were found among a larval colony of Chlosyne californica Wright, apparently at home in this communal association. The few orange caterpillars of lacinia were conspicuous among the dark californica larve. At the time, colonies of C. californica in various instars were plentiful on Desert Sunflower, Viguiera deltoidea var. parishii in Sentenac Canyon on Highway 78, ten miles northeast of Julian, San Diego County, Cali- fornia. However, these few lacinia caterpillars were found only in one gregarious assemblage of perhaps a hundred fourth instar californica larvee. The butterflies were reared out by WiLt1amM HeEnces; hence iden- tification is confirmed. Chlosyne lacinia is not common in San Diego County although con- ditions appear quite favorable for it in Borrego Valley. Normally the caterpillars prefer Helianthus annuus, and can be found in large quanti- ties in the fall in Imperial Valley on roadside patches of sunflowers. This record on Viguiera deltoidea probably represents a new host plant record. | Chlosyne californica on the other hand is one of the dominant species of the desert canyons of this area whenever rainfall is favorable, and the butterflies appear in large numbers at times. The caterpillars accom- modate readily to Helianthus annuus in captivity but I have never ob- served them on anything but Desert Sunflower in nature. FreD THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., E] Cajon, Calif., U. 8. A. TWO NEW FOODPLANTS OF SOUTHWESTERN SATURNIIDA& The hosts of Agapema galbina anona Ottol. and Citheronia splendens Druce were discovered September 1 and 2, 1961, in Brown’s Canyon of the Baboquivari Mountains of Pima Co., Arizona. While making a detailed search for Rothschildia jorulla cinctus Tepper, I quite accidentally came upon a Cluster of cocoons of A. galbina anona. The host is a species of Lycium, which is a very thorny, sparsely-leaved shrub. Previously I had spent considerable time trying to locate the moth in its known areas of occurence in the Santa Rita and Santa Catalina mountains without success. Once the precise foodplant was determined I was able to find the cocoons in considerable numbers. — 62 FIELD NOTES Vol.16: no.1 The cocoons are spun in a cluster towards the center of the shrub, being completely surrounded by dense thorns. This affords excellent protection from birds and rodents. The clusters frequently contain more than a dozen cocoons. The gregarious larvae must sometimes completely defoliate the host. I collected cocoons along the canyon’s slopes, which are hotter and drier than the canyon’s floor, where the cocoons can also be found. The adults fly in November and early December and are usually taken at “black light”. Lycium, where found, is common, but it does not seem to be as widespread as are other common plants of the area. Lycium grows in association with various cacti, agave, acacia, mesquite and ocotillo, but it is frequently missing from habitats containing these plants. A mature larva of Citheronia splendens was taken on wild cotton, Gossypium thurberi. This plant grows along canyon streams and in other moist situations. This striking larva had evidently completed its full growth on the plant. It pupated in mid-September. C. splendens is also reported to feed on walnut trees which grow throughout the mountain ranges. The species flies in July. Rosert D. WeEast, 4818 Seneca St., Des Moines 10, Iowa, U. S. A. ADOPCEA LINEOLA (HESPERIIDAE) NOW ALSO IN NORTHERN ONTARIO On July 9, 1960, the author observed on a roadside near Sudbury, Ont. (Richard Lake), a skipper which looked to him like Adopeea lineola. It was, however, then not possible to secure the specimen. On July 16, 1961, the first specimen of Adopeea lineola was quite accidentally caught about 300 yards away from the spot of the 1960 occurrence by JOHN Dencuuck, a Sudbury High School student interested in Lepidoptera and accompanying the author on a field trip. This brought the indisput- able proof that this little skipper is extending its range now into northern Ontario. On July 17, 1961, the author took a second specimen and this at the spot where the species was observed a year ago. It certainly will be interesting to see at which rate Adopeea lineola, which is now still quite rare, will increase in coming years. The specimens are in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History in New York. J. C. E. Riorre, 278 Bathurst St., Toronto 2-B, Ont., CANADA 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 MIGRATION OF NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA IN WASHINGTON (NYMPHALID®) During the week of July 16 to 22, 1961, an immense migration of the butterfly Nymphalis californica was noted in the high mountain country of the State of Washington. Reports indicate that on all the major mountain passes in the state this butterfly was in such great numbers as to slow traffic and clog radiator grills. The greatest numbers were observed at an altitude between 3500 ft. and 4000 ft. although reports have been received of observations up to at least the 5000 ft. level. This area, at least in the eastern part of Washington, is at about the upper level of the Transition Zone or even the lower part of the Canadian Zone. Yellow Pine, fir, Western Larch, spruce, Jack Pine, poplar, alder, willow, and aspen abound in this area and in the open spaces wild lilac, spirea, and Buck Brush (Ceanothus thyrsiflorus) are in bloom then. On a trip from Oroville to Spokane on July 16, we first saw this butter- fly swarming in a large sunlit rock cut on the summit of the pass be- tween Disautel and Nespelem at about 9:30 in the morning. This pass is on Washington state highway 10A. There were mud puddles at the edge of the road and many butterflies were drinking or resting on the ground along the side of the road. There were many dead and feeble ones on the ground but we were unable to determine the cause, whether from the passing cars, fatigue, disease, or some other cause. There did not seem to be any predators or parasites bothering them at the time. We took pictures and gathered specimens at this time and noted that taking them was much easier than is normal. Having no net we merely picked them up from the road side. Their flight was abnormally feeble. On the return trip on July 20, over Sherman Creek Pass on State Highway 3P we took specimens, although at that time the flight was not nearly so great as it had been early in the week. I have reports of this butterfly in great numbers on other passes and mountain country in the State of Washington. They were seen on Blewett Pass on July 17, in the Tiffany Lake area of the Okanogan National Forest west of Omak Wash on July 23, and in the Lost Lake and Bonaparte Lake area east of Chesaw, Wash., and north of Wauconda, Wash., at various times during the same week. On July 24, we returned to the Republic and Swan Lake vicinity and could find no trace of the butterflies. From this fact I believe that this was a migration rather than a large hatch, I was unable to determine in which direction they were migrating. Westey H. Rocers, Route 1, Oroville, Wash., U. Sik 64 Vol.16: no.1 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of FRED T. THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) COLLECTING CENEIS NEVADENSIS (SATYRINAZ) AND OTHER GENERA ON VANCOUVER ISLAND, WITH A THEORY TO ACCOUNT FOR HILLTOPPING by RicHarp Guppy ! The discussion on “hilltopping” butterflies, which has somewhat died out in recent years, was in 1960 revived in my mind by a rather good season for CEneis nevadensis. This butterfly is by all accounts the most inveterate hilltopper in this part of the world. The spot in which I collect most of my CE. nevadensis Felder is actually the top of a ridge, rising quite steeply up from the seashore. It is by a rough estimate, perhaps 500 ft. high. On the landward side the slope is much more gentle; from my home it takes me about ten minutes to walk to the top of the ridge, although the ascent from this point is probably no more than 200 to 300 ft. The butterflies are found always along a short stretch of the ridge, about 50 yards altogether, which I suppose must be the highest point. This area is divided into three “compartments’, small clearings separated by clumps of Arbutus and stunted Douglas Firs. In 1960, for about two weeks in the latter part of June, I could almost depend on finding each of these compartments occupied by a male CE. nevadensis, which when collected, would be replaced by the following day. If it were not for their stubborn insistence on staying in their chosen small area, these butterflies would not be easy game by any means. With most of the more active and wary butterflies, a missed swipe means that the insect will clear out in a hurry, and give the collector no second chance. But these hilltop CG£neis will circle repeatedly; often the collector is able to get in five or six successive tries, and even if he finally frightens the butterfly off, only a little patience is needed; in ten minutes or so it will be back. : These hilltop CEneis are all males. Females I very seldom find, and always in localities at some distance from where the males like to disport themselves. Having considered all this evidence, I have arrived at the conclusion that this hilltopping business is simply a means by which the males and females are brought together. The problem of finding mates 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 that are other than siblings, must trouble most insects, and it must be admitted that not all solve the difficulty by hilltopping. Among butter- flies some, notably the Lyczenidze, would not meet with the problem, be- cause they tend to form colonies, which remain in one small area, where the necessary host plant is plentiful. In spite of these objections, it seems certain that, in the case of species that wander a great deal, some instinct that would draw all newly emerged individuals towards a central point would serve them in good stead. Suppose that every (Eneis, on emerging, is possessed of an urge to fly uphill. The males, which are always on the wing before the females, will become concentrated at certain high spots. The females will then begin to arrive at these meeting places. It is a known fact that the be- haviour pattern of a female insect may change after mating. We can suppose then that since the female CFneis, on reaching a hilltop, will immediately meet a male, she will shortly lose her uphill instinct, which will be replaced by an urge to search for a suitable place for oviposition. The strongest support for this part of my theory lies in the fact that, if females did not fly up to the hilltops, the males which persisted in staying there would get no mates. That being so, natural selection would inevit- ably eradicate the habit. The short stay necessary for the females to com- plete business and move on would mean that a collector could easily miss seeing them, if he were in the habit of stopping only long enough to collect any males in residence at the time. An interesting aspect of the problem, for which I have no good ex- planation, is the way in which males can establish and hold a territory. On most peaks, only one is present at a given time, unless there is quite a plateau, in which case several will remain about 50 yards apart. At that distance they apparently cannot see one another. The tree clumps on my ridge, by screening the butterflies from sight of one another, allow three males to occupy quite a small area. When a male comes into a rival's territory, the two flutter around each other for a time, then one, which I cannot say of course is always the trespasser, will clear off out of sight. Why it should do so it is difficult to say, since the other male obviously cannot hurt it. But the utility of the system is evident. Each male is under the necessity of investigating every butterfly which comes into its range of vision, in case it should prove to be a female of his species. Two males remaining continuously in sight of one another, would create an intoler- able situation. 7 It seems probable that some species that are not hilltoppers use the rendezvous system, although with these the means by which the meeting place is selected remains a mystery. I know of spots near my home where, 66 Guppy: (Cneis hilltopping Vol.16: no.1 year after year during the correct season, I can go each day to collect the current male Limenitis lorquini Bdv., which will be replaced each time just as are the CEneis males on the ridge. But these Limenitis spots have, so far as I can make out, absolutely nothing to set them apart from the rest of the scenery. They are not at the tops of hills, but often on a slope. While on the subject of hilltoppers, I would like to add some further information that has come to light, regarding our other inveterate hill- topper, Papilio zelicaon Luc. In this journal (Vol.7: 43-44; 1953) I stated that on Mt. Arrowsmith there were no suitable host plants for P. zelicaon, and that to reach the summit from the nearest stand of umbelliferous plants, they would have to fly about five miles over, or through, dense forest. In 1960, while on my annual collecting trip to Mt. Arrowsmith, I noticed a butterfly of this species, behaving in a suspicous manner. So certain was I that it was engaged in oviposition, that after an un- successful attempt to collect it, I returned to examine what had appeared to be a patch of rocks supporting a few lichens and mosses. Close ex- amination revealed a number of tiny plants, just coming into bud. So small were they, and so closely appressed to the rock, that any one of them could have been hidden by a silver dollar, yet in the aggregate there were enough to feed several P. zelicaon larve. I took home a sample, and in water the buds opened into tiny yellow umbels. They were undoubtedly a species of Lomatium, very probably L. martindalei C.& R. I could find no ova on any of the plants, but it is, after all, im- material whether the butterfly was ovipositing or not. By looking as if it were laying eggs, it had led me to discover on Mt. Arrowsmith an um- belliferous plant which I had not noticed before, and which certainly could account for the presence of P. zelicaon in the vicinity. \ R. R. 1, Wellington, B. C.,. CANADA The artist who prepared the figure for the front cover for Volume 16 is again WiLL1AM Vars, of Yale University. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 COLLECTING IS STILL GOOD IN THE NORTHWEST by E. J. NEwcoMER The increasing use of insecticides and herbicides in the West, the construction of dams and super highways, the occurrence of forest fires, all are reducing the good collecting areas for the lepidopterist. But many very rewarding areas remain, and will continue to exist for many years. Instinctively the butterfly collector looks for open places — natural meadows, gravel-storage areas, railroad rights-of-way, abandoned highways, skiing slopes. For the combination of sunlight and the numer- ous flowering plants that grow in such areas are very attractive to butterflies. It is my purpose here to describe three such places that I have found to be very productive. 1. Skookum Meadow. Looking at a road map of Oregon, I became curious about the Walker Rim, a mountainous area in the Fremont National Forest just east of U. S. Highway 97 and about 50 miles south of Bend. A “rim” is the same as an escarpment, a steep slope caused by an ancient upthrust of the land. So I went up there. On top, the land levelled off toward the east, the soil was mostly pumice, making driving easy, but covered with a thick growth of Lodge-pole Pine, under which practically nothing grows. A worse place for butterflies can hardly be imagined. But the Forest Service map had shown some meadows. So I pushed on. Suddenly, the trees opened up and here was a gem of a meadow, a half mile long and a couple of hundred yards wide, covered with flowers, and literally swarming with butterflies. I could hardly believe it. Collecting in this meadow for less than three hours, I found I had 100 specimens, after discarding the poor ones, and they added up to 33 species. Commonest was Phyciodes campestris and it was a_ pest, at times being mistaken for something else. Then came Euphydryas editha and then Cercyonis ctus. Next to these in abundance I would put the Speyeria, and Paut Grey has identified six species for me: coronis ssp., zerene near conchyliatus, callippe ssp., egleis unnamed ssp., hydaspe, and mormonia, the latter perhaps erinna. There were nine species of lycaenids, the most interesting one being Plebejus shasta. Scarcest was Danaus plexippus, a single specimen of which was being 68 Newcomer: Collecting in Northwest Vol.16: no.1 hustled and harried all over the meadow by a frantic and frazzled fritillary, which Paut tells me is S. callippe. There were a few clouds in the sky and when the sun got behind one of them the Speyeria disappeared. I soon found where they were, spread out flat on a barren sandbank facing the sun, soaking up as much heat as they could. As soon as the sun came out, back they went to the blossoms. There was a very noticeable number of dwarfed specimens in this meadow — Boloria, Euphydryas, Cercyonis, Phyciodes and some of the lyczenids. Could this be the result of not enough food or perhaps of inbreeding in this isolated place? This meadow is not shown on the forest map, — it is too small. But I have named it Skookum Meadow, because it is just south of Skookum Butte, which is on the map, and because in the Chinook Indian language “skookum” means “mighty good.” The elevation is 5200 feet. I collected here late in July and am curious to see what it will yield a month earlier. 2. Satus Ski Area. This is near Highway 97 also, but in Washington between Toppenish and Goldendale. It is part of the Brooks Memorial State Park. The latter is a few miles south of Satus Pass, but to get to the ski slope you must turn off the highway right at the pass and go west for a couple of miles. A considerable area has been cleared and is now growing up to flowers, grass and low shrubs. The top of the slope is perhaps 500 feet higher than the bottom and the average elevation is about 3700 feet. Because range cattle sometimes graze the slope, it is not always good. But an area of seepage at the bottom is worth looking at, and Speyeria may be found in season on a patch of dogbane (Apocynum) just above the lodge. Because time is important as well as place, this area does not yield much in June. But here, on a July day in 1960, I collected 30 species. Altho not as numerous as at Skookum Meadow, many were plentiful. Notable were five species of Speyeria, the same basic ones as at Skookum Meadow, except for egleis, but the subspecies were different; also Euphydryas colon and editha, Chlosyne palla (whitneyi and sterope), and hoffmanni manchada, all past their prime; nine species of lyceenids; and CEneis nevadensis. DAN CaRNEY took CEn. chryxus here a few days earlier, but I did not find it. The great popularity of skiing has opened up slopes like this one in many places and collectors would do well to examine them. No skiers will crash into you while you are doing it. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 3. Bear Canyon. West of Yakima, in Washington, the Tieton River comes down from Rimrock Lake and combines with the Naches River, both carrying the precious stored-up melted snow that makes the Yakima Valley so rich agriculturally. Collecting is not especially good along either river. But go 8 or 10 miles up the Tieton and if you look sharply, you will see a narrow forest road going into the hills to the right. This is an old logging road going up Bear Canyon, and maintained for access in case of fire. There is a small stream coming down the canyon, but the Forest Service refers to this as a canyon rather than a creek, probably because there are already two other Bear Creeks in Yakima County. And this is a canyon, narrow, with steep sides,—in many places there is just room for the creek and the road. The sun shines down into it much of the day, there are a few small side ravines, and every- where there are flowers,—asters, spireea, pentstemon, Eriogonum, yarrow, Erigeron, mallow, Mimulus, Senecio, Erysimum, Arnica, lupines, and the little Woolly Sunflower ( Eriophyllum) which is especially attractive to butterflies. Here, in a stretch of about three miles, with an average elevation of 2500 feet, is a butterfly paradise. Collecting is good from May to August. And here on a July day, Dr. A. I. Goop, of Ohio, and I took what is so far a record for me — 36 species. They are worth listing: Papilio eurymedon P. rutulus P. multicaudatus Colias occidentalis Pieris rapzx P. protodice P. beckeri Caenonympha tullia Cercyonis pegala C. sthenele Speyeria cybele leto S. callippe semivirida S. coronis simztha S. hydaspe sakuntala Chlosyne_ palla Phyciodes muylitta P. campestris Polygonia satyrus Nymphalis antiopa N. californica Limenitis lorquini Satyrium behrii S. sepium S. californica Strymon melinus Lyceena heteronea L. nivalis L. helloides Plebejus acmon P. icarioides Heliopetes ericetorum Pholisora catullus Erynnis persius E. icelus Hesperia juba Ochlodes_ sylvanoides 70 NewcomMer: Collecting in Northwest Vol.16: no.1 In addition to these, 26 other species have been taken at other times in Bear Canyon. They are: Parnassius smintheus Callophrys eryphon Papilio indra C. fotis P. zelicaon C. augustinus (iroides ) Colias eurytheme C. spinetorum Anthocaris sara Plebejus melissa Euchloe ausonides Glaucopsyche lygdamus Neophasia menapia Everes amyntula (Eneis nevadensis Celastrina argiolus Chlosyne hoffmanni Apodemia mormo Euphydryas colon Pyrgus communis E. editha Erynnis propertius Nymphalis cardui Thorybes pylades Polygonia zephyrus Amblyscirtes vialis Thus a total of at least 62 species occur in this small area, of the 100 so far found in Yakima County. Two species were especially abundant in June 1961. These were Chlosyne hoffmanni and Lyczna_ nivalis. Heliopetes ericetorum was numerous in 1960, the caterpillars feeding in the bush mallow, but scarce in 1961. Papilio indra and multicaudata are always scarce, and Neophasia menapia and Apodemia mormo were taken there for the first time in August 1961, altho I have been collecting in this canyon for four seasons. There are many other good collecting places in the Northwest: — in Oregon, the Ochoco and Maury Mountains in Crook Country, Tomb- stone and Lost Prairies in Linn County, the resort area around Bachelor Butte in Deschutes County, Diamond Lake in Douglas County, and Summit Prairie east of Lakeview; in Washington, Mt. Spokane, O’Brien Creek near Republic, the Blue Mountains, some of the forest lookouts in Yakima County, many places in Okanogan County, and some western Washington places; in northern Idaho, the higher elevations in the Priest River Experiment Station in Bonner County, and of course many others. But the three described above have been the best. Forest Service people are always happy to help with suggestions, with advice about roads, and with maps of their forests. 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 71 EDWIN PAUL MEINERS (1893-1960) We regret to report the death on October 28, 1960 of the veteran entomologist and physician Dr. Epwin Paut MEINERS of St. Louis, Missouri. Dr. Mrrners was a Charter Member and long a. Sustaining Member of the Lepidopterists’ Society and contributed several articles to the pages of the Lepidopterists’ News (see biblicgraphy at the end 12 Meiners Obituary Vol.16: no.1 of this obituary). From early boyhood he was an ardent lepidopterist and continued this interest until his death. EpwIN MEINERS was born in Troy, Illinois, on February 11, 1893. His grandfather emigrated to America in 1849 and came first to St. Louis, later locating in Troy, a small town of about 2000, where he remained for the rest of his life. He owned and operated the White Horse Tavern which became famous as a stopping place in the stage coach days when the old National Road was the main artery of travel between the East and the West. Epwin’s father, FREDERICK MEINERS, Jr., was born and raised in Troy and continued the family business which expanded into the Central Hotel. His mother was Exiza Prarr and he was the oldest of five children born to WitL1AM and Exiza MEINers. He is survived by three brothers. In a detailed and careful autobiography and family genealogy which EDWIN MEINERS wrote a few years before his death, he says of his father: “His life exhibited very markedly the characteristics of the German as we are wont to think of him in the days when he was loved by all; non- aggressive, modest Hanoverian Teuton, a sincere lover of home and children and all the comforts of life as best summed up and expressed in the German “Gemiitlichkeit”. His devotion to his children was very deep. The days of my childhood that have left their deepest impression cn my mind and character, that today remain the fondest of memories, were those spent in the company of my father. It was his guiding hand although untutored, that first pointed out the beauties of nature to me. It was he who aided me in the problems of gathering and preserving my natural history history specimens, who helped me in my work and play.” I would like to say here that many of the endearing qualities which Dr. MEINERs attributed to his father were also manifested in large measure by him. In addition there was a deep scholarliness and absolute integrity which caused me to recommend his services whenever a friend asked me for the name of an honest physician. Dr. MEINERS received his medical training in St. Louis and interned at St. Luke’s Hospital. While still an intern he was the first to develop a method of injection of intravenous glucose to combat post-operative shock. Thereafter it became a regular procedure in the treatment of shock. In World War I he served in Nashville, Tennessee, with the United States Public Health Service. While at St. Luke’s Hospital he met and married Liww1an Mar McGrmsey, who survives him. Children of this marriage are Dr. Epwin Pau MeErners, Jr., Dr. THEODORE M. ME ners, and Mrs. Mary EvizaBeTH BoucHNov. There are twelve grand- children living. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ~I Loy) Epwin Merners always felt keenly that St. Louis, whose metropolitan area has a population well over one million, could and should support a genuine natural history museum comparable to those in other large cities of the country, where the student could go to consult study collections and carry on biological research. It was his great ambition to see this established, but he died without seeing his dream realized. This was his great disappointment. In his efforts to arouse support for a museum he was a member of several embryo scientific clubs and of societies in St. Louis, some of which had brief histories: the Heink Entomological Club, the St. Louis Entomological Club, the Webster Groves Nature Study Society, the Greater St. Louis Museum of Natural History, the St. Louis Naturalists’ Club. and the Academy of Science of St. Louis. He was one of the organizers in 1934 of the Entomology Section of the Academy, which flourished for about ten years. Members of this section, many of whom have since published significent con- tributions on entomology were: O. ZreELinski, RICHARD FROESCHNER, L. Prnxus, E. D. BUEKER, WENDELL SHAY, Huco Press, Martin Gorpon, Harotp O'Byrne, Puit Rav, P. S. and C. L. Remincton. Writing of these meetings MEINERS says: “One night Suay electrified us by appear- ing rather late loaded down with a two foot long setting board and two quart jars filled with the most wonderful moths. He not only took our breath, but he broke up our meeting by offering to take those of us with him who were willing to go at this hour of the night and to share his discovery with him.” Dr. MEINERS was chairman of this section at different times. He also served the Academy as Curator, Librarian, Second Vice-president, Editor of the Bulletin, member of the Board of Directors. At one time a gift to the Academy gave it a very large brick residence, in a fine area of the city, which was turned into a museum. Dr. MEINERS organized and arranged the first insect exhibits, using much of his own collection. However, this effort eventually died out and the museum now maintained by the Academy is virtually a Childrens’ Museum. Dr. Merners felt that this was not the proper place for study collections and so he willed his fine collection of insects to the University of Missouri. It is now under the care of Dr. WitpurR Enns, who tells me that the collection consists of 330 boxes and drawers of Lepidoptera, 96 of Coleoptera, 13 of Hymenoptera, 15 of Orthoptera, and 38 of mis- cellaneous groups. A conservative estimate places the number of speci- mens at a total of 30,000 to 40,000. The collection is now in the Ento- mology Museum at the University of Missouri. In recent years Dr. Merners developed an interest in other branches of entomology besides Lepidoptera and made a good general collection 74 Meiners Obituary Vol.16: no-1 of the insects of Missouri as shown by the above items. His favorite — collecting haunts around St. Louis were Cliff Cave, Creve Coeur Lake, and especially Ranken, about which he wrote a fine article (Lepid. news 10: 163). He was greatly interested in the history of science and prepared excellent papers on outstanding Missouri entomologists. He collected all the published papers of Cuartes V. RILEY, first State Entomologist of Missouri, and of Mary V. Murrrevpt, an early lepidopterist of Kirk- wood. He owned a collection of letters and writings of early and con- temporary entomologists and a notable collection of rare books on entomology. This was purchased by the General Library of the University of Missouri. Part of the purchase price was used by his widow to estab- lish the Dr. E. P. Meiners Memorial Scholarship fund at the University. Mrs. Merners tells me that the Doctor was working at the time of his death on a book to be entitled “The Effect of Insects on Civilization.” An effort will be made to ascertain if some of the material in it can be published. Dr. MEINERS was regarded as an authority on medical entomology. He was certainly the dean of entomologists in St. Louis. His first love was always Lepidoptera. He was always willing to present interesting and scholarly papers on topics connected with butterflies and other in- sects. He wrote: “I spent about four hours one Sunday afternoon showing my collection and lecturing on entomology to a class of students from Harris Teachers College. I doubt whether any of the class had ever sat through a lecture that long!” He well recognized the importance of encouraging young people in the study of insects and several of the young men to whom he gave encouragement are now professional en- tomologists, including the Editor of this publication. He was a member of the American and Missouri Medical Societies, the Entomological Society of America and the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Just before he died he was instrumental in the starting of a new entomological society in St. Louis. Plans for this were continued after his death and the society took in his honor the name of The E. P. Meiners Entomological Society. The society has held monthly meetings under the chairmanship of Mr. Pinxus and is thriving. Dr. MEINERS will be remembered by his many friends for his unfailing kind efforts to help even the layman gain some understanding cf entomology and to show them his collection and encourage them to learn of the wonderful world of insects. He tried to give them an appreciation for the truly scientific viewpoint toward all matters biological. His name may be found in pos Passos forthcoming Check List 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 75 of the Nearctic Rhopalocera, for GuNpDER named an aberration of Strymon melinus and FieLtp named the spring form of Everes comyntas for him. Dr. MEINERS was not particularly proud of this, for he held that aberra- tions and forms should not be named. Indeed, he long felt that there were too many species names and believed that when the biology of Lepidoptera is better understood, many names will disappear into the synonomy. Many pleasant evenings were spent by this writer in Dr. MEINERS’ study or in mine as we chatted about insects. On one occasion I recall saying to him a little facetiously: “Doctor, you know the world thinks you and J are “nuts” to devote so much time and effort to collecting and studying bugs!” He replied, without the familiar twinkle in his eye: “Mr. REMINGTON, what the world is more “nuts” like you and me! There would be a lot less tension and trouble in the world if this were so.” BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS BY E. P. MEINERS 1936a. Notes on Papilio asterius Cram. and a record of var. americus Kollar. Ent. news 47: 269. 1936b. The dimorphic blue female of Everes comyntas Godt. Annals ent. soc. Amer. 29: 620-621. 1939. The life history of Euchloe olympia Edwards with some notes on its habits. Proc. Missouri acad. sci. 4: 154-156. 1941. Obituaries of Hermann Schwarz, George W. Bock, August Knetzger, Charles L. Heink, and Vitae Kite. Ent. news 52: 118-120. 1948a. Brief biographies. 12. George Hazen French (1841-1935). Lepid. news 2: AQ. 1948b. Brief biographies. 14. George Duryea Hulst (1846-1900). Lepid. news 2: 6G. 1948c. Brief biographies. 15. Mary Esther Murtfeldt (1839-1913. Lepid. news 24593 SF 1948d. Book reviews and obituary note [Phil Rau]. Lepid. news 2: 43, 55, 62. 1949. A brief history of lepidopterology in Missouri. Lepid. news 3: 51-52. 1951. Harold I. O’Byrne (1898-1951) [Obituary]. Lepid. news 5: 11-12. 1953. The Languriide and Erotylide (Coleoptera) of Missouri with notes and keys. Journ. Kansas ent. soc. 26: 18-25. [With R. C. Froeschner.] 1956. Lepidoptera collecting at Ranken, Missouri. Lepid. news 10: 163-168. P. SHELDON REMINGTON 12 Country Meadow Lane, Box 612, R.R.1, St. Louis 41, Mo., U. S. A. 76 Vol.16: no.1 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and sub- species are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] —P. F. Bectuincer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Osraztsov [..C.] —I. F. B. Common [T.].] — Taro Iwast [C.R.] — C. L. RemincTon [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] —J. Moucua [J.T.] —J. W. Titpen [A.D.] — A. DrtaKonorFr [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe [P.V.] —P. BL. Views B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Marion, H., “Contribution a étude des Pyralide de Madagascar” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, sér. E, vol.5: pp.39-62, 1 pl, 14 figs. 1954. Contribution to the study of the Madagascar pyralids. Describes as new (from Ankaratra Mt. unless another type locality is given): Ancylolomia auripaleella; PRODUCTALIUS, & type P. tritzniellus; ANGUSTALIUS, & type A. ditzniellus; Tegulifera herbulotalis (Tananarive), T. sanguinalis (Tananarive); Obtusipalpis rubricostalis (Tananarive); EUPHYCIODES (type _ species: albotessulalis Mabille); Nacoleia pulveralis (Tananarive); Sylepta pauperalis; Diaphana viettealis (Tananarive), D. toulgoetalis (Tananarive), D. ankaratralis; Ischnurges paulianalis; Trigonuncus flavopunctalis; Pachyzancla ultratrinalis;s MEGATAR- SODES (type species: baltealis Mabille); Argyractis ambahonalis;s AMBAHONA, & type A. fusconebulis. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustidze de la faune frangaise” [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol.14: pp.123-128, 1 pl; pp.181-188, 221-227, 16 figs.; vol.15: pp.41-58, 24 figs. 1954-55. Revision of the Pyraustide of the French fauna. The author begins with long comments on the history of the classification, the taxonomic categories and the morphological structures. The group of pyralids is divided by Marion into: Crambidze, Pyraustide, Acentropidz, Pyralide, Phycitide, and Galleriide. The subfamilies of the Pyraustide are Scopariina, Nymphuline, Schcenobiinze, Pyraustinze, Evergestinee. The author starts with the Acentropide; Schcenobiinzee and Scopariine (with two tribes: Scopariini and Cybalomiini) follow. Keys for families, subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species are given. Study to continue. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Complement & la classification et nomenclature des Pyraustide d'Europe” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol.13: pp.129-130. “1957” [1958]. The two European spp. palustris Hbn. & nubilalis Hbn. should be placed in the genus Ostrinia Hbn. which has priority over Micractis W. Warren. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustide de France” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.15-22, 2 pls. 1959. Continuation of the revision of the French pyraustids. Here the genus Scoparia is begun. [P. V.] Marion, H., “Classification et nomenclature des Pyraustide d’Enrope” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol.15: pp.44-45. 1959. Nomenclatorial note about the genus Epicorsia Hbn. and the new genus PARACORSIA (type species: repandalis Den. & ‘Schitt.)= URs Val 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society a. Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustide de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.103-110, 1 pl. 1959. Continuation. Description of the genus HYPERLAIS (Scopariine, Cybolomiini; type species: Hypolais siccalis Gn.). [P. V.] Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustide de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.175-182, 1 pl. 1960. Continuation; conclusion of Nymphuline, beginning of Evergestine, & complementary notes on Scopariine. Describes as new Scoparia cembre pfeifferi (Alps, Savoie, Peisey-Nancroix). [P. V.] Marquant, R. M., “Une nouvelle race de Parnassius apollo Linné: P. apollo race ossalensis mihi” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.27: pp.51-52. 1959. New subspecies described from central Pyrenees, Col. d’Aubisque, alt. 1700m. PRA Vel Mell, R., “Zur Geschichte der ostasiatischen Lepidopteren. I. Die Hebung Zentralasiens, das westchinesische Refugium zentralosiatischer Abkémmlinge und die Verbreitungsachse Sikkim/Kashiaberge—Zentralformosa (Achse V). Beitrage zur Fauna sinica XXV” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.5: pp.185-213, 11 figs. 1958. Describes as new: (Sphingide) Clanis obscura (Kuatun); Rhagastis albomarginatus sauteri (Taihorin, Formosa); (Bombycidze ) THEOPHOBA (type not selected; genus includes Andraca albilunata), T. pendulans (Lungtaoshan, 800 m., N. Kuangtung); Ocinara diaphragma (Mahntsishan, N. Kuangtung), O. d. formosa (Shis, central Formosa); (Eupterotide) Ganisa longipennata (Kuatun, NW Fukien); (Notodontide) Andraca olivacens (Kuatun); (Acronictine ) Trisuloides klapperichii (Kuatun); (Saturniide) Antherzea yamamai titan (Kuatun). A very diffuse discussion of faunal origins in central Asia, illustrated principally by Sphingidze, Saturniide, and some other families of Lepidoptera. The paper is marred throughout by the presentation of probabilities or possibilities as certainties; for example, the author’s statements of the geographic origins of genera unknown as fossils, and designation of species known from single specimens as “double-brooded” or “obligatorily single-brooded”. [P. B.] von Mentzer, Erik, “Erebia calcarius Lork. ssp. tridentina, ssp. nova (Lep., Satyridz )” lin German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.79: pp.6-10, 5 figs. 1958. Described from Lago Nambino, 1800 m., Venezia Tridentina, Italy. Discusses systematic position of E. calcarius. [P. B.] von Mentzer, Erik, “Ueber die Spezifizitat von Erebia neleus Frr. und Erebia aquitania Frhst. (Lep. Satyride)” [in German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.81: pp. 77-90, 4 pls., 8 figs. 1960. Carefully distinguishes these 2 spp. on material from Mt. Blanc region, pointing out differences in habit & genitalia. Notes on application of names in this difficult group. & on E. tyndarus & E. cassioides (sensu Warren) from the same locality. [P. B.] ~Moucha, Josef, “Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O. im Vihorlat-Gebirge (Lep. Pieride )” [in German; Czech summary]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Prage, vol.32: pp.91-100. 1958. The pooulation of P. bryoniz from Vihorlat Mts. (E. Slovakia ) is described. [J. M.] Munroe, Eugene, “Hampson’s Schcenobiinz (Lepidoptera: Pyralide).” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.l: pp.301-302. 1958. Redefines subfamily and _ lists included genera, those which must be transferred to other subfamilies, and some of uncertain position. Sinks Neobanepa aglossides to Pyralopsis peruviensis. Erects new subfamily MIDILINZ, for genera Midilo (=Singamia, Tetraphana), Cacographis, Gonothyris, Dismidilo; Hositea. Discusses relationships of several groups of Pyralidae. [P. B.] Musgrave, A., “Some butterflies of Australia and the Pacific. Family Danaide— danaids II.” Austral. Mus. Mag., vol.9: pp.309-314, 9 figs. 1948. Discussion of Tellervo and species groups of Euplaa; some figures & descriptive notes. [P. B.] Norman, T., “A new butterfly from Assam.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.55: pp.180-181, 1 fig. 1958. Describes as new Ypthima cantliei (Margherita, upper Assam). [P. B.] 78 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.1 D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Bernardi, G., “Le polymorphisme et le mimétisme de lHypolimnas dubia Palisot de Beauvois (Lep. Nymphalide)” [in French]. Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol.128: pp.141-158, 2 pls. 1959. Study on the polymorphism and mimicry of this nymphalid in Africa and Madagascar. [P.V.] Boursin, Ch., “Note au sujet de l’article de M. Yves de Lajonquiére, ‘Deux formes nouvelles de lépidoptéres hétérocéres’” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.28: p.151. 1959. 2 form of Scotia crassa named by de Lajonquiére was pre- viously named by Wagner. [P.V.] Bowden, S. R., “Sexual mosaics in Pieris.” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.7-13, 1 fig. 1958. Bowden, S. R., “Yellow-green larve of Pieris napi L.” Entomologist, vol.91: pp.110- 111. 1958. Simple recessive mutant. [P.B.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Kalshoven, L. G. E., “Twee soorten cacaomot in Nederland” [in Dutch; English summary]. Cacao, Chocolade en Suikerwerken, vol.22: no.10: 14 pp. 1954. Biology of Ephestia cautella & E. elutella in stored cacao. [P. B.] Kasy, F., “Die Raupe von Gnophos stevenaria Bsd. (Lepidoptera, Geometride )” [in German; Serbocroatian summary]. Fragm. balcanica, vol.1: pp.115-116. 1954. Describes larva, reared on Prunus spinosa. [P. B.] Kasy, F., “Kleinschmetterlingsraupen als Bewohner der von der Weidenholzgall- miuicke (Helicomyia saliciperda Duf.) befallenen Weidendste und -stammchen” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.6 (Sonderheft 1954): pp.1-4. 1955. Notes on biology of Euzophera bigella, Laspeyresia legum- inana, L. corollana, Stenolechia albiceps, Chrysoclysta bimaculella, Trochilium vespiforme; all reared from Salix branches stimulated to luxuriant growth by attack of a gall midge. [P. B.] Kasy, F., Uber die Jugendstadium und Bionomie von Athetis lepigone Moeschl. (Lep., Agrot.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.289-297, 17 figs.; vol.42: pp.4-5. 1956, 1957. Describes early stages & phenology; larva poly- phagous (numerous plants tested & preferences recorded); young larve refused fresh leaves of Taraxacum but ate dead leaves. [P. B.] Kasy, F., “Neues tiber Chondrosoma fiduciarium Anker” [in German]. Ent. Nach- richtenbl., Vienna, vol.4, no.4: pp.1-2. 1957. Describes habitat; notes on biology. Pupa susceptible to dessication, but can also take up water from damp soil. Larvz fed on Taraxacum, Lactuca, Solidago, & Achillea. [P. B.] Kato, Akira, “Hibernation of Colias hyale poliographus Motschulsky ( Pieridz )” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.4, no.13: pp.18-19. 1951. Pupal hibernation sug- gested. [T. I.] Kauffman, Guido, “Beobachtungen tiber die ersten stande einiger alpiner Pyrginze” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.65: pp.23-28. 1954. Notes on early stages of Pyrgus cacalizx, P. carling, P. malvoides, & P. alvenus. [P. B.] Kawada, Akira, “Key to the pupz of Saturnide” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.2: pp.23-26, 13 figs. 1952. Kawada, Akira, “Key to the pupx of Sphingide” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.o: pp.39-47, 83 figs. 1952. Kawazoe, Akito, “On the eggs and the young caterpillars of Melitza diamina pro- tomedia Ménétries” [in Japanese; English summary]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol.7: pp.26-28, 4 figs. 1956. Describes & figures these stages; foodplant Patrinia scabio- sefolia. [P. B.] Keji, Joseph A., “Oviposition observations.’ Lepid. News, vol.5: p.69. 1951. Kelsey, J. M., “Imsects attacking tussock.” New Zealand Journ. Sci. Tech. (A), vol.38: pp.638-643. 1957. Of the fourteen species of Lepidoptera listed as pests eS 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 of New Zealand Tussock grasses (Festuca and Poa spp.) at altitudes of 1,500 to 4,500 ft., species of Crambus, Persectania, & Leucania are stated to be the most important. [I. C.] Kelsey, J. M., “Virus sprays for control of Pieris rape L.” New Zealand Journ. Sci. Tech. (A), vol.38: pp.644-646. 1957. Experiments to control P. rape in New Zea- land by spraying larve with suspensions of undetermined virus described. [I .C.] Kershaw, R. C., “Notes on the Army Worm.” Victorian Nat., vol.73: pp.76-77. 1956. Records larve of Persectania ewingii (Hadenine) attacking pear fruits on trees in West Tamar, Tasmania. [I. C.] Kershaw, S. H., “Phragmatobia fuliginosa L. 6 6 attracted by scent of 2 Panaxia dominula L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.219-220. 1953. Kettlewell, H. B. D., “A further case of similar assembling scents.” Entomologist, vol.88: p.19. 1955. Xanthorhoe montanata 6 4 to Q Biston betularia [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “The breeding of Coscinia cribraria Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.106-107. 1952. Kettlewell, H. B. D., “The pupation habits of Gonimabrasia tyrrhea Cram. (Lep. Saturniide ).” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.118-119. 1953. Larva of this South African sp. burrows into sand & pupates within larval skin. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Brood size and dispersal in Biston betularia L. (Lepidoptera ).” Entomologist, vol.88: p.50. 1955. Reports 1100 pupe reared from single mating. Suggests that young larve disperse by silk ballooning, avoiding concentration; larve cryptic, not social. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Xanthorhoe montanata and X. spadicearia assembling to females of Biston betularia.” Entomologist, vol.89: p.130. 1956. Suggests similarity in 2 scent. [P. B.] : Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Lithophane lapidea Hiibner (Lep. Noctuide) breeding in Britain.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.1-8, 1 pl. 1957. Summarizes knowledge of early stages (foodplant Cupressus); discusses distribution & method of arrival in Britain (probable recent immigrant ). Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Lithophane lapidea Hubner (Lep.: Noctuide) breeding in Britain. A foreword.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.285-286, 1 pl. 1957. Breeding notes & figures of larve. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., E. A. Cockayne, & C. N. Hawkins, “Thalera fimbrialis Scopoli in England.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.305-308. 1953. Description of larva & pupa & account of larval habits; reared on Achillea millefolium. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., & G. Haggett, “The life history of Hydracia hucherardi Mabille (Lep., Agrotide ).” Entomologist, vol.88: pp.217-223, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1955. Describes rearing in captivity; discovery of larvae & pupz in nature; & full-grown larva & pupa. Foodplant Althza officinalis. [P. B.] Khan, Mohammad Quadiruddin, “Note on life history and habits of castor-semi- loopers.” Proc. 33rd Indian Sci. Congr.: p.122. 1947. Abstract; on Achza janata, Paralellia algira. G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Berger, Richard, “Fang der Birkeneule Brephos parthenias’ [in German]. Ent. Zeitschr., vol.69: pp.14-15. 1959. Notes on adult behavior. [P.B.] Bergerard, J., Ph. Dreux, & J. Fiszer, “Influence des ions alcalins et alcalino-terreux sur l’automatisme cardiaque de deux insectes: Gryllulus domesticus L. (adulte) et Galleria mellonella L. (Jarve)” {in French]. Arch. Sci. physiol., vol.4: pp.225-240, 5 figs. 1950. Bittner, Alfred, “Besonderheiten der Bewegungsformen der Wachsmotten als Beispiel fiir die Untersuchung von Insektenlaufspuren” [in German]. Naturwissenschaften, vol.46: p.119, 3 figs. 1959. Suggests that erratic running of Galleria & Achroia 80 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.J mimics dance of host bees and so protects moths. Movement studied by recording tracks. [P.B.] Blaustein, Mordecai P., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The effect of barbituric acid and its analogues on the adult development of giant silkworms.” Anat. Rec., vol.132: p.415. 1958. Abstract; Callosamia & Antherea. Blaustein, Mordecai P., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The effect of certain antimetabolites and hydrolytic enzymes on the adult development of giant silk- worms.” Anat. Rec., vol.132: p.416. 1958. Abstract; Callosamia promethea. Blest, A. D., “The evolution of protective displays in the Saturnioidea and Sphingide (Lepidoptera )” [in Englisiu; German summary]. Behaviour, vol.11: pp.257-307, 22 figs. 1957. Study of behavioral response to stimulation in adults of 35 satumiids and 6 sphingids. Behavior is classified and correlated with type of coloration. It is suggested that displays (but not cryptic behavior) evolved from preparatory flight movement. [P.B.] Blest, A. D., “Central control of interactions between behaviour patterns in a hemileucine moth.” Nature, vol.184: pp.1164-1165. In Automeris aurantiaca the duration of a rocking response to stimulation is proportional to the duration of a preceding flight. This relationship is not affected by suppression of afferent impulses (removal of parts of the body, destruction of sense organs), and must be controlled in the central nervous system. [P.B.] Bonnemaison, L., “Elimination de la diapause chez la noctuelle du chou (Mamestra Brassice L.) (Lep. Noctuide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.65: pp.73- 78, 4 figs. 1960. Reports experiments on the effects of specific low temperatures at specific durations in breaking diapause of pupz. [P.B.] I. MISCELLANY Brady, Philip, “Boarding house for butterflies.” Nature Mag., vol.51: pp.188-190, 3 figs. 1958. Report on establishment of Massachusetts Audubon Society at South Lincoln, for rearing and studying butterflies. [P.B.] Bruce, W. G., “Bible references to insects and other arthropods.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.4: pp.75-78. 1958. Includes references to caterpillars and moths. [P.B.] Christ], Ott, “Entomologische Forschungsarbeit in Linz’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.187-206. 1958. Brief history of entomology of Linz, Austria, from time of Schiffermiller to present; list of publications of entomologists of Upper Austria since 1945. [P.B.] Collins, D. L., & D. P. Connola, “Some recent research on forest insects in New York State.” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.4: pp.335-340, 1 map. 1958. Includes notes on research on lepidopterous pests, especially Malacosoma disstria. [P.B.] Dexter, Ralph W., “Packard’s final arrangement for publication of his monograph on the bombycine moths.” Lepid. News, vol.11: p.206. 1958. Fontes, Elena Martinez, & Juan Jose Parodis, Guia de Naturalista Sudamericanos. 138 pp., Buenos Aires. 1949. See notice in Lepid. News, vol.12: p.56. Frederick, A. C., “John Howley Cook, 1878-1958.” Lepid. News, vol.12: p.207. 1959. Gibson, William W., & José Luis Carillo S., “Lista de insectos en la colleccion entomologica de la Oficina de Estudios Especiales, S.A.G.” [in Spanish & English]. Folleto misc. Sec. Agr. Ganad., Mexico, no.9: 254 pp. 1959. Records all specimens, with brief data; numerous Lepidoptera. Collection in Mexio City. [P.B.] Glen, Robert, et. al., “Entomology in Canada up to 1956. A review of developments and accomplishments.” Canad. Ent., vol.88: pp.290-371. 1956. History of entomology, especially applied entomology; this summary was prepared for the 10th International Congress of Entomology by various government and university entomologists in Canada. [P.B.] Henne, Christopher, “Charles Henry Ingham (1904-1957).” Lepid. News, vol.’ pp.169-170, 1 fig. 1958. EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: Cuar.es L. REMINcTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): FreD T, THORNE Harry K. Crenco —N. S. Osraztsov — EuceNE G. MunRoE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society J. W. TrmpENn Manager of the Memoirs: Smpney A. HEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. _ ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. Tm.pEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: GrorcE Euuet, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Enruicu, Dept. of Biology, Stanford Uni- versity, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Fretp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.16: no.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Taxonomic notes on Erora (Lycenidz) DY, KMLIAN ROEVER 660.005.5056. yececetescesslecarcseadeet a er | 1-4 Evolutionary mechanisms of the Pieris napi — bryonie group [first part] By. Ze LORROVIG oles ccsscacscasnc ewveleiinacendenn 5-19 A biting midge ectoparasitic on Arizona lycenids by (PAUL Re vBBRLICH .0...eccsccjendepestiseocsstsikiiinscel oie ee 20-22, Ecological studies of Rhopalocera at Donner Pass, California. JI. by. Tuomas C. & Joan F. EMMEG ooo... ccc cescie ses cnee 23-44 Authorship of names of Papilio credited to Boisduval or Lucas by; Cyan. F. ps PASSOS ©.0....6..5:5.cccccccassessedeneeseseeestet sie oe 45-46 Studies of Neotropical Lepidoptera. I. Life history of Dyops by BoP. Wan rsHme: ooo... isecelessdocstitnotses eile 47-54 Preliminary notes on the life history of Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi by D. B. Srauuincs, J. R. TuRNER, & P. R. ESRLICH ...............0..0000 55-57 REVIEWS: Collins & Weast, Wild silk moths of the United States, by C. L. Hocus; Hayward, Guia para el entomologo principiante, Dy) Cx Ly RENGINGTON oo. loisescee Ob ccesedec csc docddevscervanswduet ceed e 22, 58 FIELD NOTES Satyrium behrii (Lycenidz) in Oregon DY REO RS CENCE 6.5005. Solce oes isc sake co! anceuee ssddetaseeasbbencedsatusteenace een 44 Colias nastes in the U. S. A. | 2) atin BD G GRKS) = 1) of 01 0 LAR OS a RPE UO OC AUMSRSMIR NE RCEICN 46 Albino Lycena phleas in Connecticut BV PDR soe oo. Sc ub nesian cczeu hheoetasedcssgu0s ane nae ear 59 Whitish Lycena phieas in Ohio Vat teal MENTE NG Oy er ee a aaa) Aomisésstes en 59-60 Larval notes on Chlosyne iacinia and californica DY. Pe ROBIE os oss bk clos eoteeesccs sav ovsacceat iaancoadas shila rr 61 Foodplants of Southwestern Saturniide BS eRe RS NVR Ee Leh aslak cous cane cecck owns cateaes nace ene ee cr 61-62 Adopea lineola in northern Ontario DY Ps Ba NET a oes oo ias Uns esezeennsiekoapeoesonedtbeess nen 62 Migration of Nymphalis californica in Washington By UWUG EAs RGGI or) ocak cs nue ciel cepsisnaneae da each un teary aci eae ear 63 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Collecting Gneis, etc. on Vancouver Island, with a theory on hilltopping by FRIGHARD GGUPEY bios ncce recs canes ac econtva gene dence ecesbactseed uate eee 64-66 Collecting is still good in the Northwest By (Bla Je INWCOMER ios os cea eetaatonadecnde este sade tenses 67-70 Biographical obituary of Edwin P. Meiners (1893-1960) by Py Sermon | JRENEINGTON 246....5.....42. sere dsavctvcandseitesdteeed ee 71-7 CO Wer Pa TEISE i Re ee ae ERLE a UE CO, oe sae clu Sa ae Aa ee Ae 66 RECENT: LITERATURE. ON LEPIDOPTERA: 0.000.000. cecpeestca es ene 76-80 Volume 16 — 1962 Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue OVERLAPPING SUBSPECIES IN SPEYERIA ZERENE OVIPOSITION ON TOXIC PLANTS ANALYSIS OF PIERIS NAPI & BRYONLZ IN EUROPE NOTES ON PAPILIO INDRA MINORI (Complete contents on back cover) 5 December 1962 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1962 OFFICERS President: Joun A. Comstock (Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: H. B. D. KETTLEWELL (Oxford, England) Vice President: Himosut INoveE (Fujisawa, Japan) Vice President: TARSICIO ESCALANTE (Mexico City, Mexico) Treasurer: GrorcE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmwNEY A. HEsseu (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Paux R. Euruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus ( Helsingfors, Finland ) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Rrotre (Toronto, Canada) ‘Daxrpor Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE La Torre y CALLejas (Havana, Cuba) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U.S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office | of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. oun? oF Tue Lepiporprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 16 1962 Number 2 NOTES ON OVERLAPPING SUBSPECIES. I. AN EXAMPLE IN SPEYERIA ZERENE (NYMPHALID:) by L. P. Grey and A. H. Moeckx During the 1959 and 1960 seasons Moecx collected series of Speyeria zerene (Boisduval) in and near the Warner Mountains, Modoc County, California, demonstrating a geographical overlap of two radically dif- ferent subspecies and thus reinforcing a hypothesis of relationship hitherto deduced more indirectly. For background, illustrative material appended includes a resume (table 1) of subspeciation accredited to zerene, and a chart (map 1) indicating geographical distribution of the subspecific characters; these should enable orientation of the forms to be discussed herein. Topography of the particular areas mentioned is shown by map 2; specimens selected to depict normal and extreme variation in spot localities are illustrated in figures 1 and 2. The field notes on these series will be found appended, in a concluding section. Figure 1 is of a series of males (in ventral aspect) from an unnamed ridge about 16 miles east of Eagleville, California, lying in Washoe County, Nevada. Normal variation in that locality is represented in rows 2 and 3 of figure 1, and is referable to the subspecies of zerene termed cynna. [Note: names considered lower-than-species are used throughout as catchwords; extent of blending discourages formal cate- gorical applications. | In a population of this sort, the upper singleton in figure 1 is remarkably abnormal, as would be more evident if seen in full color; it has well- developed ruddiness. The lower singleton has a reddish tinge; the specimens immediately above it (row 4) are largely unsilvered. Redness, 81 82 Grey & Moecx: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 and lack of silver—these are characters unheard-of in cynna throughout the large area which that subspecies preempts in central and northern Nevada, in southern Idaho and southeastern Oregon. These two par- ticular characters are, however, quite the normal thing in another zerene subspecies occurring just across the street, so to speak, from this Nevada colony. Turning to figure 2, the three examples in the bottom row (M, N, O) will convey a good idea of normal zerene variation in the nearby Warner Mountains, i.e., running a bit darker but otherwise quite like the nomino- typical Sierran forms. The remainder of the series in figure 2, namely, the sixteen specimens A through L in the four upper rows, are from the Patterson Meadows, at the southern end of the Warners in the south- eastern corner of Modoc County. All were taken within less than a two-mile radius in substantially identical ecology and at about the same elevations (7300-7500 ft. ). Typical zerene predominated (samples G, H, I, L) but cynna also was procured here (samples A, B, J, K). Some individuals were strikingly intermediate (samples C, D, E, F) and all the more interesting since two (D, E) were in a “congregation of cynnas” and one (F) was in association with zerene. The greatest extremes (J and L) were netted from the same flower bed although in different years. Attempts to secure large samplings were unsuccessful, being hampered by the aridity and lack of roads. The Patterson Meadows locality is the only one as yet discovered along the east rim of the Warners where this blending is widespread and obvious although occasional singleton in- termediates have been taken in those mountains. Closer search was clued and encouraged by the gene recombinations noticed in the Washoe County series. The rough balance of segregation vis-a-vis blending occurring in the vicinity of Patterson Meadows lends credence to a rather commonly held hypothesis, which is that the colonial and individual “pale zerene” turning up along the Sierran-Basin tension zone (the malcolmi near the Mammoth Lakes, the mixtures in the Tahoe passes, etc.) are resultants from contacts between the red Sierran and the yellow Great Basin forms. The relationships originally were deduced from cumulative gene replacements observable around a two-thousand-mile horseshoe (Moeck, 1957); present records serve to confirm opinions of the phylogeny as based on directions taken by variation in geographically arranged ma- terial. The extreme divergence of the end-products discouraged hope of ever finding intermediates; the segregation accompanying the blending is not at all surprising. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 Fig. 1: Samples of S. zerene ssp. from Washoe Co., Nev. data in record section, comments in text. See locality on map 2, 84 Grey & Morck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 Fig. 2: Samples of S. zerene ssp. from Modoc Co., Calif. See localities on map 2, data in record section, comments in text. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 Nore: One record from Haines Alaska about as far trom Vancouver as Vancouver is from Sanfrancisco. Further records from the Transition-Canadian ¥orest coast zone may be expected. — Cline Code —— eetorezcscsa Z fi i i ! | | | | VAN Tra cy > 0 CY- Pye PL PL oy on ag Cree =a | e i i pi | Sj | Map 1: Distribution of S. zerene. See table 1 for key to symbols. The shaded rectangle denotes area shown in map 2. DIscUSSION Mention of other geographically correlated peculiarities of zerene seems due, but is abbreviated because of a desire to expand some re- marks on problems at which this and succeeding articles are aimed. 86 Grey & MorEck: Speyeria zerene Vol. 16: no2 Washoe Co. S iS) Ss cS iS) ~ fle California MOULD, = | Se _ Lassen Co Map 2: Topography of a section of Modoc Co., Calif., and Washoe Co., Nev., where S. zerene ssp. illustrated in figs. 1 & 2 were taken. See record section and text comments. For that matter, students familiar with Western topography and with zerene probably will find all of their observations and conjectures implicit on map 1. Appearing there, for examples, are (1) the gross correlations of the four large divergencies with the four physiographic provinces; (2) the zones of stability and instability — accordingly as clines converge or overlap, and with individual variation lessening 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 toward the middle and south portions of each province; (3) the hints of refugia, viz: (a) that the Coast Range set is incongruously largely divergent, possibly from an earlier archipelago, (b) that platina likely is nearest to the earlier “heartland” interior form, garretti a recent offspring wave northerly, sinope a Wyoming Basin isolate, cynna a relatively undisturbed Snake River Plateau resident, (c) that the southern distribution (as always) is the most obscure—is carolz a relict, parent to Sierran forms, or a recent emigrant therefrom? — and why the hiatus in the Greenhorns and Tehachapi, the rarity in the Plateau country? — this insect demonstrates successes and tolerations to warrant some expectations which are disappointed southerly, so the failures probably have special significence; (4) the area of greatest plasticity, in the Pacific Northwest, as is inevitably predicted by the cornering of the four zones in that region and from the ideas of glacial retreat which indicate a recency of the contacts. Now, to the Modoc-Washoe County material: this, almost surely, exemplifies intraphyletic segregation. Herein, and in following papers, the writers will point to instances, mostly in Speyeria, of apparent partial or total segregations occurring within the distributions of varieties presumed related to the extent of belonging to single phyletic lines —or, if defined in a quibbling spirit, belonging within a single “species” as best that category can be applied with present knowledge. Overlaps of this nature are engaging attention of researchers in a number of fields of evolutionary inquiry, for it is believed that such collisions of isolates are likely to provide rich data for genetical, cytological, paleogeographical and other studies. Questions raised by these occurrences seem almost endless; some will be noted in later papers; in this discussion attention is drawn to three aspects, to wit: (1) the taxonomic, (2) the geographical (correlations with environment and barriers) and (3) the paleogeographical — which belongs closely bracketed with (2) because of uncertainties as to when the divergencies within population structures have been acquired. Notations of overlaps such as these are obligations falling largely on taxonomists. It is they who presume to name and index species, from which listings the studies of evolution take their directions. Some of the conceptual modifications brought on by discoveries of taxonomists ( é.g., intraphyletic segregations — wherein species fragments differ to the extent of appearing locally discrete, and siblings — wherein convergence is uppermost, so that specific distinctness may be thoroughly masked. lying more in biology and behavior than in facies ) obviously have affected evolutionary thinking. It is quite certain that more local anomalies of such caliber remain to be discovered, and that existing classifications will Vol.16: no.2 Speyeria zerene Grey & MOECK: 88 ‘aIQ ‘Os Jo odoyjs [eysvoo JoTa}UI T eUul[o 0} wlauwalg WoIF SutIpess.10};uUt psouo]s 19 vyseTy 0} ‘9 ae oat i sjodsaI JoY}O Ul Ie[IUMIS jnq MJaUWasg UeY} [Pus pyfyoddiy IH ‘ "q 0} ‘a1 “YBnory, ey vole [equIT, “Uorsnzyns O}OUWILTIAA - Josng [eseq “oaoqe ustoyed yep AAvoy NLgUWALG dd STONVY YHATIS ATAVIMVANI ‘aNVa MOTTAA 3 ANIIO LSVOD OWIOVd SNONOIdSNOD MSIG GHY HAOPGV ACCNY oat ae Rees eae | VpBAON UIoy MOS Ul JOSE SuLATJNO ue ‘pueq » JeAqTIS | esuvy Uo}sopIeyD 1p “seo ystmoyjed yA ynq ‘Appni ZOEY VO 904k L, “T-"T Yowurryy P 9Ul]O pIVMO} sopess10}UT i “arg ‘eIIaIg odo[g sey ‘poreayis ATsour ‘pueq Joys ‘raed HU OOIDU Sopeosery UrToYOoS € YZ soulpo oyur sdeyz ‘AyI0y}I10uU “BIIOIS UIOYION SUISVAIOUL UWISTURTOU % SUTIOATIS snypyhyauos OO VPPAON VIIOIG | , SIPPIW 0} yyNOS AjIoyyos yUesqe SUIUIODIq SULIOATIS Quadaz AZ SHAVOSVD NYAHH.LAOS CANVd CIdYOS ‘ ; ; Tl ANI VCVAUN VYHHIS MSIG MWOWA TING AAOPVY AGCGNY YUVA uonNgrysIq srayoRIvyO aue Ny oquiég “(aozaq pest] se sofoadsqns pue souljo ey} suNoUep sjoquids xopur Aq UMOYS JIB SI9}ORILYO peepnqe} ssey} fo Sulpusyq pue uUol}eSeIses Jo seore [eorydeisoes ‘, deut uc) ANAYAZ VIYAATdS AO AYOLONULS NOLLVYINdOd ‘T Wel ————— 89 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1962 ueg Mojeq poddeur aazzuhw oy} :°g'°N ‘youINXxe powmnsoeid st Mou Avg OosIOURLY ‘uoKROS! Jofeur A]Ie[IUNIS Be WIOIJ JUspUsOSep SI }I Jey} uoYdumMsse ue WOIF SsMOT[OF sdnoIs [eUOTse1 I94}0 YIM [enbsoo se nuufia jo uonlusoooy sisuapjspys (FY €) auly Ajssojpoou :isynofd (7%) ‘3910 acl Ss “FeO ae | "N “epy ‘0S “AON ‘ON QVALV Id “HY AAVNS ‘NISVd “LO Waddn BUIWIOAAA “A'S Q OpeIo[OD “AA “N SoIyoOoYy 94} suUIspo x» ‘ulseg “‘neozelq ST[EYIOOF “SV AYIOY PIPPIN % “ON SOlyOOY Peo} sopeosey ‘ON edo[s “q _ SNIVLINQOW AXOOU SHAVOSVOD NYHHLYON ‘V9 “OD UlLIe/y svoo “FIT! [PPHN 038 “OD OUTDOpUe/y ySBOO “FITBD ‘ON € XY [ Souljo 0} sopesis1ojJUI ‘o[qeIIeAUI JOAITIS CGNVd@ MOTTXA NVHL YaxXYVd HONW LON MSIG AANA ATVd ‘GITIVd ATAVAYVNAY ysIp Ystuseis 0} UMOIq p oul] 0} SuIpeisi9jzur ‘pueq Jopim ‘razed ‘rayjeurs surpue} PpeZIs-poos ‘pueq poMolieu “SuLyooTF OYA IUIOS YIM YSIP YsTUMOIG G@ GUID 0} SUIPeIs1}UI “YSIPpe1 SuIpue} YSIp NMOWd AO AAGVHS ANOS ASIG ‘A TAVINUVANI YAATIS “AAOMVY HSINMOUE QOUIBIOAIP [¥JSVOO }SOWIOYNOS & ‘uoIsnjyns yeseq deep ‘punois }YsI| [ 9UI[o 0} SurIpeasiojzur ‘ysIp IOUMOIG “UOISNJNSs [eseq pouasso] ‘suorjejndod jou ‘sjenprArpul jueieqe jJueseidel snyojuadivauis pue ‘puynjd Jo UONRoTFQUep!I snosuOoIIa SMAGNAS 0} snp suyz]dSs ‘UOT}ELIVA [BOOT UMOUY Jo [OquUIAS se ssojesn soUDY ‘ajqeuonsonb Ayypeoo, edA} :pprpsos (7) 9pnpoul polous! soweu s[qeileAy ‘utoyJed pousdieys “Jay[euIs {[HS puuho V ANTIO adouis puiojd 1Vj9LIDB pyaid € ANIIO xapjuhu usualyaq XO IS, "Id VO Id AW ad 90 Grey & Morck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 be set up by them. Evolutionary conceptions draw their warrants from the prevailing editions of “species”; taxonomy provides the impetus. The cynna - zerene overlap falls within boundaries of credibility as established in the 1945 dos Passos and Grey catalogue of Speyeria, wherein cynna is listed as a subspecies of zerene. A regrettable error in that index is corrected hereby: the carole population in southern Nevada pretty surely belongs within zerene and not under coronis (Behr) where it was described originally. Present taxonomic worries therefore seem unnecessary, except as all such relegations have to continue passing the yearly tests of new dis- coveries and changing concepts. The Speyeria classification mentioned was framed deliberately to reduce species to the utter minimum allowable against sympatrisms, allopatrisms and intergradings as then known. Future revisions probably will be more of concept than of groupings: it will appear that those who have catalogued Limenitis, for one example, make more species than the present speyerian philosophy would admit, and so it goes; in various genera some will lump, while others, familiar with the same data, will claim that lumping is not the best answer. Some valuable taxonomic moralizings probably can be drawn from study of intraphyletic segregations within Speyeria; the situations de- scribed assuredly will be found duplicated, substituting places and species, in genera such as Papilio, Euphydryas, Cercyonis, etc., which seem now on the verge of long-awaited syntheses. It may be helpful to emphasize, as is the intention, that overlaps can be obscure in many ways and in sophisticated fashions, almost sure to be overlooked unless the fund of distributional knowledge is at once broad and detailed. Some hybrid zones shout their presence and are matters of common knowledge, as in Northeastern Limenitis and Colias — even then they may baffle taxonomists intent on pouring all of the new wine into the old skins of Linnaean concepts — but others may be entirely unsuspected because with data as skimpy as ordinarily is available the early stage of hypothesis would have to be made in defiance of the very cornerstone tenets of the species-makers, for these reasons: The usual picture of subspecies is of geographically oriented divergencies which blend with other intraspecific forms along sharp or ill-defined boundary lines. But divergence in plastic genera can be extreme to the point of incredibility. Intergradings which would clue relationships may be slightly or not at all in evidence, perhaps confined to poorly explored areas or even lost by extinction. What, then, if two great extremes work into contact? Local samplings are likely to come up with two very different forms, each apparently discrete. By con- 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 ventional standards these indeed are species. Local naturalists must be allowed their word of truth: sympatry plus evident biogenetic differentia- tion spells out “species” quite positively. But students of population structures also have a right to be heard: if locally discrete sympatres display a gradual convergence when traced geographically into other regions, ending in an area or areas where blending is conspicuous or total, then a phyletic wholeness is manifested, which it is incorrect to claim for any of the parts. Arguments and rebuttals of this sort will be heard increasingly as distributions are studied more intensively. Even now, the quirks of speciation and subspeciation known in butterflies compare favorably with those recorded for other groups of animals, and they will be scanned even closer in the future by students of evolution. Systematic taxonomy of butterflies therefore is in need of continued scrutiny; there are new frontiers; they lie, however, where they always have, i.e., with segregations and overlaps. The concepts and tools need refining to deal with complexity hitherto suspected and now being confirmed. A second arresting feature of intraphyletic overlaps, in addition to their challenges to taxonomy, are their morphological dissimilarities which so obviously flaunt the hypotheses built around ideas of variation re- sponding to local ecogeographies. There has been a great deal of research along the latter lines, prompted by convergencies and parallels seen not only within closely related genera but also among forms known to be well apart phyletically. As an example of explanations which have been sought in particular factors of a shared environment the work by Hovanitz (1941) is a classic of its kind. Parallels within Speyeria, as noted by Hovanrrtz, lend themselves irresistably to evolutionary speculations, being numerous to the point of endlessness, often involving very different species (and thus throwing heavier burdens on taxonomists quite sufficiently beset with anatomical likenesses and ecological overlaps ). Hovanrtz’s correlations of melanism with insolation stand unanswerable. He makes no further special claim that environment has the paramount role in determining variation, as some others have done with less excuse, or have so implied by pointing out the many geographically correlated parallels in various genera. Recently (1959), Van SoMEREN and Jackson have summarized some ways in which parallels are supposed to evolve consequent from various kinds of mimicry, including arithmetic mimicry which certainly ought to apply in Speyeria to the advantage of locally scarce species; in these cases the convergence results from a “dwelling together” but has nothing directly to do with geography. : 92 Grey & MoeEck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 Such theories have the attraction of offering plausible rationalizations of wide applicability. They have a drawback of seeming to finalize “causes’ which almost surely are incredibly multi-factorial however plainly one element may appear to stand out. Dissimilarities evidenced in intraphyletic segregations give salutary check to environmental postulates. For example, cynna and zerene are at the very antipodes in coloration, and yet they face one another in similar ecologies across narrow barriers — and now turn out to fly in the same meadow. In such instances, it may be inferred that properties which are intrinsic (incompatabilities based in physiology) outweigh all extrinsic things such as geographical propinquity and identity of ecologi- cal background. In a later paper attention will be directed to a segregation which really may have resulted in large part from differential adaptability to micro-environmental factors, as perhaps can be found upon close analysis in the other overlaps of isolates. Still and all, it hardly seems tenable to suppose that segregations such as in Appalachian Limenitis can be explained as being due to any sharp breaks in climate or ecology. There, and most likely in the great majority of overlaps, the better rationaliza- tions seem to lie with genetics, with time, and with paleogeography. The time element undoubtedly is the great enigma underlying the questions with which evolutionarily oriented taxonomy grapples. How long does it take, what particulars of environment are needed to cause species to diverge? Once established, how stable then are the gene systems thus integrated harmoniously to place, time and species? As the years bring changes, as populations migrate with climates, and as balances are struck between selection pressures and mutation rates, what then does local variation reflect of immediate situation and of earlier history? A sharp dichotomy runs through the whole literature and theory of evolution: On the one hand, a multiplicity of “causes” are adduced which logically ought to lead only to chaos, the supposed mechanisms and modifiers being varied and acting at random; on the other hand, the natural order reflects crystallization into definite patterns down to such trivialities as that certain subspecies of butterflies occupy territory to the exclusion of others. Can it be that the “causes” by their very infinity give statistical expectation of orderliness in resultants, as in the modern “laws” of physics? This touch of paradox is delightfully exposed in Forp’s (1954) Butter- flies, where mention is made of a strain of Euphydryas which was observed to subspeciate markedly in less than three decades—followed 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 later by a chapter discussing Pleistocene population movements as deduced (how else?) from present distribution of wing characters! Observed population structures lend themselves to just such con- tradictory speculations, being (1) easily upset by outbreeding, population fluctuation or applied experiments, but at the same time (2) appearing in the wild state as geographically well-entrenched in respect to subspeciation, so that some form of selective elimination has to be postulated as operating to choke off blending observed to go on in contact areas. It is easy, then, to deduce that variation is a reed in the wind, a pliant hostage to circumstance. But there is even more reason to postulate a really massive inertia inherent in population dynamics, as becomes almost a necessity when thinking over the history of systematic taxonomy. For example, as soon as continental glaciation moved up from theory to accepted fact, the large changes needed to incorporate arctic relicts on temperate-zone mountains were made without much argument, since affinities, when looked for, had remained very little obscured by those large isolations. In these and in similar instances taxonomists have had some conspicuous successes in equating classifications with earlier refugia and barriers, hence the growing tendency to suppose that paleogeography may be deduced in part from observed distributions, a hypothesis justifiable only if the rate of evolutionary change is quite slow. In this connection, it is instructive to run through the data used by Hovanirz in support of ecogeographic correlations: the idea of popula- tion movements and confinements underlying the observed regularities seems to appear equally valid; in fact, he was among the first to realize that local variation in Speyeria generally is predictable from surrounding character distributions. There is, then, no essential contradiction in the fact of intraphyletic segregates being so unlike although sympatric — these become comparisons in quite another dimension, namely, the one of time. The obvious correction is to allow for earlier isolations, granting that local effects of climates at best are a superimposition upon accum- ulated past heritage. The present authors believe that intraphyletic segregations have their greatest interest in this suggestion that they probably are true signboards pointing to earlier isolations. If taxonomists succeed finally in defining species they will be in the same position as the pup that caught the locomotive: what to do with it? If it could be assured that wild populations tend to be reasonably stable in time —a proposition often taken for granted but by no means easy to prove —a fresh world 94 Grey & Moreck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 would open up for inquiry and distributional data could become a key unlocking new wonders. Specialists in most groups already are convinced that morphology and biology provide insufficient criteria of specific discreteness and that some reckonings must be taken of paleogeography. The present authors will go so far as to suggest that degrees of divergency may be interpreted as providing fairly good indices of the degrees of isolation undergone by phyletic segregates. This would grant to evolutionary processes an evenness and inevitability not at all defensible, and to wing variation a long-term stability hardly in keeping with experience. It is seen, however, that Speyeria population structures fit with present ecogeographies in most details of clinality, but then show in zones of overlap degrees of segregation which accord roughly with estimates of earlier barriers and time scale, “as if” divergence were a function of time. An example in the species atlantis (Edwards ), typical of the untapped riches in Speyeria, demonstrates how overlaps can carry seemingly reliable indication of the durability of subspecies in time. An abstract follows: An unusually ruddy and melanic population of atlantis occurs in the aridly isolated Stansbury Range, near the eastern side of the Great Basin in Tooele County, Utah. A very different (more pallid) atlantis occurs in line of sight, in the Wasatch Range, thus almost exactly parallel- ing the zerene - cynna confrontation. In this latter case, when the wing color characters peripheral to these colonies are mapped, and when the recent water and ice configurations (which here happen to be rather well known) are reconstructed, the character correlations all are with the late glacial geography and otherwise are worse than meaningless — the most like forms today are separated by the most tremendous barriers and the most unlike forms are in closest contiguity. The “small” barriers here are unusually formidable, so the argument can be made that sheer miles have nothing to do with the case — in fact, many people seem to think that divergence in isolated colonies such as are in the Stansburys is all a matter of local option and chance. Against this, the bulk of Great Basin distributions are roughly homogeneous despite scores or hundreds of dry valley barriers as severe as the ones between the Stansburys and the Wasatch Range; specialists note similar large regularities in population structures which hardly are in keeping with the idea of random subspecia- tion; the exceptions generally may be suspected of carrying special meanings, as in the presently cited instance where the integrating con- siderations clearly lie in paleogeography. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 Very few distributions can be analysed as closely as would be possible with these colonies, to show that the Wasatch (recent intrusion) and the Stansbury (relict) populations are from different refugia. Present similarities of environment patently have not softened these divergencies; intermediates, such as occur, are found mostly in territories edging the foci of divergence, hence appear due to gene exchange through straying. Surrounding variation gains rationality from the refugia suggested by this distribution. Students have only to look at a topographic map and subtract a few thousand years—then they will see grasslands and forests arising around the western rim of old Lake Bonneville, extending up through the “antelope country’ of southern Idaho, and will see mountain glaciers creeping back over the Wasatch-Uinta highlands. The facies of the northerly “tetonia” then stands illuminated by the Stansbury discovery; the southwestern affinities of “wasatchia” then can be related to its recent entrance into a previously inhospitable upland; the present segregation then is unusually good evidence that the ephemera of wing colors are not to be shrugged off as local products of recent environments. An example from another genus: Lyczna “claytoni” on shrub Poten- tilla in old fields, vicinity of Springfield, Maine, is widely different from L. “dospassosi’ on a small prostrate cinquefoil in a salt marsh at Bathhurst, New Brunswick. Airline separation is about 300 miles, topo- graphic barrier nil, ecologic barrier complete since neither foodplant is known from the intervening country. The Maine colony falls in a series having like facies and habits, distributed through Quebec and Ontario to Wisconsin and Michigan. The Bathhurst colony alone is anomalous. If specialists are correct in regarding all of these as biological radiates of a single phyletic line (the dorcas - helloides set), how is this distribu- tion to be rationalized? Nothing the simplicity gained by mapping the Maine-Michigan series as an outflow from a Mississippi Valley refuge, the incongruity of “dospassosi’ then will recall that botanists and others report analogously queer isolates in and near the St. Lawrence Valley. The hints are of a separate East Coast (Grand Banks?) glacial refuge. This Lycana segregation then would align with the idea herein stressed that such juxtapositions probably have their best explanations in paleogeography. A fairly coherent synthesis of Speyeria can be achieved through this philosophy of regarding divergence as a function of geography and time. The practical aspects seem inexhaustable: good results continue to follow from adopting the catchphrase that geography can be trusted to produce specimens to order, and conversely, that specimens will reveal 96 Grey & Moeck: Speyeria zerene Vol.16: no.2 geography, as would be demanded if equating present variation with paleogeographic refugia, for unless wing characters demonstrate (1) sensitivity to geography and (2) stability during local isolations, paleogeo- graphic speculations would lack the necessary correlation with reality. These somewhat contradictory demands seem to be met by observed subspeciations: the degrees of segregation and blending usually accord with the constructions of landscapes and time. As an example of specimens revealing geography, Mr. STERLING Matroon (in litt.) recently found Lower Cascade - Sierran characters in a Coast Range colony of zerene, near Ferndale, Humboldt County, California. Upon inquiry as to possible ecological linkages which might rationalize this otherwise incongruous blending, he states that a yellow pine forest, a suitably indicative continuum, may be traced from near the coast here, following valleys into the Trinity - Shasta uplands. As to the possibility of invoking geography to produce specimens, Moecx’s explorations in the area shown on map 2 were centered there deliberately and with some expectation of finding mixed populations. A far cry, this, from the day when a red speyerian in a yellow population would have been one more incomprehensibility to place at the door of Chaos, this bee-line to a place designated, to search for the unknown postulated in advance! It is no credit to the occult powers of specialists that they often seem to know where to look for particular character combinations; rather, it is a matter of projecting known population structure on a known landscape and then interpolating resultants. The credit obviously belongs to some large invariability in nature, which the present authors believe to be the degree of population stability required when postulating cor- relations with paleogeography. If more assurance is needed, the best things to regard are the impossibilities and contradictions arising when trying to correlate intraphyletic segregations with present environments. Further illustrations, of commonplace and unusual variation equated to the theme of divergence harmonious with present and assumed past isolations, will be given in subsequent papers. It may be difficult to promote the idea that the supposedly unstable wing characters should have evolved in a fashion apparently providing an analogue to the wanderings of the insects. This, however, seems to be safer to defend, looking to samples of wild populations, than alternative propositions such as would associate subspeciations either with particular causes or with no causes at all; the fear that variation is mainly at random is wearing away, while older theories of adaptation to local climates are meeting increased questioning. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 RECORDS [Map 1 was collated from records of approximately 3,000 specimens of zerene, abstracted from the senior author’s card file of Speyeria. Students needing distribu- tional data are welcome to borrow from these indexed records and are urged to contribute to their expansion. ] The specimens illustrated in figures 1 and 2, taken in the area shown on map 2, are out of batches with field notes as follow: NEVADA: WASHOE CO.: “59BP”: app. 16 mi. E. of Eagleville, Calif., in a patch of greenery on an unnamed, barren, dry rocky ridge (No. Granite Range outlier? ), 7500 ft. elev., across the alkali lake from the Warner Mts., 17.vii.59 (leg. MoeEck), 32 males near cynna, in good condition. The series includes 1 very red and 2 nearly unsilvered individuals. “59BQ”: same place and date as 59BP but at 6800 ft. on barren rocks, 1 male cynna, a stray from the 7500 ft. elev. CALIFORNIA: MODOC CO.: “60BD”: E. side of Cedar Peak, N. of Cedar Pass, Warner Mts., 6500-7500 ft. elev., dry logging road through lightly forested hills, 22.vii.60 (leg. Morcx), 6 males, silvered and unsilvered, near Sierran zerene. “59BR’: Patterson Meadows, app. 16 mi. S. W. of Eagleville, 7300 ft. elev. in brushy clearings along a creek, 17.vii.59 (leg. Morcx), 2 males, 1 female near cynna. “60BB”: same place as 59BR, 21.vii.60 (leg. Morcx), 4 males and 1 female zerene ssp., the female brightly silvered, very red, the males from dull red to nearly as pale as cynna. “60BC”: Middle Fork Spring of East Creek, about 2 mi. S. E. of Patterson Meadows in similar ecology along a creek, 7500 ft. elev., 21.vii.60 (leg. Moecx), 4 males and 1 female zerene ssp., 2 males red, remainder intermediate to cynna. Deposition: Collection of the junior author. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Photographs (figs.1 & 2) were taken by KENNETH MacArTuHuR, using the facilities of the Milwaukee Museum. Kindly criticism and encouragement was received from Dr. C. L. REMINGTON. References Cited dos Passos, C. F., & L. P. Grey, 1947. Systematic catalogue of Speyeria (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidz ) with designations of types and fixations of type localities. Am. mus. novitates 1370: 30 pp. Ford, E. B., 1945.. Butterflies. pp.xiv + 358, 48 pls. (colored), 24 figs.. 32 maps, 9 diagrams, 8 tables. The New Naturalist Series, Collins Press, London. Hovanitz, W., 1941. Parallel ecogenotypical color variation in butterflies. Ecology 22: 259-284. Moeck, A. H., 1957. Geographic variability in Speyeria. Comments, records and description of a new subspecies. 48 pp., 2 pls., 7 maps. Privately printed, sponsored by Milwaukee Ent. Soc. van Someren, V. G. L., & T. H. E. Jackson, 1959. Some comments on protective weenie eee anime: African peepideptcra (Rhopalocera). Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 121-150, 10 pls. (LPG) Rt.-1, Box 216, Lincoln, Me., U. S.A. (AHM) 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7, Wisc., U. S. A. 98 Vol.16: no.2 A MOSAIC MELANIC MALE OF PAPILIO GLAUCUS J. A. Esner reported a melanic male of Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan in the March, 1961, issue of this Journal. Another melanic male of this subspecies was caught by E. M. S. on June 27, 1961, on Gorge Creek where it is crossed by Highway 11 north of Nipigon, Ontario. The specimen settled down amidst a score of normal males on a wet spot of the sandy bank of the creek. It was at once recognized as a melanic mutation and easily netted. It is a perfect specimen much resembling in general distribution of the black scales the specimen figured in the issue quoted above. Papilio glaucus canadensis %, upper surface at left, lower surface at right. The bilateral asymmetry is conspicuous, the left wings being much more heavily blackened than the right wings. However, the striking difference between the more heavily melanic left wings, on the upper as well as under side, characterize this specimen as a bilateral genetic mosaic. An explanation for the exact mechanism of its formation can not of course be given, without breeding work. The chromosome or part of it carrying a modifier for one of the several (?) genes responsible for melanism could have been lost during this mitosis; or such a modifier gene could have been lost or shifted by an abnormal crossing over. Another possibility could be a differential expression of the melanic gene caused by differences in the physiological (genome) en- viroment on the two sides. Harry SicHER, School of Dentistry, Loyola University, Chicago 12, Ill., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 NOTES ON CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA OVIPOSITING ON PLANTS WHICH ARE TOXIC TO THEIR LARVZE by R. SrrRAATMAN It has been observed that females of certain species of butterflies occasionally lay eggs on plants, generally belonging to the same family as the natural hostplant, but on which the larve did not survive. Such behaviour was described by other authors (Dethier 1942, Edwards 1935, Remington 1952) and was recently mentioned of two Sumatran Papilionidz (Straatman & Nieuwenhuis 1961). In Queensland, Australia it has been observed in the following four species. 1. Troides priamus richmondius Gray is locally common in Sicviine eastern Queensland. In March 1960, at the promontory of Burleigh Heads, 60 miles south of Brisbane, where this species is very localised, several females were observed laying eggs on Aristolochia elegans Mast. This plant has been introduced from Brazil and is common in the area. A total of 70 eggs were collected from several of these plants and a similar number was left untouched. From the eggs, 61 larve hatched in the laboratory at Samford, 14 miles N. N. W. of Brisbane, and 40 of them were reared in the insectary on A. elegans growing in pots. Six larve died in the first instar, 22 in the second and the remainder in the third instar. The other 21 larve had been released on plants of A. elegans growing outside, along the creek. About a week after their release, the plants were inspected and a number of first instar larvee found; later inspections, however, showed only few larve in the second instar and none were found beyond this instar. The leaves showed but little feeding damage. In the third week of April the plants from which the eggs were collected at Burleigh Heads, were inspected carefully, but apart from many eggshells suggesting a good hatch, not a single larva was found and the leaves showed only little damage caused by feeding. Freshly laid eggs, however, were again present. A few hundred yards from these plants, larve of T. priamus were found in all instars on Aristolochia przevenosa F. Muell., a native species and apparently their natural hostplant. Here it forms vines climbing into the forest canopy. Another locality were T. priamus occurs, but where A. elegans appeared to be absent, is Tamborine Mountain (1800 ft., 22 miles N. W. of Burleigh Heads). Here, A. praevenosa is locally common in the rain- forest and numbers of eggs and larve of T. priamus were collected and transferred to Samford. The larve were released on A. elegans growing 100 STRAATMAN: Oviposition Vol.16: no.2 in pots in the insectary. At first they refused to eat and were very restless, but after two days most specimens started an irregular feeding. However, most of these larve died in the second week of their transfer, while larger specimens survived for four weeks, growing smaller and weaker until they died. All the larvae which had hatched from the eggs died in the first instar. 2. Eurycus cressida cressida Fabricius is a common species in the Brisbane area where its host is Aristolochia pubera R.Br. a small plant generally found in shady palces between rocks and weeds. At Samford, females of E. cressida were frequently observed laying eggs on A. elegans. Numerous eggs, which are bright orange and conspicuous, were collected and transferred to the insectary. The resulting larve were released on A. elegans, which they accepted more readily than did the larvee of T. priamus, but no specimens survived beyond the third instar. 3. Papilio demoleus sthenelus MacLeay is the only papilionid which occurs in the dry inland areas of Australia, where Epwarps (1948, 1955) recorded Psoralea (Leguminosz) as its natural hostplant. In some years migratory flights reach the coastal areas, and in Southeastern Queensland P. demoleus is found every year, although sometimes locally and in small numbers. In March 1960 eggs and larva were found on a young Cifrus plant near Samford and transferred to the laboratory. The larve con- tinued to feed normally on leaves from the same plant until they reached the last instar. From then on they sat motionless for days, refusing to feed, and finally died. The larvee which hatched from the eggs showed a similar behaviour and died in the last instar. When inspecting the citrus plants growing in the immediate vicinity of the tree from which the specimens had been collected, a small number of fourth instar larve of P. demoleus were found but left undisturbed. Frequent inspections showed that these larvz also died in their final instar. In the first week of April, numerous P. demoleus butterflies were seen at Samford, flying in and around a swampy paddock, which was overgrown with tall grasses and weeds. Female butterflies were seen ovipositing on a small weed, identified as Psoralea tenax (Leguminosz ). A search resulted in 25 eggs and 20 larve in various instars which were transferred to the insectary. Ten larve which were reared on Psoralea, grew rapidly and pupated. The other ten larve were reared on Citrus, accepted after a day of restlessness, but all died before pupation. From the eggs, 24 larvae hatched, which were divided into two feeding groups; 12 were given Citrus and 12 Psoralea tenax. The Citrus feeders were slow growers; while these were still in the first instar, the control specimens on Psoralea had reached the third instar. No Citrus feeders lived beyond the second instar, by which time some Psoralea feeders 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 started to pupate. Neither eggs nor larve of P. demoleus were found on Citrus plants growing in the immediate vicinity of the paddock. The specimens collected on Citrus as described were found in a much drier and hilly area where it is unlikely that Psoralea occurred. It was noticed that larve which lived on Citrus had a bright orange groundcolour in the fourth and fifth instars with distinct black markings, while most Psoralea feeders showed a green to pale yellow groundcolour with reduced black markings. 4, Euploea eichhorni Staudinger is common in Northeastern Queens- land and it is supposed that its hostplants belong to the Apocynacez or the Moracez. On several occasions, females were observed in the garden around the laboratory at Ingham while laying eggs on Frangipani (Plumeria acutifolia, Apocynaceze ). When damaged, this plant produces a milky sap and in this respect resembles the plants which would be the normal hostplants. Numerous eggs were seen but no larve found, while no plants showed any damage caused by feeding. When again, a female was observed ovipositing on Frangipani, 12 eggs were collected and transferred to a petri-dish. The larve hatched after five days and were given young leaves of the same plant from which they were collected. However, after nibbling at the leaves they refused to feed and died during the second day after hatching. DISCUSSION Observations such as described above suggest that ovipositing butter- flies are not infrequently deceived by attractive stimuli from abnormal hosts, to such an extent that eggs may be laid on plants which are, in fact, toxic to the resulting larvae. In the case of Aristolochia species, this is presumably due to the close relationship of the normal host to the toxic plant. It is significant that, in the cases described, the toxic species (A. elegans) is an introduced plant, and there has apparently been insufficient time as yet for the butterfly to become adapted, i.e., either to develop the ability to feed on it, or to discriminate during oviposition. It is perhaps also significant, that in the case of T. priamus richmondius, larvee, from the area where the introduced plant does not seem to occur, died in the first instar. Those from the area where both species of Aristolochia occurred, did survive until the third instar, sug- gesting that some degree of adaptation may be evolving. In the case of P. demoleus, its reported hostplants in countries other than Australia are species of Rutaceaze. However, Epwarps (1948 and 1956) reported that in the Mitchell area (more than 300 miles west of Brisbane), P. demoleus sthenelus feeds on Psoralea patens and P. 102 STRAATMAN: Oviposition Vol.16: no.2 tenax and that he was not able to rear it on Citrus. Hery (1958), replying to Epwarps’s paper, than stated that in 1943 and 1950 he had found larve and pupz of P. demoleus on young citrus plants in the nursery of the Gosford Experimental Station, Narara, N. S. W. and that he had succeeded in rearing these specimens on Citrus. He also reported that in 1953 Mosse Ropinson had observed a female of P. demoleus ovipositing on Psoralea affinis in a garden at Gosford and successfully reared specimens on that host plant; also that he had collected and successfully reared larvee on Citrus. Previously, WATERHOUSE (1932) had written “during 1922 on the Richmond River it occurred in thousands; if a branch of an orange-tree was held up by the hand, the females would lay their eggs on it”. He also mentioned Salvia as a foodplant, as did Rarnsow (1907), but gave no details. A foodplant of P. demoleus in Ceylon and India, mentioned by Moore (1880), Serrz (1927) and WoopHovseE (1950), is Glycosmis pentaphylla, a rutaceous weed which also occurs in Northern and Northeastern Australia, where however, as far as is known, larve of P. demoleus sthenelus have never been found on this host. The evidence available suggests therefore that P. demoleus may have developed separate local strains that differ in their association with Citrus: in Queensland rarely laying on and unable to develop on Citrus plants; in N. S. W. evidently accepting Citrus with complete success. It should be noted that, as in the case of Aristolochia elegans, plants of the genus Citrus are not native to Australia and it is possible that in this country P. demoleus became adapted to native plants of the genus Psoralea. With the introduction of Citrus plants, which are the normal hosts in other countries, it may have become possible, either for local populations of P. demoleus to revert to the ancestral feeding habit, or to develop Citrus feeding strains from eventual immigrant butterflies. No explanation can be seen, however, for the original selection of the quite unrelated Psoralea as a hostplant, when native species of rutaceous plants are available. In fact, as far as is known, there are no other records of a leguminous plant as the normal host of a papilionid. In Australia several Euplaa species have been reported from host- plants belonging to the Apocynaceze and the Asclepiadaceze; members of these families generally have a milky sap. Frangipani (Plumeria acutifolia, Apocynacez) is an introduced plant and is common in parks and gardens. As far as is known, no damage caused by Euplaca larve has ever been recorded on this plant. The normal host of E. eichhorni has not been described but probably belongs to one of the two above families. Once again we find that the abnormal, toxic host is an introduced plant, related to what is probably the normal 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 host, and presumably resembling it in the stimuli which attract ovipositing females. In this case however, there is no evidence to suggest that any adaptation to this new host has yet occurred. SUMMARY Females of four species of Australian Lepidoptera were observed ovipositing frequently on introduced plants on which the resulting larvz were unable to survive because of toxic effects. These species were Troides priamus richmondius, Eurycus cressida cressida, Papilio demoleus sthenelus, and Euploea eichhorni. In most cases the toxic host is closely related to the normal native host plant, except in the case of P. demoleus sthenelus, ovipositing on Citrus, its normal host in other countries. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author expresses his sincere gratitude to Dr. D. H. Coxtiess of the Division of Entomology, C. S. I. R. O., Canberra, for his advice and assistance in the preparation of this manuscript. The writer is also grateful to Mr. M. Gray, of the Division of Plant Industry, C. S. I. R. O., for identifying specimens of the host plants. References Barrett, C., & A. N. Burns, 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea. N. H. Seward, Melbourne. Carpenter, G. D. H., 1946. Feeding habits of Papilionide. Ent. mon. mag. 82: 276-77. Corbet, A. S., & H. M. Pendlebury, 1956. The butterflies of the Malay Peninsula, 9nd ed. 537 pp., 55 pls. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh. Dethier, V. G., 1941. Chemical factors determining the choice of foodplants by Papilio larve. Amer. nat. 75: 61-73. Edwards, E. O., 1948. Notes on butterflies of Western Queensland. Aust. zoologist 11: 225. RII, C8 7A , 1956. The foodplants of the Chequered Swallowtail, Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay, 1826. Proc. roy zool. soc. N. S. W. 1954-55: 63-64. Hely, P. C. 1958. The foodplants of the Chequered Swallowtail, Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay, 1826. Proc. roy. zool. soc. N. S. W. 1956-57: Moore, F., 1880-81. The Lepidoptera of Ceylon. 1. L. Reeve & Co., London. Peyerimhoff, P. de. 1949. Tableau abrégé des rapports entre les plantes et leurs parasites animaux. Mém. hist. nat. Afr. Nord 2: 245-265. Rainbow, W. J., 1907. A guide to the study of Australian butterflies. 272 pp., 1 pl. T. C. Lothian, Melbourne. Remington, C. L., 1952. The biology of Nearctic Lepidoptera. 1. Foodplants and life histories of Colorado Papilionoidea. Psyche 59: 61-70. Seitz, A., 1927. The Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 9: 48. A. Kernen, Stuttgart. Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? A guide to the butterflies of Australia. Angus & Robertson, Sydney. Woodhouse, L. G. O., 1950. The butterfly fauna of Ceylon. 2nd ed. 231 pp., 55 pls. Colombo Apothecaries’ Co., Colombo. Division of Entomology, C. S. I. R. O., % B.N.G.D.C., P.O. Box 2, Port Moresby, PAPUA 104 Vol.16: no.2 A RARE PAPER OF W. F. KIRBY by Pappy B. McHENRy Through the effort of Mrs. Hatmos, Librarian of the Allan Hancock Foundation at the University of Southern California, S. H. ScuppEr’s copy of W. F. Kirsy’s rare little paper titled “A List Of British Rhopalocera.” has been located in the Foundation’s library (ex Boston Society of Natural History library). The copy has been signed by SCUDDER on the title page with the date “May, 1872.” HeEmMminc (1934, p.169) gave an account of what was known of the paper at that time. The title page of the paper is as follows: “A List/ Of/ British Rhopalocera./_ Printed On One Side Only,/_ For Labelling Cabinets./ Including Nearly All The Varieties And Doubtful Species./ By W. F. Kirby./ Price 3d./_ Brighton:/ H. Hallis, Printer And Bookseller, 5, Bartholomews./ 1858.” The paper consists of the following: the title page with its reverse side and pages [1], [2] and [8] each with a blank reverse side; the reverse of the title page has a brief [preface] which is signed “W. F. K.” and dated “Brighton, February 4th, 1858.” Kirpy, in the paper, indicates original material with his initials W. F. K. He gives as original: Theclides on page [2]; Lycaenides and Polyomma- tides on page [8]; Pelion, a new genus, on page [3]; Colias hyale hyalis on page [1]; Eugonia [species?| urticex on page [2]; Nomiades arion orion on page [3]; Lycaena hemichrysos, Lyczena candida and Lycena tesselata, new varieties of [phlzas?P| on page [3]. Descriptions for the varieties are given in brief foot notes; there is no description for urticwz which makes it Nomen nudum. Kirby also gives his initials with the combina- tion Epinephile janira Linn. on page [2]. The complete text for the genus Pelion consists of two lines of text as follows: “Pelion, W. F. K.” and “Linea, Fabr.” If any name in this paper has not been used since this 1858 publica- tion, its nomenclatorial status seems questionable. As indicated above, no page in this paper is numbered. The purpose for which this paper was printed, as indicated in the full title, suggests the reason for its present rarity. References Hemming, F., 1934. The generic names of the Holarctic butterflies. Vol. 1: 1758-1863: 184 + viii pp. 1032 East Santa Anita Ave., Burbank, Calif., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 THE GENETICS AND REPRODUCTIVE ISOLATING MECHANISMS OF THE PIERIS NAPI-BRYONIAZ. GROUP (cont. ) by Z. Lorxkovic III. GenrraL ARMATURE One of the most important reasons why bryoniz and napi have been considered to be conspecific is that no structural characters have ever been detected between the genitalia of the two forms in either sex. But this lack of differences need not be a decisive proof for their specific identity, since good species are known without any remarkable distinc- tion in the genitalia. The structural identity of copulatory organs is also evident from the fact that the pairing between bryonixz and napi takes place without mechanical hindrance. The other possible sexual isolating mechanisms will be discussed below. IV. THe KARYOTYPE The chromosome complexes of napi and bryoniz are identical in haploid chromosome count in the spermatocytes, with n = 25. The chromosomes are too small to show qualitative differences if standard cytological methods are used. An indirect indication for the qualitative differences could be given by the disturbance in the chromosome pairing during meiosis of the hybrids. Unfortunately a lot of fixed hybrid testes were accidentally lost on the occasion of a laboratory remodeling, but new testis material is in preparation and will be reported later. V. PHYSIOLOGICAL AND ECOLOGICAL CHARACTERS It has been impossible to carry out genetical analyses of the physio- logical features of the two forms owing to technical difficulties in our laboratory some 18 years ago. But since these physiological traits are as significant for their ecological interrelations as for their distribution, the most obvious gross differences are listed in Table 5. Among the characteristics listed in the table, the number of annual generations and very likely also temperature tolerance are heritable. Both traits are modifiable to a certain extent through environmental influences, and should therefore be looked into more thoroughly. We do not know to what extent foodplant preferences are hereditary or due to microclimatically conditioned behavior of the insects. No :*nOL2, Vol.16 Pieris napi — bryoniz LorkovIc: 106 ‘sjods Apeys ur Apsour sim990 SUIAY]-339 94} souls “sMopereut uedo A]yUenberz sso] “SpooM jO Slopioq pue spoom uly} ‘epnzye ‘ut QOQCT 0} dn surejunow oy} ur se [jam se urejd oy} Uy ‘(6S6I ZIney) Buohsg 0} 1011d read -de 0} ulees soseut 2dpu ‘104}080} In900 SUIIOF yi0q JO suoreindod pepooiq-efdyynur s10y AA ‘1dpu JO suorl}eIoUss OM} 94} Us9M}0q sT[eF Be Wohsg IY} JO SUIT} SUIATF OY} 1dDU papoorq-omM} oy? YA siopi1oq uonjejndod auohsg pepooiq -9[SUIS 94} SIOYAA ‘Ppepooiq F-G II9yYMAIOAT ‘OIBIUBJUOWY UL pue sdyy ueynf oy} ur DIDB1A2&] pyjamosig ‘sdjy ueryn{ oy} Ul nyof114y auruppiny ‘qoiseZ Ivau siysaayis vdwoy ‘(GEG zney) DUuoYy]Y = = “wmuquihsig ‘sidpurg “‘palwqiwg “DIDDLOUMLY * (PFET AIA) Dpasay pure vyofimuaz sixpjojdiq: ‘sisuajpid pue pinup aU pI) ‘wnyswupydp. snupydoy ‘ajpuaiffo wnuishiayq ‘pdoy ‘poissplg :SMo][OJ} se are spoog ‘ued poof ule}I90 B IOJ DOUsIEFOId se[NoIed ON ‘poom ay} JO Japi0g ayy } #2 IO pooM uly} Ur ATJsouL Ysnoy} ‘usdo sy} UI $339 oY} Avy [IM 6 6 SUL “OIAeYyoq BuLyLNS ON “(PS6I UeSi9}0q) SES’ = d eurysuns ur ‘ePT'9 seed Monee. Apnop caus PuEOoee ty ‘poos sutAv]-s30 ‘nsyey jo UsIS yNOYyTM ourysuns ul AZ 6S pue PP DoBs eaoqgy 1dpu "(SLysaays snug) soutd-yorlg yy Sol[BOO] UMOP JAMO, Jr ‘s}UdII0} Aq Aaljea 94} 0} peAOUIeL snysnu “gq YM sorpyTeooT ‘OPN “UA OOOT MOTPG “epn»nye “wt QOZZ-OOTT udeMjoq snydnu snuig jo suoiger Ayureyy ‘(asnedeip) uoneusoqry oy dojsaAsp ednd jo o8ezus010d urey00 & yorym Ul ommjerodurey ysty ysnoryy s[qeiyzIpout suonefndod puryysty oy} Jo poorq-o;3uts ouLL ‘pepooiq-¢-g Ayjenred 10 Ajazojduioo ‘ur Cogs 0} UMOPp SAoTTeA UIOyINOS 94} UT ‘UOl}e1OUeS 9uo ATWO “UW (0SSZ-NDOI Yeemyoq sdty oy} UT ‘(PS6L Ussiojoq ) o10Y4} JUASqe SI DYJaINISIg JOUTIS ‘yuejd poof esAtsnjoxe oy} st wayvoy siqosy O1OISSVIN OST Ivou oUOIe}OJW 9}UOJ, UO ATUGC ‘(PS6I UesIojog puke GEGT zINey 0} se [Jem se SUOT}VAIOSGO S$ IO}IIM OY} 0} SUIPIO9NR ) SUOISO1 MO] UL sIqoly pue idspjyy, 0} UoIyppe ur yuRTd poof perteyoid oy} IO suonendod papooiq -9[SUIS 94} Jo yuevjd poojz ATUO 94} Joyo ST DIDFIAe] vyjanosrg sedozorq pazesyseaut Te Uf ‘(PS6T Uasrej0q ) steodde uns usym poom 94} 0} AjozerIpouruut UInjel jnq “Apnofo usyA MOpReUT oY} 0} PooM oy} woz AT} § 4 suonefndod pueymoy oy} uy eels Mestetod) (e910 = d) Wonborjur ourysuns ur ‘(pcg = q) quonberz uoyHefndos ‘Apnojo usyM pue 559% IV “‘SUIAL[-389 JYSI[S 10 ou & & Ul ‘apeys oy} Ut : pesneyxe YS P P oy} ouTYsuNs UI ‘,9g aAOgY 21ohiq esnedeip jednd pue suojeioues jo sJequiny sousl1ejoid yeyIqey sjuevjd poo WSF Sutdvy-33y7 uorze[ndoy ain} e1aduie} AIO}VCIOP] uo 9o0Uepuedap A}ATOY 91n}ed J ‘udpu pure a@wohisg udemjoq soouaiazfIq, [eoIsojooy pue [eorsojorsAyg ey, °¢ aqey, eee enn SSS SSS 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 preference of bryoniz for Biscutella over other Cruciferz (as claimed by PETERSEN for his samples) was noted in captive populations by various breeders or by me. This applies not only to bryoniz, but in general more or less for other closely related pierid species that I have investigated in laboratory tests (P. rapz, manni, Anthocharis cardamines, belia, Pontia daplidice, Synchloé protodice, etc.). Notwithstanding, it is significant that Biscutella was found as the food plant of lowland bryoniz too, for example in Posavje near Ljubljana at the eastern part of the Karavanke Alps (Petersen 1954). However, near Hrastnik on the extreme limit of bryoniz range in Posavje, I found a small Arabis sp. on which a white bryoniz female laid eggs. Vice versa I have also seen napi females laying on Biscutella in the Julian Alps as well as at Durmitor in Montenegro at 1400 m. altitude. Slight differences of behavior toward foodplant species are difficult or impossible to detect in laboratory tests, and various cruciferous species known to be foodplants for bryoniz and napi should be transplanted to the natural biotopes of the two butterflies in order to test subtle differences in the strength of attraction of different plants to egg-laying females. Unfortunately, in this Atomic Age, funds are not available for such a harmless project. In short, in the ecology of the two forms, ape caily | in their physiological ecology, much remains to be resolved. RELATIONS BETWEEN MORPHOLOGICAL VERSUS COLOR CHARACTERS AND PHYSIOLOGICAL-ECOLOGICAL ONES. We have not been able to discover whether and how far a relationship may exist between any morpho- logical features and any physiological (i. e., ecological) ones; that is, we can say very little about possible pleiotropy of the color genes for which the Mendelian behavior is known. We have obtained some results for the allele pair B, b. Through ten generations, in which bryonizw x napi hybrids have been either crossed to each other or back-crossed with napi, the phenotypic manifestation of B has been maintained, but no remarkable differences in behavior, vitality or number of generations between Bb and bb individuals have been observed. After these many crossings, the allele Y, which controls the brownish yellow color, was completely lost, since the presence of this highly sex-controlled gene was not manifested in the males, so that one could never know what a male carried. Thus, no one of the physiological traits considered seems to be related to the gene B. Such characters, however, could be perhaps related to Y, since yellow strains will not hold out for more than a few generations. Great difficulty attended the attempts to maintain the W factor, which was never obtained in the homozygous condition. More detailed experi- 108 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 ments should of course be carried out, but it is evident that the typical physiological characters of bryoniz cannot be related to the W gene simply because there is only such a slight concentration of this gene in certain typical bryoniz populations. If the three allele pairs of bryoniz# and napi have no correlation with the physiological and ecological characteristics of these two forms, then these genes are bound to have a direct selective advantage. It may be that the dark and yellow-brown pigments act to capture radiant heat, which would be an advantage for animals of colder areas and would explain the distribution of the two forms in relation to climate. The adaptive correla- tion of W is unknown, but it could conceivably be investigated by com- paring habitats of the populations with various concentrations of this allele. VI. RECOMBINATION IN NATURE We come now to our main subject: to what extent may the amount of gene flow or, in other words, the frequency of crosses between bryoniz and napi in nature be deduced from the frequency of recombination in nature? In standard taxonomic practice, the amount of recombination is usually judged by the presence and proportions of intergrading morphological types found where two populations are in geographical contact. If intergrades are absent or very rare, the two populations are judged as species; if intergrades are common, judgement is usually for subspecific status of the populations. Curiously enough the recombination situation in the napi - bryoniz complex differs strikingly on the northern and southern sides of the Alps. Though both forms occur on both sides of the Alps, their recombina- tions are very rare on the northern side, while at the southern approaches there exist all the recombinations described above. Tables 6A to 6C and Figures 4 and 5 (from Petersen 1954) show variation classes of two characters, the dark markings and ground color. In these tables, napi is represented by the horizontal classes 1-3 and vertical 1 - 2, bryoniz by horizontal classes 5-9 and vertical 2 - 6. Table 6A illustrates clearly how in the Allgaéuer (northern) Alps, napi and bryoniz are sharply distinct from each other, the intermediates number- ing only one out of 174 samples. But in the south, for instance in Carinthia, as shown in Table 6B, there is no distinctly concordant gap between the variations of the two forms. Class 4 (horizontal), contrary to its rarity in the northern Alps, is in Carinthia even more common than the typical napi class 2 (horizontal). The most frequent combinations (bold face 1962 | Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 Fig. 3. Segregation in bryoniz and napi females in two backcrosses resulting from the mating of two similar heterozygous bryonizx sisters and two differently marked napi fathers: The father of brood I (upper level) had the melanic pattern very extended and dark, whereas the father of brood II (bottom) had the pattern very reduced and pale. At left are heterozygous bryonix 22, Bb, at right napi 2 2 homozygous for bb. numbers in the tables) are much closer together in Table 6B than they are in Table 6A. The discontinuity in the Vienna area (M6dling) appears to be nearly or quite completely lost (Table 6C). Since Tables 6B and 6C are based on museum specimens, napi may be under-represented, as PETERSEN has rightly pointed out. This suspicion was confirmed by his investigations near Modling, through which he learned that napi is really more frequently present than as noted in Table 6C. My in- vestigations in the Yugoslavian section of the southeastern Alps (Karawanke and Steiner Alps) are in substantial agreement with those of PETERSEN, but from here we also have breeding and crossing studies. So at Fala in the Drava valley (about 300 m. altitude) near Maribor (Marburg) a mixed bryoniz (flavescens) and napi population occurs (Table 6D). Both forms are double or even triple brooded. In the offspring of one of two wild yellow bryoniz females captured between 7 and 9 July 1931 (brood “Fala 1”) were one bryoniz male and one napi female. (At that time my rearing methods were still very imperfect, and a great number of caterpillars died of diseases. Later on, this obstacle was entirely removed.) They paired and yielded four imagos: 1 white 110 Lorxovic: Pieris napi— bryonizx Vol.16: no.2 Table 6. Frequency of variation classes of dark markings and yellow color in five localities (see text). Dark markings Yellow color 4. 15 9 il 1 10 42 $5 12 179 A. Allgauer Alps (northern Alps). 1 2 3 4 5 6 a 8 9 1 2 3 1 7 2 3 6 2 23 3 2 2 13 4 - 1 17 5 - 5 6 - 2 i 5 11 6 10 Hy 11 8 4. 67 B. Carinthia (southern Alps). 1 2 3 4 5 6 a 8 9 1 1 2 3 2 1 Ii 14 3 3 13 4 1 a 5 1 8 6 0 2 3 7 11 12 4. 0 i 0 45 C. Mdédling and the environs of Vienna. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 - - - - - 2 2 1 = : : : 3 3 1 - - - E 3 4. 1 2 - - - 3 5 - - 1 - - 2 6 - - - = - 0 3 2 1 0 0 13 D. Fala (Drava Valley). 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 : 1 é : 1 : : : ; 2 2 : : - 1 - 2 3 1 3 : : 1 1 1 1 1 : : 5 ay |b. = : : : 2 : . : : 2 = (| ee : : : : 1 ‘ : : 1 Gales : : - - - - : : 0 : 1 1 1 4 3 1 0 0 11 E. Rogovilec (Savinja Valley). Variability of the dark markings of P/nj bryoniae and the hybrid populations © ® © Gc @ N 0 50 100 150 200 km 27-36 37-46 47-56 57-56 67-76 i Treat Tar CEA: Fig. 4. Variability of the dark markings in the Alps (modified from Petersen, 1955). bryoniz female, 1 white bryoniz mosaic intersex, 1 napi male, and 1 napi female, a back-cross ratio as would be expected. From the other female (“Fala 2”) three generations were obtained and from two sib matings reared together, 44 bryonix and 3 napi females emerged, one of the latter having been yellowish. One of these two matings was probably BB X Bb, the other Bb X Bb. Thus it has been proved that among the offspring of bryonizw females from this locality specimens with napi traits segregate which cannot be distinguished by their phenotype from pure lowland napi. Thus it seems likely that the population of Fala has some similarity to that of Médling. . Another bryoniz population from which some broods were also reared has been found in the upper Savinja valley on the eastern end of the 112 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 ex 50 100 150 200km SSS ES _ ee Fig. 5. Variability of yellow ground color in the Alps (modified from Petersen, 1955). Karawanken Alps (Table 6E). Here all three pairs of bryoniz alleles are still present, since among five males one “rubtalba” napi was found. Among 11 females taken here at Rogovilec (about 650 m. altitude) during 10 to 17 August 1931, 2 show napi pattern on the yellowish versus white ground color. From the eggs of one female 3 imagos were reared the next spring. One of these, a deep yellow “radiata” female, already mentioned (brood “R X P-1932”), mated with a napi male from Podsused near Zagreb, where no other than homozygous napi occur. The 58 female descendants segregated in a dihybrid back-cross ratio, i.e. 14 yellow “radiata”, 14 white or whitish “radiata”, 16 yellow or yellowish napi, and 15 white napi. Accordingly, the “radiata” mother of this brood had been heterozygous for both the Bb and Yy alleles. It has also to be noted that a cross between one male of the three specimens reared from Rogovilec and a bryoniz# female reared from Fala gave 11 bryoniz# and 12 napi, both more or less yellowish, but among them were also three white napi which did not differ from any pure napi. Properly speaking, not one of about ten bryoniz broods from these two localities was true-breeding. If we add that the most characteristic wild bryoniz females were selected for the breeding experiments, one can easy imagine how highly mixed must be the genetic constitution of both the Fala and Savinja populations. On the strength of these breeding results, supported by PETERSEN'S analysis of the colonies at Médling and Carinthia, the conclusion must follow that the bryoniz populations of the south-eastern Alps cannot 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 Annual generations of Pi bryoniae and Pinjnapi in the northern Alps (after Petersen) Hii? Preris (n) nap/ IN] Amy Lryoniae Fig. 6. Seasonal and altitudinal distribution of Pieris bryoniz (univoltine) and napi (uni- or bi-voltine) in the northern Alps. be considered as a closed genetic entity reproductively separated from P. napi, because all these populations carry a more or less large amount of napi genes. The excellent Table 8 in the Miiller-Kautz work shows at a glance that what is true for the Falla and the Savinja valley is not less applicable to the more western parts of the Karawanken slopes, especially for the Singerberg district southward of Klagenfurt. This table likewise represents a clear dihybrid segregation, and if the under- sides of the hindwings had been visible too, a tri-hybrid segregation would appear. But once we have established the great difference in recombination frequency between the northern and southern Alps, how do we explain this unexpected situation? Part of the answer lies in a comparison of the ecological and temporal isolation between the two forms in the two regions. In the northern Alps, bryoniz and napi are sharply spatially and temporally isolated. There, bryoniz is almost exclusively single- brooded, and lives between 1350 and 1750 m. altitude. Its flight period lasts from mid-June until the end of July, with the greatest activity from the end of June to mid-July (Fig.6). P. napi, on the other hand, does not occur above 1150 during its first generation, and here flies from mid- May to mid-July, although at the end of the flight period, in mid-July, it does in rare cases fly up nearly to 1700 m. The second brood of napi flies after mid-July, but mainly in August, at a time when bryoniz 3 are finished and all of the bryoniw 2? 2 have already been fertilized. There is only a slight chance of the two forms meeting during their 114 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 mating periods. The exceptions are so infrequent as to be insignificant, but we shall mention them again later. On the southern side of the Alps, bryoniz lives at altitudes above 1100 m. and there has only one generation, as in the northern Alps. But it also occurs at lower elevations. On the slopes of the Karawanke Alps its range extends in the Sava Valley down to 200 m. Below 1100 m. bryoniz is two-brooded, and in the lowlands partially even three-brooded. It therefore overlaps napi spatially and temporally in adult breeding con- dition, so that one would expect to find all Mendelian combinations pos- sible between the two forms. Indeed, this is just what was found, and summarized in Tables 6B-6E. Despite the fact that conditions are favorable for a mixture of the two forms, their blending is still not total. Perersen (1954) argued as highly probable that in the populations from Médling and Posavje (Save Valley ) the hybrid populations would be slightly less well represented than either “pure” form (x? = 11.80, P<0.001). Hybrids do appear to be much rarer at higher elevations in the southern alpine valleys than they are in the lowlands. In Krnica Valley at the base of Prisojnik Peak in the Julian Alps, there lives at 1100 m. in a thin, low beech wood a pure napi population, while outside this wood in the vicinity of the torrents, where Pinus mughus forms the main cover, bryonix# (partially two- brooded) are seen flying. The caterpillars of napi live in the beech forest on Cardamine trifolia, while those of bryoniz feed on the plants of Biscutella levigata that fringe the low pine cover, Both butterflies remain faithful to their habitat and food-plant preferences. In conditions of frequent hybridization, these physiological characters should be ex- pected to form recombinations with the morphological ones. Proof that crossing is probably rather limited in Krnica Valley is the lack of the W gene in the napi individuals, while in bryonizw this gene is present in almost half of the individuals. Furthermore, yellow napi ? ? (Yy bb), which segregate only in the F. and the back-crosses, are here much rarer than in the Sava Valley or at Médling. Thus we see that in the higher parts of the southern Alps circumstances are much as in the northern Alps; that is, crossing appears to be considerably less frequent than in the lowlands. In the vicinity of the VrSi¢ pass between 1400 and 1700 m., almost fresh bryoniz of the first brood were found late in June and only one old napi female at 1400 m. More fresh napi females were found here in the first half of August when only the last few worn bryoniz were on the wing. This fact corresponds well with the lack of phenotypically detectable recombinations which carry the recessive allele b, since the recombination yellow napi females (Yy bb) were not yet 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 observed at these elevations in the Julian Alps. Thus one might get the impression that bryoniz and napi of the Julian Alps are as strictly re- productively isolated as they are in the northern Alps. This conclusion revealed itself as incorrect after some breeding and crossing experiments that led to a quite unexpected result. In the biotope of the “pure” bryoniz just mentioned, caterpillars of bryoniz were collected on Biscutella late in July 1947, and these were bred through to butterflies. These adults were partly paired among each other and partly with napi. Of seven such butterflies that paired and produced progeny, at least three (2 ¢ 0,1 2) were heterozygous for the B gene (broods 2 b, 4 b, 52). Two matings with napi yielded half bryoniz and half napi, while pairing with bryoniz yielded partly heterozygous animals, a fact manifesting itself only in their progeny, since in none of these four insects was it recognizable that they were of mixed type. It follows from this that the apparently pure highland single-brooded bryoniz population of the Julian Alps is far more heterozygous, i.e. mixed with napi, than could be expected from its morphological features. This “unexpectedness’, however, surprises only those who claim bryoniz to be a separate species, whereas in the view of the others the remarkable percentage of white bryoniz females in this district points to a consider- able flow of napi genes into this bryoniz population. With such a situation in highland populations, how large must be the inflow of napi genes in lowland bryoniz populations like those from Médling near Vienna, where the appearance of obvious hybrids nobody can deny. The circumstances remain as yet somewhat obscure only in the many bryoniz “races” from lowland districts of the Carpathian Mountains in Czecho-slovakia, as described by Moucua (1956, 1957, 1959). It does seem that the relatively large number of heterozygous insects captured in the larval stage in the higher elevations of the Julian Alps is fortuitously somewhat exaggerated, since the offspring of the bryoniz females captured as imagos in the same region and already fecundated there consisted of bryoniz as a rule. This may be explained by the fact that on the biotope of bryoniz, heterozygous insects pair predominantly with homozygous ones where the latter are in the majority, or perhaps the inbreeding F, hybrids show a decreased fertility that would put a strict limit to recombinations. Regardless of the explanation, this situation demonstrates with force how easily we may be mistaken about the genetic constitution of a population if it be considered only from the morphological point of view. 116 Lorxkovic: Pieris napi — bryonizx Vol.16: no.2 Crossing between bryoniz and napi is not restricted to the southern Alps, since hybrids have occasionally been found in the northern Alps. PETERSEN (1954b) discovered a bryonie 3 X napi 2 copulation in the Allgauer Alps, and there is a similar report by another writer. If we con- sider the fact that copulation in butterflies is rarely seen, even under the best conditions, then these two observations signify a relatively frequent occurrence of cross-pairing, conforming to the discovery of heterozygous bryoniz. Though we have established that the single-brooded high- altitude bryoniz populations are genetically not so pure as has been supposed, it is nevertheless evident that the crossing of two forms is not unlimited. Two factors seem worth further consideration: (1) sexual isolation and (2) the biotope preference. VII. Srxuat ISOLATION In the discussion of the physiological traits of our two forms, the question of sexual isolation has purposely been set to one side, so as to allow unbiased evaluation of the degree of reproductive isolation from data on recombination. In captivity, crosses between bryoniz and napi are rather readily carried out although not always, a result quite at variance with the usual difficulty in crossing fully distinct species of pierid butter- flies (Lorkovié 1928, 1957). But it has been noticed in the crossing tests that mating between bryoniz and napi is not absolutely free, either. PETERSEN (1952) and I have discovered independently that napi males are only slightly or not at all attracted by the yellow females. PETERSEN made experiments with dummies, in which he was able to demonstrate that yellow dummies only rarely attracted napi males. But the dark melanic bryoniz coloration has no influence on the attraction of napi 3&3; dark ? 2 with a white ground color have the same attractive effect as the pure ones. In my experiments, the white or whitish homozygous bryonize females, however dark they may be, are immediately pursued by napi males as soon as noticed, and in a few seconds pairing occurs. An unexpected result of PETERSEN’s experiments showed that bryoniz males also were much less attracted by the yellow bryoniz females than by the white napi females. This certainly complicates the matter, since it would seem to speak in favor of hybridization in at least one direction. This finding also agrees with PETERSEN’s observation of a bryonizx & X napi @ pairing in the northern Alps, as well as with the fact that he also obtained bryonix offspring from one napi ¢ from Médling. Conversely, two napi ¢ @ captured in Krnica Valley yielded only napi 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society L7 offspring (bb), and several caterpillars collected on Cardamine trifolia yielded only napi progeny. The attraction of bryoniz males by yellow bryoniz females must be largely a matter of the flight activity of the females. I have succeeded also in gaining attractiveness of the yellow females for napi males when the wings of the resting female were fastened in a folded position in such a way that the greenish-yellow underside of the hindwings (it should be not confused with the brownish- yellow color of the upperside) and the whitish underside of the forewings became visible. Since even the bryonix males are not as strongly attracted by their own yellow females as by the white, the negative attitude of napi males in relation to the yellow females cannot furnish compelling evidence of strong sexual isolation between napi and bryoniz. Sexual isolation by visual sense between the two forms is only a half-effective one, since in one direction (napi & X bryoniz ¢ ) hybridization is prevented, but not the reciprocal direction. Accordingly, the index of sexual isolation (ISI) calculated by the simplest way (i.e. the number of intraspecific minus the number of inter-specific matings divided by the total number observed [Smith, 1953] ) would be + 0.33, a rather low value; the index of complete isolation being 1.0, and that of no isolation zero. However, the visual attraction by color is not by itself decisive in promoting or preventing hybridization, since it represents an orientation factor for males at distance, as is evident from the well known fact that the males frequently approach other males as well as other white or whitish butterfly species. It is obvious that this distance-orientation be- havior would sometimes lead to pairing errors if other isolating mechanisms did not act preventively. Among such more effective isolating factors the specific odoriferous substances come especially into play by stimulating particularly the females to render the copulation possible. In pierid butterflies such readiness for mating may be recognized by a special behavior: a flying female, when approached by the male, alights and puts her wings upward (as in the resting position), which enables the male to land by the female, and copulation can take place. A non- stimulated female spreads the wings down, while its abdomen protrudes upwards, a position which makes copulation impossible. The same behavior follows after mating. There seems to be little or even no difference between the sexual odors of bryonizw and napi, since such a defensive posture of females against males of the other form was only exceptionally observed. However, a striking resistance of captive females to both the males, bryoniz and napi, is not rare, but it seems to have nothing to do with sexual differences between the species. 118 Lorxovic: Pieris napt — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 VIII. Hysrip VIABILITy Reared F, hybrids develop well and show normal vigor. However, this applies perhaps only to the summer brood with the subitan develop- ment, since PETERSEN and TENow (1952, 1954) found a rather great degree of mortality of the hibernating pupz, especially in females. PETERSEN considers this female mortality as the most important isolating factor. In my crossings I had not the occasion to confirm this finding because in our broods the hybrids always developed as the summer brood in the same season without diapause. BowpEN (1953) and BowpENn and Easton (1955) in their breeding in England obtained no significant mortality of F, hybrids, but stated that in certain broods, particularly when bryoniz was the mother, “many females seem to complete their diapause abnormally early, even before the winter, and in consequence emerge before the usual time’. As the males of butterflies under normal conditions emerge always a week or so before the females, BowpDEN held that just this “separation in time of emergences of the sexes provided an interspecific barrier of importance”. If this separation applies for the hybrids in nature, I do not see why this early emergence of females would be a reproductive barrier, since bryoniz# emerge somewhat later than napi and so the backcrosses with napi males would be preferred, decreasing by this way the important infertility of the F; hybrids. The latter will be discussed in the following section. IX. Hysrip STERILITY OR INFERTILITY The most obscure point in these investigations has been the question of the degree of hybrid sterility or infertility, although this is one of the two most-important aspects of the relationship between the two forms. Unfortunately, the climate of Zagreb is badly suited during summer for the rearing of alpine butterflies, and the fertility of the animals in the laboratory is affected adversely by the heat (Table 7, Broods 2b and 4b). The results obtained will all therefore bear checking under more natural conditions. In spite of the normal vigor of the F, hybrids as well as their apparantly normal gonads and germ cells, the fertility of the hybrids is obviously decreased but in a variable extent. In Table 7 is indicated the total of the offspring of the individual broods in the F; pairings, also of back- crosses and of pure bryoniz pairings for different strains. Brood 1 b n represents 11 inbred pairings of F, hybrids of one single napi x bryoniz cross which had produced 59 sound, vigorous hybrids. Series III shows 14 F, inbred pairings and 7 F, pairings among the progeny of various 119 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1962 | ) 06 18 0 0 0 I € € S 6 [eIOL, jsnsny ‘Ajo 09'¢ 8ST T T S c wruodkiq-g | 1 ¥ oun{ ‘Avy OL'ST €9 T G 6 Pv euoAIq-q | q % SO'ST LO i T i 3 v 8 € 0G [P10L De OF FI PST] J[ Sc i p ts Or pes-y | TI 10'0>dSso'sT 61L8°'L=2* S9'P 0c 9T 18 I Z Z G porqsso19-y Ill UGE! 99 T T 6 I G perqui-y | III a0¥ vat 0 I I € ai | en 1€ [OL 98'0I OL I if p I ) peaqsso10-" y Ill G0'00'0S98'01 €8S6'F—= generation. In the last case we are concerned with not entirely true back-crosses, since the Bb heterozygotes mate with the bb homozygotes of the same brood. As to the controllable Bb pair of alleles, this is of no importance, but for the other invisible characters, it is. If we compare the mean values of the total offspring of all F, x F, matings (144) with the total of the progeny of the back-crosses (301), the difference is striking (x*° = 7.8719, P < 0.01), with the offspring of the F, X F, pairings being almost three times less than in the back-crosses. But a more detailed comparison has revealed that the fertility of the F, broods varies considerably according to whether we are concerned with 1) inbred pairings from one single pair of parents, 2) inbred pairings in various F, strains, or 3) pairings among F, individuals of several different strains. The difference between the last and the back-crosses is less than that between the inbred and non-inbred F, matings. We may conclude that the decreased fertility of our F, hybrids is only partially due to the known reduction in fertility of inbred broods in general, since the inbred back-crosses show a fertility only slightly lower (13.20) than that of the non-inbred back-crosses (16.20 and 14.40). Pure napi can be bred through three of four generations without an important decrease in fertility. This applies also to other species of Pieridae: P. rapx, P. manni, P. ergane, P. daplidice. We have therefore to assume that the F, hybrids of bryoniz and napi in the inbred matings have considerably decreased fertility, since a very small number of eggs is laid, and of these up to 90%, or even 100% remain either unfertilized or undeveloped. On the other hand, the matings of F, individuals from different strains are noticeably more fertile, and the back-crosses show a nearly normal fertility. It is to be recalled that some larvee of bryoniz were captured as natural heterozygotes; these have turned out to be normally fertile as reared adults. One of these bryonizw 2 @ yielded abundant offspring, even when crossed with a (napi X bryonizw) &, indicating that neither the wild ¢@ nor the F; of the laboratory brood would be very highly sterile. Two other wild heterozygous bryoniz 3 3, paired with two homozygous bryoniz 2 9 and one napi 2, have also been established as normally fertile. Our results, indicating a greatly decreased fertility of the F; hybrids, are in rather astonishing contrast to the facility with which BowpEN obtained the F, generation by pairing F, individuals. On the contrary, in his crossings the difficulties arose with the third generation, which could not be obtained when F» individuals were mated inter se, so that 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 only the back-crosses were successful. The cause for this unexpected difference remains still obscure. BowbEN inclines to the explanation that the difference between English subspecies of napi and the Continental one could be responsible for this hybridization difference in the sense “that the reproductive barrier between bryoniz# and the adjacent sub- species of napi would be rather greater than that separating the more distant British subspecies” which is in no contact with bryoniz, an opinion expressed in a general sense by Huxtey (1942). However, Strepsins (1958: p.195) emphasized that “the available data do not indicate that those strains of the two species which occur sympatrically are more likely to form inviable or sterile hybrids than strains of the same two species which occur in different regions’. In fact, it would be just as reasonable to suppose the English climate more suitable than that of southeastern Europe for the breeding of such alpine butterflies as bryoniz and their hybrids. The breakdown with the F; generation could be accounted for as an effect of laboratory or breeding infertility. In any case, the considerable degree of decreased fertility of F, and/ or F, bryoniz X napi hybrids remains somewhat puzzling. X. ON THE DEGREE OF REPRODUCTIVE ISOLATION AND THE TAXONOMIC Status OF Pieris napi AND bryonizx Having established the genetical and reproductive relation between bryoniz and napi we can try to relate the degree of reproductive isola- tion between them to the various stages in the process of speciation, i.e. are they subspecies or full species. Such an attempt turns out to be by no means so easy to perform as one could imagine. In spite of the well defined species concept of to-day, established by the comprehensive works of RenscH (1929), DoszHansky (1935, 1951), Huxtry (1942), and Mayr (1942) as well as some other authors, it is clear only for sympatric populations; only in such cases may the existence of reproduc- tive isolation be deduced without experimenting. In allopatric popula- tions (forms, races, species, borderline cases), however, such a con- sideration of the degree of reproductive isolation is imposible; it always remains more or less subjective or arbitrary. Therefore, in this field of taxonomy great unconformity or even disagreement prevails. Especially difficult and apparently without any final criteria remains the designa- tion for intermediate stages between geographic races and species, which is left to one’s own judgment. Mayr (1931) attempted to alleviate the difficult situation by introducing the new category “superspecies’, but in fact the subjectivity was not removed, since the superspecies is com- 129, Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 posed mainly of allopatric “species” whose real isolation status remained uncertain. This began to be more and more important owing to the increasing experimental research on the innate reproductive isolating mechanisms in both animals and plants, often revealing incomplete stages of speciation. The lack of an appropriate taxonomic name or category for such an intermediary stage leads mostly the taxonomically uninterested workers to assign the uncertain cases either to subspecies or to species. Taxonomists, however, tend to promote such borderline cases to the species level, because of their unconscious desire to increase the actual number of species of the group they are dealing with. Clearly, such a situation cannot lead to a satisfactory knowledge of the actual occurrence of the borderline cases in nature, apparently highly under- estimated so far. Moreover, an important difficulty for the establishment of objective limits between the subspecies and the species are the differences in the number and degree of isolating mechanisms between species in different groups, of both animals and plants (Stebbins 1958). If we also add that the subspecies concept itself is seriously attacked or even denied (Wilson & Brown 1958, Gillham 1956, Burt 1954), it is clear that taxonomy at the infraspecific level is not in a satisfactory state. In regard to these considerations we are now going to compare the relation between napi and bryoniz with the circumstances in related pierid species known from my interspecific crosses carried out many years ago, although only a very limited part of this research has been published as yet (Lorkovié 1928, 1953, 1957). Of course, we shall try to account also for the generally accepted line in this matter and, finally, to formulate the characteristics of the intermediary stages between sub- species and the true species. 1) The first comparison which must be made concerns the morphologi- cal differences between napi and bryoniz. There are only two, in some populations also three, imaginal color differences; no visible differences exist in the larval stage and some slight and inconstant ones are present in the pupal stage. This is a far lower number of distinguishing characters than usually found between sympatric species, including Pieridae; e.g. the closely related and very similar species P. rapz and P. manni differ in as many as 24 structural and color-pattern characters. (Of course, this does not mean that there are as many different genes controlling these characters.) In contrast to the minute differences between manni and rapzx the differences between napi and bryonix are very conspicuous. If the two or three characters in napi and bryoniz were so inconspicuous as those between rapz and manni the former two forms would never be recognized even as two subspecies. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 The fact that there are no known differences in the genital armature, nor in any other structural character, is very important, for this is a circumstance rarely lacking among specific distinctions. 2) The considerable ecological difference between napi and bryoniz is greater than can usually be found between closely related species, so that in general it keeps apart the populations of both forms. However, the effect of the ecological distinctness varies greatly in its control over reproductive isolation, since it depends too much on environmental circumstances. This is shown by the great difference in the reproductive isolation between napi and bryoniz populations of the northern and the southern Alps, since in the former district napi and bryonizx behave as good species, in the latter, however, nearly as subspecies. 3) Sexual isolation is only half-way developed, because of the dis- crimination in the instinctive reaction of the napi males to the yellow female color stimulus. This must lead, along with the lack of spatial isolation, to frequent hybridization but not more than to about 33%. This percentage, however, surpasses manyfold what is know about sexual isolation between perfectly distinct pierid species; even between such closely related species as P. rape —P. manni, P. manni—ergane, P. ergane — P. napi the females always obstinately refuse the assaults of strange males, making hybridization by natural ways impossible. The index of reproductive isolation between these species is approximately 1.0. Also, among about 470 individuals of Leptidea sinapis and Leptidea morsei originating from their sympatric range near Zagreb only one suspected individual could be considered as a possible hybrid, and another one perhaps also as somewhat alike; hence the index of reproduc- tive isolation would be 0.9957 or = 1, i.e., the highest degree of isolation. 4) The incomplete sexual isolation between napi and bryonix con- cords well with the great amount of hybrids in nature, especially in lowland populations where napi and bryoniz overlap widely. Moreover, an unexpectedly high percentage of genotypicaly hidden hybrids were also found among the high alpine bryonix, mostly considered to be a pure-breeding population. All this surpasses by far the ordinary unre- markable share of the hybrids in populations even of very closely related sympatric species. 5) Although the F; hybrids of bryoniz X napi are of a very good vigor and with apparently normal production of spermatozoa and eggs, their fecundity is greatly reduced or even gone when they mate together. Since the F; hybrid sterility is doubtless a characteristic of species 124 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryoniz Vol.16: no.2 hybridization, bryoniz and napi should be considered as separate species. However, the high fertility of the F; hybrids in back-crosses does not agree with what commonly occurs in species hybridization. My pierid crosses between the well known species or genera: Pieris rape x P. napi, P. manni X P. napi, Pontia daplidice x Synchloé protodice, Euchloé belia x Anthocharis cardamines yielded hybrids with degenerated gonads and germ cells, so that the hybrids were completely sterile in F,; X F; matings as well as in back-crosses. Nevertheless, the crosses between the closely related intrageneric species Pieris rape xX P. manni, Leptidea sinapis < L. morsei, Anthocharis cardamines X A. euphenoides are also completely infertile when mated with each other, although their production of gametes seems to be normal, except the disturbed chromosome pairing and distribution in meiosis. But it is significant that the back-crosses with the parental species were almost completely sterile too, as a rather great number of (rapz# X manni) ¢ backcrosses gave rise to only one, two, or three offspring of reduced viability and no fecundity. The other two hybrids were also in the backcrosses entirely sterile. There is only one case as yet known from the pierid crosses, Pieris ergane @ X P. (napi X bryoniz) 3& which produced a F»2 genera- tion — true for a few individuals only —and a successful backcross. However, although napi and ergane are in their anatomical structure extremely similar, their sexual isolation is complete. This short comparison of the bryoniz -napi case with other pierid crosses shows that the reproductive isolation between bryoniz and napi is at such a low level that neither the partial sexual barrier, nor the decreased hybrid fertility and the ecological distinctness, may prevent a considerable gene flow, greatly surpassing any usually known to occur between species of this family. On the other hand the breeding is also far from being panmictic (with the isolation index — 0), so that the relation between napi and bryoniz cannot be classificed as a subspecific one, either. Strangely enough, experimental crosses between subspecies of Lepidoptera are rather scarce, so that we are not able to give a good comparison of our case with other crosses between subspecies of a single species. This is not surprising if the difficulties of getting breeding material from afar are taken into account. Therefore we must content ourselves with the well known assumption that there are usually no barriers, neither sexual nor those of hybrid sterility, to crossing among races. Of course, there are exceptions to this, but one wonders whether in those occurences borderline cases are involved. We must, therefore, conclude that our analysis gives us no strong support for the classification of the napi and bryoniz as either two species 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 or as subspecies. They are at the typical transitional stage between the subspecies and the species. Such transitional stages in butterflies had been called “semispecies” independently by KirrtakorrF (1948) and myself (1953, 1955, 1957). Each attempt to classify bryoniz as a species or subspecies has not dealt with reality, but rather has tried to insert the different stages of speciation into a rigid system which cannot apply to refined taxonomy which fits adequately various evolutionary problems. SUMMARY 1. Pieris napi L. and bryoniz Ochs. differ morphologically in three groups of alleles of which the allele B for the melanic bryoniz pattern is dominant over the allele b for napi, and the allele W for the white color of the underside of the hindwings is dominant over yellow, w. The brownish yellow color of bryoniz females is not entirely dominant over the white one of napi and is probably multifactorial. 2. The restriction of bryoniz to the Alps, Carpathians, and the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and North America is connected with genetic ecological preferences for low temperature and certain food plants as well as to univoltinism. This ecological distinction is the prin- cipal reproductive barrier between populations of napi and bryoniz. 3. The effect of ecological distinction on reproductive isolation de- pends greatly upon the climatic conditions; these are more effective in the northern Alps than in the southern, and in the latter hybrid populations are the rule. 4. The partial breakdown of ecological isolation leads to extensive hybridization, the sexual isolation being restricted mainly to the napi males, which are less attracted by the yellow bryonix females. 5. The third partial isolating machanism is the infertility of the F; hybrids which is particularly high in inbred F; matings, lesser in matings between different F, strains, and low in back-crosses. 6. Accordingly, a comparatively great amount of gene flow between the populations of napi and bryoniz occurs in districts where the popula- tions are not kept apart by the ecological barrier. This gene flow surpasses very greatly that between other closely related sympatric species of Pieridz which have been studied in Europe. 7. Consequently, bryoniz can by no means be considered as a true species but only as a transitional stage between subspecies and species; such incomplete stages of speciation can best be denoted as -SEMISPECIES. : 126 Lorxovic: Pieris napi — bryonizx Vol.16: no.2 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am greatly indebted to Dr. Witt1aM L. Brown, then of the Museum of Compara- tive Zodlogy, Cambridge, Massachusetts, and to Dr. CHartes L. REMINGTON, Department of Biology, Yale University, for critically reading this manuscript. The field research was in part supported by’ the Veterinary faculty and the Rectorat of the University of Zagreb. References Bowden, S. R., 1953. Timing of imaginal development in male and female hybrid Pieride. Entomologist 86: 255-264. eat ee , 1956. Hybrids within the European Pieris napi L. species-group. Proc. so. London ent. nat. hist. soc. 1954-55: 135-159. ee es , 1957. Diapause in female hybrids: Pieris napi adalwinda and related subspecies. Entomologist 90: 247-254, 273-281. Src RELAY , 1958. Sexual mosaics in Pieris. Lepid. news 12: 7-13. Bowden, S. R., & N. T. Easton, 1955. Diapause and death: further observations on imaginal development in Pieris hybrids. Entomologist 88: 174-203, 104-210. Burt, W. H., 1954. The subspecies concept in mammals. Syst. zool. 3: 99-104. Dobzhansky, T., 1935. A critique of the species concept in biology. Philos. of science 2: 344-355. ach Sere AA | , 1951. Genetics and the origin of species, 3rd ed. 364 pp. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. Forster, W., & T. Wohlfahrt, 1955. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas, Band II. Tagfalter. 126 pp., 28 pls. Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung, Stuttgart. Gillham, N. W., 1956. Geographic variation and the subspecies concept in butter- flies. Syst. zool. 5: 110-120. Goldschmidt, R., 1928. Einfiihrung in die Vererbungswissenschaft, 5th ed. 568 pp. Springer Verl., Berlin. Hesselbarth, G., 1952. Bemerkungen zu Pieridenzuchten 1950-1951. Trans. IXth int. congr. ent. 1: 172-176. Huxley, J., 1942. Evolution: The modern synthesis. 645 pp. G. Allen & Unwin Ltd., London. Kiriakoff, S. G., 1948. On the so-called “lower” taxonomic categories. Lepid. news 2: 3-4 (see also p.15). Lorkovié, Z., 1928. Analyse des Speziesbegriffes und der Variabilitat der Spezies auf Grund von Untersuchungen einiger Lepidopteren. Glasnik (Acta soc. sci. nat. Croatica) 38: 1-64. ENR eek ite , 1950. Neue ostasiatische Arten und Rassen der Gattung Leptidea nebst Nomenklatur Berichtigung. Glasnik biol. sek. (Per. biol. soc. sci. nat. Croatica), Ser. II/B, 2/3: 57-76, 2 pls. see eon , 1953. Spezifische, semispezifische und rassische Differenzierung bei Erebia tyndarus Esp. I, Il. “Rad” acad. Yugosl. (Zagreb) 294: 269-358, 163- 224. SE ee , 1955. Semispecies a necessary new taxonomic category. Biol. Glasnik 7: 236-237. ce , 1958. Die Merkmale der unvollstandigen Speziationsstufe und die Frage der Semispezies in die Systematik. Uppsala univ. arsskrift 1958: 159-168. Mayr, E., 1931. Notes on Halcyon chloris and some of its subspecies. Amer. mus. novit. 486: 29 pp. ae ets , 1942. Systematics and the origin of species. 334 pp. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. Mayr, E., E. G. Linsley, & R. L. Usinger, 1953. Methods and principles of syste- matic zoology. 328 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 Moucha, J., 1956a. Contribution a la connaissance de Pieris bryoniz O. des Carpathes. Bull. soc. ent. Mulhouse 1956: 21-25. Sane aa a , 1956b. Sur la systématique de Pieris bryoniz O. des Carpathes. Bull. soc. ent. Mulhouse 1956: 61-67. i , 1957. Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O. im Vihorlat-Gebirge. Acta ent. mus. nat. Pragz 32: 91-100. Agee ie , 1959. Neueste Forschungsergebnisse tiber unsere Lepidopteren Fauna und deren Bedeutung fur die L6sung zoogeographischer Fragen in der Tschechoslowakei. Acta faunist. ent. mus. nat. Pragze 4: 3-81. Miller, L., 1933. Pieris bryoniz O. und napi L. Int. ent. Zeits. (Guben) 27: Miller, L., & H. Kautz, 1938. Pieris bryoniz O. und Pieris napi L. 191 pp., 16 pls. Oesterr. Ent. Verein, Vienna. Peter, K., 1950. Die Variabilitat von Pieris bryoniz O. inneralb einer Population. Mitt. Minchener ent. Ges. 50: 181-202. Petersen, B., 1952. The relations between Pieris napi L. and Pieris bryoniz Ochs. Trans. IXth int. congr. ent. 1: 83-87. ee Eee , 1954. Egg-laying and habitat selection in some Pieris species. Ent. Tidskrift 75: 194-203. ripe hla , 1955. Geographische Variation von Pieris (napi) bryoniz durch Bastardierung mit Pieris napi. Zool. bidr. Uppsala 30: 355-397. Petersen, B., & O. Tenow, 1954. Studien am Rapsweissling und Bergweissling (Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O.). Isolation und Paarungsbiologie. Zool. bidr. Uppsala 30: 169-198. Petersen, B., O. Tornblom, & N. O. Bodin, 1952. Verhaltensstudien am Rapsweiss- ling und Bergweissling (Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryoniz O.). Behaviour 4: 67-84. Rensch, B., 1929. Das Prinzip geographischer Rassenkreise und das Problem der Artbildung. Borntrager Verlag, Berlin. Smith, S. G., 1953. Reproductive isolation and the integrity of two sympatric species of Choristoneura. Canad. ent. 85: 141-151. Stebbins, G. L., 1958. The inviability, weakness, and sterility of interspecific hybrids. Adv. genet. 9: 147-215. Wilson, E. O., & W. L. Brown, 1953. The subspecies concept and its taxonomic application. Syst. zool. 2: 97-111. Biological Institute, Medical Faculty, University of Zagreb, YUGOSLAVIA 128 Vol.16: no.2 BUTTERFLIES AT LIGHTS L. S. Puiures’s note concerning Nymphalis j-album Boisduval & Le Conte, and Pieris rapx L. at lights, in vol.15: page 101 of the Journal, attracted my interest considerably. The reason for this is that at that time I had taken a butterfly at a light. Since then I have taken three more. The first instance was the capture of a male Strymon liparops Le- Conte on the screen door of my home in Petersburg, N. Y., late in July 1961 around 10:30 in the evening. The fluorescent light was on inside, as was the incandescent light on the porch; and as I stood there capturing moths at the outside light, this Strymon flew in and landed on the screen door. The second occurrence involved a female Hamadryas_ februa Fruhstorfer. The place was the Hotel Valles, Cd. Valles, S. L. P., Mexico. There at about 10 p.m. on July 31, 1962, as I was returning past a pre- viously investigated outside light bulb in my rounds for moths, I dis- covered this Hamadryas quietly clinging to the ceiling about a foot from the bulb itself. It was a moderatly strong bulb, but the yellow walls of the outside corridor where it was located increased the area of bright- ness considerably. The third occurrence was the following night at 10:30 p.m., and like the first it involved a screen door also. This time it was at a house in McAllen, Texas, involving a male Libytheana bachmanii Kirtland, a species which was particularly abundant there at the time. I had just stepped outside for several minutes, and when I returned to enter the house there was this Libytheana, apparently attracted by the incandescent light inside. The most recent instance was yet a fourth species at a still different location. Just before 10 p.m. on August 9, 1962, I did a double-take when I looked up at the porch light of my parents home in Kingston, Penn- sylvania. We had just greeted some visiting friends goodnight after talking on the porch for 15 minutes or so, and with the natural instinct of the collector I glanced up at the light bulb in the ceiling to see if there were any moths. This time it was a female Speyeria cybele Fabricius quietly clinging to its perch there on the ceiling within two inches of the bulb. All four specimens are in slightly worn condition. What to me in 1961 seemed like an interesting curiosity, must be of much more frequent occurrence than is generally observed, at least by the entomologist. Davin W. Bouton, RD No. 2, Petersburg, N. Y., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 129 COLIAS ACTIVITY IN NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER IN PENNSYLVANIA by ArtHuR M. SHAPIRO In the past few years of collecting in and around Philadelphia, Pa., I have repeatedly observed and taken specimens of the Common and Orange Sulphurs (Colias philodice Latreille and eurytheme Boisduval ) in the months of November and December, long after all butterflies save the hibernating nymphalids have disappeared. The circumstances surrounding the appearance of butterflies in so unlikely a season are quite interesting. Both species of Colias are extremely abundant here, and as is usual for very numerous species it is fairly difficult to distinguish broods. There appear, however, to be four, centered in late April — mid May, late June —early July, late July —mid August, and September — early October. The late November— December specimens, while fairly numerous, do not approach in abundance even the smallest of these regular broods, that in early spring. Furthermore, they do not appear to be holdovers from the early fall brood. An occasional very worn specimen of either species has turned up as late as Nov.26, and these I unhesitatingly assign to the fourth generation. But the great majority of the late season specimens are very fresh. They consist largely of “ariadne’- type eurytheme of both sexes, with some white females, and a con- siderably smaller number of philodice, both sexes, also with some white females. These specimens all show very heavily dusted hind wings beneath, and in the females above as well, with very narrow black borders in the males (especially reduced in philodice). The discocellular spot of the hind wing is very large and brightly colored in female eurytheme, and sometimes is enlarged in a “point” as in C. hecla. The specimens are generally small, and a few are quite diminutive. In general, they resemble very closely specimens taken in the month of April. The appearance of these individuals in late fall coincides with the second or third day of a spell of milder, sunny weather. For example, in 1961: the September brood was definitely on the wane by October 29, with only a few, rather worn specimens taken. Despite unseasonably mild weather following, with a record-breaking 80°F. on November 5, only scattered, quite worn Colias were noted. After a brief cold spell 130 SHAPIRO: Colias Vol.16: no.2 warm weather returned in the period from the 12th to the 16th, but only one specimen, again a worn one, was observed. An inch of snow fell on the night of the nineteenth. No specimens were observed from then until the 26th. It had been mild for two days, and on that date, with temperatures of 59°-32°, 17 fresh specimens were taken. These were the first fresh Colias taken since October 25. It got cold again the next day with the highest temperature for the week 50° on both the 2nd and the 3rd. On the first day two male eurytheme were taken, and on the following day, twelve specimens, consisting of three male and four female eurytheme, two male and one female philodice, and one white female of each. Again, all were quite fresh. Bad weather, but with con- tinued mild temperatures, occurred for the next two days. The last captures for the season were made on Dec. 6. They consisted of four male eurytheme and two females, one of which was white. The over- night low for the 6th was 25° and despite a high of 45°, diligent searching failed to turn up any Colias on the 7th. Following that date the only mild temperatures have occurred during rainy spells, with all clear days quite cold and sub-freezing temperatures each night. No sign of butterfly life has been evident although the collecting area has been frequently examined. All of these notes refer to one locality. The earliest fresh emergents of the fourth brood were noted there in early September, reaching their peak about Sept.23. This means that it is altogether possible that the offspring of these butterflies could be capable of emerging in late Novem- ber or December. For example, in frequent breeding, the writer has observed that for C. eurytheme the average duration of each stage is as follows: egg, five days; larva, eighteen days; pupa, seven days. Of course, the emergence from the pupz is ordinarily delayed until spring. The only plausible explanation for the appearance of these butterflies is that they are in reality part of the same brood as those that will appear the following April from the overwintering pups. That some of these pupz may have developed to a fair extent during warm weather in October and early November, so that brief mild spells later on permit them to mature and emerge as butterflies, seems quite probable. The writer has taken Sulphurs as late as Dec.16, 1959 (the latest record known to me in the North) (temperatures 62°-36°). Any records of this sort, especially with information concerning the weather at and preceding the time of collection, would be appreciated by the writer. 7 7636 Thouron Ave., Philadelphia 50, Pa., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 OBSERVATIONS AND RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES ATTRACTED TO LIGHT IN INDIA by Juxran P. DonaHuE Recent papers by THRONE (1961), ANDERSEN (1960), and MaTHER (1959) have recorded observations of North American butterflies at- tracted to light at night. This paper will present new observations of Indian butterflies attracted to light, along with a brief summary of previous records. Six species of six different families are discussed. J. I. Atrrey states in a paper by Best (1951) that he observed Papilio demoleus demoleus Linnezus (Papilionide) frequenting “Kitson oil lamps” at night, at the railway station in Jhansi (southern Uttar Pradesh State, north central India) during a migration. No date or other information was given. This species is very common throughout India, but is normally seen only in the daytime, and I have never seen it active in the evening. Usman (1956) records Talicada nyseus (Guérin) (Lycenidz) as being attracted to light sometime during March-May, 1955 in Bangalore (Mysore State, south India). The number of individuals attracted was not mentioned. Though this species is not common, WyYNTER-BLYTH (1957) says it is locally abundant. He further states that it is a weak flyer, prefers shade to sunshine, and keeps on the wing until almost dark. Best (1956) mentions that a Gangara thyrsis (Fabricius ) ( Hesperiide ) flew into his flat on Malabar Hill, Bombay (Maharashtra State, west coast) at 9 p.m., and settled on a lamp where he caught it with his fingers. The date was between early February and the end of June, 1956. WynTER-BLYTH (1957) states that this large skipper is crepuscular — rest- ing during the day but being active shortly after dawn and again at dusk. In New Delhi, India, on October 1, 1961, I collected two Danaus chrysippus (Linnzeus) (Danaidz) at night. The first, a female, was collected at 11:05 p.m. When first noticed the butterfly was flopping about our 150 watt porch light, as a slow-flying moth would. When I returned with my net it had lit inside the shade of the light, and was less than four inches from the light. It flew out again and I had to net it in the air. It was a very “buggy” night — mostly Orthoptera and very few Heterocera. Temperature was 80°F. At 11:30 p.m. on the same night, a male Danaus chrysippus was flop- ping about on the floor of our back porch, which was illuminated by a 3) DonanvuE: Butterflies at light Vol.16: no.2 TOP ROW: left, Papilio demoleus, New Delhi, India; right, Danaus chrysippus 2, collected at light in New Delhi on 1 Oct. 1961. BOTTOM ROW: left, Melanitis leda, form “determinata”, underside, collected at light in New Delhi on 29 Aug. 1961; right, Precis orithya 2, collected at light in New Delhi on 17 Nov. 1961. (Scale numbered in centimeters. Photograph by the author) 60 watt bulb. When it was not flopping it rested on the floor, slowly opening and closing its wings. I let it crawl onto the rim of my net and held it up to the light, but the insect only walked slowly around the rim of the net. I nudged it off and it spiraled back down to the floor, ap- parently not so strongly attracted to the light as the female. Both specimens were in near perfect condition. This species is one of the commonest butterflies of the Indian plains. Wynrer-BiyTH (1957) says it flies from dawn to dusk. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 On November 17, 1961 at 4:40 am. I saw a female Precis orithya (Linnzeus) (Nymphalidz) resting motionless on the floor of the front porch in New Delhi, about eight feet away — in a direct line — from the 150 watt light. It was easily caught and was not very active. Temperature 60°F. While I drove through desert scrub at night with a spotlight, about 50 miles south-southwest of Pali, Rajasthan State (northwest India), on October 6, 1961, a Precis orithya flew into the open Jeep, where it was caught and identified. But this specimen had obviously been disturbed by the passing vehicle, and happened to fly inside. It is a very common species that has a strong preference for sun and desert or dry areas. The greatest number of records I have for the nocturnal occurrence of a single species, however, is for Melanitis leda (Drury) (Satyride). On August 29, 1961 a very active M. leda ( wet season form “determinata” Butler) was netted as it fluttered around our New Delhi porch light. On August 31, 1961 another specimen was seen on our porch, but it was too active to capture (it persisted in settling at the base of the ceiling fan, about 15 feet up). On September 24, 1961 a M. leda form “deter- minata’ was seen on our New Delhi porch at 11:30 p.m. It was about one foot from a 60 watt bulb, hanging upside down from the ceiling. When I failed to catch it with my fingers it left its resting spot and flew around the bulb, then spiraled below the bulb, rapidly rising, falling, and circling just as a disturbed and confused moth would. It abruptly landed and I caught it. The temperature was 81°F., the moon full, and the night was damp and dewy (it had rained in the morning). On November 2, 1961 two M. leda (wet season - dry season transi- tion forms) were observed flying around our New Delhi porch at 5:47 p.m. (just 12 minutes after official sunset). I turned on the 60 watt light and one of the individuals immediately flew to the light. By 6:00 p.m. both individuals had settled near the light (both were about 50 inches away). The temperature was 67°F. at this time. Periodic observations were made until 12:45 a.m. the next morning, when the temperature had dropped to 64°F. One individual remained stationary in its original position throughout the period of observation. The other was inclined to change positions more frequently: at 6:21 p.m. it was 21 inches from the light, at 6:22 p.m. it moved to within 12 inches of the light, and at 11:42 p.m. it was about 14 inches from the light. By 10:00 a.m. the next morning both butterflies were gone. Finally, on November 28, 1961 I collected a M. leda (dry season form “ismene” Cramer) at 9:50 p.m. at Karwar, Mysore State (west 134 DonaHvuE: Butterflies at light Vol.16: no.2 coast). The insect was flying around a rather dimly lit porch and was very active. The Arabian Sea was about 150 feet away. Melanitis leda is common throughout India, but is strongly crepuscular in its habits. It only begins flying at dusk, and I have often watched numbers of them flying about until it was too dark to see them any more. Wynter-BiytH (1957) said that this species is “ ... so common in certain areas as to be a nuisance around lights in the evening” (page 123). SUMMARY AND Discussion Only a few general observations and comments can be made at this time. It will be noted that three of the species discussed (Papilio demoleus, Precis orithya, and Danaus chrysippus) are normally sun- loving species and retire at dusk, while crepuscular activity is recorded as normal for Gangara thyrsis, Talicada nyseus, and Melanitis leda. However, it appears that some of these last three crepuscular species (especially M. leda) are more active at night than the three sun-loving species. In other words, from the data available it appears that crepus- cular species occur more frequently at lights, which is what one might be led to suspect. Most of the observations that were accurately dated (M. leda, D. chrysippus, and Precis orithya) were made either during or soon after the rains of the southwest monsoon (about mid-June to mid-September), when the majority of annual rainfall occurs in India. However, I have not had the opportunity to make observations during the spring and dry season (around February to June). It might also be noted that in arid areas, where my observations were made (New Delhi), butterfly numbers are greatest during the monsoon season, when there is an abundance of food. In this instance, therefore, the population peak coincides with the rainy season, and either one or both of these factors may influence the activity of certain species at lights. For M. leda, the temperatures at time of attraction to lights ranged from 64°F. to 81°F., a spread of 17 degrees. However, from November 2, 1961 until the preparation of this paper (early February, 1962) I have not recorded any species attracted to our house lights in New Delhi. This is the winter season; the temperature between 10:00 p.m. and midnight is usually between 45° and 50°F., and may drop to near freezing before morning. A check of the immediate neighborhood has shown that the three species for which I have recorded observations do not appear to be present during the winter as active imagines. Tempera- 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 ture probably has some effect upon the nocturnal activity of the species in question. THRONE (1961) suggests that a butterfly may fly to a light if it is disturbed at night, and is near the light in the first place. This may be so in some instances, but in other cases the butterfly probably would have to expend some effort to reach the light. For example Gangara thrysis flying into a room, and most of the butterflies observed on our porch — Precis orithya, M. leda, and D. chrysippus — which would have had to have flown over 50 feet, over a hedge, from the nearest spot that these species normally frequent. Granted, they may have settled on the property at dark, but in that case the only thing to disturb them would have been an occasional cat. Further observations and experimentation will undoubtedly aid in the interpretation of this interesting phenomenon. A thorough search through literature on Indian Lepidoptera may produce further obscure references to butterflies being attracted to lights at night. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank Dr. H. M. Harris of The Ford Foundation, New Delhi, for reviewing this paper. Literature Cited Andersen, W. A., 1960. Capture of Nymphalis j-album in Maryland at night. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 62. | Best, A. E. G., 1951. The butterflies of Bombay and Salsette. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 50: 331-339. red eee), , 1956. Further notes and additions to the list of butterflies from Bombay and Salsette. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 54: 215-216. Mather, Bryant, 1959. Vanessa atalanta taken at Atlantic City at 2 A.M. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 18. Throne, Alvin L., 1961. Lycznopsis pseudargiolus in light trap. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 242. Usman, S., 1956. Some insects attracted to light. Part III. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 53: 482-484. Wynter-Blyth, M. A., 1957. Butterflies of the Indian region. xx + 523 pp., 72 pls. (27 col.). Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay. 928 N. Fifth St., Harbor Beach, Mich., U. S. A. 136 Vol.16: no.2 NOTE REGARDING HABITATS AND RHOPALOCERA OF DONNER PASS, CALIFORNIA In our previous paper (Emmel & Emmel, 1962) on the Donner Pass butterfly fauna, we unfortunately omitted a description of the fourth plant association in the Dry-Meadow habitat. This association, called here the Lake Mary road area, is listed in Table 1 and shown in Figure 2 of that paper; the following remarks should be added after the “Summit Valley” description (1962: p.28): 2-D. LAKE MARY ROAD This is the dirt road from Donner Summit (Highway 40) to the Sugar Bowl Lodge; it passes by Lake Mary and parallels the railroad snowsheds. The area (elevation 7000 feet ) is generally dry and covered by chaparral- like plant growth. Typical plants are Ceanothus and buckwheat (Eriogonum), with a few willows (Salix). A FURTHER NOTE: Because of the identical butterfly faunas of the two sub-habitats listed under “1. Wet Meadow” (1962, p.27), the data concerning the two faunas were combined in one column (Habitat “1”) in Table 1 (1962, p. 37-38). We thank Dr. C. B. WitiiaMs for bringing these points to our attention. Reference Emmel, Thomas C., & John F., 1962. Ecological studies of Rhopalocera in a High Sierran Community — Donner Pass, California. I. Butterfly associations and distributional factors. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 23-44. Tuomas C. EMMEL, Reed College, Portland, Oregon, U. S. A. Joun F. Emmet, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. SONG SPARROWS FEEDING ON LEPIDOPTERA For the past few days, June 4th through 7th, 1962, I have noticed the common Song Sparrow, Melospiza melodia, hawking insects here. Upon closer inspection it was ascertained that very often the insects were lepidopterous. Many moths (I am not able to identify moths ) were taken. Several Everes comyntas, Strymon, Lycznopsis argiolus, and Lyczna phleas americana were also ingested by the sparrows. W. L. Otson, S. J., St. Stanislaus Seminary, Howdershell Rd., Florissant, Mo., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THorNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) A LITTLE ABOUT THE LITTLE-KNOWN PAPILIO INDRA MINORI by Donato EFF In July of 1937, the Colorado Museum of Natural History published as Volurne XVI, Number 1 of their Proceedings a small check-list of “Butterflies of Colorado” by Frank Cray Cross. In this check-list Cross listed 241 species, including two new subspecies, one of which he named Papilio indra minori. Inasmuch as this 28 page pamphlet of “Butterflies of Colorado” has long been out of print and few collectors have seen or read the original description of Papilio indra minori, I should like first of all to repeat it here. “Differs widely from typical indra in having well-developed tails on the secondaries, and narrower primaries; and from pergamus by a great suppression, or total absence in some specimens of the yellow median bands on the wings, as well as by an invariable absence of any yellow at all on the abdomen. Typical indra submarginal band on the under side of fore wings. “This butterfly, which was discovered by Mr. W. C. Minor of Fruita, Colorado is known to occur only in a small area called the “Black Ridge Breaks”, in Mesa County. It flies for about two weeks in late April or early May. No second brood. “Holotype and allotype in the author’s collection in the Colorado Museum of Natural History; thirteen paratypes.” The foregoing is not what could be termed a very detailed description. However, since my purpose in writing this article is not to discuss differences or similarities, suffice to say that it is a very distinct subspecies, easily recognizable. What I do want to do is tell a little about the distribu- tion, history, and an unusual characteristic of this rarity. Papilio indra minori, since the date of it’s description, has always been regarded, and rightfully so, as one of the rarest of all North American butterflies. There are several reasons for this, the most important one being it’s extremely limited locale. Add to that the inaccessibility of this locality and the fact that there is only one collector in that entire section of the state, and that he is no longer very active in the pursuit of Lepidoptera, and the reason for the scarcity of this butterfly in collections is apparent. 138 ErF: Papilio indra minori Vol.16: no.2 The type locality, referred to in the original description as the “Black Ridge Breaks”, would indicate that it was generally found throughout the canyons and cliffs bordering Black Ridge. Actually, until 1959 the only known locality was a place called Coal Mine Point on the northwest side of Black Ridge, and here the butterfly was found only along the Ridge, west from Coal Mine Point for a distance of about one-fourth of a mile. This “home” of minori is now isolated! Nature has provided the safeguards on three sides and man has barred the only logical entrance. On the two sides of the mesa closest to the type locality, the edge of the mesa is cut by fantastic, red-walled canyons. Most of the canyon walls are perpendicular and impassable for anything except birds. To the south the mesa, after extending for many miles from the type locality of minori drops off more gradually into Glade Park. However, the distance from the south through miles and miles of farm land, and then many miles more across the pinon and sagebrush of Black Ridge precludes the possibility of entrance from that direction. Black Ridge is used mainly for the grazing of sheep and some farming. One large sheep rancher owns or leases nearly the entire Ridge, and three or four others own out-lying portions and adjacent land. It is interesting to note that in the beginning these ranchers never locked the only gate permitting access to Black Ridge. Then the government moved a radio-sonde beam station to Black Ridge. About the same time the Colorado Highway Patrol built a short wave station there, and now the Denver & Rio Grande Railroad has done the same. The officials decided to lock the gate to discourage visitors, and keys are issued only to persons who have business there. If perchance you are fortunate enough to know someone who can gain you admission, then you are faced with a maze of dirt roads leading in all directions. Nearly all of these are merely tracks through the sagebrush and all, of course, are unmarked. One leads to Coal Mine Point, and another leads to the western edge of the mesa where the old Ute Trail drops from the mesa into the labyrinth of canyons bordering the Colorado River. Here, in 1959 Minor saw two specimens of minori, the first seen out side of the Coal Mine Point area. In mid-May of 1961 Davin L. Bauer and I spent the second of two days exploring this western edge of the mesa and found that the two specimens seen by Minor were definitely not strays. To the contrary, the butterfly was more common here than at the Coal Mine Point locality, and we collected it for a distance of about two miles along the rim, south to the last out-cropping of rock before the mesa drops off into Glade Park. So far, these two spots, separated for a distance of about three miles where for some unknown reason the butterfly does not seem to occur although 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 the terrain is the same, are the only known spots where you can take it. Papilio indra minori normally does not stray more than a hundred yards or so from its little corridor along the side of the mesa. However, in 1961 we had a glimpse of what we thought was one as we drove the twist- ing road along the edge of the cliffs in the Colorado National Monument. Minok, in a recent letter tells of seeing three strays, one in Glade Park, one in Devils Canyon, and one at the mouth of Pollock Canyon. All three were a considerable distance from “home”, which causes him to wonder if it might be extending it’s range. After observing it’s flight habits and the type of terrain to which restricted, and studying the country that can be seen to the south and correlating this with a map of western Colorado, we came to the con- clusion that it might be found in suitable locations along the western edge of the Uncompaghre Plateau, from Black Ridge which forms the extreme northwestern tip, clear into southwestern Colorado. There is a specimen in the Mesa Verde Museum which presently represents the southernmost record of this butterfly. But to verify this possible distri- bution will take a lot of doing, for the western Colorado border area is known only to a few ranchers, sheep herders, and some uranium pros- pectors. If any transient collectors have penetrated this area, then it apparently has been at the wrong time. It is not a promising land in which to collect, but the early collector may meet with some interesting species and possible new records. To illustrate, one record omitted from Colorado Butterflies by Brown, Err, and Rorcer in their publi- cation in the spring of 1957 was Melitza, or as it is now known Chlosyne, acastus. The fact that Minor had taken this commonly in the 30’s and 40's was overlooked until Dr. Huco Ropecx of the University of Colorado Museum captured the species in the Colorado National Monument between Grand Junction and Fruita. Since then I have taken it each time during the last three trips. In addition I have found Euchloe creusa, previously recorded only from southern Colorado, added to the few records of Atlides halesus, and most interesting of all, captured specimens of Anthocaris that seem referable only to inghami. The southern areas adjacent to Black Ridge look inviting and I'm hopeful of collecting on Pinon Mesa and in the Gateway areas in the near future to see if minori can be located there. The outlook for Pinon Mesa is remote how- ever, for Mr. Minor spent fifteen summers there without seeing one but agrees that the Gateway area is a possibility. [Since this article was submitted for publication, Scorr Exuis, of Hotchkiss, Colorado, took one specimen in Delta County, approximately 80 miles south of Black Ridge. ] 140 Err: Papilio indra minori Vol.16: no.2 Now that I have noted its scarcity, and the reasons why, here is a word or two about the number of specimens known to have been collected. As mentioned in the original description, it was described from fifteen specimens, all supplied by W. C. Minor, and at the time all in the Colorado Museum of Natural History. Since that time it is estimated that Mr. Minor has probably put into circulation about two dozen additional specimens. Most of these were taken in the 1940's; since that time he has not collected very actively. In 1947 the two ACKERMAN boys reputedly took 26 specimens, most of which were in very poor condition. Aside from these records, I feel extremely fortunate to have captured 26 specimens, 10 of these this past May when Davin BaAuErR also took eight specimens. It is probably safe to say that not over 100 specimens have ever found their way into collections. To take my 26 specimens has required five round trips of approximately 600 miles, which means that I drove about 115 miles for each specimen! In 1952 my trip was fruitless, in 1956 I took one (the only one seen), in 1959 I got nine in two days of collecting, in 1960, six in an afternoon and a moming, and in 1961, ten specimens in two full days, including the first female I’ve ever seen in the wild. Incidentally, I strongly suspect that when the food plant is determined, it will turn out to be Lomatium grayi (C. & R.). This conclusion was arrived at by the process of elimination of the plants found in minoris restricted locale. Papilio minori never seems to visit any flower other than Service-berry, but seems to prefer to alight in the few rocky areas where water has washed away the soil. I mentioned that I had captured 26 specimens of minori. I've taken close to twice this number, but have released at least half of those captured, and probably should have released more. Actually, Ive captured six good specimens, and herein lies the clue to the strange characteristic which makes it so difficult to get decent specimens, once youve cleared all the other hurdles. Among the butterflies with which any of you are familiar, are a few that are pugnacious in character .. . but here’s one that is actually ferocious! In the beginning Minor was of the opinion that his inability to ever capture a perfect specimen was caused by the wind that blows almost constantly across the high mountain ridge that is home to this butterfly. He thought that the rubbed and torn wings were the result of the battering by wind. Then one day he found the real reason and tells about “Belligerent Butterflies” for a complete chapter in his delightful and authentic nature book entitled Footprints In The Trail. He recounts how one day he had climbed the slopes of Black Ridge and stopped to rest in the shade of a stunted pifion. It was a warm and pleasant day and the air was filled with the singing of birds 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 and the hum of bees and other insects. He heard a faint clicking sound, but paid little attention until a tiny shower of fine, black dust sifted down through the branches of the tree beneath which he was resting. Then he looked up to see a ferocious life and death struggle going on only a few feet above his head between two butterflies. The faint clicking was made by their wings as they dashed back and forth, circling, flitting up and down, and occasionally crashing full tilt into each other, and the shower of black dust was of course, the tiny scales brushed from their wings during battle. Butterflies are usually associated with gaiety and frivolity, lightheartedness and beauty, and not thought of as ferocious creatures with murder in their heart and a desire to liquidate another of its own kind. Yet it was easy to see that these two were in deadly earnest for they were slugging and hammering away at each other until their wings were battered and torn and the scales wom from their wings. In succeeding years he observed numerous other bouts between these butterflies, and arrived at the same conclusion as anyone else who has observed them, that this is the real reason why it’s almost impossible to capture perfect specimens. He recounts in his book in the chapter devoted to this butterfly, how he was offered $25 each for up to four pairs of perfect specimens, and how he and another collector friend spent a day on Black Ridge pursuing indra minori. They had gone earlier in the season than usual to insure getting fresh specimens if any were to be taken. Upon arrival they found two specimens flitting about over a serviceberry patch. The brush was too thick to wade through and so they had to be content to remain along the edges and swing at the specimens anytime they ventured near enough to the edge of the patch to be within reach. Whenever they did alight just beyond reach, and sit for a few minutes so that they could be observed, it was readily apparent that these were freshly emerged, “perfect” specimens, the kind the museum wanted and they had dreamed of finding and capturing. Both collectors were full of enthusiasm but as the hours slipped by and they were unable to capture these two specimens their joy was mixed with first disappointment, and then despair. Then later in the afternoon two more minori suddenly appeared over the same berry patch, und almost instantly the battle was on. Now instead of winging lazily about over the patch they dashed furiously back and forth, crashing into each other, and soon a fog of black dust began to settle down, and then pieces of wings, while the two collectors stood helplessly by and watched a hundred dollars worth of butterflies being torn to bits before their eyes. Then all of a sudden the butterflies were gone, but shortly one of them returned and flapped slowly by and was now easily netted. 142 Err: Papilio indra minori Vol.16: no.2 Examination showed that its wings were so tattered and torn and badly rubbed that they were almost transparent in places. The tips of both forewings were broken, and one wing was torn down its full length Half of one of the hind wings was gone. It had lost a leg and an antenna. It was worthless. The collector with Minor had worn a new $10 hat that day to protect his hairless head from the sun, but by now he was so infuriated that he threw it to the ground, stomped on it in anger, then jammed it on his head, only to change his mind and with a snort of disgust, removed it and sailed it off the edge of the mesa, and headed for home with his bare head gleaming in the afternoon sun. My own personal observation of the intensity with which this butterfly does battle was not until 1959. In May of that year I spent two full days in the vicinity of Coal Mine Point collecting minori. On the second day as I was stalking a specimen, another sailed by and the first instantly arose to do battle. Almost immediately they were locked together, beating and tearing at each other and oblivious to everything else. They fell to the ground and I clamped the net over them, but even this had no effect as they continued to do battle. It was actually necessary to forcefully separate them, and of course both were ruined. That year I took 17 specimens. I released 8, and of the remaining 9, used parts of two of them to patch 5 of the others that they might somewhat resemble whole specimens. Only two specimens were in good shape. Apparently they were the only ones that had not already engaged in battle. In 1960 I was again treated to the same spectacle where two of them engaged in battle, and even after crashing into each other, then locking in combat and falling to the ground, proceeded to roll over and over as they attempted to outdo the other. This time I was fortunate enough to rescue one before he was too badly beaten, while the other was already a wreck. This past May, Davi Bauer who was a complete stranger to this butterfly and its ways, was fortunate enough to observe this war-like tendency, and commented upon the savageness of an encounter between two specimens. I had not forewarned him of this characteristic, so it was interesting to have his unsolicited corroboration of the fact that this graceful, elusive creature is undoubtedly the pugilistic king of the butterfly world when given an argument by another of its own kind. R.1 Fairview Estates, Boulder, Colo., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 OVER ONE HUNDRED BUTTERFLY SPECIES CAUGHT IN A SINGLE DAY (38rd JUNE 1961) AT MUSSOORIE, INDIA by Ernest M. SHULL Catching butterflies along an Himalayan mountain stream is a re- warding and exciting experience. The hill station of Mussoorie in north- west India is probably one of the best places in the world for collecting a large number of species. On June 4, 1957 a small party caught sixty- eight species in Mussoorie (Shull, 1958). This represented a record catch during our seven years of collecting in Mussoorie. Frequent field trips to the gardens, waterfalls, and streams in Mussoorie have confirmed the view that the largest number of species comes early in June before the heavy monsoon. On June 3, 1961 another small party, consisting of three adults (GLENN CAMPBELL, THoMas Cowarr and myself) and four boys (DEAN FasNACHT, PHitip CAMPBELL, JIM and Danny SHULL) left from our rest house at Prospect Point (alt. 7381 ft.) for the famous Pumping Station (alt. 5600 ft.). From 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 A.M., when collecting is usually limited to a few browns (Satyridz) and skippers ( Hesperiidz ), we hiked down the mountain to the stream. The two older boys, DEAN Fasnacur and Jim Suutx, took a slightly different path passing through the Mussoorie Municipal Garden (alt. 6535 ft.). Here they caught a variety of skippers and two species of clouded yellows, Colias electo and C. erate. The majority of species were netted between 10:00 A.M. and 3:00 P.M. at the Pumping Station nullah from an altitude of 5600 ft. to 5300 ft. One hundred and one species were caught and preserved, and four more species were observed but not captured; namely, Hypolimnas bolina ¢, Papilio machaon, Terias hecabe and Limenitis trivena. During the day I caught seventy-four species. My son, Jim, caught sixty-six species, adding thirteen more species to the list. DANNY, my youngest son, caught fifty-one species and added eight more to the list. Mr. CamMpsBeELt caught fifty-three species and contributed four more species to the total list. The two species of yellows (Colias electo and C. erate) were captured by Dean Fasnacut. Mr. Cowart was an observer on the trip, catching a few butterflies and enjoying the mountain scenery. The day was favorable with its warm sunshine and absence of rain, wind and clouds. By June 5th the rains came and the butterfly population was greatly reduced both in numbers and in the variety of species. 144 SHULL: Over 100 species in one day Vol.16: no.2 The following is a list of the one hundred and one species collected on June 3, 1961 in Mussoorie: DANAID:: Danaus genutia, D. aglea, D. limniace, Euplea core, E. mulciber (5 species). SATYRIDA®: Mycalesis lepcha, Lethe rohria dyrta, L. verma, L. sidonis, L. yama, Erebia nirmala, E. annada, E. scanda, Y pthima avanta, Y. nareda, Y. asterope, Melanitis leda, M. zitenius, M. phedima, Pararge schakra (15 species ). NYMPHALIDZ: Sephisa dichroa, Stibochiona nicea, Pantoporia opalina, P. asura, Neptis hyla, N. sankara, N. ananta, N. zaida zaida, N. mahendra, Cyrestis thyodamas, Pseudergolis wedah, Kallima inachus, Precis lemonias, P. orithya, P. iphita, Apatura ambica, Euthalia patala, Vanessa cardui, V. indica, V. canace, V. cashmiriensis, Atella phalantha, Symbrenthia hippoclus, S. hyselis, Limenitis danava, Diagora persimilis (26 species). ERYCINID: Libythea myrrha, Dodona durga, D. dipcea, D. eugenes, D. egeon (5 species ). LYCAENIDAK: Lycenopsis vardhana, L. puspa, L. huegelii, Polyom- matus astrarche, Zizeeria trochilus, Z. otis, Jamides bochus, Lyczna pavana, L. phleas, Heliophorus sena, Euaspa milionia, Thecla ziha, T. syla, Lampides beeticus, Cheetoprocta odata, Amblypodia ganesa, A. dama, A. dodonea, A. amantes, Spindasis nipalicus, Pratapa icetas, Chilades laius, Rapala nissa, R. selira (24 species). PAPILIONID&: Papilio protenor, P. polytes 3 and 2 form “romulus’, P. polyctor, Zetides cloanthus, Z. sarpedon (5 species ). PIERID:: Aporia leucodyce, A. agathon caphusa, Pieris canidia, P. brassicze, Gonepteryx rhamni, Colias electo, C. erate (7 species). HESPERIID4:: Pelopidas mathias, P. sinensis, Celznorrhinus leucocera, Tagiades menaka, Suastus gremius, Taractrocera danna, 4Eromachus stigmata, Polytrema eltola, P. lubricans, Notocrypta feisthameli, Udaspes folus, Hyarotis adrastus, Lobocla bifasciatus casyapa, Pedesta masuriensis (14 species). Below the Pumping Station sewage was seeping into the mountain stream forming a stagnant, stinky pool of water. At least seventy species of butterflies and a few moths were caught near the pool. The rare Siren (Diagora persimilis ), a pair of the Commodore (Limenitis danava) and the scarce Indian Purple Emperor (Apatura ambica) were captured with our nets. Danny SHULL caught the only three Sirens seen during the day. A majority of the skippers were collected in the Municipal 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 Garden. Late in the evening, when nearing our starting place of Prospect Point, a Common Wall (Pararge schakra) was caught terminating our day's highest catch. References Antram, C. B., 1924. Butterflies of India. 226 pp. Calcutta. Evans, W. H., 1932. The identification of Indian butterflies, 2nd ed. 454 pp., 32 pls. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Madras. Peile, H. D., 1937. A guide to collecting butterflies of India. 360 pp., 15 pls. London. Shull, E. M., 1958. My highest catch of butterfly species in a single day (4th June 1957) Mussoorie, India. Lepid. news 11: 167-168. Wynter-Blyth, M. A., 1957. Butterflies of the Indian Region. 523 pp., 72 pls. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Bombay. Ahwa, via Bilimora, Dangs Dist., B. S., INDIA ON LEPIDOPTERA ON CZECHOSLOVAK POSTAGE STAMPS During recent years in The Lepidopterists News several articles were published on the Lepidoptera on postage stamps issued in different countries of the world (Smith 1954, 1955; Wren 1955). These reports are interesting not only for the philatelists, but for the lepidopterists also. Therefore I give here a short report on a series of nine postage stamps issued on 27 November 1961 by the Czechoslovak Ministry of Transport and Communications. In this series are figured 8 species of butterflies and one moth occurring in Czechoslovakia. All stamps were designed by the National Artist, Professor Dr. h. c. Max SvaBINsky and were engraved by Jinpra Scumipt. The author of these stamps is the well known Dean of Czech artists, 88-year old Professor at the Academy of Art in Prague, Dr. SvaBINsky, mentioned in this Journal on another occasion (Moucha 1958). [He died 10 February 1962. | By the occasion of the issue of these stamps Dr. SvaBinsky proclaimed: “Before I send my butterflies out into the world I should like to give them a mission — the hope that in everyone who looks at them with a little interest they will awaken a longing to turn ever more frequently towards Nature and her beauty; for everyone who comes to her with an understanding of her language she offers a treasure trove of countless 146 MoucHa: Postage stamps Vol.16: no.2 new wonders and new miracles. For the riches of Nature, the great Comforter, are indeed infinite.” The stamps have the following species and values [100 h (“heller”) = 1 Kés (“Czechoslovak crown’) ]: 15 h—The Orange Tip (Anthocaris cardamines L.) 20 h— The Small Thais (Zerynthia hypsipyle Sch. = polyxena Den. & Schiff. ) 40 h— The Swallow-tail (Papilio machaon L.) 60 h— The Peacock (Nymphalis io L.) 80 h — The Camberwell Beauty (Nymphalis antiopa L.) 30 h— The Apollo (Parnassius apollo L.) 1,- Kés — The Underwing (Catocala fraxini L.) 1,60 Kés — The Red Admiral (Vanessa atalanta L.) 2,- Kés — The Brimstone (Gonepteryx rhamni L.). All species are figured in natural positions on flowers or in flight. The most successful is the Apollo sitting on flowering Thistle (Carduus) with the mountains in the background. In the background of the Swallow- tail is the Centralbohemian mythical Mount of Rip. On the stamp with the Brimstone is the silhouette of the ruin of the historical castle “Trosky” in the region of the Czech Paradise. On the background of the other stamps there are different types of the landscapes of Czechoslovakia without the exact determination of the place. The dimensions of the pictorial portion of the stamps are 22 « 38 mm. On the upper margin is the inscription “Geskoslovensko”, on the lower one there are the Latin and the Czech popular names of the figured species. Without doubt the new issue of Czechoslovak stamps with Lepido- ptera will be favorably accepted not only in Czechoslovakia but in the foreign countries also. References Anonymous, 1961. Butterflies—a new issue of Czechoslovak postage stamps. App Buble by Antiae ebralia: Moucha, J., 1958. An exposition of “The Butterflies of all the World” in Czechoslovakia. Lepid. news 11: 45. Smith, M. E., 1954. Philatelic Lepidoptera. Lepid. news 8: 13-16. I itibe beac roe , 1955. More philatelic Lepidoptera. Lepid. news 9: 12. JosEF Moucna, Entomological Department, National Museum, Praha, CZECHOSLOVAKIA 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 JOHN CARL HOPFINGER (1888 - 1961) June 7, 1961, marked the end of the road for one of America’s best known collectors, JouN Hoprincer of Brewster, Washington. He was born March 30, 1888, at Kastin, Austria, and came to the United States in 1906. Here he worked at various jobs until 1910 when he made his way along a pioneer wagon road to Brewster, the town he was to know as home for his remaining 51 years. In the year 1916 he did go to Texas for five years. While there he met and married Mary STEINMEYER. The couple returned in 1921 to Brewster, where they have since resided without interruption. During Joun’s lifetime as a resident of Brewster he was in the orchard business, and also worked as a carpenter. In the more recent years of his life he built a new Cape Cod home, which with the aid of his wife’s “green thumb” was one of the loveliest homes in the area. Because he was so well known, and because people were always calling to see his collection, he converted his double garage into a private museum in which was housed not only his butterfly collection, but also his geological specimens, for he was also in later years, an avid “rock hound”. He also acquired a stamp collection of goodly size. 148 John C. Hopfinger (1888-1961) Vol.16: no.2 For the present, Mrs. HoprinceEr intends to retain the Lepidoptera collec- tion, of about 20,000 specimens, and museum intact. A specialty is the Erebia section, with 900 specimens from Eurasia and North America. HopFINGcER started collecting butterflies as a small boy and was one of the greatest of what is sometimes referred to as the “old school”. He collected butterflies because of his love of them, and not usually for some scientific purpose. However, he was never too busy to collect specific groups for the specialist or scientist, or to help some tyro collector on his way with a gift of a couple hundred specimens. The amount of material in private collections, as well as museums and other scientific institutions, collected by this man is amazing. With his demise not only did lepidopterology lose a champion, but serious collectors and collections in all parts of the world lost one of the most prolific sources of North American specimens. Anyone expressing a desire for something in particular could be assured that he would do his level best to obtain it. With approximately 50 years of collecting at the edge of the little known Cascade Range, and his many field observations, it was small wonder that his stature as a field collector was so great, or that his contributions were so many and varied. Perhaps his most famous record is his 1956 capture of the only known U.S. specimens of Boloria astarte. He was also the first collector to take Gineis beani in the U.S.A. Specialists, seeking to pay homage to his collecting prowess, have honored him by naming many species and subspecies in his honor. Among these are Erebia epipsodea hopfingeri (Ehrlich) and Euphydryas anicia hop- fingeri (Gunder). Not only do my personal recollections of JoHN include thirty-odd years ‘of correspondence and fruitful exchanges, but also memorable visits to the HoprincEr household; once with a fever of 103° and a severe case of tonsillitis; once when I mentioned that I had never had my fill of Bing Cherries so he took a 3 gallon pail and we went across the road and picked enough that I could never make the same claim again; and the most memorable of all, the 27th of June 1943! On that day Jonn and his wife Mary took my wife and me collecting on Gold Creek near the site of a former C.C.C. camp. Here a broken irrigation ditch had spilled some water unto a large, flat, sandy area. Papilio had congregated here by the hundreds, or maybe even thousands. While our wives rested comfortably in the shade of nearby trees and operated the cyanide jars, Joun and I cautiously circled the sipping Papilio and as they arose in what at times was a virtual cloud, selected the ones we most desired, netted them and returned to the ladies and the cyanide jars. By the time the netted specimens were cared for, the disturbed butterflies would 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 be settled and we would repeat the process, until we had all that we wanted. Never had either of us seen such a sight, either before or after that, and I never expect to again. Surviving JOHN HoprinceR are his widow, Mary, of Brewster, two daughters, Barpara SHort of Grand Junction, Colorado, and Berry Corne.ious of Aurora, Colorado, and four grandchildren. DONALD EFF 820 Grant Place, Boulder, Colo., U. S. A. ON LOCALITIES OF HOPFINGER SPECIMENS Among the several institutions for which Joun C. Hoprincer collected large research series of Lepidoptera is the Peabody Museum of Yale University. A few years ago I called Mr. Hoprincer’s attention to the fact that he has used the locality “Brewster” on very many specimens which my own experience in the field as his guest made me certain were actually taken at much higher altitudes. It turned out that, like many collectors, he had regularly used the nearest town to his home as the locality for specimens taken anywhere near. He provided me with a checklist of the butterfly species of his area, with notes on the true localities. We have used it to correct the data labels on many of our HOPpFINGER specimens. The purpose of this note is to record the fact that “Brewster, Washing- ton” on HopFINcEeR material should be construed to mean “Brewster, Washington, region”. Brewster, HoprincEr’s postal address, is a small town on the north bank of the Columbia River in southern Okanagan County. The Hoprincer home tract is on the south bank a few miles eastward. This is an arid locality with few native trees and with Artemisia dracunculoides abundant (the food of the hundreds of Papilio oregonia taken by Hoprincer over the years). The following is Hoprincer’s list of his principal collecting localities in Okanagan County, with elevations above sea level: Brewster, 900’ Hart’s Pass, 6,197’ Black Canyon, approx. 1,200’ Tiffany Lake, approx. 7,000’ Alta Lake, 1,210’ Crater Lake, approx. 7,000’ Camp Gilbert, 3,527’ Slate Peak, 7,480’ Salmon Meadows, 5,400’ Cooney Mt., 8,200' Twisp Pass, 6,066’ | Tiffany Mt., 8,275’ 150 John C. Hopfinger (1888-1961) Vol.16: no.2 HoprFIncer’s contributions to research through specimens and cor- respondence field notes are very large, and he provided many of the records for B. V. Lercuron’s The butterflies of Washington (Univ. Wash. publ. biol. 9: 47-63; 1946), but he was not an active publisher. The following are his only works in print, as far as I know: 1918. Notes on Papilio indra Reakirt (Lep.). Ent. news 29: 354-355. 1947. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and British Columbia, in Field summary of Lepidoptera—1947 season. Lepid. news 1: 90. 1949. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1948. Lepid. news 2, suppl.: iii. 1950. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1949. Lepid. news 3: 87-90. 1951. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1950. Lepid. news 4: 92-93. 1952. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, British Columbia, in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1951. Lepid. news 5: 88-91. 1953. 2. Northwest—Oregon, Washington, Idaho, [British Columbia], in The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1952. Lepid. news 7: 80-86. 1962. Francis Richard Armmhold (1904-1959) [obituary]. Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 124-125 [with W. E. Srexer]. CuHarwLes L. REMINGTON Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. REVIEW MOTYLI [Moths, including butterflies; in Czech]. By Josef Moucha. 1962. 143 pp., 36 col. pls. Statni Détské Knihy [State Publishing House for Children’s Books], Prague, Czechoslovkia. Available from S N DK, Staropramenna 12, Praha 5, Czechoslovakia; price 18.60 Kés. This is a small book, intended to stimulate and guide an interest in collecting Lepidoptera. There are 15 short chapters on life history, distribution, and methods of collecting and preparing moths and butter- flies and their early stages. The remainder of the book is composed of fine colored plates of Czech Lepidoptera painted by F. PRocHazka, each faced by a page discussing the species illustrated. The figures show adults of 91 species of butterflies and 34 species of moths, mainly Sphingidee, Saturniidz, and Arctiide. C. L. Remincron, Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and sub- species are noted, with type localities if given in print. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Nye, I. W. B., “A new species of Amphipyrine from Madagascar (Lep. Agrotidz)” fin French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.26: pp.50-52, 3 figs. 1959. Description of Sciomesa biluma (holotype from Tananarive), a species from the east and center of Madagascar. [P. V.] Nystrom, Viking, “Macrolepidoptera from the Cape Verde Islands.” Comment. biol., vol.17, no.7: pp.1-36, 1 table, 1 map. 93 figs. 1958. Deals with the Papilionide, Pieride, Danaidze, Nymphalide, Lycenidz, Hesperiide, Sphingide, Noctuide, & Arctiidz collected by Prof. Hakan Lindberg & Samuel Panelius in 1953-54 (63 spp.). The male genitalia of a great number of the species are figured. Numerous of the Cape Verde species of the above groups of Lepidoptera are distributed over the continent of Africa and this indicates that the Cape Verde Islands should be referred to the Ethiopian region and not to the Palearctic. A number of the species are well known migrants with very wide distribution in subtropic areas. [W. H.] Obraztsov, N. S., “Characters separating Archips rileyanus and cerasivoranus as two species (Lopidoptera, Tortricidze).” Ent. News, vol.70: pp.263-267. 1959. Dif- ferences in adults, genitalia, & larve are pointed out. [P. B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “Notes on North American Aphelia species (Lepidoptera, Tortricidz ).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1964: 9 pp., 15 figs. 1959. Transfers Tortrix allenana to Aphelia; describes as new A. a. rindgeorum (Valley View Lodge, 10 mi. S. of Steamboat Springs, Routt Co., Colo., 7600 ft.), A. koebeli (Easton, Washington), A. septentrionalis (McKinley Park, Alaska). [P. B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “On the systematic position of Tortrix. nigrivelata (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1959: 6 pp., 5 figs. 1959. Erects ECNOMIOMORPHA for this Panamanian sp. [P. B.] Obraztsov, N. S., “Beitrag zur Klassification der mitteleuropdischen Olethreutinz (Lepidoptera: Tortricide)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.10: pp.459-485, 8 figs. 1960. Describes as new BLASTESTHIA (type Phalena Tinea turionella); FRGZLICHIA (type Tortrix textana); PRISTERO- GNATHA (type Sericoris penthinana); PSEUDOHERMENIAS (type Phalzna clausthaliana); CAPRICORNIA (type Carpocapsa_ boisduvaliana); PARA- CELYPHA (type Phalena rivulana); CELYPHOIDES (type Tortrix flavipalpana). Proposes herrichiana n.n. for [Barbara] margarotana H.-S., uninominal & therefore not available; resurrects margarotana Heinemann for Gravitarmata retiferana. Gives a generic key to the Argyroploce - Olethreutes complex, & discusses species groups within these two genera. [P. B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “On the systematic position of two genera erroneously placed in the family Tortricidee (Lepidoptera).” Journ. New York ent. Soc., vol.68: pp.21-26, 2 pls. 1960. Transfers Syncamaris to Copromorphide & Tapinodoxa to Phaloniide; descriptive notes on type spp., S. argophthalma & T. autonephes, with figures of former. [P. B.] i Obraztsov, N. S., & J. A. Powell, “Data on DECODES, a new North American cnephasiid genus, with descriptions -of mew species ( Tortricide).” Journ. 152 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.112-126, 3 pls. 1961. Type fragariana Busck. Powell de- scribes as new D. montanus (Mt. Lowe, Los Angeles Co., Calif.), D. johnstoni (Mt. St. Helena, Napa Co., Calif.), D. aneuretus (Carmel, Monterey Co., Calif.) D. bicolor (Mt. St. Helena). Oku, Toshio, “Description of a new species of Acleris Huebner with notes on synonymy. ( Notes on Tortricidae of Japan, I) (Lepidoptera ).” Insecta matsumurana, vol.21: pp.74-76, 1 fig. 1957. Describes as new A. issikii (Sapporo; reared from Populus spp.). Sinks Cacecia teshionis to Archips adumbratana, & C. punicz to A. fuscocupreana. [P. B.] Olivier, R., “A propos de Zygzna ephialtes L. sub [sp]. parisica Reiss” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1960: pp.78-80. Note on Z. ephialtes in Normandy; parisica is a synonym of rubens Verity. [P. V.] Orfila, Ricardo N., “Notas sobre Lepidoptera Saturnioidea. I. NAMUNCURAIA mansosotoi gen.n., sp.n. (Hemileucid., Dirphiin.)” [in Spanish]. Mision de Estud. Patol. regional Argentina, vol.22, no.80: pp.45-52, 10 figs. 1951. Type locality Tandil, Buenos Aires Proy., Argentina; larve, on Eryngium, produce local dermatitis in humans. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., “Notas sobre Lepidoptera Saturnioidea. II. Una especie nueva de Hylesia (Hemileucid.) dermatitogena de Venezuela” [in Spanish]. Mision de Estud. Patol. regional argentina, vol.23: pp.119-121, 1 fig. 1952. Describes as new H. caripitox (Caripito, Venezuela). [P. B.] ) Orfila, Ricardo N., & Nelida H. Rossi, “Nuevos nombres genéricos en Lepidoptera” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, vol.19: pp.27-29. 1956. Proposes the new names: GATESCLARKEIA (Chrysaugide) to replace Curicta Walker, preoccupied (type C. oppositalis); MICHENERIA (Noctuidze) to replace Arza Hampson, preoccupied (type A. attenuata); MOUREIA (Noctuide) to replace Meroleuca Hampson, preoccupied (type M. microglossa). Points out that Cogia Butler (Hesperiidz) is preoccupied & must be replaced by Caicella Hemming. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo, & Sergio Schajovskoi, “Noctuidz (Lep.) nuevos o poco conocidos del Parque Nacional Lanin, Neuquen” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, vol.20: pp.33-39, 1 pl. 1957. Describes as new LANINIA (Cuculliinze, monobasic), L. fletcheri (San Martin de los Andes); Epipsilia nelidz (Pucara). Sinks E. ochricraspia to E. flavicosta. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., “Notas sobre Lithosiidz (Lepid.). II. El genero COSTALIMAIDA nov.” [in Spanish]. Physis, vol.21: pp.68-74, 1 pl. 1958. Describes new genus for Cisthene triplaga (type) & C. itatiayze; redescribes spp. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., & Sergio Schajovskoy, “Geometridze (Lepidoptera) del Parque Nacional Lanin (Argentina). I. El genero LACARIA nov.” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.17: pp.197-216, 1 pl., 10 figs. 1959. Describes as new tribe LACARINI, based on LACARIA; the type species L. araucanaria (Pucura); L. sperryi (Lago Paimun), L. picuncharia (Pucara), L. monrosi (Pucara), L. aczeli (Pucar&); all from Parque Nacional Lanin, Neuquen, Argentina, as is Casbia schajovskyi Sperry (emended spelling) which is also placed in Lacaria. Key to spp. [P. B.] Orfila, Ricardo N., & Sergio Schajovskoy, “Geometridz (Lep.) del Parque Nacional Lanin, Argentina. II. El genero Euclidiodes olim (Ennomine)” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, vol.22: pp.7-33, 1 pl., 17 figs. 1960. Redescribes Euclidiodes, & type, E. ophiusina; assigns related spp. to other genera, as follows: CATRIELIA, type agitata (Bulter); Proteopharmacis Warren, type P. valdiviata (Felder & Rogenh.); COIRONALIA, type cruciferaria (Berg), including C. denticulata (Butler); PUCARAIA, type P. lizeri n.sp. (Pucara, Parque Nacional Lanin). Key to genera; all spp. described & figured. [P. B.] Paclt, Jiri, “A protest against the atomizing of genera, with special reference to the Hepialidz (Lepidoptera).” Syst. Zool., vol.6: pp.51-52. 1957. Sinks Gymelloxes, Pfitzneriana, & Aplatissa to Apytus; Xhoaphryx to Hepialiscus. Complains of bd 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 inadequate definitions & comparisons of new genera, & excessive reliance on 2 genitalia. [P. B.] dos Passos, Cyril F., & Alexander B. Klots, “Proposal for the amendment of Article 21 of the Régles (i.e. Draft Article 22) so as to make its operation entirely objective in cases when a person other than the nominal author of the book or paper con- cerned is responsible for a name and its indication, definition or description.” Bull. zool. Nomencl., vol.15: pp.695-702. 1958. Authorship of Copzodes and Colias eurydice involved. [P. B.] dos Passos, Cyril F., “The satyrid butterflies of northwestern North America (Lepidoptera: Satyride).” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.673-681. 1958. Catalogue of spp. (Ca@nonympha, Cercyonis, CEneis, Erebia) of Alaska & northwestern Canada, west of the plains, including synonymy & type localities. Discusses biotic provinces in this area & the satyrid fauna of each. [P. B.] dos Passos, Cyril F., “The authorship and dates of publication of the names of some Rhopalocera proposed in the Reise der Césterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Willerstorf-Urbair, 1864-1867-[1875].” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.193-194. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “The authorship of the names proposed in the Natural history of the rarer lepidopterous insects of Georgia (1797).” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp-191-192. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates and authorships of the names proposed in volume 9 of Encyclopédie Methodique by Godart and Latreille, 1819-[1824].” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.119-120. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates and authorships to be ascribed to the generic and specific names proposed by Boisduval and Leconte and by Leconte alone in the Lépidoptéres de lAmérique Septentrionale, 1829-1833-[1834].” Lepid. News, youl: pp121-122° 1959, dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates and authorships of some names proposed by Cramer and Stoll in De uwitlandsche kapellen voorkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America, and by Stoll alone in Aanhangsel van het werk, de uitlandsche kapellen, voorkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America, door den Heere Pieter Cramer [(1775]-1791.” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.195-198. 1959. dos Passos, Cyril F., “Taxonomic notes on some nearctic Rhopalocera. 1. Hesperiodea.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.24-36. 1960. Paulian, R., “Etude sur les lépidoptéres malgaches. I. Deux nouveaux satyrides” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.2: pp.51-52, 2 figs. 1950. Strabena io (Mandritsara) & S. cachani (Moramanga), two new species of Madagascar Satyride. [P. V.] Paulian, R., “Etudes sur les lépidoptéres malgaches. 1]. Nouveaux satyrides” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. A, vol.6: pp.387-394, 9 figs. 1951. Descriptions and figures, with details of the genitalia, of eight new satyrid species of Madagascar: Strabena isoalensis (W. Madagascar, Isalo), S. andilabe (N. Madagascar, Tsaratanana Mt.), S. tsaratanane (same), S. perrieri (same), S. mandraka (central Madagascar, La Mandraka), S. albiviltuloides (E. Madagascar, Moramanga); Henotesia aberrans (N. Madagascar. Tsaratanana Mt.). [P. V.] Paulian, R., “Danaide, Nymphalidz, Acreide” [in French]. Faune de Madagascar, vol.2: 102 pp., 110 figs. 1956. A faunal list of these families of Rhopalocera of Madascar, with keys and descriptions of the species. [P. V.] Paulian, R., & G. Bernardi, “Les Eurema de la region malgache (Lep. Pieride)” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.3: pp.139-154, 2 figs. 1951. Keys, descrip- tions and drawings of the genitalia of the five species of Madagascar Eurema. E. floricola and E. hecabe, sometimes considered conspecific, are two distinct species and are both found in Madagascar. [P. V.] Pease, Roger W., jr., “A study of first instar larvae of the stanaiaes with special reference to nearctic genera.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.89-111, 5 pls. 1961. 154 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Pelham-Clinton, E. C., “Coleophora sternipenella (Zetterstedt) (Lep., Coleophoride ), a new British species; with a key to the British Coleophora on Chenopodium and Atriplex.” Entomologist, vol.92: pp.120-124, 6 figs. 1959. Distinguishes newly recorded species from C. flavaginella & C. versurella. Key to 8 spp. [P. B.] Pennington, K. M., “A new species of Thestor Hiibner (Lepidoptera—Lycenide ) from the western Cape Province and notes on the life history of Desmolycezena mazoensis Trimen.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.19: pp.33-36, 4 figs. 1956. Describes as new T. rileyi (Lourensford, Somerset West, 1550 ft.). Pupz of D. mazoensis found on young Acacia. [P. B.] Pereira, Olga de Avila, “Contribuigao ao conhecimento dos Ctenuchidze (Lep.). VIII. Genero Orcynia Walker. 1854” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Pap. avuls. Dep. Zool., Sao Paulo, vol.13: pp.161-177, 2 pls., 32 figs. 19585) Very detailed redescription of genus & sole species, O. calcarata. [P. B.] Petersen, Gtnther, “Die Genitalien der palaarktischen Tineiden (Lepidoptera: Tineide )” Lin German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.7: pp.55-176, 338-379, 557-595; vol.8: pp.111-118, 398-430; 9 pls., 267 figs. 1957-58. Actually a revision of the family, based on study of all available palearctic spp.; the ¢ and 2 genitalia. which are described & figured, are the most important specific characters and, with larval food (when known) are the fundamental characters used in higher classification. Describes as new: Nemapogon gravosaellus (Orsova, Banet), N. heydeni (Austria), N. signatellus (Macedonia); CERATUNCUS (type Myrmecozela danubiella); Reisserita zernyi (Monchique, S. Portugal), R. luteopterella (Goundafa, Gr. Atlas, Morocco); Fermocelina christophi (S. Russia), F. almaella (Alma, Algeria), F. oranella (Teniet et Haad. Algeria); CERATOPHAGA (type Tineola infuscatella), C. kuldjaensis (Kuldja, central Asia); NIDITINEA (type Tinea fuscipunctella), N. distinguenda (Frankfurt a.M., Germany); Tinea leonhardi (Castelnuovo, Dalmatia); PARATINEA (type Tinea merdella); Monopis christophi (Sarepta, S. Russia); MONTETINEA (type Tineola __tenuicornella), M. montana (Macugnaga, Walliser Alpen); LICHENIVORA (type Tinea nigripunctella); OBESOCERAS (type Tinea granulatella); Infurcitinea amseli (Georgskloster, Wadi el Kelt, Palestine); LICHENOTINEA (type Tinea pustulatella), L. maculata (Burg Kate, Rhineland, Germany); Catabola zernyi (==Tinea hirudinea Zerny, nec Meyrick) (Tachdirt, 2200-2700 m., Gr. Atlas, Morocco), C. agenjoi (=Crassicornella crassicornella Agenjo, nec Zeller) (Granada, Spain), C. bifurcatella (Tunis); Myrmecozela lambessella cuencella (Cuenca, Spain); MOROPHAGOIDES (type Scardia ussuriensis); Rhodobates mauretanicus (Egypt); PARARHODOBATES (type Chimabacche? syriaca). Many new synonyms. No subfamilies are used, but seven groups of genera are recognized, centered around Nemapogon, Tinea, Infurcitinea, Catabola, Scardia, Euplocamus, & Rhodobates. Some genera & spp. of uncertain position are discussed. An important and impressive paper. LP. B.] Petersen, Giinther, “Neue paldarktische Tineiden aus der Gruppe der lichenophagen Gattungen (Lep. Tineid)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.5: pp.367-375, 12 figs. 1958. Describes as new Obesoceras romanum (La Cava, Monti Albani); Infurcitinea raddei (S. Caucasus), I. olympica (Olympus Kataphygion, Greece), I. lambessella (Lambessa). Descriptive notes, mainly on genitalia, for Meessia alberti, Obesoceras holtzi, 4 spp. of Infurcitinea, & Lichenotinea maculata. hea Bed Petersen, Giinther, “Ergebnisse der Untersuchung indeterminierter paldarktischer Tineiden aus dem Zoologischen Museum Berlin und der Sammlung H. G. Amsel/ Karlsruhe (Lep.)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.6: pp.152-159. 3 figs. 1959. Describes as new Cephimallota libanotica (Lebanon). Gives first description of 2 of Ateliotum syriacum. Sinks Nemapogon oueddarellus to N. palmellus, & Tinea takhouki to Ceratuncus affinitellus. Records of various spp. of these genera & Fermocelina, Tinea, Monopis, etc., with some descriptive & biological notes. [P. B.] 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15: Ot Petersen, Giinther, “Revision der Gattung Obesoceras Pet. 1957 (Lepidoptera, Tineide )” [in German]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechoslovenizx, vol.56: pp.197-199, 1 fig. 1959. O. danubiellum from Krems a.D. (Austria) described as new. Figure of male genitalia. [J. M.] Petersen, Gunther, “Tineiden aus Afghanistan mit einer Revision der paldarktischen Scardiinen (Lepidoptera: Tineide)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.9: pp.558-579, 1 pl., 27 figs. 1959. Describes as new: Pachyarthra asiatica (Gulbahar-Sarobi Road, E. Afghanistan, 600 m., Artemisia steppe): Catabola obscura (Sarobi, E. Afghanistan, 1100 m.), C. sarobiella (Sarobi), C. amseli (Gulbahar, 1700 m., etc.), C. afghana (Sarobi); Episcardia luteola (Sarobi), E. pygmzana (Sarobi); Nemapogon flavifrons (Polichomri, N. Afghanistan, 700 m.); Neurothaumasia fasciata (Khinch-e-Andarab, W. Pamirs, N. Afghanistan, 3500-4000 m.); Paratinea orientalis (Gulbahar-Sarobi Road), P. sarobiella (Sarobi); Morophaga nigricapitella (Arghandab Road, 30 km. N. of Kandahar, SW Afghanistan, 1000 m.). Gives keys to known spp. of Pachyarthra, Episcardia, Neurothaumasia, & Haplotinea. Records some other tineids, with systematic notes. Reduces Scardiinz to 3 genera: Scardia (=Montescardia, n. syn.), Morophaga (=Atabyria & Microscardia, nn. synn.), and Morophagoides. Gives key to genera & palearctic spp. [P. B.] Petersen, Gunther, “Die Monopis-Arten der rusticella-Gruppe (Lepidoptera: Tineidz)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.10: pp.409- 418, 2 pls., 4 figs. 1960. Distinguishes M. rusticella, M. weaverella, & M. spilotella by genitalia; sinks Tinea biflavomaculella to M. spilotella. [P. B.] Plantrou, J., “Note sur la répartition en France de Clossiana titania Esper (=amathusia Esper)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.1: pp.198-200, pl.IV, figs.1-6. 1960. Note on the distribution in France of this argynnid; describes as new C. t. lemagneni (Lozere, Saint-Denis-en-Margeride). [P. V.] Popescu-Gorj, A., E. Nicolescu, & A. Alexinschi, “Lepidoptera-A¢geriide”. Fauna Republicii Populare Romine, vol.XI, fasc.1: 195 pp., 5 pls., 59 figs. Bucharest, 1958. The authors give a detailed study about the A*geriide of Rumania. In this country the distribution of 40 spp. is recorded; 2 spp. probably occur. but have not been collected. Descriptions and life-histories are also included. The introductory part (pp.1-48) is a short review of the morphology, zoogeography, & bibliography of the family in Rumania. In the succeeding systematic part all known spp. are discussed in detail. Index and plates are at the end of the book, which is the first volume about Lepidoptera in the book-collection “Fauna of Rumania”. It is a very important contribution to the knowledge of the lepidopterous fauna of this country. [J. M.] Popescu-Gorj, Aurelian, “Erebia carpathicola A. Popescu-Gorj et A. Alexinschi, une nouvelle espéce du genre Erebia (Lep. Satyridae) des Carpathes roumains” [in French]. Entomologist, vol.92: pp.23-26, 1 pl. 1959. Type locality Mt. Haghimasul Mare, E. Carpathians, 1600-1700 m. [P. B.] Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “Kritischer Nachtrag zur Kenntnis der Taxonomie und Zoogeographie der Gattung Psodos Tr. (Geometride)” [in German]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Pragz, vol.32: pp.181-190, 18 figs. 1958. The paratypes of P. wehrlii Vorbr. and the genitalia are figured. P. didszeghyi Schmidt is not a good Sp. but a ssp. of P. coracina Esp. [J. M.] Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “II. Nachtrag zur Kenntnis der Taxonomie und Zoogeographie der Gattung Psodos Tr.” [in German]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Pragz, vol.33: pp.333-336, 1 pl. 1959. The Asiatic sp. P. daisetsuzana Mats. is discussed & sunk to P. coracina Esp.; genitalia figured. [J. M.] Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “Kritische Bemerkungen zu _ einigen Geometridengattungen II. (Narraga, Isturgia, Epelis)” lin German]. Acta ent. Mus. nationalis Pragee, vol.33: pp.453-460. 2 pls. 1959. Genus Fernaldella Hulst is only a subgenus of Narraga Wkr. Genus Epelis Hulst is identical with Semiothisa. [J. MJ 156 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Povolny, Dalibor, “The high-mountain Geometridze of the genus Psodos Treitschke in relation to the species problem.” Proc. XV internat. Congr. Zool., pp.160-165, 11 figs. 1959. Discusses phylogeny of genus & its relatives (Psodinz, Gnophine), with notes on geographic origin & modifications of @ genitalia. [P. B.] Powell, Jerry A., “A new species of the genus Chionodes in California (Lepidoptera, Gelechiide).” Ent. News, vol.70: pp.127-130, 3 figs. 1959. Describes as new C. sabinianze (Russelman Park, Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co.; reared from staminate cones of Pinus sabiniana. (P. B.] Powell, Jerry A., “Studies on the genus Ethmia Huebner in western North America (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea).” Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol.17: pp.133-151, 1 pl. 1959. Describes as new E. epileuca (Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif.), E. chemsaki (34 mi. S. of Atlixco, Puebla, Mex.), E. zebrata (same locality). Describes ¢ of E. phenicura. Locality records are given for 16 other spp., with some systematics & biological notes. [P. B.] Prose, Herbert, “Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayerischen Tortriciden” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.7: pp.26-30, 40, 2 figs. 1958. Sinks Eriopsela roseni & E. bavarica to E. quadrana. Distinguishes Acleris tripunctana from A. ferrugana. Notes on identity & distribution of some other Bavarian spp. [P. B.] Prout, L. B., “New species of Indo-Australian Geometride.” Bull. British Mus., Ent., vol.6: pp.365-463, 6 pls. 1958. Descriptions of spp. figured on plates 29-34, 36-4lm & 50 of Seitz, vol.12 (the accompanying text was never published), and additional descriptions of and information on other spp. named in the same volume; prepared by D. S. Fletcher from Prout’s notes, with descriptions of addi- tional spp. which would have been published in this volume had it been finished. New: Eustroma hampsoni (=Cidaria “interplagiata Guenée” of Hampson); Sterrhocheta rectilineata indirecta (Paloe, Sidaonta, 4,500 ft.); EXODEZIA (type Eulype albifusa); Physetobasis dentifascia kachinica (Htawgaw, 6,000 ft.), P. d. rectipendens (lower Burma), P. d. kiunkiangana (Liunkiang); Eupithecia raniata (Darjeeling), E. circumacta (Darjeeling), E. albibaltea (Darjeeling), E pyricoetes (Sikkim), E. peguensis (E. Pegu, 4,000-5,000 ft.), E. albigutta (Simla, 7,000 ft.), E. fulcrata (Htawgaw, 6,000 ft.), E. mundiscripta commundata (Mt. Kinabalu), E. m. larutensis (Perak, Larut Hills, 3,700 ft.), E. excita (Tjamba, near Maros, 1,500 ft.), E. wardi (Tsangpo Valley, Tya La, 14,000 ft., SE Tibet), E. leucoprora (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., about 139° E. Long., central Dutch New Guinea), E. lissopis (same locality); Micromia expectans (Angabunga R., affluent of St. Joseph R., 6,000 ft. upwards, British New Guinea), M. (Prosthetopteryx) hypocalypsis (Mt. Tafa, 8,500 ft., Papua), M. (P.) euthynsis (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) e. evelina (Mt. Tafa), M. (P.) leucocarpa (Mt. Tafa), M. (P.) acroscotia (Mt. Tafa), M. (P.) novenaria (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) recessilinea ae R., 5,000 ft., Br. New Guinea), M. (P.) dympna (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) conquadrata a Goliath), M. (P.) dystacta (Mt. Tafa), WE (U2) es (Mt. Goliath), (P.) ni (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) thaumasia (Mt. Goliath), M. (P.) monochasma An Goliath), M. (P.)dilopha (Mt. Goliath); Chloroclystis paneer bowringi (SE Ichang, Ya-chiao-ling, China), C. leucopygata cata (Pangean near Maros, 2,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. horistes (Phyalloloong, 12,600 ft., Nepal frontier). C. atroviridis perspecta (Patipola, Ceylon), C. boarmica Ke. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo-Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. naga (Naga Hills, 5,000-7,000 ft., India), C. sinuosa redeem (Haputale, Ceylon), C. griseorufa manquallata (Kuala Tae. Malaya), C. actephile (Kanara, Castle Rock, S. India), C. eichhorni (New Ireland), C. distigma (Snow Mts., Upper Setkwa R., 2,000-3,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), C. rhodopis (Hydrographer as 2.500 ft., Br. New Guinea), C. infusata errabunda (Takow, Formosa), i. albitornalis (Karwar, S. India), C. i. exortiva (Mt. Rossel, 2,100 ft., Rossel a Ve C. taraxichroma (Batoeriti, 3,500 ft., E. Bali), C. breyniz (Pusa, jah. ex larva on Breynia rhamnoides), C. woodjonesi (Cocos-Keeling Is.), C. lepta sxneta 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ILS (Tonga), C. invisibilis invita (Koelawi, Paloe, 3,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. magnimaculata irabunda (Flagstaff, New Zealand), C. lanaris equabilis (Mt. Rice, 2,000 ft., Sudest Is.), C. xenisma (G. Tompoe, Paloe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. pugnax (Hydrogropher Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea), C. apotoma (G. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo-Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. omocydia (Hydro- grapher Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea), C. autopepla (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), C. alpinista eupora (Mondoktoempang, 2,500 ft., W. Bali), C. acervicosta (Sambawa), C. catabares (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes ), C. curviscapulis (Darjeeling, Gopaldhara, 3,440-5,800 ft., India), C. melampepla (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 1,800 ft., W. Celebes), C. orphnobathra (Kedah Peak, 3,000 ft., Malaya), C. adalea (Mt. Kinabalu, N. Borneo), C. phenicophaes (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. cuneativenis (same locality), C. pygmeica (Ceylon), C. atypha (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 1,800 ft., W. Celebes), C. dilatata hydrographica (Br. New Guinea), C. luciana (Dharmsala, India), C. nudifunda (Pahang, Cameron Highlands, 5,500 ft., Malaya), C. semiscripta brychoma (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. palmaria phantastes (Gedeh, Java), C. permixta (Tengger, Kletak, 6,000 ft., Java), C. filicata mochleutes (Tjamba, near Maros, 1,500 ft., SW Celebes), C. dissographa (G. Lam- pobattang, Parang-bobo-Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), C. craspedozona (Batoeriti, 3,500 ft., E. Bali), C. c. venata (Haight’s Place, 7,000 ft., Pauai, Benguet, Luzon), C. c. heanis (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), C. palpata diechusa (Khasi Hills, India), C. p. javana (Mt. Moenggal, 9,000 ft., E. Java), C. regularis viridimargo (Perak, 2,000-3,500 ft., Malaya), C. diabeta (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), C. viridata phzina (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), C. diaschista (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), C. subpalpata (Bukit Kutu, 3,500 ft., Selangor, Malaya), C. s. fractiscripta (Haight’s Place, Pauai, Benguet, Luzon, 7,000 ft.) (all above have been figured in Seitz); Ziridava xylinaria khasiensis (Khasia Hills), Z. x. kanshireiensis (Kanshirei, Formosa), Z. x. baliensis ( Batoeriti, 3,500 ft., Bali), Z. x. florensis (S. Flores), Z. rufinigra cedreleti (Cedar Bay, S. of Cooktown, Queensland), Z. asterota (Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo); Calluga grammophora (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea); Gymnoscelis polyclealis albicetrata (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), G. p. hyperocha (Kuranda, Queensland), G. expedita (Bukit Kutu, Selangor, Malaya, 3,500 ft.), G. ammocyma (Aden), G. pacilimon (New Ireland), G. festiva buruensis (Leksula-Fakal, 2,800-3,700 ft., Buru), G. f. jubilata (G. Lampobattang, Parang- bobo Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), G. holoprasia (Prapetagoeng, 1,500 ft., W. Bali), G. protracta (Perak, Larut Hills, 3,700 ft., Malaya), G. pyrissous (Tambora), G. imparatalis opta (Vulcan Is.), G. anaxia (Tomia, Toekan Bessi Is.), G. tristrigosa nasuta (Palni Hills, S. India), G. t. tongaica (Haapai Is., Tonga Is.), G. argyropasta (St. Matthias Is.), G. lavella (Vella Lavella, Solomon Is.), G. distatica (Khasia Hills, India), G. derogata griseifusa (Paloe, Gunong Tompoe, 9.700 ft., W. Celebes), G. d. abrogata (Hydrographer Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea), G. phenicopus (Manusela. 6,000 ft., central Ceram), G. erymna nephelota (Lautoka, Fiji), G. mesophana hagia (St. Matthias Is.), G. m. taprobanica (Puttalam, Ceylon), G. m. celebensis (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 900 ft., W. Celebes), G. oblenita (Bukit Kutu, 3,500 ft., Selangor, Malaya), G. conjurata (Punduloya, Ceylon), G. latipennis (Perak, Gunong Ijan, Malaya), G. I. nepotalis (Tengger, Singolangoe, 5,000 ft., E. Java); Onagrodes victoria (Victoria, S. Tenasserim, Burma), O. barbarula (New Ireland), O. oosyndica (Pahang, Cameron Highlands, 4,800 ft., Malaya), O. eucineta (Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., Malaya); Pseudomimetis vailima (Upolu, Vailima, Solomon Is.); Hybridoneura metachlora lativitra (Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., Malaya), H. truncata (Hydrographer Mts., 2,500 ft., Br. New Guinea); Antimimistis attenuata melamphaes (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), A. cuprina (Haldamulla, Ceylon); Brabira operosa (7,000 ft., Sikkim); Microloba bella 158 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 taracta (Sikkim); Heterophleps paraspasta (Mt. Victoria, Pakokku, Chin Hills, 2,600 m., Burma), H. heinrichi (Pakokku, Chin Hills, 2,200 m., Burma); ELLIPOSTOMA nn. for Myostoma Warren, preoccupied; Cryptoloba mesta (Shillong, India), C. peperitis (Sikkim), C. metorchatica (Tien-Tsuen, W. China); CHRIOLOBA (type Lygranoa cinerea Butler), C. andrewesi (Pykara, 6,500 ft., Nilgiri Hills), C. ochraceistriga (Khasia Hills, India), C. 0. sectilinea (Mou- lin, W. China); Carige extremaria coniochyta (Pakokku, 2,200 m., Mt. Victoria, Burma); Goniopteroloba biconcava (Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo), G. pallida pangeanensis (Pangean, near Maros, 2,000 ft., SW Celebes); Leptostegna asiatica antelia (Wa-Shan, 6,000 ft., China); Acasis viretata himalayica (Khasia Hills, India); Nothocasis octubris (Szechuan. Liang-fen-kiang, 2,500 ft. to Shih-shah- shu, 7,400 ft.); Trichopteryx polystictaria tsangpoensis (Tsangpo Valley, Doshong La, 10,500 ft., SE Tibet), T. knyvetti (Sikkim); Trichopterygia rubripuncta miantosticta (Siao-Lou, W. China), T. dejeani (Ta-Tsien-Lou, W. China), T. rufinotata illumina (Yatong, Tibet), T. pilcheri (Darjeeling, India), T. rivularis acidnias (Tsekou, W. China), T. adiopa (Darjeeling, India), T. hagna (Mishmi Hills, Minutang, 3,900 ft., Burma), T. micradelpha (Sikkim), T. teligera (Narkundah, Kashmir), T. pulcherrima exsanguis (Haight’s Place, Pauai, Benguet, Luzon); Phthonoloba decussata moltrechti (Arizan, Kagé Distr., 8,000 ft., Formosa); Steirophora permista (Haight’s Place, 7,000 ft., Pauai, Benguet, Luzon); Episteira delicate isoepes (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram); PE. carchara (Riu-kio Is.); Megaloba eucola (Goodenough Is., 2,500-4,000 ft.), M. loxobasma (Mt. Goliath, 5,000-7,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea), M. admeta (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), M. a. papuana (Mt. Tafa, 8,000 ft., Papua); Dystypoptila hebes (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes); Sauris eupitheciata isocraspeda (Vulcan Is.), S. arfakensis catopercna (Mrapat, 5,000 ft., central Buru), S. a. seclusa (Kedah Peak, 3,200 ft., Malaya), S. patefacta (Frasers Hill, 4,000 ft., Pahang, Malaya), S. olearia (G. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), S. erecta sententiosa (Manusela, 6,000 ft., central Ceram), S. ptychosyrma (Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2,700 ft., W. Celebes), S. basilia (Gunong Lampobattang, Parang-bobo Goa, 5,000 ft., SW Celebes), S. muscosa pleonectes (Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 1,800 ft., W. Celebes), S. inscissa (Khasia Hills, India), S. othnia (Batchian), S. usta asema (Nongkodjadjar, 4,000 ft., E. Java), S oetawana (Snow Mts., near Oetakwe R., up to 3,500 ft., Dutch New Guinea). Some “abs.” are also named. Most new entities described in the second part are figured. Specimens on the Seitz plates are identified. [P. B.] Razowski, J., “Acleris heringi n. sp. (Tortricidee)—a new species from central Asia” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.27: pp.139-140, 1 fig. 1958. One specimen (male) from Samarkand; the genitalia are figured. [J. M.] Razowski, Jozef, “New and little known Palearctic species of the Cnephasiini (Tortricide )” [in English; Polish & Russian summaries]. Acta zool. cracov., vol.2: pp.560-606. 1958. As new are described: Cnephasia (Anoplocnephasia) margelanensis (Margelan, Ferghana valley, USSR), C. (A.) stachi (Samarkand, USSR); Eana (Eana) hungarie (?Hungary), E. (E.) samarkande (Samarkand, USSR), E. (E.) pallifrons (Ulan-Bator, Mongolia); Cnephasia (Cnephasia) nowickii ( Uliassetai, Mongolia), C. (C.) heringi (Amasia), C. (C.) constantinana (Constantine), C. (C.) alfacarana (Sierra de Alfacar, Spain), C. (C.) microstrigana (S. Ildefonso, Spain), S. (C.) parnassicola (Parnass, Greece), C. (C.) cinereipalpana (Wladiwostok, USSR); also some “forms”. Genitalia & imagos of all new spp. are figured. [J. M.] Razowski, J., “Remarks on the species of the subgenus Brachycnephasia Réal and a new species of the subgenus Cnephasia s.s. (Tortricide)” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.27: pp.75-84, 8 pls. 1958. Describes as new C. (B.) tripolitana (Jefren, Tripolitania), C. (B.) klimeschi (Stari Dojran, Macedonia); and C. (C.) fiorii (Jefren, Tripolitania). All types & genitalia are figured. [J. M.] 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Khanna, K. L., L. N. Nigam, & V. D. Puri, “Chilo tumidicostalis Hampson—a serious stem borer pest of sugarcane in Bihar.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., vol.36: pp. 75-94, 7 pls. 1957. Describes biology, distribution, & economic importance; figures all stages. [P. B.] Kibe, Mitsunori, “Breeding of Canonympha edippus and Pararge achine (Satyride ) in Korea” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: pp.65-69, 7 figs. 1948. Foodplants: sedges and grasses. [T. I.] Kibe, Mitsunori, “Life-history of Papilio helenus nicconicolens Butler, with morphologi- cal notes on its earlier stages” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.4, no.10: pp.45-54, © figs., 1 pl. 1952. Foodplant: Ponciris trifolia. [T. 1.] Kirst, G., & F. Stauder, “Auftreten und Bekampfung des Ennomos quercinaria Hfn. in den Forstamtern Fischback (Saar) und Saarbriicken (1952-54)” [in German]. Forstwiss. Zentralbl., vol.73: pp.271-275, 5 figs. 1954. Biology & control. Kiyosawa, Haruchika, “On the life history of Anthocaris cardamines isskii Matsumura (Pieridz ) collected in Mt. Togakushi” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, no.2: pp.19-21, 1 fig. 1951. Foodplant:Arabis lyrata. (T. 1.] Klimesch, Josef, “Zur Cheetotaxie der Raupe von Bucculatrix fatigella Heyd. (Lep. Bucculatrigide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.35: pp.143-145, 4 figs. 1950. Describes & figures larval setal pattern. [P. B.] Klomp, H., “Die morphologischen Merkmalen und die Bionomie der Kiefernspanner- Tachine Carcelia obesa Zett. a=rutila B. B.)” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.38: pp.228-294, 5 figs. 1956. Describes all stages & biology of this parasite of Bupalus piniarius. [P. B.] Klomp, H., “The number of generations, the host-change and hibernation of Trichogramma embryophagum Htg. in pine woods in the Netherlands” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.117-120, 2 figs. 1956. Biology of parasites of various pine-feeding Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Klots, Alexander B., “The larva of Hyperzeschra georgica (Notodontide).” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.203-204. 1957. Knight, Fred B., “Insect damage to Loblolly Pine cones.” Virginia Forests, vol.7: pp.14-15, 2 figs., 1 map. 1952. Dioryctria amatella & Laspeyresia toreuta re- sponsible. [P. B.] Knight, John E., “Rearing Antitype xanthomista (Hiibn.) (Black-Banded Moth).” Ent. Gaz., vol.6: pp.164-165. 1955. Notes on larve; stock lost because of poly- hedrosis. [P. B.] Knowlton, George F., “Some insects of Utah celery fields.” Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., vol.25: pp.163-165. 1948. Abstract. Kobayashi, Hiroshi, “Biology of lichen-feeding moths (1)” [in Japanese]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol.3: pp.9-10, 4 figs. 1953. Parasiecia altaica (Arctiidae). [T. I.] Kobayashi, Hiroshi, “On the morphological and biological study of Chionama hamata Walker in Japan (Lepidoptera, Arctiide)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Butt. & Moths (Trans. lep. Soc. Japan), vol.4: pp.21-24, 7 figs. 1954. Describes early stages of this lichen-feeder; records parasite; gives distribution. [P. B.] Kobayashi, Shiro, “Studies on the distribution structure of the Common Cabbage Butterfly Pieris rapzx in cabbage farm.” Sci. Rep. Tohoku Univ., 4th Ser. (Biol.), vol.23: pp.1-6, 2 figs. 1957. Distribution of eggs contagious until late summer, then random; larval distribution tends to become random with more age. [P. B.] Koch, Manfred, “Zur Biologie des Kiefernprozessionsspinners, Thaumatopaa pinivora Tr.” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.3:pp.423-427. 1953. Sp. has a 2-year cycle and larvee & adults are found in alternate years. Notes on emergence, adult habits, pupation. [P. B.] Kéchli, W., “Eine Beobachtung bei den Raupen von P. cynthia” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.2: p.41. 1948. Larva feeding on another, freshly dead, larva. [P. B.] : 160 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.2 Koishikawa and Takeyaya Senior High Schools, “Research on the damages caused by Hyphantria cunea (Arctiide) in Tokyo” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.4, no.ll: pp.6-10, 2 figs., 3 maps, 3 tables. 1951. Komarek, Oldrich, “Zur Bionomie und Ekologie Calligenia (Miltochrista) miniata (Forst.)” Lin Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniz, vol.52: pp.195-200, 3 figs. 1956. Interesting paper about life history of this species, namely about feeding of larve. [J. M.] Korbel, Z., M. Luxova, & A. Lux, “Die Pappelmotte (Phyllocnistis sufusella) als Schadling der Pappelbaumschulen” [in Slovak; Russian & German summaries]. Biol. Sbornik, vol.7: pp.127-142, 11 figs. 1952. Biology & control of this sp. are described. P. sufusella is a pest of poplar in S. Slovakia. [J. M.] Kovacs, L., “Die Wirkung der gelegentlichen Gesellschaften auf die Dispersion der Schmetterlingsimagos” [in German; Magyar & Russian summaries]. Ann. Hist.- nat. Mus. nation. hung., ser.2, vol.3: pp.191-201. 1953. Records numerous nocturnal Lepidoptera feeding at sunflowers; shows that collecting at sunflowers gives only incomplete picture of fauna, & that presence of sunflowers alters composition of collections made nearby by other methods. [P. B.] Kramer, John Paul, “The effects of extremes in temperature on populations of Pyrausta nubilalis (Hbn.) infected with Perezia pyraustz Paillot.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.3: p.27. 1957. Abstract. Kratochvil, Josef, “Malo znamy Skudce suSené papriky, zeleniny a lé¢ivych bylin” [in Czech; French & Russian summaries]. Ochrana Rostlin, vol.19/20: pp.49-54. 1948. Acidalia herbariata (Geometride) as pest of dried red pepper, vegetables, and curative herbs in storehouses and warehouses. Indoors this species has four generations per year. [J. M.] Krauss, Noel L. H., “Notes on insects associated with Lantana in Cuba.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.123-125. 1953. Records Syngamia hzmorrhoidalis, on leaf; Platyptilia sp., Crocidosema sp., & Epinotia lantana, on berries. [P. B.] Krieg, Aloysius, “Eine Microsporidie aus dem kleinen Frostspanner (Cheimatobia brumata L.)” [lin German]. Naturwissenschaften, vol.43: p.186, 2 figs. 1956. Describes new protozoan parasitizing this sp. [P. B.] Krieg, Aloysius, & Richard Langenbuch, “Eine Polyhedrose von Aporia crategi L. (Lepidoptera). I. Mitteilung” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenk- rankh., vol.63: pp.95-99, 3 figs. 1956. Describes a new virus & disease produced. Ue, 18.1 Krieg, Aloysius, “Virus-Isolierung aus kranken Larven von Hibernia defoliaria L. und Euproctis chrysorrhea L.” [in German]. Naturwissenschaften, vol. 43: pp.260-261, 2 figs. 1956. Describes 2 new viruses from these moths. [P. B.] Krieg, Aloysius, “Uber Aufbau und Vermehrungsmoglichkeiten von stabchenformigen Insekten-Viren” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch., vol.12b: pp.120-121. 1957. Structure of pathogen of Aporia cratezgi. [P. B.] Kruel, Walther, “Der Kiefernspinner, ein Katastrophenschadling. Bemerkungen iiber den Stand seines Massenauftretens und die Wege zu seiner Bekampfung” Lin German]. Forstwirtsch., Holzwirtsch., vol.2: pp.199-203, 3 figs. 1948. Biology & control of Dendrolimus pini. [P. B.] Krutch, Joseph Wood, “Monarch of the skies.” Natural Hist., vol.66, no.1: pp.24-27, 7 figs. 1957. Life history of Danaus plexippus. [P. B.] ERRATA Two important errors were printed in the abstract of Marron’s first paper in the preceding issue of the Journal (page 76). In the 10th and 12th lines, the correct spellings of two new species are Trigonuncus flavipunctalis (not “‘flavopunctalis” ) and Amahona fusconebulalis (not “fusconebulis” ). EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CuHarnves L, REMINGTON Associate Editor _ (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): FrepD T. THORNE Harry K. CLeNcH —N. S. Osraztrsov — Eucene G. MuNROE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TmpEN Manager of the Memoirs: SipnEy A. HeEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincron, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TuzpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: GrorcE Ene, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Enriicu, Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Frup Co., INc. New Haven, Connecticut 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.16: no.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Notes on overlapping subspecies. I. An example in Speyeria zerene by L. P. Grey & 0A... Morck 300) a 81-97 Notes on Lepidoptera ovipositing on plants toxic to their larvze by BR. STRAATMAN 0.00050 MOO sO 99-103 A rare paper of W. F. Kirby by . Pappy B. McHENRY: .).000 020500. 2) 104 Evolutionary mechanisms of the Pieris napi —bryoniz group [conclusion] by (Z. LORKOVIC i.e 105-127 Colias activity in November and December in Pennsylvania by Arntuur M. SHAPIRO «203.5000 ee 129-130 Observations and records of butterflies attracted to light in India by Jontan P. DONAHUE 0) es lo oe 131-135 FIELD NOTES A mosaic melanic male of Papilio glaucus; by Harry SIcHER ............ 98 Butterflies at lights; by Davm W. Boumow ...............0.ccccccseccseerseeses 128 Song Sparrows feeding on Lepidoptera; by W. L. OLsow ................ 136 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS A little about the little-known Papilio indra minori by Donwaup Err 22800 ne 137-142 Over 100 butterfly species caught in a single day at Mussoorie, India by Epnesr My SMwi (0.00 sn.) cart edt 143-145 A note on Lepidoptera on Czechoslovak postage stamps by JOSEF MOUGCHA oiic.60oiiscccstecetatules eaienseoees lee ee 145-146 Supplementary notes on Rhopalocera of Donner Pass, California by Tuomas C.) & Journ F. EMMEL o....c.ieiccee 136 Biographical obituary of John C. Hopfinger (1888-1961) . by Dowan Br 6.566 sik daiwecsses tg Mee ee eee 147-149 On localities of Hopfinger specimens by Caarees L. REMINGTON...) 149-150 REVIEW: Moucha, Motyli, by C. L. REMINGTON. ............0..cccccee 150 RECENT. LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 2 VI A ~» AG LF | L- F eibiego a . i@hlsojnmee Gooi.6q! boepsGe Mingspe beeqcpN ypecpoeregA”". = hg NewS I1Q JOUrNd! OT TNe LEPlGOprer!STS' DOCIeT A new informal series "News of The Lepidopterists' Society" was then begun, to handle timely notices and features not for permanent record, thereby freeing Journal space formerly used for such material, Some number's are in very short supply. # Prices subject to change. OeRoD Eck FORM Please list volumes desired; postage wi!! be paid by the Society. Voi, | Cincomplete as indicated above) @ $1.00 oe 2" i tf ise Ae SS Ae oe each =. 2,00: <8. =. 4, 5 (complete) Nip ee ee) ee os = cach. 2.00 Garcon 16 (Speci ty) = fee ee AS each. 6,00 22 Remit to the, Treasurer: George Ehle, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Pa., U.S.A. St ee ee ee Address THE GEPIDORTERals" SOCIETY March |963 BAC i vO Ue ES The Lepidopterists' News - Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society * The complete stock of Vols. !~5 has been inventoried and assembled. The following are available for sale to members only at the below preferential prices.# WOLS. Bias (oS a 72u se i" fornarn ) se a da ine ice Vel. bc ChO47) Nos. 6,7,8 only (8 nos. issued) Mimeographed ol TOO) Vol. 2 (1948) Nos. |,3,5,8,9 & supp!, only (9 nos. & suppl. issued) Litho=-printed 2 «00 Vol. 3 (1949) Nos. 2,3,6,7,8,9 only (9 nos. issued) Litho-printed 2.00 Vel. 4 “Orosg) Complete (9 nos.) i 3.00 Ve eS C151) Comp!ete (9 nos.) : ! 3,00 VOLS. 6 (1932) = 16 (1962) * SS eee en — — eee => r ‘ . THE LEPIDOPTERISTS' SOCIETY March 1963 BA CK VOLUMES The Lepidopterists' News - Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society * The complete stock of Vols. i=5 has been inventoried and assembled. The following are available for sale to members only at the below preferential prices.# WOLS N=5 (8) 1/2" 32 (1 aremrmenr)) F =e ele ee Voi. | (1947) Nos. 6,7,8 only (8 nos. issued) Mimeographed $1.00 Vol. 2 (1948) Nos. 1,5,5,8,9 & supp!, only (9 nos. & suppl. issued) Litho-printed 2.00 Vol. 3 (1949) Nos. 2,3,6,7,8,9 only (9 nos. issued) Litho-printed 2.00 Vol. 4 (1950) Complete (9 nos.) uw M 3.00 Vol. 5 (1951) Complete (9 nos.) UL uy 5,00 VOLS. 6 (1952) = 16 (1962)* ee _ ‘ Ken : f rat : a a nn « - DP aeeaie ese jo wewBer 2 ou N84 $e ie ct eee eee ape — a net fenton Hatyyorimes woniress" poouphe(@leeebe 1 pened) wiheo8atpag . a ais 21°60 es “Cincomplete: 55° inaieatedh ar Y- > €2 I\Sn baa i Lot sles } 1616 e1LocK OL AO} 2” iat ‘se pseu {WAGULGE LOG fa nin eq" ive £0) }oMiva SiG oe D1 gob. ey “yeme = ences st 4s Fé es | webecTEe, “ee ee F oy on ike oe | ee = Seale PA Om euaeesieeanttiadiask: ee sing) Hi ae 34 ee a emg ago x — evcK t OF WWE 2 . — oo ery, r — teil ae ee aes — cigep~iremienis = = > \ Pas a a ; J} le i a 5 i é eee ae ee ee a ee ee sein ee Rt nd Pre} "3 rs % 3 om Hee h ee S38 g BnbbE Bou ik * goRvete ? " anbb} + py eae > ow oe Sap he et mae ae eect eee ett eee ote eeee Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 225 A new race of Glaucopsyche lygdamus from the White Mountains, Ariz. (Lepid., Lycznidez). Can. ent. 68: 113. Further notes on the genus Ameletus with descriptions of new species (Ephem.). Can. ent. 68: 207-211. A critical review of the treatment of North American Parnassius species by Felix Bryk in Das Tierreich, Part 65. Can. ent. 68: 216-255. Further notes on the synonymy of North American Eupithecias (Lepid., Geom.). Can. ent. 68: 257-259. A new race of Parnassius smintheus from California. Can. ent. 68:272-274. Critical notes on the Canadian species of the genus Erebia (Lepid.) Can. ent. 69: 14-18. Notes on North American noctuid genera. Can. ent. 69: 40-47, 58-66. A new Rancora from the Mohave Desert (Lepid., Noctuidze). Can. ent. 69: 77-79. A correction. [Proposes generic name Protoleucania to replace Pseudoleucania, which is preoccupied]. Can. ent. 69: 141. Undescribed species and varieties of Lepidoptera. Can. ent. 69: 152-157. The laudabilis group of Lacinipolia (Lepid., Phalenidze). Can. ent. 69: 177-185. . . Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, part I, Macrolepidoptera. Mem. so. Calif. acad. sci. 1: 272 pp. New species of North American Ephemeroptera with critical notes. Can. ent. 70: 23-34. New Lepidoptera from southern California. Can. ent. 70: 55-59. A new cleorid from southeastern California (Geometride). Can. ent. 70: 85. Some apparently new Eucosmidze (Lepid.). Can. ent. 70: 90-100. Notes on certain of Walsingham’s species of Oidzematophorus with descriptions of new species (Pterophoride). Can. ent. 70: 128-132. An apparently new Eupithecia from eastern North America (Geometride: Lepid.). Can. ent. 70: 171-173. Some apparently new Texan Eupithecias. Can. ent. 70: 236-242. . Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, part II, Microlepidoptera. Mem. so. Calif. acad. sci. 2: 1-171. New British Columbian Ephemeroptera. Can. ent. 71: 49-54. A new Californian agrotid. Bull so. Calif. acad. sci. 38: 30. Pterophorid descriptions and notes (Lepid.). Can. ent. 71: 109-112. Papilio brevicauda in Cape Breton Island, N. S. (Lepid.). Can. ent. 71: 153-158. New North American Geometridz with notes, I (Lepid.). Can. ent. 71: 187-192. A new race of Papilio belonging to the machaon complex. Can. ent. 71: 216-217. An apparently new epipaschid from Nova Scotia. (Lepid.). Can. ent. 71: 221-222. New species of Geometridz with notes, II. Can. ent. 71: 249-258. A new Cenonympha race from northeastern New Brunswick. Can. ent. 71: 266. The argynnids of the Cariboo region of British Columbia (Lepid.). Can. ent. 72: 23-25. Eupithecia notes. Can. ent. 72: 35-40. Notes on the genus Peronea with description of a new species (Lepid., Tortricide ). Can. ent. 72: 59-61. New North American Geometridz with notes, III. Can. ent. 72: 90-103. A new race of Lyczna dorcas from northeastern New Brunswick. Can. ent. Ve USB 226 J. H. McDunnough (1877-1962) Vol.16: no.4 Undescribed species and races of Phaleenidz (Lepid.). Can. ent. 72: 191-201. Some maritime Coleophoride (Lepid.). Trans. roy. soc. Canada, Section V: 53-68, pl. I-III. A new Pseudexentera from hickory (Eucosmidz, Lepid.). Can. ent. 72: 243-244, On the characters of two genera closely allied to Eupithecia (Lepidoptera, Geometridz). Can. ent. 73: 62-63. New species of moths, mostly Californian. Can. ent. 73: 66-76. A new coleophorid of the metallic-winged group. Can. ent. 73: 91. A new Albertan olethreutid. Can. ent. 73: 98-99. Some apparently undescribed Coleophoride from the Ottawa region (Lepid.). Can. ent. 73: 160-164. Oncocnemis riparia Morr. and its races. Can. ent. 73: 171-174. Eupithecia notes, Il. Can. ent. 73: 189-193. A new Canadian Strymon (Lycenidez, Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 74: 1. Tortricid notes and descriptions. Can. ent. 74: 63-71. Notes on Pantheinze (Lepidoptera, Phalenide). Can. ent. 74: 93-95. An apparently new Thraulodes from Arizona (Ephemerida). Can. ent. VA Neliie An apparently undescribed Graptolitha from British Columbia with notes (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 74: 161-163. Further notes on maritime Coleophoridze (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 74: 167-172. Notes on the early stages of two Eupithecia species (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 74: 202-203. Two undescribed Canadian Microlepidoptera. Can. ent. 74: 224. A note on Prodenia ornithogalli Gn. (Lepidoptera, Phalenide). Can. ent. hae Me A new Cinygmula from British Columbia (Ephemeroptera). Can. ent. 75: 3. Notes on the betulella group of Depressaria, with description of new species (Lepidoptera, G2cophoride). Can. ent. 75: 34-36. Hadenine notes and descriptions (Phalznidze, Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 75: 43-57. Phaleenid notes and descriptions (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 75: 59-62. A revision of the obliqua-metata group of the genus Zale (Lepidoptera, Phalznidze). Can. ent. 75: 146-158. Notes and descriptions of North American Geometridz (Lepidoptera). Can. Cn. Wo 21a: Genotype tangles. Can. ent. 76: 20. The palpata group of the genus Eupithecia with notes and descriptions (Lepidoptera, Geometridz). Can. ent. 76: 45-56. Hydriomena studies. The glaucata - crokeri Group. Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 43: 23-29. Revision of the North American genera and species of the Phalzenid subfamily Plusiinee (Lepidoptera). Mem. so. Calif. acad. sci. 2: 175-232. Three aster-feeding coleophorids and their allies (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 76: 104-109. A correction regarding the female sex of Coleophora quadruplex McD. (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 76: 110-111. New Microlepidoptera with notes. Can. ent. 76: 153-156. A new Arizona Hydriomena. Can. ent. 76: 173-174. Two new races of Theclinz from southern British Columbia (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 76: 190-191. 1962 wee essee Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society pay Hydriomena studies II. The ruberata group. Can. ent. 76: 206-210. Notes on Chambers’ coleophorid types in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Can. ent. 76: 237-241. New Coleophoridz (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 77: 49-52. Results from an examination of geometrid types in the Cambridge Museum of Comparative Zoology. Can. ent. 77: 62-68. New North American Geometridze with notes, IV. Can. ent. 77: 97-103. [1946]. Concerning certain North American coleophorids with unicolorous brown wings (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 77: 145-150. [1946]. New North American Eupithecias I (Lepidoptera, Geometride ). Can. ent. 77: 168-176. A study of the caryefoliella group of the family Coleophoridz (Lepidoptera ). Can. ent. 78: 1-14. New North American Phalzenidz with notes (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 78: 28-35. Some Coleophoridz of eastern Ontario and northwestern Nova Scotia. Can. ent. 78: 54-63. Note on certain Dichrorampha species (Lepid., Laspeyresiine). Can. ent. 18:-05-67. The species of the truncata group of the genus Dysstroma Lepidoptera, Geometridz). Can ent. 78: 72-78. New North American Eupithecias, II (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). Can. ent. 78: 86-89. Gracillariid studies (Gracillariidae, Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 78: 91-95. Notes on Robinia-feeding phycitid larve (Lepidoptera, Phycitine). Can. ent. 78: 109. Notes on the ericoides — duplicis group of the genus Coleophora. Can. ent. 78: 147-153. The agrotid genus Agrotiphila Grt. and its genotype (Lepidoptera). Can. ent. 79: 38-39. A new Californian Apamea (Lepidoptera, Phalenide). Journ. N. Y. ent. soc. 56: 51-52. A new race of Pseudohazis hera from southern Colorado. Journ. N. Y. ent. soc. 56: 249-250. Critical notes on certain Pero species (Lepidoptera, Geometride). Amer. mus. novitates 1393: 1-11. Notes on Phaleninze (Lepidoptera). Amer. mus. novitates 1394: 1-14. Revision of the North American species of the genus Eupithecia (Lepidoptera, Geometride). Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist. 93: 537-728, pls.26-32. A study of the species of the genus Stretchia (Lepidoptera, Phalenide). Amer. mus. novitates 1436: 1-29. Two unrecorded homonyms in the genus Euxoa (Lepid., Phalenide). Bull. Brooklyn ent. soc. 45: 84. Species of Euxoa of eastern North America, with particular reference to genitalic characters (Lepidoptera, Phalenide). Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist. 95: 359-408. On the identity of Agrotis pyrophiloides Harvey (Lepidoptera, Agrotinz). Bull. Brooklyn ent. soc. 46: 19-20. On the identity of two eastern North American Hydriomena species (Lepidoptera, Geometride). Amer. mus. novitates 1535: 1-13. 228 1952. J. H. McDunnough (1877-1962) Vol.16: no.4 On the identity of Euxoa punctigera Walker (Lepidoptera, Phalzenide). Amer. mus. novitates 1550: 1-6. New species and subspecies in the genus Hydriomena, with notes (Lepidoptera, Geometride). Amer. mus. novitates 1592: 1-17. The species of the genus Hydriomena occurring in America north of Mexico (Geometride, Larentiine). Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist. 104: 241-358. New Microlepidoptera from the region of Halifax, Nova Scotia, with notes on other species. Amer. mus. novitates 1686: 1-15. Concerning Coleophora murinella Tengstr6m and allied species in the Canadian fauna (Lepidoptera, Coleophoride). Bull. Brooklyn ent. soc. 50: 29-35. Note on the larva of Eupithecia russeliata Swett (Lepidoptera, Geometride ). Bull. Brooklyn ent. soc. 50: 53. New species of Coleophoridz, with notes on other species (Lepidoptera). Amer. mus. novitates 1719: 1-7. Critical remarks on the synonymy of certain Anchylopera species, with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera, Eucosmide). Amer. mus. novitates 1725: 1-16. On the Aster- and Solidago-feeding species of the genus Coleophora in Nova Scotia (Lepidoptera, Coleophoride ). Amer. mus. novitates 1777: 1-20. Microlepidoptera notes and new species. Amer. mus. novitates 1789: 1-17. Synonymic and biological notes on Coleophoridz (Lepidoptera). Amer. mus. novitates 1827: 1-4. A study of the apple pistol-case bearer and its allies in Nova Scotia. (Lepidoptera, Coleophoride). Amer. mus. novitates 1840: 1-10. Heretofore unpublished illustrations of coleophorid genitalia, with notes (Lepidoptera). Amer. mus. novitates 1880: 1-11. A new species of Coleophora belonging to the duplicis - bidens group. Amer. mus. novitates 1905: 1-5. New Microlepidoptera, with notes. Amer. mus. novitates 1917: 1-11. On some changes in nomenclature of Microlepidoptera, with description of a new species. Amer. mus. novitates 1954: 1-9. Two new species of Coleophora from Nova Scotia (Lepidoptera, Coleo- phoridz). Amer. mus. novitates 2030: 1-4. Some hitherto undescribed species of Sparganothine from Nova Scotia, with notes on other indigenous species (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Amer. mus. novitates 2040: 1-11. A study of the Blastobasinze of Nova Scotia, with particular reference to genitalic characters (Microlepidoptera, Blastobaside). Amer. mus. novitates 2045: 1-20. A study of some Scopariinze (Lepidoptera) of Nova Scotia, with particular reference to the female genitalia. Amer. mus. novitates 2054: 1-10. Notes on the Coleophoridz (Lepidoptera) of the Maritime Provinces of Canada. Amer. mus. novitates 2074: 1-7. Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax, N. S., CANADA 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 229 A MIGRATION PROBLEM — VANESSA CARDUI (NYMPHALIDA), THE, PAINTED LADY BUTTERFLY by CuHaries H. ABBotr The subject of insect migration, and particularly of butterfly migration, has reached the point where certain laws of migration are beginning to emerge. We are also learning that exact information is lacking on many points which we have taken for granted, and that when we secure this information we shall be in a better position to formulate laws. As a first basis we must admit, as Wittt1aMs (1958) has so many times pointed out, we cannot arbitrarily divide migration into rhythmic migration and one-way migration (also called emigration or, better, unidirectional migration with no return ). Only one butterfly, the Monarch, Danaus plexippus (L.) is usually considered to have a typical rhythmic migration, in which the same individuals make a two-way flight; while - WituiaMs has collected data showing return flights by successive genera- tions in an increasing number of species. Therefore, if two-way and one-way insect migrations are essentially different, we do not have enough knowledge to divide the butterflies between them. Our problem is to find some underlying principles or laws, and there will be time enough to determine how wide can be their application. As has been previously pointed out, the Painted Lady, Vanessa cardui (Linnzeus ) was selected for this study, because in migration years it is so abundant that there is limitless material on which to work, and be- cause its study has been neglected. The conclusions to date may be found in the authors 1950, 1951, and 1959 papers, and may be very briefly summarized as follows: The species is usually found, so far as North America is concerned, only south of the United States, or possibly, in southernmost Imperial Valley; and comes north only in migration years, which are few in number and at irregular intervals (with possible minor exceptions to be noted later ). If one could observe the start of a migration at the point of origin, probably large numbers would be noted all at once, but at points in California very small numbers appear at first with a gradual build-up. The direction of migration is consistent, year after year, in most California localities toward the north-northwest. The geographical ex- tent of the migration in any one year appears correlated with the numbers involved, the larger the numbers the greater the distance covered by the - species. It was determined in 1958, when the migration was traced eventu- 230 ABBOTT: migration Vol.16: no.4 ally from the Mexican border to the Cascades of Washington, that several generations were involved, probably four in California, and the number farther north undetermined. This makes one wonder if each generation found an optimum of conditions in the area which it reached and where it laid eggs, and that such a combination of optima over the entire Pacific Coast area rarely occurs. I believe we have already the most complete picture available (of course far from complete) of the migration of a single North American butterfly, except probably the Monarch (Danaus plexippus); and from what WiLuiAMs says in his latest book Insect Migration (1958), I do not believe as complete a picture is available of any species in Europe. What I want to outline now is particular observations which are needed to fill in gaps in our knowledge, which are practicable for field lepidop- terists. As a reason for doing it, I want to quote a paragraph from page 2 of WittiaMs’s Insect Migration (1958): “We can ask for example why Painted Ladies migrate; this is a problem of the origin and evolution of the habit. But we have also to consider the much more detailed problem of how or why a particular individual butterfly is migrating in a particular directicn at a particular time. In my opinion it is by finding answers to the second that we may be able to solve the first of these questions.” 1. What is the distribution of this species in western North America in a non-migration year? WriuiamMs (1938, 1958) has reported, on the basis of published reports from this part of the country, that the species is found north of Mexico only in years of extensive migrations. There seems to be little doubt that the source of our great migrations is south of the Mexican border (Abbott, 1959), although little is known of the exact location or nature of the breeding grounds. One in Baja California, discovered by Gartu and Dawson in 1949, has been described ( Abbott, 1951: p.159). The above statement appears to be open to exceptions, as there are several unpublished reports by competent lepidopterists of small re- sident populations in California and Nevada which have been observed year after year. There is a difference of opinion whether these popula- tions take part in a general migration. It is important that information on these resident populations should be published, particularly as to the number of generations per year, the length of each stage of metamor- phosis, and what stage is inactive in a carry-over from one year to the next. As a possible explanation of this last paragraph, it was suggested by P. F. BELLINGER (personal communication) that V. cardui might have 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society P| phases such as those described for locusts, a migratory phase, associated with overcrowding, and a non-migratory phase, called solitary in locusts. (For discussion of Uvarovs Phase Theory, see Williams, 1958: pp.158- 161. This discussion also reports similar phases in certain moths. ) It seems to be more difficult to determine if there is an inactive period in the annual life history of the species in its home in Mexico whence the migrations periodically come. The key point which needs to be determined, and is also the most difficult to find out, is what combination of conditions starts a species migrating. Is it a set of conditions which work directly on the adult insect, or is it a combination of favorable conditions resulting in a larger number of eggs laid, a larger number of | larvee developing to the pupa stage, or a larger number of pupz surviving to emerge as adults? 2. The only known set of external conditions which appears to favor a very large generation of V. cardui in the desert or semi-desert south of the border is the right combination of rains and temperature io give an unusual crop of desert vegetation, chiefly annual wild flowers. This serves as food for the larvae, and could result in the next generation of egg-laying and potentially migrating adults being much larger. This makes extremely important the recording of all possible data on rainfall, temperature, and vegetation in subsequent migration years; also facing the fact of the great variation in conditions in different parts of the desert. The past data on this point are rather scarce and inconclusive. The question which needs to be answered is: Is a heavy migration always correlated with heavy winter rains in the desert at the right season to produce a large crop of desert annual wild flowers? Data available at present make a “yes” answer to this question doubtful, but the data are inconclusive (Abbott, 1951: p.162.) If this is a correct conclusion, it is probable that large crops of annuals at points somewhat farther north from the Mexican border would help to explain the very large second and third generations such as were noted in 1958. But what determines the large first generation in a migration year? Is it a combination of conditions having a sudden effect on some stage of development? Or does a migration result only when there has been cumulative build-up of numbers during preceding generations, perhaps since the last preceding migration? 3. An alternative theory, which deserves investigation, is that the instinct to migrate is always present in this species or at least in the migratory phase of this species. In non-migration years they are too few and fly too short distances to be observed by any except trained 232, ABBOTT: migration Vol.16: no.4 observers who happen to be in exactly the right localities. This would explain the report by R. C. Dickson that a small migration occurs in Imperial Valley every year. The following is a suggested pattern for a non-migration year. At the beginning of the season only a small number of imagoes trans- form from pupz, and being few in number they do not have to fly far to find vegetation on which to lay eggs; or, owing to a very short growing season of plants, only a very small number of eggs from the last preceding generation develop as far as adults of the first generation of the new seascn. Parasites in the usual numbers would also be more effective in controlling a small generation. Predators are usually at least one genera- tion behind their prey in a fluctuation in numbers (Elton, 1927: p.141), and this may be true of the so-called parasitic Hymenoptera and Diptera, which are really midway between predators and parasites. If the instinct to migrate is always present, it would explain why in a migration year the succeeding generations, even if many miles from the base habitat and perhaps from the original cause, continue to migrate until adverse conditions stop the migration. 4. How long do female V. cardui live after egg-laying, and do the individuals continue migrating after egg-laying? Do males migrate the same distance as females? 5. Is the migration of a particular season stopped by any or all of the following? a. Egg-laying, causing adults to stop flying. b. Failure of new generation to develop in egg, larval, or pupal stage. Might be in larval stage, due to drying up of food plant, or in any stage, due to parasitism. We also do not know if unfavorable weather conditions may have a direct effect on any stage. c. If the adults have died after egg-laying and the next generation has failed to develop, it would explain why there is no over-wintering in the regions reached by migration, or no return flight, if there is any instinct for return flight. d. If there is ever any evidence discovered for over-wintering follow- ing migration, in a locality where this species is normally absent, it should be reported immediately. It is even more important to report any evidence for a return flight to the south. In the case of the Africa — Europe flyway of the same species, Wittiams (1958) has found no evidence of over-wintering in the north, but several instances of south- ward flight in autumn. Of course these were not the same individuals which flew north, but a subsequent generation. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 233 6. Is there any authentic evidence in the Pacific states for the migra- tion of any other species of Vanessa often associated with V. cardui, or closely resembling it? I refer, particularly, to V. carye, V. virginiensis, and V. atalanta. I have found V. carye and V. atalanta feeding on the same bush with migratory V. cardui, but have never seen either species fly away from a bush and join a migratory swarm. Occasionally I have seen a single V. atalanta flying with migratory V. cardui. V. carye are not easily distinguished in flight. V. carye is regularly described as resident and non-migratory. Wituiams, et al. (1942) give two reports each for migrations of V. virginiensis and V. atalanta in the eastern United States. This paper is based on one presented before the Pacific Slope Section of the Lepidopterists’ Society at Santa Barbara, California, August 26, 1961. It has outlined points on which exact information would be of help in interpreting the migraticn of Vanessa cardui, the Painted Lady Butterfly, and perhaps of Lepidoptera in general. Its purpose is a request for information. If any observers of the migration of this species have any past data on these points or acquire any in the near future which they do not wish to publish separately, it would greatly assist the writer if they would send them to him. Literature Cited Abbott, C. H., 1950. Twenty-five years of migration of the Painted Lady Butterfly, Vanessa cardui, in southern California. Pan-Pac. ent. 26: 161-172. Re aeed Boees , 1951. A quantitative study of the migration of the Painted Lady Butterfly, Vanessa cardui L. Ecology 32: 155-171. ne ean , 1959. The 1958 migration of the Painted Lady Butterfly, Vanessa cardui (Linnzeus) in California. Pan-Pac. ent. 35: 83-94. Elton, C., 1927. Animal ecology. 207 pp. Macmillan Co., New York. Williams, C. B., 1938. Recent progress in the study of some North American migrant butterflies. Ann. ent. soc. America 31: 211-239. yeas , 1958. Insect migration. 235 pp. Macmillan Co., New York. Williams, C. B., G. F. Cockbill, M. E. Gibbs, & J. A. Downes, 1942. Studies in the migration of Lepidoptera. Trans. roy. ent. soc. London 92: 101-280. 1722 Bay View Drive, Hermosa Beach, Calif., U. S. A. 934 Vol.16: no.4 OCHLODES SNOWI AT BLACKLIGHT IN COLORADO (HESPERIID) by THomas C, EMMEL Records of butterfly species flying at night or being attracted to lights at night are rare, due mostly, of course, to the normal diurnal flight habits of these insects and inactivity in the absence of a minimum level of solar radiation (Hovanitz, 1948; Emmel & Emmel, in press). Never- theless, a number of Rhopalocera species are reported in the literature visiting blacklight (ultraviolet), incandescent light, and lighthouse beacons. A new species record was obtained by the author in the summer of 1960 at Big Spring Ranch, 8640 feet elevation, near Florissant, Teller County, Colorado. Four fresh specimens of Ochlodes snowi Edwards were taken on the nights of July 20, 21, and 23. The two individuals taken on the twenty-first of the mcnth flew in to a moth sheet which had as a light source a single General Electric 15-watt Black Light (unfiltered ) Lamp. The single specimens collected on the twentieth and twenty-third were resting around an ordinary 150-watt incandescent lamp. All four individuals were obtained in the early morning (before 5 a.m.); the temperature ranged from about 65° to 60°F between mid- night and 5 a.m., with no wind, cloudiness or moonlight (new moon) occurring. According to Brown, Err and Rotcer (1957) this skipper is found rather generally in the mountains “from 7,000 to 9,000 feet above sea level in open fields and along the roadsides;” its foodplant and life history are unknown. From the fresh condition of the individuals and their quiet resting around the lamps, it appeared that these skippers were freshly emerged. Since the moth-collecting lights were directed toward a large dry meadow area, it is possible they came from their chrysalides only a short distance away. Interestingly enough, except for these specimens at light this species was never found in the Ranch area during the entire summer despite rather intensive day-collecting. Literature Cited Brown, F. M., D. Eff, & B. Rotger, 1957. Colorado butterflies. 368 pp. Denver Museum of Natural History, Denver. Emmel, T. C. & J. F. Emmel, in press. Ecological studies of Rhopalocera in a High Sierran community — Donner Pass, California. II. Meteorological in- fluence on flight activity. Journ. lep. soc. Hovanitz, W., 1948. Differences in the field activity of two female color phases of Colias butterflies at various times of the day. Contrib. lab. vert. biol., univ. Michigan, 32: 1-24. Reed College, Portland 2, Oreg., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society BIS) INTER-SPECIFIC PAIRING IN LYCAENIDA by Jonn C. Downey Only two inter-specific pairings involving North American Lycenidz are known to me. These are: Callophrys dumetorum (Bdv.) 3 > C. augustinus iroides (Bdv.) 2, reported by Wricut (1906); Lycena thoe Guérin f X_ L. phlzas americana Harris ¢ , noted by SICHER (1953). It was therefore rather surprising to find two unpublished examples of inter-specific pairing in a recent examination of Lycenide in eastern museums. These unusual combinations are as follows: Lycaena cupreus snowi Edw. @ X_ Chlosyne c. f. acastus (Edw. ) & (Nymphalide ), at the Carnegie Museum; Plebejus (Icaricia) icarioides (Bdv.) o X_ Plebejus (Lyce#ides) melissa (Edw.) ¢@, at the American Museum of Natural History. Mr. Harry K. CLEeNcH called my attention to the first pairing, which specimens were in the W. H. Edwards collection. No locality data accompanied the specimens which were mounted on a single pin, but they were labeled “in copula” in Epwarps handwriting. The P. icarioides - melissa specimens were captured in copula in flight at Porcupine Basin, Wind River Range, Sublette Co., Wyoming, August 9, 1953, by Dr. F. H. Rinpce. This pairing is of somewhat more than casual interest for several reasons. Nasoxov (1949) considers his subspecies Plebejus ( Lyczides ) argyrognomon longinus to be somewhat intermediate between the nominate argyrognomon and P. melissa melissa (Edw.). Although both species are sympatric throughout much of their range, only in the Teton Mountains, Wyoming has Nasoxovy (loc. cit.) noted morphological transitions. He further selected the holotype male of longinus from Jackson Hole, Wyoming, even though the specimen was somewhat battered, because of its being taken in copula with the allotype “,. thus leaving no doubt as to their being conspecific” (loc. cit., p.516). I concur with Nasoxov in this decision and the taxonomic usefulness of mated pairs. In fact, in some Lycenide showing marked sexual dimorphism, i.e. Epitola, only by catching the species in copula can the 236 Downey: Interspecific pairing Vol.16: no.4 sexes be properly associated (see Roche, 1954). Inter-specific coupling seems to be sufficiently rare that this use is justified; however, a degree of caution would seem warranted in certain cases and areas. For instance, although the Wind River specimens above offer meager evidence of “behavioral integradation’ for at least one of the species involved (melissa), the addition of this notation to Nasoxovs morphological intermediates involving the same species in relatively the same region suggests that mating patterns may not be equally fixed throughout the range of a species. P. melissa in western Wyoming may prove to have fewer inter-specific mating barriers than in other geographical areas. It should be noted that the above “pairings” need not and, in fact, probably would not, result in fertilized eggs. Attempts at inter-specific (and even inter-generic ) matings are often noted in other insect groups, for example, the beetles. Within the Lepidoptera, numbers of unusual pairings have been reported in the moths (e. g., Akester, 1956; Demuth, 1956; Fischer, 1949; Owen, 1952), and in the butterflies, cases within the genus Colias are well known. Watkins (1954) has reported a sus- pected hybrid between the European lyceenids Polyommatus icarus Rott. and Lysandra coridon Poda. Wricurt (loc. cit.) made some attempt to derive data on frequency of “mis-matings” by comparing the number noted versus an estimated total number of pairings observed over a seven year period. His figures indicated 1 out of 70 (not 1 out of 140 as given loc. cit., p.22) pairings observed were inter-specific. Although his method was very subjective, together with the rather numerous subsequent reports from the literature, it is suggested that inter-specific coupling in the Lepidoptera is much more common than might be other- wise supposed. It may be more significant, however, that cross-matings seem, in general, not even to be attempted. Some of the reasons for this may be involved in size, behavioral characteristics, time of flight, time of maximum activity, seasonal cycles, and micro-ecological niches. This information is lacking for most of the Lyceenide and yet, if as many as seven species, as reported above, occasionally couple with other species, perhaps the answer to inter-specific pairing and the infrequency of its occurrance is within easy reach. It is suggested that lepidopterists, both amateur and professional, can make valuable contributions to this sub- ject by maintaining accurate records of their field observations and publishing them when sufficiently significant. Grateful acknowledgment is hereby made to the National Science Foundation, Grant No. G-9024, which is supporting a major project on variation in the Lyceenide. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Pei Literature Cited Akester, W. J., 1956. A cross-pairing of Dilina tiliz (L.) 2 and Laothoe populi (L.) @ (Sphingide). Ent. gazette 7: 96. Demuth, R. P., 1956. An unusual pairing. Ent. rec. journ. var. 68: 191-192. Fischer, W., 1949. Ein neuer Schwarmer-Hybrid. Celerio hippophaes % Pergesa porcellus = hybrid benzi Fisch. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. (Burgdorf) 3: AO. Nabokov, V., 1949. The nearctic members of the genus Lycxides Hiibner. Bull. museum comp. zool. 101: 479-541. Owen, D. F., 1952. An unusual pairing. Entomologist 85: 96. Roche, Patrick, 1954. Revisional notes on the genus Epitola Westwood. Bull. Brit. mus. nat. hist., entomology 3: 489-501, pls. 19-22. Sicher, H., 1953. Interspecific mating. Lepid. news 6: 108. Watkins, N. A., 1954. Polyommatus icarus Rott. pairing with Lysandra coridon Poda. Ent. rec. journ. var. 66: 23. Wright, W. G., 1906. Butterflies of the West Coast, 2nd ed. 255 pp., 32 col. pls. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif. Dept. of Zoology, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IIll., U. S. A. PARASITINSEKTEN DER BLATTMINIERER EUROPAS. By L. Fulmek. 203 pp. 1962. Publisher: W. Junk, Den Haag, Netherlands. {[Bound; price Dutch Guilders 28.00]. The author arrived at the good idea of publishing a book on the insect parasites of leaf miners, as an addition to the monumental work of E. M. Herine Bestimmungstabellen der Blattminen von Europa (see review in Lepid. news 11: 177-178; 1957). In its main part (145 pages) the new book represents an annotated check list of 680 host species, all of them being leaf miners recorded in Europe. Among them 415 species are Lepidoptera, 213 Diptera, 35 Coleoptera, and 17 Hymenoptera. This comprises about 34% of the entire total of leaf miners (over 2000 species) treated by Herinc in his book. The number of host species reviewed by FuLMEK in his present book must be recognized as rather high, taking into consideration the fact that insect parasites are known so far in only about 10% of all described insect species. In the check list the host species are arranged alphabetically, by orders and genera. In each order the lists of hosts are preceded by a summary of the systematic distribution of the genera among the families and concluded by some statistical data on the parasites. The annotations to 238 REVIEW Vol.16: no.4 each host species are limited to the basic synonymy (when necessary ) and lists of parasitic species with geographic data, occasionally with reference to the recording authors. An alphabetical index of over 1200 parasites (21 pages of the book) refers to the above check list of the hosts. Preface, introduction, discussion, and summary are briefly com- posed and, together with the short lists of the basic literature and abbreviations, make up the remaining pages of the book, the main purpose of which is to awaken in the students of leaf miners an interest in the parasites of this group of insects. Among the European leaf miners, 55 parasitic insects are known in the Hymenoptera, 169 in Coleoptera, 385 in Diptera, and 520 in Lepidoptera. Most of the parasites (99.4% ) belong to the Hymenoptera families Braconidae, Chalcidide, Cynipide, Ichneumonidz, Procto- trupidee, and some Vespoidea; only some few (0.6%) to the Diptera. Especially “record-breaking” in the number of parasites are the Lepi- doptera species Coleophora laricella Hb. and Tischeria ekebladella Bjk., each of them having 42 parasitic species. The style in which the book is written is very concise but nevertheless quite understandable. The author may only be accused of inconsistency of the language used in the locality names which are either done in Latin (Austria; Germ — Germania, Germany; Suec = Suecia, Sweden; Gall = Gallia, France; etc.) or in German (Ungarn = Hungary; Russ] = Russland, Russia; Polen = Poland; etc. ), or even in a mixture of these two languages (WGall = “West” Gallia, western France; SGall = “Siid” Gallia, south France). No explanations for the abbreviated locality names are given. Upper Bavaria is indicated now as “ObBayern’ (Oberbayern), now as “SBayern” (Siidbayern). The editorial defects consist of the use of the same roman characters for the names of insects and plants, authors’ names, and the locality data. The chapters are not always distinctly separated in the text; their titles are at times completely omitted, or do not correspond to those in the table of contents. All these defects need to be corrected in a second edition, in case this will be published. In its gold stamped linen cloth cover, the book has a very pleasant appearance; the paper is good, the type is clear. The price (about $7.80) cannot be regarded as very high for a book of this kind. The book will undoubtedly be approved by the leaf miner students, for whom it is intended. N. S. OBRAZzTSOV, Dept. of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y., Us Sagas 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 THE VARIATION OF POLITES DRACO (HESPERIIDZ) WITH ALTITUDE by F. Martin Brown While collecting in the vicinity of Ouray, Colorado, in 1960, I was struck by the large size and the light coloration on the under side of the Polites draco that I was getting at little more than 7,000 feet above sea level. This is about as low altitude as the species inhabits in Colorado. It ranges upward from there to the grasslands above timberline, almost reaching 13,000 feet above sea level. Epwarps (1871) described the butterfly from material that had been collected in that year by THEoporE L. Meap, his future son-in-law. In the original description Epwarps credited Mrap with the capture of the types and gave the type locality as “Colorado.” MrEap (1875: p.790) wrote of draco: “Specimens were brought by the expedition from Southern Utah, and from Twin Lakes, Colorado. It is also found in California.” This situation led Brown (1935: p.162) to suggest that Twin Lakes, Colorado, be considered the type locality of the species. MEap was at Twin Lakes from July 9, 1871, to around the 17th of the month (Brown 1956: p.189). This is just the time of the year at which to get the species at Twin Lakes, which is situated about 9,500 feet above sea level. It is very near to the midpoint of the altitudinal range of draco in Colorado. Epwarps description of draco fits very well what I choose to call the “low altitude” or light form of the species. HoLLanp’s figures of the types (1931: pl.53, fig.15, 16) compare favorably with material from the 9,000 to 10,000 feet elevation zone within which Twin Lakes is situated. Fresh specimens are a little greyer or greener than the reproduction in my copy of The Butterfly Book suggests. These are the systematic variations that occur with altitude in draco: 1) the length of the costal margin of the fore wing decreases with increase in altitude; 2) the area covered with fulvous scales on the upper side of the wings decreases with increased altitude and, concommitantly, the fuscous margins become wider; 3) the maculation on the upper side of the hind wings of the females becomes more sharply defined and the individual marks become smaller with increase in altitude; 4) on the under side of the hind wings the marks become smaller and more sharply defined with increase in altitude; 5) the ground color of the under side of the hind wings and the outer marginal area on the fore wings becomes 240 Brown: Polites draco Vol.16: no.4 Polites draco 6 6, all COLORADO: 1 & 2) low altitude form, Ouray, Ouray Co., 7,800’, 28 June 1960; 5 & 6) type altitude form, Canyon Creek, Ouray Co., 9,000’, 20 June 1960; 9 & 10) high altitude form, Glen Cove, Pikes Peak, Teller Co., 12,000’, 15 July 1932. (Uppersides left, undersides right.) x 1.5. less greyed and more nearly chocolate brown with increase in altitude; 6) light lunular smudges, often violet grey in color, along the outer margin of the under side of the hind wings, especially clear on females, found on low altitude specimens disappear with increased altitude. The two ends of the cline of variation are abundantly distinct. How- ever, intergradation from one to the other is so complete on the slopes of a single mountain that naming them would be unwise. The changes evidently are a response to environmental conditions imposed by changes in altitude. In Colorado there is a regular increase in moisture accom- panying the usual decrease in temperature as you ascend a mountain. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 24] Polites draco 2 2, all COLORADO: 3&4) same data as figs. 1 & 2; 7 & 8) same data as5 &6; 11 &12) Buckskin Joe Gulch, Park Co., 12,000’, 5 August 1949. (Uppersides left, undersides right.) x 1.5. It is possible that the decrease in oxygen tension may have something to do with the metabolic changes that bring about the darker coloring that increases with altitude. It also is possible that the shorter growing season at high altitude reduces nutrition of the growing caterpillars and thus produces smaller imagoes. Long and short series of Polites draco from forty-three localities in Colorado were examined for this brief study. They are distributed among fifteen of the mountainous counties in the State. The distribution of the localities sampled may be summarized: 949, Brown: Polites draco Vol.16: no.4 Altitude range Number Counties 12,000 ft. upward fi Park, Summit, Teller, Pitkin 11,000 - 12,000 ft. 10 Park, San Juan, Lake, Saguache, Eagle, Pitkin, Boulder 10,000 - 11,000 ft. 9 Park, LaPlata, Saguache, Mineral, Lake, Clear Greek, Pitkin 9,000 - 10,000 ft. 11 Park, Clear Creek, Teller, E] Paso, Grand, Gilpin, Ouray, Lake 8,000 - 9,000 ft. 6 Park, Pitkin, Grand, Ouray 7,000 - 8,000 ft. i Ouray The dates upon which the collections were made become later in the summer as altitude increases: Altitude Range of dates 12,000 ft. upward 15 July to 20 August 11,000 - 12,000 ft. 4 July to 19 August 10,000 - 11,000 ft. 28 June to 5 August 9,000 - 10,000 ft. 21 June to 27 July 8,000 - 9,000 ft. 25 June to 13 July 7,000 - 8,000 ft. 12 June to 29 June It would be interesting to learn through breeding experiments how much of the variation found in Polites draco is genetic and how much a somatic response to the environmental factors that accompany increase in altitude. References Brown, F. Martin, 1935. The localities of T. L. Mead’s collection of butterflies from Colorado in 1871. Journ. New York ent. soc. 42: 157-162. Ll Sedhgian ite , 1956. Itineraries of the Wheeler Surver naturalists 1871 — Theodore L. Mead. Lepid. news 9: 185-190. Edwards, William H., 1871. Descriptions of new species of North American butter- flies. Trans. Amer. ent. soc. 3: 266-277, esp. pp.274-5. Holland, William J., 1931. The butterfly book, rev. ed. 424 pp., 77 pls. Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, N. Y. Mead, Theodore L., 1875. Report upon the collections of diurnal Lepidoptera . . . United States Geographical Surveys west of the 100th meridian, vol.5, Zoology: 739-794, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 FIRST ADDITIONS TO THE NORTHERN ONTARIO LIST OF BUTTERFLIES ly? [a (Ce 18, letironrins A. ADDITIONAL SPECIES, etc. Strymon falacer Godt.: Sudbury (1959) — July m. Colias gigantea Stkr.: Cape Henrietta Maria, Fort Albany, Fort Severn — July m. Adopeea lineola Ochs.: Sudbury (1960/61) — July m. Poanes hobomok f. “pocahontas” Scud.: Sudbury (1961) — June m. Atrytone bimacula G. & R.: Sudbury (1959) — July b. B. ADDITIONAL LOCALITIES Lethe eurydice Joh.: Geraldton. Lethe portlandia borealis A. H. Clark: One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp. Euptychia cymela Cramer: One Sided Lake. Caeenonympha tullia inornata Edw.: Sudbury. Cercyonis pegala nephele Kby.: One Sided Lake, Wabigoon. Oeneis macounii Edw.: Hymers. Oeneis jutta ridingiana Cherm. & Cherm.: Nakina. Erebia disa mancina Westw.: Hymers. Danaus plexippus L. Sudbury. Speyeria atlantis Edw.: Charlton, Dinorwic, Hearst, Inwood Park, Kapuskasing, Kenora, Lake of the Woods, Poland, Savanne, Sud- bury, One Sided Lake, White River. Speyeria cybele Fabr.: S. Neeling twsp., Sudbury. Speyeria aphrodite winni Gund.: Inwood Park, Kapuskasing. Boloria selene atrocostalis Huard: Borup’s Corners, Charlton, Hymers, Inwood Park, Kenora, Poland, Savanne, Vermilion Bay, One Sided Lake, Wabigoon. Boloria eunomia dawsoni B. & McD.: Nakina. Boloria titania grandis B. & McD.: Oog Lake, Sudbury Distr. Boloria freija Thunbg.: Hymers. Boloria toddi toddi Holl.: Borup’s Corners, Charlton, Dinorwic, Gold Rock, Hymers, Inwood Park, Poland, Savanne, Vermilion Bay, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Wabigoon. Boloria frigga Thunbg.: James Bay, Nakina. 244 RriottE: Ontario list Vol.16: no.4 Melitza harrisii Scud.: S. Neeling twsp., Sudbury (re-taken 1960). Melitza nycteis drusius Edw.: Charlton, Hymers, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp. Phyciodes tharos Drury: Charlton, Dinorwic, Inwood Park, Wolf River, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp. Polygonia satyrus marsyas Edw.: One Sided Lake, Vermilion Bay; recent re-evaluation of the material available from northern Ontario proved that this material does not belong to the typical race but to the race marsyas. Polygonia faunus Edw.: English River, Savanne, Upsala, Vermilion Bay. Polygonia progne Cram.: English River, Inwood Park, Savanne, Ver- million Lake (Sudbury ), One Sided Lake. Nymphalis j-album Boisd. & Lec.: Charlton, 65 mls. W. of Hearst, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp. | Nymphalis milberti L.: One Sided Lake, Poland, Raith. Nymphalis antiopa L.: 65 mls. W. and 35 mls. E. of Hearst, Inwood Park, Lake of the Woods, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Upsala. Vanessa virginiensis Drury: Charlton, Inwood Park, Kenora, Poland, One Sided Lake, Wabigoon. Vanessa atalanta L.: One Sided Lake. Limenitis archippus Cram.: Sudbury. Limenitis arthemis Drury: Charlton, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp. Strymon acadica f. “muskoka” Wats. & Comst.: Sudbury. Strymon liparops fletcheri Mich.: Inwood Park, One Sided Lake. Incisalia niphon clarki T. N. Freem.: Sudbury. Feniseca tarquinius Fabr.: One Sided Lake, Sudbury (re-taken 1960). Lycena thoé Guér.: One Sided Lake, Poland. Lyceena epixanthe michiganensis Rawson: should be changed to next. Lycena epixanthe amicetus Scud.: localities as listed under michiganensis. , Lycena helloides Boisd.: Hymers, One Sided Lake, Sudbury (1 9 VII-5-1960 ). Lycena dorcas Kby.: Hymers. Plebeius szepiolus Boisd.: Fort William. Glaucopsyche lygdamus couperi Grote: Fort William. Lycenopsis argiolus pseudargiolus Boisd. & Lec.: S. Neeling twsp. Everes amyntula Boisd.: English River, Fort William, One Sided Lake, Raith, Vermilion Bay. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 245 Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J.: Charlton, Fort William, S. Neel- ing twsp. Euchloe ausonides mayi Cherm.: S. Neeling twsp. Colias eurytheme Boisd.: Inwood Park, Kenora, Lake of the Woods, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Sudbury, Vermilion Bay. Colias philodice Latr.: Charlton, Inwood Park, Raith. Colias interior Scud.: Cartier, Charlton, 65 mls. W. of Hearst, Ignace, Inwood Park, One Sided Lake, White River. Delete Fort Albany, Fort Severn. Colias pelidne Boisd. & Lec.: Fort Albany. Pieris rapze L.: Inwood Park, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Sudbury. Pieris napi oleracea Harris: Charlton, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Sudbury, Wabigoon. Thorybes pylades Scud.: One Sided Lake. Erynnis icelus Scud. & Burg.: S. Neeling twsp. Carterocephalus palemon mesapano Scud.: One Sided Lake. Ancyloxipha numitor Fabr.: One Sided Lake, Sudbury. Hesperia laurentina Lyman: Charlton, Dinorwic, Inwood Park, Nakina, Poland, Savanne, Wabigoon. Polites themistocles Latr.: One Sided Lake, Upsala. Polites peckius Kby.: One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Poland, Raith. Polites mystic Scud.: Geraldton, Nakina, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp., Port Arthur. Poanes hobomok ridingsi Cherm. & Cherm.: Charlton, One Sided Lake, S. Neeling twsp. Atrytone ruricola metacomet Har.: One Sided Lake. Amblyscirtes vialis Edw.: One Sided Lake. In the above records are included those of the Lyman Collection in Macdonald College, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, P. Q., which previously were not yet available. Reference Riotte, J. C. E., 1959. Revision of C. J. S. Bethune’s list of the butterflies of the eastern provinces of Canada as far as northern Ontario is concerned. Ontario field biol. 13: 18 pp. 278 Bathurst St., Toronto 2-B, Ont., CANADA. 246 Vol.16: no.4 A NEW EUREMA RECORD FOR SOUTHERN FLORIDA I was fortunate in taking a specimen of Eurema dina subspecies helios M. Bates, on August 23, 1962, at Fairchild Gardens, Matheson Hammock, Dade County, Florida. Dr. A. B. Kuots, who kindly made the determination, stated it was the first record of its appearance in Florida, or for that matter, as far as he knew, in the United States. The specimen will remain in the collection of the Museum of Natural History, New York, to authenticate the record. JoHN M. PLoMLEy, 7731 N. W. 8th St., West Hollywood, Fla., U. S. A. BURDICK COLLECTION TO UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO The University of Colorado Museum, Boulder, Colorado, has recently received a large collection of North American butterflies from the estate of WiLL1AM NE son Burpick of Los Angeles, California. The collection numbers over 20,000 specimens, of which over 7,000 are identified and prepared in such a manner as to be immediately useful for consultation, teaching and research. Over 12,000 specimens are largely duplicates which are available for exchange with other institutions and collectors. Some 1,000 specimens represent other orders of insects than butterflies, especially representative being the robber flies, in which Mr. Burpick took special interest. Wiit1am Newson Burpick was born in Denver in 1887, the son of Dr. Witt1AM NELSON Burpick, Sr., who was a well-known physician in Denver and Leadville. Wi11am N. Buropick, JR., graduated from the University of California, majoring in Entomology, which he pursued as an avocation throughout his life. He was the author of numerous scientific papers on the subject of North American butterflies, and his bequest to the University of Colorado includes a number of unpublished manuscripts. He is survived by his widow, Mrs. SHema Burpick of Los Angeles. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 247 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TO THE TWELFTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY This meeting marks the second occasion in which the Lepidopterists’ Society has scheduled its national gathering in the state which contains a greater number of its own members than any other state in the Union. This prompts us to express our gratitude to the Executive Council and Officers for the privilege of attending a foregathering of our confréres without the long trek to some distant area. It also gives us the opportunity of expressing to the Officers and Director of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History our deep appreciation of the many courtesies they have extended to our organiza- tion and its members on this and many other occasions. The particular message that I wish to present at this time concerns one aspect of our entomological endeavors which, I believe, is of major importance, namely, the relationship of graphic illustration to publication of technical papers. The ancient Chinese proverb that “a picture is worth ten thousand words” is as true today as it was in olden times. We must also stress the point that scientific illustrations should evidence the same degree of accuracy and craftsmanship as is expected in the written text. The late Jonw L. Ripceway, in his excellent book, Scientific I llustration (published by Stanford University), puts it aptly as follows: “in the matter of illustrations, which are an important corollary to the literature of science, their very character, purpose, and treatment place them in a class quite distinct from the more popular application of the art.” We agree with Rwceway also that a scientific illustrator “does not recognize modernistic tendencies in the display and technique of scientific illustration.” In this exacting craft there is no place for the type of individualistic “masterpiece” suggesting scrambled eggs on burlap, framed and hung (frequently upside-down) in museums, with high-sounding titles and higher prices. Fortunately, the classic presentation is still the dominant character in scientific publications. We all recognize the strong appeal which beautifully illustrated works on entomology haye,-beth for the amateur and expert. How reverently we poured over the text of Epwarns’ Butterflies of North America and lingered over the exquisite colored drawings of Mary Peart, and how thrilling it was to read the scholarly excurses in ScuppEr’s Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada, and note the many fine drawings. Others must have wondered as we did at the skill that was evidenced in 248 Presidential Address Vol.16: no.4 the wood engravings of ANNA BotsForD Comstock which illustrated many of the works of her husband, Joun HENry Comstock. Most of us are familiar with the classic papers of C. V. Rizey, in the Missouri Reports and other writings, in which much of the appeal lies in Ritey’s drawings. It has long been recognized that the scholarly works of ALPHeus S. Packarp, when illustrated by Jos—EpH BricHaM, as in the Monographs of the Notodontidz and the Ceratocampide, are particularly outstanding. Some of these entomological “old masters” had the advantage of reasonably priced color reproduction. Today we are denied this. We can only hope that at some future time a cheaper process of color printing will be invented, and kept free from the dictation of union labor bosses. The editors and/or business managers of some of our journals have not always recognized the value of illustrations. In most cases this is probably due to budgetary limitations. It is disheartening to find that, with many technical journals the contributing authors are required to pay for illustrations. It would seem to me more advantageous to cut down on the number of pages and put the saving into good illustrations. This is the policy that was followed during the past forty years by the Southern California Academy of Sciences, thanks to the backing and support of a cooperative Board of Trustees. The steady growth of that organization and its high scientific standing seems to suggest that the policy was efficacious. We should all offer congratulations to the governing body of our Lepidopterists Society for the stand they have taken in this respect. They have established a special “illustrations fund”. We should do all in our power to help in this endeaavor, and hope that eventually someone will set up an endowment for that specific purpose. One other aspect of this subject should be considered. I have occa- sionally seen publications in which the authors used good drawings that were obviously made by competents, without giving credit to the illustra- tors, reprehensible whether it is done intentionally or by oversight. Most scientific illustrators not only have had long training in their craft, but have a good grasp of the fundamentals of the subject that they are illustrating. Illustration adds greatly to any work and should be accorded full recognition. The author will himself benefit by giving adequate credit to the associate artist. There is a challenge in these meticulous demands for all of us who have a part in the training of our novitiates. JOHN ADAMS COMSTOCK 1373 Crest Road, Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 249 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of FRED T. THoRNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., E] Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) BUTTERFLY MIGRATIONS IN MARCH IN NORTHERN MEXICO by RicHarp HErTzMANn The freezing weather of 1961-62 spreading through southern Texas, killing the majority of the tropical growth in the area, resulted in very poor collecting for butterflies in the Rio Grande Valley. As a result of this my collecting partner Witt1am Howe and I decided to try for a few days collecting further south in Mexico. We entered Mexico through Matamoros on 21 March 1962 and headed south on the highway to CD. Victoria. About one hundred miles south of Matamoros a clogged fuel line caused a three hour delay which was used for collecting butterflies along the sides of the road. Butterflies were numerous, with many Pheebis and Kricogonia beating their way along the roadsides. We soon noticed that a small migration of Libytheana bachmanii larvata Strecker was in progress. All specimens observed were flying rapidly to the south from five to ten feet above the ground. Many specimens were caught and examined and all were found to be dull worn individuals. When released they would dash off to the south again. After we became aware that a migration was in progress, an attempt at counting was started, and in the next three hours, from 11 am until 2 pm, we counted 139 specimens. None were observed stopping at flowers or moist places along the road. With the car operating again we continued south and about fifty miles north of CD. Victoria the first Danaus plexippus Linnzeus of the season was sighted. From this point on, scattered specimens were noted flying lazily to the northeast. UV light collecting during the evening surprised us by drawing in a big male D. plexippus. The next morning, 22 March, we left CD. Victoria heading south again for CD. Mante. We soon noticed a marked increase in the numbers of D. plexippus, and it was apparent that we were in the midst of a large migration. We started counting the ones that flew across in front of the car and found that 60 to 80 were passing for every mile traveled. These were only the ones flying directly in front of the car. The yellow flowers of the Palo Verde trees along the sides of the road were swarming with Monarchs. When we stopped the car and gct out to look about, the species was everywhere, flying from a few feet above the ground far up into the sky until hardly 250 HeEITZMAN: Mexico Vol.16: no.4 visible. All those flying were traveling at a leisurely rate to the northeast. These large numbers continued for the next 70 miles until we reached CD. Mante about 2:30 in the afternoon. The trees in the motel yard where we stayed were covered with resting Monachs. The owner told us they had appeared the day before, the same day that a heat wave jumped the temperatures about 30 degrees. For the next three days numbers of migrators were observed in the area but never approached the numbers of 22 March. When we returned to Brownsville, Texas, on 26 March, D. plexippus was common where not a one had been observed before. On 27 March we spent the day on Padre Island, about 30 miles east of Brownsville. Along the eastern shore many dead Monarchs were found washed up along the beach, apparently individuals that tried unsuccess- fully to extend their flight across the Gulf. 3112 Harris Ave., Independence, Mo., U. S. A. WILLIAM MARK DAVIDSON (1887-1961) WituiaM M. Davinson, a member of the Lepidopterists’ Society since 1948, died on 6 November 1961, at Orlando, Florida, where he had lived following his retirement in 1947. He was born in Edinburgh, Scotland, 27 May 1887, and received his early education at Glen Almond School, Glasgow. In 1960 he emigrated to the United States, and he became a naturalized citizen in 1913. He was married in 1912 and had two children. He attended Stanford Uni- versity and in 1910 received the A. B. degree. He was a Scientific Assistant in the U. S. Bureau of Entomology from 1911-20 and served as Assistant Entomologist and later Senior Entomologist in the U. S. Food Distributing Administration, 1920-46. His stations included Santa Clara and Sacramento, California, and Greenbelt, Maryland. He became a specialist in insecticides and in insects affecting citrus culture, especially the Orange Thrips and San Jose Scale. Mr. Davinson published several short notes in the Lepidopterists News. His chief interest aside from Nearctic Lepidoptera was in bird banding. He was Secretary of the Florida Audubon Society from 1949 to 1961. GrorcEe W. Rawson, 603 Faulkner St., New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U. S. A. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society P51 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Stallings, Don B., & J. R. Turner, “A new species of Agathymus and a new sub- species of Megathymus (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Megathymide).” Ent. News, vol.71: pp.109-115, 2 pls. 1960. Describes as new A. freemani (near Bagdad, Ariz.; foodplant Agave “deserti’); M. yuccz# browni (Salina, Utah; foodplant Yucca harrimaniz ). [P. B.] Stempffer. H., “Description d'un lycéne nouveau de la faune malgache” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.2: pp.131-133, 2 figs. 1950. Eicochrysops pauliani, a new lycznid from Madagascar (Tsaratanana Mt.). [P. V.] Stempffer, H., & N. Bennett, “Révision des genres appartenant au groupe des Tolaus (Lep. Lycenide)” [in French]. Bull. Inst. frang. Afrique noire, (A), vol.20: pp.1243-1347; vol.21: pp.227-235; 199 figs. 1958-59. Very important paper on the revision of the genera belonging to the Iolaus group. After a history of the genera and an indication of the method of study, the authors give a key to the subgenera of Jolaus; after this key every subgenus with the species and subspecies are successively studied. The presentation is not correct; the names of subgenera are not in parentheses and appear like names of genera. For example, p.1255, in Hemiolaus ceculus, Hemiolaus is used in this paper for a subgenus, not a genus. The correct form is Iolaus (Hemiolaus) ceculus according to the Régles. The following taxa are described (correct form indicated): I. (Stugeta) bowkeri ethiopica (Ethiopia, Harrar), I. (S.) b. occidentalis (Sierra Leone, Batkanu); I. (Argiolaus) lalos kigezi (Uganda, Kigezi), I. (A.) crawshayi nyanzz (Kenya, Mumias), I. (A.) c. elgone (Kenya, Mt. Elgon), I. (A.) c. niloticus (Uganda, Metu Hills), I. (A.) c. littoralis (Kenya, Mombasa); IOLAPHILUS n. subgen. (type menas H. H. Druce), I. (Iolaphilus) maritimus (Kenya, Kilifi), I. (Iolaphilus) ndolz (N. Rhodesia, Ndola), I. (Jolaphilus) vansomereni (Uganda, Metu Hills), I. (lolaphilus) zquatorialis (Uganda, Katera), I. (Jolaphilus) cottrelli (Uganda, Kamengo), I. (Jolaphilus) kayonza (Uganda, Kigezi); PHILIOLAUS n. subgen. (type parasilanus Rebel), I. (P.) parasilanus maesseni (Br. Togo, Ho); I. (Epamera) mimosz rhodosense (S. Rhodesia, Umtali), I. (E.) aphnzoides mafugze (Uganda, Kigezi); I. (E.) moyambina (Sierra Leone, Moyamba), I. (E.) longicauda (Nigeria, Ikom), I. (E.) dubiosa (Tanganyika, Amani), I. (E.) penningtoni (S. Rhodesia, Hot Springs); ETESIOLAUS n. subgen. (type catori Bethune-Barker). [P. V.] Stys, Pavel, “On the lepidopterous nature of the previously dipterous genus Dahlica Enderlein 1912 (Lepidoptera, Psychidze—Diptera, Fungivoride)” [in English; Czech summary]. Acta Soc. ent. éechosloveniz, vol.57: pp.76-83. 1960. Very important taxonomic study about Psychidz. The genus Dahlica, classified pre- viously in Fungivoride, is transferred to Psychide. The subfamily Dahlicinz must be considered as synonymous to “Psycheoidine”, sensw Kozhanchikov 1936. Dahlica in all probability is synonymous to Solenobia. [J. M.] Thompson. W. R., “The interpretation of taxonomy.” Proc. 10th internat. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.61-73, 3 figs. 1958. Suggests that the complex interrelationships of species can better be explained by a fixed type system than by phylogeny. The author's argument is interesting, but he confuses gaps in zoological knowledge with gaps between types, and his mathematical explanation of a series of discrete types analogous to the periodic table of elements is no substitute for a causal explanation of organic diversity. [P. B.] Tiedemann, Oswald, “Vitula serratilineella Ragonot (Lep. Pyralide). Ein in Europa heimisch gewordener nordameriganischer Kleinschmetterling” [in 252 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.16: no.4 German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.282-286, 2 pls. 1958. Sinks Moodna bombylicolella to this North American species which is established around Ham- burg, where it was apparently introduced with dried fruit during the last 20 years. Regards the sp. as distinct from V. edmandsz on grounds of differences in external appearance & biology. [P. B.] Tilden, J. W., “Studies in the genus Ochlodes Scudder II. The type material of the North American species (Lepidoptera: Hesperiide).” Ent. News. vol.72: pp.37-45. 1961. Types of Boisduval’s spp. are in the British Museum; lectotypes of Edwards’ spp. are selected from material in the Carnegie Museum & University of Kansas Museum; a neotype of O. yuma (Edw.) is designated & will be deposited in the Carnegie Museum. The types of francisca & amanda Ploetz cannot be located, & the application of the names is uncertain. [P. B.] Tindale, N. B., “Revision of the ghost moths (Lepidoptera Homoneura, family Hepialide ) part VII.” Rec. South Australian Mus., vol.13: pp.157-197, 8 pls., 35 figs. 1958. Describes as new Endoclita paraja (?Borneo), E. aikasama (Java), E. aurifer (Java), E. broma (Java), E. salvazi (Laos), E. aroura (Sumatra), E. raapi (Nias), E. topeza (Laos), E. warawita (N. Borneo), E. williamsi (Los Banos, Philippine Is.), E. taranu (Sumatra), E. hosei (Sarawak), E. kara (Java), E. ijereja (Borneo). Figures types & ¢ genitalia. [I. C.] Tite, G. E., “On three new species of the genus Syntarucus from the African region (Lepidoptera, Lycenidez ).” Entomologist, vol.91: pp.189-191, 1 pl. 1958. Describes as new S. brevidentatus (W. shore of L. Manyara, Tanganyika), S. casca (Anjouan Is., Comoro Islands), S. mayottensis (Mayotte, Comoro Islands). [P. B.] Tite, G. E., “New species of, and notes on, the genus Lepidochrysops (Lepidoptera, Lyceenide ).” Entomologist, vol.92: pp.158-163, 6 figs. 1959. Describes as new L. albilinea (Bahr el Ghazal), L. ansorgei (Bange Ngola, Angola), L. flavisquamosa (Zambezi-Congo Divide, Moxico Distr., SE Angola), L. nigritia (Raga, S. Bahr el Ghazal), L. ringa (Ringa, N. Nigeria). Notes on L. ethiopia & L. naidina. [P. B.] Tite, G. E., “The genus Catachrysops, Lepidoptera, Lycenide.” Entomologist, vol.92: pp.201-212, 2 pls., 8 figs. 1959. Describes as new C. strabo luzonensis (Montalban, Rizal, Luzon), C. s. celebensis (Macassar), C. panormus andamanica (Port Blair), C. p. batchiana (Batjan), C. p. papuana (Kumisi R., NE Br. New Guinea), C. p. pura (Isabel Is., Solomons), C. p. argentata (Guam), C. p. timorensis (Dili, Timor), C. p. cxrulea (New Hebrides), C. nubila (Ysabel Is.). Revision of genus; all forms grouped in the spp. above except for the monotypic C. binna, C. amasea, & C. taitensis. [P. B.] Tite, G. E., “New species of the genus Lepidochrysops (Lepidoptera Lyceenide ).” Entomologist, vol.94: pp.21-25, 2 pls., 4 figs. 1961. Describes as new L. czrulea (Antsianaka, Madagascar), L. longifalces (Butler South Farm, 50 mi. S. of Umtali, S. Rhodesia, 5000 ft.), L. nyika (Nyika Plateau, Nyasaland), L. mpanda (Mpanda, Tanganyika), L. nacrescens (Nova Lisboa, Angola), L. fulvescens (Samba Acenda, Angola), L. vera (Kaduna, Nigeria). [P. B.] Todd, E. L., “A note on Acronicta rapidan (Dyar) (Lepidoptera, Noctuidz).” Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., vol.61: p.278. 1959. First U.S. records; sp. distinguished trom A. connecta, of which it may be a southern race. [P. B.] Toll, S., & R. J. Wojtusiak, “Revision of the Palzearctic forms of the genus Paratalanta Meyr. (Pyralide)” [in English; Russian & Polish summaries]. Acta zool. cracov., vol.2: pp.279-312, 4 pls. 1957. As new is described P. stachialis from Manchuria. [J. M.] tal S., “Studien iiber die Genitalien einiger Coleophoriden. XIV” [in German; Polish & Russian summaries]. Acta zool. cracov., vol.2: pp.119-150, 41 figs. 1957. As new are described: Coleophora didyma (Tschkalov, USSR), C. stachi (Kras- noarmeijsk-Sarepta, USSR), C. paraspumosella (same locality ). Genitalia of new spp. are figured. [J. M.] Toll, Sergiusz, “Drei weitere neue Arten der Familie Tortricidze aus Polen (Lepidoptera)” [in German; Polish & Russian summaries]. Ann. zool. Inst. zool. 1962 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 953 Polska Akad. Nauk, vol.17: pp.65-89. 21 figs. 1958. Describes as new Bactra gozmanyana (Stemplew, Kreis Turek, Poland); Epiblema baligrodana (Bieszczady (Wald-Karpaten), Baligréd-Czarne), E. petasitis (same locality). Compares B. gozmanyana in detail with B. lanceolana, B. robustana, & B. furfurana. [P. B.] ‘Toll, S.. “Neue Acrolepiida. Beschreibung von vier neuen Arten aus der Sowjetunion” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.84-89, 8 figs. 1958. Describes as new Acrolepia volgensis (Krasnoarmiejsk, Sarepta), A. christophi (Transcaucasia, Ordubad), A. sibirica (E. Siberia, Vladivostok); Rasslerstammia transcaucasica (Transcaucasia, Berzhomi). [P. B.] Toll, S., “Studies on species of the Lepidoptera of the Caca@cia podana Scop. (Tortricidae) and Pyrausta sanguinalis L. (Pyralidze) groups” [in Polish; English summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.28: pp.109-124, 3 pls. 1958. Describes as new P. latefascialis (Djalantun, Manchuria). The 2 of C. criticana is described. C. ingentana & C. subrufana are distinct (good) spp; P. auroralis is a southern variety of P. virginalis, not a good sp. Imagines & genitalia are figured. [J. M.] Toll, Sergius, “Eine neue Coleophora aus dem Naturschutzgebiet bei Oberwinden im Marchfeld, NiederOsterreich” [in German]. Zeitschr. Arbeitsgem. Osterr. Entomologen, vol.12: pp.81-82, 4 figs. 1960. Describes as new C. pseudorepentis. [P. B.] Toll, Sergiusz, “Studien tiber Genitalien einiger Coleophoridae XVII” [in Polish; German summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.30: pp.91-108, 32 figs. 1960. As new are described: Coleophora guttiferella (Tripolitania: Jefren), C. glabricella (same), C. islamella (same), C. tripolitana (same), C. leucostrigella (same), C. satellitella (same), C. zonatella (same), C. italiz (Italy, Trento; Pinarco). [J. M.] de la Torre y Callejas, S. L., “Reconsideracion taxonomica de las especies del genero Kricogonia Reakirt, con vista al estudio de sus organos genitales” [in Spanish]. Publ. Univ. Oriente, no.42: 32 pp., 2 pls. 1958. Reviews taxonomic history of genus and all named forms; concludes that valid spp. are K. castalia (with ssp. K. c. lyside) & K. cabrerai, all other names being synonyms or applying to in- frasubspecific forms. Gives key to recognized forms and figures all in color. [P. B.] de la Torre y Callejas, Salvador Luis. & Pastor Alayo Dalmau, “Revision de las Notodontidz de Cuba, con la descripcion de dos nuevas especies” [in Spanish]. Publ. Univ. Oriente, no.43: 60 pp., 15 pls., 5 figs. 1959. Describes as new Disphragis zayasi (Vista Alegre, Santiago de Cuba); Meragisa toddi (“La Brena’, Moa, Oriente). Lists 25 spp. (including an unidentified sp. of Disphragis), with brief descriptions, figures of adults & genitalia, and notes on distribution. [P. B.] de la Torre y Callejas, Salvador L., “Estudio de los érganos genitales de las Sphingidz de Cuba contenidas en la colleccién de la Universidad de Oriente” [in Spanish]. Rev. Univ. Oriente, vol.1: pp.39-75, 15 pls. 1960. Lists the 59 Cuban spp.; figures é genitalia of 44 spp. & Q genitalia of 40. [P. B.] Toulechkoff, K., “Etudes faunistiques d’Olympe de la Gréce (Lepidoptera)” [in Bulgarian; Russian & French summaries]. Bull. Inst. zool. Acad. bulg. Sci., vol.1: pp.305-328, 3 figs. 1951. A number of spp. & sspp. from the Olympus region in Greece are described as new: Agrotis multangula stojanovi, A. cuprea jordanovi, A. stavroitiacus, A. decora olympica; Hadena platinea grisescens; Eupithecia olympica. Only the new spp. are figured. [J. M.] Torstenius, Stig, “Nagra anteckningar rérande Europas Nycteola Hb. (Sarrothripus Curt.) (Lep. Noctuidae)” [in Swedish; English summary]. Ent. T idskr., vol.81: pp.63-73, 2 pls., 15 figs. 1960. Describes & figures genitalia of N. revayana, N. degenerana, N. siculana, N. columbana, N. kuldzhana, & N. asiatica; summarizes distribution of first three spp., which occur in Sweden. [P. B.] Townsend, A. L. H., “Four new species of African Heterocera.” Entomologist, vol.91: pp.204-206, 1 pl. 1958. Describes as new: (Noctuide) Antarchea magalium (Nakuru, Kenya); Osericana pernix (Nakuru); (Geometridz) Lophorrhacia burdoni (Mufindi, Tanganyika); (Pterophoride) Platyptilia illustris (Nakuru). bee i... she Seka eat ae eost ede 64-66 Heitzman,. Richard: 2ico58 i120 iz a esin eco cee cncece tncsees vuaseatonen nee 249-250 Hogue, ‘Charles: Tae) oocccsecccciscccedscisctteegecdsecasversdeagecess ub an 58 Kendall, Roy: (Qhyeucccnce Behehswvsass ca vsnehtwbudnccw aneeecee ee 201-203 Ke orkOvic, Ze: a... ae ee A ee ee 5-19, 105-127 MccHenry;, Paddys Bu ci vccisilacccsditonceocecussnnoouecthovsst oooteoe esse ee 104 Martin,. beland Js. 23 Seen BAA oe ee ee 59-60 AY (OYera) aaa Cam cs Gene Rte CTech. 2 (kin Rm Er MR MRR PE scocngaresimesn so: 81-97 Miowchiat: Josef ston. cscs. See ee Sc eee 145-146, 192 Neweomer) Hy Ji. ccegt.css. bShwoscsed weeds onseuadis avodassehcseaaut and 67-70 ObraztsoverNicholases Mei) ieee oe csesk cet ee eee 175-192, 237-238 Olson: “Ws TE. secession 136 Opler: Pauls A.” oserhsrcck Rosa eos wae Rad aul ce eee 193-194 Plomileys a]. ML bec ites sos oes oct ic scaesesootteeelan ck teal 246 Rawisomert Get SV ne oon ek NR ees Od Sar ei a9 2, ee 250 Reinthals Ws) i ea eae ea Bi Sw nos hic eee ee 201-203 NE Crp OW OCA CO) OR Cees i emeatae ome sry 4 re ote ORR CRRA, UE nS 22, 58, 149-150, 150 Remingtony P.* Sheldon sih.6 csc sdecosshs coos: acseeniest oe T=%5 Rigttes Je Ge. ees ck eee eee Ric ee 62, 243-245 Roéver,, Kalliam .2cccpcstictelteicacac sues dioccacetedhnins idee sede cals soxeoeneuaee entice aaa 1-4 Rogers, Wesley: We icf. Sis csestionscsnacandosssrscceosscvgseas aeeeee eee 63 Shapinos Arthur N5 ori oso ietccccsc cence maesaecivosestsne aor bee aR 129-130, 199 Shepard. Sionwbl wee erene re cs. daiglodaic sidoucubiess tiluam sta canouiecieeek bee doe 46 Shawl. Fermest Me y.ci.sc ak Sl heen eG REA Serge 143-145 Sicher; Plarnyy) 54... Sse eave iets sees gee nae de 98 Small» \Gordom: Bug re. 22 Gk io ack sade ace a od cence cee RCO 195-196 Stallings, “ 2 A : 4 “i a i os 3 . ' _ m3 f ‘ # ’ e = . ¢ - ra > 1 ‘ P t ; : ? : pee - > : = 2 * : : ; . ss F : 2 Z ‘ ~ ‘. . -. « 6 » ¥ . = A = Va 4 . } eS ‘ 5 7 cs ; Volume 17 1963 Number 1 JOURNAL | of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue TYMPANIC STRUCTURES AND TAXONOMY FLIGHT ACTIVITY AT DONNER PASS SOUTHWESTERN LOUISIANA RHOPALOCERA REVIEW OF FORBES’ VOLUME IV (Complete contents on back cover) 26 August 1963 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1963 OFFICERS President: H. B. D. KetrLteweri (Oxford, England) Ist Vice President: Don B. Staruines (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Vice President: C. M. Brezanxo (Pelotas, Brasil) Vice President: Sercius G. Kiraxorr (Ghent, Belgium) Treasurer: GrorcE Eute (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SwwnEy A. HEsset (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) _ Secretary: Pau R. Exrticn (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: Fioyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Riotte (Toronto, Canada) Da.rsor Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia ) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE LA TorrE y CALLEjyAs (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: SHicERu A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) Lrvco_n P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JOURNAL OF Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Veclume 17 1963 Number 1 — THE TYMPANIC STRUCTURES OF THE LEPIDOPTERA AND THE TAXONOMY OF THE ORDER by Sercrus G. KIRIAKOFF Part XV (on the Hypeninz and Herminiinz) of my “Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des Lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classifica- tion” (Studies of the tympanic organs of the Lepidoptera as a criterion of their classification), which appeared in 1960, completed the series begun in 1948. A short paper appeared in the Lepidopterists’ News in 1952, in order to acquaint the readers with the progress of the investiga- tion and with the important bearings thereof on the classification of the Lepidoptera (Kiriakoff 1952b). Now that the study has been terminated, it may perhaps be of some interest to give a short summary of the research and of its final results regarding the classification of the groups involved. Stress should be also laid on the very important earlier work by A. GLENN RicHarRDs, CHIN Jen Lun, I. Gonrsanpt, and H. Sick, not to speak of the pioneer in the field, Professor F. Eccrers. The latter had for the first time described the various types of tympanum and outlined the principal divisions of the tympanum-bearing groups. As it is now known, there are two main position-groupings of the lepidopterous typanum, viz. the abdominal and the thoracic type. While the question of a possible polyphylety of the abdominal type is still open, there seems to be little doubt about the monophyletic origin of the structure for those groups which possess a thoracic tympanum. Since I have dealt in my research with the latter only, I must refer the reader to the papers by KENNEL and Eccers, and by GourBanptT on the abdominal structures. There are three main groups belonging to the abdominal category, viz. the Pyralide, the Geometridz, and the Thyatiride + Drepanidz, and they are now usually considered as superfamilies. 2 KrRIAKOFF: Tympanic structures Vol.17: no.1 With reference to the thoracic structures, some excellent work has been done by RicHarps (1933), who studied in some detail the North American Noctuidz and more fragmentarily the other groups involved (Arctiide, Lymantriidz, etc.). His conclusions regarding the general classification differ in many points from those dealt with here, mostly, I should think, because of the more complete later research on several groups only superficially studied in his excellent paper. On the other hand, RicHarps subdivisions of the family Noctuidz seem on the whole to be quite acceptable, although he only studied the New World forms. So are the conclusions of Cuin JEN Lun (1936) concerning part of the American Arctiide; as far as I am aware, only an excerpt of his paper has been published. I now return to my own work. In order to give a clear picture of what has been done, I am giving below, in chronological sequence, the es- sentials of the 15 parts of the “Recherches”. The parenthetical dates refer to the papers cited in full in the references at the end of this review. I. CTENUCHID (1948). Three main structures have been found: the “normal” or phalenoid type, very similar to that found in the Noctuide; a peculiar type with a horizontal tympanum, called the “thyretoid type’; and a much reduced structure, with most, but not all, features vestigial. GoHrBANpT (1939a) had already distinguished between these various structures; however, she refrained from making definite taxonomic conclusions. The “thyretoid” forms were later (1949a ) placed in the new family Thyretide. Il. THAUMETOPCEIDA (1949b). These are shown to have the same type of tympanic structures as do the Thyretidz and Notodontide. See also part XIII. Ill. DIOPTID (1950a). This is another group belonging in the vicinity of the Notodontidz. Some representatives have strongly reduced tympanic structures (subfamily Dioptine). The majority, with well developed, sometimes highly specialized structures, form the subfamily Josiinee. IV. NOTODONTID4# (1950b). A few Indo-Australian forms are aberrant in the shape of the scutal phragm and form the subfamily Tarsolepidinz (scutal phragm narrow like that in the phalaenoid type). The bulk possess a normal notodontoid (i.e., broad and roof-shaped ) scutal phragm: subfamily Notodontine. The notodontoid group was revised in a paper entitled “Sur la classification et la phylogénie de la superfamille Notodontoidea” (1950c). The superfamily Notodontoidea of p ALMEIDA was broadened to include the families Thyretidz, Dioptide, and Notodontide + Thaumetopeeide. All the forms possessing a tym- panum of the phalzenoid (or noctuid) type were, then, placed in the 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 opposite superfamily Phalzenoidea (later renamed Noctuoidea, on priority grounds ). Sick (1940) had studied, in a paper that was at the time un- known to me, the family Dioptidz, as well as a couple representatives of Thaumetopceidze and Notodontide. His study was very complete (90% of the -dioptid-species.),and-he recognized 5 main structural types of the tympanum, including the vestigial one referred to above under III. He also was the first to point out the affinities between these several groups. Since he was not a taxonomist, he did not attempt to adjust the classifi- cation of the groups involved. Sick died shortly after the end of the Second World War. V. A short paper (1950d) dealt with the aberrant structures of a few arctiid genera, both Old World and American. VI. NYCTEMERID/ (195la). The structures of this group do not differ notably from those of the true Arctiide. VII. LITHOSIIDZ (1951b). Most genera do not differ from the Arctiidae. A few possess, however, an aberrant type of tympanum, with a complete, closed frame. A new family Endroside (after the palearctic genus Endrosa) has been described to include such forms. Further research may disclose more genera belonging to this new taxon. VIII. COCYTUD (1951c). This includes the single genus Cocytia, not differing, in respect to the tympanic structures, from the Noctuide. IX. ARCTIID4 (1952a). Old World forms only were studied. For the American genera, vide the paper of Cuin JEN Luu (1936). X. HYBLA®IDZE (1953). This small tropical group is mostly placed near the Noctuidz. The moths lack, however, any trace of tympanic structures. Considering some other structural characters of the Hybleide, they should be placed with the Tortricoidea, i.e. in an evolutive series that developed quite independently of the Noctuiformes. XI. AGARISTIDAE (1955). These are close to the Noctuide but possess an unmistakable degree of differentiation, e.g. the so-called pleural bulla, a large vesicle at the basis of the abdomen, visible from outside. XII. LYMANTRIIDA (1956a). Some structures, especially the prespiracular cucullus, point towards a closer affinity with the Arctiidae than with the Noctuidae. A general survey of the super-family Phalenoidea (recte Noctuoidea) led to recognizing but two families, viz. Endrosidz and Noctuide, the latter having two major divisions, one with a prespiracular cucullus (i.e., the cucullus being placed before the first abdominal stigma), including the infrafamilies Arctiidi and Lymantriidi; the other with a postspiracular cucullus (i.e., the cucullus being placed behind the first abdominal stigma), including the infra- families Noctuidi (including “Cocytiidz” ) and Agaristidi. 4 KimIAKOFF: Tympanic structures Vol.17: no.1 XIII. A few Australian genera have been sometimes placed with the Lymantriidz, sometimes with the Thaumetopceide. The tympanum does not differ from that of the latter group, so that the taxonomical position of the Epicoma-group is with the Notodontoidea (1956b). XIV. NOLIDA® (1958). These are usually considered as a “sub- family” of Arctiidze. RicHarps was the first to point out that their true affinities are with the Noctuidze. However, he had some doubts about the position of the cucullus. This doubt I was able to remove by showing that the cucullus of the Nolidz is postspiracular. The group should ac- cordingly be placed near Noctuidi as a third infrafamily. XV. HERMINIINA and HYPENINZ (1960). RicHarps had made a study of these groups and pointed out that 3 subfamilies could be distinguished therein, viz. Herminiinze, Rivulinze and Hypenine. As far as the two latter are concerned, the conclusions of RrcHarps have not been supported by my research. For instance, a double pocket IV was found to occur in all the groups indiscriminately, which made it useless as an important differential character. I accordingly placed both Rivulinz and Hypeninz with the “Erebine-Catocaline complex” of RicHaARDs, a useful and probably natural division. On the other hand, the Herminiinz possess (as RicHarps indeed did find ) a prespiracular cucullus, contrarily to all other “Noctuidz”, including the Rivulinze and the Hypeninz. The former must accordingly be removed from that vicinity and placed with the “prespiracular” division of the Noctuide, along with Arctiidze and Lymantriidez. The various conclusions reached in the above papers can be briefly tabulated as follows: Subcohors Noctuiformes A. (Includes the plesiomorphic sister-branch, i.e., groups which do not have tympanic structures. The most important are the Zygenide ). B. The apomorphic sister-branch has tympanic structures present and contains two supertamilies. Superfamily Notodontoidea (tympanum of the notodontoid type ) Family Dioptide Subfamily Dioptinz Subfamily Josiinz Family Notodontidz Subfamily Tarsolepidinze Subfamily Notodontine (the Thaumetopceide might be excluded therefrom and placed in a distinct family or subfamily on other grounds than the tympanic struc- tures ) Family Thyretide 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 Superfamily Noctuoidea (tympanum of the phalenoid type): Family Endroside Family Noctuide Subfamily Arctiinee (Subfam. nova: prespiracular hood ) Infrafamily Lymantriidi Infrafamily Arctiidi Infrafamily Herminiini Subfamily Noctuinze (Subfam. nova: postspiracular hood ) Infrafamily Nolidi Infrafamily Noctuidi Infrafamily Agaristidi The above classification differs very distinctly from the usual one. However, I believe it to correspond more closely with the phylogeny of the higher Lepidoptera, because the tympanic structures undoubtedly are the most significant single set of characters that can be found in the Lepidoptera. Their complexity is extreme, yet they are surprisingly uniform in the various evolutionary lines that can be distinguished among their bearers. There is no doubt that they should be preferred to all other characters such as the wing-venation with all its inconsistencies. To end this summary, I should like to point out that, in my opinion, all the groups where a tympanum occurs should be investigated for that structure. The classification of groups such as the geometrids and the pyralids cannot be considered as satisfactory so long as next to nothing is known about their tympanic structures. It is surprising to find that, since the times of KENNEL and EcceErs nobody has ever cared (with the exception of GoHRBANDT who wrote a paper on the uraniid type of tympanum ) to follow up the pioneer work of those two great lepidop- terists. I can only hope that some student will undertake this immense but glorious task in order to bring our knowledge of the groups just referred to the level of what is now known about the Noctuoidea. References Eggers, F., 1920. Das thorakale bitympanale Organ der Lepidoptera Heterocera. Zool. Jahrb. (Anat.) 41: 273-376, 6 figs., pls.20-24. Gohrbandt, Ilse, 1939a. Das Tympanalorgan der Syntomiden. Zool. Anz. 125: 23-29, 4 figs. es , 1939b. Ein neuer Typus des Tympanalorgans der Syntomiden. Zool. Anz. 126: 107-116, 5 figs. Kennel, J. v., & F. Eggers, 1933. Die abdominalen Tympanal-organe der Lepidopteren. Zool. Jahrb. ( Anat.) 57: 1-105, pls. Kiriakoff, S. G., 1948. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. I. Ctenuchide. Bull. & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 84: 931-276, 3 pls. _ nog eae , 1949a. Over de Phylogenie van de Thyretidze fam. nov. (Lepidoptera). Natuurwet. Tijdschr. 30: 3-10, 1 pl., 1 fig. 6 KigIAKOFF: Tympanic structures Vol.17: no.l eS ae he , 1949b. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. II. Thaumetopceide. Biol. Jaarb. 16: 195-205, Dehios: Seth ha eae , 1950a. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. III. Dioptide. Bull. & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 86: 67-86, 2 pls. Rees ae , 1950b. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. IV. Notodontide. Biol. Jaarb. 17: 66-111, 12 figs. ANS et , 1950c. Sur la classification et la phylogenie de la superfamille Notodon- toidea (F. d’Almeida) Kiriakoff. Bull. & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 86: 23-255. Pom anes , 1950d. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. V. Position systématique de quelques genres des Arctiidae. Lambillionea 50: 62-73, 4 figs. BA as tei? , 195la. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. VI. Nyctemeride. Bull. & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 87: 106-129. Wenn aeietice , 195lb. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. VII. Lithosiide. Biol. Jaarb. 18: 53-76, 7 figs. hs MC ek PC , 195lc. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. VIII. Cocytiidz. Ent. Berichten 13: 381-382. P cter te ace , 1952a. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. IX. Arctiide. Bull & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 88: 26-50, 7 figs. Ar tae ve , 1952b. Les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres comme caractére systématique et phylogénétique. Lepid. news 6: 7-12, 5 figs. nea Ae Rye , 1953. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. X. Hybleidz. Bull. & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 89: 258-263, 1 fig. DO Ae , 1955. Onderzoekingen over de Gehoororganen bij Vlinders met Betrekking tot de Classificatie. XI. Agaristidae. Verh. Kon. Vlaamsche Akad. Wet. Lett. Belgié 47: 70 pp., 39 figs. Fee to AALS , 1956a. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rap- port avec la classification. XII. Lymantriidz. Bull. & ann. soc. ent. Belgique 92: 168-199, 14 figs. Ov ase , 1956b. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. XIII. Groupe d’Epicoma Hubner. Biol. Jaarb. 23: 218-227, 5 figs. 1958. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. XIV. Nolidae. Biol. Jaarb. 26: 69-75, 6 figs. Lae etd ag th , 1960. Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. XV. Hypeninz et Herminiinz. Biol. Jaarb. 28: 140-153, 7 figs. Luh, Chin-Jen, 1936. The skeletal structures of the tympanum of Arctiidze (Lepidoptera). Dept. Ent., N. Y. State College of Agric., Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (excerpt). Richards, A. Glenn, Jr., 1933. Comparative skeletal morphology of the noctuid tympanum. Ent. Americana (n.s.) 13: 84 pp., 20 pls. Sick, H., 1935. Die Bedeutung der Tympanalorgane der Lepidoptera fiir die Systematik. (Verh. Dtsch. zool. Ges. 37) in Zool. Anz., Suppl. 8: 131-135. Ae, , 1940. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Dioptide, Notodontide und deren Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen zueinander. Zool. Jahrb. ( Anat.) 66: 263- 290, 29 figs. Institute of Zoology, University of Ghent, BELGIUM 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society rh ECOLOGICAL STUDIES OF RHOPALOCERA IN A HIGH SIERRAN COMMUNITY — DONNER PASS, CALIFORNIA. Il. METEOROLOGIC INFLUENCE ON FLIGHT ACTIVITY by THomas C. EMMEL and Joun F. EMMEL The present paper reports a study of Rhopalocera flight patterns and meteorological fluctuations at Donner Pass (Placer County) —a typical Canadian Zone area in the Sierra Nevada mountain range of California. The authors have spent a total of over six months in two different years investigating the Donner Pass region. The senior author (T. C. E.) surveyed the area in 1956, delineating vegetation zones and general Rhopalocera distribution and activity in the various habitats. A subsequent intensive investigation was planned in the spring of 1960 and that summer one of us (J. F. E.) obtained the meteorologic and flight activity data described in this report. INTRODUCTION Probably since the first collector in medieval Europe stopped outside with a net in his hands, it has been observed that times of emergence and flight of butterflies and most other insects tend to be adjusted to the surrounding environmental conditions. In cur previous paper (1962), we noted that climatic factors govern the general distribution of butter- flies; anyone interested in this phase of zoogeography should read WittsuirE (1957), who discusses the influence of desert, plain, and mountain climates on the distribution of Iraq’s Lepidoptera. But within the area of distribution, weather directly affects the seasonal occurrence and fluctuation in numbers of the insects. Some of the most striking examples of this important effect are found among the butterfly species of the southwestern deserts. BAUER (1955) remarks that Papilio rudkini Comstock has a very irregular flight period in the desert mountains, with captures recorded from January through November. Bauer states that rainfall seems to be “the deciding factor as to when it may be found.” Hovanirz (1948) has studied the differences in field activity of the two female color phases of Colias eurytheme Boisduval during the day. He found different frequencies of each color phase (within the popula- tion of a specific locality) at different times of the morning and after- noon. Total activity was found to be dependent upon various temperature and solar radiation combinations; further discussion on certain aspects of his important studies of flight activity will be considered later. 8 EmMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass — II Vol.17: no.l Enruicu (1954) states that Erebia rossii Curtis flies on “the warmest, stillest, brightest days.” An interesting aspect of local climatic influence on butterfly species is this author's comment that, because of the weak flight of this Erebia, “prevailing winds cannot be discounted as a possible major guiding agency in the dispersal and subspeciation of rossti.” Other investigations have found climatic influence on mosquito populations. PLatr et al. (1958) found “a 100% positive correlation . . . between relative humidity and the abundance of Aedes vexans,’ while Goopwin and Love (1957) found that extremely high air temperatures would greatly decrease numbers of mosquitoes. Many other examples of environmental studies with various invertebrates can be found in the literature. In our previous paper, we considered the influence of vegetation and altitude (as well as various intrinsic factors ) on the occurrence of butter- fly species in a particular area. In this present paper, we wish to consider what governs the apparent rarity and abundance of a species within an area where it occurs. Lack (1954) found that food abundance is a limiting factor on bird populations, but this is obviously not the case with most butterflies, as the food plant is generally much more abundant than the butterfly (see Emmel & Emmel, 1962). A study of population size for each species in Donner Pass was not intended. Instead, we present herein data on the relative daily abundance of each of six butterfly species (from five families), along with records of daily weather conditions, and an attempt is made to show how these extrinsic (meteorologic) conditions affect the flight activity on each day within the flight period. DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA Donner Pass has had a long history of climatic influence on the lives of men and beasts. The heavy snows of the region attained unfortunate fame in 1846, when the Donner Party was trapped below the Pass. Even today, miles of strong wooden snow sheds stand over the railroad tracks for protection against the fierce storms. Snowmelt occurs in early June, while snow flurries can be expected in early September. Sandwiched between nine months of winter — spring, summer, and fall in the Donner Pass area must rapidly pass in seccession. Thus it is that butterflies and plants come out together as soon as bare ground appears, and the flight or growth seasons are measured in weeks instead of months. The Lodge meadow area was the particular region studied for collecting data on daily flight numbers of the six most abundant Rhopalocera. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 The Lodge meadow area studied in Donner Pass, Placer County, California. Moist in June, the meadow becomes progressively drier during the summer and _ plants such as Yarrow (in the foreground) become dominant on the gentle slope between the South Yuba River and the base of Mt. Disney. This study area, approximately 500 by 800 feet, is bounded on the north by the South Yuba River, on the west by willow thickets and forest, on the south by the slope of Mt. Disney, and on the east by a dirt road and forest. It lies at an elevation of approximately 6960 feet above sea level. In June, the meadow here was wet and grasses, with many wildflowers, grew in verdant abundance. As the summer progressed, the meadow dried slowly and such plants as Yarrow (Achillea millefolium) and Fireweed (Epilobium angustifolium) replaced the earlier wet meadow inhabitants. The reader is referred to our earlier paper for further habitat description. METHODS Within the Lodge meadow area, daily counts on numbers of butter- flies in flight were made. The method employed was counting by direct observation in a two hour period: 10-12 A.M., Pacific Standard Time. 10 EmmMeEL & EmMMEL: Donner Pass — II Vol.17: no.1 Table 1. MAXIMUM NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS OBSERVED IN ANY TWO-HOUR PERIOD FOR SIX SPECIES. Species Number observed Date Parnassius clodius baldur 40 June 27 Colias eurytheme 55 June 23 Chlosyne hoffmanni 120 July 7 Nymphalis californica 650 July 21 Plebejus icarioides 39 June 28 Pyrgus communis 52 July 20 These counts were made through continuous crossings of the study area by the observer. In using numbers seen per two-hour period as an index of abundance, we are following EHRiicn’s suggestion (1959). Determination of the size of natural populations is very difficult, as pointed out by Brown (1951). One can only obtain crude estimates and the results should be interpreted “as estimates of the lower possibility of size.” In our case, a complete count of the population (possible in “marking” experiments; see Ehrlich, 1961) was not necessary; we desired to compare the relative numbers of flying adults from day to day. In order to avoid false comparisons of one species abundance with that of another species (which may not prefer the meadow habitat as much as others ), all comparisons were calculated as follows. The number of individuals on each day was divided by the maximum number counted on any one day (see Table I) during the summer to obtain the percent of flying butterflies for each date. That is if Y = number of individuals observed, then Y/Y max X 100 = percentage or index of activity. Obviously, the above method of counting and of calculation has statistical limitations but the authors believe the results are accurate enough for the purpose: to compare relative abundance of flying butterflies with meteorological conditions on a day-to-day basis. Meteorological data were obtained from standard instruments main- tained by the staff of the Audubon Camp in the Lodge meadow. Relative humidity and barometric pressure were taken at 5:30 P.M., P.S.T. Degree of cloudiness figures represent approximations of the areas of visible sky and of clouds during the daylight hours. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The six butterfly species selected for the flight activity graph (Fig. 3) represent five major Rhopalocera groups found in the Donner Pass area. These were: Parnassius clodius baldur Edw. (Papilionidz), Colias 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Li METEOROLOGIC DATA SUGAR BOWL AREA DONNER PASS, PLACER COUNTY, CALIFORNIA June 17— August 26, 1960 RELATIVE HUMIDITY BAROMETRIC PRESSURE DEGREE OF CLOUDINESS WIND DIRECTION mM eet | | Md iat a gl Figure 2 12 EmMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass — II Vol.17: no.1 DAILY FLUCTUATIONS IN FLIGHT PERIODS OF SIX DONNER PASS RHOPALOCERA June 17—August 26, 1960 Parnassius clodius baldur Colias eurytheme Chiosyne hoffmonni Nympholis californica Plebejus” icorioldes Figure 3 eurytheme Bdvy. (Pieride), Chlosyne hoffmanni hoffmanni Behr and Nymphalis californica Bdy. (Nymphalide), Plebejus icarioides Bdv. (Lyceenide ), and Pyrgus communis Grt. (Hesperiide ). The flight periods of three species (C. eurytheme, N. californica, P. communis) began before June 17, the date of first observations, and extended into late August (two generations of adults occurring within this time). The flight periods of the other three butterflies began in late 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 June after observations were underway, and terminated in late July. Thus it is interesting to compare the effects of meteorological conditions on each of the long-term and short-term fliers, which we shall do (indi- vidually ) during the following discussion of our data. A. GENERAL TRENDS OF ACTIVITY For four species (and perhaps C. eurytheme, too), there seemed to occur a large emergence and much flight activity at one time, near or at the beginning of each species’ flight season. The “hump” of high activity slopes down to rather low levels after about 10 to 15 days. The peak flight dates for these particular species were: P. clodius: June 27-July 7 C. hoffmanni: July 7-12 P. icarioides: June 23-July 11 P. communis: June 26-July 9 Following these peak periods in each species was a long “trailing-off” period, in which few individuals were found, and those collected were usually worn and old. Colias eurytheme, from our data, appears to have two “humps” of higher flight activity, one extending from late June to early July and a second beginning in the first week of August. This second occurrence, with a week or so of low abundance of typical eurytheme, represents for the most part the emergence of the form “amphidusa”, which replaced typical eurytheme to a very considerable extent during August. Nymphalis californica occurred at low population levels throughout the summer, but on July 21, a mass emergence took place with the new adults migrating out of the area that afternoon in a westerly direction. Notes on this butterfly’s ecology are mentioned in our previous paper. The possible cause of this mass emergence will be treated shortly. To cur knowledge, none of the six species exhibited sexual dichronism in respect to the time of emergence; that is, both sexes of these species emerged concurrently (synchronous ) or with not more than several days’ difference. It would be interesting to graph flight-period data on a Speyeria species or Lyczna arota Bdv., for instance; one would likely find two peaks or perhaps a long plateau if the males remained at a state of high activity until the females emerged en masse. B. StTrmmuLus FOR EMERGENCE OF SHORT-TERM F'LIERS By considering the meteorological and flight activity data in Figures 2 and 3, it is possible to see certain weather situations that could account for butterfly emergence. 14 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass — II Vol.17: no.l Parnassius clodius and Chlosyne hoffmanni apparently began to emerge around the 26th of June. For the previous seven days weather conditions had been generally mild, with the daily high temperatures between 70 and 80 degrees, no cloudiness or rain, steady humidity and barometric pressure levels, and fairly low-velocity afternoon winds. Up to June 22, however, the. night.temperature.was. often near freezing; on June 23, the low was 43° F. This rather high “low” temperature (for June) could have provided the necessary stimulus for almost immediate emergence, especially in the case of Plebejus icarioides, which emerged in numbers from June 22 on. The stimulus for the mass emergence of Nymphalis californica was evidently a five-day period of very high temperatures. The mature larvee were very abundant in the first week of July, and the pupal stage lasted approximately two weeks. It is interesting to note that immediately after this date, the barometric pressure fell, with high degrees of cloudi- ness, high relative humidity and some rain. It is perhaps not impossible that the butterflies could “sense” this drop in pressure, or, more likely, the several days of unusually high temperatures. FRANK SaLa (1961) and others have remarked on the apparent ability of the members of the Saturnia albofasciata group to “choose” to emerge on precisely a certain day after the beginning of the warm “Santanna” winds in southern California (see Stevenson, 1960) during late fall. C. CORRELATIONS OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA Wira Dairy Fiuicut ACTIVITY I. TEMPERATURE Our hypothesis before collecting the data reported herein was that a positive correlation would be found between increase in temperature and increase in butterfly activity. For several reasons, this hypothesis was not substantiated. First, the daily high temperature never fell below 70° F. until August 21. This meant the high temperature ranged from 70 to about 95 degrees, and all Sierran species known to the authors would be active in such a range. Thus it was found in a scatter-dot correlation diagram (plotting per cent of butterfly activity versus the number of degrees Fahrenheit) that the butterflies were both highly active and inactive under the same temperature conditions, with no noted increase in butterfly numbers with increase in temperature. On July 5, for instance, at a high temperature of 90°, no butterflies flew in the morning. This was due to a heavy rain on the preceding day (which thoroughly wetted the vegetation); this is the sort of interrelationship of the data that must be taken into account. However, in areas of very high 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 temperatures (well above 90° around noon), Hovanrrz (1948) found that with Colias “a period of minimum diurnal activity occurred about the middle of the day,” so there may even be a negative response in activity with such temperatures. Secondly, as the high-low temperatures were recorded as such for the entire 24-hour day, the “high” temperature does not necessarily reflect the situation between 10 and 12 oclock in the morning. Thus a cool temperature in the morning may have limited flight during that time. But in the three Colias populations studied by Hovanirz (1948), “the activity of the females was greatest at some point during the morning,” and this point was found by him to be “earlier in the day in the more southern populations.” Il. RevativE Humipiry AND BAROMETRIC PRESSURE Relative humidity generally ranged between 40 and 60 per cent; by definition, this factor is dependent upon temperature. The only sharp change (remembering that this condition was only measured at 5:30 P.M.), outside of times of rain, was an increase to the 80 per cent level from July 27 to 29. Unfortunately, there was no considerable butterfly activity at the end of July (both preceding and following these dates ), so no conclusions on the effect of relative humidity on butterfly activity can be drawn from our study. Cloudiness and rain were accompanied by a drop in barometric pressure, but it is believed that the former factors’ physical effects of decreasing solar radiation and of wetting the vegetation were probably the significant causes of drops in flight activity, rather than the drop in pressure (but refer to our previous remarks on Nymphalis californica emergence ). For both these meteorological factors, studies in tropical habitats with hourly changes in humidity and barometric pressure would likely provide more interesting and conclusive evidence for effects on flight activity. III. DEGREE OF CLOUDINESS The effect of degree of daily cloudiness on flight activity is believed here to be shown of considerable significance. By considering the period of highest activity (June 27 to July 9) in four species, and graphing degree of cloudiness versus percentage of activity during this time, we find an apparent direct negative correlation; that is, with increasing cloudiness butterfly activity decreases. On clear days during this period, flight activity varied from 0 to 100%, with other factors being responsible 16 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass — II Vol.17: no.1 for this spread of activity. The seven days of varying cloudiness during this time of high butterfly emergence made correlation work possible; the other three general periods of cloudiness (late July and in August) occurred towards the end of times cf emergence and abundance of the species considered. Amount of solar radiation or light intensity is dependent upon degree of cloudiness in a significant way. Direct sunlight is lessened or completely obscured by clouds, and these six butterflies do not fly when the extreme situation occurs. Thus here exists a direct correlation between flight activity and solar radiation. There is also a close correlation between solar radiation and daily temperature. Hovanitz (1948) found in Colias that “activity is greatest along a peak line ranging from high temperature and low solar radiation to low temperature and high solar radiation.” A unique opportunity to study the effects of smoke on flight activity was provided by a large forest fire near the Pass, beginning August 20. Virtually all flight activity of all species halted when thick clouds of smoke severely obscured the sun and even filled the valleys of the area. ITV. WInpb DIRECTION AND VELOCITY No general correlations with flight activity were attempted, as it was obvious that from comparing the graphs wind direction and velocity usually are independent factors not acting on butterflies to any measur- able extent (July 10 being the exception with regard to wind velocity ). This is likely because of the rather sheltered valley in which the Lodge meadow is located, where the winds are of a mild nature. The wind speed and direction would seemingly prove to be relevant factors in more exposed situations, such as where the habitat is located on the leeward or windward side of a peak or a steep hillside, or perhaps in an extensive, flat, arctic-alpine area where winds could sweep butterflies away if they did not become inactive during windy hours. V. RAINFALL Rainfall was light in the Pass during the summer of 1960, as it was for the entire state. Rain (over 0.05 inches) on July 4 eliminated any flight activity on that and the following day; likewise, nearly trace amounts of rain (with a high degree of cloudiness) on July 2, 26, 27, 30 and 31 halted all flight of butterflies. Thus a correlation between precipitation in the form of rain and butterfly activity exists; if rain occurs, there will be “no” flight activity during that time. We are, of course, limiting this conclusion to just this particular temperate zone locality. The summer rains in the Sierras are cold and accompanied by a noticeable drop in air 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 temperature. Precipitation is also accompanied by increasing cloudiness, a drop in barometric pressure, and an increase in relative humidity; it is felt that from this study the first two factors are the influential ones on butterfly flight activity. We already noted in the introduction that some workers have found insect abundance to be correlated with relative humidity. D. THE INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF FACTORS, AND STATISTICS The interrelationships among the meteorological factors considered in this paper are obvious. Rainfall will always be associated with degree of cloudiness, which in turn is linked with amount of solar radiation or light intensity (not measured in this study, other than very approximately by daily cloudiness ). In high mountain areas, a decrease in solar radiation may be more important than temperature in influencing flight activity, as evidenced by the negative correlation of degree of cloudiness and butterfly numbers found in this study. Other relationships have been stated earlier. The task of determining the particular factor (out of two or more conditions ) responsible for affecting activity is indeed a formidable one. With butterfly activity as the dependent variable, one could determine multiple correlations for various combinations of independent meteoro- logical variables, as Hovanrrz (1948) did for certain of his data (and as we have done). But as noted above, in the Pass area the meteorological conditions are not independent of each other. One statistical method of dealing with this type of situation is the use of an equation for linear regression. ANDREWARTHA (1953: pp.568-583 ) illustrates the use of the regression equation in considering fluctuations in the numbers of a population of Thrips imaginis (order Thysanoptera), where weather is an important influence on numbers. The reader is referred to his book for the form and discussion of this equation, but we may mention several points here. In using the equation, the deviation from the usual number of insects is compared with the departure from the usual weather, and the extent of each condition’s effect on insect numbers for any particular day is derived. This equation may be accurately used only with a large quantity of data, which our study did not provide. E. ADDITIONAL GENERAL REMARKS As noted in our discussion of temperature effects, Hovanirz found the highest period of activity of Colias females in the morning, with a considerable decrease in activity during the hottest portion of the day. 18 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass — II Voi.17: no.l In the Donner Pass study area, we found the greatest activity in most species occurred between approximately 9:45 A.M. and 12:30 P.M., although because of the low population numbers we did not make an attempt to graph hourly activity during any one day Hovanirz was able to count 1245 butterflies in 55 minutes in his Imperial Valley study). Our suggestion for future long-term studies in areas unfamiliar to the investigator (in terms of peak flight activity) would be to record, for several days, flight activity by the hour — from as early as 6 A.M. to as late as 7 P.M. (e. g. in the tropics and during the arctic summer). Then if one is interested in fluctuations over the entire flight period of the species, he could choose from the data the normal “peak” for the species during the day, and thus obtain larger daily samples for correlation work. It would be highly interesting to obtain additional information on the peak activity of a single species (such as Colias) in northern and southern localities — to discover whether it is indeed true that highest activity occurs earlier in the morning in southern localities. This phenomenon would very likely be linked with a particular level of solar radiation, for in many bird species, the morning or evening period of calling is intimately determined by a minimum and maximum level of light intensity. Such suggested studies would require exact measurements of foot-candles of light. Additionally, comparative studies of times of high activity during the day in various species and genera would shed further light on this aspect of butterfly physiology. The senior author has observed Cercyonis flying at 7 A.M. in Washington state, Caligo and various satyrid butterflies flying only at twilight in Yucatan (Mexico), and certain Mexican Thecla flying only at mid-day for an hour or so. Accurate measurements of light intensity at such hours (both at the beginning and end of activity) over a number of days would undoubtedly prove of high interest. Lioyp Martin has pointed out that some species must fly before mating; this presents one reason for activity in the early morning hours. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS l. The beginning of each of the flight periods of four species con- sidered is dominated by a large “hump ’ of high activity, representing mass emergence of the adults over a period of up to about 10 days. Following this peak period is a long “trailing-off” period, in which individuals be- come progressively fewer and more worn. 2. Two different generations of one species, such as in Colias ade eurytheme, will show two distinct periods of abundance, determined 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 by their respective times of emergence. C. L. REemincron (personal communication) has pointed out that “amphidusa” is best considered a seasonal form “induced mainly by photoperiod;” if photoperiod measure- ments had been taken throughout the summer, the decreasing photo- periods in July and August may have nicely tied in-with this observation of two points of abundance. 3. A five-day period of generally mild weather, coupled with high diurnal temperatures and a rise in the low nocturnal temperatures, apparently stimulated the mass emergence period of Parnassius clodius, Chlosyne hoffmanni, Plebejus icarioides, and Nymphalis californica. 4. Temperature was not found to be correlated with flight activity. This was perhaps principally because of the constantly-high diurnal temperatures throughout the greater part of the summer. 5. Relative humidity and barometric recorded under the stated conditions (5:30 P.M.), did not show any particular deviations during the early-summer peak of butterfly activity. Thus no conclusions on possible effects can be drawn. It is suggested that studies in tropical areas might elucidate the influence of these factors. 6. Degree of cloudiness, with its accompanying influence on solar radiation or light intensity, was shown to be directly correlated in a negative way with flight activity; i.e., along a line of increasing cloudiness, butterfly activity decreases. On clear, warm days, all degrees of activity occurred. 7. Butterfly activity in the Lodge meadow area was usually indepen- dent of wind direction and wind velocity. 8. Rainfall, accompanying cloudiness and barometric pressure and relative humidity changes, definitely is correlated with flight activity in a negative sense; that is, with any amount of rain, butterfly activity ceases. 9. The interrelationships of meteorological factors makes interpreta- ticn of the effect of any single factor quite difficult. Multiple-correlation graphs and the linear regression equation are two statistical methods for dealing with this type of situation. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors wish to express their appreciation again to Mr. WiLtit1amM N. GoopaLi of the National Audubon Society, Director of the Audubon Camp of California at Donner Pass (Norden, California), where full cooperation for collecting data was 20 EMMEL & EMMEL: Donner Pass — II Vol.17: no.l extended to us during our service as assistants on the staff. The senior author is grateful to Mr. Joan A. DupMan of the Mathematics Department, Reed College, for his aid in statistical consideration of the data. We thank Mr. Ltoyp M. Marrin of the Los Angeles County Museum and Dr. Ropert OrnpurrF of Reed, for reviewing the final manuscript and adding helpful comments. References Andrewartha, H. G., & L. C. Birch, 1954. The distribution and abundance of animals. University of Chicago Press. 782 pp. Bauer, David L., 1955. Notes on the Papilio machaon complex in Arizona. Lepid. news 9: 7-10. Brown, F. Martin, 1951. Simple statistics for the taxonomist—I. Lepid. news 5: 4-6, 43-45, 64-66, 112-120. Ehrlich, Paul R., 1954. Notes on Erebia rossii Curtis (Lepidoptera: Satyride). Ent. news 55: 225-227. Ce Ae , 1956. Ecological observations on Erebia (Lepidoptera: Satyridz). Ent. news 67: 29-36. ener e es , 1959. Butterfly research: past and future. Sixth Annual Meeting, Pacific Slope Division, Lepidopterist’s Society, 29 & 30 August 1959. (Verbal) Emmel, Thomas C., & John F. Emmel, 1962. Ecological studies of Rhopalocera in a High Sierran community — Donner Pass, California. I. Butterfly associations and distributional factors. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 23-44. Goodwin, M. H., Jr., & G. J. Love, 1957. Factors influencing variations in populations of Anopheles quadrimaculatus in southwestern Georgia. Ecology 38: 561-570. Hovanitz, William, 1948. Differences in the field activity of two female color phases of Colias butterflies at various times of the day. Contrib. lab. vert. biol., univ. Michigan 32: 1-24. Lack, David, 1954. The natural regulation of animal numbers. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 343 pp. Mills, Harlow B., 1952. Weather and climate. In The Yearbook of Agriculture, 1952; Insects: pp.422-429. U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Platt, R. B., G. J. Love, & E. L. Williams, 1958. A positive correlation between relative humidity and the distribution and abundance of Aedes vexans. Ecology 39: 167-69. Sala, Frank P., 1961. Saturnia albofasciata, the enigmatic saturniid. Eighth Annual Meeting, Pacific Slope Division of Lepidopterist’s Society, 26 & 27 August 1961. ( Verbal ) Stevenson, Robert E., 1960. Winds over coastal southern California. Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 59: 103-119. Wiltshire, E. P., 1957. The Lepidoptera of Iraq. London: Nicholas Kaye Limited. 162 pp. (TCE) Reed College, Portland 2, Oreg., U. S. A. (JFE) Stanford University, Palo Alto, Calif., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society aA NEW SKIPPER AND BUTTERFLY RECORDS FOR SOUTHWEST LOUISIANA by Roy O. KENDALL Over the years lepidopterists have, for some unknown reason, failed to collect in Vernon, Beauregard and Calcasieu Parishes of southwest Louisiana. This paper will record for the first time, forty species which may be found in these or adjoining parishes. Two of these species: Pholisora catullus (Fabricius) and Erynnis zarucco (Lucas) were not included in the list for Louisiana by LAMBREMONT (1954). Collecting was accomplished on a sampling basis during the period 1955 through 1961. Intensive collecting in this area would disclose many more species than are here recorded. The specific area in which samplings were taken is bounded on the west by the Sabine River which divides Louisiana and Texas from a point near Logansport, De Soto Parish, south to the Gulf of Mexico. Contiguous hardwood forests characterize the west boundry of the collecting area. East of the Sabine River one finds a vast amount of piney woods cut by numerous creeks or small streams which drain into the Sabine River to the west or the Calcasieu River to the east, both terminating in the Gulf of Mexico. Arrangement of this paper follows the forthcoming Synonymic List of Nearctic Rhopalocera by Cyrit F. pos Passos who kindly checked the manuscript and offered helpful suggestions. The nearest city to the locality in which each specimen was collected is recorded below. Most of the records are from DeQuincy and Lake Charles, in Calcasieu Parish, and Leesville, in Vernon Parish. By and large the specimens were found within the corporate limits of the various cities. In those instances where immature stages were reared, the larval foodplant is given. HESPERITDA® Wallengrenia otho otho (Smith). DeQuincy, 1¢, 7 Sept. 59. Lerema accius (Smith). Leesville, 14, 20 Aug. 55. Pholisora catullus (Fabricius). Leesville, 2¢ ¢, 20 Aug. 55. Pyrgus communis communis (Grote). Leesville, 100%, 20 Aug. 55. DeQuincy, very common 31 May and 1 June 56; two females observed 7 Sept. 59 to oviposit on Sida sp.; adults ex ovis 18 & 20 Oct. 59. Lake Charles, a number of adults seen but none taken, 7 & 8 Nov. 61. Erynnis zarucco zarucco (Lucas). Leesville, 200,12, ex larve 22-23 Sept. 59; larval foodplant Robinia pseudoacacia L. (see Kendall, 1960). 22, KENDALL: SW Louisiana Vol.17: no.l Lake Charles, 1¢, 192, ex larve 9 Dec. 61; other larva in diapause at present, 20 Jan. 62, larval foodplant Sesbania exaltata (Raf.) Cory. Erynnis horatius (Scudder & Burgess). Leesville, 11g ov, 22 2, ex larve 1 Feb. to 16 Dec. 59. Many, Sabine Parish, 20° 0,22 92, ex larvz 31 Oct. to 29 Dec. 59. Lake Charles, 14,29 ?, ex larve 9 to 18 Feb. 61; larval foodplants Quercus hemispherica Bartr. and Q. nigra L. Achalarus lyciades (Geyer). Leesville, 1¢, 20 Aug. 55. 10, 30 June 57. Epargyreus clarus (Cramer ). Leesville, 3¢ 0,19, 20 Aug. 55; numerous larvee found 13 Sept. 59 on Robinia pseudoacacia L. Larve also found on this plant in DeSoto Parish 15 Sept. 59 and in Union and Miller Counties, Arkansas on 16 & 17 Sept. 59. PAPILIONID/A Battus philenor philenor (Linnzus). Leesville, 12, 20 Aug. 55. Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll. Leesville, 1¢, ex larva 5 Apr. 59; larval foodplant Daucus pusillus Michx. Papilio cresphontes cresphontes Cramer. Leesville, 1¢', 20 Aug. 55. Papilio glaucus glaucus Linnzeus. Leesville, 1¢, 20 Aug. 55. Papilio troilus troilus Linnzus. Leesville, 2¢ 0, 12, 20 Aug. 55. Papilio palamedes Drury. Leesville, 10,19, 20 Aug. 55.10, 14 Sept. 59. PIERIDA& Pieris rape (Linneeus). Many, Sabine Parish, found to be common in a city vegetable garden where its larval foodplant was growing. Colias eurytheme eurytheme Boisduval. Lake Charles, 3¢ 0, 42 2, ex larve 1-6 Dec. 61; larval foodplant Sesbania exaltata Cory. Pheebis (Pheebis) sennz eubule (Linnzus). Leesville, very common 20 Aug. 55, about 40 specimens taken. DeQuincy, very common 4 Sept. 59; several females observed to oviposit on Chamezcrista cinerea Pollard; one larva found on this plant 12 Sept. 59; 19, ex larva, 28 Sept. 59. From 13-17 Sept. 59 this insect was found to be very common in Calcasieu, Beauregard, Vernon, Sabine, DeSoto and Bossier Parishes. Eurema (Pyrisitia) lisa Boisduval & Leconte. Leesville, very common 20 Aug. 55, more than 20 specimens taken. Eurema (Abzis) nicippe nicippe Cramer. Leesville, 36 0, 22 2, 20 Aug. 55. Lake Charles, 406°, 5? 2, ex larve 20 Nov. to 9 Dec. 61; larvee found on Cassia occidentalis L. and later transferred to Cassia bicapsularis L., which they readily ate, maturing in due course. Nathalis iole Boisduval. Leesville, 10', 20 Aug. 55. LYCASNIDA® Strymon cecrops (Fabricius). Leesville, 1%, 19, 2 June 56. DeQuincy, a good number of adults were taken 26 May 56. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 Strymon melinus melinus (Hiibner). Leesville, 10, 20 Aug. 55. Everes comyntas comyntas (Godart). Leesville, 19, 2 June 56. DeQuincy, 500, 22 2, 31 May & 1 June 56. NYMPHALIDZ# Anza andria Scudder. Leesville, 22 2, 20 Aug. 55; four adults ex larve 27-29 Sept. 59; larval foodplant Croton sp. DeQuincy, 13 Sept. 59, a number of adults were seen but none were taken. Limenitis astyanax astyanax (Fabricius). Leesville, 1¢, 12, ex larve 11 & 16 June 56, larval foodplant Salix sp. Limenitis archippus watsoni (dos Passos). Leesville, 2¢ 0, 20 Aug. 55. DeQuincy, two adults seen but not taken on 9 & 11 Sept. 59. Vanessa atalanta atalanta (Linneus). Leesville, 1¢, 20 Aug. 55. Vanessa virginiensis (Drury). Leesville, 2¢ 3, 20 Aug. 55. DeQuincy, 1¢, 31 May 56; four specimens ex larvxe, 10 & 11 June 56, larval food- plant Gnaphalium sp. Junonia coaenia ccenia (Hiibner). Leesville, 1¢, 20 Aug. 55; several adults seen but not taken 25 Dec. 56. DeQuincy, 1¢, 27 Dec. 56; several others seen; also on 7 Sept. 59 a good number seen but none taken. : Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius). Leesville, 10,12, 20 Aug. 55. Phyciodes (Phyciodes) tharos tharos (Drury). Leesville, 8d v0, 72 2, 31 May & 1 June 56. Melitza (Microtia) nycteis nycteis Doubleday. Leesville, 1¢, 20 Aug. 50. Euptoieta claudia (Cramer). Leesville, 2¢ 3, 20 Aug. 55. Agraulis vanillz nigrior Michener. Leesville, several were seen 20 Aug. 55 but none taken. DeQuincy, ten specimens ex pupx 3 to 5 Sept. 55; a good number of larve found 30 May 56 on Passiflora incarnata L. matured in due course. SATYRIDA: Euptychia gemma gemma (Hiibner). Leesville, 3¢ ¢, 20 Aug. 55. Euptychia areolata areolata (J. E. Smith). Leesville, 1¢, 30 June 57. Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius). Leesville, 20 Aug. 55 very common, also found in good numbers 27 May 56. DeQuincy, very common 31 May 56 and 6 Sept. 59. Euptychia cymela cymela (Cramer). Leesville, 2¢ 3, 27 May 56; 10, 30 June 57. DeQuincy, 1¢, 31 May 56. Cercyonis pegala pegala (Fabricius). DeQuincy, 1¢, 5 Sept. 59; 1, 12 Sept. 59: others were seen but could not be taken. 24 KENDALL: SW Louisiana Vol.17: no.l References Cited Kendall, Roy O., 1960. New larval foodplant for Erynnis zarucco (Hesperiidae) from Louisiana. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 176. Lambrtmont, Edward Nelson, 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tulane studies in zoology 1: 125-164. 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio 1, Texas, U. S. A. A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF FOODPLANT PREFERENCES IN THE LYCAENA HELLOIDES COMPLEX (LYCAENIDAE) IN COLORADO by Donatp S. CHAMBERS I. Lasoratory Stupies oF helloides — LiKE POPULATIONS The purplish Copper of the Rocky Mountains, described from Alberta as florus by Epwarps, has recently been referred to the northeastern Lycaena dorcas Kirby because of their very similar appearance. The range of florus is, however, isolated from that of dorcas and lies in conjunction with the area occupied, at lower altitudes at least, by L. helloides Boisduval, and most writers have considered florus to be a race of helloides. BRown (1955) sees dorcas and helloides as a “well- defined cline’, but CLENcH (1958) believes they are distinct species for the following reasons: first, they have different determined food- plants (dorcas feeds on Potentilla, helloides on “Polygonum and possibly others — but not Potentilla”); second, the two are sympatric but easily separable throughout a broad zone in the Michigan to Manitoba area; third, “there is no ‘perfect intergraduation’ across the continent as the authors state, though if large series are not seen it might appear so’; fourth, dorcas is single-brooded while helloides is multi-brooded. The present study is an attempt to determine the food plant(s) of florus and thereby disclose its true affinities. An oviposition choice situation was presented to three florus females (Group I) collected near Gothic, Gunnison County, Colorado (elevation: 10,000 ft.). Freshly cut, roughly equal-sized sprigs from five plants were placed in moist earth in a flower pot covered by a broad lamp chimney with marquisette netting over the top. The tops of the sprigs were leveled so tnat all were equally accessible to the females. About three inches of open space were left below the cloth. Throughout this and the following 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society D5 experiments the females were fed honey water daily and given an artifi- cially lighted day of from ten to fourteen hours. Light and warmth were provided by an incandescent bulb placed about three inches above the cloth. With Linum and Chenopodium serving as controls, the disposi- tion of eggs the first day was as follows: PLANT No. oF Eccs LOCATION ON PLANT Potentilla fruticosa 16 upper leaves and stems Rumex 33 all on flowers or fruit Polygonum douglassii 4 not noted Linum 0 -- Chenopodium alba 6 on fruit On soil 2 -- 61 After this test, Group I and two new groups of three females each were presented Potentilla fruticosa or Rumex sp. (once both) on suc- cessive days. The schedules and results were as follows: Test Day Potentilla fruticosa Rumex Group I 1 15 --1 Use - 2 3 12 25 4 -- 23 ) 22 -- 6 - 15 ie” 22 - totaly i 84 [with previous test 87 Lit] Group II 1 17. iis ” -- 72 3 0 - 4 -- 20 Bye ees 4 a tetal 21 2 Group III produced no eggs. 1-- means plant not offered this day. 2EFach* indicates death of one female. 26 CHAMBERS: Foodplant preferences Vol.17: no.1 The 329 Gothic eggs produced no larve when kept at room temperature for one month followed by three months at 4.5°C and a return to room temperature. Unless all eggs were infertile or killed in the first few days (which is very unlikely ), it must be assumed that they entered diapause but subsequently died. Five females were collected 25 Aug. 1961 in Gunnison, Gunnison County (elevation 7680 ft.), on or next to Rumex plants growing along an irrigation ditch; these females were at least 30 yards, and probably many times that distance, from the nearest P. fruticosa. They laid 102 eggs when confined with Rumex, and 40 larve hatched within five days. Twenty-two larvae were placed on Rumex crispus and produced 17 adults about 26 days later. Most areas near Gothic where the females were found contained both P. fruticosa and polygonaceous plants, but one field surrounded by forest was apparently devoid of P. fruticosa although florus was common. Thus, there are probably major biological differences between the Gothic and Gunnison populations. It seems certain that the Gunnison population is not a Potentilla feeder, and since many late-August eggs developed immediately and hatched, it is apparently at least double- brooded. It is, therefore, best referred to L. helloides. The Gothic popu- lation is certainly single-brooded; there is, however, some indication that, as with the Gunnison population, Potentilla is not the foodplant. More evidence is needed, particularly careful field observation of oviposition choice and perhaps larval survival tests on the possible plants. It may turn out that the high altitude florus is not referable to either dorcas or helloides. II. A FooprpLant oF Lycaena nivalis Two females of Lycaena nivalis browni Field were observed ovipositing on Polygonum douglassii, 7 Aug. 1961 at Gothic, Gunnison County, Colorado. A search of about thirty plants produced five additional Lycaena eggs. Literature Cited Brown, F. Martin, et al., 1955. Colorado butterflies. Part III. Libytheidae, Riodinidae and Lycaenidae. Proc. Denver mus. nat. hist., No.5: pp.113-176, 148 figs. Clench, Harry K., 1958. Colorado Butterflies. Part III. Libytheidae, Riodinidae and Lycaenidae. [Review]. Lepid. news 11: 57-60. Department of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A bo I 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society EXTENSION OF KNOWN RANGE OF MITOURA HESSELI by Rocer W. PzEasg, Jr. During a recent collecting trip to New Hampshire a female of Mitoura hesseli Rawson & Ziegler was collected in a White Cedar (Chamaecyparis thyoides) bog on 19 May 1963. The collecting locality is 6 to 7 miles northeast of the Massachusetts border and can be reached by taking Route 121 north of Haverill, Mass. and making a right turn beyond Wash Pond in Hampstead, New Hampshire. The left fork is followed to the Hampstead dump on the right at a sharp turn in the road. The bog is on the left and continues to Hampstead Road. The swamp is indicated on the Haverill, N. H.— Mass. quadrangle (1956) map of the U. S. Geological Survey series of topographic maps. Only a small part of the indicated swamp contains White Cedar. There is no true eye or open water area in the bog, but there is a collecting area where the White Cedars are relatively low and openly distributed. This is the most suitable collecting site and is surrounded by dense trees and thicket on three sides. These form only a thin barrier on the side facing the road and entrance to the open area is easy and immediate about one hundred yards south of the juncture with Hampstead Road. Otherwise, the collector may have to force his way through a quarter mile of dense White Cedar. The day on which the collection was made followed a heavy rain and water was knee deep over parts of the bog. Only two specimens were seen and one caught. The captured specimen was a female which laid numerous eggs on White Cedar. These hatched and are being raised. Besides the type locality in Lakehurst, New Jersey, and elsewhere in that state, Mitoura hesseli has been reported from the Blue Hills, Milton, Mass. (12, 31 May 1941, in the collection of the Carnegie Museum) and in Southern Pines, North Carolina (12,10, 28 July 1911 in F. M. Jones collection at Peabody Museum, Yale University). A trip to the Blue Hills in spring 1962 failed to locate any specimens. The species is associated with Chamaecyparis thyoides, which extends along the Atlantic Cost from southeastern Maine to northern Florida. It is improbable that if M. hesseli were eliminated in any of the more isolated peripheral populations, it would be re-introduced without assistance from man. The presence of such a series of isolated populations which were once part of one great continuum might offer a situation in subspeciation similar to that between oceanic islands. It is important to look for differences between the populations of M. hesseli at the limits of its range, but first additional material needs to be collected. Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 98 Vol.17: no.1 THE LIFE HISTORY OF HULSTINA INCONSPICUA, A GEOMETRID MOTH FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Joun ApamMs Comstock The inconspicuous little moth, now known as Hulstina inconspicua Hulst, was described in 1896 as Chloroclystis inconspicua. In 1908, Dyar described Selidosema zxthalodaria from San Diego, which proved to be a synonym of inconspicua. Dr. J. H. McDunnoucu, in his “Studies in North American Cleorini, Geometridz” (1908) illustrated the imago on Plate VII, Fig. 1, and stated that “the species is common in southern California.” Apparently no descriptions or illustrations of the early stages have been published. I reared this species from larve taken on Adenostoma in Bouquet Canyon, Los Angeles County, in June of 1937, but made no illustrations. Several gravid females taken in Del Mar at black light June 20, 1962, refused to lay in captivity on the netting or glass of the rearing jar until I placed a sprig of their foodplant in it. They then oviposited only on the plant. I also secured several larvee by beating Adenostoma fascicu- latum H. & A. This made possible the accompanying notes and illustra- tions. EGG: Length, 0.70 mm. Greatest width, 0.35 mm. Form, elongate- oval, the base flattened and the top acutely rounded. There are from 16 to 18 prominent ridges running from the base to the micropylar area. In the upper part of the egg these coalesce and form an irregular network of hexagonal cells. There is no distinct micropyle. The longitudinal ridges are topped by pearly nodules. Fine transverse lines run from ridge to ridge. The base has a depressed central area where the ridges end in a rosette. The symmetry of this is frequently out of line as is purposely shown in our drawing, Figure B. There is some variation in the form of the egg. A few examples are somewhat elongate and subcylindrical. The eggs are at first yellow, with white ridges, but change to a pinkish or dull red as they mature. During the time when the H. inconspicua eggs were hatching and running into their early instars, there were numerous other species in my laboratory requiring illustration. I was therefore unable to resume records for this species unti] they were nearly full grown larve. It was however noted that in the first instar they were apparently uniform in color, whereas in later stages they showed wide variation in color and markings. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 Early stages of Hulstina inconspicua. A. Egg, lateral aspect, enlarged < 90. B. Basal end of egg. C. Larva, penultimate instar, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 12. D. Mature larva, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 18. E. Caudal end of pupa, ventral surface, greatly enlarged to show cremaster. Reproduced from water color drawing by the author. 30 Comstock: Hulstina inconspicua Vol.17: no.1 LARVA, PENULTIMATE INSTAR: Length, 11 mm. Head width, 0.9 mm. Width of 6th body segment, 1.2 mm. Variation shows gradation from an almost immaculate yellow-green form through various darker green or brown mottled examples to the highly colored yellow and red- brown type shown in Figure C. Our description is of the latter type. Ground color of head and body, translucent greenish yellow. Head tinged with rose around the margin. Ocelli black. Each typical body segment has a wide transverse band of dull rose filling the posterior portion of the segment. Running through this band is a middorsal longitudinal stripe, which fades out on the caudal segments. There are numerous fine wavy black stripes and dashes running longitudinally on the dorsal and lateral surfaces. The venter is light yellow. The larva is of the typical looper type, with one pair of prolegs only, in addition to the anal pair. MATURE LARVA: Length, 18 mm. Cylindrical, the head slightly wider than the body, mottled ivory, brown and black. As in the last instar, larvee are highly variable in color and markings, no two being exactly alike. Our description is of the darker, more contrasting type. The dorsal area is predominantly brown, with numerous black wavy lines running longitudinally in pairs. Most of these lines are interrupted in the caudal edge of each segment where a transverse yellow band occurs. These yellow bands are particularly conspicuous on the 4th to 7th segmental junctures. In the stigmatal area a wide longitudinal lemon- yellow band occurs, which is expanded on the 5th to 8th segmental junctures where large black irregular V-shaped spots are present. The legs are mottled brown and black, and the prolegs, including the anal, are yellow, mottled with brown. The spiracles are black-rimmed with yellow-brown centers. The venter is mottled light yellow and brown, with several interrupted wavy lines running longitudinally. The mature larva is pictured on Figure D. PUPA: Length, 10 mm. Color, wood brown, with the wing cases lighter. In form it is robust. The movable segments of the abdomen are deeply cleft. The spiracles are concolorous with the body. The cephalic end bears from ten to twelve short slightly curved brown setae. The cremaster is a quadrate protrusion ending in a pair of stout cones, with no attached hooklets. Our illustration, Figure E, shows the caudal end of the pupa on its ventral surface. 1373 Crest Road, Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 31 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHILO (CRAMBIDAE) by Hawn W. Capps The following description is to provide a name for an undescribed species, reared by Mr. R. A. Acarwat, and involved in his study of lepidopterous sugarcane pests and related species at Louisiana State University at Baton Rogue, Louisiana. CHILO ERIANTHALIS Capps, NEW SPECIES . Figures 1 - 3a Male.— Alar expanse 24 mm. Antenna simple, pubescent. Vestiture of head, collar, thorax, and patagia gray with somewhat reddish tinge, sprinkled with reddish- brown scales. Abdomen pale luteous, lightly sprinkled with dark fuscous. Labial palpus porrect, length about three times that of head; loosely scaled, gray with heavy intermixture of dark fuscous. Frons conical. Ocelli present. Forewing: Upper surface gray with slight reddish tinge, heavily dusted with fuscous; veins and folds accentuated with gray or gray with ochreous tinge, giving the wing a lined appearance; a series of conspicuous blackish metallic patches, the series chevronlike in shape with apex at outer angle of cell. Terminal dots black. Fringe cupreous, somewhat metallic. Under surface paler than above; metallic patches absent; terminal dots black but weaker than above. Hindwing: Uniformly pale gray with brownish tinge; fringe concolorous with wing, non-metallic. Hind tibia normal; two pairs of spurs, length of outer spurs about two-thirds that of inner. Genitalia (fig. 3): Harpe simple, rather broad basally, narrowed apically; uncus short, distal end a sharp point; gnathos simple, median projection a narrow upturned hook; arms of anellus long, slender, extending to or above costa of harpe. A*deagus (fig. 3a) slender with a very narrow ventral tonguelike projection; the projection weakly sclerotized distally, short and ending well before middle of zdeagus; cornutus moderately long, spinelike. Female (fig. 1).— Alar expanse 25-28 mm. Similar to male in color and maculation. Genitalia (fig. 2): Length of ductus bursz about two times the width, moderately sclerotized, constricted near middle; ductus seminalis origin from or near junction of ductus bursze and bursa copulatrix; bursa copulatrix elongate, lightly sclerotized from junction with ductus bursze to signum, the sclerotized portion constricted near middle; signum narrow, elongate, weakly sclerotized, slightly scobinate. TYPE.— Male, in U. S. National Museum, USNM Type No. 66663. Paratypes—— Four females, same locality as type; in U. S. National Museum. Type locality— Port Blarre, Louisiana. Food plant.— Erianthus sp. Remarks.— Chilo erianthalis resembles C. fernaldalis Dyar & Heinrich in size and habitus, but fernaldalis is paler, more grayish, and the forewing is unlined, lacking a conspicuous grayish accentuation on the veins and folds; dark fuscous patches are absent, or if discernible, obsolescent and non-metallic; a distinct subterminal line is present and the fringe is dull brown with a reddish tinge. The edeagus of fernaldalis has the ventral tonguelike projection well developed, broader and longer than in -erianthalis, and extending to or slightly beyond middle of zdeagus. 32 Carrs: New Chilo Vol.17: no.1 — I Figures 1 — 3a. Chilo erianthalis, new species. 1. Female paratype. 2. Female genitalia, ventral view. 3. Male genitalia with sdeagus removed, ventral view. 3a. AXdeagus, lateral view. Delineations of the genitalia prepared by Mr. A. D. CusHMaAN, Scientific Ilustrator, Agriculture Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture; not drawn to scale. Photograph of adult is two times natural size. Dates on the labels indicate emergence of erianthalis is in January and February. Due to poor condition of the male type, a photograph of a female paratype is used for illustration of maculation and habitus. The female sex of fernaldalis has not yet been associated with the males. The immature stages of erianthalis are to be treated by Mr. AGARWAL in his thesis. Entomology Research Div., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C., U. So Ae 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 33 ON THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE SO-CALLED SUBFAMILY PLATYCHASMATINA® NAKAMURA, 1956 (NOTODONTID~ ) by Sercrus G. KirtaKorr Nakamura described (1956: 143) a new subfamily of the Notodontidz which he called Platychasmatinze. His text was in Japanese, and I can unfortunately only make use of the English summary which runs as follows (spelling original): “Platychasmatinae nov. Involvs Japanese Platychasma and Indian Cyphanta, charcterized by the forewing with Rz from lower angle of cell”. This statement is of course wrong because Re obviously is a misprint for Ms. Moreover, even if corrected, it does not explain the reason for the transfer of the noctuid genera Platy- chasma and Cyphanta to the Notodontidz, since the family Noctuide has, among its basic characters, M2 in the forewing arising from the lower angle of the cell, while the family Notodontide has that vein placed in the middle portion of the discocellulars, and sometimes even above the middle. Further, both Platychasma and Cyphanta have, in the hindwing, the characteristic basal loop or cell formed by anastomosis of 8 and the stalk of 6+7 shortly after the base, with both veins sub- sequently diverging, while the Notodontide have these veins approximated for some distance, usually almost to the end of cell. Still more important than the basic venational features are of course the tympanic structures, and the study thereof permits us to assign the genera involved with certainty to their true place, either in the family Noctuidz or in the family Notodontide. Thanks to the kindness of D. S. FLETCHER of the British Museum (Natural History), I have been able to dissect specimens of the typical species of both genera, viz. Platychasma virgo Butler and Cyphanta xanthochlora Walker. The results of the dissection are shown in figs. 1 and 2, so that a short comment is sufficient. Both structures are unquestionably of the noctuid type, with an oblique tympanum, without the “kettledrum” of the Notodontidz and with the broad pocket-bearing frame. P. virgo (fig. 1) is peculiar in the large, double pocket I, whereas pocket IV is large but shallow. But for the much larger pocket IJ, it is rather similar to Plusio- donta (group 2 of the Erebine-Catocaline complex of Ricuarps, 1933: 17). However, its relatively narrow scutal phragma reminds one of that 34 KrerakorFF: Platychasmatinez Vol.17: no.1 —. Scutal phragra 1 Fig. 1. Platychasma virgo, tympanic structures. Fig. 2. Cyphanta xanthochlora, tympanic structures. See discussion in text. of the Herminiinze and Hypeninez of Ricuarps. Since, however, the scutal phragma varies a great deal in individual genera, the best place for Platychasma seems to be in the vicinity of Plusiodonta. Cyphanta xanthochlora (fig. 2) has all four pockets moderately de- veloped, but well formed, and is on the whole similar to the “First group” of the subfamily Erastriinze of RicHarps (lI. c.: 23 ff.) which, as that writer points out, differs but slightly from the “Trifid subfamilies”. The latter are, however, mostly characterized by a relatively large counter- tympanum. In C. xanthochlora that structure is about of the size of the true tympanum, so that this genus should probably be placed with the subfamily Acronictine, where as a matter of fact it has been placed in the British Museum (Natural History). Cyphanta has, like Platychasma, a relatively narrow scutal phragma. Both genera are most definitely noctuids, and the subfamily Platy- chasmatine should accordingly be suppressed. The above instance shows once more the importance of the tympanic structures for the classification of the Lepidoptera. References Nakamura, M., 1956. Contribution to the knowledge of some Japanese notodontid moths. Revisional Notes X. Tinea 3: 142-143. Richards, A. G., Jr., 1933. Comparative skeletal morphology of the noctuid tympanum. Ent. Americana (n.s.) 13: 1-84. Institute of Zoology, University of Ghent, BELGIUM 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 ABOUT THE “PUMPING ACTION” OF A PAPILIO AT WATER by Watrriep J. REINTHAL The phenomenon of pumping water by different Lepidoptera has been observed by entomologists in different countries, and some of their observations have been published. CLENcH described (Lepid. news 11: 18-21; 1958) his interesting observations on two species of moths “pump- ing at water’ in the Carnegie Museum Powdermill Nature Reserve, Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania. WeELuING described (Lepid. news 12: 170-172) a similar phenomenon from Gildersleeve Mt. State Park, Lake County, Ohio, also occurring with moths, and involving some of the same species observed by CLENcH. Further, he described the same action by certain species of Papilio in Yucatan and Quintana Roo, Mexico. In the last case a large number of Papilio epidaus was involved. An observation was made by this author during the late afternoon of September 2, 1961 of similar behavior of a male Papilio glaucus. While at a swimming pool I noticed the butterfly flying around, first low over the water, then along the pool's sidewalk. It seemed that the insect was locking for water to satisfy its thirst. After a while it alighted on a wet spot, of about three to four inches in diameter and containing no more than a few tablespoons of pool water left on the concrete sidewalk by a swimmer. As the butterfly was located only a couple of feet from the edge of the swimming pool, I was able to approach and observe it without leaving the pool. After taking a few sips of water, the insect expelled a drop of semi-clear, somewhat milky-looking fluid out of its abdomen. After sucking for some ten to fifteen seconds the butterfly started exuding water regularly from its abdomen. Now I became more curious and began observing it very closely, and I noticed that both its head and abdomen functioned synchronically. The rate of discharging water from its anal opening was about two, occasionally only one, drop every five to ten seconds. This pumping in of the water through the proboscis and at the same time eliminating it from intestines went on uninterruptedly for about the next twenty minutes. During this interim over two hundred and fifty drops of water were counted as being eliminated at the rate mentioned above. Nothing in particular seemed to disturb the insect. It was actually so deeply absorbed in its activity that several gusts of wind blew the butterfly over, but this did not interrupt its activity, and immediately the insect regained its position. A swimming pool guest walked by, at a distance of only two feet, and the butterfly did not pay any attention. 36 REINTHAL: Papilio pumping Vol.17: no.l Although two children ran by almost striking the insect, it only flipped its wings once and went on with the sucking. Encouraged by this un- perturbed attitude, I moved even closer so that my last observations were made from a distance of few inches only. If two noisy boys had not jumped out of the pool and scared away the butterfly, it seems. that the above described activity of the papilionid would have continued beyond my twenty minutes of observation. Even then, it flew around for a while seemingly looking for more water, and actually sat down at another wet spot where it started sucking again. This lasted only a short while until the insect was disturbed again and flew over a fence. The causes for this strange behavior are not fully understood, but apparently it was not only the intake of water to satisfy the insect’s thirst. It appeared as if the insect had to give itself a sort of internal lavage, syphoning the water through its body, retaining none or very little and trying to eliminate with the water some waste product from its body. The exact time of this observation was from 6:00 to 6:30 P.M. The weather was warm but not hot nor particularly humid, about 74° F. at that time, with partly cloudy skies. The observation site was a country club’s large swimming pool at the city limits of Knoxville, Tennessee. 4026 Sequoyah Ave., Knoxville 19, Tenn., U. S. A. ADDITIONAL NOTE ON FOOD PLANT OF SPHINX KALMIAE In the Journal (vol.15: p.64; 1961) I reported a food plant of Sphinx kalmiae J. E. Smith to be Diervilla lonicera. The third of August 1961 I took a kalmiae from which I secured 138 eggs. The young larvae took readily to Diervilla. As the supply of this plant was somewhat limited, a search was made for a substitute. Fortunately I found two larvae and three eggs of kalmiae on what is locally known as Mountain Holly (Nemopanthus mucronatus) which grows commonly in the area around Hazelhurst, Wisconsin. The young larva took readily to the new food plant and in the process of supplying the food I found several larvae and eggs of kalmiae. I also found a larva and egg on Diervilla lonicera. This establishes the voluntary selection of these food plants. I have a feeling that mucronatus is the preferred one. The moth has a more extended period of flight than any of the other local sphingids, being on the wing from early June till the middle of September. The identity of Nemopanthus mucronatus was determined for me by the Milwaukee Museum through the kindness of Mr. J. R. NemHorFeR of Milwaukee. H. M. Bower, 601 MclIndoe St., Wausau, Wis., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Si RHOPALOCERA ATTRACTED BY ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT IN CENTRAL AMERICA by Epuarpo C. WELLING Collecting for nocturnals with a single 15-watt mixed GE Black Light sometimes has its surprizes. Not only do certain Heterocera appear that ordinarily are not frequently attracted to other kinds of light but we even notice certain diurnals that make their appearance, not only Rhopalocera but other insects too. These individuals are probably not “doing the town” after hours so as to say, but probably are resting in some of the trees and shrubs nearby and consequently can not resist the light on being awakened. This is easy to observe because at certain times of the year large beetles, like Calosoma, Phyllophaga, etc., come quite commonly to the light, first throwing themselves heavily against anything that is in their way before falling to the ground or settling on the wall or sheet where the Black Light may be. In fact the time of year when I have found most Rhopalocera at Black Light is in the spring, when these beetles are very common. Sphinxes with their crazy confused flight may also help in shaking branches and leaves, thereby disturbing any diurnals that may be asleep among them near the light. Here is a list of some Rhopalocera taken by Black Light during the course of 1960: Papilio cresphontes Cram. 13%, 1. IV, Mérida, Yucatan. Graphium epidaus epidaus Dbld. 10, 14.1V, Mérida, Yucatan. Appias ilaire Gdt. 192, 25. VI, Mérida, Yucatan. Opsiphanes tamarindi Feld. 22 2,10, 15. VII, Camp Sibun, Cayo District, British Honduras; 19, 12. VII, same locality. Microtia elvua Bates 19, 25. VI, Mérida, Yucatan. Megaleura chiron Fabr. 130, VII, Camp Sibun, Cayo Dist., British Honduras. Chlorippe pavon Latr. 192, 14.X., X-can, Quintana Roo. Historis acheronta Fabr. 12, 10. III, Mérida, Yucatan. Libytheana carinenta Cram. 10, 25. VI; 10, 26. VI, Mérida, Yucatan. “Thecla’ azia Hew. 13, 2. IV, Mérida, Yucatan. Maljcomsesp..(beon group) 1,19, 10.11; 1¢, 23. VI, 12, 26. VI., Mérida, Yucatan. Callophrys herodotus Fabr. 13, 26. VI., Mérida, Yucatan. Polites athenion Hbn. (=Pompeius pompeius Latr.) 19, 1. IV, Mérida, Yucatan. 38 WELLING: Rhopalocera at U. V. Vol.17: nol Some of the Opsiphanes may have been normally flying around after dark, as most brassolids are usually on the wing at dawn and dusk, preferring to hide in the forest dephths during the daylight hours. It is curious to note that no Taygetis spp. (Satyridae) were attracted to Black Light even though many entered my rotten- banana-baited trap nets, indicating that the species were common at the time when I was using the light in Quintana Roo one fall. Species of this genus are rather common at ordinary lights in the country villages in the evening, and can frequently be seen flying around in the dusk. Calle 66 Norte, No. 426, Mérida, Yucatan, MEXICO RE VLE WwW THE ONTOGENY OF INSECTS. Acta symposii de evolutione in- sectorum, Praha, 1959. 1960. 406 pp. Published by Czechosovak Academy of Sciences. Available from the Publishing house of the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, Vodickova 40, Praha 2, Czechoslo- vakia; price 43.50 Kés. The present book contains all papers read during a symposium on the Ontogeny of Insects in Praha 1959. In total, 80 papers are published, of which 25 more or less deal with Lepidoptera. The symposium has five sections: 1. Morphology and anatomy of the development of insects; 2. Physiology of development; 3. Seasonal periodicity of development (diapause and hibernation); 4. Influence of biotic factors; and 5. Influence of abiotic factors on development. All papers discussing Lepidoptera will be recorded in the “Recent literature” section of this Journal. In this short review I will note only a few papers with special interest for all students of Lepidoptera. These are, €. g.: a series of papers on Bombyx mori, Antherea pernyi, and related species (by L. H. Finuayson, V. J. Novak, R. S. UsHatinskaya, A. Gusicza, etc.); diapause in Bupalus piniarius in relation to host-parasite synchronization (by L. M. SCHOONHOVEN ); trehalose in the development of Celerio euphorbiae (by I. MocHacxka and C, Prerryszyn); a number of papers on Galleria mellonella; some interesting reports on pest species (Hyphantria cunea, Laspeyresia pomonella, and Scrobipalpa ocellatella) ; and a number of other problems in experimental entomology. Joser Moucua, National Museum, Praha 1, CZECHOSLOVAKIA 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 THE STATUS OF MYELOIS NEOPHANES (PHYCITINAE) IN ENGLAND by Paut E. S. WHALLEY This species was described by Durrant (1915) from the county of Dorset, England. The distribution in England is restricted to the counties of Surrey, Hampshire, Dorset, Devon and the Isle of Wight. It is usually found on heaths, sea-cliffs and pasture-land, but has been found in other situations (Beirne 1952: 107). The larva feeds on the cosmopolitan globular black fungus, Daldinia concentrica, which grows on birch, gorse and other plants. While examining English specimens I noticed the similarity between the English Myelois neophanes and the American Apomyelois bistriatella (Hulst). Closer examination showed that the American species cannot be separated from the English one on external characters or on the female genitalia. Small differences were found in the male genitalia in the shape of the juxta and transtilla and in the shape of the sclerotized portion of the valve. Specimens which had been compared with the Durrant type in the British Museum (Natural History) were sent to Mr. H. W. Capps at the U. S. National Museum, who compared them with American specimens and confirmed my findings. HernricH (1956: 42) gives the distribution of the American species as “probably throughout eastern and central United States, nowhere apparently a very abundant species’. The English species should be transferred to the genus Apomyelois and be placed as a subspecies of A. bistriatella: Apomyelois bistriatella bistriatella (Hulst), in America Apomyelois bistriatella neophanes (Durrant) comb. n., stat. n., in England. References Beirne, B. P., 1952. British pyralid and plume moths. 208 pp. Warne & Co., London. Durrant, J. H., 1915. Myelois neophanes sp. n., an addition to the British list. Ent mon. Mag. 51: 302. Heinrich, C., 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 207: 1-581. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road, London S. W. 7., ENGLAND 40 Vol.17: no.L REVIEW THE LEPIDOPTERA OF NEW YORK AND NEIGHBORING STATES. PART IV. [Agaristidae, Arctiidae, Lithosiidae (Cisthene by C. B. Knowlton ), Nolidae (by J. G. Franclemont ), Euchromiidae and the Rhopalocera (including Hesperiidae )]. By William T. M. Forbes. Sep- tember 1960. 188 pages, 188 figures. Published as Memoir 371 by the Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station of the New York State College of Agriculture, Ithaca, New York. [Price $1.75, paper covers; available from: Mailing Room, Stone Hall, Cornell University, Kthacas Ne YY UsS. Ae] The first third of this publication, dealing with the several families of moths mentioned above, will be welcomed by eastern lepidopterists. It continues the improved style of approach evidenced in Parts II and III of this monumental work, with liberal use and illustration of genital characters, and with its careful keys and characterizations should make the task of identification in these families much easier and surer than was possible before. There are some surprises, such as: JIsia (Arctiidae) changed to Pyrrharctia; the Great Leopard Moth (Ecpantheria) species name changed from deflorata to scribonia; Lycomorpha removed from the Euchromiidae (Amatidae, Ctenuchidae, Syntomidae) to the Lith- osiidae; Nigetia removed from the Nolidae to the Noctuidae ( Acontiinae). I am not familiar enough with the nomenclatorial background of the name changes to make intelligent comment on them, but the transfers are obviously well grounded and represent real improvement. As in earlier parts, it is a pity that illustrations could not have been provided. Colored figures, of course, would have been ideal (especially so for these aglaochromatic groups), but good half-tones would have been valuable. The remaining two-thirds of the publication is devoted to the suborder Rhopalocera, under which are included the superfamilies Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea. This portion cannot be dismissed so easily or so favorably. In the first place, the butterflies and skippers, from the standpoint of readily available, competent and up-to-date literature, are far better off than the moths. Knots’ Field Guide, in particular, covers the same area that Forses does and more, provides more information — though Fores gives more on genital characters and probably more on early stages — and an abundance of colored and half-tone illustrations. It would seem that, consistency notwithstanding, an alteration of treat- ment could have been made here with profit. A second point is the virtual absence of particular information on New York state. FORBES covers in this work an area extending roughly from the Carolinas north to the pole, from the Atlantic to the eastern foothills of the Rockies, yet the title specifically refers to New York. He treats, in other words, a 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Al large number of species in addition to those definitely known from the state, yet the latter are not even specifically indicated and aside from a few rare, local or unusual species no New York localities are cited. A third point, one I find particularly hard to understand, since Professor Forses has always been an exponent of “the larger view” — is the in- ordinate space devoted to aberrations, named seasonal forms, etc. The most striking and controversial parts of the work, however, are none of the foregoing. The chief bones of contention here are, first, Forses long outmoded generic conservatism and, second, his private code of nomenclature, which rejects the principle of priority in favor of the “principles” of familiarity and no ambiguity. In practice these result in such classificatory and nomenclatorial upsets as: all the hairstreaks being placed in Thecla, all the blues in Plebeius, most of the smaller skippers (e.g., Hesperia, Poanes, Atrytone, Polites) in Pamphila, Chrysophanus used for the coppers, Satyrus for Cercyonis, Thanaos for Erynnis; and many others, too numerous to list in detail. It is not these practical effects which are the most worrisome, however, for after all it is doubtful that this work will exert much influence on the future course of butterfly nomenclature. Of far more concern are the theses under which they have been produced. By its very nature taxonomy is one of the freest of the sciences, with more room for personal opinion and individual judgment than most. Freedom, however, must not be mistaken for license and Forses treatment is perilously close to that. Especially is this true of his rejection of the International Rules. Imper- fect as they are — bungling, vacillating, exasperating as they are — they still represent a collective and largely successful effort of taxonomists to prevent nomenclatorial chaos. To reject them, even with the best of intentions, is to invite anarchy. His ultraconservatism must be disputed on other grounds. And let it be said forthwith that the fault is not by any means all with Fores. It is a defect at least as much of taxonomy as of taxonomists that permits Nasoxov and others on one hand to divide the blues into a series of subfamilies and Fores on the other to encompass them all in one genus. Nasoxoy’s system as far as it goes is self-consistent and so is Forses’; and either would be quite acceptable were it universally applied. Both, how- ever, are quite incompatible with current thinking and current classifi- cations and therein lies their most serious fault; for current concepts are universally applied (or are striving towards that goal), and are at least as self-consistent. We shall always have our splitters and our lumpers—a division of attitude that serves nicely as an internal self- regulatory device in taxonomy—but megasplitting and megalumping are both to be eschewed as against the best interests of the science. 42 REVIEW Vol.17: no.1 It would be possible to continue in this critical vein with comments on numerous specific points. Suffice it, however, to mention merely that distribution descriptions are too brief and often incomplete; that brood information in several instances inaccurate. There are a number of slips: Trigrioides (p.45) for Tigrioides; Calycopis (P.133) credited to Fasricrus instead of to ScuppER; lanoraiensis (p.132) instead of lanoraieensis; “franklinii Freeman” (p.129) instead of lacustris Freeman. The casual introduction (p.104) of the previously unpublished name “luxuriosus Reiff ms.” under cresphontes (presumably equivalent to pennsylvanicus Cherm.) is really inexcusable. Though I consider the Rhopalocera portion of this work to be in sum an unfortunate effort, this does not imply that it is without value. The larval and pupal keys will surely be of great use, and the genitalic key to “Thanaos” likewise. The liberal illustration of genitalic characters where they are most needed is another important and useful feature. Among these especially to be mentioned is the genitalic separation of “Plebeius” melissa and scudderi succinctly and neatly, something one must dig hard, deep and long to extract from the mass of detail in NaBoxovs revision of these two! There are, further, many fascinating suggestions and hints which specialists will want to follow up: a race of “Pamphila” peckius in Arizona; specific distinctness of “Pamphila” otho and egeremet; a spotty and rare second brood of Pieris virginiensis; Eurema lisa breeding so far north as Woods Hole, Massachusetts (but does it overwinter? ); the pos- sibility that dospassosi is a species distinct from “Chrysophanus” dorcas and in the same group that claytoni may be a representative of helloides (both of which seem quite unlikely to me); the possibility that the late spring “form” of “Plebeius” pseudargiolus is actually a distinct and single brooded species (a definite possibility, though I believe Forses has confused this and some other forms in his discussion, and from EDWARDS account the putative species should be at least partially two-brooded ); a curious population of “Argynnis” cybele on Crotch Id., Maine; the specific distinctness of “Argynnis” lais and atlantis; the almost specific distinctness of Lethe portlandia andromacha; the use of several uncon- ventional characters in the subdivision of several genera. The strange bedfellows thus resulting in the hairstreaks, however, indicate that, unsupported by other data, they can sometimes lead one astray! In resumé, the moth families form a worthy continuation of the earlier parts of this work; the portion devoted to the butterflies is largely re- dundant and a nomenclatorial atavism, but with some nuggets if you look for them. Harry K. CLeNcuH, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Pa., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of FRED T. THorRNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., E] Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) I GAVE UP COLLECTING LEPIDOPTERA (FOR FORTY-FIVE MINUTES) by Smpney A. HEssEL I began intensive collecting in 1930. Each winter, all winter long, I would dream of the coming spring campaign for Erora lezta. I surely have made upward of twenty-five trips, mostly involving over-night stays, with this butterfly my prime objective. Until this year two trips had produced three specimens. (I had also blundered into a single specimen when it was far from my mind.) This year I hit the jackpot, albeit a somewhat modest one; eight—six intended for cabinet specimens, one male with gonad separately preserved contributed to Prof. C. L. Remincron at Yale for chromosome study, one female retained hopefully for eggs. , This morning when I went to my lab, first to feast my eyes upon the six leta on the spreading board, I was simultaneously horrified and dazed. I couldn’t believe what I saw. Of the six specimens the five best had the bodies entirely or partially eaten away. Of the many specimens on the boards these were the only ones that had been disturbed. I went through the customary routine of pinching myself. Surely this was a nightmare and I would be happy again in a moment. But it wasn't. I had not taken any special precautions against this sort of thing as I had experienced it only twice in the last ten years and there have almost always, summer and winter, been exposed material on the boards at that location. Once in the fall it had been a cricket and once a flying squirrel that had escaped from a cage. Then I went to the imprisoned female to observe (what else?) that she was dead and, although she had been active and feeding for several days, had laid no eggs. Of course, she was in disreputable condition. My decision to abandon such a frustrating hobby was spontaneous, final and irrevocable! Nothing to do now but clean things up preparatory to giving every- thing away and forgetting this chapter of my life as quickly and com- pletely as possible. There was always gardening, but that, too, subject to more than a little discouragement. Without enumerating all of the more or less expected disasters, does anyone else have major turtle trouble? You should see the unbelievable excavations they have made on several 44 HEsseEL: I gave up Vol.17: no.l occasions in an artificial bog and rock garden of exotic plants that were not purchased, but personally imported by my wife and me with full measure of TLC (tender, loving care) and at extreme inconvenience. They don’t bother commercial items, it seems. On second thought it would be stamps. Yes, it would be stamps — no comparable harassments there! June 13, 1962 would mark an abrupt change in my life. The next move was to dismantle the moth trap. From force of habit (I still was in a daze), I picked up each egg carton in it individually (used to afford refuges for the moths ) and turned it over for examination. If I had had my wits about me I would just have dumped the whole thing in the brook. When I got down to the very bottom, which practi- cally never produces anything anyhow, I just caught myself in time from slapping the last carton automatically (my customary procedure to knock off the “bugs” and worthless Leps. before reassembling the trap). It took a double-take and another pinch to realize that it was real — a spectacular bilateral gynandromorph Automeris io! Besides lzta, this had been one of my dreams over the years. So, — a second monumental decision, this, too, spontaneous, final and irrevocable! I continue to collect Leps. After all, 1963 is another year to plan for Erora lzta, but what year can one make plans to capture a gynandromorph A. ioPPP?P Since I do not expect to take another gynandrous io (soon), a descrip- tion and photo and discussion of this one are now being prepared for publication. Any papers on lzta can wait for next years findings. Nettleton Hollow, Washington, Conn., U. S. A. RECORD CHARTS FOR THE COLLECTOR OF LEPIDOPTERA by RicHarp HEITzMAN For the past six years I have been using a method of correlating my observations on the occurrence and habits of Lepidoptera found in this area. It has occurred to me that this method might be of interest to other members of the Society. So with this thought in mind I would like to present it at this time. I keep a note book of all observations and captures and every month I transfer the data to two types of record charts. After a few years the flight period of different broods becomes quite clear for many of the species. Certain of the more difficult ones still remain rather vague but at least a little understanding is gained from the results. The most 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 S Fe) oe 8 She} Sony = The fastern third of Kansas and the Western of Missouri between 8 and 40 Latitude. difficult species are those whose annual resurgence of numbers is due to more than one source. An example of such for this area would be Colias (Zerene) cesonia Stoll. Every year a few individuals hibernate in this region, the numbers depending on the severity of the winter. These specimens are of the fall form (“rosa”) which occurs from late September until the end of the season. In early to mid-May a few brilliant fresh specimens appear that have survived the winter as pupz. Then in late May and on into June numbers of large, pale, usually worn migrating specimens arrive from more southern areas. These three different groups are easily separated themselves, but the offspring that they produce are next to impossible to separate. Most species, however, are far less com- plex, and a few years of observations in one general area give a very clear picture of flight periods and number of broods of most species. I use the date chart like a calendar but run the dates up and down to give a clearer picture of flight periods. I use a different color for each brood or designation, such as blue for hibernators, red for the first brood, green for the second brood, and black for undetermined specimens. I also record the type of season, numbers-wise, that the > “ce species had; for example, “very numerous”, “scarce”, “unobserved’, etc. Collectors who live in areas of very different climatic or elevation dif- ferences might find it preferable to keep different charts for each area. The second chart that I use is for all the little things that one sees and usually forgets if not recorded. I only record information that pertains to the species as it occurs in my own area. Several observant 4 HeirzMan: Record charts Vol.17: no.l1 o>) species etnea nycteis , Doubleday Area Covered The fastern thind of Kansas and the Westenn of Missouri between 3% and 40 degrees latitude. Miscella Host Plants evenal species of Asters found in woded areas. The lanvae quite black and sniny nesendles that of Melitnea ne carloza. Jz feeds openly in the daytime on the zop side of the Leaves. Greganrio us at first tre larvae soon disperse over neighboring ( plants. collectors over the country keeping such records could add a great amount of knowledge to our present understanding of the Lepidoptera. I would be interested in hearing from anyone interested in this subject. A sample of each data sheet accompanies this article. 3112 Harris Avenue, Independence, Mo., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society AT SERGIUSZ TOLL (1893-1961) On the 19th of September, 1961, Professor Dr. SERcrusz ToLu died unexpectedly and prematurely at an age of 68. He was the great Polish authority on the systematics and taxonomy of the Microlepidoptera, in particular of the family Eupistida (or Coleophoride ), of which he was a well-known specialist. He died in the hospital of his town, Katowice, of heart failure after a minor operation. His decease is a serious loss to lepidopterology. SERGIUSZ TOLL was born on the 22nd of November, 1893, in Warsaw. He attended and finished the high school of his native town and then went to the University of Rostov on the Don, in Southeast European Russia. He studied biology and received his doctor of science degree there. 48 Sergiusz Toll (1893-1961) Vol.17: no.1 From his childhood he had been greatly attracted by natural history. As a boy he had a small zoo of his own, rearing young birds, goldfish, squirrels, etc. Very early and with remarkable success he started col- lecting Lepidoptera, already at the high school age possessing a collection of over 10,000 specimens. As a university student he continued his study in earnest. A collection of Lepidoptera from the environment of Rostov was donated by him to the municipal museum of that town, numbering over 40,000 specimens. In 1924 Dr. Tot returned to his native country and settled in the town of Bydgoszcz, where he was married and where his only child, a daughter — now a doctor of medicine, a pediatrician, — was born. Again To.i continued the collecting and study of the Lepidoptera. From that time date his first scientific publications. His bibliography (which is published in the Zeitschrift der Wiener ent. Verein) contains 87 titles. In total he described about 270 new species and forms of Lepidoptera. He was also interested in the study of birds and left a collection of birds’ eggs, comprising over 12,000 pieces, dating from his time in Bydgoszcz. In 1934 the family moved to Katowice in Upper Silesia. With great energy ToLu continued his lepidopterological studies and dedicated to them all his time. His wife helped him with the rearing of material. Dr. ToL was a talented and zealous taxonomist with a keen eye for subtle specific differences. This may be the reason why he selected as his specialty the study of a difficult group, the family Eupistidz or Coleophoridz, comprising numerous species all over the world. He was an excellent draftsman. His richly and beautifully illustrated papers give evidence of great accuracy and taxonomic insight. His figures of the male genitalia of the species are somewhat schematized, but he put in them all the important characters. His 1952 monographic treatise of the Polish Eupistide is a standard work of great value. Two other publications may be mentioned as examples of ToLL’s very keen ability of discrimination: “Drei weitere neue Arten der Familie Tortricidz aus Polen” (Ann. Zool. Warszawa, vol.17; 1958), in which Bactra gozmanyana Toll is separated, and “Studies on species of the Lepidoptera of the group Caceecia podana Scop. and Pyrausta sanguinalis L.”, where the difficult podana group is excellently analyzed. During the last years his interest was more and more attracted by the fauna of some of the fascinating peripheral lands of the Palearctic region: Siberia, Persia, North Africa. Alas, his untimely death put a stop to his fertile activity. Tout leaves an excellent collection of Lepidoptera, certainly the best one of the Polish fauna and of many other regions, comprising over 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 49 100,000 specimens. Probably the Polish Academy of Sciences will take over and deposit the collection in the Warsaw Museum. Also he left a completed manuscript of a monograph of the Eupistide, on which he had worked for 25 years. Mrs. ToLu informs me that the Academy is also going to publish this great work, which is a good news. The publication will be eagerly anticipated by everybody interested in the group. The names of To..’s teachers did not reach us. But he had many pupils. Among them are several whose names are well-known to microlepidop- terists: T. Ript, I. Razowskxti, S. BLeszynskt, and others so that it appears that he created a native school of microlepidopterology in Poland. Of his public scientific activities the following list of posts bears witness. ToL was President of the Bytom Division of the Polish Gornoslaski Entomological Society, former board member of the Polish Academy of Sciences at Krakow, former board member of the Gorno- slaski Museum at Bytom, member of the board of the Zoological Institute PAN in Warsaw and Krakow, and member of the international editorial commission of the publishing of Microlepidoptera Palaearctica. Our sincere sympathy goes to his wife and daughter. A. DIAKONOFF Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, NETHERLANDS The cover figure for Volume 17 is by JEANNE E. Remincton. It emphasizes stylized scales and the maxillary proboscis and labial palpi typical of adult Lepidoptera. @ ‘ Vol.17: no.1 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. ‘The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and sub- species are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. P. F. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] —P. F. Betxtincer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] —N. S. Osraztsov PeCal=— eake Be Coxmi1on lel AR Only ASE: [C.R.] — C. L. Remineron [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] — J. Moucna [J.T.] — J. W. TxpEN [A.D.] — A. DiAKONOFF [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe BR WWe p= 12. 18, Ib, Sere B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE de Toulgoet, H., “Arctiides nouveaux de Madagascar et de l’Ile Maurice” Lin French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. E. vol.5: pp.169-217, 2 pls., 27 figs. 1954. Description of new spp. of arctiids from Madagascar and one from Mauritius: Reselia nanula (Maroantsetra), R. costisquamosa (same), R. biangulata ( Ankaratra Mt.), R. venustula (same), R. heterocosta (same), R. mediofracta (same); Nola parmelia (same); Eiléma tristis (same), E. lividula (saame), E. leucanicula (Maroantsetra), E. vicinula (Ankaratra Mt.), E. purpureotincta (same), E. carbunculosa (same), E. sabulosula (Maroantsetra), E. obtusoides (Tananarive), E. ankaratrz (Ankaratra Mt.), E. tortrix (Maroantsetra), E. viettei (Mauritius), E. trispilota pulvigera (Tananarive), E. punctistriata instabilis (Ankaratra Mt.), E. kingdoni monticola (same); Chionaema pauliani (same); Philenora falcata (same), P. olivascens (same), P. lichenaria (same), P. herbuloti (same), P. perlucida (same), P. flavicapilla (same), P. bilineata (same); Nolosia griseovarieg- ata (same); Siccia decolorata (same); Diacrisia luteoradians (same), D. viettei (same), D. milloti (Tananarive), D. cellularis (Maroantsetra); Digama malgassica (Ankaratra Mt.). [P. V.] de Toulgoet, H., “Description d’arctiides nouvelles de Madagascar, Lepidoptera, neuvieme note” [in French]. Bull. Acad. malgache, n.s., vol.35: pp.79-88, 1 pl., 7 figs. “1957” [1959]. Description of new species of Phryganopteryx, an endemic genus of arctiids in Madagascar: P. occidentalis (Andobo, Antsingy forest), P. convergens (Anosibe, Sandrangato forest), P. griveaudi (Ankarafantsika), P. formosa (Didy), P. rothshcildi (Perinet, Analamazoatra forest), P. nebulosa (same), P. sogai (Integral Natural Reserve no.3), P. triangularis ( Ankarafantsika). [P. V.] de Toulgoet, H., “Description d’arctiides nouvelles de Madagascar (10e note) (Lep.)” [in French]. Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol.128: pp.121-140, 23 figs., 1 pl. 1959. Description of new genera & spp. from Madagascar: VIETTESIA (type Coracia plumicornis Butler), V. hampsoni (Perinet), V. proxima (same), V. incerta (same), V. multistrigata (Ambatondrazaka), V. zqualis (Perinet), V. modesta (same), V. viettei (Ankaratra Mts.), V. bimaculosa (Perinet), V. -ornatrix (Fanovano), V. lucida (Perinet), V. virginalis (Ampitameloka), V. transversa (same), V. bella (Betsileo country), V. tristis (Anosibe), V. luctuosa (Ampolo- mita), V. perroti (Madagascar), V. infuscata (Tananarive), V. erastroides (Ifanadiana), V. rufibasis (Perinet), V. brunneomixta (Betsileo country), V. unipuncta (Ampolomita); PROXHYLE (type Asura vadoni Toulgoet), P. cinerascens (Perinet), P. comoreana (Comoro, Mayotte). [P. Val 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 51 de Toulgoet, H., “Description d’arctiides nouvelles de Madagascar (Lepid.) (lle note)” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.11: pp.111-121, 6 figs., 1 pl. “1959” [1960]. Descriptions of new arctiids from Madagascar: Agylla madagascariensis (Didy forest); Eilema griveaudi (Anosibe road), E. suspecta (Integral Natural Reserve no.3), E. fulminans (Ampolomita), E. cohabitans (Antsingy forest), E. _ iluopsis (Perinet), E. hampsoni (Integral Natural Reserve no.3), E. notifera antifera antsalova (Antsingy forest), E. argentea infuscata (Antsingy forest), E. obtusoides sakalava (Antsingy forest). [P. V.] de Toulgoet, H., “Description d'une nouvelle arctiide marocaine: Eilema rungsi n.sp. (Lep. Lithosiide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Frence, vol.65: pp.48-49, 2 figs. 1960. Description of E. rungsi from Morocco: Merdja Bokka. [P. V.] Tremewan, W. G., “Notes on species of the genus Zygzena Fabricius.” Ent. Gazette, vol.9: pp.183-185. 1958. Describes as new Z _ pudpuralis pseudodiaphana (Karacabey, Brussa, Asia Minor). Lectotypes are selected for some races of Z. diaphana, Z. palustris, & Z. trifolii, with some new synonymy. Regards Z. pimpinellz as a race of Z. diaphana. [P. B.] Tremewan, W. G., “Notes on the British species of the genus Zygana Fabricius.” Ent. Gazette, vol.9: pp.187-196. 1958. Describes as new Z. purpuralis segontii (Abersoch, Wales); also a “f. loc.” Notes on identity of British races of purpuralis, exulans, loti, viciz, filipendulz, lonicerz, & trifolii, with some new synonymy. LPB Tremewan, W. G., “A new genus for Zygzwena simonyi Rebel, Lepidoptera, Zygenide.’ Entomologist, vol.92: pp.213-217, 4 figs. 1959. Describes as new REISSITA (type simonyi), R. s. yemenicola (Jebel Masnah, 8,400 ft., Yemen). R. sylviz (same locality). [P. B.] Tremewan, W. G., “Procris globulariz Hubner: an historical note and the provision of a neotype. Entomologist, vol.92: pp.116-119, 1 pl. 1959. Discusses taxonomic history & synonymy of this sp. & related spp. Neotype, figured, is in the British Museum. [P. B.] Tremewan, W. G., “Two new species of Chalcosiinze from India (Lep.; Zygenidz).” Entomologist, vol.92: pp.254-256, 4 figs. 1959. Describes as new Hampsonia bifasciata (Tudah, near Darjeeling, 5000 ft.); Soritia sevastoploi (same). PPB] Tremewan, W. G., “Additional notes on the British species of the genus Zygezena Fabricius (Lep., Zygenide).” Ent. Gazette, vol.11: pp.185-194. 1960. Describes as new Z. filipendulz anglicola (Tring, Hertfordshire), Z. lonicere insularis (Armagh, Ireland). Survey of some British races and local populations. [P. B.] Tremewan, W. G., “The British species of the genus Procris Fabricius (Lep., Zygenide).” Ent. Gazette, vol.12: pp.19-23, 2 pls. 1961. Describes P. statices, P. geryon, & P. globulariz, their variation, & their biology; figures genitalia & ¢ antenne. [P. B.] Van Emden, F. I., “The taxonomic significance of the characters of immature insects.” Annual Rev. Ent., vol.2: pp.91-106. 1957. Review includes some references to Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Van Son, G., “A new African genus of the subfamily Satyrine.” Lepid. News, vol.12: p.6. 1958. Describes as new CCENYROPSIS (type Satyrus natalii). Varin, G., “Les races francaises, ibériques et nord-africaines de Chazara_ briseis L. et leur repartition” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1958: pp.33-39. Study of the subspecies (called “races” by the author) of the satyrid C. briseis in France, Spain, and N. Africa. Description of the following new subspecies: C. b. variabilis (France, Seine-et-Oise, Saclas), C. b. pictonica (France, Charente- Maritime, Royan), C. b. peimica (France, Allier, Mont de la Madeleine), C. b. peimicameridionalis (France, Hautes-Alpes, La Bessée-sur-Durance). [P. V.] Varin, G., “Les races francaises, ibériques et nord-africaines d’'Hipparchia fidia L. (sous-genre Pseudotergumia et leur répartition” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.27: pp.209-215. 1958. Note on the distribution of the subspecies 52 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.1 of this satyrid in France, Spain, and North Africa. The author uses the incorrect term “races” and, again, the unacceptable and incorrect subspecific name beni rene Oe We (sic!). Describes as new H. f. splendum (SE France, Var, Les Arcs). P. VJ Varin, G., “Contribution a l’étude des Satyridae (lépidoptéres). Hipparchia semele L. et Hipparchia aristeus Bonelli, leurs sous-espéces et leur répartition en France et en Afrique du Nord” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1960: pp.13-17. List, description, & distribution of the subspecies of the satyrids H. semele & H. aristeus in France and North Africa. In the introduction, the author explains the usage of the term “race” in his earlier papers. In this paper he has interpreted badly the decisions of the International Congress of Zoology, 1958, and in regard to the Colloquiums it is only the meetings of the Entomological Society of France in 1959 5DR Vel Viette, P., “Contribution a l’étude des Hepialidze (dixieme note). Hepialide du Congo belge et du Territoire du Tanganyika” [in French]. Rev. Zool. Bot. africianes, vol.42: pp.201-206, 2 figs. 1949. Describes as new Dalaca zernyi (Haut Pays Matengo, WSW de Songea, Mbinga, 1300-1400 m., Tanganyika); Gorgopis tanganyikaensis (WSW de Songea, Ugano, 1500-1700 m., Tanganyika). Records of 4 other spp. with some descriptive notes & synonymy. [P. B.] Viette, P., “Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Pyralididze malgache” Lin French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. A, vol.3: pp.117-119, 2 figs. 1949. Describes as new Ulotrichodes milloti (Tananarive). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Description d’une nouvelle espece de Noctuide Catocaline” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.2: pp.47-49, 4 figs. 1950. Miniophyllodes catalai, a new species from Madagascar. [P. V.] Viette, P., “Contribution A l'étude des Cossidz (premiére note). Les Cossidze de Madagascar (lépidoptéres )” [in French]. Naturaliste malgache, vol.3: pp.133-138, 1 pl. 1 fig. 1951. A list of all Cosside known from Madagascar, with new synonymies, location, by the study of the types, and type localities is given. Phragmatecia grandis (E. Madagascar) is described as new. A new name is given for an Australian genus: ZYGANISUS new name for Pseudocossus Gaede (preoccupied). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Notes sur quelques lépidoptéres malgaches” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. A, vol.5: pp.131-138, 9 figs. 1951. Notes on some Lepidoptera from Madagascar. Describes as new: (Lithocolletidz) Lithocolletis lemarchandi (Tananarive); Parectopa eugeniella (Tananarive); (Schrecksteiniide ) Stathmopoda clarkei (Front Dauphin, central Madagascar); (Limacodide) PSEUDOLIMACODES, & type P. brunnea (Tananarive); (Noctuide) Calesia tamsi (Tananarive). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Microlépidoptéres malgaches nouveaux ou peu connus” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. E, vol.1: pp.153-163, 13 figs. 1952. New or little known Microlepidoptera from Madagascar. Describes as new: (Tineidz) EUAGOPHLEPS, & type E. brunneis (E. Madagascar. Vohilava), E. lambomakandro (S. Madagascar, Lambomakandro); RANOHIRA, & type R. silvestris (Lambomakandro); (Xylorictide) PARACYPS, & type P. waterloti (Tananarive); PSEUDOPROCOMETIS, & type P. helle (Lambomakandro); (Ethmiidz) Ethmia bradleyi (N. Madagascar, Diego Suarez), E. albilineata (Diego Suarez). LP. V.] Viette, P., “Descriptions de nouveaux macro-hétérocéres malgaches” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. E, vol.5: pp.67-80, 2 pls. 1954. Description of new malgassian Macroheterocera: (Cosside) Xylocossus cretacea ambahona (Ankaratra Mt.); (Thyridide) Chrysotypus mabilleanum (Ankaratra Mt.); Proterozeuxis superba (Ankarampotsy); METATHYRIDA, & type M. catalaianus (Ankarampotsy); (Agaristide): Arrothia guenéianum ( Ankarafantsika ) ; (Notodontide): | Scalmicauda kodamire (Ankaratra Mt.); | Desmecrera 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 toulgoetianum (Vohilava), D. antiopa (Tananarive); Rhenea isaka (Fort Dauphin); Amphiphalera jeannelianum (Diego Suarez); Zelomera imitans ankaratrensis (Ankaratra Mt.); Fentonina io (Ankarampotsy); Atrasana brunneis (Ankarampotsy ); Dinara descarpentrianum (Tananarive); Anticyra grandidieranum (Diego Suarez); Trotonotus catalaiella (Perinet), T. laurengonia (Tananarive ): (Drepanidez) Spidia vohilava (Vohilava); (Saturniide) Tagoropsis ankaratra (Ankaratra). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Description de nouveaux tinéides malgaches (lépidoptéres)” [in French]. Mem. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. E, vol.5: pp.1-38, 37 figs. 1954. Description of new Microlepidoptera from Madagascar: (Incurvariide): Nemophora janinezx (Antongil Bay), N. tsaratanana (Tsaratanana Mt.); (Tineide) Melasina seyrigiella (Bekily), M. alluaudiella (Namoroka); Monachoptilas stempfferiella (Ankaratra Mt.), M. petitiella (Tananarive), M. berista (Ankaratra Mt.); PROTAGOPHLEPS, & type P. masoala (Maroantsetra); (Hyponomeutide) Trichocera decaryanum (Ambovombe); (Schrecksteiniide ) Stathmopoda maisongossiella (Maroantsetra ), S. vadoniella (Maronatsetra); (Xylorictide ) MOCQUERYSIELLA, & type M. albicosta (Antongil Bay), M. bourginella (Maroantsetra); MNAROLITIA, & type M. paulianellum ( Morafénobé); HERBULOTIANA, & type H. abceda ( Anton- gil Bay), H. benoistella ( Antongil Bay), H. rungsella (Maroantsetra), H. bicolorata (Antongil Bay), H. violacea (Antongil Bay), H. catalaella (Maroantsetra), H. paulianella (Ambodivoangy), H. bernardiiella (Ambodivoangy), H. longifascia (Antongil Bay); (C&cophoride) RHOZALE, & type R. aurea (Antongil Bay), R. subnivea (Antongil Bay); Cryptolechia toulgoetianum (Ambovombe); ABYCHODES, & type A. janineze (Maroantsetra); Xheroctys jeannelliella (Maroantsetra); (Cosmopterygide) Stagmatophora chopardella (Tananarive); (Gelechiide) Symbatica heimella (Tananarive); Polyhymno millotiella (Morafénobé); Idiopteryx marionella (Morafénobé), I. descarpentriesella (Maroantsetra). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Les types des lépidoptéres hétérocéres malgaches de Mabille se trouvant au Muséum national, Paris” [in French]. Mem. Inst. scient. Madagascar, ser. E, vol.5: pp.377-387. 1954. List of Mabille’s types of Madagascar species belonging to the National Collection of the Paris Museum. [P. V.] Viette, Pierre E. L., “Etude des types de microlépidoptéres (Tineidz sll.) malgaches de Meyrick du Muséum de Vienne” [in French]. Ann. naturhist. Mus. Wien, vol.60: pp.279-286, 1 pl. 1955. Describes as new Metachanda_ phalarodora (Madagascar). Discusses 13 other spp. (Tineidze, Coleophoride, Xylorictide, CEcophoride, Gelechiidz) described by Meyrick from Madagascar; describes ¢ genitalia of most; selects some neotypes. [P. B.] Viette, P., “Hesperiide” [in French]. Faune de Madagascar, vol.3: 85 pp., 92 figs. 1956. A fauna of the hesperiids from Madagascar and the Comoro Islands. Keys and descriptions of the spp. & sspp.; Fulda corollei australis is described as new. (Androy, Ifotaka). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Descriptions de nouvelles sous-espéces des genres Callicore et Perisama (Lep. Nymphalidz )” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.27: pp.293-296. 1958. Descriptions of new sspp. of these genera in the collection of Mme. C. Fournier de Horrack in the Paris Museum: C. clymena colombiana (Canon de Tolima, Colombian central Cordillera, 1700 m.), C. marchalii septentrionalis (Lino, Panama, 800 m.), C. gabaza intermedia (Venezuela, env. de Merida), P. euriclea marginepunctata (central Peru, Chanchamayo), P. lucrezia unicolor (Venezuela), P. calamis ochracea (Chanchamayo), P. maronina meridionalis (Bolivia, Coroico, 1200 m.), P. bonplandii venezuelana (Venezuela, Mucuchachi). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Descriptions préliminaires de nouvelles espéces de noctuelles de Madagas- car, I (Lep. Noctuide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.62: pp.270-279. “1957” [1958]. Preliminary descriptions of new species of noctuids from Madagas- car: Timora prochaskai (Betioky-Sud); Cucullia malagassa (Perinet), C. aplana (Perinet); Amphia gigantea (Ambatolampy); Neostichtis ignorata (Integral 54 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.1 Natural Reserve No.3); Perigea zebrina (Lakto), P. probata ( Sandrangato ); Calpiformis magnifica (Perinet); Appana subrosacea (Ankaratra Mts.); Hadenella thermodesa (Anosibe); Athetis siccata (Didy), A. trixysta (Sandrangato), A. fragosa (Tsianovoha), A. cryptisirius (Didy), A. despecta (Perinet), A. calypta (Didy), A. sicaria (Mahatsinjo); Elyptron berioi (Ankaratra Mts.). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Descriptions préliminaires de nouvelles espéces de noctuelles de Madagascar, II (Lep. Noctuide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.63: pp.146-152. 1958. Preliminary descriptions of new noctuids from Madagascar: (Noctuine) Agrotis radama (Tananarive), A. longidentifera ranavalo (Tananarive); Ochropleura elevata (Ankaratra Mts.); Mentaxya trisellata (Ankaratra Mts.), M. sexalata (Betsileo land); (Heliothidinze) Timora epimethea (Fianarantsao area); (Amphipyrinz) Paracaroides pauliani (Morondava area), P. janinee (Ankarafantsika); (Euteliine) Pacidara splendissima (Integral Natural Reserve No.3), P. dinota (Lakato area); Phlegetonia subviolescens (Ankarafant- sika); Eutelia histrio occidentalis (Lambomakandro), E. vadoni (Maroantsetra area). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Le Colloque intermmational sur la Nomenclature zoologique” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.58: pp.76-81. 1958. Considerations on the Colloquium on Zoological Nomenclature, London 1958. [P. V.] Viette, P., “Lépidoptéres récoltés 4 La Réunion par R. Richard, I-II 1957” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.58: pp.37-44, 2 figs. 1958. Describes as new ( Noctuidz ) Agrotis alluaudi & Blenina richardi (Plaine des Cafres, Réunion). Places palmistarum Joannis in Mentaxya, which is distinct from Scotia (=Agrotis Ochs., nec Hb.). List of spp. (Pyralide, Geometridae, Noctuidze, Lithosiidze, Hesperiidz ). Ue, 1BJ Viette, Pierre, “Lépidoptéres tinéides (s.].) et pyrales. Resultats de lexpedition zoologique du Professeur Dr. Hakan Lindberg aux iles du Cap Vert durant lhiver 1953-54, No. 18” [in French]. Comm. biol., vol.17, no.8: 12 pp., 3 figs. 1958. Describes as new Ethmia paneliusella (S. Nicolau); Eudoria lindbergalis (S. Antao); Euclasta defamatalis insularis (S. Antao); and Cynzda dentalis occidentalis (S. Antao). Records of 21 further species, mainly Pyraustidz, are given. [W. H.] Viette, P., “Note sur de petites collections de lépidoptéres récoltés aux iles Comores et en Aldabra” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.58: pp.60-65. 1958. Note on small collections of Lepidoptera from the Comoro Archipelago and Aldabra Is. Describes as new Epipagis prolalis (Aldabra) (Pyraustide). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Nouveaux microlépidoptéres de Madagascar” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.83: pp.48-59, 9 figs. 1958. Description of new species of CEcophoridz and Ethmiide from Madagascar: (CEcophoride) Pseudepiphractis zelosarella (Nosivola); Rhozale ampolomitella (Ambatalampy), R. tricolorella saalmiillerella (Sakaraha), E. atriflorella (Sakaraha), E. oberthiirella (Sakaraha). He Wd Viette, P., “Thyridides malgaches nouveaux ou peu connus (lépidoptéres)” Lin French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.27: pp.206-208. 1958. New or little- known species of Thyrididee from Madagascar. Describes as new Chrysotypus lakato (E. Madagascar, Lakato); Rhodoneura strix (E. Madagascar, Italaviana), R. subopalina orientalis (E. Madagascar, Anosibe); Proterozeuxis seta (Lakato). UP. Wo] Viette, P., “Contribution a VTétude des Hepialidaze (33e note). Korscheltellus fusconebulosus (Degeer)” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol.14: pp.96-101. “1958” [1959]. Study of the subspecies of this hepialid; describes as new K. f. shetlandicus (Shetland Is.), K. f. pyreneensis (Pyrenees Mts), K. f. centralis (mountains of central France), K. f. vosgesiacus (Vosges Mts.). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Lépidoptéres de l’ile Amsterdam (récoltés de Patrice Paulian, 1955-1956)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.64: pp.22-29, 6 figs. 1959. Note on a collection of Lepidoptera from Amsterdam Is. in the southern Indian Ocean. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 Describes as new Crambus reductus; Nomophila incognita; BRACHYPTERA- GROTIS, & type B. patricei, (Noctuinz; brachypterous in both sexes); Heliothis pauliani. [P. V.] Viette, P., “Descriptions préliminaires de nouvelles espéces de noctuelles de Madagas- car et des Comores, III (Lep. Noctuide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.64: pp.222-231. “1959” [1960]. Preliminary descriptions of new species of noctuids from Madagascar and Comoro islands: Mentaxya comorana (Anjouan); Xylomania betsileo (Betsileoland), X. boby (Andringitra Mts.), X. hecate ( Marojejy Mts.); Neostichtis inopinatus (Integral Natural Reserve no.3); MADEUPLEXIA (Amphipyrine) & type M. pretiosa (Batsileoland), M. altitudinis (Andringitra Mts.), M. sogai (Ambatondrazaka) (Euplexia retorta Berio, 1956, belongs to this genus); Altimza monticola (Andringitra Mts.); Perigea duchesnei (Anala- merana forest); Sciomesa janthina (Andringitra Mts.); Paracaroides behara (Behara), P. befasy (Befasy forest); Cyclopera gallienii (Befasy forest). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Deux nouvelles pyrales d’Indochine” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.59: pp.87-89, 2 figs. “1959” [1960]. Describes as new Stemmatophora chapalis (Cha pa, Tonkin); Doddiana tonkinalis (Cha pa). [P. B.] Viette, P., “Note sur différents taxa du genre Morpho Fabricius (Lep. Nymphalidze Morphine)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.60: pp.11-14. 1960. List of types in Paris Museum, with localities. [P. B.] Viette, P., “Pyrales de Madagascar et des Comores nouvelles ou peu connus (Lepidoptera )” [in French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.27: pp.200-214, 13 figs. 1960. Describes as new Crambus ankasokellus (Ankasoka); Syllepta stumpffalis (Nossi- be); Coptobasoides marionalis (Analamerana forest), C. comoralis (Grande Comoro); Diaphana andringitralis (Andringitra Mts.); Ambia andasalis (Marojejy Mts.); Sindris minutalis (Ampijoroa), S. sganzini comorensis (Grande Comore); Doddiana analamalis (Perinet); Philotis gigantalis (E. Madagascar). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Thyridides et thaumétopoéides nouveaux ou peu connus de Madagascar (lépidoptéres )” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.29: pp.68-72. 1960. Describes as new: (Thyrididz) Chrysotypus phebus (Marojejy Mts.), C. maculatus (Lakato road); Rhodoneura marojejy (Marojejy Mts.); (Thaumetopeeide ) PSEUDOHYSOIDES, & type P. bicolor (Lambomakandro forest), P. unicolor (Analamerana forest), P. vadoni (Maroantsetra). [P. V.] Viette, P., “Notes on some synonymous or preoccupied names in the Lepidoptera.” Entomologist, vol.94: pp.38-39. 1961. Proposes WISEANA to replace Philpottia Viette, preoccupied (Hepialidze); FLETCHERODES to replace Pseudolimacodes Viette, preoccupied (Limacodide). New synonymy in Notodontide ( Billetia) & Noctuidz (Thalatha, Maliattha, Calosia, Bamra, Hypsiforme). (P. B.] Warnecke, Georg, “Was ist Dyscia (Scodiona) emucidaria Hiibner 425 nec Duponchel?” [in German]. Opusc. zool., no.34: pp.3-5, 1 fig. 1959. Synonym of penulataria; emucidaria Duponchel is fagaria or a nearly related sp. [P. B.] Warnecke, Georg, “Studien zur Fauna der Grossschmetterlinge des Harz-Gebirges” [in German]. Beitr. Naturkunde Niedersdchsens, vol.13: pp.21-31, 4 figs., 1 map. 1960. Describes as new Gnophos sordarius hercynicus (Bruchberg Moor, Oberharz). Discusses Harz Mts., N. Germany, and their boreoalpine Macrolepidoptera (G. sordarius, Erebia epiphron, Anomogyna_ speciosa, Sterrhopteryx standfussi), including general distribution, local forms, & biology. Notes some erroneous records. [P. B.] Warren, B. C. S., “On Erebia aquitania Fruhstorfer: with a note on the value of anatomical characters in this and related species.” Ent. Rec., vol.71: pp.184-190, ‘1 pl. 1959. Redefines this species; describes & figures ¢ genitalia, showing variation. Also figures ¢ & @ genitalia of other spp. of the E. tyndarus group; discusses specific relationships and species characters, and gives a checklist and synonymy for this difficult group. [P. B.] z Watson, Allan, “A revision of the genus Auzata Walker (Lepidoptera, Drepanide ). Bonner zool. Beitr., vol.9: pp.232-256, 1 pl., 47 figs. 1958. Describes as new A. chinensis prolixa (Chekiang, W. Tien-Mu-Shan, 1600 m.), A. c. arcuata (S. Shansi, 56 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.l Tapaishan in Tsingling, 3000 m.), A. superba cristata (Shansi, Mien-Shan), A. minuta spiculata (Chekiang, E. Tien-Mu-Shan). Transfers A. micronoides to Leucodrepana, sinking Auzatella to Leucodrepana; transfers Gonocilix renifera to Leucoblepsis. Redescribes all forms; key to spp. & sspp. [P. B.] Whalley, Paul E. S., “Sematosopha leucodelta Meyrick 1937—a synonym of Piletocera albicinctata Hampson 1887 (Lep.—Pyralide).” Entomologist, vol.91: p.270. 1959. Whalley, Paul E. S., “The British species of the genus Chrysocrambus Blesz. (Crambus auctt.). Lepid. Pyralide.” Entomologist, vol.92: pp.179-184, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1959. Figures adults of C. craterellus, C. cassentiniellus, C. dentuellus, & C. cornutellus, & genitalia of last 2 spp. (not certainly recorded from Britain). Discusses nomenclature. [P. B.] Whalley, Paul E. S., “The British Pyralidze and Pterophoridze in the Bowes collection including a new species of plume moth (Lep., Pterophoride).” Ent. Gazette, vol.11: pp.27-30, 4 figs. 1960. Describes as new Oidzematophorus bowesi ( Ashford, Kent). Selects lectotype of O. cinerariz, in Paris Museum. British records of some 60 spp. [P. B.] Whalley, Paul E. S., “The genus Ephestia Guenée (Lep., Phycitinz).” Ent. Gazette, vol.11: pp.183-184. 1960. Transfers British spp., except E. elutella & Anagasta ktihniella, to Cadra Walker (=Xenephestia Gozmany). [P. B.] White, M. J. D., “Cytogenetics and systematic entomology.” Annual Rev. Ent., vol.2: pp.71-90. 1957. Review includes applications of cytogenetics to classification on specific and higher levels; some discussion of panorpoid complex and of species differences in Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Wiltshire, E. P., “New species and forms of Lepidoptera from Afghanistan and Iraq.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.55: pp.228-237, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1958. Describes as new: (Lasiocampide) Dendrolimus klapperichi (Bashgul Valley, 1100 m., Nuristan, Afghanistan); (Lymantriide) Euproctis froitzheimi (Paghman Mts., 3000 m., E. Afghanistan); (Notodontidz) Damata dicyma (Bashgul Valley, 1100 m.); Harpyia pulcherrima nuristana (Bashgul Valley); (Noctuide) Lithophasia cyaxares (Haj Omran, 1525-1830 m., Erbil prov., Kurdistan, Iraq); Agrochola egorovi laciniate (Haj Omran, 1830 m.; foodplant Eremostachys laciniata); Archanara pringlei (Amarah marshes, Iraq); (Syntomide) Syntomis higginsi (Salah-ud-din, 1037 m., Kurdistan). Also names a “form” of Harpyia lanigera. Lists 15 spp. added to Iraq list since his Lepidoptera of Iraq. (P. B.] Wolff, Niels L., “Further notes on the Stomopteryx group (Lepid. Gelechiide).” Ent. Meddelelser, vol.28: pp.224-281, 2 pls., 62 figs. 1958. Describes as new S. wormiella (Amager, Denmark), S. suecicella (Bonarpshed, Sweden); Iwaruna klimeschi (Leopoldsberg, Vienna, Austria). Discusses this group of genera and the application of generic names; prefers to keep most spp. in Stomopteryx for the moment. Describes ¢ genitalia of group in general; discusses 19 other spp. in Stomopteryx, Iwaruna, Monochroa, & Lamprotes, with descriptive notes, discussion of identity, and figures of ¢ genitalia, adults, & venation. [P. B.] Wolff, Niels L., “Notes on some species of the genus Scoparia Hw. (s.str.) (Lep., Pyraustide ).” Ent. Maddelelser, vol.29: pp.179-192, 2 pls., 30 figs. 1959. Describes as new S. sylvestralis (Jungshoved, Zealand, Denmark). Describes ¢ & 2 genitalia of S. basistrigalis, S. ambigualis, S. ingratella, S. dubialis, & S. dubitalis. Selects lectotype of S. ambigualis. [P. B.] Wolfsberger, Josef, “Eine neue Unterart von Gnophos intermedia Wehrli aus der Steiermark (Lep. Geometr.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., yol.44: pp.39-41, 1 pl. 1959. Describes as new G. i. gulsensis (Gulsenberg, Murtal, 600-900 m.). Notes on rearing, on dandelion. [P. B.] Wyatt, Colin W., “Eine neue Rasse von Papilio machaon L. von Mt. Everest-Gebiet” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.44: pp.97-99, 1 pl. 1959. Describes as new P. m. rinpoche (Thyangboché Monastery, Solu Khumbu, Nepal, 3850 m.). eee bal 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society if Wyatt, Colin W., “Eine neue Rasse von Parnassius simo Gray” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.45: pp.18-19, 1 pl. 1960. Describes as new P. s. chenrezi (Ludarwas Ganj, N. of Sonamarg, NE Kashmir, 4300 m.). [P. B.] Yamamoto, Yoshimaru, “How to identify sphingid larve (1) — (4)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.2, no.1: pp.39-41, 2 figs.; no.2: pp.21-23, 5 figs.; no.3: pp.16-18, A figs.; no.4: pp.18-20, 4 figs. 1949. 15 spp. keyed. [T. I.] Yamamoto, Yoshimaru, “Morphological studies on some sphingid larve in Japan (1)” Lin Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.4, no.10: pp.13-22, 1 pl. 1952. Genera and species are keyed. [T. I.] Ziegler, J. Benjamin, “Preliminary contribution to a redefinition of the genera of North American hairstreaks (Lycaenidz) north of Mexico.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.19-23. 1960. F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Kubota, Hideko, et al., “Some observations on Pieris rapz in the farm” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.6, no.2: pp.12-14, 6 tables. 1953. Laying site for eggs, sitting position of larvz, pupation site, & flying activities observed. [T. I.] Kudo, Shigemi, “Larve & pupze of 4 Argynnis (Nymphalide)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: pp.22-27, 1 pl., 1 fig. 1948. Keys to the early stages of A. paphia, sagana, laodice, & adippe. Foodplants: Viola spp. [T. I.] Kudo, Shigemi, “Photographic comments on the life history of butterflies (1) — (3)” [in Japanese]. Collecting & Breeding, vol. 13: pp.19-20, 151-155; vol.14: pp.204-208. 1951, 1952. Numerous photos of Papilio machaon, Argynnis paphia paphioides, A. sagana, A. laodice japonica, A. ruslana, A. cydippe_ pallescens, Hestina japonica, Apatura ilia substituta & Sasakia charonda. |T. I.] Kudo, Shigemi, “Identification of Papilio larve” Lin Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.9: pp.18-19, 1 pl. 1952. P. bianor, maackii, xuthus, protenor, memnon, helenus, & machaon. [T. I.] Kuhlhorn, Friedrich, jr., “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cecidien des Mansfelder Seckreises und des Stadtkreises Eisleben (Ostliches Harzvorland)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.4: pp.35-46, 12 figs. 1957. Records galls produced by Orneodes dodecadactyla on Lonicera xylosteum. [P. B.] Kurian, Chandy, “Descriptions of five new and records and redescriptions of two known Bethyloidea (parasitic Hymenoptera) from India.” Agra Univ. Journ. Res., Sci., vol.3: pp.417-439, 45 figs. 1954. Includes two parasites of Argyria sticticraspis. Kurian, Chandy, “Descriptions of some new chalcids (parasitic Hymenoptera) from India.” Agra Univ. Journ. Res., Sci., vol.3: pp.119-134, 36 figs. 1954. Includes 4 spp. reared from larve of Natada neraria, and one from eggs of Schanobius. Ces Be] Kurian, Chandy, “Bethyloidea (Hymenoptera) from India.” Agra Univ. Journ. Res., Sci., vol.4: pp.67-155, 255 figs. 1955. Includes numerous parasites of Lepidoptera, especially of Pyralidide and Noctuide. [P. B.] Kurir, Anton, “Die Frasspflanzen des Schwammspinners (Lymantria dispar L.) (Beitrag sur Ernahrungsbiologie des Schwammspinners)” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent.. vol.34: pp.543-586, 4 figs. 1953. Feeding experiments with L. dispar larvee on numerous plant spp., belonging to some 45 families of gymnosperms and angiosperms; the amount of feeding and success of rearing is indicated for each plant, and results of chemical analysis of leaves of many plants are summarized. Author concludes that leaves with high content of certain chemicals (including lactic acid, glycosides, saponins, tannins, alkaloids, etc.) are thereby protected against this species. Notes on relation between foodplant and color of frass. Extensive bibliography on foodplants of L. dispar. Larve fed actively on leaves of over 180 spp. of plants. [P. B.] 58 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.1 Kurir, Anton, “Einige Untersuchungsergebnisse aus der Gradation des Fichtennest- wicklers (Epiblema tedella Cl.) in Osterreich 1948-1950” [in German]. Zentralbl. ges. Forst—und Holzwirtschaft, vol.72: pp.121-147, 20 figs., 1 map. 1954. Describes all stages, biology, & location of outbreaks in Austria. [P. B.] Kuznetzov, V. I., “Biology and systematic status of Euzophera species (Lepidoptera, Pyralidz ) injurious to pomegranates, apples and quinces” [in Russian; English summary]. Rev. Ent. URSS, vol.36: pp.59-71, 3 figs. 1957. E. punicaella in Central Asia and Caucasus. [N. O.] Kuzuya, Takeshi, “Breeding record of Ypthima motschulskyi Bremer et Grey (Satyride)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: pp.83-86, 4 figs. 1951. Food- plant: Digitaria ciliaris. [T. 1.] Kuzuya, Takeshi, & Akira Takahashi, “On the life-history of Canonympha edippus annulifer Butler (Satyride)” [in Japanese; English summary]. New Entomologist, vol.2, no.3/4: pp.43-50, 13 figs. 1952. Foodplants: various grasses and sedges. [T. I.] de Laever, E., “Noctuelles et scorpions” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.53: pp.79-80. 1953. Reports Ist instar scorpions (i.e. pseudoscorpions?) being carried in thick vestiture of early spring noctuids. [P. B.] Laidlaw, W. B. R., “A preliminary enquiry into the influence of solar radiation on insect environment. With special reference to the relation between pest epidemics and fluctuation in solar radiation.” Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent., vol.11: pp.17-80, 6 figs. 1951. Reviews direct & indirect effects of radiation on living organisms. Believes that prime cause of epidemics is coincidence of radiation optimum for species, at a particular stage of sunspot cycle, with favorable climatic conditions and abundant food. No proof of a causal connection of sunspots with epidemics is given. On the basis of this theory a biological classification of pest spp. is outlined and numerous lines of research are suggested. [P. B.] Lane, Charles, “Swallows and House Martins taking moths near an M. V. trap.” Entomologist, vol.90: p.297. 1957. Lane, Charles, & Miriam Rothschild, “Preliminary notes on insects eaten and rejected by a tame Shama (Kittacincla malabarica Gm.), with the suggestion that in certain species of butterflies and moths females are less palatable than males.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.93: pp.172-179. 1957. Langenbuch, R., “Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose von Viruseinschlusskorpern (Polyedern) in Schnittpraparaten” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.64: pp.443-444, 3 figs. 1957. Figures polyhedral bodies in larvee of Cacecia murinana. [P. B.] Langston, Robert L., “A synopsis of hymenopterous parasites of Malacosoma in California (Lepidoptera, Lasiocampide ).” Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., vol.14: pp.1-49. 1957. Records of parasites from 9 spp.; notes on adults, larvae, & foodplants of hosts. LP.B.] La Rivers, Ira, “Entomic nematode literature from 1926 to 1946, exclusive of medical and veterinary titles.’ Wasmann Collector, vol.7: pp.177-206. 1949. Collection of records of nematodes associated with various insects, including Lepidoptera (Sphingidz, Noctuide, Eucosmide, Pyraustide). [P. B.] Leatherdale, Donald, “The incidence of some gall-causing insects and mites in south Oxfordshire and central Berkshire in 1956.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.93: pp.26-29. 1957. Includes records of Mompha nodicolella on Chamenerion angustifolium, Heliozela staneela on Quercus petra, & Nepticula argyropeza on Populus tremula. [P. B.] Le Charles, L., “La vie et les metamorphoses du Charaxes jasius Linné” [in French]. Terre et la Vie, vol.98: pp.21-31, 4 pls. 1951. Describes biology; good photos of all stages. [P. B.] Lees, F. H., “An account of rearing Heliophobus anceps Schiff.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.4-5. 1954. Reared on Polygonum aviculare. [P. B.] 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 Legosz-Owsianna, Danuta, “Nothris verbascella Hb. (Gelechiidze) causing damages on mullein (Verbascum phlomoides L.)” lin Polish; English & Russian summaries]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.24: pp.201-208, 2 figs. 1956. Describes the life history and morphology of this sp. [J. M.] Lejeune, R. R., & W. F. Black, “Populations of the Jack Pine Budworm.” Forestry Chron., vol.27: pp.14-22. 1951. Highest population levels of Choristoneura pini associated with abundance of ¢ flowers of host. [P. B.] Lemarie, J., “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bionomie der Kiefernknowpentriebmotte Exoteleia (Heringia) dodecella L.” [in Czech; German & Russian summaries]. Folia zool., vol.6(20): pp.225-233, 11 figs. 1957. Discusses the life history of this harmful sp. Eggs, larve, & imagines are figured. [J. M.] Lempke, B. J., “A note on rearing the larva of Luceria virens Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp. 72-73. 1952. Thrive on neglect. [P. B.] Lempke, B. J., “Further remarks on Plusia festuce L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.245-246. 1953. Summary of published data on biology & phenology. hPLB:] Lever, R. J. A. W., “A Malayan leaf-tying caterpillar from mangroves periodically submerged in sea-water.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.88: p.95. 1952. Argyroploce sp. Lindner, Erwin, “Ein Vorkommen von Craspedothrix vivipara B. B. (Dipt. Tach.). Ein Beitrag zur Parasitologie des Fichtenrindenwicklers Laspeyresia pactolana Zell (Lep. Tortric.))” [in German]. Jahresheft Ver. Vaterlandische Naturk. Wiurttemberg, vol.97/101: pp.115-124. 1949. Lists parasites & hyperparasites of this tortricid pest of spruce. [P. B.] Linktree, P. H. D., “Courtship of Lysandra coridon and L. bellargus.” Entomologist, vol.83: p.279. 1950. ¢ L. coridon courting 2 of wrong sp. [P. B.] Lipa, Jerzy Jézefat, “Badania nad zmianami SmiertelnoSci Aporia crategi L. w kolejnych latach masowego pojawu (1952-1957) w Polsce” [in Polish; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.64: pp.568-572. 1957. Notes on variation in mortality of early stages; percent of larve parasitized seems to vary with foodplant. [P. B.] Lipscomb, C. G., & R. A. Jackson, “Some efforts to breed Lysandra coridon (Poda) var. syngrapha.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.55-57. 1957. Describes breeding procedure; moisture destructive to pupal stage. [P. B.] Lohrl, H., “Fiittert der Gimpel nur Samereien?” [in German]. Journ. fiir Ornithol., vol.98: pp.122-123. 1957. Pyrrhula pyrrhula reported feeding on larve of Cacacia murinana. [P. B.] Loeliger, R., “Ergebnisse der Zucht von Saturnia pyri im Sommer 1948” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.2: pp.81-93. 1949. Account of a cooperative project rearing this sp. [P. B.] Lopez Cristobal, Ubaldo, “Dos nuevos himenopteros utiles’ [in Spanish]. Rev. Invest. agric., vol.1: pp.279-282, 2 figs. 1947. Describes 2 new ichneumonids; 1 reared from Thyreion gelotopwon & Lycophotia margaritosa, other from Plusia m. [P: B.] Ludwig, A., “Die Blattminen des Siegerlandes und der angrenzenden Gebiete” [in German]. Abhandl. Landesmus. Naturkunde, Minster, vol.15, no.2: 48 pp. 1953. Records over 400 mining insects. many of them Lepidoptera; listed by foodplant and also alphabetically. Records from Prevince of Westphalia, Germany. (ee yal Liibke, Anton, “Der Goldafter auf dem Nordsee-Inseln” [in German]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.59: pp.221-223, 3 figs. 1952. Euproctis chrysorrhea feeding on Hippophaé rhamnoides. |P. B.] Lukefahr, M., & J. Griffin, “Mating and oviposition habits of the Pink Bollworm moth.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.50: pp.487-490, figs. 1957. Detailed study of mating & oviposition habits of Pectinophora gossypiella. [W. C.] Lundqvist, Arne, “Blattminennotizen. II” [in German]. Opusc. ent., vol.17: pp.49-50. 1952. Describes mine of Parectopa gradatella, on Lathyrus montanus & Vicia sepium. [P. B.] 60 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.1 Lyons, L. A., “Insect affecting seed production in Red Pine. II. Dioryctria disclusa Heinrich, D. abietella (D. and S.), and D. cambicola (Dyar) (Lepidoptera: Phycitide ).” Canad. Ent., vol.89: pp.70-79, 3 figs. 1957. Describes all stages & seasonal history; records parasites. [P. B.] Lyons, L. A., “Insects affecting seed production in Red Pine. III. Eucosma monitorana Heinrich, Laspeyresia toreuta Grote (Lepidoptera: Olethreutide), Rubsaamenia sp. (Diptera. Cecidomyiide ), and other insects.” Canad. Ent., vol.89: pp.150-164, 7 figs. 1957. Describes all stages & seasonal history; records parasites. Also records, from Red Pine cones, Rhyacionia buoliana, Holcocera immaculella (figures larva & pupa), Duvita vitella, Moodna ostrinella, & Recurvaria spp. [P. B.] Lyons, L. A., “Insects affecting seed production in Red Pine IV. Recognition and extent of damage to cones.” Canad. Ent., vol.89: pp.264-271. 1 fig. 1957. Includes keys to larve infesting cones, among them 8 Lepidoptera (Dioryctria spp., etc.), based on structure & on nature of damage. [P. B.] McDermid, E., “The insect pests of cotton in Zande District of Equatoria Province, Sudan. 2. The insect pests, their status and control.” Empire Cotton Growing Rev., Hite pp.44-66. 1956. Notes on biology of Platyedra gossypiella, Earias spp. [Pe B: McGaha, Y. J., “The limnological relations of insects to certain aquatic flowering plants.” Trans. Amer. micr. Soc., vol.71: pp.355-381. 1952. Records Bellura melanopyga from Nuphar spp., and 7 spp. of Nymphula from various aquatic plants; some biological notes. [P. B.] McGaha, Y. J., “Contribution to the biology of some Lepidoptera which feed on certain aquatic flowering plants.” Trans. Amer. micr. Soc., vol.73: pp.167-177, 4 figs. 1954. Bellura melanopyga and Nymphula spp.; describes early stages of N. serralinealis (on Nymphea odorata and N. tuberosa). [P. B.] McGauran, J., “The life history of the Brown-tail Moth, Pterolocera isogama.” West. Austral. Nat., vol.3: pp.24-26, 6 figs. 1951. Life history notes on P. isogama (Anthelidz ), the larvee of which feed on Acacia spp. [I. C.] McGough, J. M., & L. W. Noble, “Summary of work at Brownsville, Texas with imported Pink Bollworm parasites and an aphid predator.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.50: p.514. 1957. Negative results; parasites not established. [W. C.] McGugan, Blair Malcolm, “Insect parasites of the Spruce Budworm in the Lake Nipigon area of Ontario.” Univ. Wisconsin Summ. doct. Diss., vol.12: pp.132-133. Abstract; Choristoneura fumiferana. McGuire, Judson U., Tom A. Bradley, & T. A. Bancroft, “The distribution of European Corn Borer larvze Pyrausta nubilalis (Hbn.) in field corn.” Biometrics, vol.13: pp.65-74; vol.14: pp.432-434. 1957, 1958. On statistical models approximating the heterogeneous distribution of larvze in a field. [P. B.] Mack, Wilhelm, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Raupe und Puppe von Erebia lappona Esp.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.61-63. 1956. Describes larva & pupa; preferred food plant apparently Festuca varia. [P. B.] Mackenzie, J. M. D., “Bats.” Forestry, vol.21: pp.99-107. 1947. Gives list of 66 spp. of Lepidoptera eaten by wild British bats. [P B.] McKeown, K. C., “Field notes on some insects of the Mount Kosciusko area.” Austral. Zool., vol.11: pp.333-337. 1951. Field notes on a series of insects, including Plutorectis cespitose (Psychide) observed damaging snow grass (Poa cespitosa) in this area. [I. C.] MacLaurin, A. M., “Larva of Lasiocampa quercus L. race callunz attacked by Carabus problematicus (Col. Carabide).” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: p.84. 1951. Macnicol, A. B., “Observations on rearing Amathes depuncta Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.275-277, 1 pl. 1953. Describes and figures larva. Hiberna- tion in first instar; foodplants primrose, dead-nettle, Vaccinium myrtillus, etc. [P. B.] 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 Madge, P. E., “The ecology of Oncopera fasciculata (Walker) (Lepidoptera: Hepialidz) in South Australia. I. Field observations on the numbers of O. fasciculata and the factors influencing birth rate and death rate. II. The influence of temperature and moisture on speed of development and survival rate of the eggs. III. The influence of temperature and moisture on survival rate of the larvee.” Austral. Journ. Zool., vol.4: pp.315-357, 1 pl., 7 figs. 1956. “IV. Fluctua- tions in numbers during 1948-1955 and an analysis of their causes.” ibid., vol.5: pp.196-215, 1 pl., 10 figs. 1957. A detailed account of the ecology including an analysis of environmental factors which influence survival of the immature stages in the field and which predispose to injurious outbreaks of O. fasciculata. [. C.] Madsen, H. F., & S. C. Hoyt, “Schizura ipomezx Dbldy. attacking plums in California.” Journ. econ. Ent. vol.50: pp.284-287, figs. 1957. Life history and larval habits. [W. C.] Mallis, Arnold, A. C. Miller, & R. C. Hill, “Feeding by four species of fabric pests on natural and synthetic textiles.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.3: p.29. 1957. Abstract; including. Tineola bisselliella. Mandel, G., “Uber den Einfluss des Standorts auf das Auftreten der Nonne” [in German]. Allg. Forst-und Jagdzeitung, vol.124: pp.172-175. 1953. Pure stands and dry conditions favorable to outbreaks of Lymantria monacha. [P. B.] Markelova, W. P., “Die Blattwickler Exapate congelatella Cl. und Cacecia rosana L. als Beerenobstschadlinge im Leningrader Gebiet” [in Russian; German summary]. Rev. Ent. URSS, vol.36: pp.355-369, 6 figs. 1957. Redescribes the former species; describes immature stages of both, their bionomics, injurious activity, and control. [N. O.] Martin, Paul, “Ethologie d'un lépidoptére aquatique Nymphula nympheata L. (Pyralide)” [in French]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.22: pp.411-421, 6 figs. 1949. Describes biology. Young larva has gills & lives in water; older larva breathes air. Cocoon beneath surface, air-filled & connected with air in foodplant (water lily). PAE B al Mathur, R. N., “Biological notes on Metanastria hyrtaca Cram. (Lepidoptera: Lasiocampidz ).” Indian Forester, vol.76: p.539. 1950. Records numerous food- plants & 2 parasitic Diptera. [P. B.] Mathur, R. N., “Tortricid larvz destroying fungus garden of termites in laboratory.” Indian Forester, vol.76: p.224. 1950. Larvz described; not identified. [P. B.] Mathur, R. N., “Mature larva of Pales townsendi Baranoff (Diptera: Tachinide ).” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.50: pp.953-954, 1 pl. 1952. Parasite of Phytometra orichalcea. [P. B.] Mathur, R. N., “A new species of Anastatus Motschoulsky (Chalcidoidea: Eupelmidz) from Kashmir.” Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (B), vol.25: pp.93-97, 15 figs. 1956. Egg parasite of Lymantria obfuscata. [P. B.] Matsukawa, Yasuo, “Biological notes on Argynnis ino tigroides Fruhstorfer (Nymphalide)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecol.. vol.2: p.28. 1948. Foodplant: Filipendula kamtschatica. (T. I.] Maw, M. G., & H. C. Coppel, “Studies on dipterous parasites of the Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricide). HH. Phryxe pecosensis (Tns.) (Diptera: Tachinidz).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.31: pp.392- 403, 18 figs. 1953. Describes early stages & biology; parasite of various Lepidoptera. Ee. Be Mayer, K., “Der Einfluss 6kologischer Faktoren auf das parasitare Verhalten von Insekten” [in German]. Bericht tiber die Hundertjahrfeier der Deutschen Entomologischen Gesellschaft, Berlin: pp.122-134, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. 1957. Review of recent work on factors affecting host finding, and on effect of host on development & on host selection by succeeding adults, in phytophagous insects and parasites. [P. B.] Meanley, Brooke, “Foods of the Wild Turkey in the White River bottomlands of southeastern Arkansas.” Wilson Bull., vol.68: pp.305-311, 3 figs. 1956. In- _ cluding Laphygma frugiperda. [P. B.] 62 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.l Medler, J. T., & R. E. Fye, “Biology of Ancistrocerus antilope (Panzer ) ( Hymenoptera, Vespide) in trap-nests in Wisconsin.” Ann. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.49: pp.97-102, 2 figs. 1956. Lists 12 kinds of caterpillars (5 families, mostly micros) used for nest provisioning by this wasp. [P. B.] Meeuse, A. D. J., “On the origin of Clothes Moths, Carpet Beetles, and similar household pests.” Beaufortia, vol.1, no.15: 8 pp., 9 figs. 1952. Records Tinea sp., Trichophaga tapetzella, & Monopis rusticella breeding in owl pellets; lists Lepidoptera previously recorded feeding on keratinaceous materials. [P. B.] Meier, Konrad, “Ueber die Zucht von Saturnia pyri Schiff. (Lep. Saturn.)” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.2: pp.13-14. 1948. Records foodplants; excessive sun, heat, or humidity, & young, fresh leaves are harmful. [P. B.] Mere, R. M., “Larve of Lasiocampa quercus L. eating seeds of ivy.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var. vol.65: p.¥6, 1953: Mesnil, L. P., “Trois nouveaux tachinaires d’Afrique (Dipt. Tachinidz)” [in French]. Entomophaga, vol.1: pp.76-80. 1956. Includes parasites of Sesamia sp. & of Earias biplaga. [P. B.] Meyer, J. Hermann, “Mordraupen-Alltiren bei Samia cynthia” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.2: pp.48-49. 1948. Cannibalism rare if sufficient foodplant is available; eating of cast skins normal. [P. B.] Michaelis, H. N., “A note on the larva of Coleophora vitisella Gregson.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.68-69. 1954. Foodplant Vaccinium vitis-idza; 22 month cycle. [P. B.] Michaelis, H. N., “The effect of winter floods on certain species of Lepidoptera.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: p.257. 1954. Following flooding of meadow, population of Crambus pratellus was below normal; populations of C. culmellus & Cnephasia incertana were normal, and Elachista cerusella was more abundant than usual, with reduced percentage of parasitization. [P. B.] Michaelis, H. N., “The foodplants of Peronea caledoniana Steph.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.6.: pp.235-236. 1956. Recorded from Vaccinium myrtillus, as well as Myrica & Alchemilla. [P. B.] Michelbacher, A. E., Arthur H. Retan, & Stephen W. Hitchcock, “Filbertworm injury to walnuts.” Calif. Agric., vol.11, no.9: p.7. 1957. Use of bait traps to indicate probable severity of damage by Melissopus latiferreanus to walnuts in California. [W. C.] Micks, D. W., “Laboratory rearing of the Puss Caterpillar, with notes on the incidence of parasitism.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.49: pp.37-39. 1956. Megalopyge opercularis. [W. C.] Middlekauf, Woodrow W., “Cephalonomia gallicola (Ashmead), a new parasite record for the Lima Bean Pod Borer in California.” Proc. ent. Soc. Washington, vol.58: p.104. 1956. New parasite of Etiella zinckenella (Pyralide). [W. C.] Miles Moss, A., “Biological notes on some Hesperiidze of Para and the Amazon” [in English; Spanish summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.7: pp.27-79, 5 pls., 7 figs. 1949. Notes on more than 180 spp., from vicinity of Belém; figures of larvz of 80 spp.; numerous foodplant records. [P. B.] Milianovsky, E. S., & P. I. Mitrofanov, “Bol’shoy kavkazskiy tonkopryad—novyi vreditel’ vinogradnoy kultury v Abkhazii” [in Russian; The large Caucasian hepialid, a new insect injurious to grapes in Abkhasia]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol.32: pp.82-85, 2 figs. 1952. Describes biology and control of Phassus schamyl. [N. O.] Mills, M. B., “Bag shelter caterpillars and their habits. Part 1.” West. Austral. Nat., vol.3: pp.61-67, 2 figs. 1951. “Part 2.” ibid., vol.3: pp.84-92, 2 figs. 1952. Describes the life history and larval behavior of Ochrogaster contraria (Cnetho- campine ). The larvae live gregariously in silken bags suspended in the branches of their host tree, Acacia spp. The author distinguishes the behavior and ap- pearance of these larva from those of ground nesting caterpillars of the same genus apparently confused at present under the same name. [I. C.] 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 MODIFIED EDITORIAL ORGANIZATION Since the adoption of the Societys Constitution in 1950 and _ its amendments of 1954 (see amended version in Lepid. news 9: pp.35-38; 1955) and 1959 (see Lepid. news 12: pp.157-158; 1959), the Society’s publications have continued to develop, requiring further amendments. During the 16 years of the Society's existence, the publication program has always been, both formally and in practice, under the general direction of the same editorial chairman. This system has helped to give the publications and the Society some essential tradition and permanence during the early years. With this permanence now apparently assured, it is time to modify the official structure of the publication program so that there will be regular and moderately frequent changes of editorship of all the publications. We are most likely to induce the best possible editors to serve, if their term of labor is for a limited period of years. The following Constitutional amendments are proposed to establish these modifications. In the past, the editor of the Journal (formerly the Lepidopterists’ News) was designated “Editor-in-Chief” of the Society, and as new serials were established (the News of the Lepidopterists' Society and the Memoirs ), the Journal editor had general supervision of them. Under the proposed new system, similar to that of many older biological societies, the Editorial Board would 1) determine broad publication policies of the Society and 2) recommend to the Executive Council the candidates for appointment to the editorships of the three Society publications. The three editors would select their own editorial com- mittees. The Chairman of the Board might be one of the editors, but preferably not, to give him more freedom when new editors are being sought and to allow each editor to be essentially independent of the other two. As provided by the Constitution (Article XII, Amendments), the following proposals for amendment have been signed by “not less than five members of the Society’ (P. R. Enruicn, J. F. Emmet, T. C. EMMEL, S. A. HEssEL, C. L. REmincron, P. S. ReEmincton, O. R. TAYLor, T. L. Taytor) and submitted by the Secretary “to the Editor-in-Chief for publication in one of the Society’s periodicals at least three months before the annual ballot is mailed in November’. CHARLES L. REMINGTON 64 Constitutional Amendments Vol.17: no.l PROPOSED AMENDMENTS: Art. II, Sec. 1: —for “a periodical” substitute “periodicals”. Art. IV, Sec. 2: — delete “the Editor-in-Chief”. Art. VIII, Sec. 1: — for “the number of numbers . . . and the Secretary” substitute “and shall be composed of four numbers”. Art. VIII, Sec. 2: — Insert between “meetings,” and “and other matter’: “summaries of the recent field collecting season”. Art. IX: —replace completely with the following: Article IX. EDITORIAL BOARD “Section 1. The publications of the Society shall be under the charge of an Editorial Board, consisting of a Chairman and two other at-large members, the Editor of the Journal, the Editor of the News, the Editor of the Memoirs, and the two Associate Editors of the Journal. The Chairman may also be one of the above five editors. It shall determine broad publication policies of the Society not otherwise provided for in the Constitution or the By-laws. It shall consider potential candidates for editorships and then make recommendations to the Executive Council for appoint- ments of the three Editors.” “Section 2.. The Chairman of the Editorial Board shall be appointed by the Executive Council for the term of three years, and he may be re-appointed. The Executive Council shall appoint, on recommendation of the Editorial Board, the three Editors, for terms of three years each; all three Editors may succeed themselves once. “The Associate Editors and other members of the editorial committee of the Journal shall be appointed by the Journal Editor; their terms shall terminate with his term, but his successor may re-appoint any of them. “Editorial committees or staff members of the News and the Memoirs shall be appointed by the respective Editors, but their terms shall terminate with those of their Editors; they may be re-appointed.” Pe Ee ae ee ee ee ee oe ee LO ee Le ee ge et ee re "4 — ~ P. ‘. EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: Cuar.es L. REMINGTON Associate Editor | (Literature Abstracting): Perer F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): FrED T. THORNE Harry K. CLencH—N. S. Osraztsov — EucENE G. MuNROE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TrtpEN Manager of the Memoirs: Smpngey A. HEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with writen lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of e the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will _ be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of q the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) q will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- _ tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remineton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TrLpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: GrorcE Euxet, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. _ Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Enruicu, Div. of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Fretp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.17: no.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT The tympanic structures and taxonomy of the Lepidoptera by Sercrus G, KiraKOrr o...200.00.0ccescdecoslisesesesesusceacte ee nee 1-6 Ecological studies of High Sierran Rhopalocera. II by Tuomas C. & Jonnw F. EMMEL 00...0.0)000becdcscsisid sd 7-20 New skipper and butterfly records for SW Louisiana by: Roy. O.; Kenpagn 0.65/02... eS ec 21-24 Foodplant preferences in the Lycaena helloides complex (Lycaenidae) by’ Donanp’S. ‘(CHaMBERS 0700/50 001 Gigs. ccdstesesstssokien a 24-26 Extension of known range of Mitoura hesseli (Lycaenidae) by ..Rocrr. W. PEASE, JR.) 0000.05.00 No. ieee r 27 Life history of Hulstina inconspicua (Geometridae ) < by Joun Anams CoMsTock 20:..0).c:bccicesbecp A new species of Chilo (Crambidae) from Louisiana by. FlaAHN W; Capps) |... ee, 31-32 The systematic position of the so-called subfamily Platychasmatinae by (Sercius ‘G: KantaKorr oo.) 6.500006 0 scales cae 33-34 The “pumping action” of a Papilio at water (Papilionidae) by WALFRIED J... REEINTHAL | 006..005.00o60o.5050.jeincgscs oeaconte cds 35-36 Additional note on foodplant of Sphinx kalmiae (Sphingidae) Bye: GA Mu Bower Cebu Wel Wedel edu if canaeds ecdas AN 36 Rhopalocera attracted by ultraviolet light in Central America by” Bipvanpe ‘C, WEETING !:)...0) 0. Ao ll aks 37-38 The status of Myelois neophanes (Phycitinae) in England by) PAur Bis Ss, WHALEY 100i ec csc esleoscauictss sine - cee eee ee REVIEWS: The ontogeny of insects (symposium); by J. Movuc#ia ............ 38 Forbes, Lepidoptera of N. Y., Part IV; by H. K. CLENcg ..............000.. 40-42 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS I gave up collecting Lepidoptera (for 45 minutes) by. Stony Ac) FIESSEE, 0.0.2.0 cllilisceSscesesconesacsteatetneseaghneceenaeaan an 43-44 Record charts for the collector of Lepidoptera by «Riemann, HierrZMan iii... heeded heide eyes 44-46 Obituary of Sergiusz Toll (1893-1961); by A. DIAKONOFF .............000. 47-49 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA .....0.0.030.0.0 3.2.02 ee 50-62 Modified editorial organization; constitutional amendments ............0...::cc0e 63-64 Volume 17 1963 Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN aN , y In This Issue LABORATORY BIOLOGY OF CISSEPS NEW MEGATHYMIDAE FROM MEXICO AND TEXAS ENVIRONMENTAL ALTERATION OF LYCAENA COLOR SPEYERIA COLLECTING IN FAR WEST (Complete contents on back cover) 8 November 1963 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1963 OFFICERS President: H. B. D. KerrLteweit (Oxford, England) Ist Vice President: Don B. Stauxines (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Vice President: C. M. Brezanxo (Pelotas, Brasil) Vice President: Sercius G. Kimraxorr (Ghent, Belgium) Treasurer: GrEorGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: Smpney A. HEssEt (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Vacant . Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Rrotre (Toronto, Canada) Daxrpor Povotny (Bmo, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. pE LA Torre y CaLueyas (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: SuicEru A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) Linco_n P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JOURNAL OF Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 17 1963 Number 2 LABORATORY MASS-REARING OF CISSEPS FULVICOLLIS (CTENUCHIDAE), WITH NOTES ON FERTILITY, FECUNDITY, AND BIOLOGY by JEANNE E. REMINGTON I. INTRODUCTION In the course of an investigation into the genetics of certain pupal and imaginal characters in Cisseps fulvicollis (Hiibner) in 1956 and 1960-62, it was found that this diurnal moth is an excellent species for continuous mass-rearing in the laboratory. Its foods (various species of grasses ) are widely obtainable in the outdoor growing season, or easily produced in the laboratory. It mates readily and oviposits freely in con- finement. The duration of the life cycle is fairly short and there is no diapause under laboratory conditions, so successive generations can be reared continuously indoors, even through the winter. The adults are not vigorous flyers, which makes handling and feeding more convenient than for many Lepidoptera. In the following sections, the techniques used for mass-rearing of C. fulvicollis are described, followed by observations on its biology, which were made as an adjunct to the genetic investigations. Also in- cluded are comments on comparable published findings reported for a few other Lepidoptera, to put the Cisseps observations in some perspec- tive. No attempt was made to search the literature thoroughly, and the papers referred to are undoubtedly only a few of those which exist. II. TECHNIQUE This project was conducted in a windowless laboratory room, at a constant temperature of 22°C., under a bank of “daylight” fluorescent lights automatically set on a 24-hour cycle with 14 hours of light alter- nating with 10 hours of dark. 65 66 REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no.2 Females were isolated in circular clear plastic (polystyrene) con- tainers about 8 cm. in diameter by 4.5 cm. deep. They were daily moved to fresh dishes when ova were laid, if a daily count of ova was desired; otherwise, they were left in the same container for the duration of oviposition. Every second day each adult was fed from a small disc of synthetic cellulose sponge saturated with a mixture of 1 part honey to 2 parts water. For feeding, each oviposition container was inverted over a Syracuse dish holding the sponge; the moths normally started feeding voluntarily within a few seconds, but during the first 24 to 48 hours they seemed disinterested in feeding. They were left on the sponge for about 10 minutes, or less if they had discontinued feeding. The widespread techniques of feeding Lepidoptera adults in the labora- tory from saturated wicks or small containers of sugar solution left in the cages have been tried at various times on many species in this laboratory. However, the fermentation of the solution which takes place rapidly in a warm room has been found to be detrimental to optimum egg production. Perhaps some substance such as calcium propionate could be added to retard this process. Another drawback to that type of feeding apparatus is that many adult Lepidoptera will not find the food source or will not learn to feed regularly from it. When our sponge method is used, they will inevitably come into contact with the sugar solution and will usually start feeding immediately; if not, the technician can unroll the proboscis with the aid of a dissection needle, and this often stimulates the insect to feed. Fermentation is eliminated because the solution is freshly mixed each day and is left out for only a short time, and the sponge and dish are thoroughly rinsed and dried between uses. The sugar solution should not reach the top of the sponge; it is enough to have it near the top so that the insect can reach into the holes in the sponge with its proboscis but will not get its legs sticky. The sponge method is especially important in crucial crosses where the maximum quantity of eggs if needed. With a few exceptions for groups with non- feeding adults, such as Saturniidae, feeding is essential if the breeder wishes to get maximum fecundity in confinement. In a tropical ctenuchid, Ceramidia butleri, Harrison (1959) got only 56 eggs from 14 wild females, but the low number may be due to failure to feed the females. The female firmly glued the eggs to the plastic container, often in linear strings of several eggs, and there was no need for grass to be present as an oviposition stimulator. When eggs had been laid in a con- tainer, a small piece of damp paper towel was put in te provide moisture and was redampened when dry. When the larvae were about to hatch, a few blades of fresh grass were put into the container to prevent the starvation and dessication which easily occur in the brief absence of food and moisture and are especially dangerous to newly hatched larvae. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 The newly hatched larvae often, but not always, ate the eggshell immediately after hatching. SHorey, et al. (1962) observed in laboratory rearing that undisturbed Trichoplusia ni larvae always did, although experiments showed no survival advantage during the first four days after hatching for those larvae which were allowed to do so compared to those removed from the hatching cage immediately after hatching. All the 1956 larvae and the first generation of the 1960-62 broods were fed on outdoor lawn grass, which was dug up in circles of sod, put in clay flower pots, and brought into the laboratory. The second generation in 1960 was fed on laboratory-raised Poa sp. and Festuca sp. In 1961, Poa pratensis (Kentucky Blue Grass), Lolium multiflorum (Common Rye — narrow bladed) and Lolium perenne (Perennial Rye), all grown from seed, were tested and were all found to be unsuitable as food plants; the larvae commenced feeding but did not survive. The winter generations were reared successfully on Festuca rubra (Creeping Red Fescue) grown in the laboratory; this grass grows from seed to the usable height of about 2 inches in 7 days. Stenotaphrum secundatum (St. Augustine Grass ) was an acceptable foodplant, grown from cuttings from Florida stocks; its wide blades and slowness to wilt when cut made it an ideal food, but it grew so slowly in the laboratory that it could not be used exclusively. | The grasses were grown in vermiculite in polyethylene boxes with holes drilled in the bottom. They were fed from below by a nutrient solution twice a day in an automatic hydroponics tank-table. During the first two instars of the larval stage, it was most convenient to cut the grass and put small amounts of it in the larval rearing dishes. The bottom and sides of the dishes were lined with paper toweling; this could be changed easily when necessary, and it kept the containers relatively free of water droplets, which are dangerous to small hairy larvae. Four small holes were drilled in the top of each container to facilitate the movement of air. Before the tops were perforated, it was found that the larvae would become anaesthetized, apparently from accumulated carbon dioxide, with high mortality resulting. A free-standing shelf of copper wire screening, consisting of a circle about 24 the diameter of the dish and supported by a strip of bent screen, was used in each larval rearing dish. Each day or two, when the dish was cleaned, the shelf was lifted out, with most of the larvae clinging to it. The paper at the bottom, containing the feces and old grass blades, was discarded and new paper put in. The side-lining paper could be returned to the dish with the larvae still clinging to it. Then the grass on the shelf, with some larvae on it, was put in the bottom and new grass placed on the shelf. The larvae usually climbed quickly up to 68 REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no.2 the new grass, and thus did not need to be handled individually when the dish was next cleaned. Handling leads to increased mortality, particularly of those larvae in a pre-molt phase. To defer growth, or if foodplant temporarily runs short, larvae in the middle instars can be stored for several weeks in a cold chamber. A constant-temperature laboratory room, kept at 14-16°C., was used successfully, but the much lower temperature of a refrigerator at com- mon household setting was fatal to the larvae. In the cold room they were kept in the regular rearing containers, partly filled with slightly damp (not wet) sphagnum moss in which they burrowed. When the larvae were in the last instars they were transferred to gallon polystyrene jars with screen tops. Grass was supplied either by being grown in the container, or by putting two of the cubical polyethy- lene dishes containing growing grass in each gallon container. In the former case, if few enough larvae were put into it and the container left on the hydroponics table, the grass growth kept pace with larval consumption. In the latter case, the two cubical dishes had to be re- moved every two days and the larvae transferred to new dishes of grass. There was very little evidence of disease in the course of these ex- periments. Ordinary clean laboratory procedures were used, but no sterilization of equipment was necessary. Pupation cccurred in loose cocoons spun on the grass blades or on any surface within the container. In the case of the “cocoonless” in- dividuals (those having a supposedly genetic tendency to pupate with- out spinning a cocoon), the pupae were lying free on the bottom. Pupae were put into small glass shell vials, closed with a loose wad of cotton, and permitted to hatch there. The adults were confined in pairs in polystyrene containers under the “daylight fluorescent lights. If no ova were laid within a week, the first male was removed and a second male introduced. In some cases a male whose mate had produced fertile ova was paired with a second female. The sexes are not difficult to distinguish in the adult moths when pairs are being selected for isolation. The best criteria are: 1) The pectinations of the male antennae are long (their length being about twice the width of the flagellum) and narrow and almost parallel- sided; the corresponding rami of the female antennae are much shorter (about the same length as the width of the flagellum) and rounded, somewhat oval or club-shaped. 2) Inthe male the frenulum consists of one stout spur, and in the female there are two, slenderer spurs; in both sexes these are long (about 0.3 the length of the hind wing, from which the frenulum arises near the base), slender, shiny, and copper-colored. The receptaculum for the 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 frenulum is on the under side of the forewing and is sexually very dif- ferent, in the male being a single thumb-like hook arising from the antericr portion of the forewing in the male and in the female being a tuft of many stiff, hair-like bristles arising from the posterior portion of the forewing. These distinctions are easier to use than differences in the abdominal apex. In the pupal stage, or on the empty pupal shell after the moth has emerged, the sexes can be distinguished by the position of the genital aperture. In the males, it is located on the 9th sternum, close to the anal aperture; in the females it is on the 8th sternum, about twice as far from the anal aperture as it is in the males. III. Matinc BEHAVIOR In most of the cases in which copulation was observed, its duration was 2 to 5 hours. The original 1956 wild pair, which had been captured in copulo, remained together for several hours despite being gently transferred to a container and taken in an automobile to the laboratory. The longest observed mating was of a pair which had been inactive for three hours (7-10 A.M.) under distant fluorescent ceiling lights and some light at a very oblique angle from “daylight” fluorescent lights. They paired immediately at 10 A.M. when put under the direct light of a 150 watt desk lamp, and they remained paired for at least 12 hours, 20 minutes but had separated by 8:55 the following morning. Both males and females of 12 observed pairs varied in age from | to 15 days at time of the first observed copulation. None were seen to mate before 24 hours after eclosion. Some pairs were seen to copulate twice, the second time following the first by as little as an hour or as long as 8 days. One male mated with 3 females, when he was 6, 9 or 10, and 14 days old; the first of these was unsuccessful, with none of the 152 eggs laid showing signs of any development. One pair which had been confined together for 8 days and had already produced fertile eggs, was found in subsequent copula- tion which lasted at least 5 hours, 45 minutes (this was the female which had a late, second peak in number of eggs laid; see Table I). Another pair which had been together for ten days, with no eggs laid, was then observed in copulo for at least 3 hours, 13 minutes. Two pairs which had mated once with only one to two ova produced were subsequently found in copulo, but either none or only a few further eggs were laid. However, in other cases the females accepted the second pairing even though fertilized eggs had been laid right up to the day of re-pairing. Mating always commenced in the forenoon, soon after the lights in the windowless control room went on. On one occasion, many pairs were 70 REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no.2 put in a light-proof dark chamber at 3:45 P.M. and then removed to bright light at 2:05 P.M. the following day. No pairings were made during 2% hours of subsequent observation. The pairs usually rested on the bottom surface of the container when in copulo, but if they were on the side of the container, they were verti- cally oriented, the male usually head downward. DISCUSSION Duration of copulation was not shown to have an effect on the success of fertilization. The longest duration (at least 12 hrs.) resulted in fertilization. The exact duration of the shortest was not observed, but among those with the least time, there were many fertilizations. This may be contrasted with results of 7 Papilio xuthus pairings in which the 3 of very short or very long duration produced no fertile eggs (Remington, 1960). It was observed in these Papilio matings that “long duration is usually caused by abnormal initial coupling, in which event insemination is not effected and disengagement is difficult”. The long Cisseps mating noted here was disengaged without artificial help, although in some other cases both members of a pair remained together and died; if artificial separation was made, it resulted in such damage to the individuals that they lived only a short time and the females were unable to oviposit. The duration of copulation has been found to vary with the tempera- ture in Pieris brassicae (David & Gardiner, 1961). Temperatures of 20°, 25°, and 30°C. were used, and copulation lasted longer at the lower temperatures. In a different experiment, five pairs of Trichoplusia ni at 27°C. remained in copulo an average of 33 minutes, but the period varied from 19 to 44 minutes (Shorey, et al., 1962). Pieris brassicae females did not usually pair again for 5 or more days after the first mating, although males often mated several times in one day. Of 209 @, 2 mated twice the first day of the test (when they were 2-3 days old) and one of the 2 again on the second day. By the 10th day, 18 of the 20 had mated twice (one mated 3 times, 2 mated 4 times). In another group of brassicae 56 6 mated 1 to 4 times in 5 hours, and some of the 15 2 @ twice in the 5 hours (David & Gardiner, 1961). 94 2 9 of Trichoplusia ni confined continuously with a large number of males mated successfully a mean of 2.0 times (dissection showed 0 to 6 spermatophores) and the males more, since there were fewer males than females in the experimental cage. The age of adults when ready to mate appears to be about the same in Cisseps, Pieris, and Trichoplusia, in the observations noted here. No 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 71. matings were observed before 24 hours of age in Cisseps. In Trichoplusia ni no matings were observed until the second night after emergence (this species is nocturnal). Pieris brassicae adults did not mate readily until a “day or two” after emergence, and it was unusual for either sex to mate when less than 18 hours old. Pieris adults stored at 12.5°C. and 60% humidity until 7-10 days old mated readily when put in 29° rooms, and all eggs were fertile. However, after storage of 19-20 days most éé died; the 2 2 mated with 7-10 day old ¢ ¢ but fertility was lowered. Although Pieris brassicae and Cisseps fulvicollis are both diurnal insects, Cisseps was found to commence mating (in the laboratory ) soon after the light went on, whereas Pieris was said to favor no particular time of day for mating as long as the temperature and light conditions were satisfactory. IV. FECUNDITY The data on fecundity are based on 12 females, laboratory-reared siblings from one pair of wild parents. Oviposition very rarely began within 24 hours after copulation, or as long as 72 hours after; most commonly it began between 36 and 48 hours after copulation. The females were from 2 to 16 days old when oviposition commenced; each had been confined with a male within a few hours after her eclosion from the pupal shell. There was a fairly even distribution of ages between the two extremes. One female (1-f) continued laying fertile eggs 15 days after her last contact with a male, and two other females for 8 and 9 days, respectively. The greatest percentage of ova (22.8%) were laid by this group on the 5th and 6th day after oviposition began, the number thereafter declining steadily, as shown in Table I and Figure 1. However, two females (l-e and 1-f) laid their greatest number the Ist and 2nd day of oviposition, 21-g and ?1-] laid their largest number the 3rd and Ath days, 2 1-j had a peak on the 7th and 8th days, and @1-d on the 9th and 10th days. For the last-named ¢?, copulation had been observed on the day before and this was at least the second of her pairings, for she had already laid fertile ova; after this peak she went on ovipositing for 10 more days before her death. There was also great variation in total number of eggs laid. Each of the 12 females laid a total of from 104 to 299 ova in an ovipositing period of 8 to 20 days. DISCUSSION The findings with Cisseps that the greatest percentage of eggs were laid on the 5th and 6th days of oviposition differs from those with a Vol.17: no.2 Cisseps fulvicollis REMINGTON: 72 zs L 9 91 | ; : 2 = 61 r LI Sl 22 Gill ‘uorjedsut Avp-9}euUI9}][e OUT MOI UT ‘aIoy peop puNoT , ‘potmn900 pey uoryepndoo ysnoylye ‘pedojaaep S330 Jay fo suon | GG GOL LGT OSG ey “OG a GT 9¢ 6€ OV OT 8 9G LI Ie IG V VV GG 9G ZL AP SIE | IL 28) IU #8 OL 2G UOI}ISOdIAO JO }Iv}S I9}Fe SAL ‘SITIOOIATONdT (O AO 66 CHYVAY-AYOLVYORV'T ‘CALVI-GIS GI AO ONIAVT-OOF AO NOLLNATHLSIG mal 2°SS Tél ST cce 09¢ IZe ISP LP 6E CF OT a€S 68 0 69 PL CT Il ge Tg Z6 SP 8 0 9 Ec a6 ST rao 89 IS 0 0 al CF 0 GG Pc 98 MK 6S 0 IF ee rss GS 9 SI Ec f S a6 Z8 g 19 QR) 9X C PRE SRI T qe, % [POL FIle 116 ai) a HEIL 3-1 F16 1d P-1é O18 +9-1 6 a) TOyOW 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 ie) 6) iy) co) rs) PERCENT OF TOTAL OVA LAID 6 ,) 2 4 6 8 Omni 14 16 i8 20 DAYS AFTER OVIPOSITION COMMENCED Fig. 1. Percentage of total ova laid by 12 2 @ in successive two-day periods (see Table I for individual performances ). phycitid moth, Anagasta (=Ephestia auctt.) kiihniella, in that the latter laid the greatest number the first two days, then fewer each successive day (Norris, 1936). The Cisseps oviposition activity is similar to that of 99 females of Trichoplusia ni in which the most eggs (32%) were laid on the 5th and 6th days after commencement of oviposition (McEwen & Hervey, 1960). [Another group of Trichoplusia had low (23%) hatch- ability, indicating mating difficulties, and these data are not reviewed here.] The Trichoplusia females laid for only 12 days, while Cisseps laid for 20 days. Davin (1957) found that Pieris brassicae females start laying 2 to 3 days after eclosion and reach a maximum in 2 to 3 days more. V. FERTILITY AND HATCHABILITY Of 426 ova laid in the laboratory by 2 wild females (Table II), 99% showed the signs of fertilization (early stages of differentiation in the embryo). Among 1727 ova laid by 14 sibling-mated laboratory-reared females the percentage of ova showing signs of fertilization was almost as large: 97.1%. It may be observed from Table III that there was no decline in fertility with age; note the high hatchability (and therefore fertility ) even late in the oviposition period, for 3 of the 4 females (the Ath had sharp fluctuations, which are not directly correlated with age). Table II shows a great difference in hatchability of the eggs between that of the wild, presumably outcrossed, females (98.1%) and that of the inbred females (59%). But Table III again shows that there was 74 Table II. 2 l-a Q 1-d 9 1-f 9 1-i 2 1-1 9 21-a 2 21-e 9 21-) Q 21-k 9 21-m 9 21-u 2 22-d Q 22-e Q 22-f Total REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no.2 FERTILITY AND HATCHABILITY OF OVA. A. Ova from Wild Females. Number unhatched showed some showed no development development 1 = 3 4 1 =e a (0.9% ) (0.9% ) a. Number Number laid hatched 233 232 193 186 426 aiee tant’ (98.1% ) B. Ova from Sib-mated Females. 67 67 148 58 47 0 8 2 98 8 103 99 JL 80 179 76 210 117 235 208 2 0 193 133 168 76 158 99 1727 1023 (59.2% ) 79 ie 16 31 6 as 90 = 4 = a = 97 6 92 1 27 = 1 1 60 — 92 - 58 1 653 51 (37.9%) | (3.0%) 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 75 Table III. PERCENTAGE OF HATCH FROM OVA LAID ON SUCCESSIVE DAYS. A. Wild Females. Egg-layer Date No. laid No. hatched % hatched 921 Oct. 4-5 89 89 100.0 Oct. 5-6 35 34 Tod Oct. 7-10 64 64 100.0 Oct. 10-11 9 9 100.0 Oct. 15-18 36 36 100.0 9 22 Oct. 4-5 34 30 88.2 Oct. 5-6 40 40 100.0 Oct. 6-7 13 13 100.0 Oct. 7-10 106 103 97.2 B. Sib-mated Females Reared in Laboratory. Q21-m Nov. 17-18 87 80 92.0 Nov. 19-20 29 28 96.6 Noy. 20-22 43 36 83.7 Nov. 22-23 15 10 66.7 Nov. 23-27 ol 48 94.1 Nov. 28-30 aL 6 54.6 Q I-d Nov. 12-13 oll WZ 38.7 Noy. 19-20 33 6 18.2 Nov. 21 62 38 GIES Nov. 22-27 A3 WL 25.6 Nov. 29 20 2 10.0 76 REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no:2 no clear decline of hatchability due to the age of the mother or to the number of eggs she had laid; high percentages of hatch were main- tained throughout the period of the 2 wild females and fairly high even in the middle and late stages for the 2 inbred females, although the hatch for the latter was lower and more uneven. DISCUSSION The high fertility of Cisseps eggs (97-99% ) is paralleled in the fertility of eggs of wild Colias philodice and eurytheme (Ae, 1958); of 762 eggs laid by 16 females, 99% were fertile. Az also found (1961) that of 288 eggs laid by 3 wild females of Papilio protenor 99.3% were fertile; 98.2% of them hatched. The low (11.8%) fertility and hatchability of the 76 eggs of one wild Papilio helenus female was attributed to a shortage of spermatozoa, since the female was old when collected. The eggs of Trichoplusia ni were found to be 80% hatchable in the laboratory at 14°C., and to decrease in hatchability to 70% at 32° (Shorey, et al., 1962). In a different investigation on the same insect (McEwen & Hervey, 1960) 3 colonies at the same temperature (23-25°C.) varied widely in hatchability: Ist colony—61 ¢? 2 (15,793 eggs laid) — 40.1% hatched 2nd colony—34 2 2 (6,731 eggs laid) — 23.0% hatched 3rd colony —38 ¢? @ (18,337 eggs laid) — 73.4% hatched The reasons for the variation could not be determined, but “eggs which failed to hatch showed no evidence of embryonic development and collapsed 2-3 days after deposition”. This may have been due to non- fertilization. Norris (1936) found that the proportion of eggs of Anagasta kiihniella hatching from one sibling pair in each of 12 generations varied from 63 to 93%. REMINGTON (1959) observed that it is “usual for Papilio females to have decreasing fertility in the course of egg-laying, regardless of the father.” VI. DURATION OF STAGES The duration of the egg stage appeared to be 5 to 6 days. Twenty-one eggs (from ¢ 21-m) which were laid during a 10 minute period on 18 November were segregated and external changes during development at the controlled temperature were recorded as follows. This female had started ovipositing the day before and continued for 12 days thereafter; all eggs were fertile. ~ 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society il Age in hours Development 24 Opaque white, no differentiation 48 No change 7) A faint transparency developing around lower edge 95 A cluster of minute brown spots at top; definite differ- entiation between zones of paler and deeper yellow 120 Larvae appear fully developed, visible through trans- parent shell 124 No change 125 First 2 larvae hatched 112535) 1 more larva hatched 126 3 more larvae hatched 126.75 4 more larvae hatched HE 6 more larvae hatched 128 1 more larva hatched 129 2 more larvae hatched 130%—140 Last 2 hatched during this period Another group of timed eggs hatched later than 122 hours and before 144 hours. Out of a third group (38 eggs), 30 larvae hatched in about 120 hours, 1 between 120 and 144 hours, and 7 between 144 and 168 hours. In a group of 9 timed larvae, there were 4 instars (varying in total duration from 17-21 days) before successful pupation for 7 of the individuals (56 ¢, 222). The 2 others had 6 instars and then died. The pupal stage normally lasted 7-11 days. There was a sexual difference in developmental time. Of 22 larvae whose pupal stage began synchronously and which were reared together, eclosion was as follows: 66 Q2© Ist day a 3 2nd day 4 2 3rd day 0 3 Ath day i ] 5th day 0 Th Thus, 11 of the 12 66 had emerged in the first two days and only 5 of the 10 2 @. There was also a sexual difference in the length of the imaginal stage. For 12 females this stage varied from 12-30 days, with half of them living 22-30 days. For 8 males the duration varied from 3-23 days, with half of them living 18-22 days. In summary, at the constant temperature of 22° C. and a 14-hour photoperiod, the normal life cycle in days was as follows: egg 5-6, larva 17-21, pupa 7-11. The minimum observed development from egg to adult was 29 days; the maximum (abnormal) 62 days. 78 REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no.2 In outdoor conditions C. fulvicollis is multivoltine and probably hiber- nates in the larval stage (Dyar, 1901). There was no diapause under laboratory conditions. As many as 5 successive generations were reared through the winter, and this could have continued indefinitely. DISCUSSION Dyar (1901) reported that some C. fulvicollis from New York City which he reared hatched from eggs about Sept. 15 and became imagos on Oct. 19 (a total of 39 days if the eggs took 5 days to hatch). Comstock (1937) recorded a pupal duration averaging 6 days for individuals of C. fulvicollis collected in the Sierras of California. None of the pupae in the present experiments took as few as 6 days, although a few required only 7 days. Perhaps there is a genetic difference in developmental period between these and California populations, but Comstocx’s pupae may have been kept at a higher temperature. Developmental time is under genetic, as well as environmental, control, and it can be presumed that in some regions natural selection favors genes for faster develop- mental rate than in other regions (see, e.g., Dawson & Lerner, 1962). The large observed variability of total developmental time in the present experiments has also been reported for other Lepidoptera. Anagasta kiihniella varied from 88-137 days at “room temperature” over 12 generations (Norris, 1936). Arwat (1955) reported that temperature, photoperiod, and quality and age of foodplant influenced the length of life cycle of Plutella maculipennis Curtis. While temperature and photo- period in the Cisseps fulvicollis experiments were uniform, the varying quality and age of the grass brought in from outdoors may have influenced those broods whose life cycle was studied. Lone (1953) found that crowding of lepidopterous larvae increased the rate of development and the simultaneity of pupation, and decreased the number of instars. In the Cisseps experiment, the individuals which were closely observed during the larval and pupal stages were kept in solitary or uncrowded conditions, so that factor was negligible. Trichoplusia ni larvae had from 5 to 7 instars depending on conditions (Shorey, et al., 1962). The sexual difference in developmental time has also been observed in other Lepidoptera, such as Plutella maculipennis in which females developed more slowly than males, irrespective of temperature and food (Atwal, 1955). There is a widespread presumption that this is generally true for Lepidoptera, although Trichoplusia ni in the experi- ments of SHOREY, ANDRES, and Hate showed no sexual difference in the length of the larval stage on four kinds of food and at four different temperatures. In the pupal stage the females developed 4-6% faster than males when the larvae had been reared on beans, but not on cabbage. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 Table IV. SEX-RATIO OF REARED ADULTS. Brood ce) 2 ¢ Ist generation, 1956 itil 14 2nd generation, 1956 19 10 Ist generation, 1960 94 91 2nd generation, 1960 1 2 Ist generation, 1961 15 21 2nd generation, 1961 78 53 3rd generation, 1961 149 128 4th generation, 1961 88 83 5th generation, 1961 74 47 Totals 529 | 449 VII. SEx-RATIO ~ The sex-ratio of 978 reared adults was found to be 1.00 : 0.85 (see Table IV ). In the five 1961 broods 45 others were in too poor a condition for accurate sexing, or were missing in both pupal shell and adult at the time of the sex-count. The sex-ratio of 323 reared adults of Trichoplusia ni was 1:00 : 1.17, a predominance of females (Shorey, et al., 1962). SUMMARY 1. The techniques used in the mass-rearing in the laboratory of successive generations of Cisseps fulvicollis are described. 2. Copulation was observed to continue for a period of 2 to 5 hours. Both males and females may copulate at least twice, the second pairing following the first by as little as an hour or as long as 8 days. Fertile ova may be laid before and/or after the second mating. Oviposition usually started within 48 hours after copulation and continued for 8 to 20 days totalling about 100-300 ova from each female. The greatest number of ova were laid on the 5th and 6th day after commencement. Females continued to lay fertile eggs 15 days or more after isolation from males. 3. 99% of the 426 ova from two wild females were fertile. 97.17% of the 1727 ova from sibling-mated laboratory-reared females were fertile. 80 REMINGTON: Cisseps fulvicollis Vol.17: no.2 Hatchability of the first group was 98.1%; of the second, 59.3%. Fertility and hatchability of ova laid on different days by any one female did not show a decline with age or number of eggs laid by the mother. 4, The egg stage usually lasted 5-6 days; siblings hatching from eggs laid almost simultaneously had different rates of embryonic development. Larval duration was usually 17-21 days, pupal duration 7-11 days. Total cycle from new egg to adult eclosion varied from 29 to (rarely) 62 days, at 22° C, and 14 hours photoperiod. Males developed faster than females. There was no diapause under laboratory conditions. 5. Of 978 reared adults, 529 were males and 449 females, a sex-ratio one JON) 3 OS). Literature Cited Ae, S. A., 1958. Comparative studies of developmental rates, hibernation, and food plants in North American Colias (Lepidoptera, Pieridae). Amer. midl. nat. 60: 84-96. ee | , 1961. A study of interspecific hybrids in Black Swallowtails in Japan. Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 175-190, 2 pls. Atwal, A. S., 1955. Influence of temperature, photoperiod, and food on the speed of development, longevity, fecundity, and other qualities of the Diamond-back Moth Plutella maculipennis (Curtis) (Lepidoptera; Tineidae). Australian journ. zool. 3: 185-221, 4 figs. Comstock, J. A., 1937. Miscellaneous notes on western Lepidoptera. Bull. so. Calif. mena, Goh 82 Ieee, IS} rates, David, W. A. L., 1957. Breeding Pieris brassicae L. and Apanteles glomeratus L. as experimental insects. Zeits. Pflanzenkr. (Pflanzenpath.) & Pflanzenschutz 64) 512-51 1,0 bese ere , & B. O. C. Gardiner, 1961. The mating behavior of Pieris brassicae (L.) in a laboratory culture. Bull. ent. res. 52: 263-280, 3 figs. Dawson, P. S., & I. M. Lerner, 1962. Genetic variation and indeterminism in inter- specific competition. Amer. nat. 96: 379-380. Dyar, H. G., 1901. Life histories of some North American moths. Proc. U. S. nat. mus. 23: 255-284. Harrison, J. O., 1959. Notes on the life history and habits of Ceramidia butleri Moeschler, a pest of bananas (Lepidoptera: Syntomidae). Ann. ent. soc. 52 eeoiles a4 wl nies Long, D. B., 1953. Effects of population density on larvae of Lepidoptera. Trans. roy. ent. soc. London 104: 541-591, 6 pls., 14 figs. McEwen, F. L., & G. E. R. Hervey, 1960. Mass-rearing the Cabbage Looper, Trichoplusia ni, with notes on its biology in the laboratory. Ann. ent. soc. Amer. 53: 229-234, 2 figs. Norris, M. J., 1936. Inbreeding in Ephestia kiihniella Z. (Lepidoptera, Phycitidae ). Journ. genetics 32: 179-181. Remington, C. L., 1960. Wide experimental crosses between Papilio xuthus and other species. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 151-164, 3 pls. Shorey, H. H., L. A. Andres, & R. L. Hale, Jr., 1962. The biology of Trichoplusia ni (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). I. Life history and behavior. Ann. ent. soc. Amer. 55: 591-597. Department of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 TWO NEW SPECIES AND ONE NEW SUBSPECIES OF MEGATHYMIDAE FROM MEXICO AND TEXAS by Dow B. Statuincs, J. R. Turner, Viota N. STALLINGS The two new species described in this paper were selected for descrip- tion at this time from a number of new species that we are in the process of studying. Each is a representative of a group of species that are closely related. Subsequent papers will describe the other species, using this paper as a reference point. We are constantly amazed at how subtle speciation can be among the Megathymidae. Populations that at first glance appear to be the same, are, after considerable study, often found to be very distinct. The two species herein described are prime examples. MEGATHYMUS GAYLEAE Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, NEW SPECIES Female. Upper surface of primaries: black with very few olive-green and gray hairs intermingled at base; apex with a few scattered white scales; spot 1 (cell spot) roughly square, spots 2, 3, & 4 (subapical spots) rectangular and of even size and pretty much in alignment (outside line formed by these 83 spots if extended downward would pass through spot 6); spots 5 & 6 (submarginal spots) narrow, spot 5 cresent- shaped and 6 rectangular; spots 7, 8, & 9 (marginal band) with spot 7 roughly rectangular but with inward side not parallel to outward side, spot 8 smaller than 7 and rectangular and toothed inwardly, spot 9 smaller than 8 and appearing as a thick crescentic band, toothed inwardly; all 9 spots light chalky yellow in color; fringes checkered black and smoke. Under surface of primaries: dull blackish with apex and some of outer margin very lightly overscaled with white; all the dorsal spots reappear but are much lighter, with spots 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 white. Upper surface of secondaries: black with very few olive-green and gray hairs intermingled at base; the light chalky yellow discal band composed of 4 small distinct spots, plus a faint spot near anal angle represented by a few scales; a few light chalky yellow scales along outer margin between veins M, and M.,; fringes very narrow, white in color, faintly checkered with black. Under surface of secondaries: dull blackish, with area inside discal band over- scaled with a few very short, light brown hairs and with area outside discal band more heavily overscaled with white; white discal band well defined and more narrow at ends than in center area; a triangular white spot in costal area close to base and a second white rectangular spot in costal area outward from first white spot; a third smaller white rectangular spot below second spot and _ slightly outside of it; center of wing has small area without brown hairs; costal area faintly overscaled with white hairs and scales; fringes very light brown. Abdomen black above and brown-black below. Thorax olive-green above, brown- black below. Palpus white with some hairs capped in brown. Antenna with tip of club black, remainder of club and shaft white heavily overscaled with brown on upper side, but with more white below. Antenna of 2 shorter than in ¢. MEGATHYMIDAE . PLATE 1 Megathymus gayleae. Top row: HOLOTYPE Q, north of Saltillo, Mexico, 21 Sept. 1957. 2nd row: ALLOTYPE 4, north of Saltillo, Mexico, 21 Sept. 1957. ( Uppersides at left; undersides at right. ) Lower row: genitalia; left to right: ¢ uncus, ¢ valva, 2 genital plate. - 82 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 Length of forewing: 23.5 mm. to 32 mm., average 30 mm. Measurements of Holotype: forewing, apex to base 30mm., apex to outer angle 19 mm., outer angle to base 20 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 20.5 mm. Male. Upper surface of primaries: black with very few olive-green and gray hairs at base; tip of apex slightly overscaled with white; all 9 spots smaller than in 2 and slightly paler in color, with spots 2 & 3 white; spots 7 & 8 toothed in- wardly, with spot 7 the larger; spot 9 composed of two bars, forming a “V” with the base pointed inward; fringes checkered black and smoke. Under surface of primaries: as in 92, except the spots are smaller. Upper surface of secondaries: black with very few olive-green and gray hairs at base; a band of light chalky yellow overscaling along outer margin; fringes very narrow, white, faintly checkered with black. Under surface of secondaries: dull blackish with area inside discal band over- scaled with a few very short, light brown hairs and area outside discal band more heavily overscaled with white; discal band composed of a black band with a white spot just below costal area and a long narrow “V” shaped white spot in anal area; a triangular white spot near base in costal area and a narrow black spot below this white spot; costal area overscaled with white; fringes on underside checkered light and dark brown. Abdomen, palpus, and antenna as in 2. Thorax differs from 2 in being gray and black with very little olive-green above, otherwise like @. Length of forewing: 13 mm., to 27 mm., average 25 mm. Measurements of Allotype: forewing, apex to base 25 mm., apex to outer angle 16.5 mm., outer angle to base 16.5 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 16 mm. Described from 58 specimens (40 3 ¢ and 18 2 @ ) collected as larvae 23 kilometers morth of Saltillo, Coahuila, Mexico on Highway 57 (formerly Hwy. 75) at Km. marker 903 (old marker Km. 417) at an elevation of 4200 ft.; emerged in confinement from 16 Sept. to 7 Oct., 1957 and 1962. Collected by Dr. & Mrs. R. C. TuRNER, DEE, JACK, VIOLA and Don B. STa.uincs, and in 1962 H. A. FREEMAN. HOLOTYPE: female, 21 Sept. 1957, and ALLOTYPE, male, 21 Sept. 1957, are in the collection of the authors. Paratypes will be placed in the collections of the U. S. National Museum, American Museum of Natural History, C. L. Remincron, H. A. FREEMAN. We had specimens of this species at the time we described Megathymus beulahae (Lepid. news 11: 113-137; 1958). At that time we considered it a subspecies of beulahae. It was not until we examined the genitalia that we realized this to be a separate species. The valva of the male genitalia is radically different from the valva of beulahae, resembling that of yuccae (Bdv. & Lec.). The female genitalia are also quite dif- ferent, the constricted tips of the pads (papillae analis) being unique. This species is easily distinguished from Megathymus beulahae by the reduction in size of the spots, particularly in the female, in which the discal band on the upper secondaries is limited to 4 spots. On the average M. gayleae hatches about 40 days later than beulahae. MEGATHYMIDAE PLATE 2 Stallingsia jacki. Top row: HOLOTYPE 2, Tuxtla Gutierrez, Mexico, 26 June 1958. 2nd row: ALLOTYPE 64, Tuxtla Gutierrez, Mexico, 23 June 1958. (Uppersides at left; undersides at right. ) Lower row: genitalia; left to right: ¢ uncus, ¢ valva, 6 sdceagus, 2 genital plate. 84 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 The foodplant is Agave falcata Engelm. and is closely related (if not the same) to the food plant of beulahae. Eggs are laid singly and are usually glued on the upper side of the leaf about one-third the way basad from the leaf tip. The larva in the fina] instar is ivory white and the caudal end is of the same color. We mention this last fact because we have another species of this group in which the caudal end of the larva is pinkish. We found populations of this species, 25 to 50 miles west of Saltillo on Hwy. 40; 10 to 20 miles east of Saltillo on Hwy. 40; 73 miles north of Saltillo in the pass and on the north slope of the Sierra de la Gavia on Hwy. 57. The population west of Saltillo is subspecifically distinct as the spots are slightly larger than typical M. gayleae and the discal band of the female on the upper side of the secondaries often has more than 4 spots. This species is named for GayLE TuRNER, daughter of the second named author and niece of the other two authors. STALLINGSIA JACKI Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, NEW SPECIES Female: upper surface of primaries: deep chocolate brown; all spots red brown, lighter than ground color; spot 1 (cell spot) a thin crescent with tips faced inward; spots 2, 3, & 4 (subapical spots) with spot 3 set inward from other two; spots 5 & 6 (submarginal spots) small, with spot 6 set inward from spot 5; spots 7 & 8 (with spot 9 making the discal band) round, with spot 7 directly above spot 8; spot 9 consisting of two diagonal bars just failing to join to form a “V” with base pointed inward; fringes well checkered brown-black and white. Under surface of primaries: deep yellow brown without margin faintly overscaled with white; spot 2 white with some brown overscaling; all other spots light yellow brown with some brown overscaling, particularly in center of each spot, except spot 9 which lacks this overscaling; spot 5 is edged with some white scales; all spots larger on under side, particularly spot 9. Upper surface of secondaries: deep choclate brown with pure white fringe. Under surface of secondaries: brown-black overscaled with white; heavier along outer margin and in discal area, giving a slight banded effect. Abdomen and thorax dark brown above and darker below. Palpus white with brown scales. Antenna with club brown-black and remainder brown-black narrowly ringed with light brown. Measurements of Holotype: forwing, apex to base 26 mm., apex to outer angle 17.5 mm., outer angle to base 17.5 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 18 mm. Male: Upper surface of primaries: brown-black; all spots yellow with brownish tint and arranged as in 9, except smaller; a few yellow hairs at base and extending outward towards outer angle; fringes well checkered brown-black and white. Under surface of primaries: as above, with ground color a bit lighter, with spots larger, and with white overscaling on outer margin; spots 2 & 3 white. Upper surface of secondaries: slightly darker than primaries with pure white fringe and with small pad of long black hairs in mid-costal area. Under surface of secondaries: like Q@ but with more white overscaling, which increases the banded effect. 86 STALLINGs, et al.: New Megathymidae Vol.17: no.2 Abdomen, thorax, palpus and antenna as in @ but having whitish at base of antennal club. Measurements of Allotype: forewing, apex to base 21 mm., apex to outer angle 17 mm., outer angle to base 17 mm., hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 17.5 mm. Described from 4 specimens (1 ¢ and 3 @ 2) reared from larvae collected near Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas, Mexico at Km. 1081 at an elevation of 2500 ft.; emerged in confinement from 14 June to 2 July, 1958. The larvae were collected in August of 1957 by Dr. & Mrs. R. C. Turner, Deg, Jack, VioLa and Don B. STALLINGS. HOLOTYPE: female, 26 June 1958, and ALLOTYPE, male, 23 June 1958, are in the collection of the authors. The foodplant appeared to be a Manfreda much like the food plant of what we consider to be Stallingsia smithi (Druce) found at Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. The colony of foodplants was found in a small clearing in the jungle and the larvae were discovered by Jack STALLINGS after the rest of us had given up finding anything in the plants. This is the third described species of this genus and is found farther south than either of the other two, being close to Guatemala. It is distinguished from S. smithi by its smaller size and in the female by the deep chocolate brown ground color and in the male by the brown-black ground color. S. smithi does not have the ground color so dark, nor does it have the reddish cast as it’s brown has a more yellowish tint. S. smithi has much more overscaling of yellow hairs on the upper surface of both sex. It is distinguished from Stallingsia maculosus (H. A. Freeman) by its larger size and though S. maculosus has a ground color with a reddish cast it is not as deep in color as S. jacki. Spots 7 and 8 of S. maculosus are elongated, while in this new species they are round. The genitalia of this genus have several unique characters not shared with the other genera, particularly the relative length of the male eedoeagus and the thick muscular tube (bursa?) attached to the vaginal plate, which had to be cut away before photographing in order to show the lower area of the plate. In smithi the terminal end of the edceagus has a flange on each side, each flange terminating with two spines. Maculosus has the two flanges, each terminating in a single long slender spine. In this new species each flange terminates with a single spine which has a broad base, unlike maculosus. Later we expect to publish a paper devoted to the genitalia of the Megathymidae and will go into more detail as to the characters of the genitalia of this and related species. This species is named for Jack Stauincs, the son of the first and last named authors, whose perserverance was rewarded by the discovery of this species. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE REUBENI Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, NEW SUBSPECIES Female: upper surface of primaries: bright black with yellow green hairs near base; outer margin from apex to outer angle heavily overscaled with white; spot 1 square; spots 2, 8, & 4 of equal length and in vertical allignment; spots 5 & 6 large and squarish; spot 7 shorter than 8; spot 9 about same length as 8, but toothed in- wardly; spots 2, 3 & 4 white, spots 5 & 6 creamy white, spots 1, 7, 8, & 9 creamy yellow; fringes checkered light smoke and black. Under surface of primaries: black with outer margins heavily overscaled with white; All spots of the upper side reappear, with spots 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 white and spots 1, 7, 8, & 9 creamy white. Upper surfaces of secondaries: bright black with yellow-green hairs near base; discal band well defined and brighter yellow than spots on primaries; with creamy- white border, 3 mm. wide; fringes white. Under surface of secondaries: black with costal area and outer margin heavily overscaled with white; with two large triangular white spots in the costal area and a small white spot in center of wing; discal band is represented by heavy whitish overscales, in part outlined in black. Abdomen bright black above, dark gray to black below; thorax dark gray above, lighter below; palpus almost pure white; antennal club above black and shaft white with faint black rings near base, below all white except tip of club. Length of forewing 28 mm. to 35 mm., average 32 mm. Measurements of Holo- type: forewing, apex to base 32 mm., apex to outer angle 20.5 mm., outer angle to base 22 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 23 mm. Male: Upper surface of primaries: flat black, similar to 2 with spots smaller and lighter color; spots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 white; spots 7, 8, & 9 toothed inwardly. Under surfaces of primaries: similar to 2 with spots white, except 7, 8, & 9 which are creamy white. Upper surface of secondaries: similar to? but without discal band and veins in outer black area edged with creamy white. Under surface of secondaries: similar to 2 but without discal band. Abdomen, thorax, palpus, and antenna same as in @. Length of forewing 24. mm. to 80 mm. average 27.5 mm. Measurements of Allotype: forewing, apex to base 27.5 mm., apex to outer angle 17.5 mm., outer angle to base 20 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 18.5 mm. Described from 36 specimens (12 oo and 24 ? 9) reared from larvae and pupae, collected by Dr. & Mrs. R. C. Turner, DEE and Jack STALLINGS, and the authors, at an elevation of 5300 feet in the Hueco Mts. of Texas, emerging in confinement from 21 Jan. to 8 April, 1956, 1957 and 1962. The pupal cases are made a part of the type series. HOLOTYPE, female, 25 March 1962, and ALLOTYPE, male, 25 March 1962, are in the collection of the authors. Paratypes are de- posited in the collections of C. L. Remincton, H. A. Freeman, U. S. National Museum, and the American Museum of Natural History. Foodplant: Yucca baccata Torrey; sometimes Yucca elata Engelman. This subspecies occurs throughout the Hueco Mts. We also have a single specimen of a very similar individual from the Big Bend area of Texas collected as a larva in Yucca torreyi Shafer near Shafter, Texas. Strangely, it emerged 8 Sept. 1957. 88 STALLINGS, et al.: New Megathymidae Vol.17: no.2 Megathymus yuccae reubeni. Top row: HOLOTYPE 2, Hueco Mts., Texas, 25 Mar. 1962. Bottom row: ALLOTYPE 4, Hueco Mts., Texas, 25 Mar. 1962. ( Uppersides at left; undersides at right. } We, along with H. A. FREEMAN, are aware that there is more than one species involved in the complex known as Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. & LeC.) and its many subspecies. In fact, preliminary work by Drs. REMINGTON and SairoH with chromosome counts indicates that M. yuccae is confined to an area east of the Mississippi. This situation will soon be treated in a paper by the first named author and H. A. FREEMAN. M. yuccae reubeni is distinguished from all other subspecies by its “blonde” appearance. Nearest to it are M. yuccae coloradensis Riley and M. yuccae arizonae Tinkham. It is distinguished from the first by its larger size and lighter color and from the second by its lighter color and heavy white overscaling in the outer margins. This subspecies is named for Dr. REUBEN C. Turner, father of the last two named authors, who was planning an expedition to collect further specimens of this subspecies at the time of his death in 1958. Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE IN TEXAS, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SUBSPECIES by H. A. FREEMAN After many hours of thought and discussion Don B. Staines and I have reached the following conclusions concerning the arrangement of the various subspecies of Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. & Lec.) in the state of Texas. We have been working with this group for nearly twenty years, and there was a time when we had a few specimens of yuccae from isolated locations over the state and these clearly told us the complete story of yuccae in this area. Now that we have nearly five thousand specimens of Megathymidae in our separate collections the clarity of the picture dims. Since receiving a research grant from the National Science Foundation I have been making every effort to approach this problem from a strictly scientific viewpoint. There are so many factors that seem to have brought about the production of subspeciation in this group that I have been trying to associate these factors together so as to arrive at some definite conclusions. In the various habitats that I have been studying over the state such things as plant associates, type of soil, pH of soil, elevation, average rainfall, and whether or not there is any indication of radiation present, have been checked and recorded. These factors certainly seem to have had some influence upon the particular subspecies found in any given area. Genetically speaking there appear to be two major influences affecting the Texas populations, from coloradensis to the west and from yuccae to the east, while from the south comes a minor influence of wilsonorum. Environmental factors may have influenced the production of minor mutations that have survived and these increased through the years due to isclation of various stands of Yucca, thus building up factors that would produce eventual subspecies. I have no doubt that we are seeing seconds unfold in the millennium required to change these subspecies into species. Whether we are dealing with a single superspecies or a number of sibling species is a question that cannot be definitely decided at the present; however, to me, it appears that coloradensis Riley and yuccae have progressed to the point in evolution where they actually constitute two separate species. Being unable to prove this at the present I will consider them to be conspecific in dealing with the classification of the yuccae group in Texas. The map shows the general distribution of the various subspecies of yuccae in Texas. 90 FREEMAN: Megathymus yuccae Vol.17: no.2 | J ; ‘ ' ’ u Co ee ea a oe ee sy es nee ~» Week % & eo SS Hy Ot S Cw y GO %: % : THE RANGE OF THE VARIOUS SUBSPECIES OF Megathymus yuccae IN TEXAS Megathymus yuccae reinthali Freeman Megathymus yuccae coloradensis Riley Megathymus yuccae stallingsi Freeman Megathymus yuccae louiseae Freeman Megathymus yuccae wilsonorum Stallings & Turner A new subspecies being described by SraLLtincs and TuRNER A “flux” area where the specimens seem to show characteristics of more than St SD OES © (2) one subspecies. In the eastern part of Texas, extending from just southwest of Texarkana over to Mt. Pleasant, down to Canton and Buffalo and over to all the Ben Wheeler, Crow and Tyler area there are found individuals that seem to represent the western extension of yuccae yuccae; however they seem to indicate a blending together of some of the characteristics of yuccae yuccae coloradensis, especially the specimens from two miles west of Ben Wheeler. Since these specimens seem to have characteristics more or less their own, I am naming this population as follows. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9] MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE REINTHALI Freeman, NEW sUBSPECIES FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: shiny black, with a heavy orange-yellow overscaling at the base of the wings. There is a narrow white overscaled area along the outer margin near the apex. Spot 1 (cell spot) is broadly rectangular, with the lower inner side elongating out into a point directed towards the base of the wings and being orange-yellow in color. Spots 2, 3, and 4 are white and broadly rectangular. Spots 5 and 6 are prominent and squarish in shape, being deep yellow in color. Spots 7 and 8 are broadly rectangular (4-5mm. wide) and are deep orange-yellow in color. Spot 9 is broadly triangular with the inner edge usually a little wider than the two spots above and it is of the same color. Spot 7 is situated slightly under the inner edge of spot 6. There is a faint orange spot located two-thirds of the way in towards the base from spot 9. Fringes are checkered gray and black. Under surface of primaries: dull black, with the outer margin overscaled with white. All spots reappear and are of about the same color as above. Upper surface of secondaries: shiny black, with some orange-yellow hairs and scales near the base. There is a dark yellow marginal border varying from 2-3mm. wide. Spots 10 and 11 are fused together into a large orange-yellow spot. Spots 12 and 13 are square. averageing 2mm. across and are orange-yellow. There is usually a rather prominent phantom spot in space 14 of above the same color as the other spots. The fringes are dark yellow. Under surface of secondaries: dull black over the basal and discal areas. The outer portion of the costal area overscaled with grayish- white scales and there is a slight overscaling of gray along the outer margin. There are two white subcostal spots and some specimens may have one or two white spots below these nearer the center of the wing. Abdomen black above, gray beneath. Thorax black above lighter beneath. Palpi clear white. Antennae have the club black with some white beneath; the remaining portion is black ringed with white above and nearly all white beneath. Length of forewing varies from 31 to 37 mm., average 34 mm. Wing measure- ments of Holotype: forewing, apex to base 34 mm., apex to outer angle 20 mm., outer angle to base 25 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 24 mm. MALE. Upper surface of primaries: shiny black, with a heavy overscaling of orange-yellow hairs and scales at the base. There is a slight, narrow grayish over- scaling near the apex. The orange-yellow cell spot (spot 1) is fairly large and there are three small linear white spots above it. Spots 2, 3 and 4 are white and fairly broad. Spots 5 and 6 connect by a narrow line to the subapical spots and are light yellow in color. Spots 7 and 8 are fairly broad, extending about halfway under spot 6 and are orange-yellow in coloration. Spot 9 is slightly pointed inward toward the base of the wing and is of the same color as 7 and 8. The fringes are gray and black. Under surface of primaries: dull to shiny black, with the overscaling of gray near the apex much more extensive than above. The spots all reappear and are slightly lighter in coloration. Upper surface of secondaries: shiny black, with some orange-yellow hairs and scales near the base. There is an orange-yellow marginal border 2 to 2.5mm. wide. Some specimens show one or two discal spots of the same color as the border, how- ever most do not have this. Fringes dark yellow. Under surface of secondaries: similar to the female, except there is often but a single subcostal white spot and the small white spot or spots that sometimes shows up in the female beneath the subcostal spots are absent. Abdomen gray above, with a few orange-yellow hairs present, dull black beneath. Thorax black above, somewhat lighter beneath. Palpi clear white. Antennal club black, except at the base. above and white beneath; the remainder white, slightly ringed with black above. Length of the forewing varies from 22 to 29 mm., average 28 mm. Wing measurements of the Allotype: forewing, apex to base 28 mm., apex to outer angle 17 mm., outer angle to base 20 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 18.5 mm. 92 FREEMAN: Megathymus yuccae Vol.17: no.2 Ge! he Top row: M. yuccae louiseae ALLOTYPE ¢, 16 miles n. Del Rio, Texas, 2 May 1960. 2nd row: M. yuccae louiseae HOLOTYPE 2, 16 miles n. Del Rio, Texas, 5 May 1960. 3rd row: M. yuccae reinthali ALLOTYPE @, two miles w. Ben Wheeler, Texas, 23 Mar. 1961. Lower row: M. yuccae reinthali HOLOTYPE 2, two miles w. Ben Wheeler, Texas, 28 Mar. 1961. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 Described from 89 specimens (52 males and 37 females). 84 of these specimens were collected by the author at the following locations in Texas: 2 miles west of Ben Wheeler (Van Zandt Co.) Texas, el.410 feet, pH 5 (type locality), 10 éo¢, 8 2 2 from Yucca louisianensis which emerged March & April 1956-58-60-61; 8.8 miles s. Canton (Van Zandt Co.), el.500 feet, pH 5, from Y. louisianensis, 2 338,12, March 1958, and 100 yards from this area in Yucca freemanii, pH 4.9,6 i d,4 2 92, March 1952-53-54-56-58; 3.5 miles n.e. Crow (Wood Co.), el.500 feet, pH 5, in Y. louisianensis, 7 3 3,3 2 2, March & April, 1950 & 1958; 1 mile n. Crow, el.490 feet, pH 5, in Y. lowisianensis, 10,2 2 2, April 1958; 2 miles n.w. Buffalo (Leon Co.), el.390 feet, pH.5, in Y. louisianensis, 20,2 2 2, March & April 1951-56-57: Tyler State Park (Smith Co. ), el.360 feet, pH 5, in Y. lowisianensis, 20 ¢ %, 16 2 2, March & April 1950-51-52-53-58-59-60-61. Four specimens were collected as larvae in Y. louisianensis by StaLLincs and TuRNER at Oakwood (Leon Co.), Texas (emerged during March 1952), and Tyler, Texas (same date); 19 Luling, Texas, 24 March 1952. HOLOTYPE female, two miles w. Ben Wheeler, Texas, 28 March 1961, reared in Yucca louisianensis; ALLOTYPE male, same location and food plant, 23 March 1961; both were collected by the author and are in his collection. Two pairs of Paratypes will be placed in the Stallings and Turner collection and one pair each will be placed in the American Museum of Natural History and the collection at Yale University. The rest of the Paratypes are in the collection of the author. I take pleasure in naming this new subspecies for my good friend Dr. W. J. RemrHat who did some work on this butterfly while he was living in Texas. This is the subspecies which is found in or near woods, especially where pines and oaks occur. All specimens were located in areas where the pH was 5 or slightly below, indicating an acid relationship. All the other subspecies of yuccae occur in nearly neutral or alkaline soil in the state. This is a sandy soil subspecies. In comparing this subspecies with typical ywccae from Georgia, the ground color is more of a shiny black color in reinthali; even though the wing shape is broad it is not as broad as typical yuccae; the maculation is somewhat different; and even though the color of the spots, overscaling near base of wings and marginal border of secondaries is dark yellow it is still not as dark as some of the specimens of typical yuccae. For a comparison with the other subspecies refer to the keys. 94 FREEMAN: Megathymus yuccae Vol.17: no.2 Megathymus yuccae coloradensis Riley This very extensive subspecies or species covers a rather wide area north and west of Texas and only enters the state as typical coloradensis in the Panhandle area. I collected two specimens on the wing in the Palo Duro Canyon that appear to be very much like specimens collected around Colorado Springs, Colorado (type locality). The apparent food plant of coloradensis in the Palo Duro Canyon is Yucca glauca, as that was the only species of Yucca that I observed in the area. The soil is rocky and shows red clay and some limestone outcropping in various regions of the canyon. The pH was 6.8, indicating nearly neutral soil. There is a wide area extending into Texas from New Mexico which passes through San Angelo and extends through Stephensville, Glen Rose, Walnut Springs, Waxahachie over to near Ben Wheeler where the specimens appear to have received a decided coloradensis influence at sometime during the past. This is characterized by wing shape and pattern of maculation. Genitalic tendencies are towards that apparent supersubspecies. In this particular group the genitalia seem to fall into definite regional patterns with considerable amounts of variation present within each region, indicating that a considerable amount of evolution is in progress there. In this broad strip the specimens feed on the following species of Yucca: rupicola, pallida, louisianensis, and a hybrid of arkansana X__ pallida. Megathymus yuccae stallingsi Freeman This subspecies covers a restricted part of Texas, as indicated on the distributional map. It is associated with limestone soil in most areas that has a pH of 7.2 to 7.8, indicating an alkaline relationship. The most popular food plant is Yucca arkansana, however in certain areas it feeds upon Yucca pallida, especially around Cedar Hill (south-western Dallas Co.) which just about constitutes its southern limit. This subspecies is more or less common in the region indicated and often will be found in urban areas as well as in the open country, especially if it was originally prairie country. In the Dallas area there were several large colonies present ten years ago, one on Buckner Boulevard near the Drive-in Theater and near Lancaster there were several nice colonies. Extensive building of new homes has just about eliminated all of these habitats. Plants often associated with it are mesquite, cedars, elms and Johnson grass. Specific differences making it possible to recognize this subspecies can be noted in the keys. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 I have been working for some time on the particular group of individuals that have been found from Mertzon southward through Sonora to Del Rio and westward to five miles west of Langtry, Texas, where they apparently stop. This entire area is covered by individuals that seem to have distinctive subspecific characteristics. Extending southeast of Del Rio to Laredo and over into Mexico around Allende, Coahuila, are found specimens that show a decided relationship to this particular subspecies, however I am not including them in the original description of this new subspecies, merely indicating that they possibly should be associated with them since more study of the area is needed. MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE LOUISEAE Freeman, NEW _ SUBSPECIES FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: flat black, with some faint grayish-yellow overscaling near base of wings. There are a few white scales along the outer margin near the apex. Spot 1 (cell spot) is somewhat square and yellowish-white. The subapical spots (2, 3 and 4) are white, and all the others are yellowish-white, with spots 5 and 6 (submarginal spots) paler than the others. Spot 7 is square on three sides and rounded on the outside. Spot 8 is similarly shaped, however it is slightly smaller in size. Spot 9 is somewhat triangular with the apex sharply pointing toward the base of the wings. Spot 7 is situated just beneath the inner edge of spot 6. All three discal spots show an even gradual curve inward with spot 9 being somewhat nearer the base of the wings than the two above. The fringes are checkered sordid white and black. Under surface of primaries: black, with the entire outer margin overscaled with grayish-white scales. All spots reappear and are of about the same general coloration as above. Upper surface of secondaries: black, with a few yellowish-gray hairs near the base. The marginal border is medium in width, being sordid white blending into gray. The discal spots are reduced, 10 and 11 are mere dots, whereas 12 and 13 are better defined and somewhat rounded on their outer surfaces. Sometimes a phantom spot shows up in space 14. The fringes are sordid white. Under surface of secondaries: Grayish-black, rather heavily overscaled with grayish scales, especially along the margin and near the costa. There is a well defined white subcostal spot and about half of the specimens have a minute, linear spot outside of this one. Abdomen grayish-black above, gray beneath. Thorax grayish-black above, lighter beneath. Palpi are sordid white. Antennal club black with some white beneath, the remaining portion is black ringed with white above and nearly all white beneath. Length of forewing varies from 30 to 35 mm., average 33 mm. Wing measure- ments of Holotype: forewing, apex to base 34 mm., apex to outer angle 20 mm., outer angle to base 22 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 22.5 mm. MALE. Upper surface of primaries: flat black, with a faint, light gray over- scaling at the base. There is a narrow overscaling of white scales near the apex. Cell spot (spot 1) is small and somewhat oval. Spots 2, 3, and 4 are white and well defined. Spots 5 and 6 are white and fairly well defined. Spots 7, 8 and 9 are shaped somewhat like those in the female only smaller and are yellowish-white in color. Spot 7 reaches just to the inner edge of spot 6. The fringes are sordid white and black. Under surface of primaries: black, with the outer margin overscaled with grayish-white scales. All spots reappear and are lighter, being nearly all white. Upper surface of secondaries: black, with a few grayish hairs near the base. The marginal border is medium in width and is sordid yellowish-white. Fringes are white. Under surface of secondaries: very similar to the female, except the second subcostal ‘spot is a little better defined. 96 FREEMAN: Megathymus yuccae Vol.17: no.2 Abdomen, thorax, palpi and antennae are the same as in the female. Length of forewing varies from 25 to 29 mm., average 27 mm. Wing measure- ments of the Allotype: forewing, apex to base 27 mm., apex to outer angle 16 mm., outer angle to base 18 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 16 mm. Described from 63 specimens (35 males and 28 females) all reared from larvae. Seven specimens were collected by SraLtincs and TURNER, six miles north of Del Rio, Texas, in Yucca thompsoniana. These emerged during February and March 1955. The remaining 56 specimens were collected in Texas by the author at the following locations: 5.5 miles w. of Mertzon (Irion Co.), el.2300 feet, pH 7.1, in Yucca campestris & Yucca reverchoni; 10 miles s. Christoval (Tom Green Co.), el.1850 feet, pH 7, in Y. reverchoni; 50.5 miles n. Del Rio (in Edwards Co.), el.2100 feet, pH 7.2, in Y. reverchoni; 28 miles n. Del Rio (Val Verde Co.), el.1500 feet, pH 7.1, in Y. reverchoni & thompsoniana; 16 miles n. Del Rio (type locality ), el.1450 feet, pH 7.1, in Y. reverchoni, Y. torreyi, & Y. thompsoniana (host plant of Holotype and Allotype); 6 miles n. Del Rio, el.1050 feet, pH 7.1, in Y. torreyi, Y. reverchoni & Y. thomp- soniana; 12 miles s. Juno (Val Verde Co.), el.1450 feet, pH 7.1, in Y. thompsoniana and Y. torreyi; Comstock (Val Verde Co.), el.1550 feet, pH 7.5, in Y. thompsoniana; east side of the Pecos River Canyon (Val Verde Co.), el.1400 feet, pH 7, in Y. thompsoniana; and 5 miles w. of Langtry (Val Verde Co.), el.1350 feet, pH 7, in Y. thompsoniana. These emerged during February through May of 1960 and 1961. HOLOTYPE, female, 16 miles north Del Rio, Texas, 5 May 1960, reared in Yucca thompsoniana; ALLOTYPE, male, same location and food plant, 2 May 1960; both were collected by the author and are in his collection. Paratypes will be placed in the Stallings and Turner collection, American Museum of Natural History and the collection at Yale University. I take pleasure in naming this new subspecies for my wife who has helped me greatly in my work on the Megathymidae. This is the subspecies that is found west and southwest of the Edwards Plateau, in Texas, where the soil is rocky and has a pH of from 7 to 7.5. Some of the plants found in the same area where lowiseae occurs are scrub cedars, mesquite, sotol, ocatilla, Mahonia, cat claw, various cacti, and in some areas Agave lecheguilla. The predominant food plant is Yucca thompsoniana. In comparing this subspecies with M. yuccae wilsonorum, its nearest relative, the wing shape is slightly different, not being as narrow as in wilsonorum; the disposition of spots 7, 8 and 9 are slightly farther out towards the outer margin in lowiseae; the coloration is somewhat lighter in louiseae; and the discal band of spots on the secondaries of the females 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 are more definite in louiseae than in wilsonorum. For a comparison with the other subspecies refer to the keys. Megathymus yuccae wilsonorum Stallings & Turner This Mexican subspecies, or possibly a sibling species, enters the United States only in a narrow strip extending from Rio Grande City to near Mission, Texas, where it feeds only in plants of Yucca treculiana. In the areas that I collected in during December of 1959 and 1960 I found most of my specimens in sandy soil around Sullivan City, el.150 feet, and near Rio Grande City, el.230 feet. The soil that I tested ran from pH 7.3 to 7.5. This subspecies occurs in rather thick brushy country which makes the discovery of tents rather difficult. I am of the opinion that this subspecies is not closely related to either M. yuccae yuccae or M. yuccae coloradensis but represents another major subspecies complex. I base my conclusions on wing shape, maculation, and the type of habitat that it favors. M. yuccae wilsonorum has a decided influence on specimens of yuccae from the San Antonio and vicinity as well as the specimens collected around Hondo. This entire area extending from San Antonio to near Stephensville and over to Waxahachie has specimens present that have some characteristics of all the subspecies found in the state except those from the extreme southwestern part of the state, and Don STALLiINcs and I agree that this is a flux area where genes from many areas seem to flow together to produce specimens that cannot properly be placed into any given subspecies. This flux area is No. 7 on the distributional map. STALLINGS and TuRNER are working on a new subspecies from the extreme southwestern part of Texas, and I am mentioning it only so as to record its presence by No. 6 on the distributional map. WING SHAPE COMPARISON OF VARIOUS SUBSPECIES OF MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE reinthali stallingsi wilsonorum louiseae coloradensis Primaries ora oe tO ae Te dom 2 gé 8 Base to apex Oe Sill Dy Sill Dl Bs Rf - Sil Sl Apex to outer angle I AS 16 18 4) 1) 16 18 ily BS) Outer angle to base 1923 19 23 1b Be S22 19 20 Secondaries Base to end of Cu, Woy 28} IG 22 WAR 22 IG Zl 18 23 (broad) (medium) (very narrow) (narrow) (broad ) -*Measurements in millimeters. 98 la. lb. le. Die. 2b. 3a. 3b. la. lb. le. Dar FREEMAN: Megathymus yuccae Vol.17: no.2 KEY TO THE MALES OF THE SUBSPECIES OF MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE IN TEXAS Ground color dark, shiny black above Ground color’ flat black-above (2-50)... 2 ee 3 Ground color brownish-black above wing shape broad; spots above light yellow; heavy light yellow overscaling at base of primaries; spot 7 extends half-way beneath spot 6; cell spot large; marginal border of secondaries wide and light yellow; one crescentic spot and a curved line beneath costa on lower surface of secondaries; average size 50 mm. ........................ coloradensis Wing shape broad; spots above dark yellow; heavy dark yellow overscaling at base of primaries; spot 7 reaches inner edge of spot 6; cell spot large; marginal border of secondaries medium in width and dark yellow; usually one subcostal spot on lower surface of secondaries; average size 61 PUN a Ae vavhctioe gece chattel ieee ewe eae sarees Re otae See easie ek er ee ee rrr reinthali Wing shape medium; spots above lemon yellow; faint lemon yellow overscaling at base of primaries; spot 7 reaches inner edge of spot 6; cell spot large; marginal border of secondaries narrow and lemon yellow; usually two subcostal spots on lower surface of secondaries; average size Fa 155) 111 40 PR tar ee Os Pak ee RIE UR LR Ee IME TN oe seeaaneus sun stallingsi Wing shape very narrow; spots above dull lemon yellow; heavy dull lemon yellow overscaling at base of primaries; spot 7 does not reach inner edge of spot 6; cell spot small; marginal border of secondaries wide and dull lemon yellow; usually one subcostal spot on lower surface of secondaries; average’ size ‘Gil mm ec ne eee os wilsonorum Wing shape narrow; spots above sordid yellowish-white; faint light gray overscaling at base of primaries; spot 7 barely reaches inner edge of spot 6; cell spot small; marginal border of secondaries medium and sordid yellowish-white; two subcostal spots on lower surface of secondaries; average Size D0 VMaMe Oe cooh cece cite atte eee louiseae KEY TO THE FEMALES OF THE SUBSPECIES OF MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE IN TEXAS Ground color dark, shiny black above ......... hasiossn tenet thle 2 Ground color flat black abOve eicciccssicsicc.scbonwisecavssoicnet soe 3 Ground color brownish-black above; wing shape broad; spots above light yellow; heavy yellowish overscaling near base of primaries spot 7 reaches nearly to outer edge of spot 6; cell spot rectangular, with lower inner edge pointing towards base of primaries; spots 7, 8 and 9 very broad, all about equal width; fringes of primaries yellow, very faintly checkered with brown scales; discal spots of secondaries large and fused together, usually a pronounced phantom spot in spece 14; marginal border of secondaries very broad and yellow; under surface of secondaries mottled light and darks averagessize SS mime |. o8 ced ces ect ee coloradensis Wing shape broad; spots above dark yellow; heavy orange-yellow overscaling at base of primaries; spot 7 reaches well under spot 6; cell spot large, rectangular with lower inner edge pointing towards the base of the wings; spots 7, 8 and 9 broad, of about equal width; fringes of primaries checkered dark and deep yellow; discal spots of secondaries well developed, 10 and 11 fused together, other there is a phantom spot in space 14; marginal border of secondaries medium in width, dark yellow; under surface of secondaries browish-black over discal area, gray around costa and margin; average ‘Size G9! MIM, 0. \sssccaccascuetev-gacenoneeoaneeesneeteost eetesee eee ee reinthali 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 2b. Wing shape medium; spots above lemon yellow; faint grayish-brown overscaling near base of primaries; spot 7 reaches under inner edge of spot 6; cell spot medium in size, irregularly square; spots 7 and 8 fairly broad, with spot 9 broadly triangular, with the apex pointing inward; fringes of primaries black, faintly checkered with gray scales; discal spots of secondaries well developed, 10 and 11 usually fused; marginal border of secondaries narrow, yellowish gray; under surface of secondaries even brownish-black, with gray around margin; average size 65 mm. EE I ol ih at eau cde cat cava stained st th saheWavlnednsnegadoepistlrepeecbe, stallingsi 3a. Wing shape very narrow; spots above yellowish-white; fairly heavy grayish-yellow overscaling near base of primaries; spot 7 does not reach inner edge of spot 6; cell spot medium, somewhat square; spots 7 and 8 narrow, above equal size, spot 9 triangular with apex pointing inward; fringes of primaries distinctly checkered dark gray and sordid white; discal spots of secondaries greatly reduced, 10 and 11 usually absent; marginal border of secondaries broad, light yellow; under surface of secondaries grayish-black, darker over the discal area and lighter around the costa and TMA UMMA VET ACE! SIZE 14. TTI 62. acc. .csecensecenniassdsagedseneensatedefeneestec eee wilsonorum 3b. Wing shape narrow; spots above yellowish-white; faint grayish-yellow over- scaling near base of primaries; spot 7 reaches to inner edge of spot 6; cell spot medium, somewhat square; spots 7 and 8 fairly narrow and of about equal size, spot 9 broadly triangular with the apex pointing inward; primaries have the fringes distinctly checkered black and sordid white; discal spots of secondaries reduced, 10 and 11 mere dots, sometimes a phantom spot appears in space 14; marginal border of secondaries medium in width, sordid white blending into gray; under surface of secondaries even grayish-black, with some lighter gray around margin and near the ADR, SSPACE Civ seh ACO S nia We gia sel ene ae ee louiseae 1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas, U. S. A. TYPOGRAPHICAL ERROR IN McDUNNOUGH BIOGRAPHY Due to a printer's error in a final stage of preparing volume 16: no.4 of the Journal for printing, a false line was substituted in place of the right one and a nonsense sentence resulted in D. C. FERcuson’s bio- graphical obituary of J. H. McDunwnovucu. The first sentence of the second new paragraph on page 217 should read: “Dr. McDunnoucuH was an Honorary Life Member of the Lepidopter- ists’ Society and a cordial and helpful friend to the early moves towards its formal establishment.” Our apologies to Mr. FERGUSON. C. L. REMINGTON 100 Vol.17: no.2 A NEW SUBSPECIES OF HOLOMELINA AURANTIACA FROM VIRGINIA (ARCTIIDAE) by Aex K. Wyatr The late Orro BucHHotz and I were both greatly interested in the genus Holomelina (=Eubaphe of authors; see Fletcher, 1954, Zoologica 39: 155) and reared many of the eastern species and forms. We exchanged views and specimens freely, not always agreeing on specific identities. Among specimens I received from him was a small series bred from a female taken by him at Suffolk, Virginia on June 10, 1941. I saw him a few years later and expressed the opinion that it was entitled to sub- specific rank and should be named. He was rather non-committal about it and, I believe, left it under aurantiaca without special characterization. Not wishing to assume what I regarded as his prerogative, [ left my small series in the same situation. Meeting Dr. Freperick H. RrnpcE in Chicago recently, I suggested to him that I would like to describe and name the Suffolk form, probably as a subspecies of aurantiaca. Dr. RINpDGE suggested that if I decided to do so, he would send me the Buchholz series for examination and study. This was done and I now take pleasure in describing the form as: HOLOMELINA AURANTIACA BUCHHOLZI Wyatt, NEW SUBSPECIES Males: All clear yellow (golden ochre) at first glance and apparently rather thickly scaled. About one-fourth of the specimens show the very faintest trace of pink, which is emphasized on the underside of primaries. None show discal marks on either primaries or secondaries. Three out of forty-two specimens show faint indications of dark submarginal markings on the hind wings. Expanse of males: 20 to 23 mm. Females: Parent female closely resembles some females of rubicundaria or even ferruginosa, but is smaller than the latter. Primaries are light brown with a dark discal mark, a vague submarginal row of blurred dark spots, a longitudinal well- defined white spot, about two mm. long, above vein one, and just within the half-way mark between base and tornos. Secondaries are yellowish with a pink tinge, a heavy discal mark, and a broad ill-defined submarginal row of blackish spots not reaching the apex. Beneath, the primaries are slightly paler with the black mark- ings reproduced on all wings. Of the reared females about one-half show the white spots of the primaries to a greater or lesser extent, one even having a white spot in the cell and a row of four small white spots beyond it parallel to the outer margin. Three other females show no white markings. Secondaries of all females show the black discal mark and submarginal band as in the parent, altho a few have these markings reduced in size. The pink tinge of secondaries varies and appears more strongly in some females. Expanse of females: 25 to 28 mm. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 Fig. 1. Valve of Holomelina aurantiaca ssp. rubicundaria. Fig. 2. Valve of Holomelina aurantiaca ssp. buchholzi. Genitalia: Slides were made of both males and females and compared with those of rubicundaria, the subspecies most nearly resembling buchholzi. Among the females no apparent difference was noted. In buchholzi all male genitalia were alike. In rubicundaria, slides were made of specimens from Ontario to Florida and showed some variation, particularly in the curvature of the valves which was of shorter radius in the more northern specimens than in those from more southern regions. Setae appear to be slightly longer in buchholzi and denser on the inner side of the valves than in rubicundaria. Also there are a few setae along the outer side of the sacculus in buchholzi and one or two near the base on the outer side of the sacculus, which do not appear in rubicundaria. The illustration herewith will serve to show the differences in the genitalia. Specimens examined: Field captures — all Suffolk, Va.: 1¢, VIII-10- 1940; 1¢, VI-10-1941 (the brood parent); 2¢ 3, VI-16-1941. Reared: 4033, 662 2, VII-14 to VIII-4-1941. 102 Wyatt: New Holomelina Vol.17: no.2 Disposition of specimens: HOLOTYPE male: — Suffolk, Va., Aug. 4, 1941; ALLOTYPE female: — same locality, July 23, 1941; both in Chicago Natural History Museum. PARATYPES: 5064, 522 in Chicago Natural History Museum; 2¢' 0’, 22 2 in collection of Murray O. Grenn, Henry, Illinois; 350%, 592 2 in American Museum of Natural History. My thanks are due to Mr. Murray O. GLENN of Henry, Illinois for his assistance in preparing slides of various specimens and to Dr. Rupert WeEnzeEL and Mr. Henry Dypsas of the Chicago Natural History Museum for help in the preparation of this article and the illustrations. 5842 N. Kirby Ave., Chicago 46, IIl., U. S. A. TWO RARE SPHINGIDAE FROM WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA On 12 July 1961 I took a fresh male Chlaenogramma jasminearum (Guérin) 2 miles east of Morganza at Donaldson’s Crossroads in Wash- ington County. This specimen was caught flying around a gas station about 10:30 P.M. on a rainy night. On 30 July 1961, a warm clear night, James Mopery took two fresh males at the same place. The year before, he also caught a worn female C. jasminearum just across the highway in July. During 1962, I caught two more male C. jasminearum, one at the same place as mentioned above, on 8 July. The other male, which was worn, was taken 14 July. The surrounding area is residential with small scattered woods. Ash trees are common in the area. According to Tietz (The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania: 24), the only known records of from the eastern part of the state. A fresh male of the rare Sphinx franckii (Neumoegen) was taken by myself along Route 19 near Donaldson’s Crossroads, Washington County on 6 July 1961. Another fresh male was taken at about the same place on 6 July 1962, and on 14 July 1962 James Mopery caught a fresh male two miles east of Donaldson’s Crossroads, the above locality. According to TieTz, the only known previous record of S. franckii for the state was in Wayne, near Philadelphia. The C. jasminearum caught 12 July 1961 and the S. franckii caught 6 July 1961 are both now in the Carnegie Museum. Ricuarp M. Gitmore, 105 McClintock Dr., Canonsburg, Penna., U. S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 SUPPLEMENTAL NOTES TO PREVIOUS TAXONOMIC NOTES ON SOME NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrit F. pos Passos Since the publication of “Taxonomic Notes on some Nearctic Rhopalocera, 1. Hesperioidea” (Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 24-36; 1960) and “2. Papilionoidea” (ibid. 15: 209-225; 1962), the later paper including a supplemental note (ibid. 15: 225; 1962), it has been decided to change the title of the forthcoming Check List of Nearctic Rhopalocera to Synonymic List of the Nearctic Rhopalocera, as that title more exactly describes the nature of the work. A few communications relative to the synonymy of some Nearctic names have been received, one calling attention to an error in the first paper, and the other leading the author to a re-examination of another question of synonymy. Urbanus Hiibner [1806]. This name was referred to on page 54 of the first paper and considered invalid. But it is the “Urbanus’ of HuEBNER'S Tentamen which was rejected by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in Opinion 275. The fact was overlooked by the auther that HuEBNEr published validly the same name the following year on several plates of his Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge. Dr. Hetnz Expert of Rio Claro, Brazil, has kindly called my attention (in litt. ) to this error, and it is therefore necessary to sink Goniurus Hiibner “1816” [1819] as an objective synonym of Urbanus Hiibner “1806” [1807]. Dr. Exsert’s letter arrived in time to make this correction. Hesperia logan Edwards “1863-4” (1863) and H. delaware Edwards “1863-4" (1863). These names were published in the same paper, H. logan having page priority. Mr. Francis Hemmine of London, England, has asked my advice concerning which of these names should be used as the type of Anatrytone Dyar, 1905. Involved is the applicability of page priority or first reviser rule. Since the latter is now the “law” (Code, Article 24) it is necessary to decide the subjective question, who was the first revisor? It appears to have been Epwarps himself when he published his Synopsis of North American Butterflies [1866]-1872 in which he placed logan in the synonomy of delaware. Consequently delaware will be used in the Synonymic List. In this connection attention is called to a paper by Pappy McHenry (Bull. Brooklyn ent. soc. 47: 16; 1952) giving the dates of publication of this paper of Epwarps. Lycaeninae. Unfortunately the Synonymic List was submitted for publication before the appearance late in 1961 of a revision of Lycaeninae by my colleague, Harry K. CLencu, in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 104 pos Passos: Supplementary notes Vol.17: no.2 How to know the butterflies. It has not been possible to incorporate much of his extensive revisionary work in the Synonymic List. Euphydryas chalcedona hermosa Wright 1905, and E. c. klotsi dos Passos 1938. Mr. Davin L. Bauer of Bijou, California, has written to me that he believes that an error was made by me in sinking klotsi for hermosa (Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 220; 1962). This opinion is based upon considerable field experience during which time he has bred these insects and observed that they have different larval food plants. Since the genitalia of hermosa and klotsi are of the chalcedona type it may be that these insects, although described from localities not very far apart, are valid subspecies. The solution of the problem requires further study and it is to be hoped that Mr. Bauer will publish his observations. In the meanwhile it is only fair to other lepidopterists to issue this note so that they may be on the alert for further facts. Washington Corners, Mendham, N. J., U. S. A. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE — NOTICE OF USE OF PLENARY POWERS Public notice is hereby given of the possible use by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary powers in connec- tion with the following case, full details of which will be found in Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Vol. 20, Part 5, published on 21 Oct. 1963. Validation of Ortholitha Hiibner, [1825] (Insecta, Lepidoptera). Z. N. (S.) 1585. Any zoologist who wishes to comment on the above case should do so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and in any case before 21 April 1964. Each comment should bear the reference number of the case in question. Comments received early enough will be pub- lished in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. Those received too late for publication will, if received before 21 April 1964, be brought to the attention of the Commission at the time voting begins. All communications on the above subject should be addressed to: The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History ), Cromwell Road, LONDON, S. W. 7, ENGLAND. W. E. Cina Acting Secretary to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 EXPERIMENTALLY INDUCED SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN LYCAENA PHLAEAS (LYCAENIDAE) by Eric Lees Lycaena phlaeas L. is widely distributed throughout the Holarctic Region and many subspecies have been recognized and described. In the majority of subspecies the wing coloration and pattern of both male and female butterflies is the same. However, in a few, e. g., L. p. daimio from Japan, sexual dimorphism does occur and the forewings of the male have a much darker and less coppery ground coloration than in the female. Many other species of the genus Lycaena exhibit a marked sexual dimorphism. In view of the marked tendency towards sexual dimorphism in the genus Lycaena and its exceptional absence in the majority of L. phlaeas subspecies, it was decided to subject immature stages of the British subspecies L. p. phlaeas to extreme environmental conditions, in order to determine whether or not it is possible to induce differences of color or pattern between the two sexes. To this end larvae and pupae were raised in the laboratory from parents from Ilkley, Yorkshire, at a constant temperature of 35°C, which is considerably higher than the temperature normally experienced by this species in the field. The dates of the ex- periment were: 10-25 Sept. 1962. The larvae were fed on their normal fcodplant Sheep’s Sorrel, Rumex acetosella, and their development took place very rapidly. Probably because of the high temperature, the mortality rate of the larvae was rather high and only twelve pupae were obtained. These gave rise to ten adult insects, of which six were males and four females. The males were markedly different from the females in both coloration and pattern. Furthermore all these experimentally produced insects differed from the normal wild type, L. p. phlaeas. The appearance of the male and female butterflies obtained in these experiments is illustrated in the figure. The experimental females retain the bright copper color of the fore- wings characteristic of the wild type insects. The spots nearest the apex of the wing, however, have become elongated in the direction of the veins and are much larger and no longer rounded as in the wild type. In addition there are several smaller patches of black pigment present, which are not present in the wild type. The experimental males are all very dark and the deposition of melanin pigment is much heavier than in the wild type. The ground color of the forewings is a dull brown rather 106 Lees: Lycaena phlaeas Vol.17: no.2 Right: | Lycaena phlaeas, forms obtained experimentally; top — female; bottom — male. Left: normal forms: @ (above) captured Ilkley, Yorkshire, England, 11 Sept. 1961; ¢ (below) captured Ilkley, Yorkshire, 6 June 1962. than a bright coppery orange except for a lighter patch in the middle of the wing. The spotting in the male resembles that of the wild-type insect but the spots are less obvious because of the dark background. All these characteristics apply to the upper-surfaces of the wings, the under-surfaces are somewhat darker but not otherwise different from the wild type. It would appear, therefore, that under certain environmental conditions the genes of L. p. phlaeas can give rise to a marked sexual dimorphism. The male phenotype produced in these experiments closely resembles the male wild type of L. p. daimio. The experimentally produced females are rather distinct and do not show marked similarity to those of any other subspecies. Dept. of Biol. Sciences, Bradford Inst. of Technology, Bradford 7, Yorks., ENGLAND 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 NINE NEW BUTTERFLY RECORDS FOR THE STATE OF MARYLAND by Rosert S. SimMons A continued study of Maryland butterflies has led to the discovery of new species heretofore unknown from the Maryland area or species that have been previously captured but for some reason orother the data never published. This is Number 3 of Contributions to the Knowledge of Maryland Butterflies. Dr. WimL1AM A. ANDERSEN and the author made a field trip to the mountains of western Maryland on June 18, 1955. Near Flintstone in Allegany County we located a colony of Lethe portlandia anthedon A. H. Clark along the wooded flood plain of a small tributary of Fifteen Mile Creek. We each took a small series but not without tough, rugged col- lecting. Haypon (“The Satyridae of Maryland”, Proc. nat. hist. soc. Mary- land; 1934) states that he observed L. portlandia once in a woods near Loch Raven in Baltimore County and once in Allegany County near Cumberland. Many collectors have repeatedly worked the Loch Raven area and have failed to find this species. The Natural History Society of Maryland maintained an insect collection that contained a series of eight Lethe e. eurydice Johannson from, the Loch Raven area all identi- fied and labeled as L. portlandia. Whether these were Haypon’s speci- mens or not is unknown. If they were his, then they were definitely mis- identified. If they were not his, then there are no existing speciments confirming the records and such sight records are too dubious to be accepted. However, our records from western Maryland definitely estab- lish this species as a Maryland resident. While comparing notes with Franxtin H. CHERMOCK we discovered he had in his fine collection several Maryland specimens of Speyeria atlantis Edwards and Nymphalis milberti Latreille which represent the first known Maryland records. A few years ago he resided near Frostburg in western Maryland where he collected several local butterflies among which were these two species. The S. atlantis were captured on July 1, 1940, in a wet meadow flying with large numbers of Speyeria cybele Fabricius and Speyeria aphrodite Fabricius. The predominant flowers attracting the insects were milkweed and thistle. Numerous N. milberti were flying in a high dry open field of flowering goldenrod on July 7, 1949. Mr. CuERmocx collected them as they fed on the goldenrod flowers. He kindly gave me one of each species for Maryland studies. 108 Stmmons: Maryland records Vol.17: no.2 On June 10, 1959, Mr. CHERMock took a two-hour field trip to one of our favorite collecting sites just three miles north of Baltimore City. In an alfalfa field overlooking an extensive marsh he netted a fresh male Adopaea lineola Ochsenheimer. This capture represents the first Mary- land record for this species. The area has been worked repeatedly since the capture, but to date no more have been found. In going over publications containing Maryland records for Lepidoptera, one notices the absence of published records for Incisalia irus Godart, Strymon cecrops Fabricius, Hesperia metea Scudder, Panoquina pano- quin Scudder and Wallengrenia otho otho J. E. Smith. The author has found three isolated colonies of I. irus in Maryland. All three colonies exist in the same type of habitat characterized by dry semi-open second growth situations composed primarily of scrub oak, pine, huckleberry, honey locust, andropogon grass and lupine. I. irus has been observed many times ovipositing on lupine flower buds. Lupine is the main food- plant in the three colonies if not the only foodplant. Baptisia, which is a known foodplant in New Jersey and other states, does not occur in the colony areas. Although this species is seen every year, having a fight period from the last week in April to the second week of May, it is rare and very local. The known colonies are listed below. S. cécrops is a common insect that has been taken in Maryland by many collectors for a number of years. It is primarily a denizen of the Coastal Plain but does venture into the Piedmont Plateau at times, especially along river valleys. According to my studies the deepest penetration of the Piedmont Plateau was made during the 1948 season when this species traveled north and west seventy-five miles in excess of its normal range. There are usually three broods a year which are April-May, July, and August-September. Some records are listed below. Although H. metea is uncommon and quite local it has been collected annually by several Maryland collectors. This species is tricky to locate but once a colony is discovered, specimens can usually be found there every year. In most areas where colonies exist only a few butterflies are seen each season. However, there are colonies consisting of large numbers where on the proper day and with effort a series can be taken. It has been my experience that unless this butterfly is engaged in feeding it is extremely shy, hard to approach and difficult to capture. In Maryland they prefer xeric situations that are open or semi-open with pine and Andropogon grass. The flight period usually runs from the last week of April to the third week of May. A few records are listed below. The Salt Marsh Skipper, P. panoquin, is locally and seasonally variable and at times common. This is a species of the tidal marshes but may be lured to flowers a mile or more away. Although unreported from Mary- 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 land this species has been found in every county along the coast including many countries with tidal marshes bordering the Chesapeake Bay. The literature contains records for Wallengrenia otho egeremet Scudder but there are no published records of W. o. otho. Many good collectors never found it here. Austin H. Cxiarx reported (“The Butterflies of Virginia’, Smithsonian misc. coll. 116, no.7: p.167) the sudden appear- ance of this species in Virginia around the year 1940 when, according to him, it became common while previously it was absent. It was about the same period that it also seemed to appear in Maryland, limited to the coastal plain. It is still found there rather commonly especially around the tidal marshes and environs. Whether this butterfly extended its range or not remains a mystery, sinceit is possible the species was always there; but due to the annual variability of local occurence plus extremes in numerical fluctuations a situation could exist where good collectors might easily overlook it. A few records are listed below. Briefly summarized, the Maryland records are as follows: 1. Lethe portlandia: VI-18-55, near Flintstone, Allegany Co. 2. Speyeria atlantis: VII-1-40, U.S. Route 219 & Chestnut Ridge, Garrett Co. 3. Nymphalis milberti: VU-7-49; Frostburg, Allegany Co. 4. Incisalia irus: IV-30-55, near Fort George G. Meade, Prince Georges Co.; V-5-56, Gambrills, Anne Arundel Co.; V-8-60, near Glen Burnie, Anne Arundel Co. 5. Strymoncecrops: VIII-19-48, Northwood, Baltimore City; VIII- 21-52, North Chesapeake City, Cecil Co.; IV-29-54, Severna Park, Anne Arundel Co. 6. Hesperia metea: V-13-53, Bare Hills, Baltimore Co.; IV-29-54, Severna Park, Anne Arundel Co.; IV-28-56, Flintstone, Allegany Co. 7. Panoquina panoquin: VII-25-49, Chesapeake Beach, Calvert Co.; VI-21-57, Ocean City, Worcester Co.; VIII-11-50, Kent Is., Queen Anne's Co. 8. Wallengrenia o. otho: VIII-18-51, Chesapeake Beach, Calvert Co; VI-19-56, Woolford, Dorchester Co.; VIII-11-60, Budds Creek, St. Mary’s Co. 1305 Light Street, Baltimore 30, Md., U. S. A. 110 FIELD NOTE Vol.17: no.2 MIGRATION OF HASORA CHROMUS (HESPERIIDAE) IN GUJARAT STATE, INDIA On July 24, 1960 I saw a northwest movement of large skippers at Ahwa, government headquarters of the Dangs District, Gujarat State. This movement of skippers was first noticed at 5:15 p.m. on Sunday. A great majority of the skippers were flying at an estimated height of twenty-five to thirty feet. They were clearing the top of a mango tree ( Mangifera indica) near our chicken house in the mission compound and the top of the Gul Mohur tree (Delonix ragia) some thirty yards away. A few skippers were flying at an altitude of over fifty feet. Even though the monsoon rains had started, the evening sky was clear for this mass movement of butterflies. After finding a ladder and a net, I climbed up on the roof of the chicken house. Still most of the skippers were either out of reach or I failed to catch them as they sped past. Repeated counts showed that from twelve to fifteen skippers were passing overhead every minute. The migrating numbers greatly decreased after sunset. In one hour approxi- mately 700 to 900 skippers passed by my observation point. They all appeared to be of one species. At dusk a few skippers were seen flying low over the ground, so I rapidly descended the ladder and started to swing at these fast-flying targets. Finally one was netted and it proved to be the Common Banded Awl, Hasora chromus. Hasora chromus (Cramer) is a very common butterfly in India, being found on the plains and up to at least 7,000 ft. in the hills. It flies in bright sunshine, at dusk, and occasionally around lights at night. No further migration of this species was observed; however, on July 29th I discovered over 500 resting on a bush in a village about five miles west of the first observation point. Apparently these skippers were as- sembling for some mass movement or had been migrating. Ernest M. Suutxi, Ahwa, via Bilimora, Dangs Dist., Gujarat, INDIA 1963 _ Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of FRED T. THoRNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) A TRIP INTO CALIFORNIA AND OREGON FOR SPEYERIA by OAKLEY SHIELDS The Speyeria-rich states of California and Oregon can provide many an enjoyable day’s collecting for those seeking the argynnids, as we soon discovered. For forty days in the summer of 1961 Davin Dirks and I visited many productive localities in this territory and returned to home base (La Mesa, California) with collecting boxes bulging. Not only the Speyeria but also other butterflies, including skippers, made exciting collecting. Now that L. Paut Grey has determined and com- mented on the Speyeria taken, and now that the rest of the catch has also been properly evaluated, I feel that the trip is one worth describing. From June 20 to July 8 (18 days) we stayed on California soil. We drove right on by the Tehachapi and Greenhorn Kern County ranges which we believed too burned up from the dryness. However, we later heard from Nort La Due that he braved a scorcher on June 24 and took nets full of mostly-unsilvered Speyeria callippe laurina in the Greenhorns and plucked the choicest ones from flowers by forceps. Our first stop was from June 21 to 23 at Jerseydale, a valley surrounded by a handsome pine-oak forest at about 3,500 feet elevation near Mariposa in Mariposa County. We did not have to search for profitable spots here because I had already located some after many summers collecting. There Callophrys nelsoni were everywhere on the _ Bear-clover blossoms and always near Incense Cedars, numerous male Habrodais grunus were flushed from thickets along a stream, and Satyrium californica were on most every Yarrow. Other familiar species of the region, such as Speyeria zerene and S. hydaspe, were downright scarce. The Ceanothus blooms, usually teeming with Satyrium saepium and some S. auretorum and S. adenostomatis, yielded only a very few saepium. Dried-up lupines attracted only some battered Plebejus icarioides. The area supposedly received 30% to 40% of its normal rainfall. We did round up a handful of Erynnis propertius and several E. persius, determined by JoHN M. Burns. Some Cercyonis sthenele and several Pieris napi castoria were flying. We found S. callippe inornata, chiefly unsilvered with disks pale brown to dark brown, in a minor flight on the mints and under the Ponderosa Pines near Jerseydale on June 24. We stayed just enough to get a case of Poison Oak chasing H. grunus. [2 SHIELDs: Speyeria collecting Vol.177 mor? I have often collected in the Tioga Pass area (above 10,000 feet) of Yosemite National Park, but never as early as June 25. Most of the season's snows here had fallen during April and May, so that we expected the pass to be still under snow. But an early warm-weather thaw had brought out a small wealth of specimens that morning before it became overcast. For a time Philotes battoides thronged to Sulphur-flowers on the ridge saddle at 11,000 feet, where some fresh male Oeneis chryxus iwallda patrolled the rock outcroppings. Lycaena cupreus flashed over the bare slopes in the same places we scoured for the green Callophrys lemberti, lately named by J. W. TitpEN. We managed to catch two pairs of Papilio indra after some furious net-swishing. The season at Tioga Pass was indeed progressing rapidly, for Pieris sisymbrii were already ragged and two fresh Chlosyne damoetas malcolmi were seen flying. Srertinc MarTroon later told me that by July 9 the P. battoides were still riding the saddle; however, by then he was too late for much else except Euphydryas editha nubigena. Though Matroon found no Colias behrii then, three weeks later he ran into numerous behrii there. We worked at Lee Vining and Mono Lake in Mono County on June 26th and 27th. Though we could find a few Coenonympha tullia mono in most of the meadows checked, a particular lush, grass-iris meadow west of Lee Vining produced great numbers of a fresh hatch. Momentarily we mistook the mono for a Colias eurytheme cloud. Along the west shore of Mono Lake, Hesperia harpalus (determined by C. Don MacNEiLtL) and Phyciodes campestris were in moderate flights along with a few of the very localized E. editha monoensis, and at mud were male Plebejus icarioides ardea and Philotes battoides glaucon. Typical Limenitis weidemeyerii nevadae and the L. w. nevadae Xx _ lorquini hybrid (fridayi) were scarce but worth all the slogging under the willows necessary to snag them. O. chryxus stanislaus, like the Tioga Pass ivallda, were just emerging the next day at Sonora Pass in Stanislaus County; however, strong winds made netting them nearly impossible. Later (July 8), Marroon bagged a terrific series of stanislaus there. On June 29 we briefly visited the Lake Tahoe region. A morning's footwork along the ridge at Echo Lake rewarded us with a fair series of Euphydryas chalcedona sierra, nearly all fresh males. Erynnis propertius and E. lilius, determined by Dr. Burns, flew in the scrub and were difficult to collect. That afternoon near Fallen Leaf Lake Pyrgus communis and Phyciodes campestris montana were thick in the meadows, but we worked on the Chlosyne palla whitneyi in the forest. Entering Sierra County on June 30, we collected along the road through Sattley, Yuba Pass, Sierra City, and Downieville. We picked up small numbers of Speyeria hydaspe, S. zerene, S. coronis, and S. egleis, but the real prizes were a few S. callippe (near juba and sierra) that came to 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 the mints and Pussy Paws. E. propertius and E. lilius were fairly plentiful. Near Downieville flew some Parnassius clodius sol, markedly larger than the high-Sierran baldur I am familiar with. The collecting at Gold Lake in Sierra County was very poor on July 1, so we drove down the grade to Graeagle, picking off a few S. zerene, S. coronis, and S. hydaspe -as we went. We inspected a bed of sunflowers in a wood at Quincy in Plumas County late that afternoon and swept up small series of S. zerene, S. hydaspe, S. cybele leto, and S. coronis. We also netted some S. callippe (near juba), mostly silvered with yellowish undersides. These callippe sometimes closely paralleled the brown-disk coronis on under- surfaces, one specimen being a real coin-flipper. Surprisingly, the callippe sexes flew quite apart from each other. I went one way and took mostly 2 2, while Dave went ancther and got ¢ callippe. A few Cercyonis boopis incana and Coenonympha tullia ampelos were flying here. We worked along a road to Silver Lake from Westwood in Lassen County on July 2nd and 3rd. The mints beneath the Ponderosa Pines were loaded with Speyeria. Roughly three-fifths of these were egleis (near oweni), the rest being zerene conchyliatus and occasionally a coronis. The variable egleis were at or near their peak, and the zerene, chiefly males, were just appearing. This was our first big Speyeria catch of the trip, but by no means proved to be the last. With the Speyeria were a few worm E. editha, which S. G. Jewett called close to aurilacus. On the 4th of July we caught a few S. hydaspe and S. zerene conchy- liatus near Viola in Shasta County, on the way to the Mt. Shasta region. The next day we collected near Bartle in Siskiyou County in hopes of netting some of the weird S. callippe blends there. Despite all the large mint beds, we found no callippe but did bag 20 fresh ¢ S. atlantis (near dodgei) from a wood. Dark Limenitis lorquini were plentiful, and we took many variable E. chalcedona dwinelli from a clearing. Dr. MACNEILL tentatively identified a Polites from here as themistocles turneri, pending genitalia check; probably a new California record. Along the road to Castle Lake in Siskiyou County on July 6 and 7, we gathered a generous supply of S. zerene conchyliatus and S. hydaspe purpurascens which were filling up on mint and milkweed nectar. Hesperia harpalus oregonia (determined by MacNem) were also common on the milkweed. Chlosyne palla were fairly numerous, and a few beat-up S. callippe rupestris showed they were the tag ends of an earlier flight. Several Philotes from here T1LDEN called battoides inter- media. Also, some C. boopis incana were flying beneath the trees. We crossed into Oregon on July 8 and spent the day on the slopes cf Mt. Ashland in Jackson County. At the lower elevations were some Chlosyne leanira, mostly females, and an occasional Cercyonis boopis. 114 SHIELDS: Speyeria collecting Vol.17: no.2 Plebejus argyrognomon anna came to wet places in the meadows. On Mt. Ashland, areas of Speyeria concentration could plainly be determined. Faithful hydaspe and zerene were on mints on the well-forested slopes, although a given mint patch was likely to yield exclusively zerene or exclusively hydaspe. But the few egleis (near oweni) and callippe elaine were confined to the Pussy Paws higher up on the peak’s exposed shoulder, in cahoots with Philotes battoides oregonensis (TipEN deter- mination). Mr. Grey says his records suggest that Speyeria behave this way in many places. He thinks that Speyeria species forming rough “layers” on a mountainside like this indicate ecologic banding and thus possible breeding-ground differences between the species. We were later to see this ecologic banding of Speyeria again in the Ochoco Mountains. We tried the road along Illinois River Valley in Josephine County on July 9 and 10. This is the type locality for Morcx’s S. zerene gloriosa, supposedly dead center in appearance and geography between zerene zerene and zerene bremneri. The gloriosa were fairly common on mints, at water seeps, and on the wing, though difficult to net on the steep slopes. Most were fresh males, with a few S. hydaspe and several S. coronis among them. As in the Bartle locality, the extensive mint beds were surprisingly lacking of butterflies. C. boopis and C. sthenele were sympatric here. Some dark, worn E. chalcedona Dr. JEwerr found closest to chalcedona by genitalia but indistinguishable from colon in pattern. We drove to O’Brien in Josephine County on the afternoon of July 10th, where several S. coronis, a few S. hydaspe, and many S. zerene gloriosa came to a thistle patch. The gloriosa here averaged slightly larger and lighter than Illinois River Valley specimens. They also had an apparently earlier hatch, since fresh and flown males were together in equal numbers. The undersurfaces of the coronis closely paralleled those of gloriosa. Again, we found C. boopis and C. sthenele flying together. On July 11 at Butte Falls in Jackson County, the type locality for S. callippe elaine, we took a few of the ever-present S. hydaspe but only a worn elaine. We collected between thunderstorms on Mt. Thielson in Douglas County on July 12. High on the slopes we found the little E. editha lawrencei fresh and netted a fair series. Also a few Plebejus acmon lupini and a single green Callophrys lemberti were flying. The next day we dropped down east of the Cascades to a wide, pine valley that stretches to the Walker Rim Plateau. Here we drove along dusty logging roads east of Beaver Marsh in Klamath County. We met with many Cercyonis oetus on the sage-pine flats. Some lupine attracted a few male Plebejus shasta, and some E. editha remingtoni (JEWETT determination) at mud were an unexpected prize. P. campestris were fairly plentiful on the milkweeds. The smallish S. zerene and the red, 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 dwarfed S. egleis, which came to blue pentstemons, were our first taste of the “east slope Cascade” Speyeria. Both were highly variable. We also caught some Satyrium behrii, which is evidently a good Oregon record. The Crescent area in Klamath County showed no obvious difference in terrain or vegetation from the Beaver Marsh area. Near Crescent on July 15 we again discovered many C. oetus, and the S. behrii were fairly numerous. We also took a short series of H. harpalus oregonia (MacNeiti determination), C. palla, and P. shasta. But the big catch was many more of the dwarfed, variable S. eglieis and S. zerene that came to the blue pentstemons. S. egleis had been out for a while, but only the freshest male zerene appeared. (See the reference by TILDEN to the Sand Creek area Speyeria, of which these Klamath County Speyeria are a part.) S. egleis and zerene seemed to be a happy combination in the Ponderosa Pine flats here, at Beaver Marsh, and at Westwood. We met with a terrific flight of Speyeria between Paulina Lake and East Lake in Deschutes County from July 16 to 18. The pentstemons among the Lodgepole Pines attracted the callippe semivirida literally by the thousands. Most were fresh females, with the males on the decline; _the sex ratio was lopsided, with about one male to every seven females. We took nearly 800 callippe before calling it quits, and they still covered the pentstemons when we left. The name semivirida is used here as a catchall for some remarkable variation: from pale greens to dark browns, and from wide, pale bands to solid suffusion. Yet none ever approached the red-brown of our Mt. Ashland elaine. We were surprised to learn that Jewett, Moeck, and Ray Axsricut had previously found the Paulina area to be poor collecting. Among the myriads of callippe were some worn S. coronis and a few of the red-dwarf S. egleis and S. zerene. This small catch of zerene turned out to be quite important. Most of the twenty-five were the typical “east slope Cascade” reds except for three of the brown picta-type of zerene. Thus we had located a blend zone between two distinct clines of zerene, namely the garrettii browns (including picta, the reddish-disk extremes) from the Ochoco and Maury ranges and the zerene reds of the “east slope Cascade” country. (See the recent discussion by Grey and Moecx in this journal on a similar subspecies clash between cynna and zerene.) Grey had long suspected that these two clines would meet in that vicinity. From July 19 to 22 we collected in Canyon Creek Canyon in the Ochoco Mountains, a range well-known for its great numbers of Speyeria. Many C. boopis were flying, along with an occasional C. oetus. After much chasing we captured some Colias alexandra edwardsii and C. occidentalis; most of the female occidentalis were albinic, but only one of the female edwardsii was albinic. The Speyeria in this canyon, as on Mt. Ashland, exhibited ecologic banding. S. hydaspe, the predominant 116 SHIELDS: Speyeria collecting Vol.17: no.2 butterfly, was distributed throughout the canyon on the mint beds in the forest meadows. A few female coronis were scattered among the hydaspe. Some callippe semivirida were in the canyon’s lower portions on the mints. The large flight of zerene (near picta) was in the canyon’s upper parts; they were often with hydaspe at the mints but were off on their own mint patch at times. Numerous cybele leto flew at mid-canyon and lower canyon levels to the thistles. The atlantis dodgei, which some- times closely paralleled the hydaspe on the undersurfaces, flew with hydaspe at the upper canyon levels but were scarce. S. mormonia (near erinna) were just emerging and came to asters in the higher meadows. And finally, the few egleis sought the highest parts of the canyon. Again, zerene proved to be the important.catch.-Among.-the-picta-browns. were --. - a few of the “east slope Cascade” red zerene, indicating gene exchange, with the Paulina material at the other end of this blend zone. The difference was quite striking between the large, brown-green egleis and the “east slope Cascade” red-dwarf egleis we had just left. Sometimes our field boxes became so full, we had to pause to empty them. During a pleasant, restful stay with Ray ALBricHT we netted, on July 24, some S. cybele pugetensis along a forest road north of Willamina in Yamhill County. These were considerably darker than Ochoco leto. On July 25 Mr. Avsricut drove us to some of his collecting spots near Mt. Hood. We took a small catch of S. coronis and S. zerene (near picta) on thistles and mints in the forest along the Mt. Wilson Lookout Road in Wasco County. The brown coronis and zerene paralleled each other on the undersides, making identifications difficult. Again with Mr. ALBRIGHT July 26 we tried for S. zerene hippolyta at several localities along the Oregon coast but took only several P. napi castoria. We started homeward in July 27. Returning to Crescent, we found the pentstemons dried up, and the small catch of S. zerene and S. egleis was worn. We briefly visited Sand Creek in Klamath County on July 28. Some of the usual dwarf S. egleis and S. zerene were landing on a yellow-flowering bush in the pine clearings. From Sand Creek we drove home. We were quite satisfied with the 6,000-specimen catch, two-thirds of which was Speyeria. This certainly was far more material both in quantity and importance than we had anticipated collecting. References Grey, L. P., & A. H. Moeck, 1962. Notes on overlapping subspecies. 1. An example in Speyeria zerene (Nymphalidae). Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 81-97, 2 figs. Tilden, J. W., 1963. The Argynnis populations of the Sand Creek area, Klamath Co., Oregon. Part 1: The effect of the formation of Mt. Mazama on the area and its possible influence on the butterfly faunas of the Sand Creek Basin. Journ. res. lepid. 1: 109-1138. 5151 Alzeda Dr., La Mesa, Calif., U. S: A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Ty, BIOGRAPHICAL REMINISCENCES OF McDUNNOUGH, BARNES, AND DAVIDSON Publication of the biography of Dr. J. H. McDunnovucu (Ferguson, Journ. lep. soc. 16: 209-228; 1963) and the cbituary notice relative to W. M. Davinson (Rawson, Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 250; 1963) in the Journal prompts me to write a few personal reminiscences. When I was at Stanford University I spent my summers working at resorts at Lake Tahoe. This had the two-fold advantage of allowing me to collect butterflies in my spare time and also earn scme money. I had sent Dr. Wi11AmM Barnes some butterflies from Tahoe as well as a brochure of Deer Park Inn, where I worked, and which was situated in the next small valley south of the now famous Squaw Valley. The upshct of this was that the doctor, his wife, son and daughter, and Dr. McDvunnoucu, came to Deer Park for a couple of weeks in the summer of 1910. (The Brief Biography of Barnes, in the Lepidopterists News 3: 53-54; 1949, says he went to the Tahoe region in 1917, and this may have been another trip.) My chief recollection of this family was seeing them start out in the morning, each one armed with a net, which created something of a stir, as most of the resort guests could not quite understand this type of activity. That was the year when JAck JOHNSON knocked out Jim Jerrries at Reno on July 4 in what was then called a prize fight. The good doctor and his son forsook the net for the time being and went down to Reno to see the fight. I do not recall whether McDunnoucH went along. W. H. Davipson and I were at Stanford together; he graduated a year ahead of me. Dave, as we called him, had the reputation among the entomology students of bringing in from field trips more rare and odd insects than the rest of us together. And from that I would say he was very observant. Incidentally, he belonged to the Stanford Chess Club and was on the college team for three years. The note about him in the Journal says he was in the “U. S. Food Distributing Administration.” Lest the conclusion be drawn that he became a distributor of food, let it be known that there was no such administration. Actually, DavE was with the U. S. Food & Drug Administration. Earlier he was with the Insecticide and Fungicide Board, which had the job of testing new insecticides and fungicides to see if they would be effective and safe to use. In 1927 this Board became a part of the reorganized Food, Drug and Insecticide Administration, the name of which was later changed to Food and Drug Administration. E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 118 Vol.17: no.2 RECENT’ LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and sub- species are noted, with type localities if given in print. F,. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Mills, M. B., “Observations on the life history of the moth Anthela xantharca (Meyrick). West. Austral. Nat., vol.4: pp.86-90, 4 figs. 1954. Larve of A. xantharca (Anthelide) feed during the winter at night on Acacia acuminata; the adults emerge the following autumn. [I. C.] Minamikawa, Jinhaku, “On the hymenopterous parasites of the tea-leaf rollers found in Japan and Formosa.” Mushi, vol.26: pp.35-46, 3 figs. 1954. Records of 19 spp. parasitic in Homona coffearia, Adoxophyes privatana, & Gracilaria theivora; 3 parasites are described as new. [P. B.] Minch, Edith L., “Insect inhabitants of Polyporus betulinus.” Journ. New York ent. Soc., vol.60: pp.31-35. 1952. Including larva of Tinea granella. [P. B.] Minkiewicz, St., “The Codling Moth Carpocapsa pomonella (Cydia Wlshm., Laspeyresia Meyr.). Morphology, development and biology” [in Polish; English summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.19: pp.23-91, 7 pls. 1949. Mitchell, Robert T., “Consumption of Spruce Budworms by birds in a Maine spruce- fir forest.” Journ. Forestry, vol.50: pp.387-389. 1952. Lists 40 spp. whose stomachs contained Choristoneura fumiferana; estimates amount of predation by 14 spp. ae Bal Mitiaev, I. D., “Data on the biology of Bucculatrix ulmiella Ger.” [in Russian]. Trudy Inst. Zool. Kazakhskoi SSR, vol.4: pp.218-222. 1955. [Not seen]. Moingenon, M., “Quelques remarques sur P. podalirius L.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp.19-20. Foodplant of first generation of this Papilio is Prunus mahaleb. Notes on biology. [P. B.] Momoi, Sigeyuki, “Notes on the breeding of Papilio helenus at Yokohama (Papilionide)” [in Japanese]. Collecting & Breeding, vol.13: pp.284-288, 2 pls., 4 tables. 1951. Foodplants: Citrus spp. [T. I] Morgan, Councilman, G. H. Bergold, Dan H. Moore, & Harry M. Rose, “The macromolecular paracrystalline lattice of insect viral polyhedral bodies de- monstrated in ultrathin sections examined in the electron microscope.” Journ. biophys. biochem. Cytol., vol.1: pp.187-190, 3 pls. 1955. Parasites of Lymantria dispar & Bombyx mori. Morgan, Councilman, G. H. Bergold, & Harry M. Rose, “Use of serial sections to delineate the structure of Porthetria dispar virus in the electron microscope.” Journ. biophys. biochem. Cytol., vol.2: pp.23-28, 3 pls. 1956. Morley, A. M., “Catocala fraxini L.—a further note.” Ent. Gaz., vol.l: pp.99-100. 1950. Rearing. Morley, A. M., & G. H. Youden, “The first appearance of Thalera fimbrialis Scop. (Lep: Geometridz) in Kent.” Ent. Gaz., vol.3: pp.193-195. 1952. Account of unsuccessful rearing, on Wild Thyme; describes larva. [P. B.] Moucha, Josef, “Quelques remarques sur Gastropacha populifolia Esp. et Gastropacha quercifolia O.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1951: pp.37-28, 1 fig. 1951. The biology of G. populifolia is described and a case of a monstrosity of the wing of G. quercifolia is recorded & figured. [J. M.] > 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 Moucha, Josef, “The importance of asilid-flies in the nature” [in Czech; Russian & English summaries]. Acta Rer. nat. Distr. Ostraviensis, vol.13: pp.549-553, 4 figs. 1953. Pieris rapz as prey of Laphria fimbriata, and Lyczena phleas as prey of Machimus atricapillus. [J. M.] Moucha, Josef, “Uber den Einfluss der Nahrung auf die Entwicklung des Schwammspinners (Lymantria dispar L.)” [in Czech; German & Russian sum- maries]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechoslov., vol.54: pp.73-80. 1957. About the breeding of L. dispar caterpillars on different plants. [J. M.] Miller, Oskar, “Biologische Studien iiber den friihen Kastanienwickler Pammene juliana (Stephens) (Lep. Tortricidze) und seine wirtschaftliche Bedeutung fiir den Kanton Tessin” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.41: pp.73-111. 1957. Biology & control; detailed description of all stages, with comparative notes on Laspeyresia splendana. [P. B.] Miller, Peter, “Untersuchungen iiber die Morphologie und Biologie der Raupenfliege Drino lota Meigen” [in German]. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berlin, vol.32: pp.3-58. 1956. Parasite of Chxerocampa elpenor, Metopsilus porcellus, & Bupalus piniarius. [P. B.] Miller-Kogler, E., “Uber eine Erkrankung der Kiefernspanner-Altraupen und -Vorpuppen” [in German]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.58: pp.404-410. 1951. Describes a new bacterial disease of Bupalus piniarius. [P. B.] Mukerji, D., & Basanta Kumar Behura, “On the biology of Danaus chrysippus (Linneus).” Proc. 33rd Indian Sci. Congr.: p.123. 1947. Abstract. Mukerji, Durgadas, & Basanta Kumar Behura, “The enemies of Danaus chrysippus (Linnzus).” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.47: pp.177-178. 1947. Records of parasites. [P. B.] Murray, Desmond, “A note on Odezia atrata L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.188-192, 1 pl. 1955. Describes all stages; foodplant Conopodium majus. [P. B.] Murray, Desmond P., “Some notes on Philereme vetulata Schiff.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.181-182. 1 pl. 1956. Describes all stages; larve on buckthorn. [P. B.] Murray, D. P., “The life history of Alucita galactodactyla Hiibn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.231-232, 1 pl. 1957. Describes & figures all stages; food- plant Arctia lappa. [P. B.] Murray, Desmond P., “The life history of Nymphula stagnata Donovan.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.29-30, 7 figs. 1957. Brief descriptions of all stages. Food- plants Potamogeton natans and other water plants. [P.B.] Muspratt, Vera M., “A new ready-made moth trap” Lin English & German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.3: pp.81-82. 1949. Gives short list of moths, mostly Noctuids (& Tineola bisselliella!), visiting flowers of Gentiana lutea by day in Pyrenees; records larva of Axylia exoleta feeding on seed capsules. [P. B.] Nagayama, Fumiaki, “Symbiosis of Niphanda fusca larve (Lycenide) with Camponotus ants” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.3, no.5: pp.18-21, 6 figs. 1950. Nagayama, H. [F.], “Observations on some Lycaenidz” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: p.98. 1951. Some larval habits of Celastrina argiolus ladonides, Curetis acuta paracuta, & Rapala arata are observed. [T. I.] Nagayama, Humiaki [Fumiaki], “Life-history of Niphanda fusca Bremer et Grey (Lyczenide)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: pp.3-18, 10 figs. 1950. Original description of the life of this remarkable ant-friend lyceenid. Larva is orally fed by ant Camponotus herculeanus japonicus by the latter's disgorging of liquid foods. Young larva feeds on the excretion of Oak Aphis, Greenidea kuwanai. (T. I.] Nagayama, Fumiaki, “Eggs of 6 argynnids (Nymphalide)” [in Japanese]. Chukai Sokuro, no.25: p.2, 6 figs. 1952. A. anadyomene. cydippe pallescens, sagana, paphia paphioides, laodice japonica, & ruslana. (T. I.] Nakamura, Masanao, “Biological notes on Zizeeria maha (Lycenide)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: p.27. 1948. 120 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Voll72 mo Nakamura, Masanao, “Morphological and biological notes on a fungivorous hypenid moth, Diomea cremata (Butler) in Japan (Phalenide)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: pp.37-42, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1950. Foodplants: Polystictus cinnabarinus & P. abietinus. [T. 1.] Nakamura, Masanao, “A food-plant of Schiffermiilleria heptalitha Meyrick (dEcophoride ).” Insect Ecology, vol.4, no.4, no.11: p.89. 1952. Fungivorous on Merulius lacrymas. UT. 1.] Nakamura, Masanao, “Notes on the ‘swell inch-worm on Ilex crenata Thunb.’ which was recorded by Dr. T. Sasaki (1899)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Butt. & Moths (Trans. lep. Soc. Japan), vol.3: pp.11-12, 3 figs. 1953. Indentifies larva as Rhynchobapta flaviceps; describes pupa. [P. B.] Nakamura, Shingo, “Notes on the breeding of Nymphalis xanthomelas japonica Stichel (Nymphalidez)” [in Japanese]. Collecting & Breeding, vol.13: pp.328-330, 2 figs. 1951. Foodplants: Salix spp. [T. I.] Nakatake, Masachika, “Life history of Papilio memnon thunbergii (Papilionide )” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.6: pp.14-18, 15 figs., 1 table. 1952. Food- plants: Citrus spp. [T. I.] Namba, Ryoji, “Descriptions of the immature stages and notes on the biology of Ithome concolorella (Chambers) (Lepidoptera: Cosmopterygide), a pest of kiawe in the Hawaiian Islands.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.16: pp.95-100, 7 figs. July 1956. Feeds on flowers of Prosopis chilensis & Acacia farnesiana. Descriptions include larval setal pattern. [P. B.] Narayanan, E. S., & T. V. Venkatraman, “Technique of mass multiplication of Stenobracon deesze (Cam.) Hymenoptera: Braconidze for use against sugarcane and maize borers.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Sect. B, vol.36: pp.12-18, 1 pl., 6 figs. 1952. Reared on Corcyra cephalonica, whose eggs are also used, to raise Trichogramma. [P. B.] Narayanan, E. S., & M. J. Chacko, “Superparasitism in Trichogramma evanescens minutum Riley (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatide), an egg parasite of sugarcane and maize borers in India. I. Effects of superparasitism.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B., vol.45: pp.122-128. 1957. Parasites will oviposit repeatedly in single egg, though only 1 healthy wasp can develop in each egg. Tests on eggs of Corcyra cephalonica. [P. B.] Narayanan, E. S., & B. R. Subba Rao, “Studies in insect parasitism I-III. The effect of different hosts on the physiology, on the development and behaviour and on the sex-ratio of Microbracon gelechiz Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Braconide).” Beitr. Ent., vol.5: pp.36-60, 6 figs. 1955. Experiments using 9 spp. of Lepidoptera asehostss slew. Narayanan, E. S., B. R. Subba Rao, & M. Ramachandra Rao, “Hymenia recurvalis F. and its parasite complex.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., vol.26: pp.241-246. 1957. Records 3 primary parasites, who effectiveness is reduced by attacks of 8 hyperparasites. [P. B.] Neunzig, H. H., & George G. Gyrisco, “Some insects injurious to Birdsfoot Trefoil in New York.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.48: pp.447-450. 1955. Archips rosaceana, Sparganothis sulphurana, Tortrix pallorana, T. velutinana, Plathypena scabra recorded feeding on Lotus corniculatus. Lists 3 parasites of A. rosaceana. [P. B.] Newman, L. Hugh, “Rearing Nymphalis antiopa in captivity.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.106-108. 1957. Unsuccessful attempts, using sallow as foodplant. [P. B.] Niimura, Taro, “Biological notes on butterflies (1), (2)” [in Japanese]. Collecting & Breeding, vol.9: pp.80-83, figs., 1947; vol.10: pp.370-373, 7 figs., 1948. Chiefly larval feeding habits. [T. I.] Niimura, Taro, “Hyphantria cunea, a new pest from America (Arctiide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.2, no.9: pp.16-17, 4 pls.; vol.4, nos.2/3: pp:28-29. 1949, 1951. Nininger, Harvey, “The mystery of the little brown jugs.” Natural History, vol.65: pp.374-377, 7 figs. 1956. Metamorphosis of Phlegethontius. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 Nishida, Toshiyuki, “The phenomenon of arrested insect development in the Hawaiian Islands.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.575-582. 1955. Depressaria um- bellana, imported from England to control Ulex europzus, remained inactive in adult stage during “winter” months. [P. B.] Nohira, Akio, “Biological notes on the early stages of Luehdorfia japonica Leech (Papilionide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.3, no.3: pp.12-15, 2 figs., 4 tables. 1950. Nohira, Akio, “Two separate emergences of the same broods of Antherzea yamamai Guérin (Saturniide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.4, no.6: pp.10-11, 1 table. 1951. Nolte, H.-W., “Parasiten der Nonne (Lymantria monacha L.) in Sachsen 1937-1941” [in German]. Forstwiss. Zentralbl., vol.68: pp.183-188. 1949. Records 6 dipterous & 9 hymenopterovs parasites & gives notes on their biology. [P. B.] Norman, T., “Note on the larva of Amblypodia centaurus.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.48: p.814. 1949. When larva was kept isolated from ants, death resulted from infection with mold, beginning at honey gland opening. [P. B.] Norman, T., “Notes on the Lepidoptera of Assam I.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.50: pp.952-953. 1952. Describes larva & pupa of Eribaa arja (foodplant Albizzia) & Cirrochroa aoris; records Prothoe franckii regalis. [P. B.] Notley, F. B., “The Leucoptera leaf miners of coffee on Kilimanjaro. II.-Leucoptera caffeina Wshbn.” Bull. ent. Res., vol.46: pp.899-912, 14 figs. 1956. Describes biology; compares all stages with those of L. coffeella; records parasites. [P. B.] Nowakowski, J. T., “Mining insects of the Isle of Wolin and the Pziwnéw Peninsula” lin Polish; Russian & English summaries]. Prace Komisya biol., Poznanskie Tow. przyj. Nauk, vol.15, no.l: 119 pp. 1955. Records 136 spp. of leaf-mining Lepidoptera, with foodplants (18 families of micros). [P. B.] Nyholm, Tord, “Egendomlig forpuppningsplats for Exapate congelatella Cl. (Lep., Tortr.)” [in Swedish]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.74: pp.162-163. 1953. Species pupating in exit holes of Anobium on apple. [P. B.] Ohgushi, Ryohichi, “Ecological notes on Epiponponia nawai Dyar. a parasite of Cicada in Japan (Epipyropide).” Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc., vol.3: pp.185-191, 6 figs., 2 tables. 1953. Habitat preference and morphological structure of cicada Tanna japonensis may be key points of the host determination of E. nawai, the author suggests. [T. I.] Okagaki, Hiromu, “Larva and pupa of Amata germana Felder” [in Japanese]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan., vol.7: p.29, 2 figs. 1956. Figured; larva on Ligustrum ibota var. angustifolium. [P. B.] Okano, Masao, “On (the life history of) Zygzena niphona Butler (Zygzenide ) lin Japanese]. Bull. Tohoku ent. Soc., vol.2: p.9, 2 figs. 1949. Okano, Masao, “On larve and pupz of two species of Noctuidz (—Phalenide)” [in Japanese]. Kontyti, vol.18: pp.148-149. 1950. Ramesa straminea (food: Sasaella ramosa) & Pterostoma sinicum (food: Robinia pseudacacia). LT. 1.] Okano, Masao, “Eggs of Metanastria subpurpurea Butler (Lasiocampide)” Lin Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.4, no.10: pp.25-26, 1 pl. 1952. Eggs are on the leaves of Betula sp. [T. I.] Okano, Masao, “Notes on larva and pupa of Nygmia nipphonis Butler (Lymantriidz )” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.4, no.10: pp.23-25, 1 pl. 1952. Foodplant: Corylus hetérophylla var. (Betulacee). [T. I.] Okuno, Hiroshi, “Bionomics of Eterusia xdea virescens Butler (Zygenide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.12: pp.19-21, 5 tables. 1952. Foodplants: various Theacee. [T. I.] Olivier, R., “Note sur Pamphila palzemon Pallas” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol.15: pp.36-37. 1955. The larva of this hesperiid probably feeds on grass Molinia cerulea. [P. V.] Olivier, R., “Observations sur Heteropterus morpheus Pallas et ses premiers états” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol.15: pp.34-36. 1955. Notes on the biology of H. morpheus in the NW of France. The larva lives on grass Molinia czrulea, but only in humid areas. [P. V.] 37 122 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.2 Olivier, R., “Chloroclystis chlarata Mabille et ses premiers états (Geometride)” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol.15: pp.74-75. “1955” [1956]. Notes on the first stages of this geometrid. [P. V.] Ono, Sachio, “A parasite on the larva of Niphanda fusca (Lycenidz)” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.2, nos.3/4: pp.55-56, 2 figs. 1952. Neotypus lapidator coreensis (Ichneumonide ). [T. I.] Oord, W., “Kweek van Ectropis bistortata Goeze” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, yol.15: p.456. 1955. Rearing notes. Oord, W., “Endromis versicolora L.” [in Dutch].Ent. Berichten, vol.16: p.11. 1956. Notes on biology; photo of larva. [P. B.] Osanai, Minoru, “On the life-history of Strymon (=Strymonidea) w-album fentoni Butler” [in Japanese; English summary]. Chiihé, no.5: 12 pp., 2 pls. 1951. Food- plants Rhamnus japonica & R. dahuricap var. nipponica. [T. 1.] Ossowski, L. L. J., “The Hadedah Ibis, Hagedashia hagedash hagedash (Latham) and its relation to pest control in wattle plantations.” Ann. Natal Mus., vol.12: pp.279-290. 1952. Records 3 noctuids, 3 saturniids, and 1 tortricid, all said to defoliate wattle, taken from stomach contents of this bird; also 4 undetermined Pyralididee. [P. B.] Ossowski, L. L. J., “The biological control of the Wattle Bagworm (Kotochala junodi Heyl.) by a virus disease. I. Small-scale pilot experiments.” Ann. appl. Biol., vol.45: pp.81-89, 1 fig. 1957. Describes disease; records some parasites. eB sl Ovington, J. D., & G. Scurfield, “Biological flora of the British Isles. Holcus mollis L.” Journ. Ecol., vol.44: pp.272-280, 2 figs. 1956. Records five species of Elachista mining in leaves. [P. B.] Owen, D. F., “Larvee of Deilephila elpenor.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.20-21. 1952. Apparent effect of crowding in producing dark larve; reluctance of jays to eat larvee with “eye” markings visible. [P. B.] Owen, D. F., “Habitat selection in Argynnis aglaia (L.) and A. cydippe (L.) in the British Isles.” Entomologist, vol. 86: pp.128-129. 1953. Suggests that these spp. compete & replace each other ecologically; where both occur, former is found in open country & latter in woods, but north of range of A. cydippe, A. aglaia also occurs in woods. [P. B.] Owen, D. F., “The habitats of Pararge xgeria L. in southern England.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.129-130. 1953. Woodland butterfly spreading into open areas. [P. B.] Owen, D. F., “Habitat selection in Pararge zgeria (L.) (Lep., Satyride) in S. W. France.” Entomologist, vol.87: pp.1-2. 1954. Attempt to correlate color & habitat; the brown French race flies in open country, the light-and-dark-marked British race was confined until recently to woodlands. [P. B.] Paclt, Jiti, “K boji proti prastevniku Hyphantria cunea” [in Czech]. Ochrana Rostlin, vol.21: pp.160-163. 1948. About some methods of mechanical, chemical, and biological control of H. cunea. [J. M.] Paclt, Jifi, “Krankheiten und Schadlinge der Paulownia” [in Slovak; Russian & German summaries]. Biol. Sbornik, vol.7: pp.55-59. 1952. Insect pests and diseases of Paulownia spp. in Czechoslovakia. Some Lepidoptera are mentioned: Apatele rumicis and Acherontia atropos. [J. M.] Paclt, Jiri, “Pests of the genus Catalpa.” Biol. Jaarboek, vol.19: pp.60-73, 4 pls. 1952. Records, from Catalpa spp., Hyphantria cunea, Hyblzea puera, Apatele rumicis (new record), Ceratomia catalpx, Acherontia atropos; lists some parasites of H. cunea and C. catalpz. [P. B.] Paclt,. Jiri, & Rudolf Schwarz, “Sind die Raupen der Hyphantria cunea (Insecta, Lepidoptera) im Stande Cellulose zu verdauen?” [in Slovak; Russian & German summaries]. Biol. Sbornik, vol.7: pp.143-149, 4 figs. 1952. Discusses the polyphagy of H. cunea larve. Some examples of destruction of paper are given. LJ. M.] Paramonow, S., “Hauptschadlinge der Olkulturen der Ukraine” [in German]. Zeitschr angew. Ent., vol.35: pp.63-81. 1953. Biology of Homa@osoma nebulellum 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 on Helianthus annuus; Etiella zinckenella on Glycine hispida; Phalonia epilinana & Chloridea dipsacea on Linum usitasissimum; Plutella maculipennis on various oil-producing plants. [P. B.] Pardi, L., “Abraxas pantharia (L.) defoliatrice del frassino” [in Italian]. Mem. Soc. toscana Sci. nat., ser. B, vol.55: pp.157-160. 1948. Outbreak of this geometrid on Fraxinus excelsior. [P. B.] Parmenter, L., “Some records of bred Tachinide.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var, vol.65: pp.29-31. 1953. List of 20 British spp., with their hosts, mostly Lepidoptera; some new records. [P. B.] Parmenter, L., “Amblyjoppa proteus Christ (Hym.. Ichneumonide) bred from Deilephila elpenor L. (Lep., Sphingide).” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.91: p.310. “1955” [1956]. Parsons, R. E., “Early stages of the butterfly Delias aglaia Linn.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.47: pp.556-557. 1948. Describes pupa; notes on larva. Food- plant Loranthus sp. [P. B.] Patel, G. A., R. R. Savoor, & A. C. Basu, “Some aspects of study in the life history of insects.’ Science & Culture, vol.15: pp.57-58. 1949. Gives data on duration of early stages of Plutella maculipennis. [P. B.] Patel, R. C., & H. L. Kulkarny, “Bionomics of the Pumpkin Caterpillar—Margaronia indica Saund. (Pyralidze: Lepidoptera).”’ Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.54: pp.118-127, 2 127, 2 pls. 1956. Describes all stages & life cycle; records 17 foodplants. [P. B.] Pato¢ka, Jan, “Raupen, die an Pappelblatter Schaden verursachen” [in Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Préce Vyzk. Ustavit Lesnickych CSR, vol.5: pp.165-282, 44 pls. 1954. Very important study of the caterpillars living on Populus spp. in Central Europe; with keys for determination of all spp. [J. M.] Patocéka, Jan, “Bemerkungen tiber die Motte Cerostoma coriacellum an der Tanne” [in Slovak; Russian & German summaries]. Bioldgia, Bratislava, vol.10: pp.361-367, 9 figs. 1955. Contribution to the knowledge of the genus Cerostoma with description of larva and pupa of C. coriacellum. [J. M.] Patoéka, Jan, “Zur Frage der Uberwinterung der an Eichen schadlichen Schmetter- linge und der Kontrolle der Eichenwickler mit Hilfe der tiberwinterten Eier” [in Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Lesnicky Casopis, vol.1: pp.17-42, 16 figs. 1955. Ecological study about the harmful Lepidoptera from Slovakian forests. [J. M.] Patoéka, Jan, “Die Motte Tachyptilia disquei Meess—ein Schadling an Quercus cerris in der Slowakei’” [in Czech; German & Russian summaries]. Folia zoologica, vol.5: pp.111-120, 8 figs. 1956. Describes biology & gives data on economic importance of the sp. [J. M.] Paulian, Patrice, “Notes biologiques sur le Pringleophaga kerguelenensis End.” [in French]. Rev. frane. Ent., vol.20: pp.45-47. 1953. Notes on biology; reared on Pringlea & Acena. [P. B.] - Peakall, D. B., “Some notes on the Red-spotted Bluethroat.” Brit. Birds, vol.49: pp.135-139, 1 fig. 1956. Larve of Oporinia autumnata fed to young birds, in Lapland. [P. B.] Peterson, G. D., jr., “Biological control of the European Corn Borer on Guam.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.48: pp.683-685. “1955” [1956]. Pyrausta nubilalis was first recorded in Guam in 1911. Several parasites were introduced; Lydella stabulans grisescens became established and kept the borers down for many years. About 1950 the borer again became abundant, and Lydella was scarce. Further introductions of this and other spp. in 1952 and 1954 were not able to become established. The reason for the disappearance of Lydella is not known. [W. C.] Pfeffer, Antonin, “Les insectes comme composants de la biocénose du sapin pectiné [in Czech; Russian & French summaries]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniz, vol.52: pp.77-92. 1956. Gives a survey of all insects living in the immature stages on Abies alba. Lists 32 spp. of Lepidoptera, of which 6 spp. are pests. [J. M.] 124 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 17: ‘np Pinker, Rudolf, “Beschreibung der Raupen einiger pontischer und mediterraner Heteroceren” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.265-270, 1 pl., 6 figs. 1956. Describes larvae of Agrochola wolfschldgeri, A. thurneri. A. lectiflora, A. meridionalis, Orrhodiella raguse, & Calostigia wolfschlégerz; color photos of all except A. meridionalis. [P. B.] Pinker, Rudolf, “Lebensraum und Verhalten von Euchloe charlonia Donz. in Mazedonien” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.42: pp.81-85, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1957. Describes habitat & biology; foodplant Mattiola thessalo. [P. B.] Popendiker, Kurt, “Die in Vogelnestern lebenden Insekten unter besonderer Berticksichtigung der als Haus—und Vorratsschddlinge auftretende Arten” [in German]. Mitt. hamburg. zool. Mus. Inst., vol.54: pp.49-127, 12 figs. 1956. Survey of biology of insects in birds’ nests; 12 Lepidoptera included (Tineide, (Ecophoridz, Pyralide, Acidalia virgularia). [P. B.] Postans, A. T., “Hibernation of Plusia festucze L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.294-295. 1953. Hibernates as young larva. [P. B.] Postner, M., “Schadigung von Nadelholzjungpflanzen durch Raupen von Cnephasia incertana Tr. (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)” [in German]. Forstwiss. Zentralbl., vol.75: pp.563-567, 3 figs. 1956. Describes & figures stages except egg; pest of young conifers. [P. B.] Povolny, Dalibor, “Zur Bionomie der Rubenmotte Gnorimoschema ocellatellum Boyd in der Tschechoslowakei” [in Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol.4: pp.281-188. 1955. Describes the bionomy of G. ocellatellum in Southern Slovakia; corrects the mistaken views of Drachovska, published in agricultural periodicals. [J. M.] Prebble, M. L., & R. F. Morris, “The Spruce Budworm problem.” Forestry Chron., vol.27: pp.14-22. 1951. Review of biology of Choristoneura fumiferana with reference to outbreaks and their control. [P. B.] Prevett, P. F., “Fauna of a dead pheasant in London, S. E. 27.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.90: p.3. 1954. Including Tinea pellionella & Hoffmannophila pseudospretella. 2, 1B3.] Prihoda, Antonin, “Trichoptilus paludum Zell. a rare butterfly feeding on Drosera” [in Czech; Russian & English summaries]. Ochrana Prirody, vol.5: pp.34-36, 4 figs. 1950. Short article on the biology of this moth, recorded in Bohemia by Zimmer- maran ae G4 Ses ye lel Proctor, M. C. F., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Helianthemum Mill.” Journ. Ecol., vol.44: pp.675-692, 4 figs. 1956. Lepidoptera recorded on_ this foodplant are: Plebejus argus czrnensis, Aricia agestis, Procris geryon, Sterrha dilutaria, Xenolechia sequax, Mesophleps silacella, Mompha miscella, Scythris fuscoznea, S. fletcherella, S. falacella, & Coleophora ochrea. (P. B.1 Priiffer, Jan, “Some observations concerning Zophodia convolutella Hb. (Lep.)” [in Polish; English summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.18: pp.24-30, 1 pl. 1948. Describes the life history of this sp., in Wilno. Figured are some moths & cocoons. [J. M.] Puchta, Otto, & Hans Wille, “Ein parasitisches Bakterium im Mitteldarmepithel voy Solenobia triquetrella F. R. (Lepid., Psychide )” [in German]. Zeitschr. Parasitenk., vol.17: pp.400-418, 9 figs. 1956. Study of a bacterium from the midgut of larve of this psychid. Describes digestive tract of larva. [P. B.] Puttarudriah, M., & G. P. Basavanna, “A study on the identity of Bracon hebetor Say and Bracon brevicornis Wesmael (Hymenoptera: Braconide ).” Bull. ent. Res., vol.47: pp.183-191. 1956. Lists lepidopterous hosts. Parasites conspecific. [P. B.] Quednau, Wolfgang, “Der Wert des physiologischen Experimentes fiir die Artsystematik von Trichogramma (Hym. Chalcidide)” [in German]. Bericht iiber die Hundertjahrfeier der Deutschen Entomologischen Gesellschaft, Berlin: pp.87-92, 5 figs. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. 1957. Biological data indicate distinctness of 5 superficially indistinguishable spp. of egg parasites of Lepidoptera; all will lay in Barathra eggs, but 2 avoid eggs of Galleria and 3 avoid eggs of Pieris. [P. B.] 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 Rabb, R. L., & F. R. Lawson, “Some factors influencing the predation of Polistes wasps on the Tabacco Hornworm, Protoparce sexta (Johan.).” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.3: pp.26-27. 1957. Abstract. Radcliffe, D. N., “An appraisal of seed damage by the Douglas Fir Cone Moth, in British Columbia.” Forestry Chron., vol.28. no.2: pp.19-24. 1952. Barbara colfaxiana (Eucosmine ). Raizenne, Henri, Forest Lepidoptera of southern Ontario and their parasites, received and reared at the Ottawa Forest Insect Survey Laboratory from 1907 to 1948. 277 pp., 1 map. Ottawa: Dept. Agric., Canada. 1952. Records of some 450 spp., giving foodplants, parasites, months when collected, & local distribution. [P. B.] Rayment, T., “Butterflies on mud.” Victorian Nat., vol.70: p.176. Jan. 1954. Reports large concentrations of the butterfly Danaida archippus (Danaus plexippus) in the Mt. Lofty Range, South Australia. [I. C.] Razowski, J., “Notes on biology of Cacwcia podana Scop. (Tortricide)” [in Polish; English summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.25: pp.73-74, 3 figs. 1956. Reid, E. T. M., “Insect diet of the Buff-backed Heron or Tick-bird (Bubulcus ibis (Linn.)) (Ardeidz) in the southern Sudan.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.91: pp.169-173. 1955. Stomach contents included larval & adult Lepidoptera, not determined below family. [P. B.] Reiff, M., “Untersuchungen zum Lebenszyklus der Frostspanner Cheimatobia (Operophthera) brumata L. und Hibernia defoliaria Cl.” [in German]. Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.26: pp.129-144, 4 figs. 1953. In these spp., which have wingless 2 2 & are therefore sedentary, local races differing in innate physiological adaptations to local climates have developed. Exogenous & endogenous elements controlling life cycle are described. [P. B.] Remington, Charles L., “The biology of nearctic Lepidoptera. I. Foodplants and life histories of Colorado Papilionoidea.” Psyche, vol.59: pp.61-70. 1952. Foodplant & oviposition records for 11 spp. (Papilionide, Pieride, Satyridae, Nymphalide). Wes Bel Remington, Charles L., “The biology of nearctic Lepidoptera. II. Foodplant and pupa of Hemiargus isolus.” Psyche, vol.59: pp.128-130. “1952” [1953]. Describes pupa; foodplant Prosopis juliflora. [P. B.] Riabov, M. M., “Tipy povedeniya imaginal “noy fasy podgryzayustshikh sovok” [in Russian; Types of behavior of the imaginal stage of some cutworms]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol.32: pp.167-175. 1952. Corresponding to observations in Caucasus, divides agrotids into three groups, using the time of sexual puberty and feeding as a base. Describes biology, flight, copulation, imaginal diapause, aphagy, & nuptial flight of males. [N. O.] Ritchie, J. C., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Vaccinium myrtillus L.” Journ. Ecol., vol.44: pp.291-299, 3 figs. 1956. Records 20 Lepidoptera (Noctuide, Geometridz, Lymantriide, Tortricide, Eucosmidz, Coleophoride, Stigmellide ) feeding on this plant. [P. B.] Robertson, Phyllis L., “Eupteromalus sp. as a hyperparasite. Some indication of its influence on the establishment of Angitia cerophaga in New Zealand.” N. Z. Journ. Sci. Tech., Sect. B, vol.29: pp.257-265. 1948. Attacks various parasites of Pieris rapz & Plutella maculipennis. [P. B.] Roediger, Heinz, “Untersuchungen tiber den Rindenwickler Enarmonia woeberiana Schiff. (Lepid. Tortr.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.38: pp.295-321, 19 figs. 1956. Describes adults (including external & internal genitalia) & early stages, in considerable detail, biology of all stages, & control measures. Gives synonymy. Moth attacks Prunus spp. & other fruit trees & occurs throughout the Palearctic region. 4 parasites are recorded. [P. B.] Roegner-Aust, Sophia, “Der Infektionsweg bei der Polyederepidemie der Nonne” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.31: pp.3-37, 5 figs. 1949. Concludes, from studies on Lymantria monacha and Bombyx mori, that the polyhedral virus disease which helps to control the former is transmitted through the egg. [P. B.] 126 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.2 Roegner-Aust, Sophia, “Populationsanalytische Untersuchungen iiber die Sterblichkeit van Nonnenraupen” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.31: pp.181-207, 5 figs. 1949. Study of numerous populations of Lymantria monacha with regard to health of larva; points out strong differences between populations, and within same population at different times, in frequency of infectious diseases. [P. B.] Roehrich, R., “Le parasitisme naturel de la tordeuse du pécher (Laspeyresia molesta Busck) dans le Sud-Ouest de la France (Lep. Olethreutide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.59: pp.14-16. 1954. Records 10 parasites (9 attacking larva); all are rare, and no native parasite seems to seems to have adapted to this species in SW France. [P. B.] Roer, H., “Tagschmetterlinge als Vorzugsnahrung einiger Singvégel” [in German]. Journ. Ornithol., vol.98: pp.416-420. 1957. Passer montanus & other birds feeding on Pieris brassice; at least 10% of individuals released in one experiment on migration were eaten. [P. B.] Ronniger, Hermann, “Uber Coleophora (Eupista) flaviella Mann. Eine weitere Mitteilung” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.149-150. 1955. Notes on biology; larva on seeds of Coronilla coronata, overwintering twice before emergence. [P. B.] Roonwal, M. L., “Structure of egg-masses and their hairs in some species of Lymantria of importance to forestry (Insecta: Lepidoptera: Lymantriidz).” Indian Forester, vol.80: pp.553-559, 1 pl., 5 figs. 1954. Describes & figures both; distinguishes L. mathura, L. obfuscata, & L. dispar on structure of hair (from 9 anal tuft) covering egg mass. [P. B.] van Rossem, G., “Verslag over het optreden van enige schadelijke insecten in het jaar 1953” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.246-252. 1954. Report on economically important insects. [P. B.] van Rossem, G., “Verslag over het optreden van enige schadelijke insecten in het jaar 1954” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.360-365. 1955. Includes record of Tinea pallescentella breeding in enchytreid worm culture. [P. B.] van Rossem, G., “Verslag over het optreden van enige schadelijke insecten in het jaar 1956” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.57-62. 1957. Rost, Helmut, “Uber das Geschlecht der Puppen des Seidenspinners in Doppelkokons” [in German]. Wiss. Zeitschr. Univ. Jena, vol.2: pp.13-16, 4 figs. “1952/53”. Double cocoons of Bombyx mori contain an excess of 2 @ over expectation. [P. B.] Rougeot, P. C., “Des attacides buveurs: les Epiphora africains” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol.16: pp.6-9. 1957. A classic character of the family Attacidz is: proboscis reduced or absent; the author has observed in Gaboon (French Equatorial Africa) a genus of saturniids, Epiphora, that absorb water by the proboscis and eject it by the anus like some papilionids, pierids, nymphalids, & lyczenids. It is a very interesting observation. [P. V.] Rougeot, P. C., “Les premiers états de Pseudobunza cleopatra Auriv. (Lepid. Attacidze)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.26: pp.108-109. 1957. Larval first stages of P. cleopatra in French Equatorial Africa (Gaboon). [P. V.] Rudolf, Paul O., “Red Pine and the European Pine-shoot Moth in southern Michigan.” Pap. Michigan Acad. Sci. Arts Lett., vol.35: pp.61-67, 1 pl., 1 map. 1951. Biology & control of Rhyacionia buoliana. [P. B.] Riittiman, Marcel, “Eine ex ovo Zucht von Antherza mylitta Fabricius” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.3: pp.1-3. 1949. Describes rearing, on oak. Ue, 18) de Ruiter, L., “Some experiments on the camouflage of stick caterpillars” [in English; German summary]. Behaviour, vol.4: pp.222-232, 4 figs. 1952. In experiments with jays & chaffinches as predators, effectiveness of resemblance of some geometrid larvee to twigs is demonstrated. Larvz are confused by birds only with twigs of their own foodplants. Birds hunt larvz actively only when stimulated by finding one accidentally and lose interest in hunting after testing a series of “twigs” and finding them all wood. [P. B.] 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 de Ruiter, L., “Countershading in caterpillars. An analysis of its adaptive significance” lin English; German summary]. Arch. neerl. Zool., vol.11: pp.285-341, 4 pls., 7 figs. 1956. Shows that countershaded larve turn their darkest surface toward light in natural conditions; this reduced their visibility by cancelling greater brightness of illuminated surface. In experiments with jays as predators, larvee with countershading painted out or made useless by abnormal positions were caught with greater frequency than normally colored larve in normal positions. Perception of shading of solid objects by jays was demonstrated experimentally. Evidence indicates that countershading is of value in concealing larvze from predators. [P. B.] Rungs, Ch., “Contribution a la connaissance des ennemis de l’arganier” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc, vol.32: pp.61-76. 1953. Ephestia cautella & Myelois ceratoniz feed on nuts; Taragama repanda & T. regraguii probably feed on foliage. EP Bel Ruwet, M., “A propos d’un élevage de Eriogaster lanestris Linné”’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.56: p.34. 1956. Note on breeding of the lasiocampid E. lanestris. PP Ve Ryszka, Hans, “Die Zucht von Perigrapha 1-cinctum Schiff.” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.3: pp.73-75. 1949. Describes rearing, on Con- volvulus arvensis & Tussilago farfara. [P. B.] Sakaguti, Kohei, & Haruo Fukuda, “Hebemoia glaucippe on Satamisaki, the southern- most part of Kyusyu” [in Japanese; English summary]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol.7: pp.4-5, 1 pl. 1956. Northernmost locality for this tropical pierid. Color photographs of adult & early stages; foodplant Cratzxva religiosa. [P. B.] Sakakibara, Shigeru, “Life-history of Favonius orientalis Murray (lLyczenidze)” [in Japanese]. Collecting & Breeding, vol.12: pp.221-222, 2 figs. 1950. Foodplants: Quercus spp. [T. 1.] Sala, Frank, “Life history notes on Palada scarletina Smith.” Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.54: pp.151-155, 5 figs. 1956. Describes & figures mature larva & pupa; notes on distribution & phenology (dependent on flowering of the food- plants, Stephanomeria spp.). [P. B.] Sala, Frank P., & Charles L. Hogue, “Descriptions of the early stages and male imago and notes on the life history of Saturnia walterorum (Saturniide).” Lepid. News, vol.12: pp.17-25, 18 figs. 1958. Salmon, J. T., “Vegetable caterpillars.” Tuatara, vol.4: pp.1-3. 1951. Records the fungus Cordiceps robertsii attacking ground-tunnelling larve of Porina signata, P. enysii, & Hepialus virescens (Hepialidz). LI. C.] Salmond, K. F., “The insect and mite fauna of a Scottish flour mill.” Bull. ent. Res., vol.47: pp.621-630. 1956. Records 6 Lepidoptera (Noctuide, Pyralidide, (£cophoride, Tineidz). [P. B.] Salt, G., “Experimental studies in insect parasitism. X. The reactions of some endopterygote insects to an alien parasite.” Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B), vol.147: pp.167-184, 2 pls. 1957. Larve & pupz of Diataraxia oleracea form cysts around injected eggs of the ichneumonid Nemeritis canescens; in adults encystment does not take place and parasites develop normally. [P. B.] de Santis, Mateo A., “Lagarta rosada Platyedra gossypiella en capsulas de palo borracho” [in Spanish]. Rev. Invest. agric., vol.1: pp.287-290, 2 figs. 1947. New foodplant record: Chorisia spp. New record for Argentina. [P. B.] Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de lépidoptéres (faune de la Belgique) (suite)” lin French]. Lambillionea, vol.54: pp.45-49. 1954. Descriptions of eggs of Pieris rapx, Pontia daplidice, Anthocaris cardamines. [P. B.] Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de lépidoptéres (faune de la Belgique)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.55: pp.59-64, 67-77, 1 pl.; pp.94-96. 1955. Iconography of eggs of Lepidoptera of Belgium: Nymphalidz, subfamilies Meliteeinz and Argynnine. [P. V.] Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de lépidoptéres (faune de la Belgique) (suite)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.55: pp.94-97; vol.56: pp.6-7, 35-36. 1955, 1956. Describes eggs of Brenthis aquilonaris, B. dia, Argynnis ino, & A. lathonia. [P. B.] 128 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.2 Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de lépidoptéres (faune de la Belgique) (suite)” lin French]. Lambillionea, vol.56: pp.43-48. 1956. Notes on the eggs of Argynnis niobe, A. adippe, & A. paphia (all experimental laying). [P. V.] Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de lépidoptéres (faune de la Belgique) (suite)” lin French]. Lambillionea, vol.56: pp.68-76, 93-101. 1956. Iconography of the eggs of Brenthis daphne, Limenitis camilla, Vanessa atalanta, Nymphalis antiopa, N. io, Erebia medusa brigobanna, E. zxthiops peneplana, E. ligea carthusianorum, & Agapetes galathea, [P. V.] Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs des lépidoptéres” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.57: pp.11-27. 1957. Iconography of eggs of Hipparchia fagi, H. semele, Satyrus bryce, Brintesia circe, Aphantopus hyperanthus, Maniola jurtina, Pyronia tithonus, Pararge egeria vulgaris, Lasiommata megera, L. mera adrasta (all Satyridze). [P. V.] Sauter, W.. “Zur Biologie des Gabelschwanzes, Dicranura vinula L. (Lep. Notodontide )” [in German]. Mitt. thurgauische naturf. Ges., vol.34: pp.33-38. 1947. Describes early stages, rearing, phenology, & habits of adult. [P. B.] Sauvaut, André, & Keutgens, “Insectes récoltés sur le cotonnier et autres plantes en Cote d'Ivoire” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse, vol.84: pp.22-24. 1949. Lists 10 spp. (Noctuide, Arctiide, Pyralidz, Tineidze, Gelechiide) feeding on cotton plant. [P. B.] Schatz, Willi, “Beobachtungen an Psyche viciella Schiff. (Lep. Psychidze)” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.4: pp.102-104, 107, 109, 118-119. 1955. Details of biology of all stages. Case of facultative parthenogenesis reported. ee sea Schedl, Karl E., “Der Kiefernspinner an Fichte” [in German]. Allg. forst.- und holzwirtsch. Zeitung, vol.60: p.29. 1949. Bupalus piniarius larvee common in pure spruce stands; usual foodplant pine. [P. B.] Schiebe, A., “Die phanophasisch bedingte Typenresistenz der Erbsensorten gegen den Erbsenwickler (Grapholitha nigricana Steph., =Laspeyresia (Cydia) nigricana Steph.)” [in German]. Phytopathol. Zeitschr., vol.21: pp.433-448, 5 figs. 1954. Races of Pisum with short flowering period which precedes flight period of moth are subject to least attack. [P. B.] Schimitschek, Erwin, “Durch Polyederkrankheit im Ei abgestorbene Nonnenraupen” [in German]. Osterreichs Forst- und Holzwirtsch., vol.4: p.55. 1949. Virus disease of Lymantria monacha eggs. [P. B.] Schimitschek, Erwin, “Forstentomologische Studien im Urwald Rotwald” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.34: pp.178-215, 513-542, 18 figs. 1952; 1953. In- cludes notes on biology of Scardia tessulatella, on conifers; Borkhausenia similella, on dead fruiting bodies of Fomes and Gonoderma. [P. B.] Schimitschek, Erwin, “Boarmia bistortata Goeze als Larchenschadling” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.40: pp.37-51, 16 figs. 1957. Study of outbreak in larch stand. Describes early stages, with notes on biology; records parasites. [P. B.] Schmidt, H., “Cossus cossus L.” [in German]. Holz als Roh- und Werkstoffe, vol.9: pp.473-474, 4 figs. 1951. Biology & identification. [P. B.] Schneider, F., “Auftreten und Bekaémpfung einiger Obstschaddlinge in Syrien” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.64: pp.613-619. 6 figs. 1957. Includes notes on biology of Carpocapsa pomonella in Syria. [Pe Bel Schneiders, Hildegard, “Das Schliipfen des Falters von Aporia crataegi L. aus der Puppe” [in German]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.62: pp.561-563, 10 figs. 1955. Excellent series of photos of emerging adult. [P. B.] Schiitte, Friedrich, “Untersuchungen tiber die Populationsdynamik des Eichenwicklers (Tortrix viridana L.)” lin German; English summary]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.40: pp.1-36, 285-331, 45 figs. 1957. Study of economic biology. Factors affecting population size are analyzed. Coincidence of larval emergence with opening of oak leaf buds is most favorable for larval development. Various predators, including larve of Epinotia corticana, and parasites recorded. [P. B.] EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: Caries L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting): Petrer F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors” ): Frep T. THORNE Harry K. CLencH—N. S. Osraztrsov — EvceNnE G. MuNROE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TrpEN Manager of the Memoirs: Sipney A. HEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remancron, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TipENn, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Enrz, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S, Z. Fretp Co., INc. New Haven, Connecticut 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.17: no.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Laboratory mass-rearing of Cisseps fulvicollis; notes on fertility, etc. by Jeanne E.\ ResonGron ..00000.... 65-80 New species and subspecies of Megathymidae from Mexico and Texas by D. B. Statues, J. R. Turner, & V. N. STALLINGS ................ 81-88 Megathymus yuccae in Texas, with the description of two new subspecies by: Hy (AD PREEMAN. 3). o.c0 a 89-99 A new subspecies of Holomelina aurantiaca from Virginia ( Arctiidae) by AALEXx Kio Wryatw 50 is ee 100-102 Supplement to previous taxonomic notes on some nearctic Rhopalocera by Cyrin F. pos PAssos: 2.000) a 103-104 Experimentally induced sexual dimorphism in Lycaena phlaeas by (Barc Lees) lee tender 105-106 Nine new butterfly records for the state of Maryland by - Ropenr S. Smtr e600). Sides cscgece deisel nay sane) 107-109 FIELD NOTES Two rare Sphingidae from western Pennsylvania by. ‘Ricuarp M. Gremore! 2000200 ee 102 Migration of Hasora chromus (Hesperiidae) in Gujarat State, India by «rnesr (M. Seunn 8 ee 110 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS A trip into California and Oregon for Speyeria by: Oarwmy Sree 0.) ocec0. eh sseedeteds seperate susie ener 111-116 Biographical reminiscences of McDunnough, Barnes, and Davidson by “EL Js NEWCOMER. (000.5000) 5.1. bt seit Meike niente eee 117 Typographical error in McDunnough biography ..................::0ccccceeceeteeees 99 Notice of proposed use of plenary powers by nomenclature commission .... 104 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA .................:cccccteeeeteees 118-128 Volume 17 ' j9es Number 3 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN cr In This Issue OVERLAPPING SPEYERIA IN THE BLACK HILLS LOUISIANA RHOPALOCERA SUPPLEMENT MELANISM IN CATOCALA ILIA BLACK SWALLOWTAIL HYBRIDS IN JAPAN BIOGRAPHICAL OBITUARY OF A. W. LINDSEY (Complete contents on back cover) 30 December 1963 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1963 OFFICERS President: H. B. D. KrerrLewexui (Oxford, England) Ist Vice President: Don B. Straruines (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Vice President: C. M. Brezanxo (Pelotas, Brasil ) Vice President: Sercrus G. Kiaraxorr (Ghent, Belgium) Treasurer: GrorGE ERLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: Smpney A. Hessex (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Vacant Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Riorre (Toronto, Canada) Daxrpor Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FreeMANn (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE LA Torre y Cau.eyas (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: SuicEru A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) Linco_n P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief Membership in the Society is open to. all: persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION (Act of October 23, 1962; Section 4369, Title 39, United States Code) DATE OF FILING: October 10, 1963. TITLE OF PUBLICATION: Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society. FREQUENCY OF ISSUE: Quarterly, February, May, August, November. LOCATION OF KNOWN OFFICE OF PUBLICATION: Entomology Room, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. 06520. LOCATION OF GENERAL BUSINESS OFFICES OF PUBLISHER: same. PUBLISHER: The Lepidopterists’ Society; same. EDITOR: Prof. Charles L. Remington, same. There are no stockholders or bondholders. Bl OS eh hereby certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete. Sidney A. Hessel, Ass't. Treasurer The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JOURNAL OF Tue LepipopreRists’ SOCIETY Volume 17 1963 Number 3 NOTES ON OVERLAPPING SUBSPECIES. II. SEGREGATION IN THE SPEYERIA ATLANTIS OF THE BLACK HILLS (NYMPHALIDAE ) by L. P. Grey, A. H. Moeck and W. H. Evans The authors have differing interests joined here in common cause. Grey studies distribution, morphology, and population structure of Speyeria; Morcx has broad acquaintance with Nearctic environments and butterfly populations; Evans is one of the few who have mastered the tricky art of rearing Speyeria. Evans's data are given separately, accreditable to him in entirety; the bulk of records and field notes are MoEcx’s, as are the maps; organization is by Grey, who is responsible also for suggested evaluations. The title perhaps should have been qualified; the two described color forms apparently behave as separate “species” in the Black Hills although treated here as “subspecies” of Speyeria atlantis (Edwards). If they are indeed two unrelated organisms their differences in behavior and in larval and adult morphology deserve only brief description. The question of relationship will be passed over without prejudice, reserving opinion that expanded knowledge of total distributions in “species” like these will necessitate some amendments to present categorical rigidity. Grey and Morcx (1962) stated a belief that the largest factor con- trolling population structure in butterflies is the residual inertia of genetic heritage, inferring that wing facies reflect earlier dispersal and isolation, relating only secondarily to present situations. Deduction of late glacial migrations from facts of present distribution has a large literature attesting that others share these apprehensions and the underlying assumption that wing facies must be relatively durable in 130 Grey, Moeck, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 time. However, studies often appear to indicate quite the opposite: breeding experiments show large genetic susceptability of short-term modification, and field samples reveal innumerable instances of variation correlated to particular environments, the usual interpretations of which are of “control” or “cause” by immediate factors in local environments. One or the other of these viewpoints must be seriously defective. Following data demonstrate apparent control over population structure by factors in a present ecologic confinement, ostensibly showing that observed divergence is being encouraged or even “caused” by selective tailoring to fit the environmental cloth, the obvious correlations being analogous with those often cited as providing evolutionary mechanisms. Exploring consequences of the latter view, of environmental pliability, which would be fatal philosophically to the conception of species de- veloping at the slow rate allowing some present tracing of past wander- ings, distributions cited in present papers are believed to represent re- cent contacts of intraphyletic segregates. Coercion provided by supposed- ly potent evolutionary factors in ecology and climate then become identical for two partially separately evolved “subspecies”, which should encourage rapid blending. It appears in Speyeria populations, to the contrary, that present environments merely channel capacities for variations which correlate still better with inferred earlier histories and with the unknown inertial factor inasmuch as divergency remains far sharper than would seem demanded by present ecogeography. In these occurrences probably lie the best chances to arrive at some estimation of “species” and “subspecies” as they relate to time, which is the point of view suggested by examples like the following one. MATERIAL Photographs (see the plate) in black-and-white cannot do justice to the disparity of the color forms discussed: herein. One of these (specimens A through F) is basally and marginally light above, with pale brick disk and unsilvered spots below: this form is termed “lurana”, which is an available name for the Black Hills equivalent of the Colorado “hesperis” series. The other variety is darker above and has a blackish disk with silvered spots, nearly in the facies. of nominotypical Appalachian atlantis; the tag used for this variation therefore will be “atlantis” (NOTE:— names herein are cited to take advantage of their descriptive values, non-categorically ). Specimens G through:L are illustrative of this Black Hills “atlantis”; speciments M, N; O are variant extremes: M approaches the “tetonia” of western Wyoming; N is dwarfed, has solid borders, touches of silver, reddish disk; O is silvered like “atlantis” but is inter- mediate toward “lurana” in discal color. 1963 Journal ‘of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 Figure 1: Speyeria atlantis (all males). Black Hills. Site locations given in record table on maps 1-3: A-F: “lurana” from sites 10, 40, 40, 10, 25, 17 respectively. G-L: “atlantis” from sites 19, 3, 3, 1, 6, 1. M-@:--.extreme: variants from sites 40, 40, 4. [Photograph by KENNETH MacArtTuur at the Milwaukee Museum. ] 132 Grey, Morck, Evans: Black Hills Vol. 17 - snare SOME BLACK HILLS RECORDS OF S. “ATLANTIS” AND “LURANA” Count Map i: Sample Oe and State Symbol Locality Sine Jo A Custer Co., 6 | intersection Hy. 16A & 87 6 33.3 So. Dakota | Ol Custer State Park 19 31.6 oo vic. Custer 9 22 2 7 Boyles Canyon road 14 0.0 11 Mud Springs road 13 0.0 30 vic. Jewel Cave 26 0.0 39 6 mi. E of Jewel Cave on Hy. 16 14 ok Pennington Co., 8 Moon campsite 2, 0.0 So. Dakota L 8) 6 mi. N of Moon 2; 0.0 12 8 mi. S E of Moon OM 0.0 13 5 mi. E of Moon 10 0.0 2) 9 mi. S E of Deerfield 19 5.2 23 6 mi. E of Deerfield 133 7.6 4 3 mi. S of Deerfield 35 42.8 14 6 mi. S of Deerfield 40 1255 17 8 mi. N E of Deerfield 78 3.9 3 2 mi. N W of Deerfield 3 90.4 2 3 mi. N W of Deerfield 36 63.8 | i 7 mi. N W of Deerfield 12 G27 25 14 mi. N W of Deerfield 30 0.0 20 1 mi. N of Mystic 38 10.5 DIL 3 mi. S W of Mystic 26 3.8 33 vic. Mt. Rushmore 5 0.0 34 vic. Harney Peak 89 20.2 Lawrence Co., 35 vic. Lead 5 0.0 So. Dakota 36 Spearfish Canyon 19 0.0 29 Terry Peak 5 0.0 on 12 mi. S of Spearfish 3 0.0 18 7 mi. S W of Lead 28 0.0 38 6 mi. S of Deadwood 4 0.0 16 2 mi. E of Deadwood 3 0.0 28 vic. Hanna 18 16.6 ih vic. Deerdale campsite 73 15.0 26 5 mi. W of Rochford 36 BED) 1 1) 3 mi. N of Rochford 23 39.1 15 3 mi. N of O'Neill Pass il 14.2 5 vic. ONeill Pass 2 0.0 AO 3 mi. S of O'Neill Pass U2) 0.0 Crook Co., Wyo. , 24 5-6 mi. N of Sundance 30 [66 Weston Co., Wyo.| 10 Buckhorn — Four Corners road 36 Da) Sa LIA MS ATR Re, WR SNES Se ——— 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 Map 1: Road network and collecting sites, Black Hills. U.S. Hy. numbers in shields, State Hy. numbers in circles. Forest Service roads unnumbered (thin lines). Localities numbered 1-40 are as tabulated in the list of records. The shaded central region and shaded axis line delimit areas referred to in the text. 134 Grey, Morcx, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 eHill City 34, 9 “tea 2 S S N NIV, NY ¥ 7 7 / V/ Y 32e Custe ps Average Annual Map 2: Rainfall and collecting sites, Black Hills. Isobars with average precipitations in inches, encircled. Numbers 1-40 indicate localities as listed in the record table. The shaded central region and shaded axis line delimit areas referred to in the text. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society @\Belle Fourche (704 e Speartish 24 @ Sturgis C1647 7 Sa] = 4 eSundance Cfo See bo 02: oO or GS =] COL HS YO SOC? 1g) ® Nn ay Ot AS) (ec) — fas) ae i SASS eH) City 12 ¥, o Newcastle \y an Je 32 @Custer 6 ¥ 34 %& General Center of Average South Dakota's: 1 Lowest Mean Max. July Jermp = 60° | J ul Y 2. Lowest ean Min. July Teynp-48° © Hot Springs Map 3: Temperature data and collecting sites, Black Hills. 3.Aver Latest Killing Frest- May IO Te Mh per al U a C O59 4 Aver Larliest Killing frost= Sept. 5 Isotherms of July temperatures in degrees F., encircled. Data as legended by the star locate the boreal center of this ecogeography. The numbers 1-40, and the shaded central region and shaded axis line refer as in maps 1-2, to tabulated col- lecting sites and to areas discussed in the text. 136 Grey, Morck, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 The number legend on maps 1-3 keys the location of collecting sites as numbered and listed in the table of records; map 1 orients these records to the road network, map 2 to regional precipitation, and map 3 to temperature data. The table of records, when studied in conjunction with the maps and photographs, will show character distributions inviting closer attention. Notres SUPPLEMENTING THE RECORD TABLE From field data of 1,000 specimens three points have been emphasized by tabulation, these being: 1) srrze Location (charted on the maps); 2) SIZE OF SAMPLES from each site; and 3) PERCENTAGE OF “ATLANTIS” INDIVIDUALS (% “A”), i. @., those with characters of blackish disk and silver spots, this % “A” being the point to note especially, in context with sample size suggesting degree of reliability and with local ecogeographic factors next described. Omitted data seem of no immediate concern but are available to interested persons, recorded for each series in Grey's card file of Speyeria, viz: ALTITUDE, which does not correlate especially with population structure here, for reasons noted later; s—Ex PERCENTAGES — there seems to be no hint of sex-linkage except in the well-known characters of vein scaling, wing shape and pattern nuances; DATES — the flight period is well-known: one brood through July and August, surviving to mid-September, peak in late July; EcoLocicaL NoTEs — these are summarized to the extent deemed necessary by a following exposition. All of these plus NOTES ON SYMPATRY, NAMES OF COLLECTORS, DEPOSITION OF MATERIAL, would take space disproportionate to assumed value, whereas the three groups data tabulated are sufficient in demonstrating the relationship which population structure of this Black Hills “atlantis - lurana’ bears to the local ecogeography. The small samples listed are included to give available information regarding dry areas where these insects are rare; in sum, they assume considerable significance. Many records had to be omitted, for reasons of various defects in data; the majority of the specimens tabulated were taken personally by Morck and all others are from spot localities visited and surveyed by him. | SumMaARY: The “atlantis” individuals are concentrated centrally in the Black Hills; the corrected proportion for locations 1-2-3-4 (shaded area on maps) is nearly 69% in the 216-specimen sample. This may be compared against a percentage of 9.44% derived from the 784 examples from all other Black Hills collecting sites. Another indicative correlation appears when omitting from consideration the material from central areas where “A” runs high as noted: the proportion east of the shaded 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 central axis line corrects to 12.09% but drops to 3.04% west thereof. The western series run almost everywhere largely “pure”, to “lurana’; the eastern set shows larger variability. There are numerous local oddities, one of the largest being the apparent rarity of “atlantis” in the Deadwood - Lead region, along with the scattered high percentages in a few places, for example, in the Custer State Park area, around Harney Peak, and especially the “locality 19” sample which is on the Silver Creek road north of Rochford. But this latter sample was from a boggy meadow- land, reinforcing the rationale next following. The striking facts are (1) of westerly diminution of % “A” and (2) of amazing rise in a central area, both of which can be understood after taking a bird’s-eye view of the Black Hills. ECOGEOGRAPHY OF THE BLACK HILLS The forested Black Hills upland rises out of surrounding plains and badlands, being roughly one hundred miles north-to-south and _ fifty miles or so across. The Belle Fourche and Bear Lodge outliers customarily are reckoned in as part of these Hills. The region is one particularly interesting to zoogeographers, by reason of its mixed Eastern and Western biota, and to geologists because of the dome formation exposed. through erosion. Toward the central part of the dome there is an interior network of Forest Service roads allowing more thorough coverage of the whole bloc than ordinarily can be managed when working in mountain- ous uplands. The looping main highway which circumscribes this area encompasses al] major ecogeographic features of the Black Hills, defining a plot which is nowhere over twenty miles in radius, a beautifully ac- cessible natural “laboratory”. Contrasts in plant associations are relatively slight; the rather sparse coniferous forest is fairly continuous except as interrupted by rock outcrops and grass or scrub patches. Altitudinal banding is hardly notic- able since elevations on the whole upland vary mostly only between 5,000 and 6,000 feet. A few extremes run into different zonal categories, down to 3,000 feet in fringe areas and up to over 7,000 feet on some of the south central monadnocks. Erosion across the central dome has exposed surrounding sedimentary layers uptilted by the underlying laccolythic intrusion, viz, of sandstones, conglomerates and limestones which now appear as inward-facing escarpments. The outer sandstone rim and the interior “red valley” encircle a second principal rim, of limestone, which in turn surrounds an innermost core lying southerly on granites and northerly on schists. By far the most important ecological feature of the Black Hills there- fore is one which perhaps would not be appreciated at all except by a 138 Grey, Morcx, Evans: Black Hills VoL17: no.3 sensitive field naturalist, namely, the relative impermeability of the central granitic - schistose rocks, whereby water is retained in the soil to a much larger degree than is the case in areas with the sedimentary and conglomerate tilted layers (in fact, these aquifers are quite famous, the spectacular artesian wells which have been drilled hundreds of miles away attest to their porosity). All of the surface moisture, including the small streams, passes into the rocks and disappears in the outer regions but continues through the summer months in the interior, whereby central temperatures and humidities are kept more steadily distinctive than could be appreciated from the bare figures of annual precipitation and mean temperature (which run from about 22 inches and 43° centrally, to about 16 inches and 47° around the outer rims). Interior ground-level vegetation and dwellers thereon undoubtedly ex- perience later-lingering fogs, reduction of nocturnal-diurnal fluctuations, more cooling through sustained evaporation and other correlated effects. It is seen in the presently described distribution that the “atlantis” characters dilute rapidly in samples taken when proceeding outward from the granites and schists and into the sedimentary and conglomerate rim and valley areas where temperatures average a bit higher and precipitation somewhat lower. It can be observed also that the climatic correlations, although definite, are far from precise and that it is the association with the geology, especially with the granites, which is the one most satisfying from the general viewpoint that local ecologic balances are dependent here primarily on the composition of the bedrock; all of the “large % A” samples are from granite areas. It should be emphasized again that the central area west of Deerfield Reservoir, where “atlantis” runs around 70% and up to over 90%, is even more boreal than climatic statistics would show: quoting Ranger WALTER RuLE (personal communication) “. . . these central stream-bottom meadows once were quite boggy . . . probably the last of these wet sites left in the Hills.” [There is a recent addition to the field data: Morcx’s 1962 records of 151 individuals have been worked over for last-minute notice; per- centages are 92.5% “A” in 85 examples from the shaded central area, and 3.0% in 66 specimens from outside the central area, further substantiating the pronounced segregation and further suggesting that the principal ecogeographic determinants are the ones previously deduced.] At any event, it is clear that the “atlantis” and “lurana” of the Black Hills have a distribution pattern showing a large correlation with habitat. But before assigning any particular meaning to these data in the usual terms of evolution and adaptation it might be well to pause and reflect that these two color forms pretty surely are quite recent immigrants, 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 which then would lead to question whether the Black Hills were neces- sarily the spawning-ground of this segregation and might suggest a need for a somewhat larger accounting than would be possible within the confines of the Black Hills. DISCUSSION The material seems mostly easy to sort into one category or the other, indicating segregation of quite advanced degree. There are, nevertheless, many indications of recombinations and blendings such as would mark closely parallel genetic constitutions if not outright hybridization. For example, there are the “red-silvered” individuals of varied discal shades (like specimen O, fig. 1); these occur fairly commonly (and perhaps significantly in areas harboring highly mixed populations, although rare or absent in the purer “lurana” colonies). It is fair to say that students familiar with general aspects of the Western variation in this complex, as next described, but lacking knowledge of the local correlatives as hereby presented, would hardly dare to guess whether the Black Hills material represents one species or two. The rift in the variation is clear, but so is the overlap. The present atlantis concept is of a continentally dispersed series of geographical] replacements overlapping in various degrees according with their various stages of “subspeciation” and “speciation”, as roughly outlined separately by Grey (1951) and Moeck (1957). The “atlantis” facies characteristic in the eastern United States also is visible in the Western complex throughout the Rocky Mountain sector, carrying south- westerly to Arizona and northwesterly to Idaho, subordinate to and often submerged by redder phases but persisting until finally lost in divergent populations of the far Southwest, far West, interior Great Basin, and northwest prairies. The common circumstances everywhere in the Rocky Mcuntain variations are: 1) of almost complete domination by single forms with only occasional extremes suggesting taint from contact with other “subspecies”; 2) of distinctive facies in the majority of individuals along with intergrades and sharply contrasting extremes which are too numerous and too steadily distinctive to dismiss as freaks of varia- tion; and 3) of roughly equal balances between dissimilar forms, with few or no intergrades, suggesting presence of separate species. These situations, modified in all conceivable degrees, are part of the daily experience of collectors in Colorado, New Mexico, Wyoming, and Montana, so there is no difficulty here to make out a case for the existence of a large problem in species definition, whether or not there is any agreement with our present diagnosis relating these varied popula- 140 Grey, Morcx, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 tion structures to earlier confinements and migrations and to resulting clashes between intraphyletic isolates with differing capacities to blend. On the available data there is no denying that the Black Hills situation approximates the one to be expected in the case of two reasonably discrete “species”. Looking farther afield, a ready source of “atlantis” in this facies, with built-in tolerations of “wet” and “cold”, is seen nearby in the Superior Upland population; “lurana” is equally easy to locate southerly, in Colorado. A good rationale would be that “atlantis” was the first arrival and that “lwrana” would have had no need or inclination to go ashore here during the postglacial wetter interval when the Hills were cooler and before the Plains reached their present advanced stage of desiccation; “lurana” would have intruded about at the time when “atlantis” would have begun a retreat from peripheral drying and toward the wetter interior, as fits with the demonstrated ecological preferences. It seems then that these insects now are being forced into close spatial contact by the further drying and warming of the Hills and that they have been in contact temporally for some hundreds if not thousands of years. The case therefore becomes that they were different “species” to begin with or that as “subspecies” they have been remarkably exempt from the supposed leveling results of intermingling and the assumed directive mechanisms of ecology, inasmuch as they appear to be clinging stubbornly to their earlier ways of life and also to their “Colorado” and “Superior Upland” facies. In either event, the present correlations of morphology and behavior with environment are significantly reduced in meaning, to the status of secondary and incidental phenomena pro- ceeding from genetic structure earlier acquired rather than from local evolution on a “here and now’ basis. This is a minor victory for the “genetic inertia” viewpoint; a larger triumph would result if these organisms could be proved “conspecific”, for then the segregation would acquire still more definite perspective as a demonstration that, evolution- ary changes are quite slow and that wing facies tend to provide reliable indices of population movements. The latter proposition apparently is true to this extent: specialists are agreed that most populations are best understood as products of genetic - geographic diffusion; variation at given loci usually has ob- servable sources in a nearby or surrounding gene pool. This being the normal thing, there has been little reason to question the validity of sympatry as a test of specificity: sharp discontinuity vis-a-vis sympatres has been accepted as final proof of discreteness. The classification of Speyeria by pos Passos and Grey (1947) represents one of the earlier breaks with that tradition, lumping dissimilar forms known to coexist or to occur juxtaposed and without reasonable barrier between, as seemed proper for emphasizing still more basic discontinuities apparent 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 between groups termed “species”. It has appeared subsequently that other genera are plagued with similar difficulties, and it has become generally acknowledged that the species concept based on fairly uniform clinal diffusion is subject to these large exceptions introduced by collisions between partially separately evolved moieties which appear as “species in some places, as “subspecies” in others. Plans for future papers include further data suggestive of the extent to which local segregations may or may not be definitive of “species”. For the moment, Lorxovic’ss (1962) data for Pieris will hold the line for the view that data of sympatry, like other data, are to be sprinkled liberally with the salt of comparisons. His extensive study brings out categorical insufficiencies, in a way to suggest that taxonomy is not a proper device for indicating local degrees of racial or specific “purities”. From the time of SuMNER’s (1915) classical work with Deer Mice there have been many local studies of local problems of speciation and sub- speciation which have resulted in locally defensible answers, but of many kinds, of many degrees of categorical simplicity or complexity. Lorxovic’s solution is quite straightforward: straddling the crack. Seriously, though, these many demonstrations of categorical inequalities all go to point up the need to interpret sympatry in relative terms, re- quiring for this purpose an expansion and cross-comparison of data sets on a scale as yet unrealized in any genus. Far more than generally appreciated, the riddle of “species” and “subspecies”, and also the even more intriguing question of evolutionary meaning in local variation and of the manner in which it may relate to time and paleogeography as well as to present local environments, all will come down to proper understanding of sympatry. In this connection Speyeria has virtues too often ignored, perhaps as a reaction to a bad reputation for “variability”. A better standard should be availability, and richness of data afforded by numerous closely related and co-distributing “species”. Who could ever hope to assemble “northern front and alpine” material to the extent needed for a comprehensive survey of Holarctic Pieris? The speyerians, at least, are confined to one continent and occur mostly in accessible regions, colonial and locally abundant. Even so, the needed comparative data are slow to accumulate. In “atlantis”, for ex- ample, there are obvious gross deficiencies. Field work is needed: in the Teton - Absoroka region of northwestern Wyoming, and also in the Laramie area in the southeastern corner of that state; on both sides of the Bear River Range in Utah and Idaho; in the foothills - prairie fringe of the east slopes of the Rocky Mountains in Montana and Alberta; in the White Mountains of Arizona; and in the Riding Mountains of Manitoba. And this names only a few of the places where need for close study is suggested by apparent segregation observed 142 Grey, Morck, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 in available material. The sad feature is that most of these places have been explored, or even heavily collected; the blame for present un- certainties must fall equally on specialists and collectors. Investigations of continental population structures are too far beyond the capacities of individuals in single lifetimes; more should be done than is being done to encourage cooperation. By and large, collectors respond well to suggestion, as can be seen in the improved standards of data- recording which have followed upon educational campaigns in recent popular manuals and journals. It has become generally appreciated that material labeled as from, e. g., “Utah” is practically valueless. The time approaches when collectors must realize that even with localities and other data properly recorded, their material may well end up with the “Black Hills” and “Oregon Territory” specimens of an earlier day, in the wastebasket. Discrimination and purpose now begin to mean far more than “specimens”; museums are clogged with uncorrelated rubble. A reorientation of effort, toward ecogeographic analysis, would require no more energies than are expended now at random. A short article by Err (1956) comes to mind, on a Colorado Speyeria distribution, which as a contribution to understanding of a local “speciation” and of local sympatry is suggestive and valuable all out of proportion to the small size of material cited, simply because the collecting was done with a careful eye on the ecogeography. Nothing could drive home this point of the sore need for improve- ment in field collecting more clearly than to review the present status of “atlantis” in Colorado. Data sets from this one state would go very far toward elucidating the subject of environmental influence vs. earlier population movements. And there is no lack of material; in fact, “specimens” are the least of the needs; the bulky records already are a cup of tea for Tantalus. This variation is abundantly well-known and has been known for many years; what need of more specimens to prove that it exists and what point in catching more unless something can be done with them? The thing needing attention of course is to relate this variation to the places where it is found. What happens, say, in Jefferson County, where samples indicate that “hesperis” prevails overwhelmingly in many areas — can “atlantis” be found there, as established populations, merely by going to nearby cooler and wetter localities, as the Black Hills data might suggest? Surely, collectors will not pass by challenges of such fascination, once they are appreciated. The largest fact in butterfly taxonomy today is the foundering of the species concept on the reef of segregation. The best hope for further understanding can only lie with local analyses and the ultimate integra- tion of continentally representative data sets. The time seems ripe for a 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 large expansion and popularization of the needed field research, as- suming that students will be easily weaned from their bemusement with “storybook taxonomy” once they realize that even the specialists are largely ignorant of “species and subspecies” and that nobody can be any wiser until more is definitely known of local population structure and of the manner in which it relates both to local ecology and to specific continental distribution patterns. REARING AND BREEDING NOTES More from curiosity as to the ease of getting ova that from any inten- tion of starting experiments, Morcx confined a few of the dark, brightly silvered “atlantis” females in paper bags and did likewise with unsilvered red “lurana’ females; all were taken Aug. 1-2, 1962, in the Black Hills, about 1 mile above Castle Creek in a locality where % “A” runs about 44. Finding eggs in the sacks, which had been deposited during the drive home, MoEck stopped in Minnesota and airmailed them to Evans. Aside from the initial separations, by color, which were maintained, particular ova were not associated with particular females. Evans's foundation stock therefore consisted of 7 “atlantis” and 50 “lurana’ ova, received Aug. 6, from which 3 “atlantis” and 27 “lurana” were reared through to eclosion, proving true in facies to their respective known maternal phenotypes and showing early stage differences as described later. After hatching, each larva ate about half its eggshell, then crawled at random for about 15 minutes, finally settling on a stem or leaf (foodplant offered: a lavender-flowered cultivated Viola, also a transplanted pur- ple-flowered species from lowlands of the Patuxent River, Maryland). The well-known snag in rearing Speyeria is that the overwintering tiny larvae have a habit of dying, regardless of treatment. EvANs’s technique, first of all, is to break the diapause. After having settled down, each larva is transferred by camel’s hair brush to small bits of paper towel which have been soaked with distilled water. When the larvae crawl away they are transferred immediately to a violet leaf where they promptly go to sleep again. This disturbing has be be done repeatedly, each day and for many days, to be successful. With this material no nibbling took place until] the eleventh day, after which the larvae one by one began to eat and no subsequent prodding was required. One larva ate first on Aug. 24, another on Aug. 30; the last two did not begin to feed until Sept. 11 and 12. From the time the diapause is broken until pupation the six larval stages are passed through in a period varying between about 24 to 34 days; 2 to 7 or 8 days are spent between molts. The first molt occurs a few days after eating begins and after 144 Grey, Morcx, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 a rest of about 12 hours. From the second molt on, the larvae always crawl off the fresh leaf after eating and rest nearby between meals (as they do in nature, usually hiding during the day). Rearing cages used were tiny and then progressively larger plastic boxes, ending with screen-topped cottage cheese cups with violets kept fresh by running the stems through holes in the boxes to a jar of water below. Temperatures were maintained at room levels, between 64°-74°; humidity of course was very high within the boxes, particularly in early instars when bits of leaf were kept fresh by damp sand. Before pupation these larvae spun a heavy mat of silk over at least one square inch of screen wire and made a sheltering curtain from bits of leaves, stems and other debris tied together with many strands of tough silk. One “lurana” larva was observed to make a crude cocoon beneath a large dried violet leaf, spinning silk to form a roughly spherical space between the leaf and the floor of the cottage cheese cup. Lacking room to hang vertically during pupation this larva fastened its anal prolegs to a silk pad and then was able to pupate in a nearly horizontal position. None of the other larvae were furnished with leaves large enough to form such chamber. From the time of the fourth molt the larvae of the two varieties could be told apart by color of the double dorsal stripes: light brown in “atlantis”; grayish white in “lurana’. They were otherwise quite identical] in black ground color and orange of spine shafts. The pupae appeared distinctive in coloration, “atlantis” being darker and with less of the light brown shadings which variably mottle the wingcase area in “lurana’. These observations were limited by the stated extent of material, which also limited breeding experiments, viz: The single “atlantis” male emerged on Sept. 29, too far ahead of the first female (Oct. 26) for mating. Both sexes of “lurana” emerged contemporaneously with the mentioned “atlantis” female. Mating cages used were the gauze “picnic parasols” (as sold to keep flies from food ) which are about 20 inches square, 16 inches high. The butterflies were fed from pieces of wet sponge sprinkled with granulated sugar and inserted in vials with attached stiff wire handles, facilitating movement to different locations within the cages. At the time when the first female “lurana” emerged, on Oct. 20, a large male of similar color was still flying vigorously in a mating cage (this male, which emerged Oct. 11, was the only one out of several males confined, to master the art of hovering without colliding with sides of the cage). This pair, identified as male #5 and female #5, were nearly identical in facies aside from the usual sexual nuances and the trifle of silver in the female submarginal lunules. When this female 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 was introduced into the cage the male lit beside here and twitched his wings. Another male in the cage flew down to investigate and the #5 male drove him away; the extra male then was removed from the cage. Several times thereafter the male came close to the female and twisted his abdomen toward her but she ran away. For two days she kept her abdomen hidden between tightly folded wings whenever he approached. On the third day she was observed to protrude her genitalia. It is be- lieved that a scent was emitted and further suspected that the large dorsal gland is a special organ for this purpose and that release of a scent by the female is an essential part of the courtship ritual. But when the male approached she again ran away and sometimes even dropped to the floor of the cage to evade pursuit. A second female “lurana” was introduced briefly; she behaved similarly when pursued by male #5. It was deduced finally that perhaps the room lighting was inadequate to simulate natural conditions, and a 60-watt incandescent bulb was placed 10 inches from the cage. This was on Oct. 31. Male #5 then flew to female #5 within a few minutes after the light was turned on. He hovered some seconds below her as she hung from the top of the cage, brushing against her wingtips several times (perhaps releasing his own scent from the androconial scale pouches); then he settled beside her and initiated copulation, which lasted 95 minutes. From Nov. 1 through 8 this female laid 327 eggs while confined in a quart-sized cheese container with gauze cover, placed 2 inches below a 20-watt fluorescent bulb. About 200 eggs were placed on the gauze cover, the rest on en- closed dried violet stems and leaves. About half of these ova hatched; the rest changed color in a way to suggest fertility. This female was 11 days old, the male 20 days, at the time of mating. This stock, of known “lurana” parentage on both sides, is being maintained for study, and notes will be published if anything further of significance is found. The female “atlantis” (#A-1) which had emerged on Oct. 26 then was placed in a cage with this same #5 “lurana” male. The following day she protruded her genitalia when he pursued her. Several times he nudged the tip and sides of her abdomen with his head; she would move forward an inch; he would nudge her several more times until she moved forward again. This alternate nudging and walking was repeated many times, until the male flew away after having followed her for a distance of some 12 inches. Over a period of 7 days this highly peculiar courtship was continued, sometimes under artificial light, some- times with only daylight. The male did not twist his abdomen toward her at any time as he had been observed to do consistently with females of his own kind. Evans believes that the male coaxes the female to re- lease a scent which in this case may have been similar enough to his own 146 Grey, Moreck, Evans: Black Hills Vol.17: no.3 kind to keep his interest, but still not quite the proper mating stimulus (a keen point, this, as to which sex has the final word in selectivity). At any event, nothing came of this attempt and a further experiment was initiated, using another male. Three males from the “lurana” batch differed from their brethren in being lighter orange above and light brown below. One of these, #6, had full silver and thus was somewhat intermediate in facies. When released in a cage with the “atlantis” female #A-1 this silvered male #6 paid court after the same fashion as male #5, although less aggressively. Copulation was not induced. The male #6 gave no regard at all to a “lurana” female with which he was confined for 12 days; this male was comparatively inactive, anyhow. Finally, on Nov. 14, when both male #6 and the “lurana female were getting worn, artificial pairing was undertaken. Each specimen was fastened to a separate strip of yucca pith, the wings clamped with folded cardboard and bodies held by surrounding pins; the abdomens then were brought into contact by moving together the yucca strips; they were then left undisturbed in a semi-darkened room. Copulation had begun when they were checked 15 minutes later and lasted 90 minutes after they were released from the clamps. Results: 80 ova produced, all infertile. An attempt to pair the “atlantis” female #A-1 with a male “lurana’, by this same technique, was not successful; both specimens died the next day after this attempt, so the failure may have been due more to physical condition than to incompatability. Concuusions: Aside from the obvious indication, namely, that these comparisons and experiments suggest “specific” differences, nothing else can be urged except that more work could be given profitably to this fascinating subject of mating behaviors, as well as to genetic struc- tures since the latter remain wholly unknown. Even the former judgment, of “specificity”, seems unsafe, remembering that BRown (1961) refuses to admit unqualified separation of Coenonympha populations on one island which differ to the extent of having different flight periods and apparent larval differences. BRown’s mathematical treatment of wing- character comparisions provides evidence of probable gene interchange of surprisingly high frequency even though those populations at the same time are obviously discrete to some large degree. Unequivocal determination of “species” would seem equally suspect in the present instance, although the Black Hills segregates of atlantis exhibit a degree of independence which is certainly large. There are reasons to believe that further studies here and in other localities would be profitable since this case history of largely segregated color forms seems intimately associated with the basic problems of species. 1963 ee Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 SUMMARY 1. This paper is the second in a series developing the viewpoint that butterfly population structures probably reflect earlier isolations and movements to an extent larger than might be supposed from the emphasis customarily given to present environments. 2. From joint study of behavior and variation of Speyeria “atlantis” and “lurana” in the Black Hills, Morcx, who took extensive population samples, discovered a large correlation with environment; the “atlantis” percentages increase toward the central granites and rise very high in the boggy meadows in the middle of the Hills. 3. Evans, who conducted rearing studies, reports differences in pupal color and in color of larval dorsal stripes; behavior which may indicate courtship barriers also was noted during attempted matings. 4. Grey, who is assembling comparative data of the “cluster group species’ in Speyeria, attributes this segregation to earlier history, to collision between Superior Upland and Rocky Mountains populations, suggesting also that comparisons in other regions almost surely will reveal that there are large differences in the local extent of blending and separation. The authors agree that there can be no prospect of correcting or finalizing present tentative classifications until regionally adequate data sets become available to permit comparisons on a much larger scale. References Brown, F. Martin, 1961. Coenonympha tullia on islands in the St. Lawrence River. Can. ent. 93: 107-117. Eff, Donald, 1956. Notes on Speyeria egleis secreta. Lepid. news 10: 101-106. dos Passos, C. F., & L. P. Grey, 1947. Systematic catalogue of Speyeria (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) with designations of types and fixations of type localities. Amer. mus. novitates 1370: 1-30. Grey, L. P., 1951. The subspeciation of Speyeria atlantis. Lepid. news 5: 31-35. Grey, L. P., & A. H. Moeck, 1962. Notes on overlapping subspecies. I. An example in Speyeria zerene. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 81-97. Lorkovié, Z., 1962. The genetics and reproductive isolating mechanisms of the Pieris napi-bryoniae group (continued). Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 105-127. Moeck, A. H., 1957. Geographic variability in Speyeria. Comments, records and description of a new subspecies. Privately printed, sponsored by the Milwaukee Entomological Society. 48 pp., 2 pls. Sumner, F. B., 1915. Genetic studies of several geographic races of California Deer-mice. Amer. nat. 49: 688-701. (EP@) Rt 1, Bex 2G limcolns Mex Ue Sac (AHM) 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7, Wisc., U. S. A. (WHE) 5130 Connecticut Ave., N.W., Apt. 504, Washington 8, D.C., U. S. A. 148 Vol.17: no.3 AN ANNOTATED SUPPLEMENT TO THE STATE LIST OF LOUISIANA BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS by Gary N. Ross and Epwarp N. LamMBrREMONT INTRODUCTION Additional collections and information gathered since the publication of an annotated Louisiana list of Rhopalocera (Lambremont, 1954) are sufficient to require the publication of a supplementary revision. Except for one report of a mass flight of Panoquina ocola (Edwards) by PENN (1955), another report of a new larval food plant of Erynnis zarucco (Lucas) by Kenpati (1960), and of a sight record of Speyeria diana (Cramer) reported by MatHer and Matuer (1958), no further infor- mation on the butterflies of the state has been published. The present supplement adds eleven new names to the state list, nine of which are new state records based on collected material. This supplement generally follows the original format. Nomenclature usage follows Enriicn and Enriicn (1961), except for the Hesperiidae which follows pos Passos (1960). Only those species that constitute significant extensions of flight date, abundance, or range, or that are new state or parish records will be discussed. Many additional specimens duplicating the original information were also examined, but no further mention of these will be made at this time. Actual collection data will be given only for new state records, and for a few additional species that modify the original concept of range, flight dates, or larval food plants. The following abbreviations are used: ETA (Epwarp T. ARMSTRONG ), ENL (Dr. Epwarp N. LamBremMont), BLM (Burr L. Monroe), LDN (Dr. L. Date Newsom), COP (Carroti O. Patties), WPR (W. Pat Rickey ), LWR (Lyman W. Roserts), GNR (Gary N. Ross), WTS (Dr. Wim T. Spinx), JRS (James R. Srewarr), LSU (Louisiana State University, Department of Entomology Insect Collections, Mrs. Joan B. Cuaprin, Curator). We are indebted to all of these persons (all of Baton Rouge, La. with the exception of C. O. Putiiies and J. R. StewaRr who are from Shreveport, La.) who contributed material which is in- corporated into the collection data in the annotated list. In addition, we wish to thank the following persons who contributed specimens, or who helped in certain taxonomic identifications, and other related problems: Kerru A. ARNoLD (Baton Rouge, La.), Dr. M. S. Brum, Dr. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 Dan F. Ciower, and A. D. OLiver, (Dept. of Entomology, Louisiana State University ), Dr. N. W. Earte (United States Dept. of Agriculture ), J. R. Herrzman (Independence, Missouri), Henry R. HERMANN (New Orleans, La.), Mr. & Mrs. Bryant MarTuer (Jackson, Miss.), Date K. PoLLET (Gramercy, La.), Dr. WauFriep J. REINTHAL (Knoxville, Tenn. ), and Dr. STEPHEN M. RussELL (Louisiana State University in New Orleans ). ANNOTATED SUPPLEMENT SATYRIDAE Lethe portlandia portlandia (Fabricius). Although this insect had not been recorded since 1897 (Skinner), it has now been found to occur at several localities. These are: EAST BATON BOUGE: Baton Rouge, 11 Oct. 1914, 12 (LSU), 20 Sept. 1959, 14 & 22 Sept. 1959, 29 92 (ENL), 10 June 1960, 1¢ (LSU); IBERIA: Avery Island, 5 July 1958, 16 (GNR); WEST FELICIANA: Bains, 29 April 1961, 266, 222 (GNR), Weyanoke, 24 March 1962, 12 (BLM), 29 March 1962, 16(GNR). This species seems to be quite local in occurrence and this is perhaps the reason for its scanty appearances. However, at Avery Island it was very abundant, flying low to the ground in the bamboo sites. At Bains, it was common in a circle of approximately 50 ft. in diameter. It did not stray from this area, but alighted on the leaves and trunks of the hardwood trees. When approached it would dart away, but would soon return to its former position. Lethe creola (Skinner). This species was erroneously omitted fron: the original list, and an account of the rectification of this error is presented by MaTHER and MatHer (1958). We feel that it is of some significance that L. creola has not been taken in Louisiana since its original description by SkINNER (1897) from the Opelousas area. MatTHER and MatHer (1958) reported only 9 specimens for the state of Mississippi. Flight dates were predominantly in July, August, and September. However, Dr. C. L. REmincron (personal communication ) has indicated that Yale University has collections of L. creola taken by F,. R. ARNHOLD in Louisiana. Euptychia cymela cymela (Cramer). The one new parish record is WEST FELICIANA. Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, DESOTO, EAST BATON ROUGE, and LAFOURCHE. Euptychia areolata areolata (J. E. Smith). The new parish listing is BEAUREGARD. | 150 Ross & LAMBREMONT: Louisiana Vol.17: no.3 Euptychia gemma gemma (Hiibner). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD and DESOTO. Cercyonis pegala pegala (Fabricius). The only new parish record is BEAUREGARD. DANAIDAE Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linné). The four new parish listings are CAMERON, EAST BATON ROUGE, LAFOURCHE, and PLA- QUEMINES. Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer). This rare straggler was recorded previously from only four parishes and these were all in the southern part of the state. The new listings are: CADDO: Shreveport, 10 Oct. 1957, 1 (COP); Robson, 30 Oct. 1957, 12 (JRS); DESOTO: Pelican, 9 Nov. 1957, 13 (JRS). NYMPHALIDAE Agraulis vanillae nigrior (Linné). The one new parish record is EAST BATON ROUGE. Euptoieta claudia claudia (Cramer). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE, JEFFERSON DAVIS, and ST. JAMES. Speyeria diana (Cramer). This species is included on the basis of a reliable sight record noted by MATHER and MATHER (1958). One female was sighted in Tallulah, MADISON Parish. This is a new name for the list, but in the authors’ estimation is probably a stray from the northeast. Chlosyne gorgone gorgone (Hiibner). The trivial name gorgone appeared in the original list in the genus Phyciodes. The reference there was to Phyciodes phaon, of which P. gorgone is a synonym (Holland, 1931). Chlosyne gorgone therefore represents a new state record. The listings are: CADDO: Blanchard, 5 April 1958, 22 @ (JRS); Fluornoy, 25 May 1958, 1 (JRS); Shreveport, 9 March 1958, 1¢', 2 April 1958, 23°38 (JRS); DESOTO: Pelican, 30 May 1958, 26) ¢) HOaieea: Mr. Srewanrt states that all of these individuals were captured in grassy spots which were surrounded by mixed hardwood-coniferous forests. Further collecting must be done in this northwestern corner of the state to prove whether or not this species is a permanent resident. Phyciodes phaon (Edwards). This species was originally listed as P. gorgone (see above) and is not a new species for the state. However, the additional parish records for P. phaon are BEAUREGARD and EAST BATON ROUGE. Phyciodes tharos tharos (Drury). The one new parish is BEAURE- GARD. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 Phyciodes texana seminole (Edwards). This species has not been previously recorded from the state. The new records are: CADDO: Shreveport, 15 Nov. 1958, 1¢ (JRS); EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 17 June 1960, 1¢% (ENL), 28 June 1960, 2¢ 0,12 & 29 June 1960, 12 (WPR), 5 July 1960, 14,12 (WPR & LWR); ST. TAMMANY: Slidel, 17 July 1956, 1 (GNR). This insect always was captured in or near forest cover while flying low to the ground. Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and ST. JAMES. Nymphalis antiopa antiopa (Linné). To the three records previous to this (two from New Orleans), one more must be added from this same locality. This specimen is: ORLEANS: New Orleans, 12 Oct. 1958, 1¢@ (GNR). This individual was captured in the fall of the year at 7:30 P.M. with the temperature at 55°F. This female was flying around a spot- light on the home grounds of the senior author. Considering the fact that the other two New Orleans captures were made in the late summer and early fall, it appears that this species tends to migrate further south at that time of year. Vanessa atalanta atalanta (Linné). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, CAMERON, DESOTO, EAST BATON ROUGE, and SABINE. | Vanessa cardui cardui (Linné). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE, POINT COUPEE and ST. TAMMANY. Vanessa virginiensis (Drury). The one new parish record is EAST BATON ROUGE. Mestra amymone (Ménétriés). This species is a new state record. The listings are: CADDO: Shreveport, 24 Sept. 1957, 1 & 8 Oct. 1957, toes) 10/Oct. 1957, 1 (COP), 18 Oct. 1957, 2¢' 5 & 2 (COP & JRS), 2erOce9a7,4 (COP), 29 Oct. 1957, 1o & 30 Oct. 1957, 19 & 31 Oct. fafa Noy. 1957, Io (JRS), 14 Nov. 1957, 3 (COP & JRS), 17 Noy. 1957, 1 (COP), 1¢ (JRS). Mr. Srewarr reports that the majority of these 20 specimens were flying in a northeasterly direction. He states further that he and Mr. Putuies visited the site of these captures (along a grassy road) many times since their original visits but that they have uot seen any additional individuals. Limenitis astyanax (Fabricius). The new parish record is EAST BATON ROUGE. Limenitis archippus watsoni (dos Passos). The new parish record is DESOTO. Anaea andria (Scudder). The new parish listings are DESOTO, _ EAST BATON ROUGE, and WEST FELICIANA. 152, Ross & LAMBREMONT: Louisiana Vol.17: no.3 Asterocampa clyton clyton (Boisduval & LeConte). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and PLAQUEMINES. Asterocampa celtis alicia (Edwards). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and ST. CHARLES. LIBYTHEIDAE Libythea bachmani bachmani (Kirtland). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and POINT COUPEE. LYCAENIDAE Atlides halesus halesus (Cramer). This beautiful, irridescent species has been reported only from Orleans Parish (Jung, 1950). The new parish records are: EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 15 May 1920, 19 & 15 Oct. 1920) 1g; & 26 Sept. 1922) 1G & 6 Oct; 1922, Roe GiSiieete Oct. 1960, 1% & 28 Oct. 1960, 1 9 (ETA), 24 Oct. 1961, 12 (LSU). This species seems to be fairly common in Baton Rouge in the fall as proven by the numerous records. However, it is rather local in occurrence. Calycopis cecrops (Fabricius). The new parish records are BEAU- REGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, PLAQUEMINES and WEST FELICIANA. Strymon melinus melinus (Hiibner). The new parish records are: BOSSIER: Curtis, 1 July 1958, larvae on corn (LSU), BEAUREGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, LAFOURCHE, ST. CHARLES, and ST. MARTIN: Franklin, 27 April 1960, larvae on Crimson Clover (Trifolium incarnatum) (LSU). Satyrium liparops liparops (Boisduval & LeConte). Only one indi- vidual was recorded previously from the state. The one new additional record is DESOTO: Pelican, 830 May 1958, 14 (JRS). This individual was netted while resting on a small hickory sprout (Carya sp.) in a forested area which consisted of hickory and Post Oak (Quercus stellata). LAMBREMONT (1954) reported his capture from a similar hardwood forest. Since only one individual was seen at Pelican, we still consider this species rare in the state. Callophrys gryneus gryneus (Hiibner). This is the first record of this species from the state. The data are WEST FELICIANA: Weyanoke, 29 March 1962, 12 (GNR). This single female was flushed from a red cedar (Juniperus virginiana) which is the species’ larval food plant (Klots, 1951). Upon being disturbed, the individual flew a few feet into the air but returned almost immediately to relatively its same position on the branch. Although many similar trees grew in the area (a grassy, sloping field), and many trees “beat”, no other individuals were seen. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 Callophrys henrici turneri (Clench). This species is a new state record. The listings are WEST FELICIANA: Weyanoke, 24 March 1962, 10 (BLM), 29 March 1962, 1 (GNR). Both of the above captures were made along an old dirt road flanked by rich deciduous woods. However, Mr. Monroe's insect was captured on the wing after being disturbed from its resting place on a leaf whereas the senior author’s capture was made while the insect was resting on a dead twig about 3 feet above the ground. C. henrici appears to be very local in Louisiana. Callophrys niphon niphon (Hiibner). This is also the first record of this species from, the state. The data are: CADDO: Shreveport, 21 March 1958, 1h (JRS); DESOTO: Pelican, 2 April 1958, 16° (JRS). Mr. STewakrr reports that he netted this species while it was feeding on spring cress (Cardamine bulbosa) and wild plum (Prunus americana). MATHER and MATHER (1958) also reported taking many of their speci- inens of this species on plum blossoms. It appears as if this species is also very restricted in the state. Everes comyntas comyntas (Godart). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, and WEST FELICIANA. Celastrina argiolus pseudargiolus ( Boisduval & LeConte). This insect was recorded previously from only two parishes. Now the following parishes must be added: EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 7 May io0 ee (EWR); WEST FELICIANA: Bains, 20 April 1961, I¢; Tunica, 20 April 1961, 26 4, 12 (GNR); Weyanoke, 24 March 1962, 1é (BLM). All of these individuals were taken near forest cover. PAPILIONIDAE Papilio polyxenes asterias (Stoll). The new parish record is EAST BATON ROUGE. Papilio cresphontes cresphontes (Cramer). The new parish listings are BEAUREGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, SABINE, ST. CHARLES, and TANGIPAHOA. Papilio glaucus glaucus (Linné). The two additional parish records are BEAUREGARD, DESOTO, LIVINGSTON, and ST. JAMES. Papilio troilus ilioneus (J. E. Smith). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, ST. CHARLES, TANGI- PAHOA, and WEST FELICIANA. Papilio palamedes palamedes (Drury). The new parish records are DESOTO, EAST BATON ROUGE, and SABINE. Graphium marcellus marcellus (Cramer). This species was pre- viously reported from only five parishes. The new listings are 154 Ross & LAMBREMONT: Louisiana Vol.17: no.3 IBERIA and WASHINGTON. G. marcellus is typically confined to the mixed coniferous-hardwood forests of the state. Thus the Washington Parish record seems logical enough; however, the record from coastal, marshy Iberia Parish would appear unusual until one recalls that the salt domes (of which Avery Island in Iberia Parish is an example and upon which G. m. marcellus was taken) support a mixed forest of pines and hardwoods. In addition, the larval food plant of this species, pawpaw (Asimina triloba), occurs on these elevated regions. Further collecting on other salt domes in the southwestern part of the state may turn up more representatives of this beautiful swallowtail. Battus philenor philenor (Linné). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, DESOTO, EAST BATON ROUGE, TANIPAHOA, and WEST FELICIANA. PIERIDAE Colias eurytheme eurytheme (Boisduval). The new parish records are BOSSIER, CAMERON, ST. JAMES, VERMILLION, and WEST FELICIANA. Specimens have now been captured in all twelve months of the year. Colias cesonia (Stoll). Only one individual was recorded previously from the state. The additional records are: CADDO: Shreveport, 20 Oct. 1957, 1¢ and 31 Oct. 1957, 1g (JRS); EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 15 Oct. 1917, 1g (LSU). Phoebis sennae eubule (Linné). The new parish listings are BEAUREGARD, CAMERON, and ST. JAMES. Eurema daira daira (Latreille). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and ORLEANS: Orleans, 8 Nov. 1960, 12 (GNR). This species is common in the pinelands of the state. The Orleans Parish record is probably of a stray. On the night before the capture of this individual, a cold front passed through the area and could very likely have blown this single female from the pinelands north of Lake Pontchartrain southward into New Orleans. Eurema mexicana (Boisduval). This is a new pierid from the state. The parish listings are: CADDO: Greenwood, 2 Nov. 1957, 12; Shreveport, 24 Oct. 1957, 14 & 80 Oct. 1957, 29 9 (JRS), 29 Oct. 1957, 1¢ (COP). Mr. Stewart informs us that the individuals before capture were “resting in bermuda grass, feeding on asters or flying east’. The authors feel that the above records are of strays coming across the western border of the state from Texas. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 Eurema nicippe nicippe (Cramer). The additional parishes are EAST BATON ROUGE and ST. CHARLES. Eurema lisa (Boisduval & LeConte). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD and EAST BATON ROUGE. Nathalis iole Boisduval. The two new records are EAST BATON ROUGE and WEST BATON ROUGE. Pieris protodice protodice (Boisduval & LeConte). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE, POINT COUPEE, and WEBSTER. Ascia monuste phileta (Fabricius). This species has been greatly overlooked in the state as proven by the scanty records. The following new parishes must now be added: EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 24 June 1961, 23% (GNR); JEFFERSON: Grand Isle, 16 July 1929, 1¢ (LSU), 18 Feb. 1961, 4¢ ¢ (GNR). In Baton Rouge, this species was common in one open field on the above date. However, it was not encountered at any other area in the city. On Grand Isle it was very abundant in the salt marshes fringing the coasts. All specimens seen and captured were rather small in size and appeared as if they were newly emerged as indicated by their soft wings. Upon a return visit in June of the same year, large numbers of individuals were ob- served in this same vicinity of the island. This species is probably more locally abundant in the state than originally believed and reported. HESPERIIDAE Epargyreus clarus clarus (Cramer). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and ST. JAMES. Goniurus proteus proteus (Linné). The new parish record is EAST BATON ROUGE. Thorybes bathyllus (J. E. Smith). The one new parish listing is DESOTO. Pyrgus communis communis (Grote). This very common skipper has now been recorded from EAST BATON ROUGE. Pholisora catullus (Fabricius). This is a new species for the state. The one specimen examined is: EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 20 March 1918, 12 (LSU). Since the writing of this manuscript, KenpaLL (1963) reported two males of this species in VERNON parish. Staphylus mazans hayhurstii (Edwards). This species has been recorded only once from the state and that in one of the southern parishes (Jefferson). The new record is EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton _ Rouge, 17 June 1960, 14° (ENL & WPR). 156 Ross & LAMBREMONT: Louisiana Vol.17: no.3 Erynnis horatius (Scudder & Burgess). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE and JEFFERSON. Erynnis juvenalis juvenalis (Fabricius). Immature stages have now been taken in one new parish. This is EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 15 Sept. 1960, 25 larvae and pupae taken on water oak (Quercus nigra) (LSU). Also, adults have been recorded from WEST FELICIANA. Erynnis zarucco (Lucas). This species was first recorded for Louis- iana by Kenpatt (1960). He reported that he found several larvae feeding on Black Locust (Robinia pseudoacacia) in VERNON Parish. We now add EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 10 Nov. 1921, 1¢ (LSU); ST. LANDRY: Port Barre, 28 May 1960, 19) (EDNi; Ancyloxypha numitor (Fabricius). The new parish records for this common skipper are BEAUREGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, SABINE, ST. JAMES, and VERMILLION. It is interesting to note that Drs. W. T. Sprvk & L. D. NEwsom found the larvae of this species on cultivated rice in Vermillion Parish and thus it may constitute a pest of this important food crop. It was not determined at the time of collecting whether these larvae were feeding on the rice plants, or had fed on other grasses in the rice field and moved to the rice stalks before pupation. Numerous larvae and pupae were brought to the laboratory and these later produced many adults. Copaeodes minima (Edwards). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, CAMERON, DESOTO, and EAST BATON ROUGE. Hylephila phyleus (Drury). The new parish records are ACADIA, BEAUREGARD, EAST BATON ROUGE, ST. JAMES, and ST. TAM- MANY. Atalopedes campestris (Boisduval). The new parish records are EAST BATON ROUGE, LAFAYETTE: Lafayette, 30 June 1958, larvae (WTS), and SABINE. Dr. Sprnx reports that on the above date he found many larvae and pupae on bermuda grass (as many as 30 per sq. ft. of soil and averaging 16 per sq. ft.). Furthermore, he noted that the larvae had ruined about 5 acres of good pasture land, and thus this species may be considered to be of limited economic importance in some areas. Polites vibex brettus (Boisduval & LeConte). The new parish listings are BEAUREGARD, DESOTO, EAST BATON ROUGE, and ST. JAMES. Wallengrenia otho otho (J. E. Smith). The new parish records are BEAUREGARD, DESOTO, SABINE, and ST. MARY. Poanes yehl (Skinner). This is a new state record. The one individual is EAST BATON ROUGE: Baton Rouge, 17 June 1960, 12 (ENL & WPR). 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 157 Oligoria maculata (Edwards). The five specimens reported previously were all from the eastern part of the state. The two new western parish additions are BEAUREGARD and SABINE. Lerema accius accius (|. E. Smith). This species has been recorded previously from only five parishes. The new listings are DESOTO, EAST BATON ROUGE, and ST. CHARLES. The present records show that it is fairly common in the state. Amblyscirtes aesculapius (Fabricius) (=textor Hbn.). LAamMBREMONT (1954) reported only one specimen from the state (a male from Jefferson Parish). The additional record is WEST FELICIANA: Weyanoke, 29 March 1962, 13 (GNR). Nastra lherminieri (Latreille). This species was captured previously in only three parishes. The new listings are BEAUREGARD, DESOTO, and SABINE. Lerodea eufala eufala (Edwards). Previously recorded from only two parishes, this species still appears to be rather scarce. The one new listing is DESOTO. Panoquina ocola (Edwards). The new parishes are ACADIA, IBERVILLE, ORLEANS (Penn, 1955), and ST. LANDRY: Opelousas, 10 Nov. 1958, larvae (LDN & WTS). Dr. Newsom reports that he found abundant larvae and pupae on cultivated rice plants. Dr. Spink reports that he also found numerous larvae and pupae on rice stubble, and that the larvae were possibly breeding on grasses in the rice fields. It might be pertinent to mention that Dr. Jupson McGuire (USDA), in a personal communication with the junior author stated that a skipper (Nyctelius nyctelius Latreille) was causing considerable damage to rice in the area of Jacobo, Cuba, in May 1958. Damage was heavy enough to require application of insecticides. N. nyctelius is very closely related to P. ocola; which has been collected and reported in great numbers in Louisiana (Penn, 1955). Additional data concerning the possible food plant relationships of A. numitor, P. ocola, and cultivated rice are needed to clarify this potentially important point. The possible spread of N. nyctelius into Louisiana from the adjacent state of Texas (Brownsville and San Antonio, in which it is well estab- lished (Klots, 1951) ), might constitute a future hazard to the Louisiana rice-growing industry. SUMMARY Additional collections and nomenclatural revisions have been gathered as a supplement to an earlier published list (Lambremont, 1954) of ‘Louisiana Rhopalocera. The total number of species names presently is 158 Ross & LAMBREMONT: Louisiana Vol.17: no.3 106. Based on known distributional data from bordering regions, the authors still expect at least 29 more species (mostly from the families Hesperiidae, Megathymidae and Lycaenidae) to be collected from this state. References dos Passos, C. F., 1960. Taxonomic notes on some Nearctic Rhopalocera. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 24-86. Ehrlich, P. R., & A. H. Ehrlich, 1961. How to know the butterflies. 269 pp. Wm C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Holland, W. J., 1931. The butterfly book, new ed. 424 pp. Doubleday, Doran & Co. Inc., Garden City, N. Y. Jung, R. C., 1950. An annotated list of the Lepidoptera of New Orleans area. Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 8: 129-182. Kendall, R. O., 1960. New larval food plant for Erynnis zarucco (Hesperiidae) from from Louisiana. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 176. a eee , 1968. New skipper and butterfly records for southwest Louisiana. Journ. lepid. soc. 17: 21-24. Klots, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. 349 pp. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. Lambremont, E. N., 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tulane stud. zool. 1: 125-164. Mather, B., & K. Mather, 1958. The butterflies of Mississippi. Tulane stud. zool. 6: 63-109. Penn, G. H., 1955. Mass flight of Ocola skippers. Lepid. news 9: 79. Skinner, H., 1897. A new species of Debis. Ent. news 18: 129-132. [GNR] Dept. of Entomology, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La., U.S. A. [ENL] U.S. D.A., A. R. S., Entomology Res. Div., Baton Rouge, La., U. S. A. COENONYMPHA IN ESSEX COUNTY, NEW YORK Last June 23, 1963, I captured a specimen of Coenonympha tullia here at Ray Brook (Essex County). I sent it to F. Martin Brown and he identified it as a typical specimen of C. tullia inornata. At his sugges- tion I deposited the specimen in the American Museum of Natural History in New York. JosepH A. KEjI Ray Brook Hospital, Ray Brook, N. Y., U.S. A. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 THE EVOLUTION OF MELANISM IN A POPULATION OF CATOCAEA 1LIA (NOCTUIDAE) by D. F. Owen and M. S. Apams The evolution of melanism in many species of moths is one of the most striking and rapid examples of evolution ever witnessed. Since the middle of the last century, melanic forms of geometrid and noctuid moths have spread and increased in relative frequency, and, in some areas, have almost replaced the pale ‘normal’ forms. In North America and in western Europe, similar, presumably related, species have been similarly effected (Owen, 1961.) All the species affected rest by day upon the trunks of trees or upon similar objects and they evidently depend upon the concealing coloration of their wings for protection from predators. The genus Catocala (Noctuidae) comprises some of the best known moths that rest by day upon tree trunks. The forewings of many of the species have patterns that bear a close resemblance to the patterns on the trunks of trees, and, frequently, it is only after a moth has been accidentally disturbed and has taken flight that its presence can be detected. Many of the species of Catocala are extremely variable in the coloration of the forewings, while others hardly vary at all. Some species are known to have melanic forms (Forbes, 1954). In 1961, we commenced a study of the variation in the color and pattern of the forewings of the species of Catocala that occur in oak- hickory woodland on the University of Michigan’s Edwin S. George Reserve, Livingston County, Michigan. We obtained a large unselected sample of 1,500 specimens of about 30 species. The moths were collected at night from a white sheet above which was suspended a 100-watt mercury vapor lamp. The lamp was operated for two or three hours on every warm night throughout the summer. Among the specimens collected were 185 Catocala ilia Cramer. It was immediately apparent from our sample that (1) there is much variation in the color and pattern of the forewings, and (2) melanics are relatively frequent. Accordingly, we classified the specimens into six categories; these are shown in the figure. The six categories may be described as follows (descriptions refer to forewings only): 160 Owen & ApAms: Catocala melanism Vol.17: no.3 € The six coloration categories of Catocala ilia. (Photograph by W. J. GraHam.) A. Melanic: forewings dark brown and all markings heavily obscured by dark scales; in some specimens reniform just discernable in outline; postmedial line black, but distinct. B. Semimelanic: markings obscured, but clearer than in A; reniform outlined in white, with an inned ring of dark gray inside of which the color is a variable grayish-brown; subreniform relatively distinct, variable in size, generally dark, but in some specimens dark gray. C. Semimelanic: markings as in B, but reniform solid white. Appears to be a melanic form of category D. D. Wings normal: reniform solid white. This is form “conspicua”™ Worthington. E. Wings normal: this is the type form; white and gray patches all over wings, with the lines distinct; area below reniform not contrasting with rest of wing, unlike F; reniform with gray center. F. Wings normal: paler than E, and forewings divided into two by a broad irregular band of white or gray, which includes reniform and subreniform; reniform with gray center. The basic distinction was between melanic and normal and in general this was quite obvious. In the analysis that follows, categories A, B, and C are regarded as melanics, and categories D, E, and F as pale or normal forms. Categories E and F intergrade considerably and may not be distinct. Categories A and B are relatively distinct from each other and from all other forms. Categories C and D are very distinct because of the solid white reniform. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 The relative frequency of the six color categories is as follows: Category: A B C D E F Males: I) 30 10 a 45 56 Females: 0 0 2 ill 2 1 Sixty-six of the 185 specimens were melanics and 112 were pale. There were seven others which could not be certainly classified because they were too damaged. Only 20 specimens with a white reniform were collected, but of these 12 were melanic. As with other species of Catocala, females rarely come to light, and hence it is not possible to say if any of the forms are sex-limited. Melanics tend to occur earlier in the season than pale specimens. This may indicate that melanics feed up more rapidly and emerge earlier. The seasonal changes in relative frequency of melanic and pale specimens are statistically significant (P<0.01). The numbers according to periods are as follows: 10-30 July 31 July-20 Aug. 21 Aug.-10 Sept. Melanic forms (A-C): 6 26 34 Pale forms (D-F): 5 22 85 The high relative frequency of melanic ilia on the George Reserve in 1961 prompted us to examine earlier collections. The area has been well collected since the 1930's, and the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology has a good series from the Reserve. There are also specimens in the Michigan State University Museum, East Lansing. It can be assumed that any unusual varieties, such as melanics, would have been retained in collections. The earliest record we have of a melanic ilia on the Reserve is 1935, when one category B specimen was taken. In an apparently unselected sample of seven specimens taken in 1955, three are in category A, one in category E, and three in category F. These are the only records we have been able to trace of melanic ilia on the Reserve. J. H. NEwman, who has collected noctuids on the Reserve for many years, does not have a single melanic ilia in his collection. Elsewhere in Michigan we have found the following records of melanics: category B: Washtenaw County (adjoining Livingston County), one in 1934; Kalamazoo County, one in 1956, one in 1958; category C: Washtenaw County, one in 1934; Wayne County, one in 1948; Otsego County, one in 1960; Osceola County, one in 1951. Undoubtedly other melanic specimens exist in other collections, but 162 OweEN & ADAMs: Catocala melanism Vol.17: no.3 until recently they must have been relatively rare. Thus we conclude that melanic ilia have only recently reached their present high frequency in the area. It seems that a rapid evolutionary change has taken place similar to that recorded for certain geometrids in the same area (Owen, 1961). Nothing is known of the selective forces that have produced this change, but, in view of the work of KetrLeweti (1961) in the British Isles on the geometrid, Biston betularia, selective predation may be important. The population of ilia on the George Reserve in 1961 is so variable in the coloration of the forewings that one might suppose that any predator using its past experience as a means of searching for further moths would be persistently deceived. For instance, both melanic and pale “conspicua” look to the human eye quite different from the true melanics (A and perhaps B) and from normal pale moths (E and F). It is possible that ilia exists in a condition of relatively un- stable polymorphism, and that at the present considerable changes in the relative frequency of the various forms are occurring that reflect adaptation to environmental changes. Such changes may be of a temporary nature; the melanics may begin to decrease in fitness if they become more common, and we would then expect a decrease in their relative frequency — a reversal of the present trend. Literature Cited Forbes, W. T. M., 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Part 3. Cornell Univ. agr. exp. sta. memoir 329. Kettlewell, H. B. D., 1961. The phenomenon of industrial melanism. Ann. rev. ent. 6: 245-262. Owen, D. F., 1961 Industrial melanism in North American moths. American nat. Ob 227-230. [DFO] Department of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U. S. A. [MSA] 1422 Pontiac Trail, Ann Arbor, Mich., U. S. A. 5963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 peuwRTHER STUDY OF INTERSPECIFIC HYBRIDS IN BLACK SWALLOWTAILS IN JAPAN by Suiceru A. AE There are five species of black swallowtails in Japan which have “orange dog’ type 5th instar larvae. They are Papilio protenor demetrius Cramer, P. macilentus Janson, P. helenus nicconicolens Butler, P. polytes polycles Fruhstorfer, and P. memnon thunbergii von Siebold. Their larvae feed on Rutaceae and their pupae also resemble each other, although their adults are easily distinguishable. The writer has been working in interspecific hybridizations of the above black swallowtails at Nanzan University, Nagoya, Japan, since 1959 and has obtained some positive data. Some of them, were previously published (Ae, 1962a, 1962b ), and this paper presents the data on hybrids between P. protenor (Fig. la) and P. polytes (Fig. 2a), between P. helenus (Fig. 3a) and P. polytes, and between P. helenus and P. protenor. Tue Cross ? P. polytes x 8 P. protenor P. protenor is common in most parts of Japan, and P. polytes is dis- tributed only in a few islands of the south of Kyushu in Japan. Mr. Sucuru IcaRAsHI provided the writer many eggs and larvae of P. polytes in June 1960. They were the progeny of females which he collected at Kikaigajima, one of the above islands. The writer obtained 7 females and 10 males from them. They emerged in July, except 2 males which emerged in September, and were used for inter- and intraspecific matings. One of these females, O-1, which emerged on July 10, was hand-paired on July 11 to a P. protenor male, R-51, which was collected in Nagoya on July 9 by the writer. The duration of the copulation was about 1 hour. This female laid 20 eggs on July 12 and 13, and 19 of them hatched on July 15 and 16 at room temperature. One was killed for preservation in the Ist instar. Three were reared on Karatachi (Poncirus trifoliata Rafin. ) and others were reared on Natsumikan (Citrus Natsudaidai Hayata) at the window side of the laboratory. Seven reached the 5th instar, and four pupae were obtained from them. Three of four were reared on Natsumikan and one was reared on Karatachi. All of these pupae hatched and all four adults were males. Developmental rates of the hybrids were approximately the same as with the parental species, both of which are very similar in developmental rate. The two different food plants seemed to produce no notable difference in developmental rate. 164 AE: Papilio hybrids Vol.17: no.3 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 Larval differences between the parental species are very scant in all stages. There are distinguishable differences only in the 5th instar (Fig. 2b; Ae, 1962a, Plate 1). The stripe on the 4th and 5th abdominal segments is discontinuous at one point and the stripe on the 6th abdominal segment is discontinuous at three points in P. polytes; these two stripes are con- tinuous in P. protenor. The stripes on the 4th and 5th segments of three of the seven hybrid larvae were discontinuous at one point, and these stripes on the other hybrid larvae were continuous (Fig. 4b). The stripes on the 6th segment of all of 7 hybrid larvae were discontinuous at the three points. The color of those stripes is brown in P. protenor, yellowish brown in P. polytes, and was brown in the hybrids. The pupae of P. protenor are slenderer in general than those of P. polytes (Fig. 2c; Ae, 1962a, Plate 1), but they are variable. Hybrid pupae resemble P. polytes (Fig. 4c) and are smaller than those of P. protenor, but not necessarily than those of laboratory-reared P. polytes. The four hybrid adults emerged from August 5 through 9. The general shapes of the wings are easily distinguishable between the species, and in shape the hybrids resemble P. polytes. The band which consists of 7 white patches of both sides of the hind-wing is the most prominent character of P. polytes. P. protenor lacks this band, but in the male it has a large slender white patch on the upper side of cell Sc-R; of the hindwing. In the hybrids these two characters are both expressed, al- though their expression is very scant, especially at the position of the patch of P. protenor and the cells Rs and M,. All hybrids have more or less red scales on the basal parts of the white patches on the under side of the hindwing. These red scales are seen neither on P. polytes nor P. protenor. The white spots on the outer margin of the forwing of P. polytes are not present on the hybrids (Figs. 1, 2a & 3a). THE Cross & P. polytes x 4 P. helenus P. helenus is found in many places in the central and southern parts of Japan, but it is not so common as P. protenor. Two females of P. polytes, O-5 and O-7, which emerged on July 17 and 18 respectively, were hand- EXPLANATION OF PLATE: Papilio protenor: 1) adult male (underside at right). P. polytes: 2a) adult ¢ (underside at right); 2b) mature larva, dorsal; 2c) pupa, lateral. P. helenus: 8a) adult male (underside at right). F, hybrid (2 polytes x 8 protenor): 4a) [2nd from bottom at left] adult ¢ (un- derside at right); 4b) mature larva, dorsal; 4c) pupa, lateral. F, hybrid (2 polytes . 196 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.3 Steinhaus, Edward A., “Microbial diseases of insects.” Annual Rev. Microbiol., vol.ll: pp.165-182. 1957. Reviews recent literature on bacterial, fungal, & protozan diseases, and on use of these and of virus diseases in insect control; references to many pathogens of Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Steinhaus, Edwad A., “New records of insect virus diseases.” Hilgardia, vol.26: pp.417-430, 16 figs. 1957. Includes diseases of various Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Stephens, June M., “Disease in Codling Moth larvae produced by several strains of Bacillus cereus.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.30: pp.30-40, 3 figs. 1952. Disease of Carpocapsa pomonella, normally transmitted by feeding. [P. B.] Steyskal, George, “Insects feeding on plants of the Toxicodendron-section of the genus Rhus (Poison Oak, Ivy, or Sumac).” Coleopt. Bull., vol.5: pp.75-77. 1951. Including Nepticula rhoifoliella. [P. B.] Stofberg, F. J., “Larval structure as a basis for certain identification of False Codling Moth (Argyroploce leucotreta, Meyr.) larvae,” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.l1: pp.68-75, 4 figs. 1948. Detailed description of larva, with figures of setal pattern & other characters; comparative notes on A. peltastica. [P. B.] Stokoe, W. J., & G. H. T. Stovin, The caterpillars of British moths, including the eggs, chrysalids and foodplants. 2 vols. 408 & 381 pp., 90 & 51 pls., figs. London: Frederick Warne & Co., Ltd. 1948. See review in Lepid. News, vol.3: p.38. Storck, E., “Sur les traces de Fabre” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp.29-33, 44-49. Independent demonstration that ¢ of Saturnia parvonia perceives @ scent by means of antennae and can find her only from downwind. [P. B.] Strojny, Wladyslaw, “Some observations on the biology of Laspeyresia corollana Hb. ( Tortricidae)” [in Polish; English & Russian summaries]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.24: pp.147-156, 1 fig. 1956. Strokov, V. V., “Nasekomye — pervichnye vrediteli dubov v g. Sochi i ego okrest- nostakh” [in Russian; The primary injurious insects on oaks on the city of Sochi and its vicinity]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol.32: pp.69-75. 1952. Records & describes injury caused by some insects, 8 Lepidoptera among them. [N. O.] Stuart, A. M., “Ephialtes brevicornis (Grav.) as an external parasite of the Diamond- back Moth, Plutella maculipennis (Curt.).” Bull. ent. Res., vol.48: pp.477-488, 13 figs. 1957. Describes biology & early stages of this ichneumonid; records other hosts, including Lepidoptera of 8 families. [P. B.] Sugi, Shigero, “Notes on larva and pupa of Gabala argentata Butler (Phalaenidae)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: pp.61-64, 1 pl. 1948. Foodplant: Rhus javanica. [T. I.] Sugi, Shigero, “The life-history of Eutelia geyeri Felder (Phalaenidae)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: p.24. 1950. Foodplant: Rhus. [T. I] Sugi, Shigero, “The food-plants of Sarrothripus revayana Scopoli in Japan (Phalaeni- dae)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: p.56. 1951. Foodplant: Populus sp. ig a fe Sugi, Shigero, “A feeding plant of Pagyda quinquelineata Hering (Pyralidae)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.4, no. 11: p.74. 1952. Callicarpa japonica (Ver- benaceae) reported. [T. I.] Sugi, Shigero, “On some lichenophagous Acontiinae from Japan (Phalaenidae)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Tinea, vol.1: pp.19-21. 1953. 2 spp. of Enispa & 4 spp. of Corgatha listed. [T. I.] Sugi, Shigero & Toshiro, “Life-history of Hadjina biguttula Motschulsky (Phalaeni- dae)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: pp.87-89, 3 figs. 1951. Foodplant: Bidens frondosa (Compositae). [T. I.] Sugi, Toshiro, “Life-history of Nymphalis xanthomelas D. & S. (Nymphalidae )” [in Japanese]. Collecting & Breeding, vol.9: pp.234-239, 245, 2 figs.; vol.10: pp.1-6-116, 6 figs. 1947, 1948. Foodplant: Celtis chinensis. [T. 1.] Sugi, Toshiro, “Foodplant of Parallelia arctotaenia Guenée (Phalaenidae)” Lin Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: p.64. 1948. Foodplant: Ricinus communis. Lalo 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 Sundby, Ragnhild, “Studies on the leaf-mining moth, Phyllocnistis labyrinthella Bjerk. I.” Nytt Magasin Zool., vol.1: pp.98-128, 15 figs. 1953. Describes all stages & biology, with comparative notes on P. suffusella; both feed on Populus spp., P. labyrinthella especially on P. tremula (not attacked by suffusella). {P. B.] Swain, H. D., “The British history, distribution, & life history of Parascotia fuliginaria, the Waved Black Moth.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.186-200, 11 figs., 2 maps. 1950. Good description and figures of all stages. Larvae feed on various bracket fungi. Mee Bel Swezey, O.. H., “Insect fauna of a coconut tree.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.14: pp.377-378. 1952. Records Omiodes blackburni & Agonoxena argaula, with parasites reared from them, & Decadarchis minuscula, associated with mealy bugs on palm. [P. B.] Symes, H., “Some observations on Coscinia cribrum L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.203-204.. 1951. Rearing experiences. Symes, H., “Some notes on breeding Dasychira fascelina L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.42-44. 15 Feb. 1952. Symes, H., “Observations on the larva of Nola albula Schiff.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.247-249. 1953. Habits: foodplant Rubus caesius. [P. B.] Symes, H., “Notes on the larva of Apatura iris Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.40-43. 1954. Symes, H., “A note on the life history of Brachionycha sphinx Hufn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.49-53. 1955. Symes, H., “Notes on the maple-eating Prominents.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.113-116. 1955. Biology & distribution of Lophopteryx cucullina & Ptilophora plumigera, in Britain. [P. B.] Symes, H., “Notes on Xylomiges conspicillaris.”. Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.250-251. 1955. Notes on rearing. Symes, H., “Some experiences with the larva of Apatele alni Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.314-316. 1955. Symes, H., “Some observations on Papilio machano L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.220-222. 1955. Oviposition & early stages. [P. B.] Symes, H., “Notes on rearing Eumichtis lichenea Hub.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.297-299. 1956. Symes, H., “Some notes on Calophasia lunula Hufn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.201-202. 1956. Biology & range extension. [P. B.] Szmidt, Alfred, “A little- known moth Tmetocera laricana Hein. (Tmetocera ocellana F. v. lariciana Hein.)” [in Polish; Russian & English summaries]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.21: pp.128-139, 4 figs. 1951. Describes the life-history. LJ. M.] Szulezewski, J. W., “The zoocecidia of Gorzow-Ziemia Lubuska” [in Polish; English & Russian summaries]. Prace Komisya biol., Poznanskie Tow. Przyjaciol Nauk, vol.14, no.1: 38 pp. 1953. Catalogue of galls of various insects, including Acalla ferrugana (on Betula), Conchilia hilarana (on Artemisia), Evetria resinella (on Pinus), & Chamoesphecia triannuliformis (on Rumex). [P. B.] Tabuchi, Yukio, “Wintering eggs, larvae and pupae of butterflies’ [in Japanese]. Kagaku Asahi, vol.13, no.12: p.3, 5 col. photos. 1953. Tabuchi, Yukio, “Searching after alpine butterflies” [in Japanese]. Kagaku Asahi, vol.l1: pp.20-21, 5 figs. 1951. Life-history of Oeneis asamana, Erebia ligea, E. niphonica, Colias palaeno, & Limenitis populi. [T. 1.] Takahashi, Akira, “An example of hibernating Lampides boeticus L. (Lycaenidae ) with some notes on ab. yanagawaensis Hori’ [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.3: pp.35-36. 1950. Tabuchi, Yukio, “Life-history of Oeneis asamana Matsumura (Satyridae)” [in Japanese]. Kagaku Asahi, vol.12: pp.56-59, 20 figs. 1952. Excellent gravure photos disclose life of this Japanese Arctic completely. [T. I.] Tabuchi, Yukio, in: My mountain journies —a photographic album. 128 pp. Tokyo. 1952. 7 photos on the life-history of Colias palaeno, Limenitis populi, Oeneis asamana, Erebia ligea, & E. niphonica (pp.62-65). [T. I.] 198 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera VolL.17: no.3 Tabuchi, Yukio, “Life of ‘alpine’ Colias palaeno sugitanii Esaki (Pieridae)” [in Japanese]. Kagaku Asahi, vol.13, no.11: pp.60-63, 15 figs. 1953. Full of fine photo--gravures. Foodplant: Vaccinium sp. LT. 1.] Takahashi, Akira, “Morphology and classification of the pupae of Limenitis camilla japonica Ménétriés, and L. glorifica Fruhstorfer (Nymphalidae)” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, no.1: pp.19-21, 2 figs. 1951. Some points of distinction were found between Theses two sibling white admunalsy (usa Takahashi, Akira, “Notes on the ina and pupa of Mycalesis gotama fulginia Fruhstorfer (Saeco * [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, nos. 3/4: pp.24-26, 5 figs., 1 table. 1952. Foodplants: grasses. [T. I.] Takahashi, Akira, Koichi Takita, & Toshio Kawauchi, “On the life-history of Neozephyrus ataxus kirishimaensis Okajima (Lycaenidae)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Konchu, vol.19, nor.3/4: pp.33-37, 1 pl. 1952. Foodplants: Cyclobalan- opsis spp. LT. I.] Takakura, Tadahiro, “Rearing Limenitis populi jezoensis Matsumura (Nymphalidae )” lin Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.6, no.12: pp.6-8, 11 figs. (10 in frontispiece). 1953. Foodplant: Populus sp. [T. L.] Tamura, Sakae, Closeups on insects — a book of photographs in life [text in Japanese with sparse English]. ca. 200 pp., ca. 300 photos, 7 in color. Tokyo. 1951. Life- history of some 50 species of Lepidoptera, mostly butterflies, including fine photos of Niphanda larvae with nursing ants and Celastrina larvae with milking ants. Also insects of other orders. [T. I.] Tamura, Sakae, “Life-history of Niphanda fusca” [in Japanese]. Kagaku Asahi, vol.10: pp.48-51, 13 figs. 1951. Excellent gravure photos of ova, larvae, & pupae, showing fascinating symbiosis of the blues and ants (ref. Nagayama’s original paper in Insect Ecology, vol.3, 1950). [T. 1.] Tanada, Yoshinori, “A microsporidian parasite of the Imported Cabbageworm in Hawaii.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.167-175, 2 figs. 1953. Describes disease of Pieris rapae caused by Perezia mesnili. [P. B.] Tanada, Yoshinori, “Description and characteristics of a granulosis virus of the Imported Cabbageworm.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.235-260, 5 figs. 1953. Describes new species of Bergoldia attacking, & apparently confined to, Pieris rapae, and the disease produced. [P. B.] Tanada, Yoshinori, “Susceptibility of the Imported Cabbageworm. to Bacillus thuringi- ensis Berliner.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.159-166, 1 fig. 1953. Describes course of disease in Pieris rapae. [P. B.] Tanada, Yohrinori, “Field observations on a microsporidian parasite of Pieris rapae (L.) and Apanteles glomeratus (L.).” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.609-616. 1955. Tanada, Yoshinori, “Susceptibility of the Imported Cabbageworm to fungi: Beauveria spp.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.617-622, 3 figs. 1955. Diseases of Pieris rapae. Tanada. Y., “An annotated list of infectious diseases of insects in Hawaii. Part II.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.16: pp.149-155. 1956. Includes diseases of Plutella maculipennis, Hellula undalis, Trichoplusia ni, Omiodes accepta, Pieris rapae, Blepharomastix acutangulalis, Pseudaletia unipuncta, & Vanessa cardui. (P. B.1] Tanada, Y., “Size of a granulosis virus of Pieris rapae (L.).” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.16: pp.156-157. 1956. Tanada, Yoshinori, “Some factors affecting the susceptibility of the Army Worm to virus infections.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.49: pp.52-57. 1956. First & second instar larvae of Pseudaletia unipuncta more susceptible than larger larvae. Large larvae - succumbed to a mixture of two viruses, when neither alone was very effective. = [W. C.J ew lar. ie fae “Biolozica flora of the British Isles. Carex flacca Schreb.” Journ. Ecol., -- vol.44: pp.281-289, 2 figs. 1956. Records 3 spp. of Elachista mining leaves, pad . Phothedes captiuneula (Noctuidae) in heart. te Bale ek 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Some observations on ‘assembling’.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.10: pp.179-181, 1 fig. 1948. Describes attraction of males by Gynanisa maia (Saturniidae); reared from acacia; figures adult. [P. B.] Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Notes on Lepidoptera in the eastern Cape Province.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.12: pp.78-95, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1949. Describes larvae (food- plants in parentheses) of the following: Phytometra exquisita (Euryops spathaceus ), Polydesma quenavadi (Acacia), Euproctis fasciata (Acacia), Gynanisa maia (Acacia), Bunaea alcinoe (Cussonia spicata), Anadiasa punctifascia (Acacia), & Bombycopsis indecora (Pentzia incana). Foodplant records & notes on larvae for 4] other spp. (Papilionidae, Nymphalidae, Danaidae, Hesperiidae, Amatidae, Arctiidae, Noctuidae, Lymantriidae, Sphingidae, Striphnopterygidae, Notodontidae, Geometridae, Lasiocampidae). Adults of most spp. figured. [P. B.] Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Notes on the life-history of a species of Mesocelis (lLasio- campidae) with special reference to its parthenogenesis.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.13: pp.53-67, 1 pl. 1950. Describes all stages, including wingless 9, which does not leave cocoon. Sp. compared to M. montana (bisexual). Brief review of parthenogenesis in Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Taylor, J. Sneyd, “British Sphingidae in South Africa.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.16-18. 1951. Notes on occurrence & biology of 5 spp. [P. B.] Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Notes on Lepidoptera in the eastern Cape Province (Part II) Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.14: pp.94-126, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1951. Foodplant records & more or less complete descriptions of early stages of 67 spp. (Pieridae, Nymphalidae, Danaidae, Lycaenidae, Amatidae, Arctiidae, Noctuidae, Lyman- triidae, Sphingidae, Striphnopterygidae, Geometridae, Lasiocampidae, Limacodidae, Zygaenidae, Pyralidae, Epipaschiidae, Eucosmidae, Blastobasidae, Hyponomeutidae, Ethmiidae, Tineidae). Development of Amata polydoman, (foodplant Mestok- lema), with wingless 2, is most completely described. Adults of most spp. figured. PP Bel Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Notes on Lepidoptera in the eastern Cape Province.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.16: pp.143-167, 4 pls. 1953. Foodplant records & more or less complete descriptions of early stages of 44 spp. (Lycaenidae, Arctiidae, Noctuidae, Lymantriidae, Hypsidae, Sphingidae, Notodontidae, Geometridae, Lasiocampidae, Limacodidae, Pyralididae, Pterophoridae, Tortricidae, Tineidae). Adults of most spp. figured. [P. B.] Taylor, J. Sneyd, “An asilid predator of Dira clytus (L.).” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.225-226. 1957. Fly captures south African satyrid. [P. B.] Tawfik, M. E. S., “Host-parasite specificity in a braconid, Apanteles glomeratus L.” Nature, vol.179: pp.1031-1032, 3 figs. 1957. Eggs of this parasite of Pieris brassicae _(& many other Lepidoptera) provoke cellular reaction lethal to themselves in body cavity of Mamestra brassicae. [P. B.] | Templin, E., “Auftreten des Eichenprozessionsspinners und Vorschlage zu_ seiner Bekaémpfung” [in German]. Wald, vol.2: pp.124-126, 4 figs. 1952. Biology & control of Thaumatopoea processionea. [P. B.] Teucher, G., “In welchem Entwicklungsstadium wtberwintert der Kiefernspanner?” [in German]. Wald, vol.3: pp.283-284. 1953. Biology of Bupalus piniarius; larvae winter in ground, changing to pupae during winter. [P. B.] Thomann, H., “Die Gdste des Blasenstrauchs” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenrbl., Buredorf, vol.3: pp.128-129. 1950. Records larvae feeding on Colutea arborescens: -Lycaena (Polyommatus) boeticus, L. cyllarus, Colias edusa (new foodplant record), Laspeyresia nebritana. Notes on biology. [P. B.] Thomson, M. G., “Appraisal of Western Hemlock Looper infestations.” Forestry _Chron., vol.33: pp.141-147, 1 fig. 1957. Lambdina fiscellaria lugubrosa; notes on biology. [P. B.] . Tischler, W., “Die Uberwinterrungsverhaltnisse der landwirtschaftlichen Schadlinge fin German]. Zeitschr.. angew. Ent., vol.32: pp.184-194. 1950. Lists wintering stage & habits of some important agricultural pests in_ Germany, including Lepidoptera. [P- B.] | >? . 200 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.17: no.3 Tokuyasu, k., “Structures and the development of Silkworm polyhedra” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.16: pp.62-68, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1953. Pathogen of Bombyx mori [P. B.] Tollet, Roger, “Mycetophilidae at autres arthropodes hivernant dans les tiges creuses des Heracleum” [in French]. Bull. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., vol.89: pp.210-213. 1953. Records Depressaria heracliana larvae hibernating in dry stalks. [P. B.] Tolman, Rinke, “Hadena bicruris Hufn.” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: p.23, 1 fig. 1954. Notes on biology. [P. B.] Treat, Asher E., “A pseudoscorpion on moths.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.87-89. 1956. Tripp, Howard A., & Alan F. Hedlin, “An ecological study and damage appraisal of White Spruce cone insects.” Forestry Chron., vol.32: pp.400-410, 10 figs. 1956. Biology of Laspeyresia youngana; records of several other Lepidoptera attacking cones. [P. B.] Troniéek, Edvard, “Dauer des Eierstadiums bei Schmetterlingszuchten im gesch- lossenen Raum und im Freien” [Lin Czech; German & Russian summaries]. Folia zool., vol.6(20): pp.163-168. 1957. Egg-duration of some spp. in natural and laboratory conditions. [J. M.] Trought, Trevor, “The egg and life history of Enconista exustaria Staudinger (Lepidoptera: Geometridae ).” Entomologist, vol.87: pp.199-200. 1954. Sp. from Jordan valley; foodplant Retama raetam. [P. B.] Trought, Trevor, “The life history of Thaumatopoea jordana Staudinger.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.198-191, 1 pl. 1954. Describes egg & larva; foodplant Rhus tripartita. Sp. trom Jordan Valley. [P. B.] Trought, Trevor, “Description of the larva of Paracotis syntropha Prout from Jordan (Lep. Geometridae).” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.243-247, 1 pl, 1 map. 1956. Foodplant Rhus tripartita. Species previously known only from Somaliland. [P. B.] Tsujita, Mitsuo, “Cytoplasmic polyhedral virus infecting the Silkworm.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol.31: pp.93-98, 6 figs. 1955. Pathogen of Bombyx mori. [P. B.] Turéek, F. J., “Die Vogel bei der Massenvermehrung der Eichenwickler (Tortrix viridana und T. loefflingiana) in den Walder des mittleren Gran-Tales” [in Slovak; Russian & German summaries]. Bioldgia, Bratislava, vol.10: pp.498-507, 3 figs. 1955. 69 spp. of birds are listed as predators of these two spp. in Slovakia. Interesting ecological study made at time of mass occurrence of these tortricids in S. Slovakia. [J. M.] Turéek, Fr. J., Mniska velkohlavd [in Slovak]. 60 pp., 17 figs. Bratislava: Slovenské vyd. podohospodarskej literatary. 1956. Describes biology and control of Lyman- tria dispar, a pest in southern and eastern part of Slovakia. For forest entomologists. [J. M.] oe Turéek, F.-J., “A propos de deux ennemis importants des ravageurs des glands” lin French]. Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstwesen, vol.108: pp.194-196, 2 figs. 1957. Laspeyresia splendana larvae extracted from acorns and eaten by jays & voles. Ue 1833) Uchida, Toichi, “Ein neuer Schmarotzer des Japanischen Ringelspinners (Hym., Ichneumonidae, Cryptinae)” [in German]. Mushi, vol.26: pp.17-18. 1954. De- scribes new parasite reared from Malacosoma neustria testacea. [P. B.] Uchida, Toichi, “Ein neuer Schmarotzer der Kartoffelmotte in Japan (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae)” [in German]. Mushi, vol.30: pp.29-30. 1957. Describes new parasite reared from Gnorimoschema operculella & Chloridea assulta. [P. B.] Ueda, Susumu, “Some notes on the parasitism of Iseropus attaci (Habermehl) (Hym.: Ichn.) on the Lappet Moth, Gastropacha quercifolia (Linné).” Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc., vol.4: pp.131-132. 1956. Reports that 2 moth emerged, laid eggs, and survived for 2 weeks, although 47 adults of this parasite and 12 braconids emerged from larva. [P. B.] Ueda, Susumu, “Miscellaneous notes on some Ichneumonidae of Shikoku (hymenopterous notes, VIII).” Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc., vol.5: pp.62-64. 1957. Records parasites on Psilogramma increta, Parnassius stubbendorfi, Malacosoma neustria, Trisuloides sericea, Pieris rapae, & Carposina niponensis. [P. B.] EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: Caries L. REMINGTON Associate Editor is (Literature Abstracting): Peter F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): Frep T. THORNE Harry K. CLencno—N. S. Osrazrsov — Eucens G. MuNROE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TrpeEn Manager of the Memoirs: Smpney A. HESSEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style ‘should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remmneron, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TrtpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Ene, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Freup Co., INc. New Haven, Connecticut 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.17: no.3 TABLE OF CONTENTS mie SOMMAIRE — INHALT Notes on overlapping subspecies. II. Speyeria atlantis of the Black Hills: by L. P. Grey, A. H. Moreck, & W.-H. Evans (3 ae 129-147 Annotated supplement to the list of Louisiana butterflies by Gary N. Ross & Epwarp N. LAMBREMONT. ..............00c0000. 148-158 The evolution of melanism in a population of Catocala ilia by D. F. Owen & M.S. Avams .0004.00. rr 159-162 A further study of interspecific hybrids in Black Swallowtails in Japan by Surcmnu. As) AB Gein oo ee 163-169 A new name for the preoccupied name Thecophora Lederer, 1857 by JosEF MoucHA & MILAN CHVALA .u...o...iccccccccccecceteeeereeteteees 169-170 Notes on Boloria selene in the Pacific Northwest by E. J. Newcomer & WESLEY H. ROGERS oo... 171-172 FIELD NOTE: Coenonympha in Essex Co., N. Y.; by J. A. Keypr ........ 158 Presidential Address to the Thirteenth Annual Meeting by (HH. Bi Ds Kerri ewer. 2.60) cco suastednens sibs sea ndoepenbent eal 173-177 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Notes on rates of drying and relaxation of specimens by JOHN’ M. KOnver \..).0.00055..tiscecccsogeeseosindanestagecsettans ee an 178-180 Biographical obituary of Arthur Ward Lindsey (1894-1963) by Epwann G. Voss) 6. 181-190 Recent Literature. on: Lepidoptera ../02.05cc il. ee 191-200 Volume 17 1963 Number 4 JOURNAL of the _ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue PHILOTES OF COASTAL CALIFORNIA CHROMOSOMES OF UTETHEISA LIFE HISTORY OF SCHOENOBIUS KEY TO OPOSTEGIDAE (Complete contents on back cover) 21 February 1964 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1963 OFFICERS President: H. B. D. KetrLewE.xt (Oxford, England) Ist Vice President: Don B. Srauurncs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Vice President: C. M. Brezanxo (Pelotas, Brasil) Vice President: Sercius G. KrmraxorF (Ghent, Belgium) Treasurer: GrorcE Es LE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmnEy A. HEssEu (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Vacant Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1963: J. C. E. Riorre (Toronto, Canada) Daureor Povotny (Brno, Czechoslovakia) Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. pE LA TorrE y CALueyAs (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: SHicERu A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) LincoLn P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. Aleman OF Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 17 1963 Number 4 PHILOTES OF CENTRAL COASTAL CALIFORNIA (LYCAENIDAE) by Ropert L. LANcsTon In central coastal California, five entities of Philotes are known to occur: one subspecies of P. battoides (Behr); three subspecies of P. enoptes (Boisduval); and P. sonorensis (Felder & Felder). TAXA In a commonly used check-list (McDunnough, 1938), and other familiar literature, the genus Philotes Scudder was placed in the family Lycaenidae, subfamily Plebeiinae. Recently (Clench, 1961), this genus (along with the other so-called “Blues” ) has been placed in the following manner: family Lycaenidae, subfamily Lycaeninae, tribe Plebejini. The scope of this paper is neither to accept nor reject any changes in the higher taxa, but to consider only a single genus within a specified geographical area. GEOGRAPHICAL AREA The area considered in the present study encompasses the region in central and northern California from the southern part of Monterey County to the northern limits of Sonoma County, and inland to the Sacramento and San Joaquin Valleys. This area essentially includes both the immediate coast (Santa Lucia Range and Monterey dunes area to the North Coast Range), and the inner Coast Range (Mt. Hamilton and Diablo Ranges to the Vaca Mountains). The boundaries for this area were governed by several factors: 1) on the west by the Pacific Ocean; 2) on the east by the Central Valley where the host plants become sparse and non-existent; and 3) on the north and south 202 LANcston: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 by lack of records. This last factor may seem somewhat artificial, but negative information, in this case, is important to indicate where further surveys should be made. Although there are numercus records of the various species and sub- species of Philotes in southern California, the Sierra Nevada and Cascade Mountains, I have not seen specimens representing localities within several hundred miles either to the north or south of the above defined central coastal area. Collections in three majcr museums were examined, and all are lacking records from Sonoma County north to Oregon. There is also a gap between Monterey County and Los Angeles County from which no museum specimens have been deposited. Several collectors in California have been contacted, but no records were forthcoming for these “negative” areas. PLANT COMMUNITIES Essentially, the localities in which Philotes were found are in the Upper Sonoran Life Zone. Most of these areas are in the lower foothill belt, which is a grassland formation with scattered growth of various indicators, the more prominent being Coast Live Oak (Quercus agrifolia), Coyote Brush (Baccharis pilularis consanguinea), and Bush Monkey-flower (Dipvlacus aurantiacus). However, some were taken in the Redwood Transition Zone, with Madrone (Arbutus menziesii). Bay Tree (Umbellularia californica), and California Buckeye (Aesculus californica) in association. One subspecies of Philotes enoptes occurred at slightly higher elevations, only within the upper foothill woodland, indicators being Digger Pine (Pinus sabiniana), Chamise (Adenostoma fasciculatum), and California Yerba Santa (Eriodictyon californicum). Host PLANTS The known host plants of all except one Philotes within the area treated are various species of Eriogonum (Polygonaceae — Buckwheat family). Philotes sonorensis feeds on Dudleya and Sedum (Crassulaceae —Stonecrop family). Plants upon which these insects were actually found in very close association, in most cases utilizing these as the only nectar source and oviposition site, are as follows: Eriogonum latifolium Smith E. latifolium Smith subsp. auriculatum (Bentham) S. Stokes — E. latifolium Smith subsp. nudum (Douglas ex Bentham) S. Stokes E. fasciculatum Bentham subsp. foliolosum (Nuttall) S. Stokes E. parvifolium Smith Dudleya cymosa (Lemaire) subsp. setchellii (Jepson) Moran 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 Listed below are plants in the same genera which were examined in the study area and upon which no Philotes have yet been found. Some of these were growing in the same plant association as those above, others were in adjacent areas or in “probable” situations. Some of these were searched for several seasons, often on the same days that specimens were taken on the “positive” plants. Eriogonum virgatum Bentham E. wrightti Torrey ex Bentham subsp. trachygonum (Torrey) S. Stokes E. elongatum Bentham E. latifolium Smith subsp. saxicola (Heller) S. Stokes E. fasciculatum Bentham subsp. polifolium (Bentham) S. Stokes Dudleya farinosa (Lindley) Britton & Rose D. caespitosa (Haworth) Britton & Rose All of the plants listed were determined at the Herbarium of the University of California, Berkeley. Reference to each of these plants will be made under the individual treatment of the insects concerned, but are listed here to give the complete taxa as identified for me by the Herbarium Staff. The plants are listed in the sequence in which they appear in Munz (1959), and the plant distributions and life zone con- cept were also correlated with Jepson (1925). For purposes of general discussion, E. latifolium (with its subspecies), E. virgatum, and E. elongatum are referred to as “herbaceous-type.” E. fasciculatum, E. parvifolium, and E. wrightii with their respective subspecies are con- sidered “shrub-type.” ABBREVIATIONS The museums where specimens are on deposit are: California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); California Insect Survey, Berkeley (CIS); and Los Angeles County Museum (LACM). Surnames of authors or collectors are given in full, but the initials of collectors are included only where they first appear. Where a _ collector's name appears followed by a museum abbreviation, it indicates specimens already on deposit in the museum at the inception of this study. Philotes battoides bernardino Barnes & McDunnough Philotes battoides bernardino Barnes & McDunnough. 1916, Contr. nat. hist. Lepid. North America 3 (2): 116, pl.11, figs.9, 11, 13; Comstock, 1927, Butterflies California: 192, pl.55, figs.29-31; McDunnough, 1938, Mem. so. Calif. acad. sci. 1: 28; Mattoni, 1954, Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 53: 164, pl.43, figs.1, 2. Lycaena battoides var. bernardino, Holland, 1931, Butterfly book, rev. ed.: 965, pl.46, fig.37. 204 LANGSTON: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 This Blue is well known to many southern California lepidopterists and has been in private collections and museums for many years. A description here seems unnecessary, other than to refer the reader to the illustration (Fig. 54) and to Comstock (1927), where it is shown in color. This insect was originally described from Camp Baldy, San Bernardino Mts., California (Barnes & McDunnough, 1916), from which the name was derived. Genitalic preparations of male specimens taken in central California (Monterey County) were made, and these have valvae that are deeply bifurcate (Fig. 1). This clearly shows that these specimens are in the battoides group. Preparations were also made of specimens from southern California (San Diego County), and they appear to be in- distinguishable. Variation: Based on 26 specimens from central California, there appears to be very little variation. Monterey County specimens have about the same size variation as specimens from numerous southern California localities. However, the specimens are consistently smaller than the average size of the other entities of Philotes in central coastal California. Male: Forewing, average 10.02 mm. (9.2- 10.6). Marginal fuscous band on upperside of forewing consistently wide (about 1.0 mm.). There is some variation on the upperside of the hindwing, some specimens having prominent interneural spots distinct from the marginal band. There is also a tendency for the aurora to show through in a few speci- mens. Female: Forewing, average 9.54 mm. (8.5- 10.8). The most notice- able variation is in the aurora on the upperside of the hindwing. It varies from a solid orange band 2 mm. wide in one specimen to a narrow, scalloped band in others. Most specimens are between these extremes, having distinct aurorae of the typical “bernardino — type” as shown in Fig. 5 A. Distribution: Comstock (1927) stated that this southern race of P. battoides has its home in the Sierra Madre, San Gabriel, San Bernar- dino, and San Jacinto Mountains of southern California. Marron1 (1954) expanded this distribution considerably; in the synoptic list at the end of the article he notes bernardino in California from the southern Sierras and western Mojave Desert to the coast, and in Baja California south to Cedros Island. Rinpcr (1948) recorded P. battoides from Baja California and stated: “The Mexican specimens, especially the ones from Cedros Island, are of quite a different appearance beneath than typical battoides, and may constitute a new geographical 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 race of that species.” However, Matroni called these bernardino, and specimens that I have examined from the coastal foothills and as high as 3500’ in the Sierra San Pedro Martir are bernardino. These have been published as such by Patrerson and Powett (1959), along with com- plete locality data. Within the area treated in the present study, P. bernardino has been found in only three localities. The northern records are indicated by squares on the map (Fig. 6). Records and actual specimens examined (where numbers appear) are as follows: MONTEREY Co.: Arroyo Seco, V-22-1955, “common” (J. W. TrDEN ), V-22-1955, 1 6, 1 2 (TitpEN — CAS), VI-II-1960, 1 2 (R. L. Laneston ); Arroyo Seco, 4 mi. E., VI-II-1960, 15 ¢, 8 22 (Lancston). SAN BENITO Co.: Flats east of Pinnacles Natl. Mon., V-16-1954, 1 2 (TitpEN ), “At Pinnacles National Monument... [Ray] Stanford reports . . . Philotes battoides common.” — quoted from THoRNE (1962). Host plants: Philotes battoides and all of its subspecies are found in association with various types of Eriogonum. P. battoides bernardino is most closely associated with E. fasciculatum and its subspecies folio- losum throughout the greater part of its range. E. fasciculatum folio- losum is one of the most abundant wild buckwheats throughout cismon- tane southern California. In many places this woody shrub occurs in very dense stands, and may be the dominant form of chaparral slopes. This Eriogonum becomes sparse, and is found in only a few favored canyons at the northern limits of its distribution in Monterey County and the Mt. Hamilton Range. The specimens I took at Arroyo Seco were on E. fasciculatum foliolosum’, and I have found this plant at the Pinnacles. For several seasons a search was made on E. fasciculatum polifolium in Solano County and no P. battoides bernardino were found. Its absence here is more likely due to the isolation of this food-plant from the more southerly areas of this insect’s known range, rather than its unsuitability as a host. Associated Lycaenidae & Riodinidae: In Monterey County the Eriogonum was highly attractive to Plebejus acmon (Westwood & Hewitson), which was flying in close association with bernardino. In many areas collected in southern California, P. acmon would often be present, along with Apodemia mormo virgulti (Behr) or A. mormo deserti Barnes & McDunnough, depending on locality. 1Throughout this paper, the associated plants were determined from samples that I collected at the respective localities where Blues were taken by myself. Records from other collectors are not as well documented and may or may not be the same host. In most cases, the plants would probably be the same, as I have duplicated many of the general areas of the other collectors. 206 LANGSTON: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 Synopsis: The bifurcate valvae of the male genitalia indicate this entity to be a subspecies of P. battoides in central California. This subspecies may be distinguished from all others in the Coast Ranges by a combination of the following characteristics: 1) the consistently wide marginal bands on upperside of both wings of male, and bold, distinct aurorae on upperside of hindwings of female; 2) the distinct black terminal line on the underside of both wings; 3) the unicolorous dark fringes on the forewings with little or no tendency for checkering; 4) male genitalia with deeply bifurcate valvae; 5) associated with shrub-type Eriogonum; 6) adults appear in the spring as opposed to the geographically nearest allopatric subspecies of P. enoptes being on the wing in the summer. Philotes enoptes smithi Mattoni Philotes enoptes smithi Mattoni, 1954, Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 53: 160, pl.43, figs.8, 9. This subspecies was described by Marroni (1954) from series col- lected in 1948 by him and the late CLaune I. Smiru, for whom this insect was named. Except for comments under “variation” below, the reader is referred to Fig. 5 B, plus the original description and its accompany- ing photograph. Genitalic preparations of male specimens from the north, middle, and south localities of this insect’s known range were made. All of these have valvae that are entire and subquadrate. This confirms the findings of MartrTonI1, placing this subspecies in the P. enoptes complex. Variation: Based on 72 specimens collected from five distinct locali- ties since the original description, plus 22 paratypes that I examined at the LACM, there is considerable variation in this subspecies. There is noticeable size variation between different populations, and there is more variation in the maculation than any other entity of Philotes in central coastal California. The cilia of the inner margin of the hindwing, and the abdominal hairs as noted by Matronr will not be emphasized here or in the synopsis, because, although it is a good character for fresh individuals, the hairyness is lost or becomes not very noticeable in worn specimens, which were necessary for a complete study. Male: Forewing, average 11.08 mm. (9.2 - 12.9). The size averaged smaller for specimens from the northern end of the range (10.56 mm. ). However, size is not a good criterion, as specimens taken at the exact spot (e.g. holotype and paratype localities) may be considerably smaller (or larger) in different seasons. Marginal band on forewing usually at least 1 mm. wide, but in the hindwing it varies from a solid band to a 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 20 ~l dissociation into interneural macules. There is a tendency for the aurora to appear on the upperside of the hindwing, with red scales present in a few specimens from the north end of the range, and quite extensive red-scaling present in several specimens from the south end of the range. On the underside they consistently have large, prominent macules on a light grey ground color. Female: Forewing, average 11.23 mm. (10.1-12.6). Variation in size parallels the male in relation to parts of the range and different seasons. In agreement with Matront, the upperside of the hindwings have aurorae that are quite variable, in color from orange to red, in extent from Mz, to A as a solid band, down to a few dissociated inter- neural spots. Distribution: In the original description (Mattoni, 1955) all of the paratypes were collected in Monterey County, and it was stated that P. enoptes smithi is apparently endemic to the Santa Lucia Mountains of central California. Additional records by several collectors, while adding a few new localities, have not extended the range either inland or to the south, and only slightly to the north. The known distribution of this insect is indicated by open circles on the map (Fig. 6). Subsequent records, some duplicating the holotype and paratype localities, are as follows: MONTEREY Co.: Burns Creek, State Hwy. 1, VIII-20-1948, 1 3, 1 2 (C. I. Smrra—CIS), VIII-21-1954, “common,” VITI-13-1955, “common” (TILDEN), VIII-28-1961, 1 4, 2 22 (Lancsron) (topotypes); % mi. north of Dolan Creek, State Hwy. 1, VIII-28-1961, 7 6, 3 2° (Laneston & J. A. Poweti), VIII-24-1962, 1 2° (Lancston) (one of paratype localities); Lucia, 3 mi. S. E., VIII-6-1956, 6 6, 3 ?8 (Lancston); Marina Beach, dunes, VIII-24-1962, 2 22 (LanNcston); Seaside, dunes, VII-4-1959, 9 64, 18 22 (Powextt & J. A. CHEMsak), VIII-24-1962, 6 6 ¢,12 22 (Lancston). Three more open circles appear on the map denoting distribution as given by Martroni (1955) that are not indicated by the detailed records above. From north to south these are Monterey, Paraiso Springs, and 4 mi. north of Gorda. Host plants: Philotes enoptes and all of its subspecies are found in association with various types of Eriogonum. In the middle and southern parts of the range of P. enoptes smithi, I collected it exclusively on Eriogonum parvifolium. This plant is a shrub-type of buckwheat occur- ring in good stands on the cliffs and road-cuts along the immediate coast. In the dunes areas at the north end of this insect’s known range, I also 208 LANGSTON: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 collected it on E. parvifolium. However, on the dunes, the adults were also attracted to the flowers of E. latifolium. The latter is herbaceous and leafy only at the base. In areas to the north in Monterey and Santa Cruz Counties where E. latifolium was found in abundance in the absence of E. parvifolium, this Blue was not found. Associated Lycaenidae & Riodinidae: In the middle and southern parts of its range, P. enoptes smithi was flying in association with Plebejus acmon. In the northern dunes areas it was also with P. acmon along with heavy, peak flights of Apodemia mormo mormo (Felder & Felder). Synopsis: The entire, subquadrate valvae of the male genitalia indicate this entity to be a coastal subspecies of P. enoptes in central California. This subspecies may be distinguished from all others by a combination of the following characteristics: 1) the wide marginal band on upperside of forewings of male; 2) the faint terminal line on the underside of both wings; 3) the prominent checkering of the forewing fringe on both upper and under surfaces; 4) a light underside with large, prominent macules; 5) associated with shrub-type Eriogonum in the fog- belt of the immediate coast; 6) adults appear in the summer as opposed to the geographically nearest allopatric Philotes being on the wing in the spring. PHILOTES ENOPTES BAYENSIS Langston, NEW _ SUBSPECIES Male: Upper surface: Forewing: length 11.6 mm.; overlaid scales iridescent blue; marginal band narrow, 0.33 mm. in width; fringes white with well developed fuscous areas at vein ends, resulting in pronounced checkering, marginal length of fuscous and white of equal alternate distribution; basal area with blue and white ciliae. Hindwing: overlaid scales iridescent blue extending from above cell and R to A,; anterior margin with fuscous extending only half way to cell and above R vein; marginal band narrow, 0.25 mm. wide; roundish interneural spots distinct from marginal band, extending from M, to A,; fringes continuously white with no checkering; no trace of aurora; cilia of inner margin predominately black, intermixed with some white, up to 1 mm. in length; basal area with long, white ciliae. Under surface: Forewing: ground light grey; all macules distinct as little suf- fusion, even in basal area; two small basal macules; fringes as upper surface, delineated by narrow terminal line. Hindwing: Ground light grey; macules small, but distinct as little suffusion, even in basal area; fringes white with slightly developed fuscous areas at vein ends, resulting in moderate checkering; aurora orange, well developed with cusps filling interneural areas between M1 and A}; cilia of inner margin and basal area white, dense, up to 1 mm. long. Abdomen: densely covered with long, white hairscales above and short, white hairscales below; genitalia (from paratypes and topotypes) of the P. enoptes conformation; valvae entire and subquadrate with 21 discernable spines; processes of fultura inferior curved at tips; paired arms of gnathos slender, terminating in slightly curved points. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 209 Female: Upper surface: Forewing: length 11.2 mm.; ground dark brown; underside macule at end of cell definable from ground; fringes checkered as in male; basal area with blue and white ciliae. Hindwing: ground dark brown: aurora orange, extending from M, to A, as contiguous spots forming almost a solid appearance; fringes white with no checkering; cilia of inner margin as in male; basal area with scattered blue scales and long, white ciliae. Under surface: ground with faint buff tinge, rather than pure grey; maculation as in male, except for faint aurora extending to Cu of forewing. Abdomen: sparsely covered with brown hairscales above and short, white hairscaies below. HOLOTYPE male and ALLOTYPE female: China Camp, near Point San Pedro, Marin County, California, June 17, 1961 (R. L. Lancston ); deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. 235 PARATYPES: listed under “Distribution”; their deposition is given at the conclusion of this paper. The type specimens were chosen as being the most typical in color and wing pattern. The locality for the types was chosen because it is close to the center of the known distribution, with populations to the south, east, and northwest. In addition this locality appears to support a good, strong colony with the earliest specimen taken in 1958, and good series secured in 1961 and 1962. The subspecies was named for San Francisco Bay, the largest bay on the west coast of North America (Puget is called a “Sound”). The greatest numbers of individuals and known colonies are in immediate proximity to San Francisco Bay, the insects being found on steep embankments, bluffs or road-cuts close to the water. Variation: Based on 237 specimens collected from ten distinct localities, there is very little variation. Except for occasional dwarfs and giants that give a spread to the minimum-maximum figures, the size is fairly uniform. Most individuals measured close to the average figure. By observation, no noticeable difference was noted in size between widely scattered populations. Forewing measurements were made for each population; these were combined for brevity by counties and averaged: Contra Costa Co., 4 11.11 mm. (8.8-12.1), ° 10.51 mm. (9.0-13.2); Marin Co., $ 11.20 mm. (9.5- 12.2), 2 11.15 mm. (10.5- 11.6); Solano Co., ¢ 10.48 mm. (10.0- 10.9), 2 10.76 mm. (9.8 - 11.8); Sonomay@o:. 6 11.33 mm. (9.8- 12.0), 2 10.79 mm. (9:8-12.8). The extremes in size are shown in Fig. 5 D, upper. The average figures show very little variation (10.43 min. to 11.33 max.), less than one millimeter either by population or by sex. There is also much less variation in maculation than the previous subspecies treated. Male: Forewing, average 11.12 mm. (8.8 - 12.2). The marginal band on the upperside of both wings has a tendency to become narrower and 210 LaNcsTon: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 Fig.l. & genitalia of Philotes battoides bernardino, with aedeagus removed and shown at right. Fig.2. @ genitalia of Philotes enoptes bayensis, with aedeagus removed and shown at right. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PAL less distinct than on the holotype. The interneural spots on the hindwing are also reduced in some specimens (Fig. 5 D, lower), with complete absence in four specimens each from the type locality and Contra Costa County. In worn or rubbed specimens a brownish ground color becomes evident where the blue overlay is lost, and the aurora may show through, but in no case were red or orange scales actually present on the upper- side. On the underside some specimens had slightly heavier maculation, others definitely lighter maculation than the holotype. The aurorae varied from a definite red to dull orange. Female: Forewing, average 10.77 mm. (9.0- 18.2). The most varia- tion is in the aurora on the upperside of the hindwing, from a distinct solid band extending from R to A, in one specimen (Fig. 5 D, lower) to a reduction to two or three dissociated spots in others. The majority had aurorae of about the extent of the allotype. The variation of the under- side parallels that of the male. Distribution: This insect occurs quite commonly in distinct colonies around the northern and eastern periphery of San Francisco Bay and into northwestern Sonoma County. The earliest known specimens were taken at Tiburon, Marin County, in 1939. However, in recent years split-level suburbia has built up so extensively on the Tiburon Peninsula, that the host plant has become almost non-existent. In four different seasons I was able to secure only 16 specimens. The known distribution of this insect is indicated by solid circles on the map (Fig. 6), and is listed below, all specimens being designated as PARATYPES: CONTRA COSTA Co.: Point San Pablo, Richmond, V-30-1963, 4 ¢, 4 22, VI-16-1962, 11 64,5 22, Point Richmond, VI-16-1962, 14 ¢ 4, Aono 24219629356, 10 2 2, VII-4-1962, 6 236, 15 22 (all LANGSTON ). MARIN Co.: China Camp, near Point San Pedro, VI-8-1958, 1 °, VI-17-1961, 15 64,4 22, VI-9-1962, 13 66, 8 22 (Lancsron — “topo- paratypes’); Paradise Cay, 4 mi. E. of Corte Madera, V-29-1960, 2 ¢ 6, 1 2 (Lanesron); Tiburon, VI-4-1939, 2 ¢¢ (L. I. Hewes—CAS); Tiburon, 2 mi. N. E., V-28-1958, 1 ?, VI-9-1962, 1 ¢ (Laneston); hill above Tiburon, VI-4-1963, 9 ¢ 4,5 22 (Lancsron). SOLANO Co.: Carquinez Strait at Glen Cove, VI-2-1962,4 66,8 2° (Laneston ); Glen Cove, VI-8-1963, 1 ¢, 10 2 2 (Lancstron). SONOMA Co.: Duncans Mills, 2 mi. E., VII-9-1959, 2 646, 4 22, Witets-1959 1 2, VII-7-1962, 3 34, 8 2°; ‘Forestville, 3 mi. W., VII-7-1962, 1 6,1 2, VII-14-1962, 2 6¢,4 2; Graton, 3 mi. W., VII- 14-1962, 5 2°: Occidental, 2 mi. W., VII-14-1962, 6 66, 12 °° (all LANGSTON ). P12. LANGSTON: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 Host plants: In Contra Costa and Solano Counties this insect was taken on Eriogonum latifolium auriculatum. In Marin and Sonoma Counties it was on E. latifolium nudum. Both of these plants have white flowers, and are of the herbaceous-type, being leafy only at the base with bare (nude) flowering stems. This insect does not appear to stray very far from these plants, and none were found utilizing any other flowers for nectar. When these blues are scared up or missed, they will immediately fly to the closest Eriogonum, even against a strong wind. On cool, overcast, or windy days (where small numbers appear in the paratype records) occasional individuals were found resting in the flowering heads of the Eriogonum. Within the range of this insect where shrub-type buckwheat was found (E. fasciculatum polifolium), there was no trace of this subspecies. However, the shrub was found slightly inland, rather than in immediate proximity to the bay. Associated Lycaenidae: If the conditions were right for the actual flying of P. enoptes bayensis (e¢. g. warm, no fog, absence of strong wind), Plebejus acmon was present in every locality, and usually in considerably greater numbers. Attracted to the Eriogonum in smaller numbers were several other lycaenids that fly in late spring and early summer: Strymon melinus Hiibner, Lycaena gorgon (Boisduval), L. xanthoides (Bois- duval, and occasionally Celastrina argiolus echo (Edwards). Synopsis: The entire, subquadrate valvae of the male genitalia indicate this entity to be a coastal subspecies of P. enoptes in northern California. This subspecies may be distinguished from all others by a combination of the following characteristics: 1) the narrow marginal band on upperside of both wings of male; 2) the extension of blue into subcostal area on hindwing of male; 3) the prominent checkering of the forewing fringe on both upper and under surfaces; 4) a light underside with small, but distinct macules; 5) associated with white-flowered herbaceous-type Eriogonum in the coastal fog-belt; 6) adults appear in spring and early summer as opposed to the geographically nearest allopatric subspecies of P. enoptes being on the wing in late summer. PHILOTES ENOPTES TILDENI Langston, NEW SUBSPECIES Male: Upper surface: Forewing: length 10.8 mm.; overlaid scales, iridescent blue; marginal band wide, 0.80 mm., uniform, slight intrusion of blue along veins; fringes white with fuscous areas at vein ends, resulting in moderate checkering, marginal length of fuscous and white of equal alternate distribution; basal area with white ciliae. Hindwing: overlaid scales iridescent blue extending from cell and M, to A,; anterior margin above M, fuscous, but a few scattered blue scales above cell; marginal band wide, over 1 mm., intrusion of blue along veins resulting in 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 213 scalloped appearance basally; fringes continuously white with no checkering; slight indication of aurora, but no actual orange scales present; cilia of inner margin white, sparse, up to 0.75 mm. in length; basal area with long, white ciliae. Under surface: Forewing: ground light grey; macules relatively large and distinct, with some suffusion in anal and basal areas; a single, fused basal macule: fringes as upper surface, delineated by narrow terminal line. Hindwing: ground light grey;; macules distinct, with some suffusion of basal melanin; fringes white, almost uniform, but with very slight fuscous areas at vein ends; aurora dull orange, well developed with cusps filling interneural areas between M, and A,; cilia of inner margin and basal area white, up to 1 mm. long. Abdomen: sparsely covered with white hairscales above, and short, white hairscales below; genitalia (from a topo-paratype) of the P. enoptes conformation; valvae entire and subquadrate with 21 discernible spines; processes of fultura inferior sharply curved at tips; paired arms of gnathos slender, terminating in spatulate points. Female: Upper surface: Forewing: length 11.2 mm.; ground dark brown; underside macule at end of cell definable from ground; fringes checkered as in male; basal area with white ciliae. Hindwing: ground dark brown; aurora dull orange, extending from M, to A, with solid band appearance; fringes white with no checkering; cilia of inner margin as in male; basal area with dark brown to black scales and long, white ciliae. Under surface: ground as males, but with faint buff tinge; macules large and prominent, especially discoidal macule and basal macule of forewing; aurora extending to Cu of forewing. Abdomen: Sparsely covered with brown hairscales above and short, white hairscales below. HOLOTYPE male: Del Puerto Canyon, 22 mi. W. of Patterson, Stanislaus County, California, August 11, 1962 (R. L. Lanesron), and ALLOTYPE female: same locality, August 21, 1962 (J. A. Power); deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. 16 PARATYPES: listed under “Distribution”, and their deposition at the conclusion of this paper. The type specimens were chosen as being the most typical in color and wing pattern. The locality for the types was chosen because it is close to the center of the known distribution, with populations to the east, southwest, west and northwest. In addition, this locality appears to support the strongest colony yet found, with more specimens taken than all others combined. The subspecies was named for Dr. J. W. TmpEN, who collected the first known specimens, and who furnished information that gave an indication of the type of environment where subsequent surveys could be made. Variation: Based on only 18 specimens from five relatively close localities, variation may be expected to be greater than stated here when more specimens become available for study. Male: Forewing, average 11.06 mm. (9.8- 11.8). The marginal band on the upperside of both wings has a tendency to become slightly wider or narrower than on the holotype. On the hindwing, dissociated inter- neural spots appeared on two specimens, a slight indication of aurora on three specimens, none in the remainder. On the underside most 914 LaNncston: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 Fig.3. @ genitalia of Philotes enoptes tildeni, with aedeagus removed and shown at right. Fig.4. @ genitalia of Philotes sonorensis, with aedeagus removed and shown at right. 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 215 specimens had heavier maculation and a greater suffusion of basal melanin scales than the holotype. Aurorae vary from dull red to light orange, depending on the freshness of the specimens. Female: Forewing, average 10.66 mm. (9.8- 11.6). The most varia- tion is in the aurora on the upperside of the hindwing. It varies in extent from M, (max.) or Cu; to A; but always with a solid-band appearance. The color of the aurora varies from dull orange to pale yellow, depending on freshness of the specimens. On the underside, some specimens have heavier maculation, others slightly lighter maculation than the allotype. Distribution: At present, this Blue is known to occur only in the eastern part of the Mt. Hamilton Range of central California. It was found primarily above 2000 ft. in the digger pine belt. The known distribution of this insect is indicated by divided circles on the map (Fig. 6), and is listed below, all specimens being designated as PARATYPES: SANTA CLARA Co.: Arroyo Bayo, E. base of Mt. Hamilton, IX-8- 1953, 1 ¢, IX-12-1954, 1 2 (TitpEN); San Antonio Valley, E. of Mt. Hamilton, [X-11-1955, 1 2, VIII-25-1956, 1 ¢ (TitpEN); San Antonio Valley, 3.5 mi. N. of Patterson Rd. Jct., VIII-21-1962, 1 ? (PoweL.). STANISLAUS Co.: Del Puerto Canyon, 18 mi. W. of Patterson, VIII-11-1962, 1 ¢, IX-6-1962, 1 ¢ (LaNncston); Del Puerto Canyon, Pie VV vot Patterson, VIII-21-1962, 8 ¢¢,°2. 22, IX-6-1962, 3 44,1 2 (Laneston & PowELL — “topo-paratypes’ ). Host plants: This insect was taken on Eriogonum latifolium (?) auriculatum and (?) nudum. This plant does not exactly fit the known varietal concepts, with the two questionable subspecies names being applied to plants from different localities. These plants appear the same to me. They have bright yellow flowers, and are of the herbaceous- type, being leafy only at the base with bare (nude) flowering stems. Associated Lycaenidae & Riodinidae: At every locality where Philotes enoptes tildeni was found, Plebejus acmon was present in greater numbers. Being quite scarce, this Philotes is very difficult to find when there may be several dozen P. acmon congregated and flying around the same flowers. Attracted to the Eriogonum in most of the localities were good numbers of Apodemia mormo mormo, an occasional Strymon melinus, and a single Atlides halesus (Cramer ). Synopsis: The entire, subquadrate valvae of the male genitalia indicate this entity to be an inner coast range subspecies of P. enoptes in central California. This subspecies may be distinguished from all others by a combination of the following characteristics: 1) the wide 216 LANGSTON: Coastal Philotes Vol.17: no.4 marginal band on upperside of forewing of male; 2) fuscous in subcostal area of hindwing of male, resulting in reduced amount of blue; 3) checkering of the forewing fringe on both upper and under surfaces; 4) slightly suffused underside with proportionately large macules; 5) associated with yellow-flowered herbaceous-type Eriogonum in the hot, interior coast range; 6) adults appear in late summer as opposed to the geographically nearest allopatric Philotes being on the wing in spring and very early summer. Philotes sonorensis (Felder & Felder) Lycaena sonorensis Felder & Felder, 1865, Reise Fregatte Novara, Lep. 2 (2): 281, pl.35, figs.3, 4; Strecker, 1875, Lep., Rhop.-Het: 105; Strecker, 1878, Butter- flies & Moths N. Am.: 96; Wright, 1906, Butterflies West Coast: 223, pl.29, figs.374, b, c; Draudt in Seitz, 1924, Macrolep. world 5: 816, pl.144e, 3 figs.; Holland, 1931, Butterfly book, rev. ed.: 268, pl.31, figs.21, 22, pl.66, fig.45. Lycaena regia Boisduval, 1868, Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 12 (2): 46; Strecker, 1874, Lep., Rhop.-Het.: 87; Edwards, 1875, Butterflies N. Am. 2 (3): 811, pl.49, figs.1-4; Strecker, 1878, Butterflies & moths N. Am.: 96 (places regia as synonym of sonorensis ) . Philotes regia, Scudder, 1876, Bull. Buffalo soc. nat. sci. 3: 116 (designates regia as generotype of Philotes). Philotes sonorensis, Dyar, 1902, Bull. U. S. nat. mus. 52: 43; Comstock, 1927, Butterflies California: 194, pl.56, figs.7-9; McDunnough, 1938, Mem. so. Calif. acad. sci. 1: 28; Mattoni, 1954, Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 53: 165; Downey in Ehrlich, 1961, How to know the butterflies: 237, fig.456. This Blue is familiar to many lepidopterists, and even to general collectors specializing in other orders, as it is one of the most gaudily colored of the California Blues. The brilliant iridescence of the blue color, the arrangement of the prominent red splotches and the pattern of the black markings are completely unlike any other Blue in North America. A description here is not needed as it can easily be recognized from the illustration (Fig. 5F), and in Comstock (1927), where both sexes of P. sonorensis plus two named forms are shown in color. The male genitalia (Fig. 4) differ markedly from both the P. battoides complex and the P. enoptes complex, as would be expected. In general appearance, the valvae come closer to the general shape of those of P. enoptes, being entire and quadrate. However, the valvae are propor- tionately shorter and exhibit only five well-developed spines. Variation: With only small series collected and examined from central California, there appears to be very little variation. Some of the northern specimens tended to be slightly larger in size than the average southern California examples. A small female from southern California is illustrated in Fig. 5 F for comparison. However, any size difference may be an 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PAW | artifact of the small samples from the north. Larger than “normal” specimens have also been taken in the western edge of the Colorado Desert in San Diego County. Several hundred P. sonorensis from southern California were examined at three museums (CAS, CIS, and LACM), _ plus those in my own collection. The only other variation noted is a “paler brilliance” in the shade of blue for the northern individuals. In a box containing several dozen P. sonorensis, the one or two individuals from the north can be easily “spotted.” Distribution: This Blue is an early spring flyer and occurs in isolated colonies due to the distribution of its food-plants. In southern California it becomes abundant in its favored localities, particularly lower canyons on both the coastal and desert sides. Matroni (1954) gives its distribu- tion in California as the Coast Ranges from Santa Clara to San Diego, and in Baja California to Ensenada. PoweLi (1958) reports this insect from as far south as the vicinity of Punta Prieta. Data from museum specimens (CAS & CIS) show that in California P. sonorensis has also been taken in Imperial, Riverside, Mariposa, and Tuolumne Counties. Within the area of the present study it is considered a rare insect, having been taken only in small numbers at each of the known localities. The northern records of P. sonorensis are indicated by triangles on the map (Fig. 6), and are listed below: | MONTEREY Co.: Big Sur, V-4-1952, 2 22 (T. W. Davigs). SAN BENITO Co.: Pinnacles Natl. Mon., north road, IJJ-31-1962, eco ©. henrz — CAS). SANTA CLARA Co.: Alum Rock Park, years from 1939 to 1956, earliest date II-7 to the latest date of III-16, 25 66,5 2° (Tien), MMeG-I940 1 Jolary Mis. 05.28 Se ae Re ye a ee he 178-180 Lambremont:: Edward (Ne 8.402680) ee ee ee eee 148-158 Langston; Robert LL. 228.7032 ee eee ee 201-223 Lees; OBie | obo: 23h ek ee ee 105-106 Moeck:, -A.. Hy! “ances at = Eee te ee as en 129-147 Moucha;tJosel™ 226:.3 sen ee ee ee ee ee 38, 169-170 Newcomen: Bi “Jo Oe 2h s eRe er REET ee LL? ae Owen Dik beak ee eee ed i ER SAE 6 159-162 Péase, “Roger: W.. 4]t: ees ee ee eee 1s, QBN 235 Rawson, (GW oes ee 295-227 Reimthaly Waltried@s|sue ee. sen ee Vee tadeh Renee 35-36 Remington; Jeanne Hise: Seek: Le Oa ee 65-80 Remington: Charles Tw ae nee. 3 Oe eae. Se 49, 63-64, 99 Ritterbush;* ‘Philips (Cy csi eg. St eects eee ee 229-230 Rogets, Wesley Hy ite Cel Bea ae ee 171-172 RossyiGaryenNs “eee hee ee ea ee eee 148-158 Shields. Oakley. =< 24k Re ee 111-116 Shull; Exmest) (M. &...02c6r.0. ee ee eee 110, 224 Simmons, Robert) (Si \sdcnkos ee OO ee 107-109 Stallings, Done Bi c:conki eee ee eee ee re 81-88 Stallings, ViolavN: 65152 nck ee ee 8-188 ‘Turner, Je Ree. eh ea Se See ce 81-88 Turner, Richard) Dis sut. nf ke ee eect ee 227-228 Voss, Edward ‘Ge. s.3.5.0h3 koe eS a eee 181-190 Welling, Eduardo ‘Ge <.2))04... 2A ale eeee e 37-38 Whalley; Paul B'S tance eS es oo ee eee 39 Wyatt: Alex. Kosocteo ie ccc clitert ee so Soa ee ee . «100-102 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DABS INDEX TO SUBJECTS IN VOLUME 17 Agraulis vanillae overwintering in Missouri. ....................000ccccccccc0 227-228 eM S MeO OR INATUCTOMNON PE ©... f..0 cones sual vivveeeeesceeeeccseosscvesd Qo tussecesebleaclecslcece 43-44 ty pe PMN ANITA) TETMITMISCEMCES. <.2.....22.0/.e-.0ecese ecoceceeSoceeceech snestucsvasssctsoveceseelecdees ay Macmeilisspeyeria atlantis overlap ........0...:00.0ccceccccecessseeleeeens 129-147 Barameescienc wm: Pacitic Northwest. ....:........0..00.0¢...ces0sbseseeeseteclseteesveeeee- a Le GAlnonana Rhopalocera, field observations ...............0c:ccs00.eccccccseeeeees 7-20, 111-116 Galhmorpha equitalis, aggregation in Himalayas ...........0........:0..cccec000eceeeeeeees 224 Ouarmomiuva sevolution Of -melanism ..........0./6c.00..jccceeeccccceesesadessceccseevetess: 159-162 Chilo erianthalis Capps, new species from Louisiana ..................0..0000000c2000 31-32 Chisenogramma jasminearum in Pennsylvania «...............0:.ccccc0cccceceeleveteceeeeees 102 Chromosomes of Utetheisa ornatrix- complex ............2......0.0.0ccceccceceeseeeteeeeese ESB TS Grseajuleicolis, biology im laboratory «.....6.000...0.0...0.cc0c00ccce8gectesedececsdenete 65-80 Cocsanumpne tillia in New YOrk ..........02...0.00.c0ccccec0ccccecsoveeesoedevsveseeesledeectes 158 Collecting Lepidoptera, discouragements and rewards ...................00.....00.. 43-44 DEE AIREIGIE cc .eccaigcedecde eile 22 6a seat elt an ee se el a enn are 49 jDiesricisaim,’ NAW =Lellgs Sara carers) 0 eX s\n ea a On Ay Wieemleniueass Mepidoptera LECOTGS ........0/...2 00. c..eec cece cetea ec scevvetsepessessbeeetentes 225-2911 MD aamMmomeMGNRClAKIMG “SPECIMENS 2.0... .eo.. ee. cece Plcce eo ceececdevgecboadseeeetecetievereenseealen 178-180 Electrostatic charges and larval growth, 18th Century eeponiments au taut Be 229-230 PSePeGyaley FOR FIELD COLLECTORS 43-46, 111-116, 178-180, 243-245 Heninaeerceuncity, cte., Of Cisseps fulvicollis: -...2....c0c.ccccccccc leet cele ee deen 65-80 Fe LETLID® INCOMES 5 5 gO 102) WO 58h 2945945 Foodplant preferences in Lycaena helloides complex ..........................0......... 24-26 SOA AMAOMAT OUD OL ACCOMMETIS. 10. .25..i..cscncccccsunseteecsnsenteeceeeesereeteeanstesenseecneeesiys 43-44 FIGSCOD CLO AO ETAL TTNUNST eee OS oer 8 3 We) Geo IF: Ya 110 Holomelina aurantiaca buchholzi Wyatt, new subspecies from Virginia ....... 100-102 LA SimmCoOnsDICUG. Vite WiStOry ¢:...........<.....0000.2oec sere cece eben et eeeeedneeeeeees 28-30 [esr padlmndtionn ies J2¢a7 ay Coen 00 Weel) 02 0 ea ee 163-169 aiaiaiasone and. Calimorpnd SWATMS ..........2..-:.00..000006- 0 fescue ces seqbeccsoeeetet LOM II4' International Commission on Nomenclature, notices ...........................::0000+ 104, 253 Maborttom tecumigues. for Cisseps fulvicollis 22.00... 65-80 meopmiammrenteasmTescanch COO. o..).0.... 6. ske ceed eesceranctecdeeseeceseteinge tens 65-80, 173-177 Lepidoptera classification based on tympanic structures ..............00...000... 1-6 Lepidoptera of New York, Part IV (Forbes), reviewed ............00.00006- 40-42 Lepidopterists’ Society Paditoraleoreamization Chan@és’ Proposed. .........2...cceccc-..2sgeccsseeeeteeeeee ene 63-64 Sepaghelerasiall — A NGKGTHCISS Nes ties Ree io Merete ee tea eee et ee ea eer re yt. 173-177 Mishiseattractme butterflies in Central America ........2..0.00.00.cc.eeee 37-38 Lindsey, Arthur Ward (1894-1963), obituary and bibliography ................ 181-190 REMISEANIMIMUIELCT LLY, TGCOLOS. | ..csc.c.c.-0s5encecee.c2-cese-dedeezeePomeceteebeveeennegeryes 91-24, 148-158 Lycaena helloides complex, foodplants in Colorado ............0...0.0.c 24-26 Lycaena phlaeas, experimental sexual dimorphism ....................0...00.00.... 105-106 iePrmnmomeansateetl. erratum im Obituary .....c..2..01,.2.c20ccevseeeesee eedeetoeeeseeeemnes 99 eWrmmmomelie fe El, TIMINISCENCES \.........:....cc..0000:seeeressessneserecce sesnssenineeeeetes Ly ie erapemew s) buttertly = TECOPdS oo. c..ic..-.-ssce peices eee pecs teeeee dein heath Goes 107-109 Megathymus gayleae Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, new species from Texas 81-85 256 Index to Subjects Megathymus yuccae complex in Texas Vol.17: no.4 87-88, 89-99 Megathymus yuccae louiseae Freeman, new subspecies from Texas ........ 95-97 Megathymus yuccae reinthali Freeman, new subspecies from Texas ........ 91-93 Megathymus yuccae reubeni Stallings. Turner, & Stallings, new subspecies from) "Texas «.......:i0.lpicuu ee ee ee 87-88 Melanism in “Catocala. ia. oc. ae ee eee 159-162 Meteorologic influences on California Rhopalocera «........:.................. 7-20 Migration of butterflies .2.c.045.08.0. es eee eee 110 Mitoura hesseli in New Hampshire =...555)08) ee aT. Myelois neophanes transferred to Apomyelois bistriatella ............................ 39 Nearctic Rhopalocera, notes for synonymuc lish 2)... 103-104 Ontogeny of Insects (Czech. symposium volume), reviewed .................... 38 Opostegidae of North America, pictorial’ key 25.4... 237-242 Oregon Rhopalocera, field observations ..................000...00000- 111-116, 171-0725 345 Papilio polytes < protenor and polytes x helenus hybridized in Japan .... 163-169 Philotes in’ central coastal Califomia) 25. ee 201-223 Platychasma and Cyphanta, systematic’ position... 33-34 Poem ‘on butterfly migration <......0./0 225.055 4004 249 “Pumping” by Papilio at water 0.48 35-36 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera, abstracts .... 50-62, 118-128, 191-200, 246-253 Record charts: for collectors ........00002 ton ee 44-46 Rileyiana Moucha & Chvala, new name for Thecophora ............................ 169-170 Satynium behrii int (Oregon Yalan. ee eee 245 Schoenobius ‘maximellus) lite history ims) Mexas) 0. eee 934-236 Sexual dimorphism, induction in Lycaena phlaeas .............000.ccc 105-106 Speyeria atlantis, breeding notes) 490.....02.0- eee 143-147 Speyeria atlantis, “subspecies” segregation in Black Hills .........0000000000000... 129-143 Speyeria collecting in @aliformia and Oregon 72)... eee 111-116 Speyeria egleis tehachapina, field observations ................0.:::::cccccceeseees. 243-244 Sphingidae, rarities in” Pennsylvania 22048... ee 102 Sphins franckti im, Pennsylvania (0.30) ee ee 102 Sphinse ‘kalmiae, foodplant im) Wisconsim: 32.940 36 Stallingsia jacki Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, new species from Mexico .... 84-86 Thecophora. Wederer,, renamed =...4:0840 ee ee 169-170 Toll} Sergiusz (1893-196). obituary —2..5 47-49 Tympanic structures and classification of the Lepidoptera ........................ 1-6 Utetheisa ornatrix complex, chromosome numbers 931-233 EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CHarRLEs L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors” ): Frep T. THORNE Harry K. CLenco —N. S. Osrazrsov — EucENnE G. MuNROE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TrpENn Manager of the Memoirs: Sipney A. HeEssEL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may be required to pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of _ the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but may appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TitpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Enver, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Fretp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.17: no.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Philotes of central coastal California by Rorent’ L. LANGSTON 7/0352 Ue 201-223 List of Lepidoptera observed in 1959-60 in the Dry Tortugas by G.W: Rawson & W. M. Davmson’ 0000000. ee 225-227 Notes on the occurrence of Agraulis vanillae in the Midwest by Ricrarp’: D. TORNER | 65.9) een esha trce ea 227-228 An 18th Century experiment on electrostatic charges by: Pam ©.) Rirrerpusa 0 Ne oe 229-230 Chromosome numbers in Utetheisa ornatrix populations and hybrids hy Rocer: W. PEASE, JRO 020 231-233 Contribution to the life history of Schoenobius maximellus by VAG BEANwcaARD Whi Ok ed aie. ett! AG) A Se 234-236 Pictorial key to North American moths of the family Opostegidae by “Jonny BR: vEwerG 2000 a Be se 237-242 Butterfly migration (poem); by KatTHertInE HuNN KARSNER ................ 242 Notice of use of Plenary Powers by nomenclature commission .................... 253 FIELD NOTES Aggregation of Callimorpha equitalis in the Himalayas; by ““ERNesT UM. (Sauonbn ebn0. Va 224 More Oregon records of Satyrium behrii; by C. R. Crowe ........ 245 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Field observations on the rare Speyeria egleis tehachapina by) Joan Fi). & THomas..C. EmMMen 2.40.20. i005 oe 243-244 RECENT LITERATURE. ON. LEPIDOPTERA \) 0.0...) 246-253 Index: to. authors ‘in’ Volume. 17) oc ey ie a 254 Index to: subjects in Volume (27 i) 30. oak eee 255-256 aa Volume 18 1964 Number 1 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue TRAP TO SEPARATE MOTHS AND BEETLES BUTTERFLIES OF BRITISH HONDURAS MATING TIMES OF LEPIDOPTERA AFRICAN BUTTERFLY TRAPS (Complete contents on back cover ) 13 May 1964 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1964 OFFICERS President: J. G. FrRancLemMontT (Ithaca, N. Y., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: POR. ES Virire (Paris, France ) Vice President: H. G. Amset (Karlsruhe, Germany ) Vice President: Kazuo Sarrou ( Hirosaki, Japan) Treasurer: GEORGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SipnEy A. HEssEL ( Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. pE LA TorrE y Cauxeyas (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: Suiceru A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) Lrvcoin P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1966: CHARLES P. Kimpa.y (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) W. Harry LancE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JouRNAL OF Tue LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCEET ¥ Volume 18 1964 Number 1 EVALUATION OF AN INSECT LIGHT TRAP DESIGNED TO SEPARATE BEETLES AND MOTHS? by H. A. DENMARK Entomology Section, Fla. Dept. Agrig., Gainesville, Florida Insect light traps have been used for over 80 years for collection, population and migration studies, as a survey tool, and in attempts to control insects (Frost, 1952). Comstock (1879) and Riley (1885) described several light traps that were used for the control of the cotton leaf-worm (Alabama argillacea (Hiibn.)). Evans (1907) and Banks (1909) tested light traps for collecting nocturnal insects. The New Jersey light trap, developed about 1931 is still used today to sample mosquito populations. Many designs and light sources have been evaluated and the results reported. Reed, et al. (1935) designed a trap with a light source to attract the cigarette beetle (Lasioderma serricorne (Fab.)) and a fan to suck the beetles into a jar as a means of control. Weiss (1943) reported on the behavior of insects attracted to light of various wave lengths and color. The trap designed and reported on here resulted from the need to catch and separate beetles and moths. The principle of this light trap is based on the habit of beetles flying against an object, folding their wings and dropping. Although the habits of moths are not as predictable, many species will land on the light trap and move upwards. Some species remain in place after being attracted to light while others make quick irregular flights and often fall short distances before recovering. Design.— A 15-watt black light fluorescent lamp is mounted vertically inside a plastic cylinder 6 inches in diameter (Fig. 1). The cylinder is open at both ends with a metal baffle at the top and middle sections. The entrance to the inner canister is baffled, and a cone baffle is located 1Contribution No. 28, Entomology Section, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture, Gainesville, Florida. ] bo DenMark: Differential trap Vol.18: no.1 below the entrance. Four fin baffles extend vertically on four sides of the plastic cylinder. The large collection funnel contains a cone baffle to prevent insects from escaping once they fall into the funnel and to prevent direct entry of raindrops. The opening in the bottom of the outer canister permits rain water to drain. The top cover extends over the edge of the large collecting funnel, and the trap is hung in place by a hook in the center of the cover. The inner canister is coated with plaster-of-Paris and saturated with ethyl acetate as a killing agent. The outer canister is filled with alcohol to the top of the drain. This trap will be referred to as a modified trap, top entrance baffle plastic cylinder black light element baffle bottom entrance baffle cone baffle inner canister (dry) collecting funnel cone baffle outer canister (wet) Fig. 1. Modified black light trap. (ew) 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Big, 2. Standard trap. Traps of this design have been furnished states parti- cipating in the Cooperative Economic Insect Survey by the Agricultural Research Service, Agricultural Engineering Research Division. 4 DenMarK: Differential trap Vol.18: no.1 and the trap used to compare catches as the standard trap. Several standard traps (Fig. 2) furnished by the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture, Agricultural Engineering Research Division, Agricultural Engineering Department, have been operated in various parts of Florida for the past 7 years. In Homestead, Belle Glade, and Sanford, the water beetle population is very high. If the insects are caught in a dry canister, the beetles destroy the moths before the beetles are killed. The beetles then become coated with moth scales making them unfit for collections and difficult to identify. If the insects are killed in alcohol, the moths are often ruined and the beetles are also coated with scales from the moths. The standard and modified traps were operated at Gainesville, Florida TABLE 1 MODIFIED TRAP DATE | / STANDARD TRAP Laphygma frugiperda Coleoptera Dry | Wet Wet | Dry Dry 7/19/62 14 23 81 0 43 7/20/62 15 23 103 0 46 7/21/62 3 6 AT 0 14 7/22/62 10 13 84 1 25 7/23/62 12 17 92 0) 34 7/24/62 10 18 101 0 Al 7/25/62 10 LS} 125 2 24 8/1/62 10 14 96 0 26 8/2/62 16 41 ia it 48 8/3/62 20 78 136 2 82 8/4/62 20 46 WAY 0 63 8/5/62 6 7 84 il 36 8/6/62 6 24 91 0 Al 8/7/62 6 9 87 0 30 9/1/62 4 6 83 it 7 9/2/62 6 6 111 1 is 9/3/62 9 3} 86 0 15 9/4/62 10 14 74 0 23 9/5/62 Le} LS 97 0 25 9/6/62 4 15 103 1 29 9/7/62 TLL 12 12% 2 36 TOTALS 228 423 2,045 12 703 AVE. 10.9 20.1 97.4 a 33.4 Average combined catches of modified trap are 0.92 as great as the standard catch and the modified dry catch is 0.5 as great as the wet catch. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 to compare catches and to test the efficiency of the modified trap to separate moths and Coleoptera. Six species of moths common to the area were selected arbitrarily for the comparisons; all six are noctuids. Results An average of less than one Coleoptera was caught in the inner canister. Occasionally a Coleoptera would alight on the plastic cylinder, crawl up the side, and fall into the inner canister (Tables 1-6). Large numbers of Coleoptera were caught in the outer canister of both the modified trap and the standard trap. The average standard trap catch was approximately as many moths as the combined average catch of the modified trap. The ratio of the number of moths caught in the inner canister as opposed to the outer canister of the modified trap ranged from 0.5:1 to 1:1, respectively (Tables 1-6). TABLE 2 MODIFIED TRAP DATE Agrotis subterranea Coleoptera STANDARD TRAP Dry | Wet Wee | Dry Dry 7/19/62 10 13 81 0 M7 7/20/62 5) 14 103 0 16 7/21/62 4 6 AT 0 10 7/22/62 4 13 84 1 17 7/23/62 4 6 92 0 9 7/24/62 12 16 101 0) 18 7/25/62 4 11 123 2 14 8/1/62 2, 6 96 0 11 8/2/62 10 11 Ie 1 14 8/3/62 10 iS 136 B) 18 8/4/62 12 WA 127 0 19 8/5/62 13 16 84 1 26 8/6/62 11 Le 91 ) 24 8/7/62 Il 18 87 0 26 9/1/62 10 16 83 1 21 9/2/62 11 15 ILL 1 24 9/3/62 MS 21 86 0 29 9/4/62 11 Il 74 0 13 9/5/62 10 11 97 0 17 9/6/62 11 14 103 1 18 9/7/62 11 10 WOT Z 15 TOTALS 191 DIT 2,045 1 376 AVE. 9.1 Ss 97.4 0.5 18 Average combined catches in the modified trap are greater than the standard catch and the modified dry catch is 0.7 as great as the wet catch. 6 Denmark: Differential trap Vol.18: no.1 TABLE 3 MODIFIED TRAP DATE Heliothis zea Coleoptera STANDARD TRAP Dry | Wet Wet | Dry | Dry 7/19/62 11 13 81 0 24 7/20/62 10 14 103 0 18 7/21/62 il 13 AT 0 bf; 7/22/62 11 itt 84 1 14 1/23/62 IED) i 16 92 0 24 7/24/62 19 16 101 0 31 7/25/62 42 1: 123 2 97 8/1/62 17 18 96 0 32 8/2/62 10 20 112 il 23 8/3/62 12 15 136 2, 18 8/4/62 ial LZ ir 0 31 8/5/62 16 22, 84 ik 29 8/6/62 7 18 91 0 Oi 8/7/62 10 IS) 87 0 28 9/1/62 28 40 83 1 58 9/2/62 12) 13} WILL 1) 16 9/3/62 al IS) 86 0 D5 9/4/62 14 16 74 0 29 9/5/62 10 19 97 0 22 9/6/62 ILL 112) 103 1 15 9/7/62 ul 11 127 2 13 TOTALS 306 407 2,045 12 591 AVE. 14.6 19.4 97.4 0.5 28.1 Average combined catches in the modified trap are greater than the standard catch and the modified dry catch is 0.75 as great as the wet catch. Discussion.— Coleoptera and moths can be separated successfully by enclosing the black light element in a baffled plastic cylinder. The cylinder may reduce the numbers of moths caught in the inner canister as compared to the number caught in the outer canister (Tables 1-6). The number of Coleoptera caught in the inner canister was always low and occasionally a leafhopper or fly was caught also. Dr. Wallace C. Harding, Jr. reported high numbers of Cicadellidae and Diptera caught ~l 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society TABLE 4 MODIFIED TRAP STANDARD TRAP DATE Mocis latipes Coleoptera Dry | Wet Wet | Dry Dry 8/20/62 18 10 137 2 21 8/21/62 1S) 1p 129 3 16 8/22/62 i: 10 131 0 13 8/23/62 14 14 124 0 16 8/24/62 10 11 96 1 12 8/25/62 3 12 106 0 12 8/26/62 14 TL 89 0 15 9/1/62 13 dl 83 if 15 9/2/62 14 uf Jal i 16 9/3/62 14 18 86 0 24 9/4/62 19 29 74 0 40 9/5/62 20 26 97 0 44 9/6/62 19 zal 103 1 40 9/7/62 NWS 22, TOT 2 39 10/1/62 ol 17 81 0 36 10/2/62 14 30 74 0 19 10/3/62 7 19 78 1 42 10/4/62 13 dS) 66 0 48 10/5/62 16 19 73 0 39 10/6/62 18 18 81 1 43 10/7/62 11 PA 74 1 42 TLOLALS 320 363 2,020 14 592 AVE. 15.83 ge 96 0.7 XSI Average combined catches in the modified trap are greater than the standard catch and the modified dry catch is 0.88 as great as the wet catch. in the inner canister of a modified trap he operated, located at Fairland, Maryland, 1961. His trap did not have the baffles on the inside of the plastic cylinder. Location of traps and differences in insect populations probably will effect the number of insects caught in the inner and outer canisters. ; The evaluation of the modified trap as a survey tool to separate beetles and moths is difficult even when a single species is compared. There are 8 Denmark: Differential trap Vol.18: no.1 often wide ranges in the number of specimens caught on any two dates. The variation in numbers caught is also evident in the standard trap. Since most catches of the standard trap were about as great or greater than the modified trap, the plastic cylinder was tested to determine the effects, if any, on the wave length of the light source by Mr. James M. Stanley, Agricultural Engineer, United States Department of Agriculture, Blacksburg, Virginia. Figure 3 shows that the plastic cylinder transmitted more lower wave length energy than a 40-watt black light fluorescent TABLE 5 MODIFIED TRAP | ~_!STANDARD TRAP DATE Anticarsia gemmatilis Coleoptera Dry | Wet Wet Dry Dry 8/20/62 Il 11 137 2, 16 8/21/62 10 Ii 129 3 18 8/22/62 8 ILI 131 0 ibe 8/23/62 12 10 124 0 19 8/24/62 11 12 96 1 16 8/25/62 ie igh 106 0 21 8/26/62 9 12 89 0 24 9/1/62 13 12 83 1 19 9/2/62 13 16 111 1 26 9/3/62 Jul 14 86 0 28 9/4/62 21 16 74 0 37 9/5/62 i7/ tf 97 0 3l 9/6/62 14 12 103 i 27 9/7/62 16 15 127 2 32 10/1/62 13 12 81 0 29 10/2/62 13 19 74 0 21 10/3/62 7 18 78 I 37 10/4/62 let 16 66 0 36 10/5/62 19 a 73 0 34 10/6/62 16 16 81 i 37 10/7/62 12 15 74 1 31 TOTALS 278 273 2,020 14 556 AVE. 13.2 13.0 96 0.7 26iome Average combined catches in the modified trap are equal to the standard catch and the modified dry catch is equal to the modified wet catch. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ) lamp. It is thought that the lower wave lengths attracted more insects; therefore, the difference in the catches for the standard and modified traps must be in the design rather than in light source. It would be desirable to separate all moths and beetles as they are attracted to a light trap. To date no light trap has been designed to do this. The modified trap discussed in this paper will separate about 50 per cent of some species of moths from beetles. For other species, however, it is not as efficient. TABLE 6 MODIFIED TRAP STANDARD TRAP DATE Alabama argillacea Coleoptera Dry | Wet Wet Dry Dry 8/20/62 alg | Int 1857/ 2 24 8/21/62 idk 13 129 3 PAT 8/22/62 1, 2 eit 0 25 8/23/62 12 iLL 124 0 24 8/24/62 11 101 96 i] 23 8/25/62 10 M34 106 0 22 8/26/62 1 2 89 0 24 9/1/62 1 1; 83 1 26 9/2/62 1, 1 1 1 24 9/3/62 1a 10 86 0 23 9/4/62 10 jul 74 0 a 9/5/62 at 12 97 0 24 9/6/62 10 10 103 i 21 9/7/62 11 11 M27/ 2, 23 10/1/62 10 10 81 0 Al | 10/2/62 je 1 74 0 24 10/3/62 14 18 78 1 on 10/4/62 LS 20 66 0 43 10/5/62 10 et 1 0 29 10/6/62 12 2 81 1 20 10/7/62 12 12 74 ii 26 TOTALS 240 254 2,020 14 ol AVE. 11.4 Waal 96 Or ZOD The average combined catches in the modified trap are 0.92 as great as the standard catch and the modified dry catch is 6.95 as great as the wet catch. 10 DENMARK: Differential trap Vol.18: no.1 Energy distribution of LO watt blacklight , fluorescent lamp CObBMetthHeasSwHH 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 Nominal Wavelength, Angstroms Fig. 3. A comparison of wave lengths of a 15-watt black light element through a 0.125 inch plastic cylinder and a 40-watt black light element. References Banks, Nathan, 1909. Directions for collecting and preserving insects. Bull. U. S. nat. mus. 67: 45-47. Comstock, J. H., 1879. Report upon cotton insects: pp.262-275. [Prepared under the direction of the Commissioner of Agriculture.] U. S. Dept. Agr., Wash., ID(Gy Evans, J. D., 1907. Practical and popular entomology No. 20 —A homemade and effective insect trap. Canad. ent. 39: 150-152. Frost, S. W., 1952. Light traps for insect collection, survey and control. Bull. Agr. exp. sta. state college, Penn. 550. Reed, W. D., A. W. Morrill, Jr., & E. M. Livingstone, 1935. Trapping experiments for the control of the cigarette beetle. U. S. dept. agr. circ. 356. Riley, C. V., 1885. Directions for collection and preserving insects. Bull. U. S. nat. mus. 39: 45. Weiss, Harry B., 1943. Color perception in insects. Journ. econ. ent. 36: 1-17. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED IN BRITISH HONDURAS IN 1961 by Gary N. Ross Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La. During the late summer of 1961, I had the opportunity to spend nearly one month collecting butterflies in Central America’s northern-most country, British Honduras. With the help of several faculty members at Louisiana State University and with the generous cooperation of the Forestry Commission of Belize, I was able to visit and lodge at two forestry camps in that country. The first camp, known as Augustine, is located in the country’s western district, the Cayo District. The second camp known as Melinda, is located in the coastal Stann Creek Distinct (fig. 1). Information concerning the butterflies of British Honduras is very scanty as it is indeed for many tropical Jands. Other than a few locality records in Godman & Salvin (1879-1901) and in Seitz (1923), the only work devoted to the butterflies of that country is by Davis (1928) who records 228 species as occurring there. The present survey adds 28 additional species to this (20 of which belong to the Lycaenidae and Riodinidae) bringing the total to 259 species. Probably 100 additional species are yet to be collected in this area. All species collected will be discussed following a brief description of the two collecting sites. It should be stated here that comments referring to the abundance of the species are often based largely upon sight observations, few individuals actually having been captured. Those species marked with an asterisk represent new national listings. AUGUSTINE Augustine lies on the edge of a rolling pineland called the Mountain Pine Ridge which ranges in elevation from 1,000-3,000 feet above sea level. The actual camp is located at approximately 1,600 feet and receives an average annual rainfall of 65 inches. Three basic types of forests occur within a relatively short distance of Augustine. First, pine forest surrounds the camp proper. Pinus caribaea M. forms an extensive stand here on the rather poor soil which tops the lower granite substrate. Several other trees, notably Quercus barbeyana T., Q. hondurensis T., Clethra hondurensis B., Leucothoe - mexicana (S.) and Byrsonima crassifolia (L.) occur here also (Lundell, 1940). Due to the frequent fires which rage throughout this hilly region, iy Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: no.l the undergrowth is kept low and is composed of various sedges and grasses, many of which belong to the genera Polygala, Panicum, and Paspalum (Standley & Record, 1936). The second type of forest lies just west of the camp. This area ranges in altitude from approximately 1,200-1,500 feet. The soil is richer due to the limestone substrate. These conditions produce a more tropical or humid type of forest which is best termed a second growth succession due to its appearance subsequent to the abandonment of the corn fields or milpas. Trees average in height up to 40-50 feet and include the follow- ing species: Cecropia mexicana H., Belotia campbellii S., Cordia alliodora R. & P., Ceiba pentandra (L.), Ochroma concolor R., Schizolobium parahybum (V.) (Russell, 1962). Many of these same tree species are found in the numerous valleys and revines throughout the Pine Ridge section and the butterfly faunas are also very comparable. The third type of forest lies still farther west of the camp and is actually BRITISH HONDURAS Scale ORANGE WALK Augustine TOLEDO Figure 1. Map of British Honduras showing political districts, two collecting sites (Augustine, Melinda), and relationship of the country to Mexico and the remainder of Central America. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 an encroachment from the Peten of Guatemala. This type can be termed an advanced forest, tall tropical forest, or rain forest. However, it is not a rain forest in the classic sense of the term because all forests throughout British Honduras experience a four-month dry season (February-May) and contain several deciduous species of trees. This forest is relatively undisturbed and trees reach a height of approximately 80-100 feet. Some of the common trees encountered in this type include Swietenia macrophylla K., Calophyllum brasiliense C., Terminalia obovata (R. & P.), Nectandra globosa (A.), Aspidosperma megalocarpon M., Achras zapota L. and Dialium guianense (A.) (Russell, 1962). The Cohune Palm, Orbigyna cohune (M.) forms a predominant species here. During my stay at Augustine (August 12-29), I collected in all three of the forest types mentioned above. My total catch was 305 specimens representing 95 species. MELINDA This camp is situated approximately eleven miles inland from the gulf coast and the city of Stann Creek. The rainfall is somewhat more abundant than at Augustine, the average being 102 inches annually (Standley & Record, 1936). The elevation is approximately 50 feet above sea level. Melinda lies in the heart of the Middlesex Valley Agricultural Region and thus the surrounding forest is all of a secondary succession type containing many of the same species listed previously. In addition to collecting in the immediate vicinity of Melinda, I made several excursions south into the pine savannah which lies on the coastal plain. This lowland pine forest (Pinus caribaea M.) contains large stands of the palmetto Acoelorrophe wrightii (G.). Also present are Curatella americana L., Quercus olloides C. & S., Byrsonima crassifolia (L.), Rhynchospora barbata (V.) (Russell, 1962). During my stay at Melinda (August 30-September 4), I collected 62 specimens representing 38 species. ANNOTATED List OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED FAMILY PAPILIONIDAE The four species of Parides listed below all exhibit a common be- havioral pattern. They all fly in company of one another in localized colonies scattered throughout both the secondary and advanced forests. These colonies may be separated from each other by distances of one- half to one mile, depending on the extent of the forest. Furthermore, they were usually found in places where the forest trail was compara- tively wide and clear, allowing the sunlight to reach the ground. 14 Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: no.1 In such a colony, it appeared as if the individuals had a definite, preferred “flyway” which was actually a section of the trail from 40-60 feet in length. These insects would fly approximately 3-5 feet above the ground at a medium velocity along such a section of trail. They would never stray into the undergrowth except when they reached the bound- aries of the “flyway”. Then, they would zig-zag off into the shrubbery, make a small circle and begin flying along the trail once again, this time in the opposite direction. The factor which determined the boundaries of these flyways was not at all apparent; the trail beyond, at least for a short distance, appeared to be similar if not exactly the same. I observed the phenomena described above day after day and no change in flyways ever was apparent. This behavioral characteristic seems to be peculiar to this tribe (Cressidini) of the Papilionidae. Parides sesostris zestos Gray. Cayo Dist. 546; Stann Creek Dist. 28 8. This species along with P. iphidamas were the two most common forest swallowtails at Augustine; however, at Melinda it was the com- moner of the two species. Parides iphidamas Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 54 ¢, 12. These specimens constitute the first records of this species from the Cayo. It was a very common insect in the surrounding tropical forests. Parides polyzelus polyzelus Felder. Stann Creek Dist. 3¢ 2. This species was not seen at all at Augustine although Davis (1928) recorded it as being common in the Cayo District. However, at Melinda it was very common and was the second most abundant species of Parides. Parides arcas mylotes Bates. Cayo Dist. 1¢; Stann Creek Dist. 1¢. Although this species was not common at either locality, the specimen from Stann Creek constitutes a new district record. Papilio thoas autocles Rothschild & Jordan. Cayo Dist. 244, 1°. This species was by far the most common representative of the entire family, being found in practically all sunny places. FAMILY PIERIDAE Dismorphia praxince Doubleday. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 16. All of the listed specimens were taken along trails in the tall rain forest. This species has a very slow “fluttery” flight that is usually never over 4 feet above the ground. The color pattern of this species bears a remarkable resemblance to the color patterns exhibited by mem- bers of several other, unrelated genera, notably Heliconius (Nymphali- dae) and Mechanitis (Ithomiidae). This resemblance or “mimicry” has been described by several authors, in particular Punnett (1915). How- ever, nowhere are the behavioral similarities between these groups mentioned in any detail. The flight patterns of Heliconius ismenius, 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 Mechanitis egaensis and Dismorphia praxinoe (all of which were sympatric species) are so nearly identical that it is virtually impossible to distinguish between them when they are on the wing even when the individuals are very close. (H. ismenius is slightly larger in size than the other two species and therefore, with time and experience, this heliconid can be identified on the wing.) This is truly a remarkable phenomenon and appears to be an excellent example of Miillerian mimicry since all three groups are presumably distasteful to predators. When specimens of these three species were pinched, a noticeable foul or sourish odor was detected which appeared to be quite distinctive for each species. Dismorphia fortunata Lucas. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 12. These specimens represent a new district record. All were taken along trails in the tall rain forest as in the above species. D. fortunata has an extremely weak flight, even weaker than in the preceding species, and rarely ever flys more than one foot above the ground. This flight pattern is almost exactly the same as that of the two species of ithomiids (Oleria paula and Pteronymia cotytto) which were taken in the same area of forest. Here again, when specimens are on the wing, it is almost impossible to distinguish the ithomiid from the pierid, morphologically or behaviorally. This species also gave off a rather sour odor when pinched. Phoebis philea Linnaeus. Cayo Dist. 2° 2; Stann Creek Dist. 24 ¢. This huge sulphur was common in both localities but was extremely hard to capture due to its rapid flight which was seldom closer than 20-30 feet of the ground. Phoebis agarithe maxima Neumoegen. Cayo Dist. 12. This specimen was captured while it was feeding on a zinnia flower. Phoebis argante argante Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 26 ¢, 2°22; Stann Creek Dist. 2¢ 6. This species was by far more common than the preced- ing species at both localities. Phoebis sennae marcellina Cramer. Cayo Dist. 12; Stann Creek Dist. 16. This was the most common member of the genus at both stations. It was frequently taken on Hibiscus flowers. Phoebis_ statira Cramer. Cayo Dist. 48¢; Stann Creek Dist. 268. This species was fairly common at both localities. The males from Augustine were decidedly more yellow than the ones from Melinda. Individuals were commonly seen around mudholes in association with other pierids. Eurema albula Cramer. Cayo Dist. 54 6, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 14. This species was fairly common along the trails in the secondary forests. It was never found in the deep shade of the forest or in the bright sunlight of the surrounding fields, it seems to have been more common in the partially shaded areas. 16 Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: no.1 Eurema daira Latreille. Cayo Dist. 4é 4, 22 2; Stann Creek Dist. 12, 1°. This was a very numerous species at both locations, particularly in the pine lands. A great deal of variation was exhibited by these specimens (pure white females, solid yellow males and females and males with yellow forewings and white hindwings). Eurema bcisduvaliana Felder. Cayo Dist. 12. This individual repre- sents a new district record. One other specimen was seen but not captured. Eurema proterpia Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 363, 222. Although no specimens were taken at Melinda, this species was likewise common there. Eurema lisa euterpe Ménétries. Cayo Dist. 22 2; Stann Creek Dist. 1¢, 32°. This species was common in all open places, even in the pine lands. Eurema nise perimede Prittwitz. Cayo Dist. 4¢ 4; Stann Creek Dist. 1é, 12. This species was often taken in the company of E. lisa. Both were equally common. Appias drusilla Cramer. Cayo Dist. 1¢. This was not a common species. The single male was captured while it was feeding on a zinnia flower. FAMILY DANAIDAE Danaus eresimus Cramer. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 12. This was the only danaid seen around Augustine. It was fairly common in the sunny fields. FAMILY ITHOMIIDAE All the species listed below belonging to this family have very similar flight patterns. They all flew slowly and in the deep shade of the tall forests. Furthermore, when pinched, they all gave off a sourish odor that was decidedly different from the odors given off by Dismorphia and Heliconius. Mechanitis egaensis doryssus Bates. Cayo Dist. 264, 22°. This species generally flew between 5 and 6 feet of the ground and was very common. Hypothyris lycaste dionaea Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 264, 322. This species is very similar to the above in its flight. It was likewise very common. Napeogenes tolosa Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 32 2. This species is similar to the above also. | Oleria paula Weymer. Cayo Dist. 23 ¢. This species and Pteronymia cottyto differ from all of the preceding species in that they both fly very close to the ground, seldom more than 2 feet above the forest floor. O. paula was fairly common in the tall forest and its capture constitutes a new district listing. 1964. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 Dircenna klugi Geyer. Cayo Dist. 14. This species was captured on the border of some tall forest flying approximately 5 feet above the ground. No other specimens were seen. Dircenna euchytma Felder. Cayo Dist. 26 6. This species was defin- ately more numerous than the preceding. The two males were captured flying about 6 feet above the ground along a wide trail. Pteronymia cotytto Guérin. Cayo Dist. 14, 2? 2. This was a common species in the virgin forests. As stated previously, its flight is very much like that of O. paula and Dismorphia fortunata. FAMILY SATYRIDAE Pierella luna heracles Boisduval. Cayo Dist. 36 6, 12. This species was fairly numerous, but local, along the trails in the secondary forest surrounding the village. It seems to confine itself to the paths, very seldom straying off into the underbrush. Individuals usually fly 2 to 3 inches above the ground and frequently alight on the leaf litter. Taygetis mermeria Cramer. Cayo Dist. 146. This single individual was flying along a roadside. Taygetis andromeda Cramer. Cayo Dist. 12; Stann Creek Dist. 14. The record from Stann Creek represents a new district listing. Both specimens were found in second growth forests. *Euptychia gemma freemani Stal. & Tur. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 12. These specimens constitute a new national record. Both individuals were taken in the pine lands surrounding the village. The species was fairly common in the grassy ground cover. No individuals were ever seen in the tropical forests. Euptychia hesione Sulzer. Cayo Dist. 16, 42 2; Stann Creek Dist. 246. This species was very numerous along the borders of the secondary forests at both camps. Euptychia metaleuca Boisduval. Cayo Dist. 24 ¢. These specimens were taken in the virgin forest west of the village. No individuals were ever seen in the secondary forests as was E. hesione. *Euptychia themis Butler. Cayo Dist. 46 ¢. This species was very common around Augustine although no specimens were recorded pre- viously from the country. Individuals were frequently encountered along roadsides and in the secondary forests. Euptychia hermes Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 44 ¢, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 222. This was by far the most common species of satyrid at both col- lecting sites. Literally hundreds of individuals were observed during the course of my stay. *Euptychia glaucina Bates. Cayo Dist. 1¢. This single male repre- sents a new record for Br. Honduras. The insect was captured in a ravine in the Mt. Pine Ridge. 18 Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: ‘no.i FAMILY BRASSOLIDAE Caligo memnon Felder. Cayo Dist. 3é 3. This species was fairly com- mon in both the secondary and virgin forests around Augustine; one specimen was seen at Melinda. All individuals were taken while they were resting on tree trunks. FAMILY NYMPHALIDAE Morpho polyphemus luna Butler. Cayo Dist. 2° 2°. This magnificent butterfly was common in the tall rain forest west of the camp. Its domain is the canopy of the forest and thus it was exceedingly difficult to net (one of the specimens was actually shot down using 22 caliber dust shot). Morpho peleides montezuma Guérin. Cayo Dist. 76 3, 222. This species was very common in both the secondary forests and virgin forests. It was also numerous around the woodlands at Melinda. M. peleides flys relatively close to the ground (3 to 4 feet) in contrast to the preceding species. Actinote guatemalena Bates. Stann Creek Dist. 26 4, 12. All of the above specimens were taken while they were feeding on an unidentified white-flowering bush which was growing along the edge of a small patch of secondary forest. No specimens were seen anywhere else other than at this one locality. Heliconius ismenius telchinia Doubleday. Cayo Dist. 3é 4, Stann Creek Dist. 2¢ 4, 22 2. This species was fairly common at both localities. It was found in both the secondary growth and virgin forests. When squeezed, these specimens extruded two bright yellow glands from the tip of their abdomens. Immediately following this, a very pungent, acrid oder was noticed. This odor diffused through the air for several yards and lingered for several minutes. These glands were noticed on all of the species listed in this tribe. As stated previously, the odor was very different from that produced when the two species of Dismorphiinae and the various species of Ithomiinae were squeezed. Heliconius doris transiens Staudinger. Cayo Dist. 44 4. This species was encountered only in the advanced forest surrounding the village and its capture represents a new district record. Where ever small clearings existed in the forest and where the sunlight was able to pene- trate the canopy and reach the ground, H. doris was always to be found. This species was never observed in close proximity to the ground but always from 7 to 15 feet in the air. Heliconius petiveranus Doubleday. Cayo Dist. 64 ¢, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 1é. This species, unlike the preceding, was encountered consistently in the secondary forests. Likewise, its flight is very different from that of H. doris for it was never seen above 4 feet of the ground. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 Heliconius charitonius vasquezae Comstock & Brown. Cayo Dist. 2646, 322. The Zebra was the most frequently encountered heliconid in both districts, it being most numerous around the tall, grassy or shrubby areas. It was never seen in the shade of the forest. Its flight was usually from 6 to 10 feet above the ground and was fairly rapid and erratic, very much in contrast to the preceding species. Eueides aliphera gracilis Stichel. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 1é. This species was fairly common in the sunny fields at both collecting sites. In flight, it was usually within 2 to 5 feet of the ground. Eueides cleobaea zorcaon Reakirt. Cayo Dist. 12. This individual was captured while it fed on a zinnia flower. This was the only specimen seen and it constitutes a new district record. Dryas julia delila Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 22 2. This was a very com- mon species along the roadside and in the grassy fields at both collecting stations. Agraulis vanillae incarnata Riley. Cayo Dist. 14. Although Davis (1928) records this insect as being common everywhere in the country, I failed to find it so. This single male was captured while it was flying about a passion flower vine (Passiflora sp.). One other specimen was seen here at this time but was not captured. Euptoieta hegesia Cramer. Stann Creek Dist. 12. At Stann Creek, this insect was fairly common in the coastal pine lands. However, due to its strong, erratic flight, only one individual was captured. Although no specimens were captured at Augustine, several were seen as they rested on the red mud roads in the pine ridge section. Chlosyne theona theona Ménétries. Cayo Dist. 14,42 2. This species was numerous in the grassy fields around the village. Chlosyne lacinia lacinia Geyer. Cayo Dist. 16, 12. This was not a common species at either locality. All specimens that were taken, were netted while they fed on flowers growing along the roadsides. Chlosyne erodyle Bates. Cayo Dist. 54 6, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 1¢. This species was fairly common around Augustine but a bit scarcer at Melinda. All individuals were netted either while they fed on flowers or while they rested on bare rocks or cement in the full sun. The latter is quite an interesting behavioral pattern because on many occasions I noticed individuals at rest on these two types of objects. At such times, they were not absolutely still but were engaged in spreading and closing their wings. Phyciodes claudina guatemalena Bates. Cayo Dist. 26¢, 229. Although recorded only from the southern part of the colony (Davis, 1928), I found this species to be fairly common at Augustine in all sunny fields that were surrounded by secondary forests. Individuals 20 Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: no.1 never were observed far from shrubbery. Phyciodes myia Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 322. This species, like the preceding, was recorded only from Punta Gorda in the southern part of the country (Davis, 1928). However, it too, was fairly common around Augustine although not quite as common as P. claudina. Precis genoveva Stoll. Stann Creek Dist. 14, 22 2. This species was fairly common in both the Mt. Pine Ridge and the coastal pine land area. Metamorpha steneles biplagiata Fruhstorfer. Cayo Dist. 14, 3292. All specimens were taken along the borders of secondary forests. The species appeared to be locally common. Anartia jatrophae luteopicta Fruhstorfer. Cayo Dist. 322; Stann Creek Dist. 1¢, 12. This species was very abundant at both collecting sites, being found in all open, sunny places. Anartia fatima fatima Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 42 2; Stann Creek Dist. 14. This species and Mestra amymone were the two most frequently seen butterflies around Augustine, being slightly less abundant at Melinda. _ Pyrrhogyra hypensor Godman & Salvin. Stann Creek Dist. 12. This specimen, which represents a new district listing, was taken along the Hummingbird Highway just east of Melinda. Two other individuals were seen here but escaped capture due to the thickness of the grass in which they were flying. Pyrrhogyra otolais neis Felder. Cayo Dist. 32°. This species was common in the secondary forests around the village. Individuals were frequently encountered along the sunny paths that led through the woods. Pseudonica flavilla canthara Doubleday. Cayo Dist. 1°. This species was fairly common in the cultivated corn fields scattered about the village. Its flight is usually from 2 to 3 feet above the ground. Tenenis laothoe liberia Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 222. All specimens were taken on the borders of secondary forests. The species was not common. Catonephele nyctimus Westwood. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 12. These specimens were all taken along trails in second growth forests. The specimen from Stann Creek represents a new district listing. C. nyctimus appeared to be more numerous in shrubby areas where the undergrowth was quite tangled. Mestra amymone Ménétries. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 4° 2. This species was one of the most common butterflies around Augustine being found even in the pine stands. Its flight was usually never over 3 feet off the ground. Hamadryas februa gudula Fruhstorfer. Cayo Dist. 1é. This species was fairly numerous in the corn fields surrounding the village. In- 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 dividuals were frequently seen resting on tree stumps and on burned debris lying on the ground. When at rest, they keep their wings spread in a horizontal plane. In such a position, specimens are not easily distinguished from the lichen-covered tree trunks. The clicking sound made by members of this species, as well as of the following species, is audible for distances up to 30 yards. Hamadryas feronia farinulenta Fruhstorfer. Cayo Dist. 264, 1°; Stann Greek Dist. 1°. This species was more numerous than the preced- ing one. Individuals were frequently seen in small patches of woods. Biblis hyperia aganisa Boisduval. Cayo Dist. 446 6, 12. This species was reported by Davis (1928) to be uncommon throughout the country. However, at Augustine, B. hyperia proved to be very common. Indeed, it was quite numerous along the roadsides which were bordered by shrubby areas. *Limenitis melanthe Bates. Cayo Dist. 14, 12. These two specimens represent the first records of this species from the country. Both individuals were captured as they were flying around some shrubs which were growing on the top of a small knoll. Several other specimens were seen during the course of my stay at Augustine but due to their fast, erratic flight, they could not be netted. It appears that L. melanthe is quite loca] in its occurrence. Limenitis cytherea marcia Fruhstorfer. Stann Creek Dist. 24 ¢. These two specimens constitute a new district record. Both were captured along the border of a small patch of tropical forest in the coastal pine land south of Melinda. Limenitis iphicla Linnaeus. Cayo Dist. 22 2; Stann Creek Dist. 1¢. The habitat of this species is very similar to that of the preceding. *Dynamine theseus Felder. Cayo Dist. 32 2°. These three specimens represent a new listing for the country. They were all taken in a cultivated corn field north of the village. The species was quite common at that locale, frequently alighting on the leaves of the corn plants. Individuals of theseus fly close to the ground. Dynamine mylitta Cramer. Cayo Dist. 1¢, 22 2. These individuals were taken along a roadside near the village. They were flying approxi- mately 2 feet above the ground. *Dynamine glauce Bates. Cayo Dist. 12; Stann Creek Dist. 1é. These represent a new national record. This species was definitely less common than the preceding two. Its habits were similar to them, however, with the exception that D. glauce was seen near heavier forest cover more frequently than either D. theseus or D. mylitta. *Dynamine dyonis Geyer. Cayo Dist. 646, 42°. These records constitute a new national listing, also. D. dyonis was the most common 22, Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: no.1 representative of the genus around Augustine. All of the females listed above were found fluttering in open, grassy areas. The males were captured as they flew around the new foliage of a mango tree. This tree was approximately 15-20 feet in height and these butterflies could be seen every sunny morning flying about and frequently alighting on the new leaves. After alighting (or when resting), all individuals held their wings out in a horizontal position fully exposed to the direct rays of the morning sun. However, after 11:00 A.M. (approximately), not a single male was seen near this tree and females were not seen around the tree at any time. Marpesia chiron Fabricius. Stann Creek Dist. 14. This insect was a fairly common one at both localities but due to its erratic flight, only a single specimen was taken. Smyrna blomfildia datis Fruhstorfer. Cayo Dist. 1é. This individual was taken as it fed on some sap which was exuding from the trunk of a mango tree. No other specimens were seen. Gynaecia dirce Linnaeus. Stann Creek Dist. 12. This female was the only individual of this species observed during my entire stay in Br. Honduras. It was captured in a small track of secondary forest. *Prepona amphimachus Fabricius. Cayo Dist. 22 2. This is the first record of this species from Br. Honduras. Both females were taken as they flew along a path in a section of virgin forest. The flight of this specimen was extremely swift and erratic. Several other specimens of the genus Prepona were seen in this forest but none could be captured and their identity could not be ascertained. | Anaea electra Westwood. Cayo Dist. 12. This individual was cap- tured along the edge of a small patch of woods. Anaea morvus boisduvali W. P. Comstock. Cayo Dist. 12. This species is listed as A. morta by Davis (1928) who states that “a single specimen. was taken in a forest road in the Western District”. Therefore, it appears that the female listed above represents the second specimen from the country. FAMILY LYCAENIDAE Eumaeus minyas Hiibner. Cayo Dist. 36 ¢, 22 2. This species was locally common around Augustine being found in isolated colonies in several areas of secondary forest. *Thecla ragalis Cramer. Cayo Dist. 12. This specimen, which repre- sents a new national record, was taken along a wide path in some second- ary forest. No other specimens were seen. Thecla marsyas damo Druce. Cayo Dist. 42 2. This was a common species in the shrubby fields near Augustine. One specimen was seen at Melinda. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 *Thecla mavors Hiibner. Cayo Dist. 264, 12. These individuals constitute a new national record. All were captured as they rested on the leaves of a mango tree (see Dynamine dyonis). This species was quite common cn this tree during the morning hours. Thecla linus togarna Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 34 6. These specimens represent a new district listing. All were taken along the borders of small woodlands. *Thecla meton Cramer. Stann Creek Dist. 1é. This insect represents a new record for the country. The single specimen was collected on the edge of some secondary forest. No other specimens were seen. *Thecla syncellus syncellus Cramer. Stann Creek Dist. 12. This individual was found in a small patch of tropical woods in the coastal pine region south of Melinda. This species was unrecorded previously from the country. *Thecla orcidia Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 3é é6. These three individuals are new records for Br. Honduras. All were taken as they flew around the top of the same mango tree as described under D. dyonis. Several other individuals were seen at this same spot. *Thecla ahola Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 22 2. This species represents a new national record. Both specimens were captured in a very shrubby field. Thecla gabatha Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 12. This species, previously recorded by Seitz (1923) for the country, was taken as it rested on a Bromelia sp. flower in a dense, secondary forest. *Thecla celmus Cramer. Cayo Dist. 14. This individual which repre- sents a new national record, was captured on the edge of primary forest west of the village. *Thecla scopas Godman & Salvin. Stann Creek Dist. 12. This speci- men was taken along a trail in some secondary forest which was located in the coastal pine land south of Melinda. This is the first record of this species for the country. *Thecla serapio Godman & Salvin. Cayo Dist. 1¢é. This specimen represents a new national record. It was captured on the margin of a small patch of second growth woods. *Thecla basalides Gayer. Cayo Dist. 1é. This species was found in the same locale as the preceding one. It, likewise, constitutes a new record for Br. Honduras. *Thecla mulucha Hewitson. Cayo Dist. 2¢ ¢. This is the first listing of this species from the country. Both individuals were netted along a roadside. *Thecla sp. Cayo Dist. 1é. Mr. Harry K. Clench informs me that this specimen (Field No. 629) represents an undescribed species. He 24 Ross: British Honduras Butterflies Vol.18: no.1 further states that he has a similar specimen also from Br. Honduras in his possession. The species will be described by him at a later date. *Tmolus echion echiolus Draudt. Cayo Dist. 12. This specimen represents a new national record. It was captured in a grassy area. No other individuals were observed. *Calycopis isobeon Butler & Druce. Cayo Dist. 24 6. These indi- viduals constitute new records for Br. Honduras. They were also captured in a grassy field. Calycopis sp. Cayo Dist. 22 2. Two females belonging to this genus still remain unidentified. (Field nos. 496, 631). Everes comyntas Godart. Cayo Dist. 26 ¢. This species was very common in the grassy areas both in the tropical regions and in the pine regions. FAMILY RIODINIDAE *Perophthalma tullius lasius Stichel. Cayo Dist. 14. This small in- dividual, which represents a new listing for Br. Honduras, was taken in some tall rain forest. It was flying about five feet above the ground and along a fairly wide trail. No other specimens were seen. Mesosemia tetrica Stichel. Cayo Dist. 26 ¢, 12. These specimens constitute a new district record. All were taken in the shade of some secondary forest. The species was local, colonies being isolated from each other by as much as a mile. Individuals, when at rest, hold their wings at a 45° angle to the body. *Cremna umbra Boisduval. Cayo Dist. 1¢. This individual repre- sents a new national record. The specimen was captured along the margin of a small patch of secondary woods. It was resting on the undersurface of a leaf. *Lyropteryx lyra cleadas Druce. Cayo Dist. 12. This individual con- stitutes a new record for Br. Honduras. It was captured along a trail in some secondary forest. Ancyluris inca inca Saunders. Cayo Dist. 1°.This individual was captured as it was flying about 3 feet above the ground along a path in some primary forest. Rhetus arcius thia Morrison. Cayo Dist. 1é. Recorded under the name of Diorhina butes (Godman and Salvin, 1879-1901), as being taken at Corozal in the northeastern part of the country, this specimen represents a significant range extension for the species. This male was taken as it was flying around a mango tree. One other specimen was seen during my stay at Augustine. Calephelis velutina Godman & Salvin. Stann Creek Dist. 2¢ ¢. This species was previously recorded only from the extreme southern part of the colony (Davis, 1928). However, at Melinda, this species was 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ho Ot not uncommon. *Calephelis argyrodines Bates. Cayo Dist. 346, 12; Stann Creek Dist. 2¢ 3. This species was common in the open fields at both localities. At Augustine, the species extended into the pine forests. These are the first records of this species from Br. Honduras. Emesis lucinda saturata Godman & Salvin. Stann Creek Dist. 1°. This insect was captured along a trail leading through some secondary woods. *Emesis liodes Godman & Salvin. Stann Creek Dist. 12. This insect was taken in the same locality as the preceding species. It represents a new national record. Peplia lamis molpe Hiibner. Cayo Dist. 12. This insect was fairly ccmmon in the grassy fields which were immediately adjacent to second growth forest. P. lamis was recorded previously only from the Corozal (Godman & Salvin, 1879-1901). *Theope diores Godman & Salvin. Stann Creek Dist. 14. This male constitutes a new national record. It was captured in the shade of some secondary forest. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am very much indebted to the following people and would like to express my appreciation to them: Dr. G. H. Lowery, Dr. S. M. Russell and Mr. and Mrs. P. J. Fogg (Louisiana State University) for their help with preliminary arrangements regarding my trip; the Forestry Commission of Belize and in particular, Mr. A. Frith and Mr. A. N. Wolffsohn for their assistance with my housing accomodations; Dr. M. S. Blum and Dr. L. D. Newsom (Louisiana State University) and Dr. E. N. Lambremont (U.S.D.A., L.S.U.) for their criticisms regarding this manuscript; Mr. F. M. Brown (Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado), Mr. H. K. Clench and Dr. R. M. Fox (Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania), and Sr. E. C. Welling (Merida, Mexico) for their help regarding various and numerous taxonomic problems; “Domingo” and family for their helpfulness concerning my domestic duties and for providing me with valuable information regarding the countryside; and lastly, Mr. M. J. Fogarty (L.S.U.) who accompanied me on this trip and served as my field partner. References Brown, F. M., 1929. A revision of the genus Phoebis (Lepidoptera). Amer. mus. novit. 368: 22 pp. Chermock, R. L., 1947. A generic revision of the Limenitini of the world. Amer. midl. nat. 43: 513-569. ss, , 1947. A revisional study of the Euptychia pyracmon group. Ent. news 58: 193-204. Comstock, W. P., 1961. Butterflies of the American tropics, the genus Anaea, Lepidoptera Nymphalidae. 214 pp. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York. Comstock, W. P., & F. M. Brown, 1950. Geographical variation and subspeciation in Heliconius charitonius Linnaeus (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). Amer. mus. novit. 1467: 21 pp. Davis, F. L., 1928. Notes on the butterflies of British Honduras. 101 pp. Old Royalty Book Publishers, London. 26 Howe: Kricogonia Migration Vol.18: no.1 Ehrlich, P. R., 1958. The comparative morphology, phylogeny and higher classifi- cation of the butterflies (Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea). Univ. Kansas sci. bull. 39: 306-370. Ehrlich, P. R., & A. H. Ehrlich, 1961. How to know the butterflies. 269 pp. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Fox, R. M., 1956. A monograph of .the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera). Part one. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist. 111: 5-76. Godman, F. C., & O. Salvin, 1879-1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera. 2 vols. 1269 pp. London. Hoffmann, C. C., 1940. Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de los lepidopteras mexicanos. An. inst. biol. Mex. 11: 639-739. Lundell, C. L., 1940. The 1936 Michigan-Carnegie botanical expedition to British Honduras. Carnegie inst. Washington publ. 522: 1-57. Michener, C. D., 1942. A review of the subspecies of Agraulis vanillae (Linnaeus). Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae. Amer. mus. novit. 1215: 7 pp. Munroe, E. G., 1942. The Caribbean races of Anartia jatrophae Johansson (Lepi- doptera: Nymphalidae). Amer. mus. novit. 1179: 4 pp. Punnett, R. C., 1915. Mimicry in butterflies. 188 pp. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge. Russell, S. M., 1962. A distributional study of the birds of British Honduras. Un- published dissertation, Louisiana State University, Department of Zoology. Seitz, A., 1923. The American Rhopalocera. Macrolepidoptera of the world 5: 1139 pp. Stuttgart. Standley, P. C., & S. J. Record, 1936. The forests and flora of British Honduras. Chicago Field mus. nat. hist., bot. ser. 12: 432 pp. MIGRATION OF KRICOGONIA LYSIDE IN MEXICO (PIERIDAE) A huge migration of Kricogonia lyside Latr.was seen flying across the highway between Ciudad Mante and Ciudad Victoria in the state of Tamaulipas, Mexico, on October 23, 1963. Tremendous clouds of the butterflies were seen which obscured much of the surrounding landscape and even obliterated the highway at intervals. There were six principal waves of the butterflies that were spaced a few yards apart, with many intermingling between the clouds. They were flying rather close to the ground, not more than ten feet high. Their directional flight was from the east to the west in an almost due course towards the foothills of the Sierra Madre Oriente range. The samples observed were of lyside only, without an admixture of other species, were about equally males and females, and most examples were in fresh condition. The main flights were seen at eleven in the morning. The day was sunny with no wind. The flight was not more than about one fourth of a mile thick, and there were no specimens observed at Ciudad Victoria. Wriu1aMmM H. Howe, 822 East Eleventh St., Ottawa, Kansas, U. S. A. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society Pi A BILATERAL GYNANDROMORPH OF AUTOMERIS IO (SATURNIIDAE) TAKEN AT MERCURY VAPOR LIGHT IN CONNECTICUT by Srpney A. HEssEL Entomology Section, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. There recently appeared in this Journal (vol.17: 43-44; 1963) a short paper in which was announced the capture of a bilateral gynandromorph of Automeris io Fabricius. The purpose of the present paper is to present a detailed description and discussion, with photographs, of the specimen there mentioned. Capture was on 13 June 1962 at my home in Washing- ton, Connecticut, by a Robinson trap powered with a 125 watt mercury vapor lamp. A series of 30 males and 15 females from southern New England and the New York City region were carefully examined to determine if any character of the subject specimen presented intermediacy or a signifi- cant difference or extreme for the respective sex. In all instances the gynander fell well within the range of variation presented by this series. Many details will, therefore, not be set forth, but the characters studied are summarized: forewing (size, color, AM and PM lines, discal and apical patches, color flush and scale character of inner margin area); hindwing (color, eyespot size, shape, and position); head (antennae, palpi). Viewed dorsally, the division between the ¢ (left) and 2 (right) sides is spectacularly distinct, the line running from between the antennae to the tip of the abdomen being clear and even. Its sharp definition is accentuated not only by the marked sexual color difference, but also by the character of the abdominal vestiture which is normally much longer and erect in the male of this species. The antennae and wings maintain their separate sexual integrity in all respects. The size of the wings on the male side appears average, that on the female side a bit smaller than average, though obviously larger than the left wings; the pattern differences between them manifest no feature abnormal or extreme for their respective sexes, and no intermediacy. Unfortunately, I have no other io gynandromorph available for comparison. The deep pilrose scaling of the basal area of the female forewing is in sharp con- trast to the flatter scaling of the same area of the male forewing, while the typically heavier scaling of the male hindwing in the region of the inner margin prevails there; in this latter area there is no sexual color distinction between the sexes of the species. 28 Howe: Kricogonia Migration Vol.18: no.1 Figure 1: Automeris io. Top —male (right hindwing stunted), North Haven, New Haven Co., Conn., 28 May 1957, leg. C. L. Remington. Middle — gynand- romorph (left side ¢, right side 2), Washington, Litchfield Co., Conn., 13 June 1962, leg. S. A. Hessel. Bottom — female, Washington, Litchfield Co., 25 June 1960, leg. S. A. Hessel. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Undersides of the same specimens shown in Figure 1. 30 HesseEL: Automeris gynandromorph Vol.18: no.1 Viewed ventrally also, the wings appear sexually bilateral, as does the head. It may be mentioned that the heavy antennal lashes are present at the base of the left antenna as in a normal male (sparse in the female). The female eye is slightly smaller and rounder and the palpus dwarfed. The scales between the eyes continue the color division line, but the male side, including the maxillary palpi, is darker than the bright yellow parts, as is the case in the normal male. Progressing through the thorax, all is yet as would be expected, including the legs. At this point we lose the line of demarcation. The abdomen itself is not truly perfectly bilateral, because the female “half” is broader and less tapering, a feature quite to be expected. It is also, concerning the abdomen that the only apparent respective sexual bilateral purity is at all violated. There is no encroachment of femaleness on the male side. Conversely, however, two small areas of yellow scales, obscure in the photo, appear on segments 4 and 5, so distad of the median line as to seem more lateral than dorsal; they are, in fact, tongues of a relatively extensive lateral male area. Besides these, there is a striking anomaly consisting of a yellow caudal tuft similar to that on the opposite (male) side. The vestiture of the abdomen clearly delineates the venter; this is altogether the yellow of the male, including the aforementioned caudal tufts of the valvae. Turning now to the lateral aspect, on the male side we find no ir- regularities, but observation of the other (female) side discloses a curious mosaic. Abdominal segments 1-5 are predominately of the male color, those distad of the female color, except the already mentioned caudal tuft, an exclusively male character. There are several small but distinct patches of scales of female color on segments 1-5. The external genitalia appear to be male. In the absence of denuding, it is possible that some abnormalities could be concealed. The light trap in which the specimen was captured has been operated during the last three “io seasons”. No normal females have been taken. In about ten years of “black-light” collecting before a sheet at this location only about three or four females have been observed, although very many males have appeared. Thus, the method of capture tends to indicate physiological maleness of the specimen. It is, of course, a matter of intense interest to consider the genetics involved. Bilateral gynandromorphs may arise either by virtue of a binucleate ovum or by the loss somehow of an X chromosome in the very first cell division of a fertilized male egg. In either case, it seems certain that in this instance further abnormal cell divisions of the latter nature occurred at least once and probably more often in later develop- ment. I leave to someone more versed in this subject to interpret in 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society at genetic terms the combination bilateral and mosaic pattern. Perhaps information on the origin and order of development of the various parts of the insect are graphically demonstrated. I am more than casually impressed that the year 1962 also yielded bilateral gynandromorphs of Eacles imperialis Drury and Callosamia promethea Drury. The former was captured in the presence of Joseph Muller at Pottersville, New Jersey, on 20 July 1962 and is in his collection. The latter was found by a young lad, Richard Orelup, at Crown Point, Indiana, among several moths emerging from cocoons. Since this is such a rarely encountered phenomenon in the Lepidoptera, especially remarkable for as extensively collected a group as the Saturniidae, it makes one wonder if the finding of three gynanders in one year is within the limits of expectancy for the conditions under which we have heretofore been collecting, or whether some fundamental environmental change is now actually taking place. It is hoped that anyone who has had experience with lepidopterous gynandromorphs of this nature, particularly with finds of recent date, will communicate the information to me, or report it in this Journal. THE FIRST RECORD OF EUREMA CHAMBERLAINI (PIERIDAE) IN THE UNITED STATES During the latter part of March and the first of April 1963, Dr. Howard Weems and I were on a collecting trip through central] and southern Florida. On 30 March, we were collecting at Ross and Castillo Hammock, Dade Co., Florida, where I was so fortunate as to take a specimen of Eurema chamberlaini Butler. At the time, I was collecting Eurema lisa for a type locality series and did not realize I taken a rare specimen until I mounted the material later in the fall. I would like to thank Frank W. Mead for his assistance and Dr. A. B. Klots who made the determination and stated that it is the first known United States record for this species. The specimen is deposited in the Florida State Collection of Arthro- pods, located in the Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture, Gainesville, Florida. Cuares F. ZeIGER, 3751 Sommers St., Jacksonville, Fla., U. S. A. 32 Comstock: Neoterpes life history Vol.18: no.1 ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF NEOTERPES EDWARDSATA (GEOMETRIDAE) by Joun Apams Comstock Del Mar, California During the summer evenings of 1962 the geometrid moth, Neoterpes edwardsata Packard, was unusually abundant at light in Del Mar, Cali- fornia. This made possible the completion of the life history record pre- viously published in 1955. At that time I neglected to illustrate the egg and larva, although attention was called to a previous paper published in 1942, on a closely related form, Neoterpes ephelidaria (Hulst), which paralleled in many particulars the metamorphosis of N. edwardsata. Eggs of the latter species were obtained on April 10, 1962. These hatched April 17 and 18. EGG (fig. A.): 0.75 mm. to 1. mm. by 0.4 mm. to 0.7 mm. Oval, with a slightly flattened base. When first laid they were greenish-yellow, which gradually changed to yellow. Shortly before hatching they became spotted and streaked with reddish-brown. The illustration on the plate (fig. A) shows the yellow phase before the spotting had occurred. The surface of the egg is covered by vertical (longitudinal) ridges, 18 to 20 in number, which arise at the flattened base and end at the rounded top where they break up into irregular pits. The ridges are topped with a line of pearly white nodules. Between these ridges there are well defined horizontal striations. The eggs are laid singly on their sides. FIRST INSTAR LARVA (fig. B): Length 2.8mm. Head width 0.25 mm. Body, cylindrical and comparatively narrow. The head is well rounded, and wider than the first segment. It is translucent deep yellow. The ocelli are conspicuously black, and the mandibles are edged with yellow-brown. The body ground color is light yellow. There is a middorsal longitudinal wide gray band, and paralleling it laterally a faint narrow dark stripe. The single pair of prolegs and the anal prolegs are concolorous with the body, as are also the true legs. The body form is accurately pictured in fig. B. SECOND INSTAR LARVA: Length 5.5 mm. Head width approxi- mately 0.6 mm. There are green and yellow examples. In the yellow form, the gray middorsal band persists but is less clearly defined. It is bordered by a narrow whitish band. The remainder of the body is yellow. LARVA OF 10 MM. LENGTH: Considerable color variation be- comes apparent in this intermediate stage. There are green, yellow and tan forms. In all of these the wide middorsal band persists with varying 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 33 degrees of intensity and modification. LARVA OF 15 MM. LENGTH: Head width 1.1 mm. In this phase there is great variation in the dorsal bands. Some foreshadow the characters that are present in the mature larva, by separating into a central paired element and two wider bands bordering it laterally. In © Early stages of Neoterpes edwardsata. Fig.A. Egg, lateral aspect, enlarged x 40. Fig.B. First instar larva, lateral aspect, enlarged x 26. Fig.C. Mature larva, dorsal aspect, enlarged & 4%. Fig.D. Pupa, ventral aspect, enlarged x 5. Fig.E. Caudal segments and cremaster of pupa, ventral aspect, enlarged x 25. Reproduced from water color drawing by the author. 34 Comstock: Neoterpes life history Vol.18: no.1 this bordering band two black dots appear on each segment, close to the segmental junctures. Lateral to these dots, and running the length of the body is a narrow yellow line. MATURE LARVA (fig. C): Length 28 to 30 mm. Head width 1.484 mm. In all examples under observation the ground color was tan, or in a few specimens, soiled ochre, overlaid with numerous longitudinal darker stripes or dashes. No green forms were noted, but might possibly have been found in the wild. The middorsal longitudinal bands are eight in number, arranged in pairs of narrow dark lines, each enclosing a wider stripe of yellow or ochre. Laterally there is a longitudinal yellow stripe. The two black dots previously noted on each segment have increased to four, and in addition two dots appear on each side in the stigmatal area. The placement of these is shown in the illustration of the mature larva, fig. C. The legs and prolegs are concolorous with the body. PUPA (fig. D.): Length 13 to 16 mm. In our previous papers of 1942 and 1955, illustrations of the pupa, in lateral and dorsal aspects, were shown. The structural details observable on the ventral surface were not recorded. The illustrations on the plate remedy this deficiency. It will be noted that the antennae and maxillae reach to the wing margin. The cremaster probably furnishes the best diagnostic features. This is shown on fig. E. The long central pair of spines arising from the caudal tip cross over each other. Their tips are recurved laterally. The three short recurved spines on each side, arising near the bases of the larger spines, seem to be a constant feature. These hooks make such a firm anchorage in the silk of the fragile cocoon that they are frequently broken or twisted on removal. Other details of the chrysalis were given in our previously published records. The host plants of N. edwardsata are Bush Poppy (Dendromecon rigida Benth.) and Matilijah Poppy (Romneya coulteri Harv.). The closely related Neoterpes ephelidaria (which is probably a desert form of edwardsata) feeds on Chicolete (Argemone platyceras v. hispida Prain.). I have searched assiduously on California Poppy (Eschscholtzia californica Cham.) for possible infestation, without results. Other species of the Papaveraceae may possibly prove to be host plants. References Comstock, John A., & Charles Montague Dammers, 1942. Notes on the life histories of two California moths. Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 41: 44-47, pl.10. Comstock, John Adams, 1955a. Miscellaneous notes on North American Lepidoptera. Early stages of Neoterpes edwardsata Pack. Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 54: 30-35, pl.15. Wr eer) , 1955b. Scientific notes. A surmise confirmed. Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci. 54: 167. [Food plant of Neoterpes edwardsata.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 THE MATING TIME OF LEPIDOPTERA by GeEorG PRONIN From an old balcony of our house in Osanovo, Russia, one could see a large meadow which was densely covered with grass, clover, daisies, and sorrel. Among this vegetation were bunches of rosy wild carnations and blue-bell flowers. Farther away the meadow changed into an elder grove, with bunches of wild hops, raspberries, and flowering cherries (Prunus padus ). The old basswood garden was joined to the young birch groves at the other side of the old house. Close to this side of the wooden house was a young grove of aspen trees. The dense branches of lilac and acacia were growing directly against the windows of the house. On the balcony a young boy sat motionless, looking very attentively at an old wire cylinder in which a big female moth was fastened. This female belonged to the northern race, Gastropacha quercifolia alnifolia, which has a dark violet shade over its brown ground color and is native in Moorom Woods of the government of Vladimir in Russia. Extending her heavy thick abdomen, the moth patiently waited for the males which were certainly flying around the house. The evening was going its way. The redness in the sky changed slowly into the bright summer night's twilight, as is common in the north. The night was silent; only the grating voice of the Corn Crake was coming from the large spaces of wet meadows, and the com fields sent the biting cry of the quail. Suddenly a little shadow of a male moth was seen coming from the roof of the house. The boy moved too quickly, and the night visitor flew high up and disappeared. After that, although the young enthusiast sat near his moth in the wire cylinder evening after evening, nothing happened. Only one male was seen at the cage. These moths have no mouthparts and therefore can not take food. The only task which the adult males have is to find and fertilize females. Perhaps this female was not attractive to the males, but the boy could not believe that. Another female of this species was bred from a large, gray caterpillar which had been found sitting on a low willow branch. When disturbed, it showed large dark blue hairy brushes near its head. The caterpillar made a hairy cocoon, changed into a pupa, and after nearly three weeks hatched into a robust G. quercifolia female. Evening after evening, beginning as late as nine o'clock, the young entomologist sat hour after hour waiting in vain for attracted males. Everything seemed all right, but something was wrong. As four days passed, the female began to lay her eggs and on the fifth day she died. Nearly twelve years later, in another part of the country, more to the 36 PRONIN: Mating times Vol.18: no.1 west in Luck, Wolhyn [now Lutsk, Volyn, Russia] the young entomolo- gist was again sitting at a wire cylinder which enclosed another female of the G. quercifolia. A big fruit garden surrounded the observation spot. The wire cage was put on the top of an old wooden box which once served as a beehive. The observation had begun at eight o'clock and at 8:45 three males were attracted. Evening after evening the entomologist collected the males which were attracted from 8:45 for a period of only seven or eight minutes. After this very short time no more males were seen. The question was answered. The young boy had begun his observations in Osanovo too late in the evening, when the courtship flight period of the males had already ended. The males of the moth Philudoria potatoria are very similar to those of G. quercifolia. The young collector was very familiar with them in his old basswood garden, and had often placed a female of P. potatoria on a branch in the garden but never found a male there before nearly ten oclock. The boy had thought that the mating hours of G. quercifolia would also be late, but the analogy is not the proof. The mating hour of G. quercifolia is 8:45, and of P. potatoria 10:35. But we must not be too severe with the boy for his error. The old genial entomologist, Henri Fabre, also made such a mistake. He waited in vain for the coming of the male Lasiocampa trifolii during the bright sunshine, guided only by the resemblance of the caterpillars of trifolii to those of L. quercus, which visits its female between two and four PM daily. The sexual flight of L. trifolii is at nine in the evening. We must distinguish the flying hours from the mating time, because they are not the same. For example, many hawk moths, which have tongues for sucking nectar, fly at twilight to feed but have their mating hours later, after feeding. The common European sphingid, Laothoe populi, begins flying after 9 PM and the mating hours are after midnight. Perhaps another reason for this is that the young males thus have time to fly very far from the place of their birth and this makes mating with their sisters improbable. Here is a short table of mating hours observed for different moths: THe Matinc TIME oF Morus Species Time Month Locality Hyalophora euryalus Bdv. 10:30 PM VI Shasta Co., Calift.. US Saturnia pyri Schiff. 10:30 PM V Bosporus, Turkey Saturnia pavonia L. 2-4 PM V Miinchen, Germany Aglia tau L. 11-12 AM V Bayerbrun, Germany Endromis versicolora L. 11-12 AM IV Vladimir, Russia Macrothylacia rubi L. 4-6 PM VI Vladimir, Russia 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 Lasiocampa quercus L. 2-4 PM VIL = Luck, Wolyn, Russia Lasiocampa trifolii Schiff. 9 PM VIII Miinchen, Germany Lasiocampa grandis Rougeuh 8:45 PM VIII Bosporus, Turkey Lemonia dumi L. 11-12 AM Luck, Wolyn, Russia Lymantria dispar L. HET ANE VIIL = Luck, Wolyn, Russia Philudoria potatoria L. 10:35 PM VIL = Luck, Wolyn, Russia Gastropacha quercifolia alnifolia O. 8:45 PM Luck, Wolyn, Russia Epicnaptera americana Harris 9:30 PM VII Marys Peak, Ore., USA Orgyia antiqua L. 10-12 AM VIII Vladimir, Russia Orgyia gonostigma F. 11-12 AM VII ~=Luck, Wolyn, Russia Laothoe populi L. 12:33 AM VII = Luck, Wolyn, Russia Smerinthus ocellatus L. 11-12 AM VII Luck, Wolyn, Russia Mimas tiliae L. 10:15 PM VI Vladimir, Russia 9:15 PM VI TENS) Veal V 9:45 PM VI 11:30 PM VI ihe MM Vil 10 PM Vil 8:15 PM IV 11-12 AM VII 6PM;4AM VII 11-12 AM VI Kharkov, Russia Bosporus, Turkey Luck, Wolyn, Russia Miinchen, Germany Luck, Wolyn, Russia Luck, Wolyn, Russia Luck, Wolyn, Russia Praha, Czechoslovakia Luck,Wolyn, Russia Vladimir, Russia Deilephila elpenor L. Sphinx liqustri L. Arctia caja L. Eriogaster rimicola Hbn. Catocala elocata Esp. Psyche unicolor Hufn. Fumea casta Pall. Aegeria apiformis Cl. Such a table must always have the locality, date, and the time of day. The locality gives us the possibility of determining the meridian correlation. An example of the importance of these data is the difference in mating times of Mimas tiliae, which begins to fly to his female in North Vladimir at 10:15; in Kharkoy at 9:15, and in Bosporus, Turkey, at 7:15 PM. This phenomenon may be connected with the beginning of dew condensation. An unusual mating time was observed in a pair of Smerinthus kindermanni. An old male was stored in a semi-dark cellar for about 6 days until a female was hatched. When he was put into the box with her, they began to mate at once, at 2 PM in daylight. It may be significant that the pupae had been brought from southern Iran, and the mating took place in Lodz in central Europe. The mating time can be short, as observed in Lasiocampa grandis, whose caterpillar is similar to that of L. quercus. This species lives at Bosporus near Istanbul, Turkey, and I have reared it. One evening one of the big brown males came in through an open window and flew around the electric Jamp. In my rearing box were two females. When 38 PRONIN: Mating times Vol.18: no.1 { took the box out into the garden, it was at once surrounded with a small swarm of males. This was at 8:45 PM and lasted only 4 or 5 minutes; then the entire lot of males flew away. The mating time of Hyalophora euryalus, which I observed in Shasta County, California, is not short. The pupa of a female of this species had overwintered in her cocoon in an open wire cage at Hat Creek. The conditions were normal, and she hatched on June 5. I put her into a box with walls of tulle netting and took a seat at the beginning of twilight on the balcony of the Hat Creek Entomological Station. At almost 10 PM I could see one male after another flying continuously around the box. One male came very near to the box and after inquiry with his antennae he also flew away. Did the males know that the female was surrounded on every side by tissue? I could not tell. But to permit the female to mate without giving her the chance to escape I very carefully cut her wings so she could not fly, then placed her in a tall wide-mouthed jar, left it on the balcony, and went to sleep. The next morning I found the female mating with a very beautiful male which had come from the woods. On the previous evening the attractiveness of the female had been feeble in the first part of the night. This could be due to either of two reasons: the mating hours were nearer to midnight, or the female was not absolutely ripe. Mcths can mate only when the female wants to. I once tested the mating hours in a hybridization attempt. I placed many ripe females of Philudoria potatoria (formerly placed in Gastropacha), very near to a female Gastropacha quercifolia. The males of potatoria, attracted by their females,were coming directly through the open windows from the woods, but the female G. quercifolia could not be aroused then at the hour of 10:45 P.M.; her mating hours are from 8:45 P.M. to sunset, as noted above. Often the ripening process is finished only on the second day of the female life. In such examples as Lasiocampa quercus and Saturnia pyri mating can occur only when the female is ready to attract males and pushes out her odoriferous organs. Also, the female normally attracts males only when she is unmated. One time I obtained a mating pair of Laothoe populi, but I could see that the male was too old and was worthless for fertilization. That night the female was still attractive to other males. In another experiment with this species, one male was given two females, one after the other. The copulation of L. populi lasts twenty hours. After two matings, this male was not accepted by a third female. In the mating process of L. populi, it was often observed that old females (of course not too old) have always attracted very big and robust males. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 Lemonia dumi, a daylight flier, has as a rule the most frequent matings, because of its short adult life. It flies in Luck, Wolyn, Russia, after § October, when the nights are too cold for insect flight. The male hatches from the pupa in the early morning, flies during the day and evening, then hides in the grass and dies. Therefore, a young male which has been out of the pupa only half an hour is not able to fertilize an entire hatch of eggs at one mating. The supply must be increased in some way, and this is accomplished by more frequent mating during that one day. This species of Lemonia is very closely adapted to its normal surround- ings. I once transported a female, which I had reared from a pupa, to an entomological tower standing in an area covered with young trees. I placed her on the floor, two meters above the ground. Very soon I saw several males flying wildly around beside the bottom of the tower. The males have perfectly feathered antennae which help find the females, yet they did not make contact with her this time. But suddenly I understood the trouble. In nature it is impossible for the female to reach a point two meters above the ground because of her feeble legs. As soon at I put the box on the soil surface, it was surrounded by males. There are very interesting kinds of Psychidae in which the females are wingless and must be found by their males. The females never leave their place of birth, a little bag made from short pieces of bark or narrow straws. One such psychid is Fumea casta, which is one of the smallest members of this family. The male has a wing spread of only 3 mm. Therefore the little insect is too feeble to fly to his female when the air, warmed by the sun, begins to rise from the soil surface, and must choose a time when the air is nearly motionless. This is only at 6 PM and at 4 AM. In order to determine the mating time of this species I kept a leaf, bearing the cocoon sack of a female, pinned onto the window frame at the entomological station in Kiwerce Wood near Luck, Wolyn, so that I would have it before my eyes at all times. The evening mating times were very easily observed. However it was more difficult in the morning. Occasionally I was awakened in the early morning just before sunrise and could see at that time the mating flight. The intensity of the light seems to have no influence on the mating time. In Arkhangelsk, far northern Russia, near the White Sea, I saw the mating of Melalopha curtula L. The night in May is absolutely bright, and it was very surprising to see in clear daylight what in middle Europe was always covered with mysterious darkness. Most species of butterflies do not have such definite differences in mating hours. The time in my observations is usually between one and three PM. 40 PRONIN: Mating times Vol.18: no.1l THe Matinc TIME OF BUTTERFLIES Species Time Month Locality Papilio multicaudatus Kirby 2-3 PM VII Shasta Co., Calif., USA Papilio machaon L, 1-2 PM VII _ Polesie, Wolyn, Russia Adelpha bredowii Geyer 2-3 PM VIII Shasta Co., Calif, USA Nymphalis antiopa L. 2-3 PM IV Luck, Wolyn, Russia Nymphalis polychloros L. 2-3 PM IV Luck, Wolyn, Russia Nymphalis io L. 2-3'PM IV Kharkov, Russia Polygonia c-album L. 2-3 PM IV Luck, Wolyn, Russia Nymphalis urticae L. 2-3 PM IV Luck, Wolyn, Russia Vanessa atalanta L. 4:15 PM V Luck, Wolyn, Russia Vanessa cardui L. 6 PM VII = Luck and Krym, Russia Thus, each species of butterfly or moth has its own definite mating time. By making these comparisons, we can use the mating time as a subsidiary factor in recognizing different local forms and subspecies. While most moths mate soon after hatching from the pupa, Nymphalis butterflies mate after their winter hibernation. N. antiopa in central Europe hatches from the pupa in early July and does not mate until April of the following year, immediately after the first feeding. I once observed this process in Tooshiuer Wood, near Lodz, Russia. I was walking along a forest path on 11 April at about 2 PM and came to an old tree of Carpinus betulae with sap flowing from a small bark wound. On the next tree, sitting on the bark, was a mating pair of N. antiopa. I put the pair in a box very carefully and went further. When I came back to the place an hour later, great was my astonishment at seeing a second pair of this species on another tree trunk. In my entire life I had never found insects of this species mating in nature, and now this happened twice in only one hour. Some kinds of butterfly males are pugnacious during spring mating time. After he has chosen a little dirt hill on the edge of a forest path, Nymphalis xanthomelas Esp. is aggressive against a newcomer of any kind. When a foreign butterfly approaches the observation spot, the original occupant takes off and pursues savagely. Therefore the males of this species always have entirely shredded wings by the end of their mating season. In Golden Gate Park (San Francisco, California) males of the very common Vanessa carye have also [esprit combatif and fly after each other energetically. Butterflies often fly while actually mating. In this activity one mate is carried by the other. Here is a short table of my observations with reference to the sex which is the transporter. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 4] OBSERVATIONS OF BUTTERFLIES FLYING WHILE MATING Species Transporter Place Month Aporia crataegi L. female Europe VI Pieris rapae L. male Europe VI Pieris napi L. male Europe Vi Colias hyale L. male Europe VII Papilio machaon L. female Polesie, Russia VII Danaus plexippus L. female California, USA XII Adelpha bredowii Geyer female California, USA VIII Argynnis paphia L. female Europe VII Melanargia galathea L. female Europe VIII Erebia medusa Schiff. female Europe VII Pararge aegeria L. female Europe Vil Aphantopus hyperantus L. female Europe VII Maniola jurtina L. - female Europe VII Plebeius argus L. male Europe VII Polyommatus icarus Rott. male Europe VII Maculinea arion L. female Europe Vill The unusual mating flight of Hemaris tityus L. (near the American diffinis Bdv.), the Clearwing Sphinx, is made during the brightest day- light hours. The male and female fly while in copula, facing opposite directions. Therefore such a pair fly very, very slowly, because the speed of flight is only the difference between the speed of the female, which is the more powerful and robust, and that of the male. I give my cordial thanks to Mr. Robert Judd, philologist, Mr. Hugh B. Leech, Associate Curator of Insects at the California Academy of Sciences, and Mrs. Jeanne E. Remington, who helped to prepare this article for publication. [Mr. Pronin died of cancer on 28 October 1962, and the above article was assembled from a linguistically complicated draft he had submitted. C. L. R.] A RECORD OF GLAUCOPSYCHE LYGDAMUS FROM MISSOURI According to Mr. P. S. Remington, no specimen of the silvery blue, Glaucopsyche lygdamus Doubleday, has ever been captured in Missouri. One may imagine my astonishment, then, when on 12 April 1963, while collecting in Meramec State Park near Sullivan, Missouri I found one of these butterflies flying by the roadside. I had been watching it for several minutes, but since I was paying more attention to a puddle - group of more than fifty Erynnis and Celastrina individuals, I let it go, taking it for just another C. argiolus. However, once I started stalking 42, BLANCHARD: Syssphinx food plants Vol.18: no.t it, its novelty was soon apparent, for alternating with brilliant blue upperside was sooty gray underside. It was only moderately active, staying by the roadside following the habits of the other puddle visitors. Its condition after capture was so nearly perfect that it must have emerged from the chrysalis just that morning. This rules out the pos- sibility of it being a windblown stray, although it has been suggested that since the park is a camping spot and tourist attraction, it may have been casually introduced by travellers. Although this explanation at first seems rather far-fetched, the occurence of lygdamus there is in itself far-fetched, and thus, it is the only reasonable explanation besides the chance that it simply may have been overlooked previously. Knowing the number of collectors in my vicinity that are in the field at this time of year, the latter case is far from impossible, though. The most distinctive character of the specimen is the rather uniform slate-gray underside darkened slightly at the base of the wings. The postmedian band of spots is jet black surrounded by white rings. The spots on the forewing are slightly larger than those on the hindwing. Above, the specimen displays the characteristic bright silver blue of the males with a narrow black marginal band and white fringes. Wing- span is exactly one inch. C. J. Kennepy, 942 Elmont Lane, Crestwood 26, Mo., U. S. A. THE FOOD PLANTS OF SYSSPHINX HEILIGBRODTI (SATURNIIDAE ) IN TEXAS The early stages of Syssphinx (Bouvierina) heiligbrodti hubbardi (Dyar) have been described in a beautifully illustrated paper (Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci 46: 72-77; 1947), by Dr. John A. Comstock who reared it, ab ovo, on Mesquite. I reared the type race, S. heiligbrodti heiligbrodti (Harvey), ab ovo, in 1962 and found that the larvae accept equally well the following three plants: Prosopis glandulosa Torr. (Mesquite), Acacia farnesiana (L.) Willd. (Huisache), and Acacia rigidula Benth. (Black Bush Acacia). In Texas S. heiligbrodti extends at least over the area south of a line going from Port Lavaca to Bastrop and from there to Del Rio. It is quite common in the southernmost part of its range, from May until October. . ? Greasewood (Larrea divaricata Cav.) (Creosote Bush) has been re- ported several times as being the food plant. Considering that S. heiligbrodti is rare or absent in western Texas where Greasewood is extremely abundant, this point should be checked. ANpRE BLANCHARD, 3023 Underwood, Houston, Texas 77025, U. S. A. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 43 THE.DATES OF PUBLICATION OF LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERES-HETEROCERES BY HERMAN STRECKER?! by F. Martin Brown Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A. Ever since the controversy (Aaron, 1884), in 1878 over the publication data for Number 14 of Strecker’s Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres — Hetero- ceres, there has been considerable question about the exact dates of issue of the various parts of that work. Since both Strecker and Edwards described as novelties butterflies from the same field-lots and in the Same year it is important to establish the precise dates upon which these names became valid. Manuscripts treating the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia and the first ten volumes of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society in which Edwards published new names have been completed and are being published in the Transactions of the American Entomological Society. These will fix the dates for the names published by Edwards. The dates for the names published by Strecker are fixed in this paper. Through the courtesy of Dr. Rupert Wenzel and the administration of the Chicago Museum of Natural History, I have had permission to study a mass of letters written to Strecker. Among these I have found letters from Herman H. Behr, William H. Edwards, Samuel H. Scudder and Richard H. Stretch containing acknowledgements of receipt of various parts of Streckers Lepidoptera. Edwards and Scudder were regular pre-publication subscribers to the volume. In addition I have found one of Strecker’s ledgers that records dates upon which he mailed copies of numbers 14 and 15. In the following table I have stated Strecker’s printed date for each number of his Lepidoptera, the earliest date J have found acknowledg- ing receipt of it or the earliest date in the ledger for mailing, and a fair estimate of the date of issue for each number. The latter assumes a generous time in transit from Reading, Pennsylvania to the recipient, based upon the date of cancellation of letters and backstamps with the date the letter was received at Reading. The transit time to Stretch in California is estimated as ten days, to both Edwards and Scudder in Coalburgh, West Virginia and Boston, Massachusetts, respectively, is estimated as four days. 1This is a by-product of work being done on the types of William H. Edwards’s names for butterflies under National Science Foundation grant GB-194. 44 BROWN: Strecker dates Vol.18: no.1 No. PRINTED DATE ACKN. DATE RECIPIENT PUBLICATION DATE 1 January 1872 15 April 1872 Stretch 5 April 1872 2 April 1873 18 May 1873 Edwards 14 May 1873 3 May 1873 21 June 1873 Edwards 17 June 1873 4 June 18732 22 July 1873 Edwards 18 July 1873 5 July 1873 18 Sept. 1873 Edwards 14 Sept. 1873 6 August 1873 21Ock NSsi3s Edwards 17 Oct. 1873 il October 1873 17 Dec. 1873 Edwards 13 Dec. 1873 8 1874 3 March 1874 Scudder 27 Feb. 1874 9 March 1874 12 May 1874 Scudder 8 May 1874 10 May 1874 1 Sept. 1874 Edwards 28 Aug. 1874 iL August 1874 2 Dec. 1874 Scudder 28 Nov. 1874 12 February 1875 22 May 1875 Scudder 18 May 1875 13 January 1876 24 Feb. 1876 Scudder 20 Feb. 1876 14 September 1877 ledger 18 March 18782 15 November 1877 ledger 16 July 18782 2On page 32 there is printed the date 10 June 1873. This probably is the date when the manuscript for number 4 was completed and sent to the printer. 3Strecker’s ledger shows that he sent a copy of number 14 to Neumoegen on this date. All other mailings that are noted in the ledger, to Moeschler, Druce and Henley Smith, are dated 23 March 1878 or 26 March 1878 (to Ribbe). Scudder acknowledged receipt of the number on 26 March 1878 and his bill bears a printed date 19 March 1878. This is the earliest receipt I have found for a copy sent to a subscriber. On July 16, Strecker sent a copy of number 15 to Moeschler. This is the earliest date I have found associated with that number. Scudder acknowledged his copy on 10 August, 1878. Apparently Strecker did not distribute all copies at one time. Possibly he sent them off as he finished coloring the plates for a single copy of a number. On the basis of the above data, the dates to be ascribed to the twelve butterflies named by Strecker in the fifteen numbers are these: alma, Melitaea 16 July 1878 anticostiensis, Papilio 14 May 1873 astaroth, Satyrus 18 March 1878 guadeloupe, Charis 18 March 1878 fotis, Thecla 18 March 1878 hoffmani, Satyrus 18 July 1873 imitata, Melitaea 18 March 1878 kali, Thecla 18 March 1878 larunda, Melitaea 18 March 1878 larvata, Libythea 18 March 1878 similis, Pamphila 18 March 1878 References Aaron, E. Murray, 1884. A question in priority. Papilio 4: 131-134. Brown, F. Martin, 1964. Dates of publication of the various parts of the proceedings of The Entomological Society of Philadelphia. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 89: 305-308. Edwards, William H. Manuscript letters in the Strecker Collection, Chicago Museum of Natural History. Scudder, Samuel H. Manuscript letters in the Strecker Collection, Chicago Museum of Natural History. Strecker, Herman. Manuscript ledgers in the Strecker Collection, Chicago Museum of Natural History. Stretch, Richard H. Manuscript letters in the Strecker Collection, Chicago Museum of Natural History. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 NOTES ON FIVE MEGATHYMIDAE by Don B. Statuincs, J. R. TuRNER and Vioia N. STALLINGS Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. Megathymus streckeri (Skinner): In 1895 Skinner described this species as a member of the genus Aegiale. He stated “This fine species is described from two males in my own collection; one is from Texas and the other probably from Arizona (the exact locality not being known in either case), and a pair in the collection of Dr. Herman Strecker, . . .” Several years ago Cyril F. dos Passos furnished us with photographs of the type of this species which is now in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The photographs included the various labels on the specimen. One label has the following data: Arizona - Morrison - 1883, which would indicate that the type specimen was col- lected by Morrison in 1883 in Arizona. Another label indicates the type number to be 7053. In his description Skinner states “. . . in the female the five spots on the wing are in two series, the two upper being nearer the exterior margin, and the three lower are nearer the base; in other words, they do not form a continuous line as in the male.” The five spots that he is referring to are the lower five spots on the upper surface of the primaries, which we usually refer to as spots 5, 6, 7, 8, & 9. The photo- graphs of the type, which is a male, do not show these five spots to form a “continuous line” but are in “two series” the same as he describes the female to be. No doubt the Texas specimen before Skinner was Megathymus texanus (Barnes & McDunnough). The two specimens in the Strecker collection were collected in Texas and Colorado. Again the reported Texas specimen must have been M. texanus, the Colorado specimen a subspecies of M. streckeri or an undescribed species, for we have never found typical M. streckeri in Colorado. The Colorado specimen could be a M. texanus, as it occurs in the eastern part of the state. Regardless of what appears to be some variance in the description of M. streckeri and the location where collected, it is evident that the type specimen does represent a good species and we accept it as such. We collected a series of specimens on 25 May 1949 in the Petrified Forest National Monument in Arizona which we consider to be M. streckeri, as the males appeared to be identical to the type, both as to size and maculation. The type measures 66 mm. from wing tip to wing tip. Our males were only slightly worn and the females very fresh. In view cf the foregoing we designate Petrified Forest National Monument, _ Arizona, as the type locality of M. streckeri. Females were observed 46 STALLINGS ET AL.: More on megs Vol.18: no.] depositing their big green eggs on medium-sized plants of Yucca angustissima Engelmann. Agathymus evansi (Freeman): During the last part of August in 1956 we collected a series of the pupae of this species in Ramsey Canyon in the Huachuca Mountains of Arizona. The pupae were all in Agave parryi var. huachucensis Baker. This plant is huge, compared to plants of typical Agave parryi. In the same area Agave palmeri Engelm. occurs. In this second plant we found larvae of Agathymus aryxna (Dyar). There was a third kind of Agave in the area that may have been another species, or a hybrid of the first two. In it were found some A. aryxna, but never A. evansi. The trap-door of A. aryxna is a dark brown to dull black, while the trap door of A. evansi is a bright shiny jet-black. Thus, while these two species resemble each other somewhat, they can easily be separated when collected as pupae and larvae by the food plant and the color of the trap-door. Agathymus alliae (Stallings & Turner): In late August of 1961 we returned to the type locality to collect further specimens of this species. At the time we were there the larvae were just beginning to pupate. We discovered that we had been wrong in assuming that like A. aryxna and A. neumoegeni the larvae had a dormant period of from 30 to 60 days prior to pupating. Instead we found that the larvae continued to feed right up to the time of pupating, similar to A. mariae and its allied species. Agathymus baueri (Stallings & Turner): The type series of this species was collected in 1950, 1952, and 1953. Most specimens were collected as larvae or pupae. In the original description we noted that the trap-dcors of A. baueri were located so low on the leaf that the trap-door could not be seen due to the next leaf over-lapping the area. At the time the type series were collected all larvae and pupae were found in large plants. In August of 1961 we returned to the type locality to collect further specimens. We were amazed to discover that no larvae or pupae were to be found in the large plants. All specimens found were in medium-sized plants, and we were always able to see the trap-doors, thcugh the trap-doors were still much lower on the leaf than are those of A. aryxna. Previously we had assumed that the females deposited their eggs only on the large plants. It now appears that they deposit them on all sizes of plants. Perhaps the difference in seasons or rainfall determines in what plants the larvae can survive. We have noted in the past that if the host plant has too much juice (probably controlled by rainfall), the new larvae will literally be washed out of their cavity by the flow of plant fluid. In the Chiricahua Mts. of Arizona in 1961 we noted the same change with A. aryxna. In 1950, 1952, and 1953 they 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 47 had all been in large plants, but in 1961 all were in medium-sized plants. This presents an interesting field project for someone to determine why the food plants used are large one year and small another. Agathymus indecisa (Butler & Druce): This species is reported from southern Mexico southward to Panama. Several years ago specimens of this species were secured by the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. William D. Field advises us that these specimens were from Costa Rica with the notation “Food-plant — cabuya leaves.” Furcraea cabuya Trelease is a plant closely related to the Agave. It was first described from San Ramon, Costa Rica, and is commonly called “Central American sisal”. OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN RHOPALOCERA IN OREGON AND WASHINGTON by E. J. Newcomer 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wasio,, (WS, Zz\s The writer has done extensive collecting in Oregon and Washington for six seasons, principally east of the Cascade Mountains, and has been regional coordinator for the Northwest for the Season’s Summary for 1961, 1962 and 1963, issued in the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. A considerable number of records which seem worth publishing has therefore accumulated. Colias nastes Bdv. was reported from Washington (the first record for the United States) at Bunker Hill Lookout in Okanogan County by Shepard (1962), and it has also been taken on Windy Peak by Dan Carney and David McCorkle in 1962 and 1963. Both localities are within five miles of the Canadian Boundary and are at elevations of 7,000-8,000 feet. Danaus plexippus L. is quite scarce in Washington. The writer collected in Yakima County during 1957 to 1960 without seeing it. Then it was taken in Cottonwood Canyon in August 1961 and seen there in 1962 but not in 1963. Specimens taken were quite fresh, so it evidently breeds here, and milkweed is common. It has been reported from the adjoining Benton County and in one or two other places in Washington, and has been seen occasionally at various localities in eastern Oregon. Neominois ridingsii Edw. was taken by the writer on August 3, 1963, at 8,000 feet on Drake Peak, Lake County, Oregon. Four specimens were 48 Newcomer: Northwest butterflies Vol.18: no.1 taken and others seen on a grassy slope at about timberline. This seems to be the first record for Oregon. It probably occurs on other high peaks of the Warner Mountains in southern Oregon and northeastern California, and might also be in the Steens Mountains. Polygonia faunus Edw. is common in Yakima County, Washington, and elsewhere in the Northwest at elevations of 3,500 to 6,500 feet. Dos Passos and Ehrlich (in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961: p.149) say: “west to northern California.” Limenitis archippus Cram. occurs somewhat sparingly in the lower Yakima Valley of Washington. The caterpillars have been found there on willows. John C. Hopfinger used to take it on Okanogan County, Washington, and David L. Bauer has reported it from Morrow County, Oregon. Limenitis bredowii Geyer. The writer has taken this in southern Oregon, and Stanley G. Jewett has reported its occurrence near Portland. It may even occur in southwestern Washington, altho there are no definite records. Chrysophanus titus F. was fairly common along the west side of Sum- mer Lake, Lake County, Oregon, in August 1962. It occurs sparingly elsewhere in eastern Oregon and Washington. Satyrium fuliginosum Edw. The writer has taken this at Juniper Flat, Wasco County, in June, on Mt. Ashland, Jackson County, and at Drews Creek, Lake County, in July, all in Oregon. Clench (in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961: p. 192) says: “strangely unreported from Oregon.” Satyrium behrii Edw. Records in addition to those published include Camp Sherman, Jefferson County, Davis Lake and Pringle Falls, Deschutes County, Skookum Meadow, Klamath County, and Silver Lake and Hart Mountain Antelope Refuge, Lake County, all in Oregon and all in July. So it is evidently fairly well distributed in that state. It is not nearly as common, however, as in Yakima County, Washington, where it is the most numerous theclid. Satyrium sylvinus Bdv. Clench (in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961: p. 195) says: “north possibly to Washington.” It has not been seen in Oregon, but is found in Yakima County, Washington, where it is very common in restricted areas near willows. It has also been reported from near Wenatchee (Leighton, 1946), and Jones (1951) reports it from British Columbia. Callophrys spinetorum Hew. Clench (in Ehrlich and Ehrlich, 1961: p. 207) says: “unreported from Oregon.” The writer has it from Clack- amas Lake, Clackamas County, from Big Summit Prairie and the Maury Mountains, Crook County, from Skookum Meadow and Miller Creek, Klamath County, and from Quartz Mountain, Lake County, all in Oregon, 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 49 collected in June and July. It is never common anywhere. Callophrys johnsoni Skinner. Dornfeld (1959) reported that this species had been taken at Tombstone Prairie and Lost Prairie, Linn County, Oregon in 1959. The writer has collected at both places in July 1960, and several times in June and July 1961, 1962 and 1963, but has found no trace of it. As far as can be learned, no one else has taken it in these localities since 1959. Lycaena cupreus Edw. has been taken in Oregon, at Gilchrist by Dornfeld, and at Skookum Meadow, Klamath County, and Big Summit Prairie, Crook County, by the writer. It occurs in British Columbia, according to Jones (1951), but curiously has apparently never been taken in Washington. Lycaena editha Mead is very common in the Ochoco Mountains, Crook County, and also occurs in Wheeler, Grant, Lake and Lane Counties, and probably elsewhere, all in Oregon. Plebejus shasta Edw. ‘The writer has taken it in July at Cannon Well and Skookum Meadow, Klamath County, at Pringle Falls and Cultus Creek, Deschutes County, and on Drake Peak, Lake County, all east of the Cascades in Oregon. Plebejus saepiolus Bdv. The range given by Downey (in Ehrilich & Ehrlich, 1961: p. 233) does not indicate this species west of the Rocky Mountains. It is quite common in various localities in Oregon and Washington. Specifically, it has been taken in Linn, Deschutes, Klamath, Lake and Crook Counties in Oregon; and in Okanogan, Chelan and Yakima Counties in Washington. Usually the females are the dark form which was named “rufescens” by Boisduval. Also, of course, it is common in California. Apodemia mormo F. & F. Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961) say: “exact northern limits in Great Basin need clarification.” Opler and Powell (1961) have recently published a study of this species in which they record it from Okanogan, Kittitas and Yakima Counties in Washington. John C. Hopfinger told the writer once that it used to be very numerous in the vicinity of Brewster in Okanogan County. It is very common in several parts of Yakima County. On September 1, 1962, for example, 30 of the butterflies were counted feeding on the blossoms of a single Rabbit Brush plant (Chrysothamnus nauseous) near Tampico. It has also been reported from the Spokane area (Leighton, 1946), and David L. Bauer mentions taking it at Heppner, Morrow County, Oregon. Heliopetes ericetorum Bdvy. is sometimes described as an inhabitant of the Southwest. Holland (1931) says it “occurs in southern California, Arizona and Mexico.” Comstock (1927) says “it ranges through the mountains of the southern half of the state” (California). Dyar (1902) 50 Newcomer: Northwest butterflies Vol.18: no.1 does give its range as “Pacific States.” Jones (1951) does not list it for British Columbia. It does occur in Kittitas and Yakima Counties in Washington, and is usually rather scarce. But in 1960 it was very numerous and was ovipositing on the Globe Mallow (Iliamna rivularis). Leighton (1946) has reported it also from Okanogan, Pend d Oreille and Whitman Counties, and Robert E. Miller has it from Dayton, Columbia County. David L. Bauer (Season Summary, 1962) reports it from Morrow County, Oregon. Since it flies in these localities from June to September, there are probably two broods. Atrytone vestris Bdv. Comstock (1927) says this may occasionally be taken in California. The writer has a single specimen taken at Bird Creek, Yakima County, Washington, June 26, 1959. Amblyscirtes vialis Edw. is found in northeastern California, according to Comstock (1927). The writer has not seen it there nor in Oregon but it is not uncommon in Yakima County, Washington, in June and has been reported from Mason County, in western Washington. Pholisora libya Scud. The writer took what is probably this species at Ana Springs, Lake County, Oregon, on July 29, 1961, and also July 30 to August 3, 1963. It was fairly common on the blossoms of rabbit brush. Dornfeld has reported taking one specimen in the Steens Mts., Harney County, Oregon; and the writer took one in Surprise Valley, Modoc County, California, July 31, 1963. Polites sabuleti Bdyv. occurs late in the summer on lawns and in gardens in Yakima and nearby towns. It has not been seen in the country. The subspecies tecumseh Grin. occurs in Jefferson and Klamath Counties in Oregon. References Comstock, John Adams, 1927. Butterflies of California. 334 pp., 63 pls. Pub- lished by the Author. Dornfeld, Ernst J., 1959. Mitoura johnsoni in Oregon and California. Journ. lepid. SOCHMIGTELOO: Dyar, Harrison G., 1902. A list of North American Lepidoptera. Bull. U. S. nat. mus. 52: 723 pp. Ehrlich, Paul R., & Anne H. Ehrlich, 1961. How to know the butterflies. 262 pp. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Holland, W. J., 1931. Butterfly book, rev. ed. 424 pp., 77 pls. Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, N. Y. Jones, J. R. J. Llewellyn, 1951. An annotated check list of the macrolepidoptera of British Columbia. Occ. papers ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 1: 148. pp. | Leighton, Ben V., 1946. The butterflies of Washington. Univ. Washington publ. biol. 9: 49-63. Opler, Paul, & Jerry A. Powell, 1961. Taxonomic and distributional studies on the western components of the Apodemia mormo complex (Riodinidae). Journ. lepid. soc. 15: 145-171. Shepard, Jon, 1962. The first record of Colias nastes in the United States (Pieridae). Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 46. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society | PeeeCrALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THorne, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) NODES ON THE USE OF BUTTERFLY TRAPS IN EAST AFRICA by ARTHUR RyDON P. O. Box 441, Mombasa, Kenya, EAST AFRICA During the last fifteen years increasing use has been made by East African lepidopterists of specially designed traps for catching those spectacular “eagles of the entomological world”—the Charaxes (Nymphalidae). These splendid butterflies are normally very difficult to catch with an ordinary net owing to their extreme wariness and swiftness of flight, and their tendency to stay well out of reach of the net at, or near, the tops of the tallest trees. Even when they are feeding at fermenting exudates on trees and bushes, or on rotting fruit or the excrement of certain animals on the ground, they are not easy to approach or to capture, as any sudden movement will send them off in a flash of color to some high vantage point and safety. Charaxes, however, will come readily to baited traps, for which they seem to have a marked predilection. They do not encounter much difficulty in finding their way into traps, because in the wild state they are accustomed to making their way through interlaced twigs and branches to get at fermenting oozes resulting from infection of trees and bushes with coleopterous, dipterous or moth larvae. After entering a trap and feeding on the bait, the majority of Charaxes will then fly up vertically to the top of the trap, where, after flying about vigorously for a minute or two, they will come to rest with their wings closed. They will remain like this for hours at a time, unless the trap is suddenly shaken or roughly handled, when they will immediately come to life and batter themselves in all directions with considerable violence in an effort to escape, which they will do easily unless the trap is quickly closed. Although butterfly traps were specifically designed for catching Charaxes, they can be used with almost as much success for trapping many other genera of Nymphalidae, as well as some of the Satyridae, Libytheidae and Riodinidae. Also, if they are baited with fermenting fruit and are left out of doors overnight, they can be used as moth traps, since noctuids and other fruit-sucking moths will be attracted to them. Hence, for the butterfly collector in East Africa at any rate, traps have become an important item of his field equipment, for the more traps he uses in the field the greater will be his reward. Further- more, the use of traps will free him from having to waste his time trying to capture some of the more elusive butterflies and will allow him to 52 Rypon: Butterfly traps Vol.18: no.1 concentrate on the more tractable genera. Another advantage of traps is that they can be left out all day unattended in one’s garden or else- where, and the butterflies captured by them can be removed at one’s leisure at the end of the day. In this way one can go out to work or attend to some other business and still collect butterflies. Although this kind of “armchair” collecting is somewhat limited in its scope, it can, nevertheless, be quite a rewarding one in a country the size of East Africa where, for example, there are more than a hundred species and subspecies of Charaxes to be found, apart from all the other many genera of butterflies that will also come to traps. If one travels widely in this area and uses traps in the varying climatic and ecological zones of which the area consists, one should, within a year or so, capture most of the Charaxes inhabiting such zones, whereas in the days prior to the introduction of traps it would have taken a life-time to do so. In fact, a new type of collector is beginning to emerge these days, one who seldom if ever uses an ordinary butterfly net and instead only uses traps. Such a person is usually interested solely in the Charaxes, and there are good reasons for his being so, as there are still the odd species and a number of geographical races of this interesting genus to be discovered in East Africa, and much information is yet to be acquired regarding their distribution and, in some cases, their food-plants and early stages of development. Butterfly traps first made their appearance in East Africa a few years after the last war, when two types of traps were introduced more or less simultaneously. These were the East African hanging-trap and the Rhodesian ground-trap. The former was invented by Mr. John G. Wil- liams of the Coryndon Museum, Nairobi, Kenya, who developed his trap between the years 1947-9 from the common or garden fly-trap used by the British Army in the field during the last war. His trap (Fig. 1) consists of a net 30” in length, which is closed above and below. The net incorporates two circular wire frames, 12” in diameter, of which one is at the top of the net and the other is at the bottom of it. A circular wooden or hardboard platform, 14” in diameter, is suspended on four pieces of string from the lower frame of the net, giving a clearance of an inch or two between platform and net. The trap is hung from an overhanging branch of a tree or bush a few feet off the ground by a cord attached to the upper frame of the trap. A bait is placed under the net at the center of the platform, either on the board of the platform itself, or in a shallow receptacle which can be kept in position with chewing gum or plasticine. Butterflies which are attracted to the bait will first alight on the net or the platform of the trap, and will fly or wander around the trap until they have found the entrance to it. The 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 larger Charaxes will force their way into the trap by leaning over side- ways. The trap can be closed by raising the platform with one hand, while with the other hand the thoraces of the butterflies can be pinched through the net from outside it to stun them, after which they can be Fig.l. East African hanging-trap. Fig.2. Dr. V. G. L. van Someren’s hanging- trap. Fig.3. Rhodesian ground-trap. Fig.4. The author’s trap. 54 Rypon: Butterfly traps Vol.18: no.1 transferred to a killing jar. The disadvantage of this trap is that one cannot insert a killing bottle into the lumen of the net owing to insufficient clearance between the net and platform, nor can one insert one’s hand or forearm into it easily in order to remove live specimens for breeding or other purposes. These difficulties have been overcome by a hanging-trap designed by Dr. V. G. L. van Someren of Ngong, Nairobi, whose trap (Fig.2) is constructed so that the platform hangs on four equal lengths of string or, preferably, plastic-insulated electric flex (which does not rot) attached to the upper circular wire frame. The lower frame has been dispensed with, and instead the net is pulled down the outer sides of the strings or flex, like a sleeve, to within an inch or so of the platform. (The net or body of the trap can also be made of tubular polythene instead of mosquito netting ). It is eary to insert a killing jar into this trap as the netting or polythene will move up the strings with the hand or forearm, but while carrying out this maneuver it is necessary to constrict the lower part of the net with one’s free hand to prevent the butterflies from escaping from the trap. The dimensions of Dr. van Someren’s trap are as follows: the circular wire frame is 8” in diameter, and the length of the net is 18”-20". The platform is 10” square. There is little doubt that this trap is one of the simplest and most effective traps yet designed for catching butter- flies and, what’s more, it is relatively easy to construct. But for trapping low-flying nymphalines such as the elusive and colorful Euphaedra, Euryphene and Euryphura (of which there are many fine species in some of the west Kenya and Uganda forests) the Rhode- sian ground-trap is hard to beat. This trap was brought to East Africa from Southern Rhodesia by Dr. Elliot Pinhey in 1949, when he took over the entomological section of the Coryndon Museum, Nairobi. It was invented by the late Mr. E. W. Lannin of Southern Rhodesia, who first started trapping Charaxes by suspending an ordinary butterfly net over a bait laid on the ground. The trap which was developed from this, and which in fact is simply a modified butterfly net, was described by Mr. D. G. Sevastopulo in the Lepidopterists’ News (vol.8: p.26; 1954). I was introduced to this trap by Dr. Pinhey in 1950, and will briefly redescribe it for the benefit of readers who have not read the original description of it. The trap (Fig.3) consists of a cone-shaped net which is closed above and open below, and incorporates a circular wire frame 6” to 8” in diameter at the top of the net and a larger one of 18”-24° diameter at the bottom of it. The length of the net is 2% to 3 ft. This large trap is suspended an inch or two above and directly over a bait laid on the ground, a cord being attached to the top of the net and tied to a branch of a tree to effect this. The trap is anchored in position, 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 to prevent it from swaying in the wind, by pieces of string tied to the lower rim of the net and attached to pegs or stakes hammered into the ground round about it. I have found this trap to be an effective method of catching Charaxes as well as the low-flying forest nymphalines already mentioned. Also satyrines will come to it readily. Occasionally the odd lycaenid or Acraea will be captured by this kind of trap if the bait consists of fresh animal dung, and the soil around it is moist or muddy. The above trap, however, has several disadvantages which hanging- traps do not have. It is somewhat cumbersome to use in the field as it has to be dismantled everytime one wishes to remove a butterfly from it. It also takes much longer to set up than a hanging-trap, and oc- casionally it is impossible, owing to the nature of the ground, to anchor it properly. If the net is allowed to sway too much in the wind it ceases to function as a trap. Another disadvantage is that the bait, being on the ground, is easily tampered with by other insects such as ants and beetles, etc., and if the bait being used is fermenting fruit, animals such as squirrels, monkeys and baboons will help themselves to it, unless they are prevented from doing so by ceaselessly patrolling and guarding the area. The trap shown in the photograph (Fig.4) is one which I myself have been using in more recent years. It was developed by myself from the Rhodesian ground-trap with the object of getting the bait off the ground for the reasons stated above. It can be used as a hanging-trap or a ground-trap by raising it or lowering it as required. The net consists of green cotton mosquito netting which is strengthened by strips of khaki sewn along all its borders. All materials used in the con- struction of the net should, of course, be pre-shrunk, otherwise the net will tear when it gets wet. The net of the trap is 11” square, and incorporates a strong wire frame above and below. The platform is 14” square, and is suspended an inch or two from the lower frame on four pieces of string which are passed through holes in the platform and are knotted underneath it. To catch low-flying butterflies with this trap it is necessary to lower it so that the platform is just touching the ground, and the strings of the platform should be adjusted so that one side of the trap is closed. This will prevent too many of these butterflies from escaping from it, as they do not fly upwards into the trap as readily as the Charavxes. One’s success in the field with traps, however, does not depend so much on the type of trap one is using as the kind of BAIT one is using. In East Africa, fermenting banana is mainly used as bait, although fermenting pineapple, wild figs, mangoes and guavas can be used 56 Rypon: Butterfly traps Vol.18: no.1 effectively also. These fruit baits will attract both males and females of the many species of butterflies that are attracted to such substances. Rotting meat, chicken or fish entrails, or the droppings of carnivore animals (including those of field collectors who consume plenty of meat in their diets) can be used for attracting MALE Charaxes. Leopard droppings are particularly attractive to the latter, more so than anything else. If one is using bad meat and excrement as baits it is preferable, from a hygienic point of view at any rate, to put such baits on the ground away from human habitation and suspend Rhodesian ground-traps over them. Charaxes of both sexes often prefer the fer- ments of exudates on trees and bushes to fruit bait, and it is sometimes possible to excise a piece of infected bark and use this as a bait in a hanging-trap. Some collectors prefer to use “compound” baits in their traps, composed of fermenting fruit, beer or rum, and sugar with or without the addition of a little tincture of valerian; but experience shows that these baits, apart from being more troublesome and ex- pensive to prepare, are really no more efficacious in practice than fermenting fruit by itself. One incident, however, that happened to me when I was stationed at the British Military Hospital at Mackinnon Road in 1950 seems to indicate that a compound bait, if it contains the right ingredients and is correctly prepared, can nevertheless have a devastating effect on Charaxes. I had been advised by Dr. Pinhey to try out a bait made of fermenting mashed bananas, beer and sugar; so, having brewed up these ingredients for three days in a tin, I decided to try out the bait on the Charaxes of the arid thorn-bush country in which the hospital was situated. I walked out into the bush and laid my baits in a number of places. (I did not possess any traps at the time.) No sooner had the first bait been laid than the Charaxes started wheeling down in large numbers literally “out of the blue’. Soon my baits were covered with masses of these wonderful butterflies, battling with one another for footholds on the nauseating brew; many of them became so drunk they were incapable of standing upright or flying. Although I had a net with me, it soon became unnecessary to use it, as all I had to do was to kneel down by a bait and pick up any specimens I wanted in my fingers. The thing that really surprised me about this incident was not the effectiveness of the bait so much as the large number of Charaxes that appear to inhabit semi-desert, thorn- bush country. (Mackinnon Road is shown on the maps as being in the TARU DESERT. ) Recently, I have been in the habit of using fourteen traps baited with fermented bananas, and have on a number of occasions come home from a day’s collecting with more than one hundred Charaxes 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 57 “in the bag”. I have also on several occasions caught TWENTY different species of Charaxes in one day. This is possible if one places traps in a number of different ecological zones, such as at the base of a mountain and up its slopes until one reaches the higher montane forests. The more traps one has out and the larger the area one covers the greater will be one’s reward. But collecting Charaxes on as massive a scale as I have occasionally been guilty of is seldom justified. Too much trapping by too many collectors in a given area could in a very short time decimate the population of these fine butterflies, and would no doubt wipe out completely some of the rarer, more localized species. Traps must be used judiciously by collectors, and not abused by them. When traps are placed in open savannah or thorn-bush country, apart from the Charaxes inhabiting such places they will attract other nymphalid genera such as Hamanumida, Neptis, Byblia and Precis, as well as such satyrines as Melanitis, Henotesia, Ypthima and Mycalesis. In forests, however, the following genera will come to traps: Family NYMPHALIDAE Charaxes Ariadne Palla Byblia Euxanthe Neptidopsis Cymothoe Eurytela Euptera Kallima Euryphura Apaturopsis Diestogyna Hypolimnas Euryphene Salamis Euphaedra Catacroptera Aterica Precis Pseudargynnis Vanessula Pseudacraea Antanartia Neptis Lachnoptera Cyrestis Phalanta (=Atella) Asterope (=Crenis ) Family LIBYTHEIDAE Libythea Family RIODINIDAE Abisara Family SATYRIDAE Elymniopsis Mycalesis Melanitis Henotesia Gnophodes Ypthima From the foregoing it can be seen that the use of traps represents a major “breakthrough” for the field collector in East Africa and has 58 Grey: Keeping records Vol.18: no.1 added a new dimension to butterfly collecting. The modem collector has learned that he must use traps if he is to benefit fully from his efforts in the field. Although in this paper I have dealt with traps in an East African context only, there is little doubt that they could be used with equal success in other parts of the world to catch genera similar to, or closely related to, the ones listed above. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS In conclusion, I should like to thank Dr. V. G. L. van Someren, Dr. Elliot Pinhey and Mr. John G. Williams for data regarding butterfly traps and baits, and Messrs. D. G. Sevastopulo, R. T. Evans and B. Barton-Eckett for their advice and help in the preparation of this paper. KEEPING RECORDS by L. P. Grey Rt. 1 Box 216) Emcoln; MessUs sane The lepidopterist first of all is a psychopath of sorts; he needs must be individual and of course his ways of handling data will be diverse — witness the awesome ingenuity he displays in his other gadgetries and techniques of collecting. The nearest thing to agreement on a standard approach to data-keeping probably has been through the medium of personal diaries, at least with the older generation. This habit of chronology soon grows to be an indispensable crutch, a key to lifetime observations, especially functional when need arises to determine the particular housing project or cloverleaf under which lie buried the fields of youth and the butterfly haunts of yesteryear. Ease and accessibility of recall are prime functions, but they are governed by what is to be recalled and for what purpose. Purpose indeed ranks first in any critique of method—the diary and the computer tape both are means to an end, whether the end be nostalgic or scientific. The record chart forms recently shown by Heitzman in this section of the Journal (vol.17: 44-46; 1963) appear well suited to or adaptable to the needs of a large class of collectors, namely, those who do not happen to own a late-model computer but yet would like to get around some of the obvious defects of the diary-notebook system, aiming toward a better grouping of related data. But alas, collectors being what they are, it is a safe wager that Heitzman’s excellent layout will suffer many a change if it is “copied” at all by other students. Recognizing this fact of life, I shall describe my own scheme of filing data merely with the hope of provoking con- 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 tinued discussions anent this important subject; privately, I realize my ideas are outstandingly superior but I also have a suspicion that no properly classified member of the “genus collector” is about to be copying either my methods or purposes—I had as soon think they would be rushing to wear my shoes which so nicely fit my individual pedal bumps and callosities. My record file is limited to the named and unnamed color forms and blendings of the Nearctic fritillaries. It is maintained primarily as a tool to aid in visualizing distributions. “Localities”, however, are treated merely as a convenient category around which to integrate other coequal data, viz: (1) of sympatrisms and allopatrisms; (2) of ecology —as defined by plant associations, altitudes, photographs when possible; (3) flight seasons, relative abundances and other noted biological individualities; (4) the usual “where, when, by whom’, plus notes to help relocate collecting sites & material; (5) some description of local variation & population structure. One of the functions of a record set-up surely ought to be to allow fairly quick extraction of listed data in many different combinations and permutations. Probably the speed with which this can be done, weighed against cost and amount of labor needed to prepare the file and keep it in order, give the true measure of utility. It would be nice to have answers pop up at the push of a button, but then, the main thing is to have quick access to particular cards from which desired combinations of information can be had, or at least to learn quickly how many of the desired facts are at hand. I have seen no reasons to regret the decisions I made when adapting a system to 3 x 5 file cards. I gave serious consideration to many ways of handling, including mechanical adjuncts such as, e. g.: notching the cards to allow various automatic collations when dropped onto spaced rods — these and other grandiose ideas were discarded in favor of manual sorting. This meant that special care must be given to layout and organization since I expected to build up a fairly large body of assorted information which would be valuable only in proportion as it could be collated and cross-compared. It appeared that this could be done by exploiting two simple ideas, namely (1) that alphabetically arranged index tabs for various categories are easy to prepare and easy to discriminate when a drawer is opened, and (2) that a bunch of cards of this size is easy to hold and to RIFFLE so that the CORNERS pass in review for quick sighting. I recognize thirteen “species” in the group I study; the first categorical separation therefore is by “species”, or rather by “drawers” since I have enough records in most of these categories to require a separate 60 Grey: Keeping records Vol.18: no.1 drawer or drawers for each, all of which are at arm’s reach in a specially constructed desk. The next category, within drawers, is “States and Provinces’, instantly selective from alphabetically ordered tabs. A sub- category of “Counties” is maintained at present merely by alphabetical arrangement within each of the “species-States” slots, subject to promo- tion whenever I get enough material, or spare time to make the tabs. As it stands, then, it takes only a few seconds to pull out whatever records may be available of particular species from any county in North America. But this is only a first step; the card layouts then permit reasonably quick tabulations, comparisons and other developments of the data. A description of the format follows, but a prime qualification must not be omitted: I should define my “units” to which separate cards are assigned. These are: SERIES OF A PARTICULAR SPECIES TAKEN BY AN INDIVIDUAL COLLECTOR OR COLLECTORS IN A SPOT LOCALITY ON A SINGLE DATE. “Localities” are closely restricted; correspondents are asked to assign separate field numbers when they move on a mile or two or revisit places at later dates. When the cards are typed, places of honor are given to data adjudged most often consulted or most likely to require tabulation; these are spotted in the four CORNERS, viz.: Upper Left: SPECIES. And also, for convenience, FIELD NUM- BERS are placed here, a line or two below, plus CROSS REFERENCES where available. Example: atlantis AHM 63 AO see also AHM 63 BX — RHP 61 AR Incidentally, it might be a cause for rejoicing if collectors would standardize on this formula of “initials of collector — year — AA through AZ, BA through BZ, etc.”, a concise and inexhaustable code providing every spot locality batch with its own unique tag. Upper Right: STATE OR PROVINCE. Immediately below this, the COUNTY, and just below this usually a TOPOGRAPHICAL CATCH- PHRASE. Like this: Wyoming Albany Co. S. E. Laramie Divide, Dale Creek-Cache la Poudre drainage The latter reference quite often is the most importantly useful one on the card; some regional research should be put into selecting and 1964. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 phrasing it. Notation of the nearest mountain range or other principal topographic feature usually is inadequate unless restricted; the form of restriction should be the one most likely to aid in rationalizing sub- _ speciation in terms of the lay of the land. Take for example the cited instance: the highlands and Sonoran intervales of southeastern Wyoming and adjacent parts of Colorado are fairly complex, especially so to a stranger; it then appears safer to go by drainage lines which in this case probably are equally or better calculated to integrate observed variation and which have a special virtue of being easy to check definitively whereas the upland contours are rather bewildering to follow on ordinarily available maps. Political units like “Albany County” are extremely valuable in preliminary delimitations but then the orienta- tion properly must be to ecogeography, to have, say, the “Medicine Bow East Slope — Little Laramie River drainage” records grouped so that they comprise units within the “Albany County” assortments. Lower Left: DEPOSITION. The name of museum or individual owner of recorded material is placed here for my own convenience, since I often like to know where certain series may be located. But this “quick-sight” space could as well be given to some other phase of data, dependent on individual needs and desired utility; the same flexibility could be given to the next and final “cornering”. Lower Right! NUMBER OF EACH SEX. Also, a line above or nearby: CONDITION, whether fresh, worn or ragged, and RATIO OF SILVER if the record is of a population in which that character is variable. But these “cornerings’ merely frame the subject; major data fill the centers of the cards, often running over to the reverse sides, in this order: (1) a LOCALITY REFERENCE is given in some terms which will insure limitation to the proper U. S. G. S. quadrangle map and which will further aid precise or within-a-mile-or-so spotting (often, reference to available National Forest maps, air navigation charts, etc., is inserted — capitalized for quick sighting — since these can be exhumed quickly and usually will be sufficient to give the desired perspective ); (2) all in one running statement, the ALTITUDE, DATE AND COL- LECTOR are cited (the latter by initials merely if the same person owns the material and is named in the lower left corner); (3) next, separated by a line, a LIST OF CONGENERS, that is, the number and identity of all other speyerians taken at this same place; this facilitates cross-reference to the other cards of the same catch and at the same time nails down the recorded sympatrisms of particular localities; (4) then, the ECOLOGICAL NOTES, carefully boiled down to essentials (if you can close your eyes and visualize the place, your choice of words 62 Grey: Keeping records Vol.18: no.1 was right; (5) finally, a DESCRIPTION OF VARIATION which again need not be wordy to stimulate recall. A representative fill-in of the above might look like this: Albany Co. Laramie Divide, N. E. No. Laramie-No. Platte drainage Along Friend Creek in a large dry meadow just West of Laramie Peak (MED. BOW N. F.), 7800 ft., 20.vii.63, AHM. On thistles (ECOLOGY: see atlantis file). Sympatric: 1 m egleis; 3 m, 5 f atlantis unsilvered; 11 f coronis; 3 £ edwardsii; 14 m, 12 f zerene. These mormonia silvered, the female very green-disk, the males greenish to very red like Black Hills norm, a stunning contrast. Perhaps a few more trivia should be noted. (1) Having given considerable attention to ecology, I have been lead to preserve rather lengthy descriptions, photographs, references to correspondence, etc., which would be time-consuming or impossible to duplicate for the separate files of species taken in single places. These, then, are tied together by cross-references, as in the above example. On each card, however, the intention is to make them practically self-sustaining for generalities of faunal zone and vegetation. Probably the available ecological notes will be organized in a separate file eventually, but as it stands it is no great chore to pull things together when needs arise. (2) A date of filing is rubber-stamped vertically across the left-hand end of the cards, a date which is kept the same for and unique to all cards of particular loans and shipments; perhaps this is an unnecessary refinement but it does make possible eventual reassembly of all data of particular shipments if it ever should be required. (3) in addition to mentioned recordings other facts often are added as occasions seem to merit; for example, the entire file originally was confined to personally inspected series, but the circumstances which made that necessary have changed greatly in recent years; there are now many keen students of these butterflies whose identifications can be accepted without question. In such cases the cards are marked “not seen; data from Richard Roe ine libi Gacolle As a usual thing, regardless of the problem at hand the records ayail- able are not likely to swamp one, once they are located. And if the research is extensive it can be broken down geographically and worked piecemeal. The broad principles of this sort of record-keeping do not require elaborate means for collating data. It is true that a large number of cards may have to be conned over when making desired factual syntheses, but the geographically organized arrangement usually per- 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 mits very speedy access to exactly those cards which will be needed. I anticipate that everybody who dabbles in biogeography will agree that the procuring and organizing of good maps is more of a problem than the one of organizing records. It is to be hoped that some of the brethren who have ideas on this latter subject of gathering, learning and organizing data of ecogeography will speak up! More and more, my file of Speyeria grows to command the time and interest I once gave to a “collection”; the latter now serves the frankly subsidiary purpose of providing an occasional jog to memory of local variation. Time is becoming too precious to waste on the mechanics of case-building and spreading; also, my wife intimates that one roomful is enough. But file cards are inexpensive and some of the available drawers still are empty. Still and all, how nice it would be, as W. D. Field and I so often have wistfully pondered, if some genius would engineer a transparent-envelope system of some kind, so that all of the series could be put right in the drawers with the cards — thousands of them in space where at most a few dozen pinned specimens could be housed. Until the happy day comes when this urgent problem is solved, of filing Lepidoptera in quantity in some way so that they can be (1) quickly and inexpensively prepared, (2) stored in small space, adapt- able to a filing cabinet system, (3) available for close inspection, fully visible, (4) exposed to repeated handling without damage, and (5) easily withdrawn for microscopic examination, I suppose we still must abide by the curatorial traditions handed down from the Victorians. But I will say that of the two things, I almost prefer a well-organized file, if the choice has to be between it and pinned series of the all-too-usual kind, which are alone in the world except for pin labels telling the place, day, and COLLECTOR. The latter's name usually is set in fairly large type and if he is still living there is a chance that a few man-hours of research and correspondence might yield the desired graphic data of ecogeography and sympatrisms. But then, the same amount of effort probably would bring in better and larger data from contemporary correspondents. Still, the standards are visibly improving, and the main troubles lie with existing series which are relics from days when “specimens” were thought to be the goal and end of collecting. The search now has passed on to the pursuit of elusive truths concerning the age-old evolutionary struggle, for hints which now and again may be interpreted from the data of landscapes and populations. This sort of “collecting” challenges today’s students to improve their techniques of record-keeping and to pioneer new and more efficient ways of handling material. 64 HeitzMAn: Albino male Eurema Vol.18: no.1 AN ALBINO MALE EUREMA LISA (PIERIDAE) COLLECTED IN MISSOURI On 16 September 1963 I had the unique experience of capturing an albino male Eurema lisa lisa Boisduval and Leconte. The specimen was taken fluttering by the side of an old railroad track near Atherton, Missouri. In this area Eurema lisa migrates north each season in June and produces two or three broods in our region. The numbers fluctuate greatly from year to year and this summer the species was quite common. I probably saw forty or more during the course of the day. When I saw this white one flying by I took it to be an albino female. Pure white females are very rare in this area, and luckily so, for otherwise I would have passed this one up. Since I have never seen or heard of an albino male being taken before, I thought this record might prove interesting to other collectors. The specimen possesses the normal black borders with a white ground color on the upper side. Beneath, the ground color is white with the normal brown markings reduced and of a silvery gray tone. RICHARD HEITzMAN, 3112 Harris Avenue., Independence, Mo., U. S. A. EDITORIAL As of this Volume, Dr. Charles L. Remington steps aside as editor of the Journal, after 17 years of work, not only as editor, but as general manager of the organization’s affairs. With the change the Society enters a new era and must assume new respon- sibitities as a self-sufficient operation not dependent on the efforts of one man. The Lepidopterists’ Society was founded and a mimeographed newsletter initiated in 1947 by Remington and Harry K. Clench, while both were graduate students at Harvard. The Lepidopterists’ News evolved to a lithographed publication the follow- ing year and to a formalized letterpress periodical in 1951. Ultimately the growing Society, under the guidance of Remington, expanded its publication, replacing The Lepidopterists News with a litho printed News and the present quarterly Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society commencing with Volume 14 in 1958. During 18 years the Society has grown from an idea and the enthusiasm of a few persons to some 750 members and subscribing Libraries representing countries in all parts of the world. The Society has from the beginning had as its aim the promotion of free interchange among lepidopterists of all countries, both professional and amateur; a high proportion of the membership has been non-professionals, who have found a medium for com- munication with current trends in the study of Lepidoptera. Entomological journals in general experience the paradox of having editors who are trained as research biologists rather than as editors, except by experience. These editors are not paid and are seldom thanked for their efforts; the time donated must be subtracted from that available for the research for which they are trained. Moreover, contributors to these journals are for the most part trained as research biologists and not as writers, except by experience. Thus problems associated with editing and with author-editor relation- ships probably exist over and above those normally encountered by professional editors, In the case of this journal, the high proportion of non-professional contributors often trained neither in research nor in writing, has undoubtedly compounded these prob- lems. Accordingly, the criticism characteristically directed towards editors has been abundant in Dr. Remington’s situation, I am sure, particularly from those with less publishing and no editing experience. However, we as members, critics and non-critics alike, should acknowledge the debt of gratitude which we owe him. The Society and its journal owe their existence to the efforts of Charles L. Remington. EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor: Jerry A. POWELL Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting): Perer F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors” ) : Frep T. THORNE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: J. W. TitvEN Manager of the Memoirs: Smpney A. HEssEL Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Bextiincer, S. A. HesseL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. PowrEii, C. L. Remincron (chairman), F. T. THorNE, J. W. TILpEN. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts must be typewriten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and one side only of white, 814 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFERENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. Authors are normally charged for engraving and tables at cost. Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley proof is received. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powretx, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TrwpeNn, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances and address changes to: Grorcr Enir, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists Society, No.1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyr F. pos Passos Price: Society members — $4.50, others — $6.00; postpaid. Order from the Society Treasurer. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Frertp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1963 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.17: no.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Evaluation of an insect light trap designed to separate beetles and moths by H. A. DENMARK) o)...0005 025 Pi 1-10 An annotated list of butterflies collected in British Honduras in 1961 by Gary N. Ross ...... vidodwap's én laaita cose Rete aetna 20) Rees anne ee 11-26 Migration of Kricogonia lyside in Mexico (Pieridae) by ° Wiurram. Bi Howe |). ea 26 A bilateral gynandromorph of Automeris io (Saturniidae) taken at mercury vapor light in Connecticut by Smpnry A. HESSEE 6.00000. ee ee er 27-31 The first record of Eurema chamberlaini (Pieridae) in the United States by, Cataries F) ZEIGER ...600 icc) Bill ke cscs de ee 31 Additional notes on the life history of Neoterpes edwardsata (Geometridae ) by Jonn. Apams COMSTOCK © .00000.0.00.0c.4is)c 32-34 The mating time of Lepidoptera by © GronG PRONEN § 06000.28hic le Dac esd eiadcie svcd ae eee 35-41 A record of Glaucopsyche lygdamus from Missouri by GC. J. Kennedy’ 00.0 or 41-42 The food plants of Syssphinx heiligbrodti (Saturniidae) in Texas by) ANDRE . BLANCHARD ().0).00005/004 0c) doccelecsescodeetiecnsserslis leer 42 The dates of publication of Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres-Heteroceres by Herman Strecker by. Fo MARTIN BROWN §.0000.0000, fcch 0 fice eke 43-44 Notes on five Megathymidae by Down B. Sta.uincs, J. R. TURNER, AND VioLa N. STALLINGS ............ 45-47 Occurrence of certain Rhopalocera in Oregon and Washington by. EB. J. NEwcoMEr 00.00) 0G.ol. ee ee 47-50 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Notes on the use of butterfly traps in East Africa by) ARTHUR (RYDON | (4hc52.ccc0.nccdec Se scotedas costo caseet sete acteeoeeees er 51-58 Keeping records by. TB. (Grey oo. ea oh i Ca er - 58-63 An albino male Eurema lisa (Pieridae) collected in Missouri by Ricoarp HErmrzMan .2.00.0)050.jccsb ioe es keane 64 Eiditorigk 20) 550 028 ee ak AS as ORS Die eee a 64 Volume 18 1964 Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue LIFE HISTORY OF PAPILIO INDRA MINORI NEW APODEMIA FROM TEXAS WEATHER RESISTANT LIGHT TRAP LIFE HISTORY OF CALLOPHRYS XAMI (Complete contents on back cover) 28 August 1964 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1964 OFFICERS President: J. G. FRaNcLemont (Ithaca, N. Y., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: P. E. L. Viette (Paris, France) Vice President: H. G. Amset (Karlsruhe, Germany) Vice President: Kazuo Satrou ( Hirosaki, Japan) Treasurer: GrorcE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SipNEY A. HEssEx ( Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, IIL, U.S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. Freeman (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE LA TorrE y CauLeyas (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: SuicEru A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) Livco_n P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1966: CHARLEs P. KrmpBa.y (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) W. Harry LancgE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and specia! interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JouRNAL OF Tue Lepipoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 18 1964. Number 2 THE LIFE HISTORY OF PAPILIO INDRA MINORI by Joun F. Emmet and THomas C. EMMEL Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U.S.A. One of the rarest of all North American butterflies is the narrow- banded subspecies of Papilio indra Reakirt occurring in the wild mesa country of western Colorado. Described by Frank C. Cross in 1937, this subspecies was named Papilio indra minori in honor of the discoverer, Mr. Will C. Minor of Fruita, Colorado. Since that time, apparently less than one hundred adult specimens have found their way into col- lections. The habits of the adult butterflies have been described in engaging and thorough detail by Donald Eff (1962), the other lepidop- terist besides Will Minor who has had the most experience with this rarity. Until 1963, however, the food plant and life history of P. indra minori were undetermined. The present paper reports the food plant and describes the egg, larva, and pupa of the insect from material col- lected in the type locality. GENERAL REMARKS The home of P. i. minori is along the edge of Black Ridge, near Colo- rado National Monument in Mesa County, Colorado. While at Black Ridge on May 12 and 13, 1963, Don Eff collected two females; one of these was caught in copula. Since the freshly mated female would pro- duce more eggs than an older and possibly unmated female, and kindly answering a standing request, Mr. Eff sent the mated female to us, and on May 16 it was confined in a net bag placed over a growing plant of Tauschia arguta (Umbelliferae), a known food plant of P. indra pergamus Hy. Edw. (Emmel & Emmel, 1963). On alternate days, the female was transferred to a net bag placed over Foeniculum vulgare, another umbellifer used as a laboratory food plant for Papilio bairdii Edwards, P. oregonius Edwards, and P. rudkini Comstock (Emmel & Emmel, 1963). Before dying after six days, the female laid a total of 30 eggs; all were oviposited on the Tauschia plant. Unfortunately, the eggs proved to be infertile. 65 66 EmMMeEL and EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol.18: no.2 As the adults’ flight period is restricted to late April and May, it seemed probable to us that advanced larval stages might be found on some umbellifer around Black Ridge in the early part of June, since the eggs of other P. indra subspecies — always laid on umbellifers — develop immediately and the insects go through a winter diapause in the pupal stage. Accordingly, after correspondence with Will Minor and Donald Eff, we met Mr. Minor at his home in Fruita on the after- noon of June 16, 1963. He generously consented to take us to Black Ridge in his Jeep, and we arrived at Coal Mine Point, the type locality, at about 4:00 p.m., where we began an immediate search for the food plant. DESCRIPTION OF Foop PLANT AND HaBirat Eff (1962 and in litt.), by process of elimination of plants in the local flora, had suspected the food plant to be Lomatium grayi (Coult. & Rose), an umbelliferous species generally distributed over western Colo- rado from four to eight thousand foot elevations. However, the um- bellifer Eff found at Black Ridge may have been misidentified by the betanist who examined his specimens, since another species, Lomatium eastwoodae (C. & R.) Macbr., turned out to be the only Lomatium species we could find at Coal Mine Point. This plant, Lomatium east- woodae, was discovered to be the food plant of P. i. minori. The Lomatium species at Black Ridge keyed out as eastwoodae in Mathias (1938) and in Harrington (1954). The identification was further _verified by comparison with L. eastwoodae specimens (sheet no. 330463 ) in the Dudley Herbarium at Stanford University, which were labeled as having been collected at “e. edge of Black Ridge, Colo. Nat. Mon., Mesa Co.” According to Mathias (1938), L. eastwoodae was known only from the type locality (“near Grand Junction, Colo.”). Because of the great rarity of this plant and the lack of readily accessible published descriptions and herbarium specimens, a description follows and an illustration of a single plant with fruiting umbels is provided herein in Figure 12. DESCRIPTION OF Foop PLant: The plants are about 10 to 15 cm. tall from “a subwoody caudex covered with old leaf sheaths; leaves narrowly oblong, scaberulent, the blades 2.5-7 cm. long, 1-2-pinnate, with 5-7 remote pairs of segments, the leaflets oblong-lanceolate, 2-4 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad, crowded, apiculate, the petioles 1.5-4.5 cm. long, shortly sheathing below; . . . umbels 4-6-rayed, the fruiting rays unequal, 1-3 cm. long, ascending; . . . fruit oblong, 8-10 mm. long, about 6 mm. Fig. 1. Slope immediately below Coal Mine Point, Black Ridge, Mesa County, Colorado (type locality of Papilio indra minori). Lomatium eastwoodae plants grow mainly at the base of ledges or boulders, with occasional plants being found beneath junipers and pinyon pines. Several Lomatium plants are located above 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 the net and in front of the boulder at the right side of the photograph, but their size makes them difficult to see from more than a few feet away. Fig. 2. View of the eastern end of Black Ridge. Lomatium eastwoodae plants were generally distributed across the open rocky slopes. 68 EMMEL and EmMMeEL: Papilio biology Vol.18: no.2 broad .. .” (Mathias, 1938). The umbellets are 2-15-flowered and the flower color is believed to be yellow. (Only dried flowering specimens were examined by Mathias, and only fruiting plants were observed by the present authors.) From our observations of the various fruiting stages that the plants were in at mid June, it would seem that flowering probably occurs from April to early May. Hasitat: The small, grayish-green plants were located among the rocks on the north side of Coal Mine Point, where the mesa walls begin to drop precipitously toward the canyons bordering the Colorado River in Fruita Valley (Figure 1). After about 20 minutes of searching on June 16, one of us (T. C. E.) found the first larva, a fully mature one resting in a rocky crevice between boulders near a Lomatium plant. Two more larvae were found that afternoon, both fourth instar and both on Lomatium leaves. The next day was spent at the eastern end of Black Ridge, on the border of Colorado National Monument, where a number of Lomatium eastwoodae plants were located on a south- easterly-facing slope (Figure 2). An intensive search yielded two larvae, one in third instar and the other in fourth instar. Along Black Ridge, as will be noted in the figures, the habitat is arid, with open Pinyon Pine and Utah Juniper forest extending up the rocky slopes of the ridge from the canyons below and also covering the mesa tops. Interspersed among the low trees are such shrubs as sagebrush (Artemisia) and Mountain Mahogany (Cercocarpus), with Yucca, Senecio, and other wildflowers scattered along the slopes and washes. The elevation along the top of Black Ridge (from the eastern end to Coal Mine Point) is about 7,000 feet above sea level. Further trips to the Colorado National Monument area on July 1-4, July 12-14, and July 20-21 did not produce more larvae of P. i. minori; indeed, even on the first of July most of the Lomatium eastwoodae plants were dried up and shriveled. Thus it seems probable that P. indra minori is single-brooded like P. indra indra in the Sierra Nevada (Emmel & Emmel, 1962) and P. indra fordi in the Mojave Desert mountain ranges (J. F. Emmel, unpublished ). The five P. i. minori larvae collected in June were reared at the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory, Gothic, Colorado, on intact Lomatium eastwoodae plants. Although all larvae reached maturity, only two pupated successfully. In the three that died while pupating, no parasites or evidence of disease were noted. LarvaL Hasirs AND PossIBLE Mimicry By A Motu Larva Feeding habits in the laboratory differed among the instars. The third instar larva remained on the leaf of the Lomatium plant, near the tip. The fourth instar larvae rested always on the petioles near the base of 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 the plant, moving to the outer edges of the leaves to feed. When dis- turbed, the third and fourth instar larvae immediately dropped off the plant. The fifth instar larvae, when not feeding, crawled up the sides of the netting bag suspended over the potted food plant, and remained motionless there. The larvae fed both during the daylight hours and at night. On June 16, a geometrid larva was also taken on Lomatium east- woodae at Coal Mine Point. Its pattern of coloration was superficially similar to that of a mature P. i. minori larva, and at first sight it was mistaken for this. Its length was about 40 mm. at maturity; its width was only about 6 mm. This coincidence of parallel color pattern may involve a case of Miillerian mimicry, where both insects are using a common conspicuous pattern of (warning?) coloration in the larval stage. DESCRIPTION OF EARLY STAGES Ecc The egg is identical in shape and coloration to the egg of P. indra fordi, while being slightly larger in size (about 1.1 mm.). The surface texture is smooth, and the color is cream when first laid. The drawing in Figure 3 is of one of the infertile eggs mentioned in the text above. The one female observed in captivity laid her eggs singly, near the tips of the Tauschia arguta leaves. Tuirp INsTAR LARVA A dorsal view of the third instar larva is shown in Figure 4. The length of this larva at maturity was about 10 mm.; its coloration and pattern did not differ noticeably from those of the fourth instar larvae (see following description ). FourtH Instar Larva Length: 17 mm. at maturity. Head: Jet black, with an inverted crescent-shaped mark of light orange at the center and four white dots arranged across the upper margins (one pair on each side). Body: Ground color black, with a blue sheen in strong side lighting (lateral view in Fig. 5). There are four anterior-posterior rows of black, pointed tubercles. The tubercles in the two dorsally-situated rows have orange spots located just medially to their bases. The tubercles in the two lateral rows have orange or white spots located just dorsally to their bases, and are about one-half the length of the dorsal tubercles. The white “saddle” mark on the seventh abdominal segment is irregularly shaped but is continuous in contrast to the “row of large oval white spots, transversely circling the body at about the seventh segment” on the fourth-instar P. indra fordi larva (Comstock & Martin, 1955: p. 148). 70 ExmreL and EMMeEL: Papilio biology Vol.18: no.2 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society (fil This “saddle” mark and the following marks varied slightly among the four P. i. minori larvae of this instar that we were able to observe. There is a lateral row of eleven light-orange spots immediately below the lateral row of tubercles, extending from the first segment to the caudal end. An irregular pattern of small white marks occurs along the lateral row of tubercles, and transversely around the last three body segments. A white spot occurs on the lateral side of the base of each thoracic leg; the thoracic legs and prolegs are black. FirtH Instar Larva Length: 37 to 40 mm. at maturity. Greatest width: 8.0 mm. Head: 4 mm. in width. Jet black in color. An inverted “V” of red-orange occurs on the adfrontal margins (see Figure 8 for pattern). Body: See Figures 6 and 7. Ground color, deep black. The first segment is edged anteriorly with a narrow band of pink (ending on each side at an orange spot), and has a broad band of black posteriorly. Each of the remaining segments has a wide, anterior, pink band arching over the dorsal surface. These bands end above (on segments 4-6) or surrounding (on segments 1-3, 7-11) the large lateral spot of orange feund on each segment. The posterior margins of the pink bands curve caudally a short distance at four locations to surround an orange dot. These orange dots (dorsal to the large lateral dot) occur in four longitudinal rows: one on each side of the dorsal area, and one placed suprastigmatally on each side. The true legs and prolegs are black, with a large white dot occurring on their sides. The segments without legs likewise bear this single subventral white spot. The crochets are trans- lucent gray, and the spiracles are black. Discussion: A later paper will present a comparative analysis of the bioloegy of all the subspecies of Papilio indra. However, as the early stages of P. i. minori seem to be closest to those of P. i. fordi in the Papilio indra group, we may compare these briefly. The general light and dark pattern of the larval body is nearly identical to that of the mature larva of P. indra fordi, as described by Comstock and Martin (1955). The details of the coloration differ, however. The deep black areas on the P. i. minori larva never have the occasional blue sheen of P. i. fordi larvae. The light bands arching dorsally over the body segments are a Fig. 3. Egg of Papilio indra minori. Actual diameter about 1.1 mm. Lateral aspect. Fig. 4. Third instar larva of P. indra minori, dorsal aspect. Fig. 5. Fourth instar larva of P. indra minori, lateral aspect. Note detail of Lomatium eastwoodae leaf. Fig. 6. Fifth (last) instar larva of P. indra minori, lateral aspect. Fig. 7. Same fifth instar larva of P. indra minori as in Fig. 6, but dorsal aspect. Fig. 8. Detail of the head of the fifth instar larva of P. indra minori. Dark areas black, light areas a red-orange, in this frontal view. \ q2 EmMMEL and EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol.18: no.2 delicate PINK, rather than white or bluish-white as in fordi. The large dots on these bands are the same size as those found on fordi, but the color is a deep orange rather than lemon yellow. All other spots on the body are light pink in color or, occasionally, white, rather than yellow as on P. i. fordi larvae. As with P. i. fordi and P. i. pergamus larvae, the width of the black bands on the body segments varies between individual larvae. Pupa Male: Length, 20.9 mm. Greatest width at wing cases, 6.0 mm. Female: Length, 24.5 mm. Greatest width at wing cases, 7.0 mm. (HiguirestO sO san): Figs. 9, 10, 11. Pupa of P. indra minori. Dorsal, lateral, and ventral aspects, respectively. The smaller male pupa is shown above the female pupa in each figure. Fig. 12. The food plant of Papilio indra minori: Lomatium eastwoodae (Coult. & Rose) Macbr. The leaves, umbel, and fruit are shown growing from the sub- woody caudex covered with old leaf sheaths. 1964 7 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 The pupa of P. indra minori is nearly identical to the pupa of P. indra fordi (illustrated in Comstock & Martin, 1955). The ground color is a grayish tan, with short light and dark streaks giving all surfaces except the wing cases a lightly mottled appearance. The wing cases are pre- dominantly olive-tan. The surface is rough with a profusion of tiny raised points and small wart-like nodules. There are two longitudinal rows of papillae extending posteriorly from the thoracic region: one row on each side of the dorsal area, and a second row placed suprastigmatally. These papillae are not lightly colored and conspicuous, as opposed to those on the pupa of P. indra fordi. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The present paper is part of a continuing study of species of the Papilio machaon complex in western North America. The aid of the Gordon F. Ferris Memorial Scholarship (to J. F. E.) from Stanford University is gratefully acknowledged. Mr. Will C. Minor of Fruita, Colorado, was exceedingly helpful during our visit to the Black Ridge area. Superintendent F. G. Bussey and Naturalist Clarence J. McCoy of the National Park Service were most helpful in granting us a collecting permit to collect within Colorado National Monument and in answering our many questions about the area and its butterfly fauna. Mr. Donald Eff of Boulder, Colorado, very kindly supplied us with a living female of P. indra minori and detailed information on the type locality. Dr. Paul R. Ehrlich, Division of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, reviewed the manuscript and offered helpful assistance at the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory. Literature Cited Comstock, John A., & Lloyd M. Martin, 1955. A new Papilio from California. Bull. so. Calif. acad. soc. 54: 142-148. Eff, Donald, 1962. A little about the little-known Papilio indra minori. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 137-142. Emmel, Thomas C., & John F. Emmel, 1962. Ecological studies of Rhopalocera in a High Sierran community — Donner Pass, California. I. Butterfly associations and distributional factors. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 23-44. ccncccenssnedetaeieentt , 1963 Larval food-plant records for six western Papilios. Journ. res. lepid. 1: 191-193. Harrington, H. D., 1954. Manual of the plants of Colorado. 666 pp. Sage Books, Denver. Mathias, Mildred E., 1938. A revision of the genus Lomatium. Ann. Missouri bot. garden 25: 225-297. ATTRACTION OF BUTTERFLIES TO LIGHT by D. G. SEvasTopULO P. O. Box 5026, Mombasa, KENYA With reference to Mr. Donohue’s note (Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 131- 132; 1962), the paucity of Indian records of butterflies attracted to light ean, I think, be explained partly by the fact that the older generation of entomologists saw nothing remarkable in the occasional visit of a 74 EmMMEL and EmMMEL: Papilio biology Vol.18: no.2 butterfly to light; after all many other day-flying, sun-loving insects are so attracted, for example dragonflies, cicadas, grasshoppers, both long and short horned, plant bugs, bees, wasps, day-flying moths, etc., and partly because it is only comparatively recently that electric light has been extended to cover the smaller places. I have published no records of butterflies attracted to light in India, but the crepuscular Melanitis leda L. and Gangara thyrsis F. were both fairly frequent visitors. In Calcutta, the satyrid Elymnias hypermnestra undularis Drury and the hesperiid Suastus gremius F., both of whose larvae feed on palms growing in verandahs, also appeared not infre- quently. In 1948, near Pantellaria Island in the Mediterranean, my ship passed thrcugh a migration of Vanessa cardui L., and a number of them were attracted to the ship's lights that evening (Entomologist 81: 186; 1948). Working a mercury vapour lamp in East Africa has provided a very large number of records, some of which have been published in 1955 and 1958 (Entomologist 88: 37; 91: 86), and I give below a full list of the species that have been attracted. Some of these have been pub- lished previously and some have not. For the sake of completeness I have added the names of some day-flying moths that have also been attracted. Papilionidae: Papilio demodocus Esp. Pieridae: Glycesthes creona severina Stol; G. c. infida Btlr.; Catop- silia florella F. Danaidae: Danaus chrysippus L. Acraeidae: Acraea encedon L.; A. eponina Cr. Nymphalidae: Charaxes candiope Godt.;- Hypolimnas misippus L.; Precis sophia F., P. clelia Cr; P. lintingensis cebrene Trim.; P. orithya madagascariensis Guér., Vanessa cardui L.; Crenis trimeni Auriv. Satyridae: Melanitis leda africana Fruhs.; Gnophodes parmeno diversa Btlr.; Mycalesis safitza Hew. Libytheidae: Libythea labdaca Westw. Lycaenidae: Lachnocnema durbani Trim.; Hypolycaena pacha- lica Btlr.; Syntarucus telicanus Lang; Zizula hylax F. (=Zizeeria gaika Trim. ) Hesperiidae: Coeliades sejuncta Vuill.; C. anchises Gerst.; Chond- rolepis niveicornis Plotz; Zophopetes cerymica Hew.; Pelopidas borbonica Bsd. Sphingidae: Cephonodes hylas virescens Wllgr.; | Leucostrophus hirundo Gerst. Noctuidae (Catocalinae): Egybolis vaillantina Stoll. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 A NEW SPECIES OF APODEMIA FROM TEXAS (RIODINIDAE) by H. A. FREEMAN 1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas, U.S.A. On August 3, 1962 while examining some Agave scabra plants in the Chisos Mountains, Texas, looking for trap doors of Agathymus chisosensis (Freeman), my attention was drawn to a small Metal-mark that settled on the ground near my feet. After catching the specimen I quickly noted that it was unlike any that I had previously seen; thus, the rest of the afternoon was spent in looking for more specimens. I caught two more after about four hours’ careful collecting. Later when I had taken the time to examine specimens of all the other North American Apodemia I decided that these three specimens were examples of an undescribed species of that genus, the description of which follows. APODEMIA CHISOSENSIS Freeman, NEW SPECIES MALE. Upper side: Primaries light coppery brown, being darker along costal margin, outer margin, and near base; seven black spots along outer margin; five black dashes present in submarginal area; two subapical white spots, the first merely a short line, the second broadly triangular; an irregular band of black spots in postmedian area running from just inside subapical spots to nearly center of inner margin; a black bar at end of cell with four small dots between this and base; wing shape normal and not strongly produced at apex; fringes black with three white spots present, one at apex, one near middle of outer margin, and one near tornus. Second- aries light coppery brown, being slightly darker along outer and anal margins; seven black spots along outer margin; eight black dashes forming an even curve throughout limbal area; five broad black dashes in discal area forming a straight line from inside outer angle to about midway of anal margin; two black bars near costa; a black bar at end of cell, with four black spots near base; fringes black with a white streak at outer angle, one white spot midway of outer margin, and another near anal angle. Under side: Primaries similar to above except lighter and the apical area sordid white. Secondaries snow white with all spots reappearing very distrinctly; three orange spots between marginal spots and submarginal dashes, forming an even curve in limbal area. Expanse 27 mm. FEMALE. Upper side: Very similar to ¢ except for slightly broader wings and lighter ground color. The most distinguishing difference is macular band, which originates beneath subapical spots and goes to inner margin, composed of six sordid white, broad, spots. Secondaries are like ¢ except ground color is slightly lighter; all spots the same. Under side: Primaries same as ¢ except ground color lighter; secondaries same as @ except slightly lighter. Expanse 32 mm. Thorax above dark grayish brown, beneath snow white; abdomen of same general color as thorax, with the segments marked by a white line; legs sordid white; palpus white; antenna black, minutely ringed with white. The ¢ genitalia are illustrated on the plate. HOLOTYPE, male, Chisos Mountains, elevation 5400 ft., Texas, 3 August 1962 (leg. H. A. Freeman); ALLOTYPE, female, same location, collector, and date. One ¢ paratype with the same data. The Holotype 76 FREEMAN: New Apodemia Vol.18: no. Pee rie ‘ pASSSewe Left column: Apodemia nais (& & 9; White Mts., Ariz.; 3-4 July 1951). Right column: Apodemia chisosensis (Holotype ¢ & Allotype ¢; Chisos Mts., Texas; 3 Aug. 1962). Top row @ @, upperside; 2nd row, 6 ¢ underside; 3rd row, 2 © upperside; 4th row, 2 @ underside; bottom row, ¢ genitalia. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 77 and Allotype are in the collection of H. A. Freeman. The paratype has been placed in the Stallings and Turner collection at Caldwell, Kansas. The nearest relative of the new species is Apodemia nais Edwards; however, there are several ways that the two species can readily be separated. The genitalia are different, as the illustrations on the plate show. The ground color of the secondaries beneath is a quick way to separate the two species; since chisosensis is snow-white in both fresh and worn specimens, it can be told at once from nais, as that species has the ground color of the secondaries on the under surface soft gray with some conspicuous patches of pale copper around the end of the cell, and there is also a distinct coppery orange band between the spots and dashes in the limbal area. The most distinguishing difference between the two species is the alignment of spots in the discal area of the second- aries, for in chisosensis there are five well-defined, broad dashes forming a straight line, while in nais these spots are more rounded and the middle one is displaced inward towards the base. In nais the fringes are also checkered throughout, while in chisosensis there are only three white spots on each wing. The apex of nais is more pointed in the ¢¢ than is that area in chisosensis. I wish to express my thanks to the National Science Foundation for research grant GB-398, making it possible for me to carry on research on the Lepidoptera, primarily with the Megathymidae. Bibliography Brown, F. Martin, Donald Eff, & Bernard Rotger, 1957. Colorado Butterflies. Proc. Denver mus. nat. hist. 368 pp. Ehrlich, Paul R., & Anne H. Ehrlich, 1961. How to know the butterflies. 262 pp. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Godman, F. D., & O. Salvin, 1879-19G1. Lepidoptera - Rhopalocera in Biologia CentraliAmericana. Vol.I: xlci + 487 pp., 1879-86; Vol.II: 728 pp., 1887-1901; Vol.III: 112 pls. McDunnough, J., 1938. Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part I, Macrolepidoptera. Memoirs so. Calif. acad. sci. 1: 275 pp. Seitz, A. (editor), 1907-24. Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 5, American Rhopalocera. vii + 1139 pp., 203 pls. Stuttgart. 78 Wyatt: More Afghanistan butterflies Vol.18: no.2 FURTHER ADDITIONS TO THE RHOPALOCERA OF AFGHANISTAN by Corin W. Wyatr Cobbets, Mavius Rd., Farnham. Surrey, ENGLAND In this Journal (vol.15: 1-18; 1961) I described various “Additions to the Rhopalocera of Afghanistan with descriptions of new species and subspecies’. In 1963 I returned there in the company of my friend Mr. Keiichi Omoto; the results of our expedition will be published later. Meanwhile, I give below the descriptions of the hitherto unknown 2 2 of two subspecies described by me in the article mentioned above:— Papilio alexanor hazarajatica Wyatt Neallotype ?: Panjao, W. Koh-i-Baba Mts., 10,000 ft., 26 June 1963. Markings exactly as in ¢, ground color slightly paler, and size very slightly larger. Karanasa pamira kotandari Wyatt Neallotype 2: Kotandar Pass, Paghman Mts., Kabul, 11,500 ft., 25 August 1963. General markings and size as in ¢. Disc of forewing suffused with bright chestnut-brown into outer half of cell, and almost to base below cell. Vestigial traces of median band in slightly deeper tone of chestnut. Apical ocelli only present, as in ¢, but this may not always be the case; in the closely allied race haslundi Cl. & Sh. the 2 usually, but not always, has two ocelli as is normal in this genus. Ocelli slightly smaller than in ¢, white pupilled. Chestnut color very slightly paler in the two internural spaces between ocellus and cell, and around the ocellus, but NOT a definitely different paler color as in K. p. haslundi. Underside as in ¢; forewing entirely suffused with chestnut, to base. Hindwing ground color a duller brown, not so blackish as in ¢. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 A WEATHER-RESISTANT LIGHT TRAP FOR THE COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA by I. F.B. Common and M.S. Upton Div. of Entomology, CSIRO, Canberra City, A.C.T., AUSTRALIA During the warmer months of the year, light-trapping of Lepidoptera in Australia often yields specimens of indifferent quality, owing to the damage caused by scarabaeid beetles and other hard-bodied insects. To overcome this problem and to collect especially the smaller slow- flying Lepidoptera, Common (1959) designed a transparent light trap for field use. Portable traps of this design are giving very satisfactory results. However, the plastics used for the construction of this trap gradually deteriorate if exposed for long periods to sunlight, making it unsatisfactory as a fixed trap for the continuous sampling of the fauna in any one situation. A light trap has therefore been designed to incor- porate the useful features of the transparent trap, and yet be resistant to strong sunlight and other weathering agents. This trap has now been in use at Canberra for about three years and has yielded catches of con- sistently high quality. Two features of the transparent light trap were shown to be of special significance. First, the whole area surrounding the trap was illuminated, resulting in the exclusion of a large proportion of the scarabs which were attracted to the light source. The catches of Microlepidoptera were also slightly, although not significantly, increased. Second, most of the scarabs which entered the trap were segregated from most of the remainder of the catch, greatly reducing physical damage to the Lepidoptera. To retain these features the fixed trap has been set in a cylindrical pit so that the light source is slightly above ground level, while the funnel beneath the light source leads to a cylindrical celluloid killing chamber incorporating two sorting devices similar to that used in the transparent trap. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIxED TRAP The trap (Fig. 1) is established on a fairly elevated site with a gentle slope, about 30 yards from a gully. A concrete-lined pit (A), 3% feet in depth and 2 feet in diameter is set in the centre of a low mound about 28 feet in diameter and about 1% feet in elevation. The pit is surrounded at ground level by a 9 inch strip of concrete (B). The trap (Fig. 1) is lowered into the pit so that the centre of the 250 watt high pressure mercury vapour discharge lamp (C), used as the light source, is about 3 inches above the slope of the mound. The upper edge of the stainless steel funnel (D), beneath the lamp, is supported by a broad truncated - cone of stainless steel (E), ending in a % inch vertical rim (F), which rests on the concrete surrounding the pit top (B). Radiating from the 80 Common and Upton: Light trap Vol.18: no.2 lamp above the funnel are four vertical stainless steel vanes (G), and above these a convex glass window pane (H), two feet in diameter, is supported by four vertical rods to protect the lamp and the trap from rain. Any rain which does enter the trap during windy periods is drained through the centre of the killing chamber (J) to the bottom of the pit and thence out through an agricultural drain to the nearby gully. Three legs (I) are fixed beneath the funnel so that the trap, when removed from the pit, can be stood upright. They also act as guides when lowering the trap into the pit. Fig. 1. Vertical section of the fixed light trap. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 The cylindrical killing chamber (]) (Fig. 2), 18 inches in diameter and 18 inches deep, is made of celluloid with a close-fitting lid, through which passes the lower opening of the funnel (D). This opening is arranged so that all insects reaching the chamber from the funnel are directed against a vertical baffle (K) to the central section of the upper tray (L). The actively flying insects disperse in this portion of the chamber and most die in the outer sections of the tray. The scarabs crawl around within the central section and drop down through one of two holes (M), about % inch in diameter, on to two inwardly sloping baffles and thence to the central section of the tray beneath (N). Here the procedure is repeated, those actively flying insects which have fortuitously entered the second portion of the chamber tending to die in the outer sections of the second tray (N), while the scarabs once again find their way through similar holes (O) in the central section to the lowest portion of the chamber. Thus most of the scarabs accumulate in the lowest portion of the killing chamber, while the softer-bodied insects are distributed over the upper and middle trays. These trays are removed for sorting the catches. Near the centre of each tray, beneath the opening of the funnel, small convex areas of plastic gauze (P) allow rain water to pass through the two trays to a similar gauzed opening in the bottom of the killing chamber. A small tin with perforated lid (Q), as described by Robinson (1952), is used in each of the three sections of the killing chamber for the killing agent, tetrachloroethane. In assembling the trap, the killing chamber is first suspended on wires (R) from three points within the pit. The trap funnel is then lowered gently into the pit so that its lower opening enters the top of the killing chamber, sealing itself with a rubber gasket (S). Centring of the trap in the pit is assisted by the three legs. The removal of the trap from the top of the pit is facilitated by two hand-grips attached to the outer edges of the vanes on each side of the lamp. The electric cable to the trap reaches the pit underground from a nearby power source. The removal of the killing chamber from the pit is effected by a three-hooked handle inserted in the suspension loops (T). DIscUSSION As in the transparent trap, the design of this trap permits the whole of the area surrounding it to be illuminated. Scarab beetles which land on the ground near the transparent trap are prevented from entering by its smooth sloping sides. In the present fixed trap, a similar function is performed by the sloping sides of the truncated cone (E) and the - vertical rim (F). Large numbers of scarabs collect and remain more or less immobile at the outer edge of this slope. 82 Common and Upton: Light trap Vol.18: no.2 Fig. 2. Exploded view of the killing chamber of the fixed light trap. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 The performance of a fixed trap cannot be compared quantitatively with other traps. However, there is little doubt that the Lepidoptera catches are comparable with those that might be expected in an opaque trap, using the same light source. The catches of Scarabaeidae have been consistently low, even in the middle of their flight periods and, as most are segregated from the catches of Lepidoptera, the quality of the latter has remained high. The size of the killing chamber and the ample floor area of the trays tend to prevent further damage to specimens which fly actively before death. An unexpected feature of this trap is that it collects a variety of terrestrial arthropods, including apterous and brachypterous insects, which are not normally taken in light traps. These include the first known specimens of certain brachypterous Oecophoridae, as well as caterpillars, centipedes, scorpions and spiders. Even small lizards have occasionally been taken. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are due to Mr. S. Jackson, who constructed the trap, and to Mr. L. A. Marchall who prepared the line drawings. References Common, I. F. B., 1959. A transparent light trap for the field collection of Lepidoptera. Journ. Lepid. soc. 13: 57-61. Robinson, H. S., 1952. The use of anaesthetics in funnel mercury vapour insect traps. Entomologist 85: 97-101. Div. of Entomology, CSIRO, P.O. Box 109, Canberra City, A. C. T., AUSTRALIA A RANGE EXTENSION TO MISSOURI FOR MONODES GEORGEI (NOCTUIDAE) During the first and second weeks of May 1962 I collected at black light a series of noctuid moths which were later identified as Monodes georgei Moore & Rawson by Dr. A. E. Brower. The range of this rather recently described species is given as Quebec, Nova Scotia and Living- stone Co. Michigan (Forbes, Lepid. N. Y. and neighboring states, part 3; 1954). Specimens were collected at several points through the Missouri Ozarks from Oseola in St. Clair County to Warsaw in Benton County. The species is an apparent native of the Ozark fauna as the flight time is a full month ahead of the northern population making a migration from that area impossible. These records extend the known range of georgei to the lower edge of the Upper Austral Zone. Whether the species exists as a relict form on the Ozark Plateau is an interesting question. To date I have been unable to learn of any records from the intervening area. Ricuarp HeirzMan, 3112 Harris Avenue., Independence, Mo., U. S. A. 84 Riott: Book review Vol.18: no.2 REVIEW WIR BESTIMMEN SCHMETTERLINGE. PART II, BAEREN, SPINNER, SCHWAERMER UND BOHRER DEUTSCHLANDS (unter Ausschluss der Alpengebiete). By Manfred Koch. 148 pp., 24 col.pls. 1955. PART II, EULEN DEUTSCHLANDS (unter Aus- schluss der Alpengebiete). By Manfred Koch. 291 pp., 24 col.pls. 1958. PART IV, SPANNER DEUTSCHLANDS (unter Ausschluss der Alpengebiete). By Manfred Koch (Sachbearbeiter der Eupithecien Eduard Schuetze, Kassel-Wilhelmshoehe). 263 pp., 20 col.pls. 1961. Publisher — Neumann Verlag, Radebeul & Berlin, Germany. In volume 11 on p. 62, of this Journal, vol. I of Koch’s Wir bestimmen Schmetterlinge was reviewed. In the meantime vols. IJ - IV, dealing with the bombycine moths, noctuids and geometrids respectively, have ap- peared. All the latest volumes are of the same high standard as was the first one with regard both to the text, which can be easily looked over at one glance, arranged in columns for locality, time of appearance of the caterpillar, flight period, foodplant of the caterpillar, frequency, remarks and typical characters, and to the natural color plates with pic- tures of all species concerned and most of their caterpillars. The arrange- ment of the pictures in a continuous way again gives an excellent account of relations among species, a fact which was already praised in the review of the first volume. Besides the descriptive text, each volume provides a section with most valuable hints for the practical entomologist (part II: injurious Lepidoptera; rearing of bombycine moths; part III: collecting with the help of different light sources; part IV: collecting when travelling; migratory lepidoptera; genitalic dissection techniques ). The only thing one would have preferred to see changed is the un- fortunate inclusion of some “micro” families, e. g. the Zygaenidae and Aegeriidae, in the bombycine moths (vol.II), where they positively have no place. But the same misplaced arrangement is found also in other European works of recent date, a sad tribute to the taste of the amateur collector over there. As the author points out himself, the somehow outdated nomenclatorial system has to be understood under the same aspect. Neither of the two objections, however, would con- siderably decrease the eminent value of the books for the student of Lepidoptera on this continent also, when taking into consideration their utmost practicality for getting quick information. J. C. E. Riorre, Royal Ontario Museum, Univ. of Toronto, Ont., CANADA 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF CALLOPHRYS XAMI (LYCAENIDAE) by J. Benjamin ZiecLeER and Tarsicio EscALANTE Summit, N. J., U.S.A. and Tacuba, D. F., MEX. Callophrys xami (Reakirt) (—Mitoura xami auct.) is for the most part a Mexican species, occurring in that country in the Sierra Madre Occidental from Sonora state to Jalisco state, also in the Valley of Mexico, the Central States, the Valley of Tehuacan, the mountains of Vera Cruz, the Sierra Madre del Sur and Guerrero and Oaxaca states, always apparently in areas with a cool temperate to warm temperate climate. Since 1930, the species has been not rare in Mexico City itself, being the only Hairstreak which can be commonly encountered within the city limits. It ranges northward into the southwestern United States, having been recorded from southern Arizona and apparently now having become well established in southern Texas. Although this species will probably not be encountered frequently by collectors north of the Mexican border, information concerning its biology should be useful as an aid in directing the search of those who have the opportunity to collect in areas where it might be found. Such information might perhaps also be of particular interest to students of the North American Hairstreaks in consequence of the bearing of such data on the systematics of this group. A survey of the genitalia of both sexes of North American Hairstreaks, together with other considerations, has led to a proposed rearrangement and redefinition of the genera of this group (Ziegler, 1960). The demon- strated morphological gap between C. xami and the allied species placed in the subgenus Mitoura as restricted in that study had led us to suspect seme ten years ago that a corresponding biological gap might also exist. This speculation received some support from the lack of records of probable association of C. xami with members of the family Cup- ressaceae, which are the known hosts of species of C. (Mitoura) (s.s.). Continued observation of C. xami during the intervening years in and around Mexico City has now indeed confirmed this hypothesis and has led to the recognition of Echeveria gibbiflora De Candolle and Sedum allantoides Rose, both members of the family Crassulaceae, as hosts. The family Crassulaceae comprises some 15-20 genera of succulent plants which are usually adapted to alpine, arid or otherwise inhospitable environments in various parts of the world. Some 6-7 of these genera occur in North America, with Mexico apparently forming a center of 86 ZIEGLER and EscaLante: Callophrys biology Vol.18: no.2 distribution. Thus, Graf (1959) lists about 30 species of Echeveria and about 12 species of Sedum as occurring in Mexico. According to Hylander (1947), the genus Echeveria (Live Forevers) is confined to Mexico, southwestern United States and Central America. It forms a New World counterpart of the Old World genus Sempervivum, to which belong the House Leek and the Hen-and-Chickens which are commonly grown in home gardens as ornamentals. On the other hand, the genus Sedum (Stonecrops, Orpines) contains several hundred species which are native mostly to the colder temperate regions of the Northern Hemis- phere. Many native species are found throughout the United States, particularly in the West and Southwest. Most of what follows pertains in particular to conditions in the vicinity of Mexico City. It is to be anticipated that much of this information could be extrapolated to other parts of the range of C. xami. During rearing studies on C. xami in New Jersey under laboratory conditions, attempts were made to feed the larvae with locally available ornamental members of the family Crassulaceae. It was found that the larvae would not accept Mossy Stonecrop (Sedum sp., probably acre L. or mexicanum Britton). On the other hand, they rather readily ate the common Hen and Chickens (Sempervivum sp.) in a fashion similar to that adopted with the true hosts, burrowing into the lower surface of a leaf near the base and proceeding to hollow out the leaf, leaving the exterior skin as a thin membrane. However, they did not survive on Sempervivum for more than a day or two, becoming rapidly immobilized and moribund before completing a molt. IMMATURE STAGES A. Eee Generally similar in appearance to the ovum of other, related species of Hairstreaks. Roughly spherical as viewed from above, flattened laterally; about 0.7-0.8 mm. in diameter and about 0.5 mm. in height. The surface, except for the micropyle, covered with a prominent, raised network of perpendicular, flat-topped ridges, crisscrossing and mutually intersecting to form a close-packed array of irregularly-shaped cells, roughly circular to ovoid to polygonal; cell floors reflecting light with a frosted appearance. Each ridge with a central row of minute, closely- spaced dimples, parallel to sides. Ridges without raised prominences or bosses at intersections. This pattern of ridges and cells continued onto the depressed micropyle, but there reduced to a very low eminence, becoming obsolescent. Color pale green when newly-laid, becoming dull white with increasing age. Duration of stage in one individual —7 days (September 24-October 1). 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 B. Larva Scarcity of properly spaced specimens, food plant and time available for observations in the United States prevented determination of the exact number and duration of the larval instars. There are at least three, and more probably four or five. Descriptions of later instars are based on several specimens. 1. First INsrar. Length approximately 0.8-1.0 mm.; ground color of body pale, dull yellow, no markings; body clothed with long, light brown hairs; head light brown; ocelli brown to black. 2. INTERMEDIATE (PENULTIMATE?) INstar. Body color varying from chartreuse to dusky rose; when chartreuse, having a pair of mid-dorsal, longitudinal, parallel, narrow, rose-colored stripes; spiracles whitish or pale yellowish; otherwise similar to mature larva. 3. Last Instar. About 16 mm. in length; head pale, duil yellow, ocelli black; body often with pale, yellowish-chartreuse ground color; a series of rather large, mid-dorsal, rose-colored, trapezoidal (long axis at right angles to body axis) markings, each narrowing anteriorly, one per segment, becoming obsolescent toward anal extremity; on each side a lateral, sub-spiracular, bright rose-colored stripe, the two joining at the anal extremity; body coloring rather variable from specimen to specimen, one individual being almost entirely dull, old-rose in color, devoid of any but a few very ill-defined markings, another being entirely chartreuse in color without reddish markings; cervical shield (“bald patch”) grayish yellow; spiracles black with light-colored rim; a mid- dorsal series of shallow depressions or pits, one per segment, rather nearer anterior edge of segment; entire body densely clothed with dark- colored hairs. C. Pura Apparently rather variable in size, color and setal armature. One indi- vidual 11 mm. in length; uniformly very dark brown in color; verging on black, immaculate; spiracles light brown; almost naked except for a few sharp, brownish-black setae on dorso-anal region of abdomen and on dorsal, especially antero-dorsal region of thorax; two small, bilateral, closely spaced groups of shorter, light brown spines with flattened tips on ventro-anal region of abdomen. Another individual was 9 mm. in length; ground color of abdomen light, rather reddish brown, with dark brown blotches especially concentrated in dorsal region; thorax and wing cases dull tan, with a heavy overlay of brown blotches; spiracles not distinguishable from ground color; vestiture of setae sparsely but generally distributed over thorax and abdomen, somewhat more densely in dorsal region. Duration of pupa! stage in a single individual a! days under laboratory conditions. 88 ZIEGLER and EscaLaNntEe: Callophrys biology Vol.18: no.2 HaABITs AND BEHAVIOR A. OviposITION AND Accessory Activities. Under natural conditions, males were often seen perching on the apex of the tall flowering stalk of Echeveria gibbiflora, presumably waiting for a female to pass by. This was the species most often chosen by the female for oviposition. Having located a likely plant, the female laid her eggs singly, fluttering about the plant each time to find a good spot. Both sides of the leaf were utilized, but most often the underside, and usually very near the base. A single female has been observed to spend two entire days deposit- ing eggs on a single plant, without once leaving the spot. B. Larvat FEEDING On Echeveria gibbiflora, the larva burrowed completely into the leaf and fed on the fleshy pulp in the interior, during which time a honey- like liquid was seen to drip from the entrance hole. This liquid was relished by small, black ants which appeared to attend the larvae with- out harming them in any way. The larva was also observed to expel its feces through this same hole. Little by little the interior of the leaf was consumed until it was reduced to a thin-walled shell which turned yellowish, withered and fell to the ground beneath the plant. Not in- frequently the large number of larvae harbored by a single plant com- pletely destroyed their host. On Sedum allantoides, with its smaller leaves, the mature larva was commonly observed with the anterior part of the body inside the sausage- shaped leaf and the posterior portion outside. When the larvae had completely devoured the leaves, they burrowed into the fleshy stem and continued feeding therein, finally converting the plant into a small trunk riddled with perforations which could no longer support life. C. PupaTION AND EMERGENCE OF IMAGO Under laboratory conditions, a mature larva was observed to take up its position on the under surface of a leaf among several on the floor of the rearing cage. It was seen to reverse its position by 180 degrees at least twice, apparently during the process of spinning a silken pad on the leaf. It finally attached itself to this pad by anal hooks posteriorly and by a silken girdle anteriorly, during the early evening of 20 September. It was unchanged on the evening of 22 September, but had completed its molt to the pupal stage by the morning of 23 September. The newly- formed pupa was quite translucent; the thoracic region was very pale straw-colored, with bright pink shades along the edges of the wing cases and also in the abdominal region. By early afternoon of the same day the color had darkened to its final brown hue. The imago, a female, emerged on 12 October. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 Fuicut PEriop The butterfly appears to have at least three broods. Our observations suggest the greatest abundance of adults near Mexico City during July to September, with another concentration during December to January and perhaps a third during April to May. Klots (1951) gives June and September-December in southern Texas, while Clench (1961) gives April, June-July and October-December in the same region. Roever (fide Thorne, 1963) reported fresh specimens taken in Arizona in early April, early July and early October. Actually, in view of the succulent nature of the host plants, it seems not unlikely that this butterfly might be on the wing more or less continuously in areas where the temperature permits. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We wish to express our great debt to Sr. Alberto Diaz Frances for important information leading to the recognition of the two host plants reported herein. We are grateful to the noted Mexican botanist, Prof. Maximino Martinez, for taxonomic determination of these plants, and to H. Avery Freeman and Donald Eff for other valued information. References Clench, H. K., 1961. Tribe Theclini, Hairstreaks, in: Ehrlich, P. R., & A. H. Ehrlich, How to know the butterflies: pp. 177-220. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque. Graf, A. B., 1959. Exotica 2. Roehrs Co., Rutherford. Hylander, C. J., 1947. The world of plant life: pp. 270-274. Macmillan Co., New York. Klots, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the Great Plains: p. 142. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Thorne, F., 1963. Zone 1: California, Arizona, Nevada, in: 1962 season summary. News lepid. soc. 1963, no. 4 (June 1): p. 3. Ziegler, J. B., 1960. Preliminary contribution to a redefinition of the genera of North American Hairstreaks (Lycaenidae) north of Mexico. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 19-23. SYSSPHINX BICOLOR (SATURNIIDAE) IN ONTARIO The southernmost part of Ontario, lying in the Austral Zone, has yielded over the years, with refined collecting methods, some surprising records, like Lacosoma chiridota Grote and Cicinnus melsheimeri Harris (Lacosomidae), Apatelodes torrefacta J. E. Smith and angelica Grote (Zanolidae), Heteropacha rileyana Harv. (Lasiocampidae), the Missis- sippi Valley subspecies cf Hemaris diffinis Bdy. (Sphingidae), Melalopha inclusa Hbn., Hyparpax aurora J. E. Smith, and Datana contracta Wk. (Notodontidae). Now it is possible to add to those the Citheroniine, Syssphinx (Sphingicampa) bicolor (Harris). The first known specimens are a male and a female, collected in June and July 1943 by Tom Norris in Brantford, Ont. They were detected in student collection material at McMaster University in Hamilton, Ont., by D. M. Wood in 1962 and 90 RiotteE: Syssphinx bicolor Vol.18: no.2 subsequently deposited with the Royal Ontario Museum in Toronto, Ont. Until this time it was thought that bicolor occured in Ontario only around Dunnville, Ont., very near the north shore of Lake Erie, where on May 31, 1957, three fresh male specimens were taken by R. Plath. In 1959 a female and in 1962 a male were taken by W. Plath Sr. It therefore can be supposed that this species is well established in the remnants of the deciduous forest around Dunnville. The known range of bicolor, compiled from the collections of the American Museum of Natural History, the Canadian National Collection, and the Carnegie Museum, Chicago Natural History Museum, Michigan State University Museum, and the Royal Ontario Museum, as well as from Packard’s Monograph, appears to be: Arizona, Arkansas, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Mississippi Valley, Missouri, Nebraska, New Jersey (a single specimen on the coast), North Carolina, Ohio, Okla- homa, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia. In addition there are two interesting notes in print. 1) In Lepi- doptera of New York and neighboring states (1923), W. T. M. Forbes records for bicolor: “New York: (Grote, presumably from Buffalo).” 2) In An annotated list of the moths of Michigan exclusive of Tineoidea (1955), Sherman Moore lists bicolor from Oakland, Washtenaw, and Wayne Counties, all on the southern peninsula of Michigan. As is to be seen, we have localities from where bicolor is recorded on the western end of the north shore of Lake Erie as well as on the east end. With extreme S. W. Ontario in between, the occurence of bicolor in Ontario therefore is not surprising, even though overlooked over a quite long period. Buffalo is only 36 miles E. of Dunnville and 68 miles S. E. of Brantford, so that the two Ontario populations of bicolor seem to be an extension of the vaguely presumed and otherwise isolated Buffalo population. The appearance of bicolor in extreme S. W. Ontario will be carefully watched in the years ahead; especially the Windsor area will be included in any survey (Rondeau Provincial Park). J. G.. Bakiomn Royal Ontario Museum, Univ. of Toronto, Ont., CANADA 1After this was written the Royal Ontario Museum received a fresh male, taken by Miss N. A. Scott, on July 8, 1962, in Woodbridge, 13 miles northwest of Toronto, on the very limits of the Upper Austral Zone m Ontario. Possibly the species is expanding its distribution. The question as to the foodplant is open. Perhaps we will find a parallel to Eacles imperialis Drury. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 THE MAINTENANCE FOR EXPERIMENTAL. PURPOSES OF FORM “SULPHUREA” OF PIERIS NAPI (PIERIDAE) by S. R. Bowpen 53 Crouch Hall Lane, Redbourne, Herts., ENGLAND It may be guessed that when in 1909 Mr. H. W. Head (as he related 30 years later) received his “female specimen of P. napi of a pale yellow colour’ from the teacher at Tullybeg School in Donegal, its primary importance to him was as a possible source of income; since he was a commercial breeder, he cannot be reproached for that. The bright yellow variety, previously almost unknown, that he ultimately bred from this Irish female, became known as “ab. ‘citronea’ Frohawk”. It has given pleasure to European collectors ever since and for a long time this was the chief function that it fulfilled. However, more recently this form, properly known as “sulphurea” Schéyen, has provided a means of attacking a number of problems, both those that are special to the Pieris napi- bryoniae group of butterflies and those of a more general character that can be studied in that group. Its merits for these purposes arise primarily from the certainty with which it can be determined, its simple recessive inheritance and _ its nevertheless robust constitution. A particular advantage is its genetic control from the locus which also governs the characteristic parti- coloured wild-type pattern of napi and related butterflies. EXPERIMENTAL UsEs OF FoRM “SULPHUREA™ (1) It may seem obvious that experiments involving the breeding of any species will be carried out most conveniently where that species is native. This is far from being the case. Though the food-plant will certainly be available, and fresh stock can be obtained with little difficulty, in default of quite exceptional precautions there will always be some risk of waifs’ entering the experimental stock with gathered food. In some cases this may vitiate the experiment or, if it is unsuspected, even lead to incorrect conclusions. If, however, the whole of the ex- perimental material can be marked with a bisexual recessive variation, this risk is eliminated: if the stock is homozygous, the intruder is recog- nised when the adult emerges; if it must be heterozygous, the suspected intruder is detectable only by mating with the corresponding homozygote. (2) Successful pairing of a homozygous recessive female with a like or an unlike male is demonstrated by raising her eggs to the ima- ginal state. This was the means of disproving a statement that a female Pieris napi would pair successfully only once, and of showing that after the second pairing the first became ineffective (Bowden, 1951). Even 92 BowveENn: Pieris napi Vol.18: no.2 the forced-pairing techniques of Lorkovié (1952) fall short of artificial insemination, but if the latter is ever applied to Pieris we may be sure that “sulphurea” will again prove useful. (3) The present author has used it to supply a “visible” napi gene which could be traced in hybrids with P. bryoniae Ochsenheimer for many generations (Bowden, 1962). Although there are many barriers, unsuspected at first, between napi and bryoniae, it appears to be possible to backcross the hybrids indefinitely to bryoniae. As long as the presence of “sulphurea” can be demonstrated, it remains clear that napi has not been completely “bred out” by any automatic selective process. (4) Petersen and Tenow (1954) described experiments in which they investigated the supposed sexual preference barriers between Pieris napi and bryoniae. They found, rather surprisingly, that P. bryoniae males were more attracted to napi females than to their own, the white colour being apparently the deciding factor. We do not presume to suggest what the result might have been, but we should have liked to see these experi- ments extended to include females of form “sulphurea”. (5) The question of selective pairing may arise, of course, within a species. It has importance as one of the mechanisms which may con- tribute to the maintenance of a polymorphism (Williamson, 1958). Pair- ing selection, if proved to exist, is difficult to interpret: it may be the result of differing visual stimulus, or it may depend on some apparently unrelated invisible character which has become correlated with the visible one. Assuming that the basis is visual, “sulphurea” would provide good experimental material. (6) Itis quite possibly true that, as long as good “resting” camouflage is retained, white colour is advantageous to Pieris. The disadvantage that we are inclined to associate with recessive inheritance probably lies, in the case of “sulphurea”, in the extended yellow pigmentation. The breeder would judge that any invisible correlated disadvantage must be slight indeed. He might be of a very different opinion about the “albino” variety (with decolorized “black” markings) which turns up rather frequently in the Pieridae: here there may well be an accompanying weakness. Quasi-“natural” selection experiments using these two re- cessives and wild-type might give interesting results. (7) A project that we have toyed with for some time is an attempt to detect “sulphurea” alleles in natural populations of Pieris napi. The heterozygotes of any rare recessive will be very much less rare than the visible homozygotes; it is the heterozygote therefore that we may hope to find. Though there are several “sulphurea” alleles (Bowden, 1961), Head’s “citronea” is perhaps the ultimate recessive. Captive virgin females of this form, mated with wild males collected at random, would 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 show by their offspring if any of these “type” males was in fact the heterozygote of a “sulphurea” allele. A further generation would have to be bred only to characterize fully an allele already detected in this way. Although the best-known British “sulphurea” specimen came from Nor- folk (Barrett, 1881), and Thompson’s pale yellow had apparently a Flintshire origin, it is still the general opinion that Ireland would be the best place to search. Nevertheless, if “sulphurea” is maintained by recurrent mutation, it must surely exist (even if at very low frequency ) in Asiatic and American subspecies. (8) The dominant white-underside morph “subtalba” Schima which is maintained in balanced polymorphism in Pieris bryoniae neobryoniae Shelj. has proved to be very closely linked (if not indeed allelic) with the recessive “sulphurea” (Bowden, 1963). “Subtalba”-like forms which occur in such distinct subspecies or species as dubiosa Réber or virgin- iensis Edwards are probably also dominant, but there is no obvious way of determining experimentally whether the responsible genes are identi- cal or homologous. However, successful hybridisation and back-crossing with napi f. “sulphurea” should allow a decision whether or not they are linked. (9) Pieris napi provides exceptionally favourable material for the study of pterin pigments and their genetic control, apparently surpassing in this respect any species of Colias. The sex-limited ochre-yellow of the various bryoniae subspecies is from many points of view of outstanding interest; this is increased by its relation to the lemon-yellow and white pigments controlled by the “sulphurea’-“subtalba” alleles, some of which (but not all) operate independently of sex. BREEDING FORM “SULPHUREA™ A few notes on the maintenance of stocks of this useful and attractive variety of napi may be of some assistance, in spite of their European bias. First, we offer some remarks which apply to any subspecies of P. napi or bryoniae. The larvae may be reared by the usual techniques, which it is not necessary to describe in detail. They are less exacting than most species, and can sometimes even be raised successfully in the dark, with little ventilation, provided that paper or the like is supplied to absorb moisture. Crowding also seems to be harmless in itself, as long as it does not lead to excessive condensation, but of course if disease does appear congestion results in disaster. Pupating insects also may be more fre- quently disturbed by wandering larvae, and the chance of cannibalism is probably rather increased. If it is intended to breed napi continuously, it is unsafe to rely entirely on wild food. In the late summer clean leaves in good condition may 94 BowvENn: Pieris napi Vol.18: no.2 not be plentiful on wild plants, just when stocks of larvae are at their highest. In England, the most satisfactory food to grow is Dame’s Violet, Hesperis matronalis L.; it has the advantage, too, of possessing decorative, sweet-scented flowers. Very “sappy” leaves are best avoided, but the plant has a very long productive season, certainly well into December in normal years, and being cut down will spring up again. The flowering shoots have strong stems and as they last well in water can be put in the laying cages for eggs. Some individual females lay on the flower petals (which drop before the eggs hatch); if this is found to be happening, the flowers and flower-buds must be removed from the shoot for that female. Subject to this same contingency, the flowers when available are a good source of nectar for the caged butterflies. Eggs and larvae of wild P. napi, as well as occasional Euchlée cardamines L., may be found on H. matronalis; it should therefore be searched before it is put in the breeding cage or used as fodder. More troublesome on Hesperis are microlepidoptera, particularly Plutella porrectella L. When an infestation is discovered, affected leaves should be destroyed and the plants sprayed twice with derris at a fairly high concentration. After thorough washing by rain or hosing with water, to remove insecticide residues, the plants are soon available again and usually remain free for some time. The most useful wild plant is Jack-in-the-hedge, Alliaria petiolata Bieb., if it is to be found locally. It keeps for some days after picking, in a closed tin, without water. It is not always easy to detect waif larvae on the underside of Alliaria leaves; as well as looking over them carefully in the usual way, one should hold the leaves up to a strong light. In some districts Alliaria is absent or exceedingly scarce; in many such places, however, Lady's Smock, Cardamine pratensis L., can be found in quantity on marshy ground. Cardamine hirsuta L., growing by upland streams and elsewhere, is more difficult to obtain in quantity but is much favoured by the wild females for egg-laying. In the late summer Horseradish, Armoracia rusticana Gaertn., may be resorted to, but it does not keep well in water and it frequently bears larvae of Pieris rapae L., which are not easily seen and may perhaps carry disease. Shoots of. Watercress, Nasturtium officinale R.Br., are sometimes useful but have so high a water-content that they are difficult to deal with in closed tims. “Shop” Watercress is often too stale. In the breeding cage a Watercress shoot attracts eggs well from laying females, but only too often proves to carry undetected eggs of the Mustard Beetle, Phaedon armoraciae L., whose black larvae proceed to destroy the leaves before the napi hatch. Many other Cruciferae are useful if leaves in good condition are available. In the depth of winter even Brussels Sprouts can be used to feed up a 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 late brood. We have not tried frozen-packed sprouts! The over-wintering pupae of the napi - bryoniae group can be stored till the following October at 1°C, though deterioration is sometimes rapid after September. Cold storage makes the approximate synchron- ization of emergences a simple matter; moreover batches from the same brood can be withdrawn from cold at different times and used for differ- ent purposes. Very close synchronization of emergences is possible by a refinement of the cold-storage method, due to Petersen (in litt., 1961). But once imaginal development in the pupa is well under way, a pro- longed return to low temperature is not usually tolerated well, and crippling results; the males are usually the worse affected. The butterflies pair readily in warm weather in net-sided outdoor cages of 6 cu. ft. or less; larger cages are not as successful. The roof of the cage, while transparent, must be capable of breaking the force of heavy rain; in England, a light wire-reinforced plastic material called Wéindolite seems most convenient. In cold weather, well illuminated cages indoors can be used with good results, but it is less troublesome to complete the desired pairings outdoors if possible. Again, although Lorkovié and others have used forced pairings among Pieris, such assistance seldom seems to be required within the napi - bryoniae group. Unless the cages are individually insect-proof, they should be placed on a wooden plat- a 3 e*- s & ~ = S \% oN . N SO SOS EN SSS SB Ze 22 age: ZESEG ry -iae “A Js TS sy ay Z eS y Ty wetee ZY NS amg Zp Any WN. z Z| Y UNUSUAL TYPICAL: YAN a ~ Dl oy a\\ wee GF Immature stages of the Cebuan form of Amathusia phidippus. Larva feeding on coconut leaf, and dorsal and lateral views of the pupa. The end of the pupal head is occasionally bifurcate; it is normally produced to a single point. of 1952, the writer spent nine days in a sizable coconut plantation near the Maria Cristina Falls in Lanao province. Here, from the eaves and under the floors of stilted huts of tenants, a good number of sleeping adults were collected. Sometimes over a dozen would appropriate dingy corners. Tuba (coconut wine) gatherers frequently find drowned or drunk individuals inside bamboo tubes, together with bees and coconut beetles. In August and September 1961, a similar opportunity was en- joyed by the writer in southern Davao. For nearly two months, the coco- nut plantations with their complements of bananas and bamboo thickets provided daily observation of the Mindanao form of this amathusiid. At the American-run Lais Plantation along the Pacific coast at southern Davao, these butterflies favor for their day-hiding large mango trees with spreading low branches. They sleep upside down under branches and on dense clusters of leaves. The Amathusia is subject to attack by animal predators. In Davao, specifically, the Malita-Talaud-Kinangan sector, is found a _ goodly population of several species of Robberflies (Asilidae), and I cannot think of another place which is more spiderous. All these animals take their toll of butterflies and moths, especially the Robberflies which were frequently seen grasping a small butterfly. Crumpled wings of an Amathusia were seen on several webs of spiders, especially one with a strong, sticky web which sometimes can even snare a_sunbird. Many specimens collected showed wings neatly clipped by either lizards, 104 SEVASTOPULO: “Toxic” Lost plants Vol.18: no.2 birds, or perhaps tarsiers. Actually, a Hestia which soared up the coconut tree when chased was seen to become entangled in a strong web and was immediately stunned by the spider. Because of their large size, many an Amathusia escaped from the jaws of lizards, suffering at most about a fifth of their wings lost to the predators, which missed the vital part of the body. Uniformity of these bite marks on their wings showed that the attacks were mostly made when the prey were at rest with folded wings. LEPIDOPTERA OVIPOSITING ON PLANTS TOXIC TO LARVAE I can quote two East African examples analogous to those quoted by Mr. Straatman (Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 99-103; 1962). Charaxes brutus Cr., and its subspecies natalensis Staud., with a considerable number of recorded food-plants, now lays freely on an introduced plant Melia azedarach L. (Meliaceae), commonly called Persian Lilac, but such larvae invariably die in their first instar despite the fact that they feed freely. On the other hand I have transferred last instar larvae from other food-plants to M. azedarach and they have completed their metamorphosis successfully. Van Someren records Charaxes lasti Gr. Sm. as laying on Afzelia quanzensis Welw. (Caesalpinaceae), and I have obtained ova freely from captive females caged over the same plant. My larvae have all, however, died in the first instar and Van Someren also states that he has failed to rear the species through. The case of the Australian subspecies of Papilio demoleus L. is most surprising. In India, where I have bred it in large numbers, it has a fairly wide range of food-plants belonging to the Rutaceae, and its near ally P. demodocus Esp. in East Africa is the same. To have diverged from the normal food-plants of the group to the extent that it cannot develop on them seems to indicate a very wide separation from the parent species. I would like to query Mr. Straatman’s use of the term “toxic” in this context; to me “toxic” implies something active or positive, but my impression is that in these cases the trouble is more passive or negative, the plants in question lacking something essential to the larvas de- velopment. D. G. SEvastopuLo, P. O. Box 5026, Mombasa, KENYA 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 RECENT FOODPLANT RECORDS OF THE LOOCHOOAN BUTTERFLIES by Taro IwasE 4, Shinhana-cho, Hongo, Tokyo, JAPAN This is a summary of the recent records pertaining to the plants fed on by the butterfly larvae, from the Okinawa Group and the Sakishima Group, among the Loochoo (Ryukyu) Islands. Additional data from the Amami Group are supplemented to these records with asterisks. All are from the actual field observations by the very enthusiastic members of the Lepidopterological Society of Japan (journal: Tyo to Ga), the Kagoshima Konchu Dokokai (journal: Satswma), and the Keihin Konchu Dokokai (journal: Insect Magazine ). HESPERIIDAE 1. Hasora chromus inermis Elwes & Edwards, on Pongamia pinnata (Leguminosae ). 2. Choaspes benjamini japonica Murray & C. b. formosana Fruhstorfer, on Meliosma oldhami (Sabiaceae ). 3. Tagiades trebellius martinus Ploetz, on Dioscorea alata, D. cirrhosa ( Dioscoreaceae ). 4. Notocrypta curvifascia curvifascia Felder & N. c. yaeyamana Shirozu, on Alpinia speciosa, A. intermedia (Zingiberaceae ). 5. Udaspes folus Cramer, on Alpinia speciosa (Zingiberaceae ). 6. Telicota colon stinga Evans, on Miscanthus sinensis, Microstegium sp. (Gramineae ). 7. Parnara naso bada Moore, on Oryza sativa, Bambusa sp. (Gram- ineae ). 8. Parnara guttata guttata Bremer & Grey, on Miscanthus sinensis (Gramineae ). 9. Borbo cinnara Wallace, on grasses (Gramineae ). 10. Pelopidas mathias oberthueri Evans, on Miscanthus sinensis, Im- perata cylindrica, Arundo donax, Oplismenus compositus, Saccharum officinarum, Bambusa sp. (Gramineae). PAPILIONIDAE 1. Byasa alcinous loochooanus Rothschild, B. a. bradanus Fruhstorfer, & B. a miyakoensis Omoto, on Aristolochia liukiuensis ( Aristolo- chiaceae ). 2. Graphium sarpedon morium Fruhstorter, on Cinnamomum japoni- cum, Litsea japonica, Machilus thunbergii (Lauraceae ). 3. Graphium doson perillus Fruhstorfer, on *Michelia formosana? (Magnoliaceae ). 106 IwasE: Loochoo Islands food plants Vol.18: no.2 Papilio xuthus xuthus Linnaeus, on Zanthoxylum beecheyanum, Fagara ailanthoides ( Rutaceae ). Papilio polytes polycles Fruhstorfer, on Citrus depressa, Toddalia asiatica (Rutaceae ). Papilio protenor liukiuensis Fruhstorfer, on Citrus depressa (Ruta- ceae). Papilio bianor okinawaensis Fruhstorfer, & P. b. junia Jordan, on Evodia glauca (Rutaceae ). Papilio memnon pryeri Rothschild, on Citrus depressa (Rutaceae). Papilio helenus nicconicolens Butler, on Citrus depressa (Rutaceae). PIERIDAE Pieris rapae curcivora Boisduval, on Brassica oleracea, B. juncea, Rorippa indica (Cruciferae). Hebomoia glaucippe liukiuensis Fruhstorfer & H. g. cincia Fruhstorfer, on Crataeva religiosa (Capparidaceae). Catopsilia pyranthe Linnaeus, on Cassia obtusifolia, C. occidentalis (Leguminosae ). Catopsilia crocale Cramer, on Cassia siamea, C. fistula (Legumi- nosae ). Catopsilia pomona Fabricius, on Cassia siamea (Leguminosae). Eureme hecabe subdecorata Moore & E. h. hobsoni Butler, on Leucaena glauca, Cassia occidentalis, C. fistula, C. siamea, C. surattensis, Acacia farnesiana, Lespedeza cuneata (Leguminosae). Eurema blanda arsakia Fruhstorfer, on Caesalpinia nuga ?, Wagatea spicata (Leguminosae). Eurema laeta bethesba Janson, on *Cassia mimosoides ? (Legumin- osae ). 3 Colias erate poliographus Motschulsky, on Melilotus suaveolens (Leguminosae ). LYCAENIDAE Narathura japonica Murray, on Quercus acutissima (Fagaceae). Narathura bazalus turbata Butler, on *Lithocarpus edulis (Faga- ceae ). , Deudorix eryx okinawana Matsumura, on Gardenia jasminoides (Rubiaceae ). Euchrysops cnejus Fabricius, on Vigna marina, Phaseolus angularis, Crotalaria sp. (Leguminosae). Lampides boeticus Linnaeus, on Vigna marina, Phaseolus angularis, Pisum sativum, Crotalaria sessiflora (Leguminosae ). Jamides bochus ishigakianus Shirozu, on Pueraria montana ?, Pon- gamia pinnata, Oromacarpum cochinensis (Leguminosae). Nacaduba kurava septentrionalis Shirozu, on Ardisia sieboldii 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 (Myrsinaceae ). 8. Nacaduba nora kanoi Omoto, on Entada phaseoloides (Legumin- osae). 9. Megisba malaya iwasakii Matsumura, on Mallotus japonicus (Euphorbiaceae ). 10. Everes lacturnus kawai Matsumura, on Desmodium heterocarpum (Leguminosae ). 11. Pithecops nihana ryukyuensis Shirozu on Desmodium caudatum, D. tashiroi (Leguminosae ). 12. Zizina otis riukiuensis Matsumura, on Melilotus suaveolens, Kum- merowia striata, Lespedeza cuneata, Vigna marina (Leguminosae ). 13. Zizeeria maha okinawana Matsumura, on Oxalis corniculata (Oxali- daceae ). 14. Zizeeria knysna karsandra Moore, on Amaranthus spinosus, A. ascendens (Amaranthaceae ). 15. Celastrina puspa ishigakiana Matsumura, on *Rosa wichuraianaP (Rosaceae ). 16. Curetis acuta paracuta de Nicéville, on *Robinia pseudoacacia (Leguminosae ). LIBYTHEIDAE 1. Libythea celtis amamiana Shirozu, on celtis boninensis (Ulmaceae ). ceae ). DANAIDAE 1. Limnas chrysippus Linnaeus, on Asclepias curassavica (Asclepiad- aceae ). Salatura genutia Cramer, on Tylophora tanakae (Asclepiadaceae ). 3. Radena similis similis Linnaeus, on Tylophora tanakae (Asclepiad- aceae ). 4, Caduga sita niphonica Moore, on Hoya carnosa, Marsdenia tinctoria, Asclepias curassavica (Asclepiadaceae ). 5. Idea leuconoe riukiuensis Holland, on Cynanchum formosanum ( Asclepiadaceae ). i NYMPHALIDAE 1. Argyreus hyperbius hyperbius Linnaeus, on Viola pseudo-japonica ( Violaceae ). 2. Precis almana Linnaeus, on Lippia nodiflora (Verbenaceae), Lin- dernia verbenaefolia (Scrophulariaceae ). Precis orithya Linnaeus, on *Justica procumbens (Acanthaceae ). Vanessa cardui Linnaeus, on Arctium lappa (Compositae ). Vanessa indica indica Herbst, on Boehmeria nivea ( Urticaceae ). Kaniska canace siphnos Fruhstorfer & K. c. ishima Fruhstorfer, on Smilax bracteata, S. sebeana (Liliaceae). See ess 108 Iwase: Loochoo Islands food plants Vol.18: no.2 7. Hypolimnas misippus Linnaeus, on *Portulaca oleracea (Portula- caceae ). 8. Hypolimnas bolina philippensis Butler, on *Ipomea adulis (Convol- vulaceae ). 9. Hypolimnas antilope truentus Fruhstorfer, on Villebrunea sp. ? ( Urticaceae ). 10. Kallima inachus eucerca Fruhstorfer, on Strobilanthes glandulifera, S. tashiroi (Acanthaceae ). 11. Cyrestis thyodamas mabella Fruhstorfer & C. t. ishigakiana: Mat- sumura, on Ficus septica, F. erecta (Moraceae). 12. Neptis hylas luculenta Fruhstorfer, on Pueraria montana, Glycine max (Leguminosae ). 13. Tacoraea selenophora ishiana Fruhstorfer, on Mussaenda pubescens (Rubiaceae ). 14. Dichorragia nesimachus ishigakianus Shirozu, on *Meliosma sp. (Sabiaceae ). 15. Polyura eudamippus weismanni Fritze, on Celtis boninensis (UI- maceae ), Rhamnella franguloides (Rhamnaceae). 16. *Hestina assimilis shirakii Shirozu, on *Celtis boninensis (UI- maceae ). SATYRIDAE 1. Ypthima riukiuana Matsumura, on grasses (Gramineae). 2. Lethe europa pavida Fruhstorfer, on Bambusa sp. (Graminae). 3. Mycalesis gotama madjicosa Butler, on Miscanthus sinensis, Oplis- menus compositus (Gramineae). 4. Melanitis leda leda Linnaeus, on grasses (Gramineae). References (Originals in Japanese with Latin names, unless otherwise stated ) Fujioka, Tomoo, et al., 1962. Butterflies from Amami Group. Insect Magazine 55: 1-70, 4 pls., 16 figs. (mimeograph). Kawazoe, Akito, 1959-1960. On the butterflies from the Amami-Gunto. Parts (1)- (4). Tyo To Ga 16: 16-20, 9 figs.; 31-34, 6 figs.; 52-59, 40 figs.; 11: 21-25, 14 figs. Kubo, Kaiya, 1963. On the life history of the Great Nawab, or Polyura eudamippus weismanni Fritze, of Okinawa Island. Tyo To Ga 14: 14-22, 1 pl., 18 figs. Nagamine, Kunio, 1962a. Host-plants of butterflies in Okinawa Island. Satsuma 11: 58-63 (mimeograph). Nagamine, Kunio, 1962b. On the butterflies from the Yaeyama Group of the Ryukyu. (1), (2). Tyo To Ga 13: 30-34, 14 figs.; 83-88. Nakamura, Ichiro, & Kaiya Kubo, 1962. Notes on the butterflies from the Yaeyama- Islands, with the list of butterflies collected by authors. (1), (2). Tyo To Ga 13: 1-12, 2 maps, 4 figs.; 60-67 figs. Omoto, Keiichi, 1959-1960. List of the butterflies from Ishigaki Island, the southern Loochoos, collected by Dr. R. Kano, with the description of a new subspecies. Parts (1)-(4) [in English]. Tyo To Ga 10: 23-28, 22 figs.; 36-42, 31 figs.; 60-65, 30 figs.; 11: 1-6, 18 figs. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 Omoto, Keiichi, 1960. Butterflies from Miyako Island, the southern Loochoos [partly in English, with description of a new subspecies]. Tyo To Ga 11: 39-43, 8 figs. Shirozu, Takashi, & Hara Akira, 1960, 1962. Early stages of Japanese butterflies in Bet Vol.I 130 pp., 60 pls.; Vol.II: 129 pp., 60 pls. Hoikusha Ltd., Osaka. Takara, Tetsuo, 1958. On the snout butterfly of Okinawa Islands. Shin Konchu (12): 43, 4 figs. BUTTERFLY COLLECTING AT THE TIME OF A SOLAR ECLIPSE by Joser Moucua National Museum, Praha, CZECHOLOVAKIA June 30th 1954 was the day of a remarkable partial solar eclipse. This day I collected near the village of Cejkov near the Slovak-Hungarian frontier (SE of the town of KoSice, E. Czechoslovakia). This locality is very interesting for the collector. During my stays in Cejkov (May 5-9th 1951, June 30th 1954, and July 13-14th 1950) I have found here 142 species of Lepidoptera, of which 58 are Rhopalocera and 42 Geometridae, all collected by day only. In the surroundings of Cejkov are a number of biotopes, chiefly oak woods, hillsides covered with bushes and xerophilous plants, cultivated fields with different agricultural plants (for example corn, tobacco, red pepper, sunflower, etc.), and fruit-trees and vineyards also. Geographi- cally this region belongs to the hilly country of Cergov, where some of hills reach about 350-470 m a.s.l. Towards the south is low-lying land (99-125 m a.s.l.) on the rivers Ondava and Bodrog. The locality of Cejkov is situated on the border between this lowland and the hilly region, at an elevation above sea level of about 180 m. I observed the partial solar eclipse here on June 30th 1954. The in- formation of the time of this solar eclipse for the village of Cejkov with the exactness of + 15 seconds: the beginning after noon, at 12:52.2, the middle at 14:08.2, and the end at 15:18.2 of Central European time. The middle is the moment of the maximal eclipse of the solar disc. The intensity (the maximal part of the solar diameter covered by the moon) was ().87. Immediately after the beginning of the solar eclipse I observed a remarkable uneasiness in the diurnal species. This behavior was common in other insects also (mainly Odonata and Diptera). On this day there was a breeze, which changed during the solar eclipse to a perceptible wind. After the beginning of the eclipse the butterflies became uneasy and began searching for resting places, as before their night's rest. The Blues (Lycaenidae) came to rest on flowers, the Browns (Satyridae) 110 Movucna: Solar eclipse activy Vol.18: no.2 found shelter in the grass or on the under side of leaves on the border of the oak wood, but the Fritillaries (Nymphalidae) rested on thistle flowers. In a short time (about 15 minutes) after the beginning of the eclipse all butterflies were in their usual resting places without any activity and left these places only when disturbed. The behavior by the Hover-flies (Diptera, Syrphidae) was similar. On the contrary, I saw remarkable activity in some of the day-flying moths, mainly in Burnets (Zygaenidae) and Syntomis phegea L. (Syntomidae =Amatidae). These species were flying aimlessly, higher than usual (about 3-4 m above the ground ), both into and with the wind. On the day of the solar eclipse I collected in Cejkoy the following species (see also Moucha & Novak, 1960-1962): Satyridae: Melanargia galathea L., Eumenis semele L., Coenonympha arcania L.; Nymphali- dae: Boloria dia L., Argynnis paphia L., Melitaea athalia Rott., Nym- phalis polychloros L., Apatura ilia Den. & Schiff.; Lycaenidae: Cupido argiades Pall., Plebejus idas L., Glaucopsyche alexis Poda, Lycaena phlaeas L., Strymon ilicis Esp., Strymon acaciae Fabr.; Pieridae: Lep- tidea sinapis L., Leptidea morsei major Lork., Aporia crataegi L., Pieris rapae L., Pieris napi L.; Hesperiidae: Thymelicus sylvestris Poda; Syntomidae: Syntomis phegea L.; Zygaenidae: Zygaena purpuralis Briin., Zygaena punctum O., Zygaena lonicerae Schev.; Noctuidae: Paracolax glaucinalis Den. & Schiff.; Arctiidae: Hipocrita jacobeae L.; and Geometridae: Chiasma clathrata L. All these species are common in Central Europe with two exceptions. The White, Leptidea morsei major Lork., is a rarity in European coun- tries; in Austria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, and Yugoslavia it reaches the western border of its distribution. Another interesting species is the Burnet moth Zygaena punctum O., living only in hot, dry localities. The southern and eastern region of Slovakia is the northern limit of its dis- tribution in Central Europe. Summarizing these observations of the behavior of Lepidoptera during the partial solar eclipse, I can say that the butterflies stopped flying, but the activity of the heliophilous moths is normal, and of Syntomis phegea is, surprisingly, higher. The changes in behavior of animals (mainly domestic) during solar eclipses are well known. Nevertheless I call collectors’ attention to these observations of insects, which are much rarer. Reference Moucha, J., & I. Novak, 1960-1962. Ergebnisse der Erforschung der Lepidopteren- Fauna der Slowakei (1946-196C). Acta faunistica ent. mus. nat. Pragae 6: 45-90 (I. Teil); 8: 95-137 (II. Teil). National Museum, Praha, CZECHOSLOVAKIA 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 A NEW SPECIES OF CARGOLIA (GEOMETRIDAE, ENNOMINAE) FROM MEXICO, WITH TRANSFERS OF SPECIES by Caries V. CoveELy Jr. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va., U.S.A. INTRODUCTION Druce (1898) described Amphidasis charon on the basis of a male and a female from Jalapa, Mexico. These he figured in Plate XCVIII, figs. 23 (2) and 24 (4). Rindge (1961) placed the male A. charon in synonomy of Phaeoura cladonia (C. Felder, R. Felder, & Rogenhofer), and indicated that Druce’s female is not conspecific with the male. Rindge selected the male as lectotype for charon, leaving the female nameless. Both of Druce’s specimens are in the British Museum. The author found two females labeled “charon” in the U. S. National Museum while working on the revision of Erilophodes (Covell, 1963). These appeared identical to the charon female of Druce’s illustration, and were both from Mexico (Jalapa and Coatepec). A single male from Hidalgo, Mexico, corresponding in maculation to the two females, was found in the American Museum of Natural History. This species is congeneric with Cargolia albipuncta Schaus (1901), also from Mexico (type locality, Jalapa), as are several species of Neodesmodes Warren and Hasodima Butler from South America. This conclusion is based on comparative studies of wing venation, macula- tion, and of genitalic features. CARGOLIA CARMELITA Covell, NEw sPEcIEs (Clans. 10) Description. Head with proboscis well developed. Labial palpi upturned, reach- ing top of eyes in male, half height of eyes in female. Basal palpal segment 2.25 mm (male) and 1.5 mm (female); middle segment 2.6 mm (both sexes); terminal segment 0.9 mm (male) and 0.45 mm (female). Basal segment mostly with black- brown appressed scales, some white, with ventral scales long and hairlike; middle segment dark for basal two-thirds, then white; terminal segment white. Front slightly convex, vested with appressed, flat, white scales. Width between eyes 0.75 mm (male) and 0.8—0.9 mm (females). Eyes subgloboid, naked; diameter 3.45 mm (male) and 2.1 — 2.25 mm (females; ocelli absent. Antennae with scape urceolate, vested with appressed, flat, white scales (female with some dark scales dorsally). Male antennae 8 mm long, bipectinate for four-fifths of length; pectinations setaceous; shaft vested with mixture of white and dark, appressed, flat scales. Female antennae filiform, 10 mm long, with scaling as in male. Vertex of head clothed with appressed, flat, long, white scales, partly covering scape. Thorax with patagia clothed with long, white scales with edging of black scales ventro-laterally. Tegulae mostly white, with sprinkling of dark scales. Thoracic tergites clothed with appressed, flat, white, scales, except for erect tufts of black scales present on mesothorax and metathorax. Pectus vested with long, white, hair- scales. Abdomen clothed with appressed, flat, white scales, sprinkled with dark; erect, black tufts on dorsum of segments 1 — 5. 112 CovELL: Neotropical Geometridae Vol.18: no.2 Legs clothed with mixture of blackish and white patches of appressed, flat scales. Male foreleg with epiphysis; hind tibia with two pairs of spines, but with no other modifications. Forewing triangular, 17.5 mm long (male) to 22 mm (female). Termen convex to Cu,, then very slightly concave to tornus; inner margin straight. R, free, from four-fifths of cell; R, from just beyond departure of R,, free; R,+,4,+-; from apex of cell, R; departing from R,+,4 halfway from cell to margin; R,+, stalked for half of remaining distance. M, from apex of cell; M, weak, from just above middle of cell; Mz and Cu, from lower angle of cell; Cu, from three-fourths of lower margin of cell. Hindwing rounded; Sc sharply bent in humeral angle, then following Rs for almost half of cell. M, from apex of cell; M, and Cu, dividing at lower angle of cell; Cu, from three-fourths of lower margin of cell. Frenulum well developed in both sexes. Pattern of maculation as in Fig. 1. Both sexes alike except that the markings in the female are less bold and less well defined. Also the dark scaling covers the whole hindwing surface in the female, not merely forming a border as in the male. Ground concolorous white on all wing surfaces. Basal area red-brown, lighter in female. Basal line of forewing black, broad, extending from C to inner margin, strongly convex outward between Cu and 2d A. Broad area of chocolate shading before black-brown a.m. line, separated from it by partial white line. Median area white, except for black, vertical discal dash and some light brown suffusion along C. P.m. line black, with broad chocolate postmedial shading separated from it by narrow white line. Distal part of postmedial area with black patches centered on R- and below Cug, and a large red-brown patch beginning at p.m. line, between M, and Cu,. Subterminal area light brown, except for whitish apical area and black- brown area between M, and M,. Terminal area marked with black-brown spots between veins below R, and vestigial Ist A. Fringe light brown, checkered with white. Upper surface of hindwing in male with irregular blackish border for outer one- fourth. Vertical discal spot centered on cross veins. Triangular blackish patch at about midpoint of C. Basal two-thirds of upper surface covered with long, white hair-scales. Fringe white, with some dark scaling. Upper surface of hindwing in female heavily suffused with dark scales throughout, more concentrated toward outer margin; darker scales also form a vague median line and median spot. Fig. 1. Habitus of Cargolia carmelita, new species Holotype male (left); paratype female (right). 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 Fig. 2. C. carmelita, male genitalia. Fig. 3. C. carmelita, male aedeagus. Fig. 4. C. carmelita, female genitalia. Lower surfaces of wings with dark areas and markings of upper surface repeated by areas of gray scales (both sexes). Dark suffusion less extensive on lower surface of female. Male genitalia (Fig. 2) small (2.4 mm from tip of uncus to bottom of vinculum). Valvae simple, flat, membranous, more sclerotized toward costa; apices rounded; inner surface densely hairy to apices; costa ending basally in broad process, broadly pointed caudally. Uncus simple, broad-based, short, rising to rounded point. Gnathos with evenly wide straps meeting centrally in rather heavily sclerotized pad armed with many short spines. Furcae heavily sclerotized, broad-based processes rising dorsally to sharp, upcurved points. Juxta nearly hexagonal, with rather rough margins. Aedeagus (Fig. 3) small (1.45 mm long), narrower anteriorly, and gently 114 CovELL: Neotropical Geometridae Vol.18: no.2 curved in anterior third of length; 8 spinelike cornuti of varying lengths present. Female genitalia (Fig. 4) 7 mm long. Papillae anales broad, joined dorsally; setose; slender, heavily sclerotized plate longitudinally between lobes ventrally. Apophyses posteriores and apophyses anteriores well developed, the former about twice as long as the latter. Genital plate slightly developed and lightly sclerotized. Ostium wide, narrowing rapidly anteriorly; slight constriction at juncture of ostium and ductus bursae. Ductus seminalis arising from ductus bursae near ostium. Ductus bursae reinforced with heavily sclerotized plates laterally at point of juncture with ostium; otherwise membranous, gradually widening into corpus bursae. Corpus bursae ovoid, membranous; signum absent. HOLOTYPE: male, “Guerrero Mill., Hidalgo, Mexico, 9,000 ft.”, collected by Mann and Skewes, no date; E. L. Todd Genitalia Slide 1434; American Museum of Natural History. PARATYPES: Two fe- males in U. S. National Museum, one labeled “Coatepec, Mexico”, other labeled “Jalapa, Mexico”; both from the Wm. Schaus Collection. Immature stages: Unknown. Discussion Of the two Mexican species, albipuncta is smaller than carmelita, and is completely black or black-brown, with white or light-brown areas in the median area and apical area of the forewing. The maculation of the forewing of carmelita is similar to that of most of South America species; however, it can be distinguished by the presence of the whitish apical area of the forewing above, unmarked by black as in the other species; also, the a.m. and p.m. lines below Cu, in carmelita are nearly parallel, whereas they are obliquely divergent in the South American species. The male genitalia of carmelita are very similar to those of albipuncta, the two differing most markedly in that the base of the juxta in carmelita is separated from the bases of the valvae by a distinct, irregular fracture; in albipuncta the base of the juxta is continuous with the bases of the valvae. These two Mexican species can best be separated from the males of the South American species in having a rather short, broad-based, almost triangular uncus; the South American species have the uncus produced into a longer, more narrow lobe. The female genitalia of carmelita differ from the South American species in the apparent lack of a signum. No comparisons can be made with albipuncta, as its female is yet unknown. TRANSFERS OF SPECIES Following are the species now included in the genus Cargolia Schaus: 1. C. albipuncta Schaus, 1901, Trans. Amer. ent. soc. 27: 249-50. Mexico. Type species. | 2. C. carmelita Covell, new species. Mexico. 3. C. semialbata (Warren), NEW COMBINATION. Peru, Bolivia. Neodesmodes semialbata Warren, 1905, Nov. zool. 12: 361. Erilophodes marmorinata Bastelberger, 1908, Jahrb. Nassauischen 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 Ver. Naturkunde 61: 79-80. (Placed in synonymy of N. semial- bata by Covell, 1963. ) 4. C. salapia (Druce), NEW COMBINATION. Colombia. Hasodima salapia Druce, 1900, Annals & mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, vol.5: p22. 5. C. arana (Dognin), NEW COMBINATION. Colombia, Peru, Bolivia, Argentina. Caripeta arana Dognin, 1896, Ann. soc. ent. Belgique 39: 117. Erilophodes arana (Dognin), Warren, 1909, Nov. zool. 16: 109. Neodesmodes arana (Dognin), Covell, 1963. 6. C. muscosa (Dognin), NEW COMBINATION. Colombia. Neodesmodes muscosa Dognin, 1911, Hétérocéres nouv. Amer. Sud, fasc.III: 38. 7. C. pruna (Dognin), NEW COMBINATION. Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia. Bryoptera pruna Dognin, 1892, Le Naturaliste, 1 March 1892: p.59. Hasodima puta Druce, 1900, Annals & mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, vol.5: 522. NEW SYNONYMY. 8. C. dardania (Druce), NEW COMBINATION. Colombia. Hasodima dardania Druce, 1900, Annals & mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, vol.5: 521. In addition to these species, others from Latin America may belong in Cargolia. The author hopes to carry on more detailed investigation of this genus and others closely related to it, studying the biology and ecology of species as well as morphology. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author is very grateful to Dr. E. L. Todd, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., for his advice during the course of this study. For the loan of material for study, the author wishes to thank Dr. J. F. G. Clarke (U. S. National Museum), Dr. F. H. Rindge (American Museum of Natural History), Mr. D. S. Fletcher (British Museum), Dr. J. G. Franclemont (Cornell University), Dr. C. D. MacNeill (California Academy of Science), and Mr. H. K. Clench (Camegie Museum). References Cited Covell, C. V. Jr., 1963. A _ revision of the Neotropical genus Erilophodes (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Annals entomol. soc. Amer. 56: 835-844. Druce, H., 1898. Biologia Centrali Americana, suppl., vol.2: 533; vol.3: pl. XCVIII, figs. 23-24. Rindge, F. H., 1961. A revision of the Nacophorini (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist. 123: 113. Schaus, W., 1901. New species of Geometridae from tropical America, part II. Trans. Amer. ent. soc. 27: 249-250. CORRIGENDA FOR VOLUMES 16 AND 17 Wool. 16: p. 106, left column — words in last two boxes should be reversed; thus, the lower left box should be “Habitat preference”. 116 Butter: Satryid at light Vol.18: no.2 p. 119, in 3rd horizontal data row — “62”, “3.75”, “3.76”, and “4.9583” should be 52 937s 316. and 9495p p. 123, Ist and 4th lines from bottom, and p. 124, 2nd line from top — “F 3 should beuks Vol. 17: : p. 169, bottom —line omitted just above mail address: “9. Adopaea lineola: VI-10-59, Stevenson, Baltimore Co.” p. 168, 16th line from bottom —“@ P. protenor «x @ P. helenus’” should be “© P. polytes x 8 P. helenus’. p. 193, 3rd line from bottom — “Zucht quercus”’ should be “Zucht von Marumba quercus’’. p. 195, 20th line from bottom — “524-629” should be “624-629”. p. 198, 20th line from bottom — “Yohrinori” should be “Yoshinori”. A MEXICAN SATYRID AT LIGHT In view of the recent increased interest in Rhopalocera being attracted to light it is appropriate to note an addition to the body of information on this subject. A large lepidopteron was taken at some time very near 9:00 pm, Pacific Standard Time, 14 November 1952, at San Blas, Nayarit, Mexico. It was sitting on the ceiling of an outdoor corridor about two feet from a yellow light of the insect-repelling type. The location was a hotel there (the only modern one at that time) on the south edge of town. The place the specimen was taken faced jungle which was about three hundred feet away. The Pacific Ocean was about two hundred feet in the opposite direction. This specimen was recently identified, with the aid of Dr. C. L. Remington, as Taygetis mermeria Cramer, probably form excavata. Identification was based on figures in Seitz Macrolepidoptera of the World, Volume 5. The specimen has been placed in the Peabody Museum of Natural History at Yale University. Rosert B. BurLer, 15 Paulus Boulevard, New Brunswick, N. J., U. S. A. BOOK NOTICE The DYNAMICS OF EPIDEMIC SPRUCE BUDWORM POPULATIONS. Edited by R. F. Morris. Canadian Entomologist, Memoir 31, 332 pp., numerous textfigs., graphs, & halftone plates. May 21, 1963. Paper and cloth. The spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) (Tortricidae) pobably is the most intensively studied species of Lepidoptera in North America, if not in the world. Its tremdous outbreak capabilities and resultant economic importance to Canadian foresters precipitated a myriad of detailed studies on numerous aspects of its bionomics during the past 20 years. This monograph is a series of closely related papers presenting the results of population studies on the spruce budworm. It is an attempt to ascertain and model mathematically where possible, the mode of action of the principal variables af- fecting density of the species. Major topics covered include general bionomics; development of outbreaks; analysis of survival and reproduction in both unsprayed and sprayed areas; a discussion of the major factors and processes affecting the bionomics, including dispersal, hosts and host conditions, parasites, predators, diseases, and insecticides. In all, twelve authors are contributors. — EprToR 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society IE by MINUTES OF THE THIRTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS~ SOCIETY The Thirteenth Annual Meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society was held at Town Hall, Wonderland Shopping City, San Antonio, Texas, on 1-2 July 1963. At 5:00 P.M. June 30, an informal social was held and displays were arranged for the meeting. At 8:30 A.M., July 1, registration started and at 10:00 A.M. the meeting was called to order by H. A. Freeman and several announcements were made by Roy O. Kendall. The Presidential address of H. B. D. Kettlewell was read by J. W. Tilden. With H. A. Freeman presiding, the first dis- cussion presented was a round table on good collecting spots in Texas, by André Blanchard, Jack E. Lipes and H. A. Freeman. This was followed by a report on “Federal Plant Pest Regulations” by Jack E. Lipes. The last talk during the morning session was by Roy O. Kendall on “A technique for stimulating oviposition’. The afternoon session was called to order by H. A. Freeman at 2:00 P.M., and he presented the first discussion on “Effects of pH on the distribution of the Megathymidae”. P. A. Glick followed with his talk on “Collecting lepidoptera by airplane”. N. E. Flitters presented next a very interesting discussion on “Photographing life histories”, with a moving color pictorial. J]. M. Burns than gave a well prepared discussion on “Notes on a new skipper from Texas’. The last paper was the “Devastation by human and natural elements to Yucatecan forests, with corresponding changes in insect abundance and the formation of Peninsular microclimates’, written by E. C. Welling and read by André Blanchard. Beginning at 7:30 Monday evening an informal social was held. Exhibits were examined, trading was carried on and a very fine time was had by all. The morning session, July 2, was called to order at 8:30 by Roy O. Kendall, and the first article discussed was “Distribution, distribution- limiting factors, and differentiation in Erynnis” by J. M. Burns; this was a very informative discussion. Following this Don B. Stallings gave an interesting talk on the “Comparative life history of Megathymus ursus and Megathymus violae.” This was followed by Harry K. Clench’s dis- cussion of “Hemiargus huntingtoni - its discovery and range extension’. The next part of the program was a round table discussion presented by P. A. Glick, “Light traps - an important aid to the lepidopterist’, Joe P. Hollingsworth, “Engineering aspects of electric insect traps’, and André Blanchard, “Catocala collecting with light”. The round table was well presented as slides, models and techniques involving the use of 118 Minutes 13th Annual Meeting Vol.18: no.2 various kinds of light traps were shown and discussed. The next was a paper on “Larval foodplants”, by Roy O. Kendall, which was very in- formative. The last paper, by C. A. & Doris Anderson on “On the wings of the Monarch butterfly”, was read by Dr. Burns. At 1:00 P.M. the business meeting was held with Dr. Tilden presiding and Mr. Freeman secretary pro tem. Suggestions were presented as to where the next meeting could be held. Mr. Clench suggested Carnegie Museum for the 1964 meeting. Lloyd Martin suggested Cornell Univer- sity. Dr. Tilden suggested Yale University. It was proposed that these three locations be presented and then André Blanchard suggested as a rider that it be held at Lake Placid, Archbold Biological Station, in Florida, and most members expressed their opinions that any of the locations would be very good for the 1964 meeting. The meeting closed with expressions of thanks to Connie and Roy O. Kendall for the hard work they had done in arranging and conducting such a successful 13th Annual Meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society. At 7:15 Tuesday evening a very fine informal dinner was held at Casa Rio, terminating with a boat ride up the San Antonio River. The following day the Blanchards, Kendalls and Tidwells proceeded to the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge for a field trip, where several enjoyable days were spent collecting. The following members and guests were present: Mr. & Mrs. Roy O. Kendall, Mr. & Mrs. Roy W. Quillin, Mr. & Mrs. André Blanchard, Perry A. Glick, Norman E. Flitters, E. M. Kinch, Robert Braubach, Mr. & Mrs. Kenneth B. Tidwell & family, J. W. Tilden, Lloyd M. Martin, John M. Burns, Scott L. Ellis & father, Mr. & Mrs. Don B. Stallings, Mr. & Mrs. Harry K. Clench & family, Joe Robinowitz, Mr. & Mrs. Jack E. Lipes & daughter Susi, Kathleen Moore & mother, J. P. Hollingsworth, C. A. Lipscomb & son, Rev. & Mrs. F. G. Butler & 3 daughters, Rolland R. Grabbe, Laura June Whitworth, Charles J. Long, and Mr. & Mrs. H. A. Freeman and son Gilbert. Respectfully submitted, H. A. FREEMAN, Secretary pro tem. HOLOMELINA AURANTIACA BUCHHOLZI, A CORRECTION In my article describing the new subspecies, under disposition of specimens (Journ. lepid. soc. 17: 102; 1963) it was stated that both primary types were deposited in Chicago Natural History Museum. This was due to a misunderstanding, and both Holotype male and Allotype female have been transferred to and are now in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History in New York. Avex K. Wyatr, Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago 5, Ul... U. Sea 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended - that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. P. F. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.]—P. F. Betxtincer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Opraztsov [1.C.]—1I. F. B. Common’ [T.I.] — Taro IwasE [C.R.] — C. L. Remincton [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] — J. MoucHa [j.T.] —J. W. Tirtpen [A.D.] — A. DiaAKoNoFF [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe UP WWI) 12, 1 IE, irra A. GENERAL Remington, Jeanne E., & Charles L., “Mimicry, a test of evolutionary theory.” Yale scientific Mag., vol.32: pp.10-21, 5 figs. 1957. Review with new evidence and examples, of the theoretical basis for protective resemblance of one species to another, and of evidence for validity of theory and for mechanisms producing & maintaining mimetic resemblances; examples mainly from Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Roepke, W. K. J., “Enkele voorbeelden van opvallende mimicry (Lep., Col., Hym.)” [in Dutch]. Tijdschr. Ent., vol.91: pp.xcvii-xcviii. 1952. Notes on A%geriide mimicking Hymenoptera. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “The biology of Danaus chrysippus L.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.47: pp.769-771. 1948. Miscellaneous notes on habits, appearance, & variation in early stages and adult. Larvae rejected by birds and a lizard. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “The influence of migrant birds on butterfly mimicry.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.47: pp.559-561. 1948. Doubts that a butterfly can gain any protection by resemblance to a distasteful species at the other end of a migrant bird’s range. Suggests that a general resemblance between model & mimic (in same locality) will give some protection to latter. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “Notes on rearing Herse convolvuli L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.41-42. 1952. On variation, especially color dimorphism, in larvae; thinks larval color partly determined by activity, partly genetic. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “Birds and insects.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.87: p.102. 1951. Includes records of birds attacking Lepidoptera; mentions examples of spp. of Amauris, Acrzea, & Mylothris with beak marks. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “Aposematic butterflies protected by the poisonous qualities of their larval foodplants.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.50: pp.951-952. 1952. Not all aposematic spp. feed on poisonous plants, and not all spp. feeding on such plants are aposematic. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “Food of a captive chameleon.” Entomologist, vol.86: pp.198-199. 1953. Animal released 2 syntomids & Porthesia spp., ate a noctuid. [P. B.] Tinbergen, N., “Defense by color.” Sci. Amer., vol.197, no.4: pp.49-53, 7 figs. 1957. Popular account of protective & warning coloration; effectiveness of countershading, protective resemblance, and such markings as eyespots are noted. [P. B.] White, E. Barton, “Birds and butterflies.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.55-56. 1953. Butterflies & a moth attacked by Muscicapa griseola. [P. B.] Young, L., “Bag-moths attacked by Shrike-tits.” Victorian Nat., vol.65: p.127. 1948. Records attacks by the Eastern Shrike-tit (Falcunculus frontatus) on case-bearing larvae of Psychidae. [I. C.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Yamafuji, K., M. Eto, & F. Yoshihara, “Effect of nuclear preparations from infected Silkworms on the development of polyhedrosis” [in English; German summary]. 120 Recent Literature on Lepidojtera Vol.18: no.2 Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.164-168. 1954. Injection of these preparations increased number of larvae of Bombyx mori becoming diseased after injection of virus. [P. B.] Yamafuji, Kazuo, S. Fujii, & T. Akita, “Ueber die chemischen Prozesse bei der kiinstlichen Virus-Erzeugung im lebendigen Kérper” [in German; English sum- mary]. Enzymologia, vol.14: pp.24-29. 1950. Study of production of. virus particles by denaturing proteins with hydroxylamine treatment, in Bombyx mori. ees 131 Yamafuji, K., K. Hayashi, & M. Shimamura, “Ultracentrifugal investigation of Silkworm polyhedra” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.155-156, 1 pl. 1954. Chemically induced polyhedra contain a component lack- ing in normal polyhedra. [P. B.] Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Katsuhide Hirayama, “Contact method for inducing polyhedral disease” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.229-236. 1955. External treatment of Bombyx mori larvae with solutions of NH,OH, H,O,, or thioglycolic acid was followed by appearance of virus disease. [P. B.] Yamatuji, K., I. Igaue, & M. Sato, “Effect of chemicals upon the solubility of the polyhedral virus of Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.219-222. 1952. No effect; presented as evidence for distinctness of natural & chemically induced polyhedra. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., Y. Matsukura, & M. Eto, “Electrophoresis of Silkworm polyhedra” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.327-328, 1 pl. 1953. Slight difference between natural and chemically induced polyhedra. [P. B.] Yamatfuji, K., J. Mukai, & F. Yoshihara, “Polyhedral virus induction by desoxyribonu- clease and trypsin” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.18: pp.28-32. 1957. Low incidence of disease resulted from injection of these substances into Bombyx mori larvae. [P. B.] Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Hirohisa Omura, “The formation of silkworm virus by acetoxime feeding” [Lin English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.14: pp.120-123. 1950. Feeding mulberry leaves coated with acetoxime solution to Bombyx mori larvae resulted in appearance of virus disease, especially following treatment with heat Ge Goll, We, 18.) Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Hirohisa Omura, “A study of polyhedral virus formation with radioactive phosphorus” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.28-30. 1954. Some isotope appeared in polyhedra after injection into Bombyx lanva:viRy Bel Yamafuji, K., H. Omura, & M. Sato, “Polyhedron production in offspring of virus- infected Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.362- 365. 1953. Injection of polyhedra into larvae or pupae did not affect percent developing disease following chemical feeding in later generations. Given as evidence that virus particles are not transmitted to offspring in Bombyx mori. Peas Yamafuji, K., H. Omura, & M. Sato, “Injection method for inducing polyhedrosis in in Silkworm” [in English; German Summary]. Enzymologia, vol.16: pp.329-335. 1954. Disease can be induced by injection of KNO, or NH,OH; low temperature treatment or use of hybrid animals increases effect. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., H. Omura, & F. Yoshihara, “Effect of chemicals on the virus infection in Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.28-30. 1951. Chemical treatment of B. mori larvae is more effective in producing virus disease than is deliberate infection with virus. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., M. Shimamura, & F. Yoshihara, “Behaviour of nucleic acids in formation process of Silkworm virus” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.16: pp.337-342, 1 pl. 1954. Desoxyribonucleic acid increases in diseased animals, and slightly after infection, nitrite feeding, or chilling which is not followed by disease. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., K. Tokuyasu, & K. Wada, “Electron micrography of polyhedra from Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.31-32, 1 pl. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 1951. Figures polyhedra from B. mori and notes apparent differences in natural and artificially produced polyhedra. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., K. Wada, & M. Sato, “Solubility of polyhedral bodies of Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.130-133. 1951. Different in natural & chemically induced polyhedra. [P. B.] Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Fumiko Yoshihara, “On the virus production and oxime formation in silkworms fed with nitrites” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.14: pp.124-127. 1950. Yamafuji, K., & F. Yoshihara, “Embryonic development and virus formation in Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.321-326. 1953. Reports slight induction of virus disease in larvae from eggs treated with cold, KNO,, NH,OH, or HCl. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, M. Eto, & H. Omura, “Induction of polyhedrosis by injecting desoxyribonucleic acid fractions isolated from healthy Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.237-244, 1 pl. 1955. Yamatfuji, K., F. Yoshihara, J. Mukai, & M. Sato, “Virogenic action of Silkworm desoxyribonuclease” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.18: pp.125- 130, 1957. Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, & H. Omura, “Experimental virus production in a Canadian strain of Silkworm” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.182-186, 1 pl. 1952. Chemical treatment induced disease in stock certified by Bergold to be virus-free. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, & M. Sato, “Eclipse period of polyhedral disease” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.152-154. 1954. Tissues of infected Bombyx mori are not infective for several hours after injection of virus. Pee Bel Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, & M. Shimamura, “Action of ribonuclease in relation to formation of Silkworm virus” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.17: pp.286-290. 1956. Enzyme activated by chemical feeding or virus infection. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, & S. Yoshimoto, “Induction of polyhedrosis in progenies of chemically treated Silkworms” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.16: pp.51-55, 1 fig. 1953. Nitrite feeding of larvae had no effect on chemical induction of disease in later generations. [P. B.] Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Ikuko Yoshihara. “Procedures for the chemical production of Silkworm virus” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.10-13. 1951. Describes technique resulting in highest incidence of disease. [P. B.] Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Teigen Yuki, “Uber die Vorbeugung gegen eine Viruskrankheit durch Fiitterung mit Katalase beim Seidenspinner” [in German]. Biochem. Zeitschr., vol.318: pp.107-111. 1947. Catalase preparation, fed to larvae of Bombyx mori, reduces incidence of virus disease. [P. B.] Yamamoto, Jozaburo, “On the distribution and foodplants of Everes lacturnus kawaii Matsumura, Celastrina puspa umenois Matsumura (Lycaenidae) in Kochi- pref. (Shikoku)” [in Japanese]. Gensei, vol.1: pp.15-16. 1952. Foodplants: Desmodium polycarpum (for kawaii), and Rosa wichuraiana (for umenois). (ise. | Yamamoto, Masao, “On the life-history of Argynnis cydippe pallescens Butler (Nymphalidae )” [in Japanese]. Chihé, no.1: 4 pp., 1 pl. 1949. Foodplants: Viola spp. [T. I.] Yamamoto, Yoshimaru, “Larva & pupa of Nymphalis l-album Esper (Nymphalidae )” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: pp.11-12, 1 pl. 1947. Foodplant: Betula japonica. (T. 1.] Yamamoto, Yoshimaru, “Life-history of Langia zenzeroides nawai Rothschild & Jordan (Sphingidae)” [in Japanese]. Insect Ecology, vol.2: pp.29-30, 1 pl. 1948. Foodplants: Prunus spp. [T. I.] Yasumatsu, Keizo, “On the identity of four scelionid egg-parasites of some Japanese and Formosan pyraloid moths (Hymenoptera).” Mushi, vol.21: pp.55-60. 1950. Telenomus spp., reared from spp. of Scirpiphaga, Schoenobius, Chilo, & Proceras. BeBe |p. Minutes 13th Annual Meeting Vol.18: no.2 Yasumatsu, Keizo, “On the identity of Elasmus philippinensis Ashmead, a larval parasite of Sylepta derogata Fabricius, in Hainan Island (Hymenoptera).” Mushi, vol.28: pp.53-55. 1955. York, G. T., J. C. Schaffner, & T; A. Brindley, “Parasites of the European Corn Borer found infesting the Stalk Borer.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.48: pp.765-766. “1955” [1956]. Dissections of larvae of Papaipema nebris in 1953 and 1954 in Iowa showed them to be parasitized by Lydella grisescens (Diptera, Larvaevoridae ) & Sympiesis viridula (Hymenoptera, Eulophidae), both of which were introduced as parasites of Pyrausta nubilalis. [W. C.] Yust, Harold R., & Miguel A. Cevallos, “Catarata lepisma, a serious pest of cotton in Ecuador.” Rev. ecuator. Ent. Parasitol., vol.2: pp.151-152. 1954. Notes on early stages and biology of this stenomid. [P. B.] Zagainyi, S. A., & P. D. IUrchenko, “Phassus schamyl Chr. — pest of grape-vine” [in Russian]. Vinodel. i Vinograd. SSSR, vol.15; no.1: pp.25-27. 1955. [Not seen]. Zavrel, Hynek, “Minujici hmyz na Kotouéi a v okoli Stramberka I.” [in Czech]. Acta Rer. nat. Distr. Ostraviensis, vol.13: pp.416-422. 1953. Some mining insects from Mt. Kotoué, a famous nature reserve in N. Moravia. A small number of Lepidoptera are listed. [J. M.] Zavrel, H., “Minujici hmyz pYirodnich reservaci v Jesenicich” [in Czech]. Ochrana Prirody, vol.10: pp.301-302. 1955. Lists some mining insects in Jeseniky Mts. in Northern Moravia; includes 16 spp. of Lepidoptera, all common, with their host plants. [J. M.] Zavrel, Hynek, “Die Blattminen des Kotoué (Kotoutsch) und der Umgebung von Stramberk (Stramberg) IT’ Lin Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Acta Rer. nat Distr. Ostraviensis, vol.17: pp.276-283. 1956. The mining insects of the Kotoué State Nature Reserve in S. Moravia; 72 spp. of Lepidoptera are recorded. [J. M.] Ziegler, J. B., “The status of Kalmia as a host plant of Incisalia augustinus (Lycaeni- dae).” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.89-90. 1956. Zimmack, Harold L., & Tom A. Brindley, “Effect of the protozoan, Perezia pyraustae, on the European Corn Borer.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.2, no.3: p.18. 1956. Abstract; host — Pyrausta nubilalis. Zimmack, Harold Lincoln, “Effect of Perezia pyraustae Paillot on the European Corn Borer, Pyrausta nubilalis (Hubner). Iowa State Coll. Journ. Sci., vol.32: pp.291-292. 1957. Abstract. E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Best, A. A., “Records of light traps 1947 to 1949.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.225-231. 1950. Interesting phenological data from Surrey, including records of species taken only in high trap (36 feet) or only near ground. [P. B.] Best, A. E. G., “Swarming of butterflies.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.50: p.683. 1952. Chilades laius, Papilio polytes, & other spp., N. of Madras. [P. B.] Best, A. E. G., “Butterflies of Bombay and Salsette — additions.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.53: pp.282-284. 1955. 7 new records (Lycaenidae, Pierididae, Danaidae) & additional notes on other spp. [P. B.] Best, A. E. G., “Further notes and additions to the list of butterflies from Bombay and Salsette.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.54: pp.215-216. 1956. 6 new records. [P. B.] Betz, J.-T., “Rehabilitation d’un Departement: Le Nord” [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol.14: pp.241-244; vol.15: pp.86-88. 1955; 1956. Notes on fauna of region in N. France, with lists of interesting butterflies & minor families of moths. ee 18) Betz, J. T., “Vanessa urticae L. aux hautes altitudes” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol.15: pp.103-104. “1955” [May 1956]. Note on the presence of V. urticae at high altitudes in the Alps, near farms and populations of Urtica. [P. B.] Betz, J. T., “Panthea coenobita en Frence” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol.16: pp.9-12. 1957. Notes on the geographical distribution in France of this quadrifid noctuid. [P. V.] Bevan, K., “Notes on the Macrolepidoptera of the Fylde coastal area of west Lan- 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 cashire.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.74-77. 1954. Annotated list of some 90 spp. [P. B.] de Biezanko, C. M., & Johannes Zopp, “Die Sphingiden Uruguays” [in German]. Ent. Zeitschr., vol.64: pp.135-143. 1954. Annotated list of 34 spp. Some foodplants listed. [P. B.] Bigot, L., “Biogéographie des lépidoptéres de la Provence occidentale” [in French]. Vie et Milieu, vol.7: pp.429-480. 12 figs. 1957. Biogeographical, but rather ecological, study of the Lepidoptera of western Provence (SE France). [P. V.] Birchler, A., “Entomologischer Jahresbericht 1949” [Lin German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.4: pp:13-14. 1950. Brief season summary for Switzerland. [P. B.] Birchler, Aifons, “Schmetterlings-Fauna der Lithebene. 3. Fortsetzung: Ergebnisse 1946-1951” [in German]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.24: pp.197-199. 1951. Noteworthy records of Macrolepidoptera from a very small area (3 square km.) in Switzerland; local list includes 664 spp. [P. B.] Bird, Charles D., “A collection of Lepidoptera from the Whiteshell Forest Reserve, Manitoba.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.107-108. 1956. Birkett, Neville L., “Some Lepidoptera records from Tenby, 1951.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.242-244. 1951. Records some 130 Macrolepidoptera. [P. B.] Birkett, Neville L., “Autumn collecting notes from the Kendal district.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.1G9-111. 1952. Birkett, Neville L., “Some Microlepidoptera records from the North-West.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp:82-84. 1952. Records 30 spp. from NW England. PBs Birkett, Neville L., “Lepidoptera collecting notes, 1952.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.60. 1953. In Britain. Birkett, Neville L., “Lepidoptera collecting notes, 1953.” Ent. Rec & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.110-114. 1954. In Britain. Birkett, Neville L., “Some Cardiganshire Lepidoptera records 1954.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.66: pp.244-245. 1954. Birkett, Neville L., “The occurrence of Eurois occulta L. in Westmorland and Penrith.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.240-241. 1954. Birkett, Neville L., “The present status of the butterfly population of the Kendal district, Westmorland.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.90: pp.293-298. 1954. With annotated list of 44 spp. [P. B.] Birkett, Neville L., “Hydraecia oculea L. and its near relatives in north-west England.” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.20-21. 1956. Records of 4 spp. [P. B.] Birkett, Neville L., “Notes on the 1956 season.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.1-6. 1957. Collecting in Britain. [P. B.] Blair, K. G., “Lithophane (Graptolitha) lapidea Huebner (Lep., Caradrinidae ) in the Isle of Wight, a new British record.” Ent. Mo. Mag., vol.88: pp.14-15. 1952. Blair, K. G., “Lithophane (Graptolitha) lapidea Huebner in Britain.” Entomologist, vol.85: pp.123-124, 1 fig. 1952. Blathwayt, C. S. H., “Lepidoptera notes, Bristol district, 1948.” Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., vol.27: pp.221-222. 1948. Blathwayt, C. S. H., “Lepidoptera notes, Bristol district, 1953.” Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., vol.28: pp.403-406. 1954. Notes on 61 spp. (Macrolepidoptera & Pyralidae ). bes Bs! Blathwayt, C. S. H., “Lepidoptera notes, Bristol district, 1954.” Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., vol.29: pp.47-48. 1955. Blathway, C. S. H., “Lepidoptera notes, Bristol district, 1955.” Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., vol.29: pp.129-131. 1956. Bleszyniski, Stanislaw, “Butterfly species new to the fauna of Poland.” [in Polish; English summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.20: pp.97-99. 1950. Records 8 spp. _ J. M.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Studies on the family Crambidae (Lepidoptera). Part V. A second location of Crambus maculalis Zett. in Polish Tatra Mts.” [in Polish; English 124 Recent Literature on Lepidojtera Vol.18: no.2 summary]. Bull. Ent. Pologne, vol.20: pp.94-96. 1950. New locality in Tatra Mts. is registered. [J. M.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “La faune des lépidoptéres de Podgorki aux environs de Cracovie” [in Polish]. Docum. Physiogr. Polon., nr. 21: pp.1-52. 1950. Records 409 spp. of which 85 are new for Cracow & its environs. [J. M.] Blom, W. L., “Een niewe vlinder voor de Nederlandse fauna” [in Dutch; English summary.] Ent. Berichten, vol.15: p.451. 1955. Earias vernana new to Holland. PPA Bal Bock, Theodore, “Notes on collecting Polygonia faunus smythi.” Lepid. News, vol.5: pil Os 19s Boer Leffef, W. J., “Mededeelingen over Lepidoptera uit de omgeving van Apeldoorn” lin Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.149-150. 1956. Boer Leffef, W. J., “Hydraecia petasitis Doubleday in Nederland gevangen” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.18-19, 1 fig. 1956. First Dutch record; Lempke, in appendix, notes Danish record. [P. B.] Boness, M., “Die Fauna der Wiesen unter besonderer Berticksichtigung der Mahd. (Ein Beitrag zur Agrardkologie)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Morph. Okol. Tiere, vol.42: pp.225-277, 5 figs. 1953. Lists a few Lepidoptera characteristic of meadows in N. Germany, including butterflies, noctuids, geometrids, Crambus, Ino statices, Hepialus humuli, Tortrix paleana, Micropteryx calthella. (P. B.] Bourgogne, J., “Un enquéte biogéographique sur Melitaea athalia Rott. en Alsace” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: pp.35-37. 1948. On location of area of area of intergradation between M. a. athalia & M. a. pseudoathalia. [P. B.] Bourgogne, J., “Particularités de deux aires contigués chez un lépidoptére rhopalocére” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Biogéogr., no.284., pp.4-9, 1 map. 1956. Note on the distribution in Frence of Melitaea a. athalia & M. a. celadussa and considerations on the area of transition. [P. B.] Bowden, S. R., “The decline of Lysandra bellargus Rott.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.39-4G6. 1954. In Britain. Bracke, R., “Lépidoptére Sphingidae nouveau pour la faune belge” [in French]. Bull. & Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., vol.90: p.178. 1954. Proserpinus proserpina new to Belgium. [P. B.] Bradley, J. D., “Microlepidaptera from the Bantry — Glengarriff area, West Cork.” Irish Nat. Journ., vol.11: pp.16-18. 1953. List of 47 spp.; Glyphipteryx schoeni- colella new to Ireland. [P. B.] Braid, K. E., “Lepidoptera of mid-Cornwall.” Entomologist, vol.86: pp.272-274. 1953” [1954]. List of interesting spp.; notes on a radio station as a moth trap. Ue, 183, Brauns, Adolf, “Das Auftreten wirtschaftlich-schadigender und _ wirtschaftlich- niitzlicher Arthropoden in Nord-und Mitteldeutschland” [in German]. Abhandl. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen, vol.32: pp.361-390. 1951. Records on some destructive Lepidoptera in Germany, including spp. of Tischeria, Coleophora, FEvetria, Epiblema, Laspeyresia, Notodonta, Boarmia, Thamnonoma, Lymantria. (P. B.] Bréak, Jaroslav, “BiozOnologie der Lepidopteren des Dunkelfichtentales (Temnos- mrecinova dolina) in der Hohen Tatra” [in Slovak; Russian & German sum- maries]. Biol. Sbornik, vol.7: pp.113-131, 4 figs., 3 maps. 1952. Records 55 spp. and discusses their vertical distribution. [J. M.] Bretherton, R. F., “Our lost butterflies and moths.” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: pp.211-240. 1951. Discusses disappearance of some two dozen resident British species, and their former distribution. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “A fortnight’s butterfly collecting in France. (Fontainebleau and Lac d’Annecy).” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.62: pp.101-106. 1950. Bretherton, R. F., “The early history of the Swallow-tail Butterfly (Papilio machaon L.) in England.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.206-211. 1951. Old records indicate wider distribution for both native & continental spp. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “Records of some species of Hydraecia and Procus.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.130-132. 1953. British local records of some ‘difficult’ spp. Peal 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 Bretherton, R. F., “The moth trap in October, 1952 and 1953.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.339-341. 1953. Comparison of 2 years’ collecting in Surrey, England. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “A week’s butterfly collecting in Cyprus.” Entomologist, vol.87: pp.207-211. 1954. Notes on 23 spp. from near Kyrenia. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “Palpita (Margarodes) unionalis Hiibner (Lep. Pyralidae) in the British Isles.” Entomologist, vol.88: pp.76-81. 1955. Lists all records. Probably an immigrant which occasionally breeds in England. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “A list of the Macrolepidoptera and Pyralidina of north west Surrey.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1955: pp.94-151, 1 map. 1957. Annotated list. Bretherton, R. F., “The history and status of Spaelotis ravida (Schiffermueller ), the Stout Dart in Britain (Lep: Caradrinidae).” Ent. Gazette, vol.8: pp.3-19, 1 map. 1957. Lists known records; precarious resident & occasional immigrant. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “A supplementary note on Spaelotis ravida (Schiffermueller ) (the Stout Dart) in Britain. (Lep: Caradrinidae).” Ent. Gazette, vol.8: pp.175-198. 1957. Bretherton, R. F., R. E. Ellison, & W. B. L. Manley, “Lepidoptera in the eastern Pyrenees, 1951 (Porté-Puymorens and Vernet-les-Bains, June 30-July 19), and the Foret de Rambouillet, near Paris (July 16 and 20).” Entomologist, vol.85: pp.197-204, 222-299. 1952. With list of spp. captured, including micros. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., & W. B. L. Manley, “Some notes on Lepidoptera in the Hautes Alpes, France (Guillestre and Saint Veran), 18th July-3rd August, 1953.” Entomologist, vol.87: pp.69-74. 1954. Bretherton, R. F., & C. G. M. de Worms, “A fortnight’s collecting in the Durance Valley (Hautes Alpes), with an epilogue at Grenoble (Isére).” Entomologist, Vol.86: pp.231-237. 1953. Brinck, Per, & Karl Georg Wingstrand, “The mountain fauna of the Virihaure area in Swedish Lapland.” Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N. F., Avd.2, vol.45, no.2: 70 pp., 25 figs. 1949. Lists of fauna in various biotopes, including Lepidoptera; description of area; synecological & zoogeographical analyses of fauna. [P. B.] Brodersen, Poul, “Xylina semibrunnea Hw. ny for Danmark” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol.26: pp.267-268, 1 fig. 1952. New sp. for Denmark; adult figured. ies Bal Broquet, M., “Observations sur la chasse des papillons nocturnes a la lumiére” [in French]. Bull. Soc. sci. nat. Quest France, sér.6, vol.1: pp.34-40. 1952. Notes on collecting at light in Loire-Inférieure, France; remarks on annual variation in numbers, & its cause. [P. B.] de Bros, Emmanuel, “Cinq jours de chasse a Soglio (Val Bregaglia, Grisons)” [in French]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.4: pp.21-23, 28-32. 1950. Collecting in Switzerland; with annotated list of some 150 spp. [P. B.] de Bros, Emanuel, “Abschliessende Bemerkungen und _ Druckfehlerberichtigung” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., vol.5: pp.51-52. 1953. Corrections to paper by de Bros & Thomann on Lepidoptera of Graubiinden (Ent. Nachrichtenbl., vols. Aéo 5) [1P:-B.] Brown, F. Martin, “Butterfly collecting in Colorado.” Lepid. News, vol.5: p.53. 1951. Brown, S. C. S., “The Stigmellidae (Lep.) of the Bournemouth district.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.89: pp.158-160. 1953. List of 57 spp. of Stigmella; foodplants recorded. PB: Bryk, Felix, “Eine Karte mit falscher Verbreitung von Parnassius apollo (L.)” Lin German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.74: p.222. 1954. Calls attention to numerous errors in Scharff’s (1967) distribution map, which is the basis for some recent speculation on zoogeography. [P. B.] Bullon, A., “La oruga de Graellsia isabellae (Graells) en Cercedilla ( Madrid)” [in Spanish]. Graellsia, vol.8: pp.23-26. 1950. Collecting notes. Burgermeister, Franz, “Falterbeobachtungen in Hochkoniggebiet (Salzburg)” Lin > 126 Recent Literature on Lepidojtera Vol.18:. no.2 German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.18-20. 1954. Notes on 12 alpine spp. taken at 1400 m. or above in a mountain massif in Austria. [P. B.] Burgermeister, Franz, “Falterbeobachtungen in Vorarlberg” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.171-173, 1 map. 1956. Records possible colony of Parnassius styriacus; notes on light collecting (Noctuidae, Geometridae). [P. B.] Burgermeister, Franz, “Die “Panzer-Einfahrstrecke’ bei Herzograd, Niederésterreich” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.185-187, 1 map. 1956.Collecting notes. Burkhardt, V. R., “Butterflies at Hongkong.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.109-110. 1951. Burmann, Karl, “Pieris callidice Esp. in Nordtirol”’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.33: pp.85-88. 1948. Geographic and vertical distribution. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Wo hat Isturgia carbonaria Cl. ihre Nord —und Ostgrenze der alpinen Verbreitung? (Macrolepidoptera, Geometridae)” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.175-180, 1 map. 1950. Distribution in Alps; notes on habitat, foodplant Arctostaphylos; names an aberration. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Ein Versuch zur schematischen Darstellung der Héhenverbretitung der Nordtiroler Larentien (Lepidoptera, Geometridae)” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. Osterr. schweizer Ent., vol.2: pp.85-86; vol.3: pp.104-107. 1950; 1951. Pdots altitudinal range (extreme & normal) for the 91 spp. of Larentia in N. Tyrol (data incomplete for 6 spp.); also records flight periods & gives notes on habitats & behaviour. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Ein Paar Kleinfalter aus Vorarlberg” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.293-296. 15 Aug. 1954. Annotated list of some 200 spp. of micros. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Macrolepidopterenfauna von Vorarlberg” [in German]. Ent. Machrichtenbl., Vienna, vol.4, no.6: pp.1-7; no.7: pp.1-7. 1957. With annotated list of some 550 macros. [P. B.] Burns, A. N., “The classification and distribution of butterflies.” Victorian Nat., vol.65: pp.125-126. 1948. Lists families & their distribution in Australia; indicates typical life history of each. [I. C.] Burr, Malcolm, “Does Charaxes jasius Linn. occur in Turkey?” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.280-281. 1953. Notes on some unverified records. [P. B.] Burrau, Nils, “En for svenska faunan my noctuid, Hoplodrina ambigua F.” [in Swedish; English summary]. Opusc. Ent., vol.16: p.16. 1951. New Swedish record. [P. B.] Burrau, Nils, “Ein fiir die schwedische Fauna neuer Zinsler, Pyrausta turbidalis Tr.” [in Swedish; German summary]. Opusc. Ent., vol.17: p.61. 1952. New Swedish record. [P. B.] Burrau, Nils, “Zwei fiir Schweden neue Schmetterlinge” [in Swedish; German sum- mary]. Opusc. Ent., vol.18: p.200. 1953. New Swedish records: Earias vernana, Marasmarcha lunaedactyla. (P. B.] Campbell, J., “Isle of Canna collecting notes, 1955: a remarkable August.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.65-68. 1956. Includes list of Noctuidae & Geo- metridae, and 13 new records. [P. B.] Campbell, J., “Isle of Conna collecting notes, summer and autumn 1956.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.295-297. 1956. Camping, M. W., “Bijdrage tot de kennis van de Macrolepidoptera van Vlieland” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.14: pp.237-279, 1 map. 1953. Fauna of Dutch island; with annotated list of some 215 spp. [P. B.] Camping, M. W., “Arenostola brevilinea Fenn in Friesland” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.192-193. 1954. Second Dutch locality; notes on other fen-dwelling macros. [P. B.] Camping, M. W., “Bijdrage tot de kennis van de Macrolepidoptera van Vlieland. Il” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.165-17G6. 1954. Addi- tional list & notes. [P. B.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 Cantlie, Keith, “More butterflies of the Khasia and Jaintia Hills, Assam.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 51: pp.42-60. 1952. Annotated list of some 160 spp. of Lycaenidae; additional spp. & records not included in previous list (Parsons & Cantlie, 1948). [P. B.] Cantlie, Keith, “Hesperiidae of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.54: pp.212-215. 1956. List without localities or data. Describes technique for preparing genitalia. [P. B.] Caradja, Aristide, “Macroglossa croatica Esp. besucht Rumanien” [in German]. Bull. Sect. sci. Acad. Roumaine, vol.30: p.61. 1947. New record. Carl, G. Clifford, G. J. Guiguet, & George A. Hardy, “Biology of the Scott Island group, British Columbia.” Brit. Columbia prov. Mus. Rep. 1950: pp.21-63, 17 figs. 1951. Records a few moths from Triangle Is., N. of Vancouver Is. Phlyctaenia washingtonalis reared from Rubus spectabilis; “nemertine” [!] worms emerged from 2 pupae. [P. B.] Carlgren, Georg, “Conisania leineri Frr. pomerana Schultz. En for Sverige ny noctuid. (Lep.)” Lin Swedish; English summary]. Opusc. Ent., vol.19: p.210, 1 fig. 1954. New Swedish record. [P. B.] Carneiro Mendes, F., “Fauna lepidopterolégica portuguesa— 1. Uma espécie nova para Portugal ( Hetericera)” [in Portugese]. Bol. Soc. portuguesa Ciénc. nat. vol.16: pp.62-64, 2 pls. 1948. Taragama repanda (Lasiocampidae) new to Portugal; figures all stages; larvae fed on Armeria, Tamarix & Spartium. [P. B.] Carneiro Mendes, F., “Fauna lepidopterologica portuguesa — 2. Um _ lepidoptero (Rhopalocera) ex6tico colhido em Portugal” [in Portuguese]. Bol. Soc. portuguesa Ciénc. nat., vol.16: p.67, 1 pl. 1948. Records Vanessa virginiensis from Portugal. ee Bal Carneiro-Mendes, Fernando, “Lepidépteros (Macro) da regiao de Sintra” Lin Portuguese]. Bol. Soc. portuguesa Ciénc. nat., vol.18: pp.47-65. 1950. Annotated list of 277 Macrolepidoptera (20 families). [P. B.] Carr, F. M. B., “Notes on Dorset and Hampshire Lepidoptera in 1951.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.111-113. 1952. Carr, F. M. B., “A year’s fieldwork.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.39-41. 1953. In England. Carr, F. M. B., “Notes on Lepidoptera, 1952-53.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.288-290, 348-350. 1953. Collecting in Britain. [P. B.] Carr, F. M. B., “A week in east Kent.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.245-247. 1954. Carr, F. M. B., “Notes from the North-West.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., & vol.67: pp.82-83. 1955. England, in 1954. Carr, F. M. B., “Notes on collecting in 1955.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.258-260, 307-309. 1955. In Britain. Carter, W. A. C., “A holiday in Austria—July 1956.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.83-87, 103-110. 1957. With list of some 75 spp. of butterflies. [P. B.] Carthy, J. D., “Aspects of the fauna and flora of the Azores.” Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., 12th ser., vol.10: pp.209-214. 27 June 1957. List cf 32 Lepidoptera from Fayal and Pico; new records in Noctuidae, Geometridae, Pyralidae, Glyphipterygidae, & Lyonetiidae. [P. B.] Cary, Margaret M., “Distribution of Sphingidae (Lepidoptera: Heterocera) in the Antillean-Caribbean region.” Trans. Amer. ent. Soc., vol.77: pp.63-129, 2 figs., 1 map. 1951. Antillean Sphingidae appear to be immigrants rather than relicts, though isolation has permitted development of numerous endemic spp. The Sphingidae of Florida, Mexico, Central America, Venezuela, & Trinidad are also discussed and their origins explained. Distance, other natural barriers, and food- plant limitations seem most important in restricting distribution. pe Bel ~ Cary, Margaret M., “Phlegethontius caribbeus Cary. Discovery of a second specimen (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae).” Ent. News, vol.67: p.152. 1956. In Haiti. 128 Recent Literature on Lepidojtera Vol.18: no.2 J. MISCELLANEOUS Ferguson, Douglas C., “James Halliday McDunnough”. Nova Scotia Museum Newsletter, vol.3: pp.44-46 (portrait on cover). 1963. Obituary notice. Ferguson, D. C., “Field work in the South.” Nova Scotia Museum Newsletter, vol.3: pp.46-55. 1963. Account of research trip in March & April 1962; collecting mainly in Putnam Co. and Highlands Co., Florida. New state records were Hemaris gracilis and Spilosoma prima. [C. R.] Ferguson, Douglas C., “Taxonomic and biological studies of the noctuoid and geometroid moths of Florida.” Yearbook Amer. Philos. Soc. 1962: pp.285-288. 1963. Report on trip to Florida, mainly to duplicate 1838 collecting by Edward Doubleday at St. John’s Bluff in Putnam Co. Notes Hemaris gracilis and Spilosoma prima are new Florida records. Species reared, and captivity foodplants: Apantesis placentia (dandelion), Dasychira manto (pine), Hyparpax perophoroides (oak), Semiothisa distribuaria (pine), Nemoria lixaria (oak), Therina sp. (oak), Metarranthis obfirmaria (cherry). Reports blend zone between mainland U. S. A. and southern Florida populations of Papilio troilus. (C. R.J Tjonneland, Audfinn, “Light trap catches of two species of Lepidoptera: Meganaclia perpusilla Walk. (Syntomidae) and Rhanidophora cinctigutta Walk. (Noc- tuidae) in Jinja, Uganda.” Contrib. Fac. Sci. Univ. College Addis Ababa, ser. C (Zool.), no. 2: 7 pp., 1 fig. 1962. At Robinson mercury-vaper trap, emptied every 10 minutes, both species had peak activity 2 or 3 hrs. after sunset, with noctuid activity continuing more strongly through the night; maximum numbers during rainy season (Feb.-June). [C. R.] Anonymous [Durden, C. J., & D. J. Dunlop], Check-list of the butterflies of Algon- quin Provincial Park. Algonquin Prov. Park Museum, Ontario Dept. Lands & Forests. 8 pp. 1962. List, without data, of 54 spp. Papilionoidea & 18 spp. Hesperiidae, all definitely taken in the Park. Records by Durden 1954-57 and Dunlop 1959-60. Celastrina lucia included as species separate from C. pseudar- giolus. [C. R.] Lindsey, Arthur Ward, Principles of organic evolution. 375 pp., 216 figs. St. Louis: C. V. Mosby Co. 1952. General textbook of evolutionary biology intended as “broad introductory survey”. Author, a noted lepidopterist, was interested in possible importance of Lamarckian factors in evolution; gives some of his own experimental results with Paramecium in extensive section on these factors. Elsewhere gives, among examples of evolutionary processes, several original ones from Lepidoptera, esp.: sexual dimorphism (Entheus peleus —fig. 6); nearctic Pyrgus and Hesperia spp. (good photos of H. metea, leonardus, ottoe, pawnee, viridis in fig. 211); Limenitis mimicry; Stenoma and Catocala crypsis; Euxoa tesselata group (map, fig. 212); supposed @ precocity in Plebeius melissa. [C.K] Randell, H. W., & G. B. Doan, “Caterpillar urticaria and the Panama Canal Zone: report of five cases’, in Buckley, E. & N. Porges, Venoms, Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Publ. 44: pp. 111-116. 1956. Detailed clinical account of human response to irritation from stinging hairs of Megalopyge lanata (Megalopygidae). [C. R.] EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor: Jerry A. POWELL Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting): PererR F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”): Frep T. THORNE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEWCOMER Manager of the Memoirs: Swwney A. HEssEL Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BEeLuincer, S. A. HEssEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Powerit, C. L. Remincron (chairman), F. T. THorNE, E. J. NEwCOoMER. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts must be typewriten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and one side only of white, 814 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFERENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. Authors are normally charged for engraving and tables at cost. Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley proof is received. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. PowEeti, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U.S.A. Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Enrz, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No.1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrm F. pos Passos Price: Society members — $4.50, others — $6.00; postpaid. Order from the Society Treasurer. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Fretp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.18: no.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT The life history of Papilio indra minori by. John F. Emmel ‘and Thomas:-C: Emmel *..2...2..... (3 65-73 A new species of Apodemia from Texas (Riodinidae) by’ H.-A. Freeman? 30200 75-77 Further additions to the Rhopalocera of Afghanistan by (Golin W.) Wyatt ij o. eee Re 78 A weather-resistant light trap for the collection of Lepidoptera . by I. F. B. Common and: M.S; Upton 220.)..0.2. 2733 ee 79-83 Observations on the life history of Callophrys xami (Lycaenidae) by J. Benjamin Ziegler and Tarsicio Escalante ..................ccccccc:cceeeeeees 85-89 The maintenance for experimental purposes of form “sulphurea” of Pieris napi by: So cRi Bowder (o20).65:). 0 a ak oe ce 91-100 An unusual abundance of Amathusia phidippus ( Amathusiidae) in Cebu, Philippines by Julian N. Jomalon’)...00000) 5 Se 101-104 Recent foodplant records of the Loochooan butterflies by. Taro” Twase 0 ao oe 105-109 Butterfly collecting at the time of a solar eclipse by, Josef .Moucha °.2.0..405.00.06 2 Mae 109-110 A new species of Cargolia (Geometridae, Ennominae) from Mexico, with transfers of species by. “Charles °V:: Covell): Jro, 3.0155 cs ee 111-115 FIELD NOTES Attraction of butterflies to light by « D:, ‘G. ‘Sevastopulo 2.0/0 eau _paionbsceliebinccsoleee 73-74 A range extension to Missouri for Monodes georgei (Noctuidae) by. Richard |: Heitarnan, (00) oie ee 83 Syssphinx bicolor (Saturniidae) in Ontario by. Ji: Ger Be Riette: iii eects ie cee ene oenedee 89-90 Lepidoptera ovipositing on plants toxic to larvae by De G.: Sevastopulo' icici Ue 104 A Mexican satyrid at light by: Robert: B. Butler). 35 25 ee al ae 116 BOOK REVIEW, ‘NOTICE sip ee a 84, 116 ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: ooicc.ccc:sccc.ccccensnac-seesoencesputed eee 100 Corrizenda to Volumes 16 and ‘17 .2..y0..c2csvsech oss canes yes skscaggeeelne ee 115-116 Minutes of the 13th Annual Meeting ....00).i.000.ccscc0-h cusoatens ob oneee enteee ee 117-118 Holomelina aurantiaca buchholzi, a correction .............cccccccccscceseeceeeseeeeeeee 118 RECENT LITERATURE ON: LEPIDOPTERA «i...:.....(cu0ll0y- eee 119-128 Volume 18 1964 Number 3 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue FOODPLANTS FOR TEXAS BUTTERFLIES BUTTERFLIES AT LIGHT IN INDIA MONARCH BUTTERFLIES EATEN BY BIRDS FOUR NEW MEGATHYMIDAE (Complete contents on back cover) 2 November 1964 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1964 OFFICERS President: J. G. Franctemont (Ithaca, N. Y., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: P, E. L. Viette (Paris, France) Vice President: H. G. Amset (Karlsruhe, Germany) Vice President: Kazuo Satrou (Hirosaki, Japan) Treasurer: GrorcE ELE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SmpNnEy A. Hesse. ( Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. DE La Torre y Cauueyas (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: SHicERu A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan). Livcotn P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuares P. Krmpa. (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) W. Harry LANcE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. JourRNAL OF Tue Lepipoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 18 1964 Number 3 LARVAL FOODPLANTS FOR TWENTY-SIX SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA (PAPILIONOIDEA) FROM TEXAS by Roy O. KENDALL 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas This is another in a series of papers which, it is hoped, will eventually report at least one local larval foodplant for each species of Rhopalocera resident in Texas. At present, larval foodplants are known for only one third of the more than 300 species which have been collected in the State. Larval foodplants and distributional notes are given for 26 of the following species and subspecies. PAPILIONIDAE Battus polydamas lucayus (Rothschild & Jordan), Battus philenor (Linnaeus), Graphium marcellus (Cramer), Papilio multicaudata Kirby, Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll, Papilio cresphontes Cramer, Papilio palamedes Drury, Papilio troilus ilioneus Smith SATYRIDAE Euptychia cymela (Cramer), Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius ), Euptychia gemma freemani (Stallings & Turner), Euptychia dorothea (Nabokov ) NYMPHALIDAE Dymasia dymas (Edwards), Chlosyne gorgone carlota (Reakirt), Phyciodes tharos (Drury), Phyciodes picta Edwards, Phyciodes phaon Edwards, Phyciodes texana (Edwards), Anartia jatrophae luteipicta Fruhstorfer LYCAENIDAE Phaeostrymon alcestis alcestis (Edwards), Phaeostrymon alcestis oslari (Dyar), Satyrium calanus falacer (Godart), Callophrys henrici solatus (Cook & Watson), Euristrymon ontario autolycus (Edwards), Strymon melinus franki Field, Strymon laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough), Hemiargus isola (Reakirt), Hemiargus ceraunus zacheina (Butler & Druce ) 129 130 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 Each of these species and subspecies is treated separately in the order given. A chart of larval foodplants arranged alphabetically by plant family and genus, summarizes these data. Battus polydamas lucayus (Rothschild & Jordan) Unlike B. philenor, lucayus thrives on Aristolochia elegans Cab. which appears to be its principal larval foodplant locally. This tail-less swallow- tail is well established in San Antonio, where it flies from March to mid December. Adults emerge from overwintering pupae in March and April. Peak emergence occurs from August through October. The best place to find this butterfly is near its larval foodplant. Bexar County Texas, 3 August 1957. Four larvae were found on A. elegans growing in the laboratory garden. One was lost, the remaining three pupated 10, 11, 13 August. Adults emerged 23-25 August 1957. Eggs were found 12 October 1957 and reared to maturity. An egg laying female was taken 9 August 1958; additional ova were deposited in captivity. Adults were reared from these eggs. Another female was observed 13 September ovipositing on this plant. From eggs found 16 November 1958, a few pupae overwintered. Adults emerged from these pupae 14 March to 19 April 1959. Soon after these emergences, eggs were again found on the A. elegans which indicated that others had emerged in nature about the same time as those in the laboratory. From these ova, the first larva pupated 20 July 1959. By 30 July many more eggs were to be found on the plant. Observations disclosed first instar larvae on 26 August and 21 September 1959. In 1960 eggs appeared 17, 19 and 31 July, 9 and 18 September. First instar larvae were observed 27 August. A few pupae remained in diapause until 16 March 1961. Throughout 1961 and 1962, eggs, larvae and adults appeared at about the same time as in previous years. A test of foodplant specificity was conducted 14 October 1961. A small twig of A. elegans containing a cluster of first instar larvae was placed in a container with A. longiflora. When the larvae had eaten all of the leaves of A. elegans they moved to the A. longiflora and ate it as though no change had been made. A good number were reared to maturity. Immatures have not been found in nature on A. longiflora. The writer has not taken this species in any other Texas County. This is probably because he has done very little city collecting other than in San Antonio. He has one sight record from Comal County 9 August 1959. Battus philenor philenor (Linnaeus) In southern Texas this insect is very common from February to Octo- ber. Although specimens have been taken 25 December and 29 January, the period November through January is the least likely to find adults. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ial The chief larval foodplant in this area is Aristolochia longiflora Engelm. & Gray. For the collector who is not familiar with this plant, it has low ascending stems with linear leaves resembling blades of grass. Every year since 1955 the writer has been presented with larvae of this species by friends who know his interest in caterpillars. Each time this question is asked: “What were they eating?” The reply is always the same: “Grass”. : Most botanists agree that this plant is very difficult to find. By far the simplest and easiest way to locate A. longiflora is to follow an egg laying B. philenor. After the first brood of the season, it is practically impossible to find this plant by any other means because larvae keep it eaten to the ground. Many times this butterfly has been followed only to find a single blade of A. longiflora. Even though the plant is repeatedly eaten to the ground, it continues to put forth new growth from its large tuberous root. It is generally believed that B. philenor larvae wiil feed on all species of Aristolochia. One exception to this is A. elegans Cab. which does not meet with larval taste satisfaction. Straatman (1962) found it toxic to larvae of two other lepidopterous species which normally feed on Aristolochia. Bexar County Texas, 1955. Late in the season a seedling A. elegans was obtained for the purpose of attracting B. philenor. It was not visited by this insect until the following year when the vine grew to a good height. On 13 June 1956 three clusters of eggs were found. Two more appeared the following day. These eggs were removed and placed in small containers for observation. Newly hatched larvae were offered juvenile leaves of A. elegans which they sampled and then refused to eat more. The operation has been repeated many times since with the same results, but females continue to deposit their eggs on the plant. On 20 June 1957 a half-grown larva was found feeding on A. elegans. It died during pupation. Three more larvae made it through the first instar and then died 9 October 1959. A third instar larva was found 7 July 1950 and this one made it to maturity. In the years to come it will be interesting to see if B. philenor larvae develop a tolerance for the appearent toxic properties of A. elegans. It seems probable that this plant is really not toxic but only distastful to B. philenor larvae. After all, starvation can be as lethal as toxicity. About four feet from the laboratory garden A. elegans, grows a nice clump of A. longiflora. Most females are attracted to the larger A. elegans. A female was observed ovipositing on A. elegans 23 August 1959. It was netted and placed over the clump of A. longiflora but it refused to oviposit and was released. Upon release it flew directly to 3} KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 A. elegans and resumed egg laying. The writer has collected B. philenor in 41 other Texas Counties as follows: Atascosa (25 Feb. 61, 12 Nov. 62), Bastrop (2 Sept. 61, 19-20 May, 26 Aug., 30 Sept. 62), Bee (3 Sept. 62), Brazos (30 Sept. 62), Brewster (7 June 60), Burnet (24 Sept. 60), Caldwell (19 May 62), Comal (10 May 57, 24 May 58, 22 May, 62), Goliad (25 Feb. 62), Gonzales (2 Mar. 57, 10 June 61, 27 Apr., 7 July, 25 Aug. 6 Aug. 60, 21 May 62), Concho (3 Aug. 61), El Paso (15 June 60), Frio (4 Feb. Aug. 62), Hidalgo (19 Mar. 61), Hill (22 Sept. 62), Jeff Davis (8-10 June 60), Jim Wells (17 Apr. 62), Johnson (22 Sept. 62), Karnes (25 Feb., 3 Sept. 62), Kerr (17 June 60, 30 June 62), Kimble (16 June 60), Kinney (30 Apr. 61), Lee (30 Sept. 62), Live Oak (26 Nov. 61, 10 Nov. 62), Madison (30 Sept. 62), Mason (14 Aug. 61), McCulloch (14 Aug. 61), Nueces (19 Apr., 1 Sept., 10 & 24 Nov. 62), Pecos (16 June 60), Presidio (11 June 60), Reeves (9 June 60), Refugio (25 Feb. 62), Rockwall (23 Sept. 62), San Jacinto (14 Apr. 62), San Patricio (10 Sept. 60, 7-8 Oct., 24 Nov. 61, 22-25 Feb., 1-25 Apr., 2 Sept., 11 & 20 Nov. 62), Sutton (16 June 60), Travis (2 & 5 Sept. 60), Uvalde (30 Apr., 4 May 61, 10 Mar. 62), Val Verde (30 Apr. 61), Victoria (13 Apr. 62), Wilson (20 Mar. 60, 25 Feb. 61, 25 Feb. 62). Graphium marcellus marcellus (Cramer ) This species may be found in wooded areas of eastern Texas where its larval foodplant, Asimina parviflora (Michx.) Dunal, grows. It flies from late March to early September. Adults emerge from pupal diapause in late March and April. The best place to find marcellus is along sunny forest trails and openings. Polk County Texas, 14 April 1962. After indicating a desire to rear this beautiful butterfly, André Blanchard of Houston, Texas, very generously pointed out exact locations where he had taken it on pre- vious occasions. It was midmorning and cool when we arrived at the first spot. We drove slowly along a forest trail looking for the larval foodplant. We were examining the first plants for larvae when an adult came along. Of the ten or more seen during the next two hours, only one tattered male was taken. Searching for immatures proved more successful. Inventory disclosed eight first instar larvae and 16 ova. Blanchard insisted that the writer keep all immatures, so after visiting a few other favorite spots and filling an ice chest with pawpaw, A. parviflora, we returned to Houston. Laboratory rearing was very successful. Except for crushed leaves the foodplant kept well under refrigeration. Ten pupae were obtained; all other immatures including one pupa were preserved. Adults emerged 18 May (12), 19 May (222), 6 June (1¢) and 31 August (12). The four remaining pupae emerged the following year: 25 March (14), 27 emen (6, 22>) excl Il Ayeall (Le ), Papilio multicaudata Kirby This magnificent swallowtail is well established in Texas. Its range here appears to be the Edwards Plateau, westward to E] Paso and northward through the Panhandle. A notable exception is a female in oun N an lor Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 18 1964 Number 3 LARVAL FOODPLANTS FOR TWENTY-SIX SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA (PAPILIONOIDEA) FROM TEXAS by Roy O. KENDALL 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas This is another in a series of papers which, it is hoped, will eventually report at least one local larval foodplant for each species of Rhopalocera resident in Texas. At present, larval foodplants are known for only one third of the more than 300 species which have been collected in the State. Larval foodplants and distributional notes are given for 26 of the following species and subspecies. PAPILIONIDAE Battus polydamas lucayus (Rothschild & Jordan), Battus philenor (Linnaeus), Graphium marcellus (Cramer), Papilio multicaudata Kirby, Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll, Papilio cresphontes Cramer, Papilio palamedes Drury, Papilio troilus ilioneus Smith SATYRIDAE Euptychia cymela (Cramer), Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius ), Euptychia gemma freemani (Stallings & Turner), Euptychia dorothea (Nabokov ) NYMPHALIDAE Dymasia dymas (Edwards), Chlosyne gorgone carlota (Reakirt), Phyciodes tharos (Drury), Phyciodes picta Edwards, Phyciodes phaon Edwards, Phyciodes texana (Edwards), Anartia jatrophae luteipicta Fruhstorfer LYCAENIDAE Phaeostrymon alcestis alcestis (Edwards), Phaeostrymon alcestis oslari (Dyar), Satyrium calanus falacer (Godart), Callophrys henrici solatus (Cook & Watson), Euristrymon ontario autolycus (Edwards), Strymon melinus franki Field, Stnymon laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough), _ Hemiargus isola (Reakirt), Hemiargus ceraunus zacheina (Butler & Druce ) 129 130 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 Each of these species and subspecies is treated separately in the order given. A chart of larval foodplants arranged alphabetically by plant family and genus, summarizes these data. Battus polydamas lucayus (Rothschild & Jordan) Unlike B. philenor, lucayus thrives on Aristolochia elegans Cab. which appears to be its principal larval foodplant locally. This tail-less swallow- tail is well established in San Antonio, where it flies from March to mid December. Adults emerge from overwintering pupae in March and April. Peak emergence occurs from August through October. The best place to find this butterfly is near its larval foodplant. Bexar County Texas, 3 August 1957. Four larvae were found on A. elegans growing in the laboratory garden. One was lost, the remaining three pupated 10, 11, 138 August. Adults emerged 23-25 August 1957. Eggs were found 12 October 1957 and reared to maturity. An egg laying female was taken 9 August 1958; additional ova were deposited in captivity. Adults were reared from these eggs. Another female was observed 13 September ovipositing on this plant. From eggs found 16 November 1958, a few pupae overwintered. Adults emerged from these pupae 14 March to 19 April 1959. Soon after these emergences, eggs were again found on the A. elegans which indicated that others had emerged in nature about the same time as those in the laboratory. From these ova, the first larva pupated 20 July 1959. By 30 July many more eggs were to be found on the plant. Observations disclosed first instar larvae on 26 August and 21 September 1959. In 1960 eggs appeared 17, 19 and 31 July, 9 and 18 September. First instar larvae were observed 27 August. A few pupae remained in diapause until 16 March 1961. Throughout 1961 and 1962, eggs, larvae and adults appeared at about the same time as in previous years. A test of foodplant specificity was conducted 14 October 1961. A small twig of A. elegans containing a cluster of first instar larvae was placed in a container with A. longiflora. When the larvae had eaten all of the leaves of A. elegans they moved to the A. longiflora and ate it as though no change had been made. A good number were reared to maturity. Immatures have not been found in nature on A. longiflora. The writer has not taken this species in any other Texas County. This is probably because he has done very little city collecting other than in San Antonio. He has one sight record from Comal County 9 August 1959. Battus philenor philenor (Linnaeus ) In southern Texas this insect is very common from February to Octo- ber. Although specimens have been taken 25 December and 29 January, the period November through January is the least likely to find adults. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 The chief larval foodplant in this area is Aristolochia longiflora Engelm. & Gray. For the collector who is not familiar with this plant, it has low ascending stems with linear leaves resembling blades of grass. Every year since 1955 the writer has been presented with larvae of this species by friends who know his interest in caterpillars. Each time this question is asked: “What were they eating?” The reply is always the same: “Grass . Most botanists agree that this plant is very difficult to find. By far the simplest and easiest way to locate A. longiflora is to follow an egg laying B. philenor. After the first brood of the season, it is practically impessible to find this plant by any other means because larvae keep it eaten to the ground. Many times this butterfly has been followed only to find a single blade of A. longiflora. Even though the plant is repeatedly eaten to the ground, it continues to put forth new growth from its large tuberous root. It is generally believed that B. philenor larvae will feed on all species of Aristolochia. One exception to this is A. elegans Cab. which does not meet with larval taste satisfaction. Straatman (1962) found it toxic to larvae of two other lepidopterous species which normally feed on Aristolochia. , Bexar County Texas, 1955. Late in the season a seedling A. elegans was obtained for the purpose of attracting B. philenor. It was not visited by this insect until the following year when the vine grew to a good height. On 13 June 1956 three clusters of eggs were found. Two more appeared the following day. These eggs were removed and placed in small containers for observation. Newly hatched larvae were offered juvenile leaves of A. elegans which they sampled and then refused to eat more. The operation has been repeated many times since with the same results, but females continue to deposit their eggs on the plant. On 20 June 1957 a half-grown larva was found feeding on A. elegans. It died during pupation. Three more larvae made it through the first instar and then died 9 October 1959. A third instar larva was found 7 July 1950 and this one made it to maturity. In the years to come it will be interesting to see if B. philenor larvae develop a tolerance for the appearent toxic properties of A. elegans. It seems probable that this plant is really not toxic but only distastful to B. philenor larvae. After all, starvation can be as lethal as toxicity. About four feet from the laboratory garden A. elegans, grows a nice clump of A. longiflora. Most females are attracted to the larger A. elegans. A female was observed ovipositing on A. elegans 23 August 1959. It was netted and placed over the clump of A. longiflora but it refused to oviposit and was released. Upen release it flew directly to SZ KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 A. elegans and resumed egg laying. The writer has collected B. philenor in 41 other Texas Counties as follows: Atascosa (25 Feb. 61, 12 Nov. 62), Bastrop (2 Sept. 61, 19-20 May, 26 Aug., 30 Sept. 62), Bee (3 Sept. 62), Brazos (30 Sept. 62), Brewster (7 June 6G), Burnet (24 Sept. 60), Caldwell (19 May 62), Comal (10 May 57, 24 May 58, 22 May, 62), Goliad (25 Feb. 62), Gonzales (2 Mar. 57, 10 June 61, 27 Apr., 7 July, 25 Aug. 6 Aug. 60, 21 May 62), Concho (3 Aug. 61), El Paso (15 June 60), Frio (4 Feb. Aug. 62), Hidalgo (19 Mar. 61), Hill (22 Sept. 62), Jeff Davis (8-10 June 60), Jim Wells (17 Apr. 62), Johnson (22 Sept. 62), Karnes (25 Feb., 3 Sept. 62), Kerr (17 June 60, 30 June 62), Kimble (16 June 60), Kinney (30 Apr. 61), Lee (30 Sept. 62), Live Oak (26 Nov. 61, 10 Nov. 62), Madison (30 Sept. 62), Mason (14 Aug. 61), McCulloch (14 Aug. 61), Nueces (19 Apr., 1 Sept., 10 & 24 Nov. 62), Pecos (16 June 60), Presidio (11 June 60), Reeves (9 June 60), Refugio (25 Feb. 62), Rockwall (23 Sept. 62), San Jacinto (14 Apr. 62), San Patricio (10 Sept. 60, 7-8 Oct., 24 Nov. 61, 22-25 Feb., 1-25 Apr., 2 Sept., 11 & 20 Nov. 62), Sutton (16 June 60), Travis (2 & 5 Sept. 60), Uvalde (30 Apr., 4 May 61, 10 Mar. 62), Val Verde (30 Apr. 61), Victoria (13 Apr. 62), Wilson (20 Mar. 60, 25 Feb. 61, 25 Feb. 62). Graphium marcellus marcellus (Cramer ) This species may be found in wooded areas of eastern Texas where its larval foodplant, Asimina parviflora (Michx.) Dunal, grows. It flies from late March to early September. Adults emerge from pupal diapause in late March and April. The best place to find marcellus is along sunny forest trails and openings. Polk County Texas, 14 April 1962. After indicating a desire to rear this beautiful butterfly, André Blanchard of Houston, Texas, very generously pointed out exact locations where he had taken it on pre- vious occasions. It was midmorning and cool when we arrived at the first spot. We drove slowly along a forest trail looking for the larval foodplant. We were examining the first plants for larvae when an adult came along. Of the ten or more seen during the next two hours, only one tattered male was taken. Searching for immatures proved more successful. Inventory disclosed eight first instar larvae and 16 ova. Blanchard insisted that the writer keep all immatures, so after visiting a few other favorite spots and filling an ice chest with pawpaw, A. parviflora, we returned to Houston. Laboratory rearing was very successful. Except for crushed leaves the foodplant kept well under refrigeration. Ten pupae were obtained; all other immatures including one pupa were preserved. Adults emerged 18 May (12), 19 May (222), 6 June (14) and 31 August (12). The four remaining pupae emerged the following year: 25 March (1¢), 27 Mareh! (lide 72>) and Scie A rill lies) Papilio multicaudata Kirby This magnificent swallowtail is well established in Texas. Its range here appears to be the Edwards Plateau, westward to El Paso and northward through the Panhandle. A notable exception is a female in 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 on Siphonoglossa pilosella (Nees) Torr. A brief search disclosed the plant to be growing within a few feet of where dymas was taken. Twenty eggs were deposited 17, 18 June 1960 on S. pilosella. Judging from the abdomen size, few eggs had been deposited prior to capture. It died 18 June. For some unknown reason only four eggs hatched, and these on 20 June. The larvae readily ate S. pilosella; the first pupated 3 July. At this time one last instar larva was given to W. A. Pluemer for photographing. It too pupated (4 July ?) before he could make the picture. The larva, a bit of the foodplant in a vial of water, and these inside a half-gallon cylindrical paper container with a tight fitting lid, had been delivered to the photographer. A female emerged on or about 8 July and was returned 11 July. It was then discovered that eggs had been deposited on the S. pilosella. The container had remained covered at all times except when Mr. Pluemer discovered the emergence. There were three clusters of eggs; one of nine, one of seven and one of three plus two singles for a total of 21. The other two larvae pupated © and 6 July. Adults emerged 7 July (4), 9 July (?) and 10 July (2). Although rearing of this species was limited to laboratory experiment, further research will most likely show that D. dymas selects S. pilosella in nature as a larval foodplant. The writer examined a female taken 21 October 1962 at Helotes, Bexar County, Texas by Roy W. Quillin. It was flying with Texola elada. San Patricio County, 14 October 1963. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge six females were taken flying about and visiting the blossoms of S. pilosella. Chlosyne gorgone carlota (Reakirt) This butterfly seems to inhabit the northern portion of Texas where it is widely distributed and common locally. Additional field work is required to determine the number of broods and fix its range within Texas. Bastrop County Texas, 20 May 1962. On Texas Highway 71 beneath the Colorado River bridge at Bastrop, adults were flying in good num- bers. Two females were kept alive for eggs; one of these was taken in copula. Each female deposited but one cluster of eggs, these on 20 and 21 May. The first cluster started hatching at 10:00 PM CST 25 May; the other was not observed emerging until 6:00 AM 27 May. Larvae were offered Helianthus annuus L. which they accepted. The first larva pupated 9 June. Adults emerged: 13 June (14), 14 June (11¢ 6, 12), 15 June (266 3,62 2), 16 June (50¢ 6, 11° 2), 17 June (196 3, 552 2 ), 18 June (54 ¢, 2622), 19 June (266, 922), 20 June (38466, 1122), 21 June (2¢¢, 322), 22 June (366, 62 2), 23 June (13, 422), 24 142 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 June (1¢, 1°) for a total of 124 ¢¢ and 133 2 8. In addition, eggs, 30 pupae and an equal number of larvae were preserved. An undetermined number of larvae entered diapause about 12 June. Stonewall County Texas, 13 August 1961. One male was taken and others were seen at a roadside park on U.S. Highway 83 where it crosses the Double Mountain Fork of the Brazos River. Tarrant County Texas, 16 June 1961. A few larvae were received from Mr. E. M. Kinch of Fort Worth which he found in nature on H. annuus. Three of the larvae had pupated in transit; a forth pupated 20 June. The remaining larvae entered diapause but later died. Adults emerged 20 June (4), 24 June (¢) and 28 June (222). Again on 25 June 1962 more larvae and pupae were received from Mr. Kinch. From these, adults emerged 26 June (4), 27 June (342), 30 June (222), 2 July (322%), 4 July (14, 12) and 5 July (¢). Phyciodes tharos tharos (Drury) The Pearl Crescent may be found in every major floral area of Texas. It has been collected from April to November. Gonzales County Texas, 10 June 1961. At Palmetto State Park a female was observed to oviposit on Aster prealtus Poir. The female very slowly deposited 105 eggs beneath a terminal leaf. Ova were placed in a partial double-decker mass. Examination of another plant from which an adult was flushed disclosed a second mass of eggs. The captive female deposited additional ova 11 June then died. Eggs found in nature started hatching about 6:00 AM CST 12 June; those from the captive female, 14 June. Larvae were reared to maturity on A. prealtus; the first pupated 7 July. Adults emerged: 5 July (14 ), 6 July CH July (222), 11 July (824), 12 July (208), 18 July 1236, 499), 14 July (866, 222), 15 July (4¢ 6, 1022), 16 July (16, 12), 17 July (222) and 18 July (322); total 286 6, 242 2. Numerous immatures were preserved. Other Texas Counties in which the writer has taken tharos are: Bastrop (20 May 62), Brazoria (15 Apr. 62), Caldwell (19 May & 7 July 62), Cameron (1 Apr. 60), Liberty (6 June 56), Panola (29 Sept. 62), San Jacinto (14 Apr. 62), San Patricio (21 Aug. & 10 Sept. 66, 24 Nov. 61) and Shelby (29 Sept. 62). Phyciodes (Phyciodes) picta Edwards Presidio County Texas, 11 June 1960. At a point on Texas Highway 170 near Alamita Creek, 6.5 miles southeast of Presidio, adults were found in good numbers feeding on the blossoms of Heliotropium curassavicum L. Several females were kept alive in hopes that eggs might be obtained and the immatures reared through. A search was then made for the reported larval foodplant, asters. None were to be found. As a temporary expedient a bit of Heliotropium was placed in the con- tainer with the females. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 Two days later no eggs had been obtained. It then came to mind that Siphonoglossa pilosella (Nees) Torr., common in the area, might be the local larval foodplant. On the third day a few sprigs of S. pilosella were placed in the container with the females. The females began ovipositing within minutes after introducing this plant. The eggs were fertile. The larvae ate S. pilosella and matured in due course. The first larva pupated 8 July and the first adult emerged 13 July 1960. A fine series of adults were obtained and immature stages were preserved. Adults were also taken in the wild 6 June 1960, Maverick County and 13 June 1960, Jeff Davis County Texas. Phyciodes (Phyciodes) phaon Edwards This species seems to be commonly distributed over all of the State. It has been taken every month of the year except December and January. For a number of years it had been observed that various butterflies were attracted to the blossoms of Phyla (Lippia) nodiflora (L.) Greene. It was not until June 1960 that the writer determined the plant to be the well known larval foodplant of P. phaon. At this time a quantity of the plant was transferred from the wild to the laboratory garden. Here it grew well. Bexar County Texas, 8 August 1960. Mrs. Kendall reported seeing what she thought was P. phaon visiting the the Phyla blossoms. The following afternoon we inspected the plant. After netting a female from a blossom, a closer examination of the plant disclosed six clusters of eggs on the underside of leaves near the ground. The captured female deposited a cluster of eggs on each of the following four days. Three more clusters were found on the plant 12 August. The day following this, a single larva was found in the wild about 12 miles from San Antonio. It was on the under surface of the leaf near the ground. Ova from the captive female and from nature started hatching 10 August. The larvae were reared to maturity on P. nodiflora. The first larvae pupated 24 August and the first adults emerged 28 August 1960. On 6 September the last imago emerged for a total of 129. The early stages were preserved. On 16 September 1960, about 11:15 AM CST, two females were seen at the Phyla. One was quite worn and feeding on blossoms. The other, much fresher, would alight first at one spot and then another with an obvious uncertainty of flight. After serveral of these erratic movements the insect chanced to alight on a leaf just above the ground. Without further ado deposited a large cluster of eggs beneath it. Examination of other leaves disclosed several more clusters. It was decided to leave these ova on the plant and observe them first hand in nature. Reexamina- 144 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 tion on 21 September disclosed only one cluster of eggs and no larvae. The remaining eggs showed signs of eminent hatching. The leaf was therefore marked and reexamined the following day, at which time the eggs were gone and no larvae could be found. Apparently some predator had come during the night and ate them. Eggs were found again 4 October. These were taken into the laboratory and under con- trolled conditions reared to maturity. These eggs hatched 8 October; adults started emerging 28 October 1960. The writer has taken this' species in 24 other Texas Counties; repre- sentative of all major areas of the State. The specific counties and dates of capture will therefore not be listed. Phyciodes (Tritanassa) texana Edwards On 30 October 1960 Mr. André Blanchard of Houston, Harris County, Texas wrote: “I have been hoping for two or three years to find the foodplant of P. texana. I have not been as lucky as you, but I feel very definitely that one more plant should be added to your list of four and that is Dicliptera brachiata (Pursh) Spreng. There is one place in Houston (Memorial Park) where P. texana is often seen in great num- bers. There is a patch of D. brachiata right where P. texana is most abundant. I have raised all the eggs I could get on Shrimp Plant, but I have been unable to try them on D. brachiata.” It was 26 November 1960 when Mr. and Mrs. Blanchard led Mrs. Kendall and the writer to the spot in Memorial Park. It was about midday. We entered a small opening in the wood and looked upon a little knoll bedecked with much defoliated D. brachiata. Several P. texana were slowly moving about. We had not been there five minutes when Mrs. Kendall observed a female P. texana oviposit on the upper leaves of this plant. The egg laying served to remove any doubt that D. brachiata is another larval foodplant for this species. Perhaps all genera of Acanthaceae are acceptable as larval foodplants to P. texana. The other known foodplants were recorded by Kendall (1959). In Bexar County, P. texana has been taken every month of the year. It is least likely to be found in December and January. Additional field work may disclose that a few larvae overwinter. The writer has taken adults in thirteen other Texas Counties as follows: Caldwell (19 May, 7 July 62), Cameron (3 Apr. 57, 19-21 Mar. 61, 22 Apr. 62), Comal (4 Mar 56, 9 Aug., 4 Sept. 59, 6 Aug. 60, 21 May 62), Goliad (25 Dec. 60, 25 Feb. 62), Gonzales (2 Mar. 57, 27 Apr. 62), Hidalgo (19-21 Mar. 61, 22 Nov. 62), Jeff Davis (10-13 June 60), Kerr (17 June 60), Medina (2 June 57), San Patricio (26 Nov. 61, 12 Apr. 62, 10 Nov. 62), Travis (2 Sept. 60), Uvalde (10 Mar. 62), Webb (5 June 60). Anartia jatrophae luteipicta Fruhstorfer Hidalgo County Texas, 23 October 1960. Adults were flying in good 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 numbers in sunny locations along wooded areas south of Mission. Several females were seen to oviposit on Ruellia occidentalis (Gray) Tharp & Barkley which was growing along road ditches. Two ovipositing females were kept for eggs but one soon died, probably due to injuries received when caught. The other one deposited a number of eggs, most of which were preserved. The young larvae commenced feeding soon after hatching. Six larvae pupated 17 November, others during the following week. Adults emerged 29 November (24 ¢, 22 2 ), 30 Novem- ber (12), 1 December (14) and 2 December (14, 322). The life history was preserved. Additional research is required to determine the number of broods and diapause. Phaeostrymon alcestis alcestis (Edwards) The single brooded alcestis hairstreak may be found from about the last week in April to the first week of June depending upon the climatic conditions of its range. | Maverick County Texas, 6 June 1960. A long search extending over a period of six years for the immatures of this species ended on this date. The spot was a roadside park on U.S. Highway 277 between the villages of Normandy and Quemado. Dr. W. J Reinthal accompanied Mrs. Kendall and the writer. An alcestis was seen sitting on a branch of Sapindus drummondii Hook & Arn. In order to reach the insect it was necessary for the writer to jump. When the net came crashing down it contained two females alcestis. A quick search of the foliage disclosed a number of empty pupal cases. On the chance that this might be the larval foodplant for alcestis a small branch was cut from the tree and brought along for closer examination later. With a magnifying glass each leaf was examined and then the stems. Sure enough, in the axillae and leaf scars at the base of new growth, 28 unhatched and 16 hatched ova were found. The egg shells represented a prior season brood. During the following two years samplings of S. drummondii branches were made over a wide area including 14 Texas Counties and one in Kansas. The results of these samplings follow: Bexar County Texas, 8 April 1961. At two locations a number of various instar larvae were found on trees with trunks about eight inches in diameter. A few larvae were found on seedlings beneath a larger tree at one of these locations. Recent high winds and heavy rains may have dislodged them from the larger tree. One of these locations was revisited 16 April; 26 more larvae and 1 pupa were found. Pupation occurred from 12-22 April. A total of 29 adults reared from these larvae emerged from 23-28 April. Twelve larvae and four pupae were preserved. _ At a third location 26 unhatched and 11 hatched ova were found 21 May 1961. 146 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 Caldwell County Texas, 19 May 1962. On FM 20 near the intersection of FM 1854, several adults were taken while feeding on blossoms of Asclepias tuberosa L. They were badly rubbed and damaged indicating the end of the flight period. Although S. drummondii is common in the area none was observed in the immediate vacinity. Gonzales County Texas, 10 June 1961. At Palmetto State Park near Ottine, a few twigs from a fairly large (trunk about 10 inches diameter) S. drummondii tree yielded 24 unhatched and eight hatched eggs. Jeff Davis County Texas, 9 June 1960. On Farm Road 1832 in Big Aguja Canyon, Davis Mountins, a sampling of twigs from a very large S. drummondii tree yielded many eggs. Eggs started hatching 9 April 1961. By 25 April 30 larvae had spun their girdles and three or four of these had pupated. Fifty-six adults emerged from 3-11 May. These were the subspecies oslari (Dyar) (determination by Harry K. Clench). Representatives of two complete life histories were preserved. — Kerr County Texas, 17 June 1960. At Kerrville State Park twigs of S. drummondii yielded 22 unhatched ova. Kimble County Texas, 16 June 1960. On U.S. Highway 290 about one mile northwest of Texas Highway 27 intersection, a few twigs were taken from branches of S. drummondii overhanging the road. Seven unhatched eggs were found. Live Oak County Texas, 24 November 1961. On Texas Highway 9 at La Parra Creek about 4.5 miles southeast of U.S. Highway 59 intersection, four eggs were found on S. drummondii. Only one small branch could be reached. Mason County Texas, 14 August 1961. On U.S. Highway 87 a few miles southeast of Mason, a single S. drummondii tree was found growing beside the road. Its trunk was no more than four or five inches in diameter, but it was obviously a very old tree. One small branch was pulled down with the aid of my net and cut off. It yielded seven un- hatched eggs, ten egg shells and a Battus philenor (L.) pupal skin. Randall County Texas, 4 August 1961. In Palo Duro Canyon State Park a few twigs were cut from S. drummondii. Four eggs were found; they hatched 4 April 1962 but the larvae died. San Patricio County Texas, 25 November 1961. At the Welder Wild- life Foundation Refuge, three hatched eggs were found on S. drum- mondii twigs. At the same location on 2 April 1962, 33 first and second instar larvae were found. The first of these larvae pupated 11 April. Adults emerged from 28-25 April. Most of these immatures were preserved. Tarrant County Texas, 29-30 May 1961. Mr. Robert Stewart advised 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 me that he had taken four adults on S. drummondii near the Trinity River in Fort Worth. On 10 June he found one larva which later died. He also reported taking a large series of adults in the same area on 31 May 1962, but this time they were found around larger trees. I examined these specimens 22 September 1962. Taylor County Texas, 13 August 1961. At Abilene State Park located on Farm Road 89 near Buffalo Gap, 12 unhatched eggs and five egg shells were found on S. drummondii twigs. Travis County Texas, 5 September 1960. In Zilker Park at Austin, 17 eggs were found on twigs of a fairly large S. drummondii tree. Sumner County Kansas. Stallings (1941) reported taking over 200 specimens during the period from middle of June to middle of July at two locations in a hedge row. On 11 November 1961 I wrote Mr. Stallings explaining where this butterfly lays its eggs and ask if he would sample the S. drummondii trees which I felt sure had to be in the hedge row. On 6 February 1962 he wrote: “Sunday afternoon Viola and I went out to see if we could find some alcestis eggs. It is still too muddy to get back to where the main colony is but we checked some trees along the roadside not too far away. After the second or third branch that I checked I found three eggs. Viola and I were all excited on how easy it was to find them and decided to gather you a bushel of eggs, more or less. So we spent the rest of the afternoon hunting and found two more eggs. So, it isn’t as easy as it first sounded.” The following weekend they found 24 more unhatched and five hatched ova which they sent to the writer. These eggs were stored on the shelf beside those from various other locations. Next time they were examined, twenty-one (21) had hatched and the larvae perished. This was long before the S. drummondii was ready to leaf out in the San Antonio area. The eggs had been subjected to freezing temperatures in Kansas; the much warmer temperature of Texas stimulated hatching. REARING TECHNIQUE. Eggs were removed from twigs with a sharp knife. The twigs were held firmly on a table or other sturdy object, then by making a slight angled cut on either side of the egg it was re- moved on a “V” shaped chip. These chips were placed in small plastic containers bearing appropriate labels and stored in the garage. Periodic examinations were made to determine hatching. From about the middle of March on eggs were examined daily. Upon hatching, a small sprig of juvenile §. drummondii leaves was placed in the container. The newly hatched larvae would climb upon it and start feeding. Each day a fresh sprig was substituted for the old one. The latter was then placed in a large container with a larger twig of foodplant. If closed jars are em- ployed, care must be used to assure that the jar does not become over 148 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 crowded either with larvae or foodplant. When fully mature, larvae begin to loose their color and move about. This is the time to move them to another container for pupation. BrioLocy. Based on immature stages, typical alcestis does not differ from the subspecies oslari. The egg laying habits are identical and the larval foodplant is the same. Chinaberry (Melia) of the MELIACEAE (Mahogany family) has been reported in literature as the larval food- plant. Melia azedarch L. was repeatedly offered larvae in the laboratory and they refused it. S$. drummondii belongs to the SAPINDACEAE (Soapberry family). Lecally this plant is known as wild or western chinaberry which may account for the use of Melia in the literature. Eggs are deposited on the twigs of large trees or very old small ones; never on small seedlings. Satyrium calanus falacer (Godart ) Medina County Texas, 24 April 1960. On the R. A. Haby Ranch ad- jacent to Medina Lake, the author searched under rocks, logs and debris for last instar larvae of Nymphalis antiopa lintnerii (Fitch). In addition to five lintnerii larvae, one S. falacer pupa was found. This pupa was under an old log secured to the bark. A variety of trees and shrubs grow at this spot including walnut; the one on which the larva most likely fed. A female emerged 6 May 1960. Bexar County Texas, 23 April 1961. A few miles south of San Antonio near the Atascosa County line, hickory, Carya texana Buckl. grows in fairly large patches. This is the sandy area of the County. While scratching among fallen leaves beneath one of these trees a pupa of S. falacer was found. There is good reason to suspect the larva fed on hickory because this is the only species of tree growing within 100 yards of the spot. A male emerged 3 May 1961. Kendall County Texas, 23 April 1961. Mrs. A. M. Montgomery gave me two last instar larvae which she found on Juglans microcarpa Berl. growing on the bank of the Guadalupe River at Comfort. One of the larvae appeared sickly; it was preserved. The other was reared through on J. microcarpa. A female emerged 12 May 1961. The author has also collected adults of this species in the following Texas Counties: Bastrop (Bastrop State Park) 20 May 1962; badly worn. Caldwell (Farm Road 20 near intersection of Farm Road 1854) 19 May 1962; feeding on blossoms of Asclepias tuberosa L., badly worn. Comal (Guadalupe River, few miles west of New Braunfels) 15 May 1960; 14, fairly fresh. Further rearings of this species will disclose the best time and places to collect it in nature. Callophrys (Incisalia) henrici solatus (Cook & Watson) Bexar County Texas, 17 February 1962. At a spot just north of San Antonio, solatus was found flying in fair numbers. This was the fourth consecutive season it had been taken near the city and we still didnt 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Socizty 149 know its larval foodplant. None of the foodplants reported for henrici (Prunus, Vaccinium, Gaylussacia and Cercis) seemed to hold for solatus. In an all out effort to solve this problem, a bit of logic and process of elimination were employed. A mental note had been made of the various botanical specimens found at each of seven locations where solatus had been taken previously. These were now written down and it became apparent that persimmon, Diospyros texana Scheele, was the one plant common to all locations. D. texana not D. virginiana L. of eastern Texas, is the smooth-barked shrub so common in the Edwards Plateau area. Mrs. Kendall and I revisited the spot on the following day, this time to concentrate our attention around persimmon trees. We arrived at the location about 10:45 AM CST. Some 50 feet away was a nice persimmon tree partially exposed to the morning sun. Before I could get my collecting things from the car. Mrs. Kendall announced that a female had just been seen ovipositing on persimmon buds. We continued to observe the activity around this shrub and saw two more females deposit eggs. Then a male came along, established a control point on an upper branch and proceeded to patrol the area. Everything that came within three or four feet was driven away. While we watched, he chased off a Battus philenor, Papilio asterius, Colias cesonia, Colias philodice, Strymon melinus, several honeybees and a large redish-brown wasp. It was about 11:15 AM when the solatus activity around this and other nearby trees suddenly stopped. It occurred to us that perhaps solatus had gone off to feed. We checked some flowering Forestiera pubescens Nutt. about sixty feet away and took seventeen and could have taken as many more. Three females were kept alive for eggs. A few females had begun to return to the persimmon about 1:20 PM at which time we departed. During the period 19 February — 20 March more than 300 eggs were deposited by the three females on buds of D. texana. They refused to oviposit on leaves. One egg collected in nature 18 February hatched 21 February. The other ova hatched about four days after they were deposited. Larvae readily ate the juvenile leaves of this plant. They will also eat the fruits but not the older leaves. From 16 March to 17 April about 90 larvae pupated. The early stages were preserved and pupae were also provided for chromosome counts. Adults emerged from pupal diapause the following year. Two males emerged prematurely on or about 20 January; others emerged: 15 Feb. (1°), 3 Mar. (16), 4 Mar. (ee) S Mar. (523, 292), 6 Mar. (12), 7 Mar. (224, 12), 8 Mar. (18,322), 9 Mar. (234,322), 10 Mar. (348,322), 11 Mar. (2¢ 4, 329), 12 Mar. (18, 299%), 13 Mar. (13, 492), 14 Mar. (12), 15 Mar. 150 KENDALL: Foodpiants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 (13), 16 Mar. (12), 17 Mar. (288), 18 Mar. (8), 19 Mar. (19). Sixteen pupae died. - In Bexar County this species has been taken as early as 7 February; the latest date is 4 April. It has also been collected in Comal County (4 Mar. 56) and Uvalde County (10 Mar. 62). Euristrymon ontario autolycus (Edwards) Bexar County Texas, 8 April 1961. Near San Antonio two larvae were found on Quercus virginiana Mill. One died, the other pupated in due course and a male emerged 22 April. Still another larva found 16 April, fed for a few days then pupated; a male emerged 29 April 1961. Kerr County Texas, 7-8 May 1960. At Kerrville State Park, adults were found very common. Three hundred ninety specimens were col- lected on blossoms of Asclepias decumbens ( Nutt.) Shinners. Adults were also common around oak trees in the park. Several, freshly emerged, were still hanging from blades of grass beneath the oaks. Scratching among fallen leaves under one large Q. virginiana yielded two pupae. One was dead; from the other a female emerged 13 May. Also, a female taken in copula deposited 78 ova during the period 9-12 May on twigs cf Q. virginiana. Eggs were kept at fairly constant temperature in the laboratory and they failed to hatch the following year. San Patricio County Texas, 1 April 1962. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge, four larvae and one pupa were found on Q. virginiana. One larva had spun-up in the bark but a predator had killed it before pupation. The pupa also proved to be the victim of a predator. Closer examination disclosed one of the larvae to be Strymon melinus. The remaining two larvae pupated in due course and two males emerged 15 April. At the same location another pupa was found 12 April which produced a female 15 April. Three days later adults were seen flying about the upper branches of oaks. At a roadside park on Farm Road 632 near Ingleside, 6 April 1962, 26 larvae were found on Q. virginiana and Q. laurifolia Michx. Numercus larvae of several other lepidopterous species were found on the oaks: Catocala (several spp.), Hemerocampa leucostigma Smith, Safia amella Guenée, Malacosoma disstria Hiibner. A return visit 10 April found the trees almost completely defoliated and the E. autolycus larvae moving about in search of food. Twenty-five more larvae were collected. The first seven larvae pupated 10 April. The first adults (3¢ 4, 222) emerged 20 April; the last one, 5 May. A good series of immatures was preserved and live pupae provided for chromosome counts. The writer has collected this species in five other Texas counties as follows: Comal, 11 May 58, 15 & 22 May 60; Caldwell, 19 May 62; Gonzales, 27 Apr. 62; Kendall, 7 & 8 May 60; and Uvalde, 4 May 61. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 Strymon melinus franki Field In Texas franki is more common than typical melinus. The writer has collected it each month of the year except December and January, in 37 counties representing every major botanical area of the State. Bastrop County Texas, 2 September 1961. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 21 about 5.5 miles northeast of Bastrop, two last instar larvae were found eating the immature seeds of Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hormem. One larva proved to be parasitized. The other pupated 8 September and a male emerged 17 September. Also, in Bastrop State Park 4 September, two more parasitized larvae were found on this plant. Bexar County Texas, April 1956. A larva found feeding on the blossom buds of Lupinus texensis Hook matured in due course and a male emerged but the exact date was not recorded. Six second instar larvae were found 20 August 1957 on blossom buds of Phaseolus vulgaris L. All were lost due to fungus. A female was observed 20 April 1958 to oviposit on blossom buds of wine cups, Callirhoe leiocarpa Martin grow- ing in the laboratory garden. More eggs were obtained from the captive female but once again all larvae were lost due to fungus. A number of larvae found 3 May 1958 feeding on L. texensis buds produced adults but emergence dates were not recorded. A female was observed to oviposit 19 June 1960 on blossom buds of Lantana macropoda Torr. Careful examination disclosed a first instar larva feeding on the buds of this plant. This larva, reared to maturity on L. macropoda buds, produced a female 9 July 1960. Another larva found on this plant 6 July 1960 proved to be parasitized. Again in the laboratory garden, a female was seen ovipositing 10 July 1960 on blossom buds of althea, Hibiscus syriacus L. A week later one was seen to oviposit on Croton monanthogy- nus Michx. On 4 March 1961 a female was observed ovipositing on blossom buds of L. texensis. A larva found 21 February 1962 feed- ing on juvenile leaves of Diospyros texana Scheele; pupated 11 March and a male emerged 19 March 1962. A last instar larva found 1 August 1962 on blossom buds of Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. pupated 4 August but was parasitized; an Ichneumonid emerged 21 August 1962. Gonzales County Texas, 15 August 1959. On U.S. Highway 183 not far from Palmetto State Park, a female was observed to oviposit on blossom buds of Cassia puberula (Greene) Macbride. Kerr County Texas, 18 July 1959. At Kerrville State Park a female was observed ovipositing on blossom buds of Indigofera texana (Buckley ) Turner. In the laboratory, it deposited more than a dozen eggs on this plant. Eggs started hatching 21 July. Larvae readily ate buds of I. texana. On 24 July they were offered P. vulgaris buds which they also ate. Fungus killed all but two of the larvae and these were offered Passiflora Ils KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 incarnata L. blossom buds 29 July which they accepted. One more larva died of fungus 5 August. The remaining larva pupated 10 August and a female emerged 19 August 1959. Still another larva found 30 June 1962 on I. texana pupated 6 July with a male emerging 13 July 1962. San Patricio County Texas, 1 April 1962. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge a larva was found feeding on juvenile leaves of Quercus virginiana Mill. It was among Euristrymon o. autolycus larvae found on the same tree. It pupated 6 April and a female emerged 17 April 1962. Also at the Refuge, while gathering Erynnis funeralis larvae 24 April on Sesbania drummondii (Rydb.) Cory, four franki larvae were found eating the juvenile leaves of this plant. One larva was killed accidentally; the remaining three pupated 30 April, 3 & 4 May, and the adults emerged 9 May (2), 13 May (2) and 14 May 1962 (32). Val Verde County Texas, 1 May 1961. On U.S. Highway 90 near the Devil’s River, one larva was found eating the immature seed pods of Porlieria angustifolia (Engelm.) Gray. It produced a female 15 May 1961. Careful attention has not been given to the rearing of this species because it is so common. It is significant to note however, that franki not only feeds on blossom buds and immature fruits but also on juvenile leaves of certain plants. Fifteen larval foodplants representing eight botanical families are recorded in this paper. Of these, franki will eat the juvenile leaves of three. Undoubtedly the juvenile leaves of many other plants are acceptable to melinus and franki. Although larvae were not reared through on each of these 15 plants, there is little doubt that franki larvae find them acceptable. These 15 plants are as follows. FAGACEAE: Quercus virginiana; LEGUMINOSAE: Lespedeza hirta, Lupinus texensis, Phaseolus vulgaris, Tecoma stans, Cassia puberuila, Indigofera texana, Sesbania drummondii; ZYGOPHYLLACEAE: Porlieria angustifolia; EUPHORBIACEAE: Croton monanthogynus; MAL- VACEAE:Callirhoe leiocarpa, Hibiscus syriacus; PASSIFLORACEAE: Passiflora incarnata; EBENACEAE: Diospyros texana; VERBENA- CEAE: Lantana macropoda. Strymon laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough) San Patricio County Texas, 22 April 1961. At Lake Carpus Christi State Park on the Nueces River near Mathis, one fresh male was taken. Another specimen was seen within a few feet of the first but it escaped capture. It was not until July 19, when H. A. Freeman made the deter- mination, that I knew the real significance of this catch; otherwise, more time would have been devoted to searching the spot for additional specimens. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 While this species is not on the reared list, it seems appropriate that a note should be included in this paper recording the capture. All of the four known specimens in collections are from Texas; this is the only male. H. A. Freeman has two females which he collected in Hidalgo County; one on 24 October 1944 and the other 14 December 1946. The holotype female was collected at or near Del Rio in Val Verde County 9 July 1909. Hemiargus isola isola (Reakirt ) The first known larval foodplant for isola was recorded from Taylor County Texas by Remington (1952). He found one larva feeding on a seed pod of mesquite, Prosopis juliflora (Swartz) DC. Kendall (1959) recorded the buds and blossoms of Indigofera miniata Ortega var. leptosepala Nutt. Since then, six other larval foodplants have been discovered and they are given here. Bexar County Texas, 30 April 1960. Two females were taken oviposit- ing on the blossom buds of sour clover, Melilotus indicus (L.) All. Additional ova were deposited in the laboratory. M. indicus was not readily available so the eggs were placed on potted Dalea pogonanthera Gray and placed inside a large screened cage outdoors. The eggs soon hatched but the larvae disappeared. On 18 June 1960, two ova were found on the blossom buds of Albizia julibrissin Durazz. growing in the laboratory garden. The small branch was sleeved. Pupae were found in the sleeve, 4 & 9 July; a female emerged 10 July from one, the other had succumbed to a predator. Four other imagos whose larvae fed on the buds of this plant, emerged 23 & 29 July, 3 August 1960 and 31 May 1961. A female was observed ovipositing on the buds of this plant 27 May 1961; the eggs were not collected. On 1 & 2 July 1961 adults were found swarming around the blossoms of Acacia hirta (Nutt.) Robinson. A female taken at this time refused to oviposit. On 4 July however, while examining the cage, a larva was found crawling on the screen cover. Assuming that it had parted company with the withered twig below, fresh A. hirta buds were offered and found acceptable. The larva pupated 13 July and a male emerged 19 July 1961. A female was seen to oviposit on the buds of this plant 16 July. Closer examination disclosed a last instar larva feeding on the buds. It was taken into the laboratory where it pupated 20 July and a female emerged 26 July 1961. Again on 27 May 1962 isola was found swarming around A. hirta and soon a female was seen to oviposit on the blossom buds. Also at this time, two larvae on the plant were found to be attended by ants, and a pair of adults were taken in copula. The larvae pupated in due course; a male emerged 2 June and a female 5 June 1962. Another larva found 17 June 1962 was feeding on the juvenile leaves of Acacia roemeriana Scheele; 154 KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 it pupated 29 June and a female emerged 6 July 1962. Caldwell County Texas, 21 May 1962. One larva found on A. hirta pupated 27 May and a male emerged 3 June 1962. Kerr County Texas, 20 June 1962. At Hays Memorial Park in Kerrville, adults were found feeding on the blossoms of Melitotus indicus and Indigofera lindheimeriana Scheele. Examination of the last named plant yielded two larvae; they pupated 3 & 4 July and adults emerged 9 & 10 July 1962. At the same location and date, two other larvae were found on I. leptosepala, one of which proved to be parasitized. The other pupated 5 July and a female emerged 11 July 1962. Medina County Texas, 24 April 1960. In a ravine adjacent to Medina Lake, two females were observed ovipositing on the buds of D. pogonanthera var. walkerae (Tharp. & Barkley) Turner. After depositing an egg among the buds, the female would fly to another plant exposed to the midday sun and repeat the process. Although larvae were not reared through on this plant, it is not likely that two females would repeatedly choose a wrong, larval foodplant. It is believed that further research will show isola larvae feed on the buds, fruits and juvenile leaves of a wide variety of plants. The writer has taken imagos in 28 other Texas Counties as follows: Aransas (20 Aug. 60), Atascosa (31 Mar. 57), Bandera (2 Apr. 59), Bastrop (19-20 May 62), Brewster (7 June 60), Cameron (21-22 Apr. 62), Coke (3 Aug. 61), Comal (8 Nov. 59, 21 May 62), Crocket (16 June 60), Culberson (14 June 60), Dimmit (6 June 60), El Paso (15 June 60), Gonzales (7 July & 25 Aug. 62), Guadalupe (7 July & 26 Aug. 62), Hidalgo (3 Apr. 57, 20 Mar. 61, 23 Apr. & 22 Nov. 62), Jeff Davis (10-13 June 60), Kimble (16 June 60), Kleberg (22 Mar. 61, 17 Apr. 62), Maverick (6 June 60), Nueces (11 Apr. & 1 Sept. 62), Pecos (16 June 60), Presidio (11 June 60). Reeves (9 & 15 June 60), San Patricio (10-11 Sept. 60), Travis (2 & 5 Sept. 60), Uvalde (30 Apr. 61), Val Verde (7 June 66, 30 Apr. 61) and Webb (5 June 60). Hemiargus ceraunus zacheina neha & Druce) Bexar County Texas, 15 August 1961. Two larvae were found on Acacia angustissima ( Mill.) Kuntze var. hirta (Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray) Robinson which had recently been planted in the flower garden. This is the small thornless Acacia which reaches a height of about two feet and forms small colonies. One of these larvae was parasitized, the other pupated 18 August and a male emerged 25 August. A female was taken 10 September 1961 and confined in a small jar with a sprig of juvenile A. hirta leaves. During the period 10-21 September, 98 ova were de- posited. The female died 22 September. Eggs started hatching 13 September. Larvae accepted the juvenile leaves. Twelve larvae pupated between 1-14 October. Adults emerged from 10-23 October 1961. The early stages were preserved. There were heavy losses among the larvae. These losses were later attributed to the presence of two aphis eating Dipterous larvae, family Syrphidae, 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 which were found in the rearing container. It is believed that many of the zacheina larvae fell prey to these predators. On 24 September 1961 a female was seen ovipositing on A. hirta; time, about 11:45 AM CST. On 9 September 1962, a female was observed to feed on the blossoms of Rhyncosia minima (L.) DC and then deposit an egg on a blossom bud of the same plant. Examination disclosed still another egg. A net was not at hand to catch the female, but the two eggs were brought into the laboratory where they later hatched. The larvae accpeted the blossom buds of R. minima but they were soon to die from fungus. The writer has found zacheina very common in areas where neither A. hirta nor R. minima were present. It is therefore believed that the buds and juvenile leaves of a variety of legumes may be acceptable to larvae of this species. Other Texas Counties in which zacheina has been taken are: Atascosa (12 Nov. 62), Bee (3 Sept. 62), Hidalgo (3 Apr. 57 & 22-23 Nov. 62), Lee (30 Sept. 62), Live Oak (26 Nov. 61 & 10-12 Nov. 62), Nueces (1 Sept., 10 & 24 Nov. 62), San Patricio (10-11 Sept. 60, 7-8 Oct., 24-26 Nov. 61, 2 Sept., 10-11 & 21-24 Nov. 62). CHART OF LARVAL FOODPLANTS Family Species Lepidoptera Acanthaceae Dicliptera brachiata Phyciodes texana Ruellia occidentalis Anartia j. luteipicta Siphonoglossa _ pilosella Dymasia dymas Phyciodes picta Annonaceae Asimina parviflora Graphium marcellus Aristolochiaceae Aristolochia elegans Battus p. lucayus PBattus philenor Aristolochia langiflora Battus p. lucayus Battus philenor Compositae Aster prealtus Phyciodes tharos Helianthus annuus Chlosyne g. carlota Ebenaceae Diospyros texana Callophrys h. solatus Strymon m. franki Euphorbiaceae Croton monanthogynus Strymon m. franki Fagaceae Quercus laurifolia Euristrymon o. autolycus Quercus virginiana Euristrymon o. autolycus Strymon m. franki Gramineae Axonopus compressus Euptychia h. sosybius Cynodon dactylon Stenotaphrum secundatum Euptychia g. freemani PEuptychia dorothea Euptychia cymela Euptychia h. sosybius 156 Family Juglandaceae Leguminosae Lauraceae Malvaceae Oleaceae Passifloraceae Rutaceae Sapindaceae Umbelliferae Verbenaceae Zy gophylliaceae KENDALL: Foodplants in Texas Vol.18: no.3 CHART OF LARVAL FOODPLANTS Species Carya texana Juglans microcarpa Acacia hirta Acacia roemeriana Albizia julibrissin Cassia puberula Dalea walkerae Indigofera leptosepala Indigofera lindheimeriana Indigofera texana Lespedeza_ hirta Lupinus texensis Melilotus indicus Phaseolus vulgaris Prosopis juliflora Rhyncosia minima Sesbania drummondii Lindera pubescens Persea borbonia Sassafras albidum Callirhoe leiocarpa Hibiscus syriacus Fraxinus subintegerrima Passiflora incarnata Ptelea trifoliata Ruta graveolens Thamnosma texana Zanthoxylum clava- herculis Zanthoxylum fagara Sapindus drummondii Anethum graveolens Daucus carota Daucus pusillus Lantana macropoda Phyla nodiflora Porlieria angustifolia Lepidoptera PSatyrium c. falacer Satyrium c. falacer Hemiargus c. zacheina Hemiargus isola Hemiargus isola Hemiargus isola Strymon m. franki Hemiargus isola Hemiargus isola Hemiargus isola Strymon m. franki Strymon m. franki Strymon m. franki Hemiarus isola Strymon m. franki Hemiargus isola Hemiargus c. zacheina Strymon m. franki Papilio t. ilioneus Papilio palamedes Papilio t. ilioneus Papilio t. ilioneus Strymon m. franki Strymon m. franki Papilio multicaudata Strymon m. franki Papilio cresphontes Papilio cresphontes Papilio p. asterius Papilio p. asterius Papilio cresphontes Papilio cresphontes Phaeostrymon a. alcestis Phaeostrymon a. oslari Papilio p. asterius Papilio p. asterius Papilio p. asterius Strymon m. franki Phyciodes phaon Strymon m. franki 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 157 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Grateful acknowledgement is made to the Rob & Bessie Welder Wild- life Foundation for supporting the extra printing costs of this paper. References Bailey, L. H., 1939. The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture. Macmillan Go:;; New York. Brower, L. P. 1958. Larval foodplant specificity in butterflies of the Papilio glaucus group. Lepid. News, 12: 103-114. Ehrlich, P. R., & A. H. 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Dubuque, Iowa; Brown. 262pp. Jones, F. B., C. M. Rowell, Jr., & M. C. Johnston, 1961. Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Texas Coastal Bend Counties. Sinton, Texas; Rob & Bessie Welder Wildlife Foundation. 146pp. Kendall, R. O., 1957. New foodplants in Texas for Papilio multicaudatus. Lepid. News 11: 224. bt a ee , 1959. More larval foodplants from Texas. Journ. Lepid. Soc., 13: 221-228. Klots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Baston. Remington, C. L., 1952. The biology of Neartic Lepidoptera, II. Foodplant and pupa of Hemiargus isolus. Psyche, 59: 129-130. Stallings, D. B., 1941. A note on Strymon alcestis (Edw.). Journ. Kans. Ent. Soc., 14: 63. Straatman, R., 1962. Notes on certain Lepidoptera ovipositing on plants which are toxic to their larvae. Journ. Lepid. Soc., 16: 99-103. Turner, B. L., 1959. The Legumes of Texas. University of Texas, Austin. Vines, R. A., 1960. Trees, Shrubs and Woody Vines of the Southwest. University of Texas, Austin. Wills, M. M. & H. S. Irwin, 1961. Roadside Flowers of Texas. University of Texas, Austin. VENATION ABERRATION IN PAPILIO GLAUCUS In June of 1961 on a dirt road in the woods near Weston, Vermont, I came across a flight of Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan, and in a several day period took nearly two hundred. They were all fresh males, flying southeast, single file about five feet from the ground along the sunny side of the road. The flight was most dense during the late morning hours, when the individuals were flying by at the rate of six to seven a minute. Returning to the same spot in 1962 the same phenomenon was dis- covered being repeated. It was on June 8, 1962 during one of these flights that a specimen was captured with the following venational aberration. Vein M, on each of the hind wings, rather than continuing singly to the margin, divides and bows into an oval coming back together to form 158 Bouton: Venation aberration Vol.18: no.3 EXPLANATION OF PLATE Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan, ¢, undersurface, showing the aberration in vein M, in both hind wings. a single vein again just before reaching the margin. The symmetry is not exact however, since the division on the left wing begins at the cell and continues to within 2 mm of the margin; whereas on the right wing the oval is much shorter with the vein being normal for 2 mm next to the cell and for 3 mm on the margin. Though many small variations in markings were found in specimens in the flight, this is the only specimen in which there was an outstanding aberration in the venation. I might add that on repeated returns to the location in 1963, it was found that the flight was totally lacking, only four to five specimens being seen. Davip W. Bouton, Box 204, Davenport, N.Y., U.S.A. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 BUTTERFLIES ATTRACTED TO LIGHT IN GUJARAT STATE, INDIA by Ernest M. SHULL Ahwa, via Bilimora, Dangs Dist., Gujarat State, INDIA During the southwest monsoon (mid-June through October, 1963) the writer has collected over four thousand insects at lights. The great majority of these insects (Heterocera) were collected at a 400-watt mercury-vapor lamp located in the Gujarat State Transport bus com- pound at Ahwa, headquarters of the Dangs District. The fluorescent lights placed on the walls of the transport office building also provide excellent collecting places. Likewise the petromax lights (pressure lamps ) used in the mission bungalow attract many insects. Ahwa is located on a plateau (alt. 1700 ft.) and is surrounded by teak and bamboo jungle. The average annual rainfall is eighty inches. In this pan-tropical area there are many species of moths, butterflies and other insects attracted to light. This paper, however, will deal only with the butterflies attracted to light during the monson season and with a few scattered records throughout the year. There are no electric lights in the town of Ahwa. Only on the dark nights (nights without moonlight) are the kerosene street lamps lighted. Even then very few insects are to be found at these lesser lights, for the powerful mercury-vapor light provides a greater attraction. This lamp is mounted near the top of a twenty-five foot steel pole, so that the whole bus compound and even nearby areas are lighted by its powerful rays. In 1963 the writer has taken seventeen species of Rhopalocera at light in India, as follows: SATYRIDAE 1. Mycalesis perseus (Fabricius). Oct. 19, 1963, Ahwa, the dry season form was taken at 10:00 p.m. at the fluorescent light in the trans- port office building (see No. 11, in photo). 2. Mycalesis mineus (Linnaeus). Sept. 30, 1963, Ahwa, 10:30 p.m. at the mercury-vapor lamp in the bus compound (see No. 7, in photo); another was taken on Aug. 20, 1963, Ahwa, 9:45 p.m. at the fluorescent light in the transport building (see No. 8, underside, in photo); both of these are wet season forms. The dry season form was taken on Oct. 19, 1963, Ahwa, at 9:45 p.m. below the flourescent light (See no. 9, underside in photo; the ocelli are reduced to white specks ). 3. Ypthima baldus Fabricius. Sept. 29, 1963, Ahwa, 10:15 p.m. at the mercury-vapor lamp, the only record of this species at light (see no. 10, underside, in photo). 4. Melanitis leda (Drury). First record of the wet season form 160 SHULL: Butterflies at light Vol.18: no.3 “determinata” at the mercury light was at 9:45 p.m. on July 26, 1963, I have many subsequent records of this form throughout the 1963 mon- soon season. The dry season form “ismene” was first taken on Oct. 24, 1963, 9:30 p.m. at the mercury-vapor lamp (See No. 2 in photo), another on Nov. 6, 1963 at 9:30 p.m. at the same light, and again on Nov. 12, 1963 two were collected by the petromax lamp in the mission bungalow, Ahwa, at 6:30 p.m. and at 9:15 p.m. Both forms frequently appear at the mercury-vapor lamp and at the fluorescent lights; however, the wet season form seems to be more common at light, occasionally appearing in great numbers, twenty or thirty at one time. 5. Lethe rohria nilgiriensis Guérin. Oct. 30, 1963, Ahwa, one ¢ was taken at 8:15 p.m. at the fluorescent light in the transport building (see No. 19 in photo). NYMPHALIDAE 6. Euthalia garuda (Moore). Oct. 19, 1963, Ahwa, 10:15 p.m., one 2 was taken at the fluorescent light in the transport building (see No. 1 in photo); on Nov. 9, 1963 a 4 was caught at a petromax light at 7:15 p.m. in the mission bungalow. 7. Precis hierta hierta (Fabricius). Feb. 17, 1963, 9:00 p.m., one 2 was taken at a petromax lamp in the mission bungalow, the only record of this species at light (see No. 16 in photo). 8. Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus). Sept. 25, 1963, Ahwa, 9:30 p.m. at fluorescent light in the transport building, the only record at light (see No. 18 in photo). 9. Ergolis merione merione (Cramer). Oct. 18, 1963, Ahwa, 9:15 p.m. at fluorescent light in transport building, the only record at light (see No. 14 in photo). LYCAENIDAE 10. Zizeeria lysimon Hiibner. Nov. 11, 1963, Ahwa, a ¢ was cap- tured at 8:30 p.m. at the fluorescent light in the transport building, the only record at light. PIERIDAE 11 Huphina nerissa (Fabricius). Sept. 28, 1963, Ahwa, 8:30 p.m., a 2 was taken at the fluorescent light in the transport building, the only record at light (see No. 15 in photo). 12. Eurema brigitta (Cramer). Sept. 16, 1963,Ahwa, 10:15 p.m., one was taken at the mercury-vapor lamp (see No. 6 in photo); another was captured on Oct. 25, 1963 at 9:30 p.m. at the fluorescent light in the bus transport building. 13. Eurema hecobe (Linnaeus). July 11, 1963, Ahwa, 10:15 p.m., one was taken at the mercury-vapor lamp (see No. 8 in photo); this species has been taken many times at the mercury lamp and at the 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 i? is 19 BUTTERFLIES ATTRACTED TO LIGHT IN INpIA: 1. Euthalia garuda 2. 2. Melanitis leda. dis: =. ismene’. 3. Eurema hecabe. 4. E. laeta d.s. f. 5. E. laeta w. s. f. “venata”. 6. E. brigitta. 7. Mycalesis mineus w. s. f., upperside. 8. M. mineus w. s. f., underside. 9. M. mineus d. s. f., underside. 10. Ypthima baldus, underside. 11. Mycalesis perseus d. s. f., underside. 12. Hasora chromus, & upperside. 13. H. chromus, 6 underside. 14. Ergolis merione merione. 15. Huphina nerissa 2. 16. Precis hierta hierta 9. 17. Pelopidas conjuncta. 18. Vanessa cardui. 19. Lethe rohria nilgiriensis @. 162 SHULL: Butterflies at light Vol.18: no.3 fluorescent lights during the monsoon months. 14. Eurema laeta Boisduval. Aug. 1, 1963, Ahwa, 9:45 p.m., one wet season form “venata” was taken at the mercury-vapor light (see No. 5 in photo), on Oct. 24, 1963, 10:15 p.m., the dry season form “laeta” was taken at the fluorescent light in the transport building (see No. 4 in photo). 15. Catopsilia crocale (Cramer). Oct. 27, 1963, Ahwa, 9:10 p.m., a badly faded 2 was captured at the fluorescent light in the transport building. HESPERIIDAE 16. Hasora chromus (Cramer). Aug. 16, 1963, Ahwa, 8:00 p.m., a é was taken at the mercury-vapor lamp in the bus compound (see No. 12, in photo); another was captured on Sept. 16, 1963 at 6:55 p.m. while flying around a petromax light in the mission bungalow (see No. 18, in photo). 17. Pelopidas conjuncta Hewitson. Sept. 20, 1963, Ahwa, 9:30 p.m., one was taken at the fluorescent light in the transport building, the only record at light (see No. 17 in photo). OBSERVATIONS AND SUMMARY The literature on the butterflies of India records only a few species as crepuscular or as nocturnal. Like Donahue (1962), the present writer has found Melanitis leda to be the most common single species at light. The wet season form “determinata” has been taken on sixty nights at light and the dry season form “ismene” many times. Some of the satyrids are somewhat crepuscular, especially Mycalesis mineus and M. perseus, the former having been taken at light more than a dozen times and the latter on several occasions. Several species of the genus Eurema (Pieridae) fly at dusk. Eurema hecabe probably should be listed as a crepuscular species. The writer has twenty records of hecabe at the mercury-vapor lamp and at the fluorescent lights. Likewise Eurema laeta and E. brigitta are somewhat crepuscular and occasionally found at light. Of the Hesperiidae, Hasora chromus was frequently observed at the mercury-vapor lamp during the 1961 southwest monsoon season Shull, 1963). In 1963, however, it has been taken at light on two occasions only. Large numbers of the skippers are crepuscular in their habits, so it may not be surprising to find a few skippers attracted to light; however, Matapa aria (Moore) (Hesperiidae) flies at dusk feeding on Lantana nectar just outside the writer's office door, but it has never been attracted to the petromax light burning only twenty-five feet away. Likewise Abisara echerius (Stoll) (Erycinidae) frequently flies at dusk, even flying around on the veranda just outside the office, but it too shows no attraction to the light. Thus it would be wise to avoid the conclusion 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Socizty 163 that crepuscular species are more likely to be attracted to light than are the day-flying species. Further, the writer has collected four nymph- alids, five pierids and one lycaenid at light — all of these normally con- sidered to be diurnal in their habits; however, as pointed out earlier, a few species of Eurema (Pieridae) show crepuscular tendencies. The evidence thus far shows more diurnal species being attracted to light than the so-called crepuscular species. The writer has never taken Papilio demoleus, Precis orithya, Danaus chrysippus, Gangara thyrsis and Talicada nyseus at light — species re- ported at light in India by other writers — but these records also support the theory that more diurnal species are attracted to light than are the crepuscular species. But, as Mr. Donahue has so well stated in this Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society, “Further observations and ex- perimentation will undoubtedly aid in the interpretation of this inter- esting phenomenon’ (Vol. 16: p. 135). Since only certain species of moths are attracted to light and many others seem to have no attraction to light, it dces not seem unreasonable to conclude that a few species of butterflies also may be attracted to light. The occurrence of so many species at light— and occasionally by the score — can scarcely always be due to some accidental disturbance of the butterflies when at rest. In conclusion, it should be noted that at least twenty-two species of butterflies, representing seven of the major families, have been col- lected at light in India. The writer has coilected seventeen species of butterflies at light in India representing five major families. References Donahue, Julian P., 1962. Observations and records of butterflies attracted to light in India. Journ. lepid. soc. 16: 131-135. Shull, Ernest M., 1963. The butterflies of south Gujarat. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soe. GO: no.3:597. Usman, S., 1956. Some insects attracted to light. Part III. Journ. Bombay nat. hist. soc. 53: 482-484. Wynter-Blyth, M. A., 1957. Butterflies of the Indian region. xx+523 pp., 72 pls. (27 col.). Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay. CORRECTIONS On p.227 and 228 respectively, of vol. 13, no. 4, of the Journal, Precis - lavinia coenia should be ascribed to Hiibner and Kricogonia lyside to Godart. I am indebted to Mr. Cyril F. dos Passos for calling my attention to these errors. On p. 73 vol. 15, no. 1, of the Journal, the last sentence, second paragraph should read “overwinter in the larval stage’. Roy O. Kenpati, 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio 1, Texas. 164 Comstock: Lasiocampid correction Vol.18: no.3 INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE Notice of proposed use of plenary powers in certain cases (A. (ns) 63) In accordance with a decision of the 13th International Congress of Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of the possible use by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary powers in connection with the following coses, full details of which will be found in Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Vol. 21, Part 2 published on 23 April, 1964. (7) Validation of the specific name Griselda radicana Heinrich, 1923 (Insecta, Lepidoptera). Z. N. (S.) 1612; (8) Designation of a type-species for Baetis [Leach, 1815] (Insecta, Ephemeroptera). Z. N. (S.) 1620; (9) Designation of a type-species for Megalopta Smith. 1853 (Insecta, Hymenoptera). Z. N. (S.) 1624; (11) Validation of the family-group name Playtpleurinae Schmidt, 1918 (Insecta, Hemiptera). Z. N. (S.) 1626. Any zoologist who wishes to comment on any of the above cases should do so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and in any case before 23 October, 1964. Each comment should bear the reference number of the case in question. Comments received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. All communications on the above subject should be addressed as follows: The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S. W. 7. ENGLAND. : W. E. Cuma Acting Secretary to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature EARLY STAGES OF DICHOGASTER (LASIOCAMPIDAE): A CORRECTION In 1958 I published the life history of what was thought to be Eutachyptera psidii (Sallé) (Lepidopterists News, 11: 99-102.). This was based on material taken in Pinery Canyon, Cochise County, Arizona, and the species was determined by comparison with material in ae Los Angeles County Museum collection. Recently careful study has proven that the reared series is not E. psidii, but is the related species, Dichogaster coronado (Barnes). The life history of the latter species has not to my knowledge been de- scribed elsewhere. Joun A. Comstock, Del Mar, California. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 MONARCH BUTTERFLIES ARE EATEN BY BIRDS by Bruck PETERSEN University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado INTRODUCTION The monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus) is strikingly similar in appearance to the viceroy (Limenitis archippus archippus). A hypotheti- cal explanation for the resemblance of these two animals was suggested by Walsh and Riley (1869). Their explanation has been accepted by the scientific community. Klots (1960: 37) states it this way: “The monarch (Danaus) is genuinely inedible, since it feeds on milkweed. It advertises this fact (warning coloration) by distinctive orange-brown color and slow, lazy flight. The viceroy (Limenitis archippus) which feeds on willow and popular is perfectly good bird food. But it has the colors and habits of the monarch. Without doubt it gains much protection from birds which have learned to leave alone anything that looks like a monarch. This is our best example of butterfly mimcry. In the tropics there are dozens more striking .. . ” The hypothesis has been affirmed by Dr. J. V. Z. Brower (1958) who captured eight Florida scrub oak jays (Aphelocoma coerulescens coerulescens ) and tried to feed four of them monarchs and swallow-tails while the other four were offered viceroys and swallowtails. Each butterfly had its thorax pinched before it was presented to a caged Jay. One group of birds ate all of the swallowtails offered and half of the viceroys. The other group ate all of their swallowtails and not one monarch. Dr. Brower concluded that monarchs are inedible, and that the viceroy is protected by its resemblance to the monarch. The other side of the monarch-viceroy story has been presented by Dr. F. A. Urquhart who recently summarized arguments against accept- ing this hypothesis (1957, 1960). Here is a brief summary of Dr. Urquhart’s arguments. A general resemblance of the two mimetic forms, brought about by similarity of habitat, external conditions, or accidental coincidence may be required before predation begins to mold the mimic. (Bates, 1862). Food habits of captive animals vary widely from normal, so experi- ments relying on the food habits of captive animals are suspect. Stomach analyses of wild animals are the best evidence of their food preferences (McAttee, 1932a). Analysis of stomach contents of birds does not support the mimicry _hypcthesis (McAttee, 1932b). No butterfly-predator has been suggested as the evolutionary force 166 PETERSEN: Birds eat monarchs Vol.18: no.3 responsible for mimicry (Punnett, 1915; Dewar and Finn, 1919). Birds frequently eat caterpillars (which show no mimcry) and rarely eat butterflies (which supposedly mimic each other frequently ). If natural selection were responsible for mimicry one would expect to find it in caterpillars — not butterflies (Dewar and Finn, 1919). Even very distasteful creatures are better off to be inconspicuous than to be brightly colored (Dewar and Finn, 1919). All Fifty people tested found nothing sharp or bitter or otherwise objectionable about the taste of monarch butterflies (Urquhart, 1957). Only in Dr. Brower’s work is there any indication that birds dislike monarch butterflies, and she used paralyzed butterflies and caged birds. It has yet to be shown that birds dislike the taste of monarch butter- flies (Urquhart, 1960). Birds have a very poorly developed sense of taste and smell (Pum- phrey, 1948; Wallace, 1955; and Gurney, 1922). Under natural conditions birds are almost never seen feeding on monarch butterflies. This would indicate that birds know nothing of their taste, for they have never been observed in the process of learning that monarchs are inedible. Is it not more likely that monarch butterflies fail to elicit a feeding response in birds? —that monarchs don’t look like birdfood? (Urquhart, 1957). Monarchs tagged for migration experiments have been eaten in large numbers — apparently because their appearance had been altered (Urquhart, 1957). Mimicry theory fails to explain why the banded purple doesnt mimic the monarch, as it is the same genus as the viceroy. Or. if the banded purple is successful, why the viceroy didnt mimic it instead of the distantly related monarch? (Urquhart, 1960). EXPERIMENTS As an aid in understanding the relationship between birds and monarchs, Dr. Urquhart’s hypothesis that monarchs don’t evoke a feeding response in birds was tested. In the summer, monarchs are common over the grounds of the lowa Lakeside Laboratory, near Milford, Iowa. In the caretakers back yard are a birdbath and two feeding stations which attract a wide variety of birds. In the summer of 1963, five species were frequent visitors: cardinals, brown thrashers, grackles, robins, and english spar- rows. They were fed on table scraps of every sort, birdseed, and suet. A white enamel pan was placed on the ground in this yard between the birdbath and one of the feeders. Live (and lively) monarch butter- flies, after having their wings trimmed off, were placed in the pan 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 every morning before dawn. Removing the butterflies’ wings altered their appearance drastically. They looked like elongated, jumping, black spiders with tetany; and they did elicit a feeding response in the birds. Nearly every morning for two weeks the birds emptied the pan. _ The best customers were the brown thrashers, one pair of which was observed feeding the butterflies to their young. Between July 18 and July 31, 110 of 112 wingless monarchs were eaten (Graph 1). The birds that ate them could have lived off a bounteous Iowa summer, or the food in the bird feeders if monarchs were distasteful to them. Between December 24, 1963, and January 3, 1964 a similar experiment was run at the edge of the Garden of the Gods in Colorado Springs, Colorado, where Mr. Paul Nesbit feeds birds on his patio. A subspecies of scrub oak jay (Aphelocoma coerulescens) is found here. A baking dish containing the butterflies was placed in the yard near some suet, birdseed, and cracked corn. Every day for four days the live, wingless butterflies were eaten by the jays. On December 27 monarchs with wings were offered in the dish, and these, too, were eaten. Moving pictures were taken of the feeding jays. Early in the morning the butterflies were immobilized by the cold, but as the temperature edged into the forties and fifties they would become quite lively. One monarch flew off as a jay pecked at it and the jay followed in fast pursuit. Although he snapped at the flying butterfly for fifteen yards, the jay did not catch it. How much better could the monarch have avoided capture at 85 degrees F. over an Iowa meadow? After that event, the major wing vein (the costa) was severed on the remaining butterflies so they could not fly, but only flutter and hop. There were eighty monarchs with wings eaten in that week, with most of them going to the scrub oak jays, some to pinon jays, and one to a chickadee. The last one to be eaten had been lying dead on the patio for four days. A day-by-day tabulation of the butterflies is presented in graph 1. CONCLUSIONS Five common species of birds will eat wingless monarch butterflies in the summer in Iowa when they are placed near the birds’ usual feeding station in a lively condition. Scrub oak jays and pinon jays will eat monarch butterflies even with wings in the winter in Colorado if the butterflies are lively, but cannot fly, and are placed near where the birds usually feed. These experiments appear to support Dr. Urquhart’s hypothesis that the monarch butterfly is not eaten under entirely natural conditions because it doesn’t elicit a feeding response in birds — it doesn't look like food. These experiments seem consistent with his explanation of why the butterflies he tagged were eaten by birds. 168 PETERSEN: Birds eat monarchs Vol.18: no.3 GrapH 1 a Wingless monarchs Monarchs with wings a offered | eaten offered | eaten July 18 5 4 It was difficult to catch enoug 19 4 3 butterflies at first. 20 5 5 21 5 5 22 a 1 23 10 10 24 10 10 25 6 6 26 10 10 27 10 10 28 10 10 29 10 10 30 10 10 31 10 10 Dec. 24 10 3 All of the butterflies used 25 10 10 Colorado were transported from 26 10 10 Carmel, California. Ol 10 10 Dil 95 The butterflies were taken in early 28 20 18 on the 29th as the sky was toom 29 10 3 cloudy for photographs. 30 25 21 31 6 I The jays were absent on 12/31 8 and 1/1, but returned on 1/2 to 2 7 eat the few remaining butterflies by 9:30 A.M. These experiments appear to deny the conclusions of Dr. Brower and Dr. Klots that the monarch is “genuinely inedible’. They seem to call into question the basis of the mimicry hypothesis that has long 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 169 been used to explain the resemblance of the monarch and viceroy butterflies. AKNOWLEGEMENTS I am indebted to Dr. L. N. Garlough, Dr. H. G. Rodeck, Dr. R. L. King, Mr. and Mrs. Paul W. Nesbit, and Mrs. M. Mac Kinstry for their help in this project. References Bates, H. W., 1862. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon Valley _ Lepidoptera A Heliconidae. Linnean Transactions, Vol. 23. Brower, J. V. Z., 1958. Experimental studies of mimicry in some North American butterflies. Part I. The monarch, Danaus plexippus, and Viceroy, Limenitis archippus archippus. Evolution 12: 32-47. Dewar, D. and F. Finn, 1919. The Making of a Species. John Lane Company (Dodd, Meade, and Company). Gurney, G. H., 1922. On the sense of smell possessed by birds. The Ibis, Vol. 4. Klots, A. B., 1960. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America east of the Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Company. Boston, (pp. 37). McAttee, W. L., 1932a. The experimental method of testing the efficiency of warning and cryptic coloration in protecting animals from their enemies. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 85, No. 7. McAttee, W. L., 1932b. Effectiveness in nature of the so-called protective adaptations in the animal kingdom, chiefly as illustrated by the food habits of Nearctic birds. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 85, No. 7. Pumphrey, R. J., 1948. The sense organs of birds. The Ibis, Vol. 90. Punnett, R. C., 1915. Mimicry in Butterflies. Cambridge Univ. Press, viii + 188 pp., 16 pl. Urquhart, F. A., 1957. A Discussion of Batesian Mimicry as applied to the Monarch and Viceroy Butterflies. (pp. 27). University of Toronto Press. Urquhart, F. A., 1960. The Monarch Butterfly. (pp. 70-76 and, 211-215). University of Toronto Press. Wallace, G. J., 1955. An Introduction to Ornithology. The Macmillan Company, New York. Walsh, B. D. and C. VY. Riley, 1869. Imitative butterflies. American Entomologist, 1: 189-193. THE STORY OF A “MIXED UP” THORYBES PYLADES (HESPERIIDAE) While on a collecting trip near Warsaw, Missouri in early April of 1963 I observed a male Thorybes pylades Scudder hovering about six inches above the ground in the mating ritual common to the species. I cautiously advanced intending to drop my net over a pair of pylades. Then much to my surprise I saw that the object of pylades intentions was not a female of the species but a dark little Euclidina cuspidea Hiibner. This moth, a member of the family Noctuidae is a common spring species found in wooded areas. It has nervous habits, is easily flushed from the ground, and flies in a skipper-like manner. In fact on several occasions I have started to catch specimens thinking they were specimens of one of the Erynnis species. It was thus with a bit of satisfaction that I saw 170 HeitzMan: Confused Thorybes Vol.18: no.3 this moth could even fool a skipper into thinking it was one of its own. I gave up collecting butterflies for a moment and decided to watch the outcome of this little drama. The male pylades dipped lower until the moth, startled, skipped a dozen yards away and settled again among the dead leaves. Right behind came pylades and the same thing transpired a second time. The skipper began the nuptial ritual, dipping lower and lower until the moth was startled into flying away to a new location. I followed a few steps behind and witnessed the same procedure a total of eleven times before the tormented little moth finally crawled deep into a clump of dried grass and the disgruntled skipper after a few circles about the grass clump went off in search of a less reluctant re- cipient of his charms. I watched very carefully the rest of the day to see if this phenomena would occur again and was twice rewarded. On one occasion a series of five passes was made at a cuspidea and the other time a token pass was made at another cuspidea. In both of these cases the skipper gave up while the moths were still resting in the open. All three of the moths were collected and provd to be males in quite fresh condition. I did not collect the skippers and the possibility exists that the same individual was involved in each instance although they occured at widely separated points in the woods. Ricuarp HeirzMANn, 3112 Harris Avenue., Independence, Mo., U. S. A. COMMENT ON AES LARVAE OF INTERSPECIFIC HYBIRDS IN BLACK SWALLOWTAILS IN JAPAN In his 1963 paper on Papilio hybrids (Journ. lepid. soc. 17: 163-169) Dr. Ae refers to differences in the stripes on the 4th, 5th, and 6th abdominal somites of the various larvae. In my experience these stripes vary considerably between larvae of the same species and can in no way be taken as an indication of species. In the larva of the African Papilio demodocus Esp., with which I am now most familar, the stripes appear to vary with the degree of light experienced by the larva. I have found larvae feeding on orange trees growing in full sunshine with these stripes completely obsolete. Larvae reared in the dark have the stripes continuous, heavy, and blackish in colour, and a complete cline can be made from unstriped to heavily striped larvae and with the colour of the stripe varying from almost blackish to a pale lavender-brown. D. G. Srevastoputo, P. O. Box 5026, Mombasa, KENYA 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 171 FOUR NEW SPECIES OF AGATHYMUS FROM TEXAS (MEGATHYMIDAE) by H. A. FREEMAN ? 1605 Lewis, Garland, Texas I, as well as Stallings & Turner, have know for several years that there were several species mixed in material we have been calling Agathymus mariae (B. & B.) in Texas. During the past six years I have been making a detailed study of that particular species complex. In working with this problem I used 32 locations in Texas and one in New Mexico and these constitute the known range of this species complex in the United States. As Agave lecheguilla Torr. is the known food plant of members of this complex their range can be followed by checking the range of the food plant. In making a study of the various habitats, the following information on each was carefully noted: location, date, plant associates, type of soil, pH of the soil at the feeding level of the plant, elevation, average annual rainfall and the presence or absence of radiation. One of the most significant factors was the isolation of certain areas from the main gene pool of mariae. Another appeared to be the pH factor which seemed to have an influence on the presence or absence of various species in a given habitat. Typical mariae is distinctly associated with alkaline soil where the average is just below 8. In the area around Del Rio, Juno and Bracketville in Texas the reading is 7 or just slightly above, indicating near neutral or neutral soil. In the Chinati mountains the pH was around 7.4. In the area 10 miles west of Lajita, where a new species was located, the pH was 7.3. Since radiation has been used to bring about production of mutant genes, I thought that by checking radiation in the various locations with a Geiger counter some answer might present itself concerning individual variation in the various habitats, however there was not sufficient radiation recorded in any of the habitats to warrant such results. As we are uncertain as to which made its appearance first, the host or the parasite, it is a little difficult to determine just when the prototype of our present mariae complex appeared. Indications are that Agave lecheguilla once covered the entire area from the Edwards Plateau to El Paso; however many factors have accounted for its disappearance in many places, producing desert and mountain islands. In its eastern range, especially around Juno, Del Rio and north of Bracketville the plants do not appear to be typical lecheguilla, and the colonies of plants 1I would like to express my appreciation to the National Science Foundation for research grants G-9900 and GB-398 which has made this research possible. 2 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 are very local, indicating that they have been isolated from typical lecheguilla for many years. This polytypy may have some bearing on dif- ferences exhibited by members of the mariae complex found in this section of the state, as they have evolved sufficiently to represent separate species, differing from typical mariae found over most of western Texas. In the Chinati Mountains, Presidio Co., we have a similar situation, since this area apparently has been cut off from the main gene pool of mariae for many years, and isolation and other factors have resulted in the formation of a new species, the description of which follows. AGATHYMUS CHINATIENSIS Freeman, NEW SPECIES FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: dark gray, with a heavy overscaling of ochraceous hairs and scales over the middle and basal area. Markings deep yellow: a large cell spot (spot 1), 3.5 mm wide at costa and 2 mm wide at bottom; four linear, subapical spots, averaging 1.5 mm wide; the two extradiscal spots touch outer edge of lower subapical spot and are fused together; discal band composed of three somewhat fused spots, forming a straight line down their outer surface, the one in interspace 1 (spot 9) is broad, 4-5 mm wide, pointed on its inner surface, the one in interspace 2 (spot 8) is broadly linear, 4.5 mm wide, the one in interspace 3 (spot 7) originates just beneath inner edge of lowest extradiscal spot and terminates just beneath cell spot, width 4 mm. The ochraceous overscaling terminates abruptly basad to cell spot, pure ground color between this and discal spots. Fringes alternately dark gray and light tan. Upper surface of secondaries: ground color dark gray, overscaling heavier than on primaries, giving a somewhat golden cast to the wing. Markings deep yellow: a well defined spot half way between discal band and base, with a smaller spot slightly beneath and inward from it; an evenly curved discal band, composed of six spots, more or less fused together, varying width from 4 mm to .5 mm near the costal area, all except costal spot wide and well defined. Fringes alternately gray and sordid yellow. Under surface of primaries: dark gray, heavily overscaled with lighter gray scales, especially near apical area. All spots reappear, lighter in coloration. Under surface of secondaries: dark gray ground color heavily overscaled with steel-gray scales. All spots reappear yellowish-white, in marked contrast with ground color. Thorax above grayish-brown, lighter gray beneath. Abdomen with first three segments above of same coloration as thorax, remainder grayish; beneath lighter gray, like thorax. Palpi sordid white. Legs same color as under side of thorax and abdomen. Antennae sordid white with black rings, basal third of club sordid white, remainder black. Wing measurements. Holotype female, primaries: base to apex, 26 mm; apex to outer angle, 16 mm; outer angle to base, 15 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu,, 19 mm; costa to anal angle, 14 mm; total expanse, 52 mm. (average of the paratypes, 54 mm). MALE. Upper surface of primaries: grayish-black, with considerable yellowish- gray scales near the base. Markings deep ochreous yellow: a spot at end of cell 2.5 mm long; the three subapical spots linear, well-defined, the one in interspace 6 (spot 4) out of line towards apex; the two extradiscal spots well defined, not touching subapical or discal spots; discal band composed of three separated spots, which are in line. the one in interspace 1 broadly columnar, 2.5 mm wide in center, the one in interspace 2 is broad, 4 mm wide, rounded on outside, pointed on inside towards base, the one in interspace 3 straight on outside, pointed on top inside toward cell spot, 3 mm wide. Fringes alternately gray and sordid white. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 173 Upper surface of secondaries: grayish-black, sparsely overscaled with ochraceous- yellow hairs and scales. Markings deep ochreous yellow: a spot two-thirds of the way towards base from discal spots and the slightest indication of another one slightly beneath and inward from first; a curved discal band of five spots, which varies in width from 2 mm to .8 mm, with the upper spot being out of line inward. Fringes alternately gray and sordid yellow. Under surface of primaries: dark grayish-black, with lighter gray overscaling over apical area and between cell spot and subapical spots. All spots reappear and are lighter in coloration. Under surface of secondaries: ground color grayish-black, with lighter gray over- scaling. A white subcostal spot and all other spots reappear from above, sordid white, giving wing a mottled appearance. Thorax, abdomen, palpi, legs and antennae same as in female. Wing measure- ments. Allotype male, primaries: base to apex, 26 mm; apex to outer angle, 15 mm; outer angle to base, 19 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu,, 18 mm; costa to anal angle, 15 mm; total expanse, 55 mm. (average of the paratypes, 50 mm.). HOLOTYPE female, 2.7 miles south of Shafter, Texas, 5 October 1960, reared in Agave lecheguilla Torr.; allotype male, same location and food plant, 15 October 1960; both were collected by the author and will be deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Described from 31 specimens (17 males and 14 females collected in the larval stage by the author at the following locations in Texas: 2.7 miles south Shafter, Presidio Co., el. 4000 feet, pH 7.1 (type locality), 93 4 922, emerged September and October, 1960-61; Chinati Mountains, el. 4350 feet, pH 7.4, 54 ¢, 222, emerged September and October 1960; 19 miles south Marfa, el. 5200 feet, pH 7.3, 34 6, 32 2, emerged during October 1957. One pair of paratypes will be placed in each of the follow- ing collections: Yale University, American Museum of Natural History, and Stallings and Turner. The rest of the paratypes are in the collection of the author. This species is named for the mountains where it occurs. In comparing chinatiensis with mariae there are a number of differ- ences that can easily be detected. In the males all spots are larger and somewhat differently shaped from those in mariae, especially spots 7, 8, and 9, which are all of about the same width, while in mariae they progressively increase in size with 9 being the largest. The ground color is dull grayish-black in chinatiensis, while in mariae there is a brownish overcast. On the lower surface of the secondaries there is more contrast between the light and dark areas in chinatiensis than there is in mariae. In the females the same differences are noted as in the male as both sexes exhibit a greater contrast between the maculation and the ground color than does mariae. The maculation in chinatiensis has a little more orange in it than does mariae. Genitalic differences can be noted on plate 3. The pupal cremasters show some differences which are shown on plate 3. The food plant is Agave lecheguilla Torr. The type locality is near highway 67, 2.7 miles south of Shafter, Texas. It is mountainous, el. 174 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 4000 feet, with outcroppings of limestone and extremely rocky, pH 7.1; plant associates are catclaw and scrub cedars. The larvae are bright blue similar to mariae, and they feed on the leaves of lecheguilla and penetrate to a depth of 16 mm. into the caudex. Larvae of mariae seldom go more than 4-5 mm into the caudex, with their tunnel being from 65-70 mm in length; while the length of chinatiensis tunnels varies from 71-82 mm. The trap door occurs on the upper side of the leaf well up from the base. Ten miles west of Lajita, Texas. in Presidio Co., a small colony of Agathymus was found that possibly represents an unnamed Mexican species which just barely enters Texas in this one area. South of the Rio Grande just below this region, there are rugged mountains, well covered with lecheguilla, and so far they have never been collected for Megathy- midae. The description of this new species follows. AGATHYMUS LAJITAENSIS Freeman, NEW SPECIES ~ FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: dark gray, with a slight overscaling of fulvous near base. Markings tan: an indistinct light spot two thirds the distance towards base; cell spot of two linear spots fused together, the upper one displaced slightly inward, 3 mm wide; four broad, linear, subapical spots, fused together forming a band that angles out at bottom to touch upper large extradiscal spot, all spots about 2.5 mm wide; discal band of three separate, spots, the one in interspace 3 pointed on outside and inside, broad, 4 mm, extending from just beneath lowest extradiscal spot just to under edge of cell spot, the one in interspace 2 rounded on its outer surface and straight on inner surface, 5 mm wide, the one in interspace 1 straight on outer surface and bluntly pointed on inner surface, toward base, 6 mm wide. Fringes light tan with slight indication of darker gray checkering. Upper surface of secondaries: same dark gray color as primaries, with slightest indication of grayish overscaling near base. Markings tan: a well defined spot near center of wing and sometimes another, smaller, spot beneath first; discal band evenly curved, of five separate, well defined spots, the one near anal angle squarish, 3 mm wide, the next one indistinctly pointed at bottom, 2 mm wide, the next one sharply pointed outward, 1 mm wide, the next one one somewhat rounded, 3 mm wide, above fourth one a triangular spot 1 mm wide. Fringes grayish-tan with the slightest indication of darker checkering. Under surface of primaries: grayish-black, with some lighter grayish overscaling at apex. All spots reappear, only slightly lighter in color than on upper side. Under surface of secondaries: dark gray, rather sparsely overlaid with light gray scales. Discal band reappears, white; a white spot near center of wing and a white subcostal spot. A darker area between center spot and discal band, giving wing a mottled appearance. Thorax brownish-black above, gray beneath. Abdomen of the same color as thorax. Palpi light gray. Legs same color as under side of thorax. Antennae gray, ringed with black, club having basal third gray, remainder black. Wing measurements. Holotype female, primaries: base to apex, 26 mm; apex to outer angle, 16 mm; outer angle to base. 20 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cuy,, 20 mm; costa to anal angle, 15 mm; total expanse, 53 mm (average of the paratypes, 53 mm). MALE. Upper surface of primaries: black with a slight purplish overcast, some fulvous overscaling near base forming an indistinct spot two thirds the distance in towards base of wing. Markings orange-brown: cell spot is small and rounded; 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 175 three subapical spots, the lowest one out of line outward: the two extradiscal spots small and round, placed outward from subapical spots; discal band composed of three widely separated spots, the one in interspace 3 broad, 2.5 mm, pointing towards cell spot, the one in interspace 2 more rounded, of the same width, the _ one in interspace 1 broadly L-shaped, of the same width. Fringes gray showing only the slightest indication of checkering. Upper surface of secondaries: same coloration as primaries. A distinct spot near center of wing; discal band evenly curved, made up of five separate spots; the one near anal angle 2.5 mm wide, the next one 1.5 mm, the next .5 mm, the next linear, 2.5 mm long, the last one is above the linear spot, slightly oval, .5 mm wide. Fringes alternately gray and light tan. Under surface of primaries: black, with some lighter gray overscaling near apex. All spots reappear, lighter in coloration. Under surface of secondaries: ground color dark gray, rather sparsely overscaled with light gray, giving the wing a rather blotched appearance. Two sordid white, subcostal spots; a light gray area from near the center of wing to base, discal band light, leaving a darker area between these two regions. Thorax, abdomen, palpi, legs and antennae same as in female. Wing measurements. Allotype male, primaries: base to apex, 25 mm; apex to outer angle, 14 mm; outer angle to base, 19.5 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu,, 19.5 mm; costa to anal angle, 13 mm; total expanse, 52 mm (average of the paratypes, 52 mm). HOLOTYPE female, 10 miles west of Lajita, Texas, 2 October 1961, reared in Agave lecheguilla Torr.; allotype male, same location and food plant, 8 October 1962; both were collected by the author and will be deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Described from 21 specimens (11 males and 10 females). All specimens were collected by the author in the larval stage 10 miles west of Lajita, Presidio Co., Texas, el. 2650 feet, soil pH 7.38. These emerged during September and October 1961-62. One pair of paratypes will be placed in each of the following collections: Yale University, American Museum of Natural History and Stallings & Turner. The rest of the paratypes are in the collection of the author. This species is named for the area where it was collected. In comparing lajitaensis with mariae and chinatiensis, the ground color is dull black, whereas in the latter two the ground color is more brownish-black. The males of lajitaensis have the spots reduced some- what in size, especially on the secondaries. On the lower surface of the secondaries the spots reappear and some are clear white, thus showing a marked contrast with the ground color. The fringes are lighter in lajitaensis, being yellowish white, while in mariae and chinatiensis they are more yellowish-tan. In the females there is a tendency for the discal band on the upper surface of the secondaries to be made up of distinct spots, while in mariae and chinatiensis these spots tend to be fused together. The discal band reappears on the lower surface of the secondaries and is often clear white, producing a distinct contrast with the dark gray ground color. In mariae the ground color of this area is much lighter and the discal band is more ochraceous. In chinatiensis the 176 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 ground color is even lighter than in mariae, with the discal band light yellowish-tan and contrasting sharply with the ground color. The color of the spots in both sexes is very similar to that of mariae. Genitalic and cremaster differences can be noted on plate 3. The food plant is Agave lecheguilla Torr. The type locality is 10 miles west of Lajita, Texas, in Presidio Co., near highway 170. This is in a valley, el. 2650 feet, surrounded by rugged mountains. The soil is very rocky and grayish in color, pH 7.3. Plant associates are sotol, ocotillo, scattered Yucca torreyi Shafer and many cacti. The larvae are lighter blue than mariae and they feed primarily on the leaves, only penetrating the caudex to a depth of 14 mm. The tunnel length varies from 80-82 mm with the trap door well up on the upper side of the leaf. There is a very interesting area in Texas extending from Boquillas Canyon up to just west of Dryden and over through Langtry and Del Rio to 14 miles north of Bracketville. Evolution has taken place resulting in the presence of three species in parts of this area. The description of one of these new species follows. AGATHYMUS GILBERTI Freeman, NEW SPECIES FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: grayish black, basal third of wing overlaid with yellowish-gray scales and hairs. Markings yellowish-tan: cell spot large, three minute, linear spots above it, width of cell spot 2-3 mm; four linear, subapical spots, average width 1.5 mm; the two extradiscal spots well defined; discal band composed of three separate, spots, the one in interspace 3 broadly oval, lying midway between cell spot and lowest extradiscal spot, 3-4 mm wide, the one in interspace 2 rectangular, 4 mm wide, the one in interspace 1 broad, 5 mm, straight on outer surface and sharply pointed toward base on inner side; all three spots form a more or less straight line down their outer surfaces, located inward from lowest extradiscal spot, about a third the way in from outer margin of wing. Fringes alternately dark and light gray. Upper surface of secondaries: grayish black, with some golden hairs and scales forming a light overscaling over wing, especially near base. Markings yellowish-tan: a lighter area near center of distance between discal band and base of wing, which varies from two indistinct spots to a narrow line; discal band composed of six well defined spots, the first four from anal angle outward, form a straight line, the fifth one located almost directly above fourth, sixth inward from fifth and just below costal area; first and fourth discal spots large, 2 mm wide, third small and somewhat oval, 1 mm wide. Fringes alternately white and gray. Under surface of primaries: grayish brown, with apical region heavily over- scaled with light, steel gray. All spots reappear, lighter than above. Under surface of secondaries: gray, heavily overscaled with steel gray, only a slight indication of discal band in some specimens, others immaculate. Thorax above light gray, beneath even lighter, nearly white between legs. Abdomen same color as thorax. Palpi light, sordid white. Legs light gray. Antennae gray, ringed with dark brown, club having basal third light gray, the remainder purplish-black, the tip reddish-brown. Wing measurements. Holotype female, primaries: base to apex, 25 mm; apex to outer angle, 14.5 mm; outer angle to base, 19 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cuy,, 18.5 mm; costa to anal angle, 15 mm; total expanse 51 mm (average of paratypes, 51 mm). 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society VT EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1] Top row: Agathymus rindgei Freeman ALLOTYPE ¢, 14 miles north of Bracket- ville, Texas, 15 Oct. 1958. 2nd row: Agathymus gilberti Freeman ALLOTYPE 4, 14 miles north of Bracketville, Texas, 21 Oct. 1959. 3rd row: Agathymus chinatiensis Freeman ALLOTYPE 4, 2.7 miles south of Shafter, Texas, 15 Oct. 1960. Lower row: Agathymus lajitaensis Freeman ALLOTYPE ¢, 10 miles west of Lajita, Texas, 8 Oct. 1962. 178 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 cal spots absent or indicated by a minute dot or two; discal band composed of three widely separated, variable spots, the one in interspace 1 rather tall and narrow, slightly wider at base than at top, 1 mm wide in middle, the spot in inter- space 2 round, 1.2 mm wide, the one in interspace 3 linear, 1.5 mm wide. tan. Fringes alternately dark gray and white. Upper surface of secondaries: black, with some light brown overscaling, especially near base. Markings a trace darker than those of primaries; some specimens show a lighter spot near base of wing; discal band normally composed of four rather indistinct spots, forming a straight line, the one near the anal angle 1 mm wide, succeeding spots progressively smaller until the last two are mere dots; in a few specimens a fifth spot present, above last two in normal discal band. Fringes alter- nately white and gray. Under surface of primaries: black, with apical third of wing heavily overscaled with steel gray, some specimens with indication of a light blue cast. The cell spot well defined, sordid white; the discal spots reappear prominently, lighter than above; no indication of extradiscal spots subapical spots reappear only rarely. Under surface of secondaries: gray, heavily overscaled with steel gray giving wing an even appearance; some specimens with a small, white, spot beneath costa and some indication of the discal band by an indistinct white area. Thorax above dark gray, beneath much lighter, nearly white between legs. Abdomen dark gray above, lighter beneath. Palpi, legs and antennae same as in female. Wing measurements. Allotype male, primaries: base to apex, 24 mm; apex to outer angle, 13 mm; outer angle to base, 18 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu,, 16.5 mm; costa to anal angle, 13 mm; total expanse, 50 mm (average of the paratypes, 50 mm). HOLOTYPE female, 14 miles north of Bracketville, Texas, 22 October 1961, reared in atypical Agave lecheguilla; allotype male, some location and food plant, 21 October 1959, both were collected by the author and will be deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. Described from 120 specimens (65 males and 55 females) collected in the larval stage by Gilbert Freeman, Louise Freeman, Stallings & Turner and the author at the following locations in Texas: 14 miles north of Bracketville, Kinney Co., el. 1500 feet, pH 7.1 (type locality), 2284, 2022, emerged September, October, November 1959-63; 28 miles north of Del Rio, el. 1450 feet, pH 7.1, 2636, 322 emerged October 1958-62; 11-12 miles south Juno, el. 1450 feet, pH 7.1, 16, 22 2, emerged October, November 1959 and 1963; Pecos River Canyon, el. 1250 feet, pH 7, 24 6, October 1963; 10 miles east of Langtry, el. 1150 feet, pH 7, 26 3, 12, emerged October 1963; Langtry, el. 1150 feet, pH 7, 194 4, 2022, emerged October, November 1959-63; 8 miles west of Dryden, el. 2150 feet, pH 7.3, 11¢ 6, 42 2, emerged September, October, November 1959-62; near Boquillas Canyon, el. 1900 feet, pH 7.2, 62 4, 522, emerged September, October 1961-62. One pair of paratypes. will be placed in the collections of Yale University and the American Museum of Natural History. There are 4¢ 4 and 62 2 paratypes in the Stallings & Turner collection. The rest of the paratypes are in the collection of the author. I take pleasure in naming this new species for my son Gilbert, who helped collect part of the type series. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 In comparing gilberti with the other species in this complex it does not approach mariae, chinatiensis nor lajitaensis, being closer to mi- ExPLANATION OF PLATE 2 iceman HOO PE a?) 4. miles) maorh | of Bracketville, Texas, 23 Oct. 1961. 2nd row: Agathymus gilberti Freeman HOLOTYPE 2, 14 miles north of Bracketville, Texas, 22 Oct. 1961. 3rd row: Agathymus chinatiensis Freeman HOLOTYPE 2°, 2.7 miles south of Shafter, Texas, 5 Oct. 1960. Lower row: Agathymus lajitaensis Freeman HOLOTYPE °&, 10 miles west ol Lajita, Texas, 2 Oct. 1961. Top row: Agathymus rindgei 180 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 cheneri Stallings, Turner & Stallings in many respects. The general wing shape in gilberti is somewhat narrower than the others, including chinatiensis which has rather narrow wings; and the ground color is darker black with less overscaling near the base of the wings in both sexes. Spot 1 is reduced in size as are spots 2, 3, 4 (sometimes completely absent). Spots 5, 6 are absent or very small in the males. On the lower surface of the scondaries in both sexes the ground color is heavily overscaled with steel gray scales thus giving a rather even, smooth, appearance to this area. The discal band in the males on the upper surface of the secondaries is made up of small spots which form a straight line which does not appear in any of the other described species except rarely in micheneri. The color of the spots is light yellowish tan in both sexes. The fringes of the males are white alternating with dark spots. In the females spots 7 and 8 are narrow and usually reduced in size. Spot 7 does not approach spot 1. Spot 9 is usually elongated inward forming a broad L, somewhat like in the males of micheneri. In micheneri the discal band on the upper surface of the secondaries is straight but the spots are never reduced in size and are large and usually fused together. The coloration of the spots in micheneri is more orange than in any of the other species, especially gilberti. The females of micheneri have spot 7 very wide, reaching well under spot 1, a charac- teristic never present in gilberti. Genitalic and cremaster differences of gilberti can be noted on plate 3. The foot plant is atypical Agave lecheguilla, possibly a closely related species. The type locality is 14 miles north of Bracketville, Texas, near farm road 674, in rolling hills, el. 1500 feet. The soil is very rocky and grayish in color, pH 7.1. The plant associates are Yucca torreyi, Yucca thompsoniana Trelease, cedars, Nolina, sotol, catclaw and mesquite. The larvae are dull, dark blue and feed on the leaves but penetrate will into the caudex of the lecheguilla plants, 20-30 mm. Their tunnels vary from 72-91 mm in length, and the trap door is located near the base of the leaf and on the upper side of the leaf. Sometimes feeding in the same plant will be larvae of Agathymus estelleae (Stallings & Turner) and the larvae of another species whose description will follow. AGATHYMUS RINDGEI Freeman, NEW SPECIES FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: grayish black, with basal third of wing overscaled with yellowish-tan hairs and scales. Markings yellowish-tan: cell spot large, fusing into the three linear spots above, appearing as one large spot, 4 mm wide at top, 3 mm wide at bottom. four wide, 2 mm, linear, subapical spots; the two extradiscal spots well defined, upper one touching lower surface of last subapical spot; discal band composed of three broad, more or less fused spots, the one in interspace 3 broadly rectangular, 4 mm wide, nearly touching cell spot on its inner surface, originating just beneath lowest extradiscal spot, the one in interspace 2. broadly rectangular, 5 mm wide, the one in interspace 1 5 mm wide, pointed towards base; all spots form a straight line down their outer surfaces, located about 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 a fourth the distance in from outer margin of wing. Fringes alternately dark and light gray. Upper surface of secondaries: grayish black, with some light fulvous hairs and overscaling near base of wing. Markings yellowish tan: two light, indistinct, spots near center of wing; discal band composed of six large, fused spots, the one nearest to anal angle irregularly square, 4 mm wide, the next linear, 2 mm wide, 4 mm long, the next linear, 1.5 mm wide, 2 mm long, the next made up of two fused spots, 4 mm wide, 2-3 mm. long, above this a square spot, 2 mm wide, inward toward the costa a narrow, linear, spot; whole discal band of spots slightly curved inward. Fringes alternately white and gray. ExPLANATION OF PLATE 3 1. ¢ genitalia, A. mariae (B. & B.); 2. 6 genitalia, A. chinatiensis Freeman; 3. &@ genitalia, A. lajitaensis Freeman; 4. ¢ genitalia, A. gilberti Freeman; 5. 6 genitalia, A. rindgei Freeman; 6. 2 genital plate, A. mariae (B. & B.); 7. 2 genital plate, A. chinatiensis Freeman; 8. @ genital plate, A. lajitaensis Freeman; 9. @ genital plate, A. gilberti Freeman; 10. 2 genital plate, A. rindgei Freeman; 11. Cremaster, A. mariae; 12. Cremaster, A. chinatiensis; 13. Cremaster, A. lajitaensis; 14. Cremaster, A. gilberti; 15. Cremaster, A. rindgei. 182 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 Under surface of primaries: grayish-brown, apical region heavily overscaled with dark gray scales. All spots reappear, lighter in coloration. Under surface of secondaries: dark gray, heavily overscaled with dark gray. Discal band reappears as a lighter area; two white spots below costa. Thorax above grayish-brown, beneath lighter. Abdomen concolorous with thorax. Palpi light, sordid white. Legs gray. Antennae light gray, ringed with dark brown, club having basal third light gray, remainder black. Expanse, wing measurements. Holotype female, primaries: base to apex, 26 mm; apex to outer angle, 16 mm; outer angle to base, 19 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu,, 20 mm; costa to anal angle, 15.5 mm; total expanse, 53 mm (average of the paratypes, 53 mm). MALE. Upper surface of primaries: black, some fulvous overscaling over basal area. Markings orange-yellow: a well developed, linear cell spot; subapical spots well developed; the two extradiscal spots present, not always distinct; discal band composed of three well developed spots, the one in interspace 3 somewhat broadly triangular, 2 mm wide, the spot in interspace 2 round, 3 mm wide, the one in interspace 1 broadly columnar, 3 mm wide. Fringes alternately dark gray and sordid white. | Upper surface of secondaries: black, some fulvous overscaling, becoming heavier near base. Markings orange-yellow: a light spot usually present toward base of wing; discal band composed of five well defined spots, forming a slight curve inward, the one near anal angle 3 mm wide, the next one just under 2 mm wide, the next one 1 mm wide, the next linear, 3 mm long, 1 mm wide, the last a small spot, .5 mm wide. Fringes alternately white and gray. Under surface of primaries: black, heavily overscaled with dark gray at apex. All spots reappear, lighter in coloration. Under surface of secondaries: gray, heavily overscaled with dark gray. An in- distinct, white subcostal spot; a sordid white area near center of wing, discal band reappears as a lighter area. Thorax above dark gray, some fulvous hairs present, beneath lighter. Abdomen dark gray above, lighter beneath. Palpi, legs and antennae same as in female. Wing measurements. Allotype male, primaries: base to apex, 25 mm; apex to outer angle, 15 mm; outer angle to base, 18.5 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu,, 18.5 mm; costa to anal angle, 14 mm; total expanse, 52 mm (average of the paratypes, 52 mm). HOLOTYPE female, 14 miles north of Bracketville, Texas, 23 October 1961, reared in atypical Agave lecheguilla; allotype male, same location and food plant, 19 October 1958, both were collected by the author and will be deposited in The American Museum of National History. De- scribed from 41 specimens (17 males and 24 females); 10 specimens were collected by Stallings & Turner and the rest by the author, all in the larval stage, at the following locations in Texas: 14 miles north of Bracketville, Kinney Co., el. 1500 feet, pH 7.1 (type locality), 106 3, 142 2, emerged September, October, November 1958-63; 28 miles north of Del Rio, Val Verde Co., el. 1450 feet, pH 7-1, 53 3, 62°, emerged September, October, November 1958-63; 11-12 miles south of Juno, el. 1450 feet, pH 7.1, 26 6, 422, which emerged October, 1961-63. One pair of paratypes will be placed in the collections of Yale University and the American Museum of Natural History. There are 66 4, 4° 2 para- types in the Stallings & Turner collection. The rest of the paratypes are in the collection of the author. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 183 I take pleasure in naming this new species for Dr. F. H. Rindge of the American Museum of Natural History, who has helped me in many ways with my studies of the Megathymidae. In comparing rindgei with the other species in this group, it shows similarities to both lajitaensis and gilberti. The wing shape is broader than in either lajitaensis or gilberti. The general maculation is somewhat like lajitaensis in both sexes, but the ground color is darker and there is much less contrast on the lower surface of the secondaries since that area is heavily overscaled with steel gray scales much like in gilberti. In the males spots 1 through 6 are better defined than in gilberti and the discal band on the upper surface of the secondaries is not straight but is evenly curved, as in mariae, and is much better developed. In the females Soe -— eae eee he er mee meee + ome A gece corse as a 4 : i Zz ye ExPLANATION OF Map Distributions of species of Agathymus in western Texas. 1, A. mariae (Barnes & Benjamin); 2, A. chinatiensis Freeman; 3, A. lajitaensis Freeman; 4, A. gilberti Freeman; 5, A. rindgei Freeman. 184 FREEMAN: New Agathymus Vol.18: no.3 WinG SHAPE COMPARISON OF THE VARIOUS SPECIES OF THE Agathymus Mariae CoMPLEx* mariae __chinatiensis _ lajitaensis gilberti rindgei micheneri Primaries 66 22 $8 22 $8 22 86 22 6a Base to apex 23.0 26 ,23.5° 26 23.5 26 23:55:96 =23°;52heeee es Apex to outer angle ILS i eles MS oh} Gr als 15 14 16° 7-43.53 Outer angle to base 16 20 16 IU eilfeya yt BAD SIs} 19 ts 19, So oe Secondaries Base to end of Cu, iWefeey | PAN) N17 19 165 20- 17 19) 318 e620 see Costa to anal angle 1s 17 13 ILS: 13 16 13 lo .eai4: 16 14 18 *Measurements in millimeters. ( broad ) (narrow) (medium) (narrow) (broad) (medium) all spots are larger than in gilberti and the discal band reappears on the lower surface of the secondaries, a somewhat lighter area. The fringes are the same as in gilberti. The color of the spots is somewhat darker than in gilberti. A. gilberti has chromosome count of 21, while all other Texas species have count of 22. Genitalic and cremaster differences can be noted on plate 3. The food plant is the same as gilberti. The type locality is also the same as gilberti. The larvae are bright blue and feed on the leaves as well as into the caudex of the lecheguilla plant, 20 mm. Their tunnels vary from 72-83 mm in length and the trap doors are located fairly near the base of the leaf and always on the upper side. The distribution of mariae can ne noted by the distribution map, which shows that it extends over most of western Texas, up to the Carlsbad National Park area, eastward to 2 miles east of McCamey, and well down into the Big Bend National Park area. In the area 8 miles west of Dryden it occurs along with gilberti, while just a little way westward from there at Sanderson only mariae occurs. At Boquillas Canyon and ten miles westward only gilberti occurs, while at the Headquarters of the Big Bend National Park and southeast towards the Boquillas Canyon area for two miles only mariae occurs. At Dryden A. estelleae occurs along with gilberti and mariae. At Langtry gilberti is common and only rarely will a specimen of maraie be found, with no specimens of estelleae so far having been collected 11-12 miles south of Juno gilberti, rindgei and estelleae occur together, as do they at the location 28 miles north of Del Rio. In the Del Rio area the dominant species is estelleae, with rindgei being next and gilberti rare. At the site 14 miles north of Bracketville gilberti is dominant and no specimens of estelleae were 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 185 collected prior to 1961, even though that area was heavily collected for three years before that year. Each year since 1961 estelleae has been getting more common there and now is as dominant as in some of the other locations where it had been collected before. A. rindgei is the least common species in the Bracketville area. The photographs used in this article were made by Don B. Stallings. References Bonniwell, J. C., 1931. Notes on Megathymus mariae Barnes & Benjamin Ann. Carnegie Mus., 20: 264-265. Brown, C. & J. Creelman, 1935. Habits of Megathymus stephensi Skin. and notes on other Megathymus. Ent. News, 46: 175-177. Comstock, J. A., 1957. Notes on the metamorphosis of an Agave boring butterfly from Baja California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12: 263-276. p22. Freeman, H. A., 1951la. Notes on the Agave feeders of the genus Megathymus. Field & Lab., 19: 26-32. Sea ee bt , 1951b. Ecological and Systematic study of the Hesperioidea of Texas. So. Methodist Univ. Studies., no. 6: 1-67. Lelie Hiatt , 1958. A revision of the genera of the Megathymidae, with the description of three new genera. Lepid. News, 12: 81-92, 1 pl. ples Nee , 1960. Notes on Agathymus in Texas, and the description of a new species from Mexico. Journ. Lepid. Soc., 14: 58-62, 1 pl. Lien atte he 1963. Type localities of the Magathymidae. J. Res. Lepid., 2: 137-141. Harbison, C. F., 1957. A new species of Megathymus from Baja California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12: 231-262, pls. 18-21. sca 8 tee , 1963. A second new species of megathymid from Baja California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 13: 61-71, 4 pls. Maeki, Kodo & C. L. Remington, 1960. Studies of the chromosomes of North American Rhopalocera.. 2. Hesperiidae, Megathymidae, and Pieridae. Journ. Heme. Soc. 14: 37-57, 7 pls. Stallings, D. B., & J. R. Turner, 1958. A review of the Megathymidae of Mexico, with a synopsis of the classification of the family. Lepid. News, 11: 113-137, 8 pls. Stallings, D. B., J. R. Turner, & V. N. Stallings, 1961. A new subspecies of Agathymus mariae from Mexico. Journ. Lepid. Soc., 15: 19-22, 1 pl. DISTRIBUTION OF PLEBEIUS SAEPIOLUS, LYCAENA MARIPOSA, AND HESPERIA COMMA ON VANCOUVER ISLAND by RicHaRD GUPPY Wellington, British Columbia My “Distribution of Butterflies on Vancouver Island,” appeared in 1956 in “The Lepidopterist’s News” (Vol. 10: 169). The purpose of the present paper is to record some additional information concerning three of the species which were given special mention in the above article. Concerning Plebeius saepiolus insulanus Blackmore, I wrote, “The V. I. population, so far as is known, is confined to Mt. Malahat”. This information I received in conversation with Mr. Llewellyn-Jones, though 186 Guppy: Vancouver distributions Vol.18: no.3 in his book “An Annotated Check List of the Macrolepidoptera of British Columbia”, he gives southern V. I., without any precise localities. Actually he directed me to a small bit of territory between the road and railway track near Shawnigan Lake. I found this, however, such a disappointing place, that for several years I held to the view that Mr. Jones had just happened to come across the butterflies somewhere around there. About 1957 the entire railway right-of-way was saturated with weed killer, and the place became barren. In ensuring years I picked up the odd specimen of P. saepiolus further up the mountain, away from the railway, but by 1962 they were becoming fairly common beside the track as, I now realize, they had probably been when Jones collected there. In 1963 I discovered another spot for P. saepiolus, about 20 miles north of Shawnigan Lake. I have used the name Mt. Sicker as a locality for these specimens, since it is the nearest point marked on maps. A high- way has been cut through the steep lower part of this mountain, and the rocky slope goes up from the road in a series of benches. On the first of these, only a few minutes climb from the road, the P. saepiolus flies. As at Shawnigan Lake the main colony is confined to less than a quarter Olwanwaene: Both these saepiolus spots are old clearings that have grown up with grass, introduced European weeds, and tail bracken. Nothing like them could have existed when the land was in its natural state, since any- where that the soil is rich and deep enough to support the above mentioned type of vegetation, forest would have taken over. Sometimes one comes across a kind of open forest of jack pines, with scrubby undergrowth consisting partly of lupins; this is the favorite haunt of other Plebeiinae: Plebeius icarioides blackmorei B. & McD. P. melissa (Edw.) and Glaucopsyche lygdamus columbia Skinner. Another type of hillside terrain, where there is almost no soil, is clothed with mosses, plants mostly of the lily family, and some wiry native grasses. All this vegetation can survive almost total dessication in summer; but neither of these habitats seems to support P. saepiolus, nor has I found it on roadsides or farm land. Most likely the nucleus from which my two colonies originated has not yet been spotted by a lepidopterist. It must be a type of country rather out of the ordinary for Vancouver Island. In the case of Lycaena mariposa Reakirt I have to report a most extraordinary change in the situation as described in my earlier paper. At that time I wrote that the species occured on Mt. Arrowsmith, the Forbidden Plateau, and in one locality close to the road near Alberni. I did not notice, when putting down that information, that Jones had 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 187 no record of Mt. Arrowsmith as a locality for L. mariposa. I had, however, collected a single specimen there myself, in 1951. As for Jones’ “summit of highway” as he called it, (this being the highest point the road reaches on the way to Alberni) although he took quite a series for his collection there, I have never found more than one or two L. mariposa there in any season since. I believe that one of the reasons why I, and very possibly other collectors, have considered L. mariposa to be a scarce butterfly, lies in its very late season of flight. Below 3000’ it is seldom on the move before July 15th; above the timber line on Mt. Arrowsmith, between 5000’ and 6000’, it is not likely to be seen before August 20th. It is natural for collectors to get up into the mountains about as soon as the snow is gone, since the great bulk of the insects start to move then. During recent years I have taken to making a final visit to Arrowsmith very late in August, and on these trips I have found plenty of L. mariposa. The species has also turned out to be quite common on Mt. Benson, at about 3000’. I cannot say whether the mariposa were there all along, and I just happened to miss them; or whether, as seems quite possible, they were attracted by the vegetation that grew following the bad forest fire of 1951. The theory that I was usually too early on Mt. Benson is supported by my discovery of another late flyer, Plebeius melissa, there at the same time. The whole question of host plants and habitat of L. mariposa is still a complete mystery to me. On Mt. Arrowsmith the species prefers swampy places where cotton grass grows. However, on Mt. Benson it flies in typical dry Plebeiinae territory, which has come back pretty much as before the fire, except that the jack pines are still tiny, grow- ing only a few inches a year at that altitude. A great deal of searching for Polygonaceous plants has turned up one species, a tiny knotweed, Polygonum minimum, Wats. But these plants are so scarce and scattered that it is impossible to suppose that they support the larvae of all the L. mariposa present. A few females which I caged deposited a total of one egg on P. minimum, none on anything else that I tried, including common Polygonaceous weeds. The project is much held up by scarcity of females. nearly all the specimens which I collect are males. Since L. mariposa overwinters in the egg stage, it is to be expected that the eggs would be dropped at random. It may be that the presence of a few Polygonum plants stimulates oviposition, though the larvae manage to get along on something else when driven to it. The late brood of Lycaena helloides (Bdv.) also drops ova destined for spring hatching, and this species, late or early brood, readily oviposits on any Polygonacae. 188 Gupry: Vancouver distributions Vol.18: no.3 In my earlier paper, the added note on Hesperia comma (L.)', that “by 1956 it had not spread at all” (from Oak Bay Park) was added to the proof. This has continued to be the picture, H. comma is common in the park at Oak Bay, but gets no further. Most likely it has been there all along. Mr. Jones never managed to collect this species. After he became too ill to collect any more, he told me that George Hardy had given him a few specimens from Victoria. It may seem strange that he overlooked a wanted species in such a handy place as Oak Bay Park, even more so that Mr. Hardy, who lives even closer to the spot, and does considerable Lep. collecting, did not find them before 1952. The park is a rather dry, uninteresting place in late summer, and it still seems possible that no collector bothered to try it at the right season. At any rate, that theory seems to me more plausible than supposing that H. comma suddenly established itself in the park, and then stayed right there. : Hesperia comma is also plentiful on Mt. Benson, it was there both before and after the fire. Commencing in 1959, the species spread down the mountain and into surrounding territory; until I began finding some individuals at Wellington. After a few years it receded up to the summit again. In the same way, during 1952 the Oak Bay colony had moved along the Saanich Peninsula, as far as the north end of Elk Lake, but they held to this extended territory for only a year or two. In the “Report of the Provincial Museum” for 1954 a sight record of H. comma on the Forbidden Plateau is listed. An earlier issue of the same publication (1943) gives a complete account of Forbidden Plateau fauna as then known, and H. comma is not mentioned. I have three similar, single records (all specimens collected). One for Mt. Arrow- smith, one for Cameron Lake (where the Mt. Arrowsmith trail starts at about 600 ft.), and one for the “Highway Summit” spot, where Jones got his Lycaena mariposa. The latter specimen was doubly peculiar, in that it was flying along with “second early” butterflies, such as Boloria epithore Edw. and Parnassius clodius Men. Mt. Benson and Victoria are still the only places where I can regularly take H. comma. 1According to the recent treatment by MacNeill (1964, U. Calif. Publ. Ent., 35) this population is referable to Hesperia harpalus oregonia (Edw.). 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. P. F. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif.. U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] —P. F. Beturncer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Opraztsov [1.C.] —I. F. B. Common [T.I.] — Taro Iwase [C.R.] — C. L. Reminctron [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] — J. Moucua [J.T.] —J. W. TrrpEn [A.D.] — A. DIAKONOFF [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe [P.V.] —P. E. L. Vierre E. Distribution and Phenology Caspers, H., “Bioz6notische Untersuchungen uber die Strandarthropoden im bulgarischen Kiistenbereich des Schwarzen Meeres” [in German]. Hydrobiologia, vol.3: pp.130-193, 15 figs. 1 April 1951. Includes annotated list of some 95 Lepidoptera from Bulgarian Black Sea Coast. [P.B.] Castle Russell, S. G., “The scarcity of Rhopalocera in 1951.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.100-101. 1952. In England. Castle Russell, S. G., “The New Forest in the ‘nineties and after.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.138-144. 1952. Notes on 50 years’ collecting, especially of butterflies. [P.B.] Castle Russell, S. G., “Collecting notes during the summer of 1954.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.83-85. 1955. In England. Castle Russell, S. G., “Phenomenal numbers of Rhopalocera larvae and imagines.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.111-113. 1955. Records of swarms of Euphydryas aurinia, Pieris brassicae, Thecla quercus, & Celastrina argiolus, in Britain. [P.B.] de Castro, Luis, “Erebia tyndarus (ab. pyrenaica) Bihl-Heyne, en Barcelona” [in Spanish]. Bol. R. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., vol.47: pp.157-159. 15 Jan. 1956. Reared from larva found at 400 m. [P.B.] Chadwick, C. E., “Abnormal insect numbers — Part 1.” Victorian Nat., vol.67: pp.178- 183. Jan. 1951. Discusses major fluctuations in abundance of various Australian insects, including Euploea core corinna (Danaidae) & Loxostege affinitalis (Pyralidae).” [I.C.] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., “Chilo cicatricellus Hiibner confirmed as British.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.160-161, 1 fig. 1952. Second record, first since 1852. [PB] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., “The history and status of Pararge aegeria (Lep. Satyridae ) in Kent.” Entomologist, vol.85: pp.144-154, 1 map. 1952. Reappearing in Kent after total disappearance (and decline throughout Britain). [P.B.] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., & D. F. Owen, “Nymphalis polychloros L. (Lep. Nymphalidae) in Kent.” Ent. Gaz., vol.4: pp.3-11. 1953. Summarizes known records, from 1828; suggests that species is an immigrant. LP Bel Chilson, L. M., “Insect records from Johnston Island.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.81-84. 1953. Records 5 Lepidoptera (Tineidae, Pterophoridae, Noctuidae), only Achaea ianata being new. [P.B.] Chneour, A., “Présence on Tunisie de Danais chrysippus L.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Tunisie, vol.6: p.123, 1 pl. 1953. New record for Tunisia; immigrant from south. [P.B.] 198 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.3 Clarke, C. A., “Melitaea cinxia L. (Lep.) introduced into Neston, Wirral, Cheshire.” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.22-23. 1956. Classey, E. W., “Diarsia florida Schmidt (the Marsh Square-Spot).” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: p.71, 1 pl. 1951. Notes on this species. recently discovered in Britain; color figures of adults, including two aberrations. [P.B.] Classey, E. W., & Barry Goater, “Systematic list of the Lepidoptera taken by the expedition to Ireland.” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: pp.95-99. 1951. Classey, E. W., R. M. Mere, & W. H. T. Tams, “The status of Hydraecia hucherardi Mabille in Great Britain (Lep. Noctuidae).” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.295-297. [31] Dec. 1956. Article in refutation of theory that moth is a recent arrival. [P.B.] Classey, E. W., & Hugh N. Robinson, “Burren — 1950.” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: pp.87-94, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1951. Account of a collecting trip to this area in Ireland. Color plate of Luceria virens, recently discovered there. [P.B.] Clench, Harry K., “Notes on the occurrence of Thymelicus lineola (Hesperiidae ) in North America: a summary.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.151-152. 1957. Clench, Harry K., “Two new records of Pennsylvania Lepidoptera.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.161-162. 1957. Cleu, Hubert, “Biogéographie et peuplement entomologique du Bassin de lArdeche” lin French]. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol.122: pp.1-74. Dec. 1953. Describes this area in France; gives extensive lists of Lepidoptera & some other groups of insects, indicating for each sp. the sub-regions where it is found & its type of geographic distribution; discusses fauna of individual biotopes, & probable origin of regional fauna. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “A search for larvae of Ewupithecia actaeata Walderdorff. and Eupithecia immundata Zeller.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.11-12. 104-106. 1952. Search on Actaea specata showed no sign that these spp. exist in Britaon. List of localities of foodplant. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “A note on Hymenia recurvalis Fabricius.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.71-72, 3 figs. 1952. Identification of new sp. for Britain. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “The status of Horisme aquata Hubner as a British species.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.73-75. 1952. Probably native, perhaps extinct. LPABal Cockayne, E. A., “Tathorhynchus exsiccata Lederer —a noctuid. new to the British list.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.132-133. 1952. Notes on distribu- tion & recognition. [P.B.]. a Cockayne, E. A., “Procus versicolor Borkhausen in Ireland.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.347-348. 1952. First record. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “Abundance of a species on one night only at M. V. light.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.218-219. 1954. Cole, A. C., “Insects from Bikini Atoll. Marshall Islands.” Proc. Tennessee Acad. Soc., vol.26: pp.246-248. 1951. Records 2 nymphalids & 1 hesperiid. [P.B.] Comstock, William P., & E. Irving Huntington, “Origins and relationships of Mexican and Antillean Papilionoidea (Lepidoptera).” An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol.20: pp.385-391. 1949. Compares no. of genera & spp. in Mexico & Antilles; concludes that latter fauna, which is impoverished & unbalanced, has developed adventitious- ly & not through any land connection. [P.B.] Condamin, M., “Lépidoptéres rhopalocéres du Parc National du Niokolo-Koba” [in French]. Mém. Inst. Franc. Afrique Noire, vol.48: pp.197-205. “1956” [Feb. 1957]. List of a collection of Lepidoptera Rhopalocern collected in this national park in Senegal, French West Africa. [P.V.] Cookson, H., “Notes on some rare butterflies and some sphingids from Southern ~ Rhodesia.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.17: pp.171-174. 1954. Records of 2 nymphalids & 4 lycaenids; list of 27 sphingids taken at light or at flowers. NPB oat tes: eh eae Cookson, H., “Correction of locality name of new butterflies caught by H. Cookson in 1903, 1904, and 1905, and described by Hamilton H. Druce.” Journ. ent. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 Soc. southern Afr., vol.17: p.265. 1954. Specimens from Katanga wrongly attributed to Rhodesia. [P.B.] Cramer, H. H., “Die geographiscnen Grundlagen des Massenwechsels von Epiblema tedella Cl. Bin Beitrag zur Autdkologie des Fichtennestwicklers” [in German]. Forstwiss. Zentralbl., vol.70: pp.42-53, 2 maps. 1951. Describes geographical & oa distribution of sp., & smaller area where it is economically important. Craufurd, C., “Notes from Aviemore.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.214-216. 1951. With list of 28 spp. at sugar. [P.B.] Craufurd, Clifford, “Aviemore in 1952.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.280-284. 1952. Records Lepidoptera. Craufurd, Clifford, “Some lamp trap records, 1953.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.6-8. 1954. In Hertfordshire, England. [P.B.] Crosby, D. V., “Notes on some eastern Victorian butterflies, with a new Victorian record.” Victorian Nat., vol.68: pp.97-101. Oct. 1951. Notes on the occurrence & distribution of several spp., including the first record of Hesperilla mastersi. (Hesperiidae) from Victoria. [I.C.] Cumber, R. A., “Flight records of Lepidoptera taken with a modified Rothamsted light trap operated at Paiaka.” N. Z. Journ. Sci. Technol., Sect. B, vol.33: pp.187-190. Nov. 1951. Monthly records of captures of 83 spp. [P.B.] Daniel, Fritz, “Ein Beitrag zur Lepidopterenfauna Steiermarks” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., Ent., vol.4: pp.73-75. 1955. Collecting in Sausal Hills in SE Austria; notes on 40 noteworthy moths (macros). [P.B.] Daniel, F., “Zygaena fausta L. dans les les Alpes et les régions préalpines” [in French]. Plaquette a la mémoire de Ch. Fischer: 6 pp. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse. April 1957. Study of this sp. in the Alps & the prealpine countries. [P.V.] Dardenne, P., “Localité interessante pour les lépidoptéres: Cravant (Yonne)” [in French]. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.26: pp.189-190. Sept. 1957. Indication & description of a locality interesting for collecting Lepidoptera, in the Yonne area (central France). [P.V.] Darlow, H. M., “Additions to the list of the Lepidoptera of Malta.” Entomologist, vol.83: pp.269-271. 1950. 18 new records. [P.B.] Davis, J. J., “Insects of Indiana in 1954.” Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., vol.64: pp.121- 126. 1955. Phenology & abundance of pest insects, including Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Dalnoye, M., “Oporinia christyi Prout (Lep., Geom.) nieuw voor de Ned. fauna” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.13: p.176. 1 Nov. 1950. New Dutch record. [P.B.] De Lucca, C., “New additions to the Lepidoptera of the Maltese Islands.” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.253-256. [24] Oct. 1956. 32 spp. newly recorded (Noctuidae, Geometridae, micros). List of the 8 endemic spp. & sspp. [P.B.] Demuth, R. P., “Collecting Noctuidae in the Shetland Islands.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.89-92.1950. Includes annotated list of 15 spp. from Unst. [P.B.] Demuth, R. P., “Collecting notes from a short holiday in Wester Ross.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.219-220. 1955. van Deurs, Wilhelm, “Nye sommerfugle for den danske fauna. (Samtlige arter taget eller erkendt i 1949)” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol.25: pp.406-407. 1950. 20 new records for Denmark (Noctuidae, Pyralidae, micros). [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1950-51” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol.26: pp.279-280. 1952. Lists 17 spp. newly recorded from Denmark (Noctuidae, micros) and 6 rare spp. (Colias electo, Sphingidae, Noctuidae, micros). [P.B.] ; van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1952” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.26: pp.504-506. 1953. List of 10 micros new to Denmark; records of 24 rare spp. (Sphingidae, Notodontidae, Cymatophoridae, Noctuidae, Geometridae. micros). [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1953” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.227: pp.51-52. 1954. Lists 1 lasiocampid & 3 micros new to Denmark; also 1 unrecorded aberration, & 10 rare spp. (Noctudae, Thaumatopoeidae, Geometridae, micros). [P.B.] 260 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.3 van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1954” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.27: pp.243-245. 1956. 12 new records (9 micros) & 33 records of rare spp. [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1955” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.27: pp.311-312. 15 Dec. 1956. Includes 10 spp. newly recorded from Denmark (Notodontidae, Noctuidae, Geometridae, Pyralidae, Pterophoridae, Momphidae). [P.B.] Dewick, A. J., “The year 1952 in east Sussex.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.37-39. 1953. Dickson, C. G. C., “Supplementary note on the distribution of Charaxes pelias (Cram.) (Lep.: Lycaenidae).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.13: p.106. 1950. Eastern Cape Prov., new record. [P.B.] Dickson, C. G. C., “Supplementary note on the distribution of Phasis pyroeis (Trim.) (Lep.: Lycaenidae).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.14: p.206. 1951.New record near Port Elizabeth. [P.B.] Dikstra, G., “Vlinderwaarnemingen in 1956” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.168-170. 1 Sept. 1957. Local list of macros. [P.B.] Dowdy, W. W., “Further ecological studies on stratification of the Arthropoda.” Ecology, vol.32: pp.37-52, 2 figs. 1951. Study of stratification in an oak-hickory community; includes mention of Exartema fasciatanum and various larvae (only Hyphantria cunea determined). [P.B.] Downes, J. A., “Forgotten Scottish butterflies.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.84: pp.204-206. 1948. Scottish records of 6 spp., 5 of which were not mentioned in Ford’s & Beirne’s recent works on the British fauna. [P.B.] Dufay, Claude, “Captures de lépidoptéres dans les Basses-Alpes” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol.13: pp.122-124. 1951. Annotated list of 90 macros. [P.B.] Dufay, C., “Note sur Mythimna (Leucania) alopecuri B. (Lép. Agrotidae)” [in French]. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.23: pp.244-245. Dec. 1953. New local records in France. [P.B.] Dufay, C., “Les lépidoptéres du Périgord noir: I.— Macrolépidoptéres de la région des Eyzies (Dordogne )” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol.15: pp.89-102. “1955” [1956]. List of Macrolepidoptera collected in the center of France. [P.B.] Dufrane, A., “A propos de Gelechia rosalbella Fologne” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.55: p.84. 1955. Note on geographical distribution of this species. [P.V.] Durand, G., “Sur la présence d’une noctuelle néridionale: Tathorhynchus exsiccata (Led.)” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol.16: pp.2-3. July 1957. Capture in West France of this southern sp. of noctuid moth. [P.V.] Edelsten, H. M., “Collecting in the Norfolk Broads in 1890-91.” Entomologist, vol.87: pp.177-181. 1954. Extracts from an old diary; marsh collecting. [P.B.] Edelsten, H. M., “Schoenobius dodatellus Walker.” Entomologist, vol.88: p.283. [29] Dec. 1955. Old record of this Indian sp. in England based on misidentification of S.. forficellus. [P.B.] Edwards, E. O., “Notes on Australian Lycaenidae; genus Ogyris (Azure Blue Butter- flies).” Proc. R. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1954-55: pp.65-66. April 1956. Notes on rearing & distribution of O. olane & O. amaryllis. [1.C.] Edwards, E. O., “Notes on some Hesperiidae.” Proc. R. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1955-56: p.82. May 1957. Distribution & life history notes on Badamia exclama- tionis, Trapezites phigalioides, Hesperilla o. ornata, H. c. crypsargyra. (1.C.] Edwards, T. G., & S. Wakely, “Ancylolomia tentaculelle Hiibn. in Kent.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.273-274, 1 fig. 1952. New British record. Eff, Donald, “Notes on Speyeria egleis secreta.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.102-106. 1956. Ehrlich, Paul R., “Ecological observations on Erebia in northwestern America.” Ent. News, vol.67: pp.29-36. 1956. Gives flight periods and habits of several spp., mostly from along the Alaskan Highway. [J.T.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. P. F. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] —P. F. BeLuincer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Opraztsov [1.C.] —I. F. B. Common’ L[T.I.] — Taro Iwase [C.R.] — C. L. Reminctron [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] —J. MoucHa [j-T.1 — J. W. TitpEn [A.D.] — A. DIAKONOFF [E.M.] — E. G. Munrore [P.V.] —P. E. L. Vrerre E. Distribution and Phenology Caspers, H., “BiozOnotische Untersuchungen tiber die Strandarthropoden im bulgarischen Kiistenbereich des Schwarzen Meeres” [in German]. Hydrobiologia, vol.3: pp.130-193, 15 figs. 1 April 1951. Includes annotated list of some 95 Lepidoptera from Bulgarian Black Sea Coast. [P.B.] Castle Russell, S. G., “The scarcity of Rhopalocera in 1951.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.100-101. 1952. In England. Castle Russell, S. G., “The New Forest in the ‘nineties and after.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.138-144. 1952. Notes on 50 years’ collecting, especially of butterflies. [P.B.] Castle Russell, S. G., “Collecting notes during the summer of 1954.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.83-85. 1955. In England. Castle Russell, S. G., “Phenomenal numbers of Rhopalocera larvae and imagines.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.111-113. 1955. Records of swarms of Euphydryas aurinia, Pieris brassicae, Thecla quercus, & Celastrina argiolus, in Britain. [P.B.] de Castro, Luis, “Erebia tyndarus (ab. pyrenaica) Bihl-Heyne, en Barcelona” [in Spanish]. Bol. R. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., vol.47: pp.157-159. 15 Jan. 1956. Reared from larva found at 400 m. [P.B.] Chadwick, C. E., “Abnormal insect numbers — Part 1.” Victorian Nat., vol.67: pp.178- 183. Jan. 1951. Discusses major fluctuations in abundance of various Australian insects, including Euploea core corinna (Danaidae) & Loxostege affinitalis (Pyralidae).” [I.C.] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., “Chilo cicatricellus Hiibner confirmed as British.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.160-161, 1 fig. 1952. Second record, first since 1852. [P.B.] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., “The history and status of Pararge aegeria (Lep. Satyridae ) in Kent.” Entomologist, vol.85: pp.144-154, 1 map. 1952. Reappearing in Kent after total disappearance (and decline throughout Britain). [P.B.] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., & D. F. Owen, “Nymphalis polychloros L. (Lep. Nymphalidae) in Kent.” Ent. Gaz., vol.4: pp.3-11. 1953. Summarizes known records, from 1828; suggests that species is an immigrant. PPaBel Chilson, L. M., “Insect records from Johnston Island.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol.l5: pp.81-84. 1953. Records 5 Lepidoptera (Tineidae, Pterophoridae, Noctuidae), only Achaea ianata being new. [P.B.] Chneour, A., “Présence on Tunisie de Danais chrysippus L.” fin French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Tunisie, vol.6: p.123, 1 pl. 1953. New record for Tunisia; immigrant from south. [P.B.] 198 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.3 Clarke, C. A., “Melitaea cinxia L. (Lep.) introduced into Neston, Wirral, Cheshire.” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.22-23. 1956. Classey, E. W., “Diarsia florida Schmidt (the Marsh Square-Spot).” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: p.71, 1 pl. 1951. Notes on this species. recently discovered in Britain; color figures of adults, including two aberrations. [P.B.] Classey, E. W., & Barry Goater, “Systematic list of the Lepidoptera taken by the expedition to Ireland.” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: pp.95-99. 1951. Classey, E. W., R. M. Mere, & W. H. T. Tams, “The status of Hydraecia hucherardi Mabille in Great Britain (Lep. Noctuidae).” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.295-297. [31] Dec. 1956. Article in refutation of theory that moth is a recent arrival. [P.B.] Classey, E. W., & Hugh N. Robinson, “Burren — 1950.” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: pp.87-94, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1951. Account of a collecting trip to this area in Ireland. Color plate of Luceria virens, recently discovered there. [P.B.] Clench, Harry K., “Notes on the occurrence of Thymelicus lineola (Hesperiidae ) in North America: a summary.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.151-152. 1957. Clench, Harry K., “Two new records of Pennsylvania Lepidoptera.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.161-162. 1957. Cleu, Hubert, “Biogéographie et peuplement entomologique du Bassin de /Ardeche” [in French]. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol.122: pp.1-74. Dec. 1953. Describes this area in France; gives extensive lists of Lepidoptera & some other groups of insects, indicating for each sp. the sub-regions where it is found & its type of geographic distribution; discusses fauna of individual biotopes, & probable origin of regional fauna. LP.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “A search for larvae of Eupithecia actaeata Walderdorff. and Eupithecia immundata Zeller.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.11-12. 104-106. 1952. Search on Actaea specata showed no sign that these spp. exist in Britaon. List of localities of foodplant. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “A note on Hymenia recurvalis Fabricius.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.71-72, 3 figs. 1952. Identification of new sp. for Britain. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “The status of Horisme aquata Hiibner as a British species.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.73-75. 1952. Probably native, perhaps extinct. beBal Cockayne, E. A., “Tathorhynchus exsiccata Lederer —a noctuid new to the British list.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.132-133. 1952. Notes on distribu- tion & recognition. [P.B.] a Cockayne, E. A., “Procus versicolor Borkhausen in Ireland.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.347-348. 1952. First record. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “Abundance of a species on one night only at M. V. light.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.218-219. 1954. Cole, A. C., “Insects from Bikini Atoll. Marshall Islands.” Proc. Tennessee Acad. Soc., vol.26: pp.246-248. 1951. Records 2 nymphalids & 1 hesperiid. [P.B.] Comstock, William P., & E. Irving Huntington, “Origins and relationships of Mexican and Antillean Papilionoidea (Lepidoptera).” An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol.20: pp.385-391. 1949. Compares no. of genera & spp. in Mexico & Antilles; concludes that latter fauna, which is impoverished & unbalanced, has developed adventitious- ly & not through any land connection. [P.B.] Condamin, M., “Lépidoptéres rhopalocéres du Pare National du Niokolo-Koba” [in French]. Mém. Inst. Franc. Afrique Noire, vol.48: pp.197-205. “1956” L[Feb. 1957]. List of a collection of Lepidoptera Rhopalocern collected in this national park in Senegal, French West Africa. [P.V.] Cookson, H., “Notes on some rare butterflies and some sphingids from Southern Rhodesia.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.17: pp.171-174. 1954. Records of 2 nymphalids & 4 lycaenids; list of 27 sphingids taken at light or at flowers. -[P.B.] -. Cookson, H., “Correction of locality name of new butterflies caught by H. Cookson in 1903, 1904, and 1905, and described by Hamilton H. Druce.” Journ. ent. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 Soc. southern Afr., vol.17: p.265. 1954. Specimens from Katanga wrongly attributed to Rhodesia. [P.B.] Cramer, H. H., “Die geographiscnen Grundlagen des Massenwechsels von Epiblema tedella Cl. Bin Beitrag zur Autékologie des Fichtennestwicklers” [in German). Forstwiss. Zentralbl., vol.70: pp.42-53, 2 maps. 1951. Describes geographical & ae distribution of sp., & smaller area where it is economically important. Craufurd, C., “Notes from Aviemore.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.214-216. 1951. With list of 28 spp. at sugar. [P.B.] Craufurd, Clifford, “Aviemore in 1952.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.280-284. 1952. Records Lepidoptera. Craufurd, Clifford, “Some lamp trap records, 1953.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.6-8. 1954. In Hertfordshire, England. [P.B.] Crosby, D. V., “Notes on some eastern Victorian butterflies, with a new Victorian record.” Victorian Nat., vol.68: pp.97-101. Oct. 1951. Notes on the occurrence & distribution of several spp., including the first record of Hesperilla mastersi. (Hesperiidae) from Victoria. [I.C.] Cumber, R. A., “Flight records of Lepidoptera taken with a modified Rothamsted light trap operated at Paiaka.” N. Z. Journ. Sci. Technol., Sect. B, vol.33: pp.187-190. Nov. 1951. Monthly records of captures of 83 spp. [P.B.] Daniel, Fritz, “Ein Beitrag zur Lepidopterenfauna Steiermarks” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., Ent., vol.4: pp.73-75. 1955. Collecting in Sausal Hills in SE Austria; notes on 40 noteworthy moths (macros). [P.B.] Daniel, F., “Zygaena fausta L. dans les les Alpes et les régions préalpines” [in French]. Plaquette a la mémoire de Ch. Fischer: 6 pp. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse. April 1957. Study of this sp. in the Alps & the prealpine countries. [P.V.] Dardenne, P., “Localité interessante pour les lépidoptéres: Cravant (Yonne)” [in French]. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.26: pp.189-190. Sept. 1957. Indication & description of a locality interesting for collecting Lepidoptera, in the Yonne area (central France). [P.V.] Darlow, H. M., “Additions to the list of the Lepidoptera of Malta.” Entomologist, vol.83: pp.269-271. 1950. 18 new records. [P.B.] Davis, J. J., “Insects of Indiana in 1954.” Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., vol.64: pp.121- 126. 1955. Phenology & abundance of pest insects, including Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Dalnoye, M., “Oporinia christyi Prout (Lep., Geom.) nieuw voor de Ned. fauna” lin Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.13: p.176. 1 Nov. 1950. New Dutch record. [P.B.] De Lucca, C., “New additions to the Lepidoptera of the Maltese Islands.” Entomologist, vol.89: pp.253-256. [24] Oct. 1956. 32 spp. newly recorded (Noctuidae, Geometridae, micros). List of the 8 endemic spp. & sspp. [P.B.] Demuth, R. P., “Collecting Noctuidae in the Shetland Islands.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.89-92.1950.° Includes annotated list of 15 spp. from Unst. [P.B.] Demuth, R. P., “Collecting notes from a short holiday in Wester Ross.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.219-220. 1955. van Deurs, Wilhelm, “Nye sommerfugle for den danske fauna. (Samtlige arter taget eller erkendt i 1949)” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol.25: pp.406-407. 1950. 20 new records for Denmark (Noctuidae, Pyralidae, micros). [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1950-51” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol.26: pp.279-280. 1952. Lists 17 spp. newly recorded from Denmark (Noctuidae, micros) and 6 rare spp. (Colias electo, Sphingidae, Noctuidae, micros). [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1952” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.26: pp.504-506. 1953. List of 10 micros new to Denmark; records of 24 rare spp. (Sphingidae, Notodontidae, Cymatophoridae, Noctuidae, Geometridae. micros). [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1953” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.227: pp.51-52. 1954. Lists 1 lasiocampid & 3 micros new to Denmark; also 1 unrecorded aberration, & 10 rare spp. (Noctudae, Thaumatopoeidae, Geometridae, micros). [P.B.] 260 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.3 van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1954” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.27: pp.243-245. 1956. 12 new records (9 micros) & 33 records of rare spp. [P.B.] van Deurs, Wilh., “Nye og sjaeldne sommerfugle 1955” [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelel- ser, vol.27: pp.311-312. 15 Dec. 1956. Includes 10 spp. newly recorded from Denmark (Notodontidae, Noctuidae, Geometridae, Pyralidae, Pterophoridae, Momphidae). [P.B.] Dewick, A. J., “The year 1952 in east Sussex.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: pp.37-39. 1953. Dickson, C. G. C., “Supplementary note on the distribution of Charaxes pelias (Cram.) (Lep.: Lycaenidae).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.13: p.106. 1950. Eastern Cape Prov., new record. [P.B.] Dickson, C. G. C., “Supplementary note on the distribution of Phasis pyroeis (Trim.) (Lep.: Lycaenidae).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.14: p.200. 1951.New record near Port Elizabeth. [P.B.] Dikstra, G., “Vlinderwaarnemingen in 1956” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.168-170. 1 Sept. 1957. Local list of macros. [P.B.] Dowdy, W. W., “Further ecological studies on stratification of the Arthropoda.” Ecology, vol.32: pp.37-52, 2 figs. 1951. Study of stratification in an oak-hickory community; includes mention of Exartema fasciatanum and various larvae (only Hyphantria cunea determined). [P.B.] Downes, J. A., “Forgotten Scottish butterflies.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.84: pp.204-206. 1948. Scottish records of 6 spp., 5 of which were not mentioned in Ford’s & Beirne’s recent works on the British fauna. [P.B.] Dufay, Claude, “Captures de lépidoptéres dans les Basses-Alpes” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol.13: pp.122-124. 1951. Annotated list of 90 macros. [P.B.] Dufay, C., “Note sur Mythimna (Leucania) alopecuri B. (Lép. Agrotidae)” [in French]. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.23: pp.244-245. Dec. 1953. New local records in France. [P.B.] Dufay, C., “Les lépidoptéres du Périgord noir: I. — Macrolépidoptéres de la région des Eyzies (Dordogne)” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol.15: pp.89-102. “1955” [1956]. List of Macrolepidoptera collected in the center of France. [P.B.] Dufrane, A., “A propos de Gelechia rosalbella Fologne” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.55: p.84. 1955. Note on geographical distribution of this species. [P.V.] Durand, G., “Sur la présence d’une noctuelle néridionale: Tathorhynchus exsiccata (Led.)” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol.16: pp.2-3. July 1957. Capture in West France of this southern sp. of noctuid moth. [P.V.] Edelsten, H. M., “Collecting in the Norfolk Broads in 1890-91.” Entomologist, vol.87: pp.177-181. 1954. Extracts from an old diary; marsh collecting. [P.B.] Edelsten, H. M., “Schoenobius dodatellus Walker.” Entomologist, vol.88: p.283. [29] Dec. 1955. Old record of this Indian sp. in England based on misidentification of S.. forficellus. [P.B.] Edwards, E. O., “Notes on Australian Lycaenidae; genus Ogyris (Azure Blue Butter- flies).” Proc. R. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1954-55: pp.65-66. April 1956. Notes on rearing & distribution of O. olane & O. amaryllis. [1.C.1] Edwards, E. O., “Notes on some Hesperiidae.” Proc. R. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1955-56: p.82. May 1957. Distribution & life history notes on Badamia exclama- tionis, Trapezites phigalioides, Hesperilla 0. ornata, H. c. crypsargyra. (1.C.] Edwards, T. G., & S. Wakely, “Ancylolomia tentaculelle Hibn. in Kent.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.273-274, 1 fig. 1952. New British record. Eff, Donald, “Notes on Speyeria egleis secreta.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.102-106. 1956. Ehrlich, Paul R., “Ecological observations on Erebia in northwestern America.” Ent. News, vol.67: pp.29-36. 1956. Gives flight periods and habits of several spp., mostly from along the Alaskan Highway. [J.T.] EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor: Jerry A. PowELL Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : Perer F, BELLINGER Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors” ): FrepD T. THORNE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMER Manager of the Memoirs: Smpney A. HEssEL Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Bexuincer, S. A. HesseEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. PowEtit, C. L. RemincTon (chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. NEwcoMeEr. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts must be typewriten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and one side only of white, 814 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFERENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. Authors are normally charged for engraving and tables at cost. Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley proof is received. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powe, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U.S.A. Address remittances and address changes to: GrorcE Exner, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No.1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cynrm F. pos Passos Price: Society members — $4.50, others — $6.00; postpaid. Order from the Society Treasurer. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Frextp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.18: no.3 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Larval foodplants for twenty-six species of Rhopalocera (Papilionoidea) from Texas by: Roy O} Kendall cco iss Ba Ts 2 a 129-157 Venation aberration in Papilio glaucus by. David. W. Bouton) 00000000 Sa ea 157-158 Butterflies attracted to light in Gujarat State, India by Emest M. Shall 159-163 Monarch butterflies are eaten by birds by Bruce Petersen) .f..605.) hl eed eicteonstens ae 165-169 Comment on Ae’s larvae of interspecific hybrids in black swallowtails in Japan by DD.) G. Sevastopulo) 3-00 ec es noe ON a Four new species of Agathymus from Texas (Megathymidae) by H. A. Freeman ) ha 171-185 Distribution of Plebeius saepiolus, Lycaena mariposa, and Hesperia comma on Vancouver Island by Richard’ Guppy o:5 00 185-188 A new hairstreak for the United States by): Harry K. Cleneh ii ec ee 189-198 New distribution records for three species from Arkansas, Louisiana and Texas (Hesperiidae, Papilionidae) by): Roy O. Kendall yoke ei 190-191 FIELD NOTE The story of a “mixed up” Thorybes pylades ( Hesperiidae) by” Richard Heitaman’ 03 ye 169-170 Harold M. Bower (1888-1963) by» Jerry’ A. ‘Powell ous eh ek er 192-194 Gowan Coningsby Clark (1888-1964) by Ge van Son.) es ee 195-196 ZOOLOGICAL, NOMENCLATURE) ioe 164 Early stages of Dichogaster (Lasiocampidae): a correction by’ John\A. Comstock! i... 3c a ae ca 164 Corrections i) 8 ahi uted cscs ic ag ID Ta, ee la 163 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA ...0.0050.00800. 50.90 eee 197-200 Volume 18 1964 Number 4 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue REARING AND PRESERVING LARVAE BUTTERFLIES OF YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON BOLORIA EUNOMIA IN MICHIGAN ARTHUR FRANCIS HEMMING (1893-1964) (Complete contents on back cover) 29 December 1964 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1964 OFFICERS President: J. G. FRaNcLEMONT (Ithaca, N. Y., U. S. A.) Ist Vice President: P. E. L. VietTeE (Paris, France) Vice President: H. G. Amset (Karlsruhe, Germany) Vice President: Kazuo Saitou (Hirosaki, Japan) Treasurer: GEORGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SipnEY A. HEssEL ( Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill, U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1964: H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas, U. S. A.) S. L. pE LA Torre y CAuLeyAs (Havana, Cuba) Terms expire Dec. 1965: _ SHIcERU A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) | Lrvcotn P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuar.eEs P. Kripa. (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) W. Harry LANGE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth Road, Hampton, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges has been approved at New Haven, Connecticut. NOURNAL OF Tue Leprpoprerists’ SOCIETY Volume 18 1964 Number 4 NOTES ON COLLECTING, REARING, AND PRESERVING LARVAE OF MACROLEPIDOPTERA by Nort McFarLanD Valyermo, California, U.S.A. INTRODUCTION The purpose of this paper is to present a general outline, along with some details, which I have found useful in collecting, rearing, and pre- serving the early stages of Macrolepidoptera (emphasis is on larvae). The information in this paper is drawn from the author's personal experience in southern California, northeastern Kansas, and western Oregon, unless otherwise indicated. When details are given, these often refer to certain moths, which sometimes have peculiar requirements that make them more difficult to rear than most butterflies. If more lepidopterists obtained good results from their attempts at larval rearing and preservation, there would undoubtedly be more interest shown in life history studies and similar work. The great ad- vantages in the presevation technique outlined here (using a solution which I call “K.A.A.D.I.”), are that (1) no specific time is required in the preserving (or fixing) solution, (2) no changing of solution concen- trations is necessary, and (3) the results are excellent. This technique makes collecting and preserving larvae a simple matter, even when travelling by car. However, for best results, it is necessary to follow the technique in AL its details, from injection of larvae (which is a quick and easy process), to the permanent storage of specimens in the larval collection. COLLECTING Beating shrubbery or trees, or sweeping through herbs and grasses with a net, produces a great variety of larvae. It is important to do this both in the daytime and at night, since many nocturnal feeders will be completely off the foodplant during the day, or they will be too low on the stems or branches to be affected by beating. If a certain species is desired, careful searching on the correct foodplant(s) will often produce the best results; again, nocturnal searches should be made as well as 201 202 McFar.anp: Rearing and preserving larvae Vol.18: no.4 diurnal. A large flashlight or lantern, with a large spot-beam, is the most useful source of light. Searching will give much better results than beating or sweeping, where nest-building larvae are involved. Further- more, such larvae are usually conspicuous because of the nests they build (i.e., webs, curled or rolled leaves, several leaves drawn together with silk, ete. )). If the adult is diurnal, it is often possible to watch the female oviposit- ing, or at least to gain clues on where to search for the larvae at some later date. When searching for larvae that feed on a very abundant species of plant, it is often much better to search on isolated plants, or in small clumps, rather than searching in the midst of a large colony of the plant. Where trees are involved, small saplings at the edge of a forest grove, in a field, or along roadsides, will often produce excellent results. When collecting on plants that have stiff, leathery leaves (i.e., various sclerophyllous chaparral plants) it is usually necessary to search during the limited season when new growth is still soft, or when flowers are present. The larvae feeding on such plants often refuse the older (or hardened) growth. An example of this condition is seen in Quercus agrifolia (coast live oaks in southern California. ); most of the numerous larvae that feed on this tree are present only during that short season (March-April) when the new leaves are growing and tender. These - larvae grow rapidly, and most of them will have left the tree by the time the leaves have hardened. Some pupae may be collected by digging in the soil near or under the foodplant, or by looking under logs, boards, rocks, etc. Other pupae may be discovered in leaf litter that accumulates in the crotches of tree trunks, or around the base of a tree. Some species spin cocoons in bark crevices, or under loose bark. If burlap bags are tied around a tree trunk, certain nocturnal larvae will hide unde these by day, and others may pupate in or under them. Larvae that feed on low-growing herbs may sometimes be attracted to boards placed on the ground, and can be collected in the daytime, when they are hiding under the boards. REARING Whenever possible, it is preferable to rear a species from the egg, as this will provide representatives of all the larval instars, and will show variation within the species. It is a good idea to start with 50 or more eggs, if time and space permit. Moths will often oviposit readily in captivity. With many, all that is needed is confinement in a box (many saturniids, some sphingids, many arctiids, and others). Many noctuids, notodontids, geometrids, and others will oviposit on strips of stiff (i.e. starched) cheesecloth, in a small glass jar. Regular cheesecloth, or strips of paper towel, may be 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 satisfactory in some cases. Some will oviposit inside of brown paper bags (Catocala). Others require sprigs of the foodplant (with fresh leaves), or stems, or bark of the foodplant. These species often require more space (in order to fly around the foodplant) while ovipositing; most butterflies and diurnal moths fit this category, as do some nocturnal moths. Many confined moths will require feeding, as they may only lay a few eggs per night, and will not live long without some liquid. A mixture of one part sugar (or honey) and two parts water is satisfactory for most of those that require feeding. This should be offered to the insect at least every 48 hours, a bit of cotton is saturated with the solu- tion, and the moth or butterfly is placed on the wet cotton-ball. If it does not unroll its tongue to drink, it should be held while its tongue is carefully unrolled with a fine insect pin; when the tongue is touched to the wet cotton, feeding will usually begin. As a more nourishing source of food, for species that must be kept alive for many days (or even weeks) in order to get oviposition, Dr. John G. Franclemont recom- mends the large, “sticky” Del Monte raisins, which may be soaked in the sugar-water solution. The same wet raisin may be used many times over, as a source of food. (Peculiar requirements for oviposition will sometimes be encountered. The above discussion mentions only the easiest methods, which are successful in numerous cases). Where diurnal species are involved, sunlight is often a requirement, as well as regular feeding, and the presence of fresh sprigs of the foodplant. Means must be devised to provide sunlight without killing the insect from overheat, and the plant material upon which it is to oviposit must be kept from wilting. The container used may be a jar, with cheesecloth covering the top, and a piece of thin white sheet partly shading it. Variations can be worked out to suit the species. Sometimes, small screen cages are better. Eggs which overwinter are easily kept in good condition if they can be housed in an area with a climate similar to that of the collection site. The jar in which they were laid should be kept outdoors until the following spring, when food is available. They should be kept out of sun or rain, in a covered shed or garage, but exposed to natural ovurTDOoR temperatures. Overwintering larvae and pupae are easily handled in the same way. The eggs should not be brought inside until foodplant leaves are well-started. Very young leaves are sometimes sticky, or otherwise unsuitable for small larvae. The eggs should be kept in clean jars, where they were originally laid, and the jar lids should not have holes. Excessive dryness or any condensing moisture in the jar, should be avoided. If the eggs were laid on fresh leaves, the individual leaves with eggs on them should be separated and allowed to dry out somewhat before being 904 McFar.LaAnp: Rearing and preserving larvae Vol.18: no.4 closed up in a jar; if the jar “steams” inside, it should be opened for a short time. As larvae begin to hatch, they may be transferred from the egg-jar to another jar, containing samples of the foodplant leaves, of varying age and tenderness; the remaining unhatched eggs, which are nearly ready to hatch, should NOT be placed among green leaves in a humid jar, or they will often fail to hatch. Small jars with solid lids are best for starting larvae; in these jars, they are easily cared for, and they will not become lost. When larvae are first beginning to feed, they occasionally need to be placed on the leaves several times, or they will wander around and finally starve. A small water-color brush is useful for transferring newly-hatched larvae. If the foodplant is unknown, first — try any plant eaten by a related species of moth or butterfly; also, try other plants in the same family as known foodplants. If no clues are available, the following generalization is sometimes helpful, in that it eliminates a great number of plants that one might try: moths that lay “large” eggs, for the size of the moth, nearly always feed upon some woody tree or shrub; those that lay “small” eggs usually feed upon herbaceous plants, weeds or grasses, etc. This phenomenon seems to apply in nearly every case! In offering plants, the following plants, or near relatives, are worth trying in the U.S.A., in addition to others peculiar to certain localities: (a) woody types — Quercus, Salix, Populus, Ulmus, Juglans (or other nut tree), Arctostaphylos, Fraxinus, Alnus, Rosa, Rhus, Ceanothus, Rubus, Ribes, Prunus, Crataegus, Cercocarpus, Cornus, Robinia (or other woody legume), Eriogonum, Sambucus, Lonicera, Symphoricarpos, Pinus, Juniperus (or other conifers), etc. (b) herbaceous types — Brassica (or other crucifer), Mentha (garden mint), various clovers, Lotus, Chenopodium, Polygonum, Plantago, Fragaria, Asclepias, Malva, Galium, Penstemon, Oenothera or Epilobium or Clarkia, Pteridium (or other fern), Arctium, Aster, Helianthus, thistle (or other composites), an annual grass and two or more coarse perennial grasses, etc. The above plants will not, of course, suffice in all cases, but one of them (or a close relative) may often be acceptable. When various plants are tried, only one or two leaves of each type should be offered, to make sure the larvae will be able to crawl over all of them with ease. Tender leaves should be offered, but not extremely young leaves. As the larvae grow, they may be transferred to larger jars, screen cages, or “sleeves” of netting upon the foodplant (outdoors). At all times ample food should be available, and crowding should be avoided. If disease does not kill overcrowded larvae, the resulting adults are likely to be dwarfed. Half-pint, pint, and gallon jars (wide-mouthed) are suitable for rearing most larvae, unless very large numbers are being reared, Lids without holes should always be used. The obective is to 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 keep the jar somewhat humid or “steamed” inside, which in turn keeps the foodplant leaves fresh for several days. Jars should be opened to air every day or two. When the larvae are placed on fresh foodplant, the jar should be throughly cleaned under hot water from the tap. An aluminum baking tin is a very useful container into which to dump larvae prior to changing them; if it is about two inches deep, and smooth, it is difficult for them to crawl out, and the tin is readily washed with hot water, after use. When using jars for rearing, it is necessary to pay ‘close attention to conditions in the jar, and to air them out regularly, or disease may develop. Change the foodplant before it runs out, or when the jar becomes too dirty with frass. Rearing-jars should be kept in a well-lighted (but sunless) location, at 70°F., or less. A gallon jar is suitable for about 20 - 50 (depending on size) average noctuid larvae in last instar. In most cases, the jar-technique is convenient and time- saving, and the larvae usually grow rapidly. Some larvae definitely require sunlight and/or ventilation. Examples of larvae with these requirements are certain arctiids, among which are Apantesis, Arctia, Haploa, Kodiosoma, and Platyprepia; many saturniids (Hemileuca., Pseudohazis, Calosaturnia, and others); many sphingids (after third instar); some lasiocampids; a few geometrids (particularly larger types, such as Biston and Cochisea); most papilionids; some nymphalids (Euphydryas and Chlosyne), etc. Such larvae are best kept in screen cages or other ventilated containers. Those that also need sunlight will feed and grow well if this is provided for at least two hours daily. (If necessary, electric lights may be used in place of sun- light.) The foodplant is kept fresh in a small jar or tube of water, which should be plugged to keep larvae from crawling in and drowning. The “sleeve” technique, outdoors on the foodplant, is especially useful when rearing large numbers of one species. Tough nylon or dacron netting makes a good outdoor bag, for use as a sleeve. White bed sheets can also be used; they keep birds from seeing the larvae, and give protection from too much sun or wind. In handling larvae, those that cling with great tenacity to the plant stems( most sphingids, saturniids, and some geometrids, etc.) should never be forcefully pulled off, or the prolegs will be injured; such larvae may then bleed to death. Any larva that is ready to moult should be left where it is; if dislodged from its silken mat, it may be unable to pull free from its old skin, and will die when moulting is attempted. Larvae about to moult are very easy to recognize because of the swelling of the new head capsule under and behind the smaller old one; such larvae will remain in exactly the same place for two or more days. Pupation requirements of larvae vary greatly. Among the moths, a 206 McFarianp: Rearing and preserving larvae Vol.18: no.4 large number of species (especially sphingids, noctuids, notodontids, and some geometrids) require soil, into which they burrow. This must be provided when the larvae stop feeding, and begin to crawl around the bottom of the jar. Three or four inches of damp loam, in a gallon jar, is suitable for 20 or 30 “average” noctuid larvae. A layer of leaf litter, about one inch deep, should be provided on top. The soil should be damp enough that it will not cave in when the larvae burrow into it, but it should Nor be wet. After about 14 days, the pupae should be dumped out, and stored in special containers for pupae, where they will be less exposed to attack by fungi. Other larvae have a very special requirement of soft wood or pith, into which they chew for pupation. Such larvae will die without pupating, if placed on damp soil. (Examples are agaristids and noctuids of certain genera, such as Alypia, Psychomorpha, Raphia, Behrensia, Pleroma; notodontids such as Cerura). A good mate- rial for such larvae is yucca stalk pith, split lengthwise. Also useful are pieces of Celotex, or similar material, or strips of fibrous, stringy bark. Numerous geometrid larvae spin slight cocoons within loosely-curled leaves, either on the ground or on the foodplant. Most saturniids and arctiids, and a few noctuids and others, spin cocoons above ground; such cocoons offer no special problems. The same may be said of most butterfly chrysalids. Naked, underground pupae, that do not emerge for many months (i.e., aestivate and/or overwinter), present problems in keeping them alive during this long period. If kept too damp, they are often killed by fungus, or they rot; if kept too dry, they dry up and die. In general, it is safer to tend toward too dry than too wet conditions; during most of the diapause period, near-dryness in a closed container produces good results. Pupae should nor be kept in a heated room, or where the air is very dry. When it is time to break the diapause, warmer temperatures and damper soil are usually needed. In general, the safest way to handle over-wintering pupae is to leave them outpoors most of the winter, if they are native to the area, or to another area that has colder (or equally cold) winters; if early emergence is desired, they can be brought inside in late winter, instead of waiting for normal warming outside. Uniform cold, as in a refrigerator, gives very poor results in overwintering pupae; natural fluctuations seem desirable. Ample pro- vision must be made for the emergence of adults, if the pupae are in glass, or other smooth-sided containers. A cheesecloth cover, under the lid, and a strip of cheesecloth leading from the bottom to the lid, are very important, to make certain that the emerging insect can climb up to a position where its wings can hang down as they expand and dry. If such provision is not made, the emerging adult will often be ruined. The cheesecloth should be provided soon after pupation, as one cannot 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 always tell whether the pupae will go into diapause, or begin to emerge two or three weeks later. Mr. Christopher Henne of Pearblossom, California, has developed a splendid pupa-container which appears to solve all the problems en- countered in keeping pupae alive for long periods of time. Mold and drying out are both prevented, and the pupae remain in excellent con- dition for months on end. This container includes ample provision for the emergence of adults, and it also has a system for keeping track of numerous different pupae, without getting them mixed up. Mr. Henne has stated that he intends to publish information on this device in the future. Many very helpful and specific details on caring for larvae and pupae in captivity, are given by Newman (1953). PRESERVING My technique follows Peterson (1959), with a few modifications. The technique gives excellent results with nearly all lepidopterous larvae. Many of the colors are perfectly retained, although blues and greens, which are usually due to the color of the body fluid, are always lost entirely; other colors may be altered somewhat. For this reason, it is desirable to keep a notebook of color descriptions to correspond to all preserved specimens. These descriptions should be made from the living larva before it is preserved. It is also worthwhile to include notes on any distinctive habits or behavior (i.e., resting positions; mode of loca- motion; reactions to disturbance; whether or not a nest is built; time of feeding; diurnal or nocturnal, etc.). In describing eggs, color changes should be noted, from the time of oviposition until hatching. In describing a pupa, it should be noted whether or not a glaucous bloom is present, and whether the pupa is capable of abdominal movement, how vigorous this movement can be, etc. If cocoons or earth-cells are constructed, these should be described as to where built, texture, color, and thickness of silk, etc. Many cocoons can be pinned in the dry collection, and are definitely worth saving, as they are often quite distinctive. The basic solution used in preservation (K.A.A.D.) is as follows: Kerosene — 1 part ie ( Use ordinary kerosene obtained at service stations—not highly purified kerosene ). Glacial Acetic Acid — 1 (or 2) part(s) 95% Ethyl Alcohol — 9 parts Dioxane — 1 part (Dioxane may be replaced by Iso-buty] alcohol, but more than one part is needed). Peterson (1959) describes the part played by each ingredient of the solution; knowledge of this makes it possible to modify the basic solution in various ways, in order to achieve good results with all larvae. I have had such excellent results with the following modified solution, which I call K.A.A.D.1., that I use it almost entirely (for lepidopterous 208 McFarLanb: Rearing and preserving larvae Vol.18: no.4 eggs, larvae, and pupae): K.A.A.D. (as given above), using 1 part acid — 12 parts. Iso-butyl alcohol — 3 parts (Enough must be added to “clear’ the’ solution, and make the kerosene miscible ). Kerosene — 2 parts Glacial Acetic Acid — 1 part A modification in technique, which gives the best results, is to INJECT all pupae, and any larva over one-half inch in length, using a hypodermic needle, on a two cc. hypodermic syringe. (It is well to have all of these sizes of needles on hand: #27, 26, 24, and 22). It is important that the larva be in the proper condition, before it is preserved. Whatever the instar, it should be nearly “filled out” in that particular instar. Poor specimens result from those that have only recently moulted a day or two before, or from larvae that are nearly ready to moult. The larva should first be killed in the solution; a few minutes later, it should be injected (with the same solution) through the anus, to the extent that all the prolegs pop out. If this causes over-inflation, one small puncture with a No. 000 insect pin, in the thin membrane behind the head, will remedy the situation without letting out too much of the injected fluid. Never inject a larva in more than one place, or puncture it with the needle. The injected larva is then returned to the solution, where it should remain for one or more days. If it is a very large larva (size of a tomato sphinx), it should be left in K.A.A.D.I. for about one week. The timing is not of great importance so long as the larva is not taken out too soon. Only experience will show what timing to use; it may vary from 30 minutes, for some eggs and very small or “thin-skinned” larvae, to one week. Little or no damage results from spending more time than required in the solution. The same solution of K.A.A.D.I. may be used many times, for quite a few larvae, until it becomes a deep yellow-green; most of it should then be thrown out, and new K.A.A.D.I. is added to the preservation-jar, which. must have a Bakelite plastic lid that is not subject to reaction with chemicals in the solution. After sufficient time in the preservation-jar, the larva is removed to 95% ethyl alcohol, in which it is permanently stored. Nothing less than 95% ethyl alcohol should be used, as larvae fixed in K.A.A.D.I. or K.A.A.D. tend to collapse, and they may eventually discolor internally, if the alcohol is weaker than 95%. It is convenient to have “clean-up jars” of 95% alcohol, in which the larvae are first placed; the alcohol in these jars will become green with larval fluids. The larvae are left in these jars for a week or more; finally, they are placed in clean alcohol (95%) for permanent storage, in homeopathic (patent lip) vials. If the larvae have stayed in the “clean-up jar” long enough, the alcohol in the vial will remain clear. Homeopathic vials are far superior to shell vials, for several reasons: 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 209 (1) the stopper fits better; (2) a considerably smaller stopper may be used, reducing surface of stopper exposed to alcohol: (3) an oversize stopper may be forced in (using a No. 1 insect pin to let out air), and this gives a tight seal; (4) the vials don’t break easily. Homeopathic vials may be purchased, at a reasonable price, from companies such as Scientific Supplies Company, Division of Van Waters and Rogers, Inc. Ordinary corks are worthless as permanent stoppers, since they event- ually break down and shower particles in amongst the specimens, and the alcohol slowly evaporates. Black rubber stoppers are quite unsatis- factory, as they will eventually color the alcohol dark brown, and stain pale larvae; also, these stoppers tend to become stiff, and they may develop cracks. Neoprene stoppers are much more satisfactory. One company which manufactures these gray stoppers is Western Rubber Co., Goshen, Indiana. Neoprene stoppers are low in price and do not discolor the fluid. They are very pliable, and give a good, tight seal. The end exposed to alcohol will swell very slightly, but this is of little consequence. Labels used in vials with preserved larvae are of 100% rag, typing bond paper. This is thin enough not to damage first instar larvae in the vial, yet it is tough and takes black Pelikan (or India) ink very well. All stages of one life history (eggs - pupae) can be stored in the same vial, when larval size permits. Otherwise, eggs and early instars are placed in one vial, and the larger larvae (with pupae) in other vials. The stoppers in the vials, as well as the locality and determination labels inside, receive the same number that corresponds to the color descrip- tion, and also to any reared adults in the dry collection. As to size of homeopathic vial, all of the following sizes are useful: 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8 drams. An 8 dram vial will often hold all the stages of a single species, with enough alcohol for permanent preservation. Placing too many larvae in one vial should be avoided; the alcohol will gradually dilute, and then the larvae will begin to discolor (darken) internally. About one year after placing specimens in permanent storage, it is well to go through all the vials once, and replace all green-tinged alcohol with clean 95% ethyl alcohol. The techniques outlined above will give excellent results with most larvae and pupae, but various modifications must sometimes be em- ployed for special cases. (Experience will show this). Some larvae, especially skippers for example, should be starved for a day or two prior to preservation, and even then they must be thoroughly injected to prevent internal discoloring. A method for preserving greens and blues is needed, and would be 1They are sold only in boxes of five lbs. of one size, and a minimum order is $10.00. 210 McFARLAND: Rearing and preserving larvae Vol.18: no.4 a significant discovery. For discussion of some other modifications of the K.A.A.D. technique, see Atkins (1958). References Atkins, E. L., Jr. 1958. Killing and fixing lepidopterous larvae with a modified K.A.A.D. mixture. Jour. Econ. Ent., 51:740. Blum, M. S. and J. P. Woodring. 1963. Preservation of insect larvae by vacuum dehydration. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 36(2):96-101. Crumb, S. E. 1956. The Larvae of the Phalaenidae. Washington, D. C., (U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Technical Bull. no. 1135) 356 pp. Forbes, W. T. M. 1930-1960. The Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Ithaca, New York, Cornell University, 4 vols. Harris, R. J. C. (ed.) 1954. Biological applicatiens of freezing and drying. New York, Academic. 415 pp. Jones, J. R. J. L. 1951. An Annotated Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of British Columbia (Ent. Soc. B. C., occ. paper #1.). Meryman, H. T. 1960. The preparation of biological museum specimens by freeze- drying. Curator, 3(1):5-19. Newman, L. H. 1953. The Butterfly Farmer. London, Phoenix House. 208 p. Peterson, Alvah 1943. Some new killing fluids for larvae of insects. Jour. Econ. Ent., 36(1):115. Peterson, Alvah 1953. A manual of entomological techniques. 7th ed. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Edwards Bros. 367 pp. Peterson, Alvah 1959. Larvae of insects. Part I. 4th ed. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Ed- wards Bros. 315 p. Rohlf, J. F. 1957. A new technique in the preserving of soft-bodied insects and spiders. Turtox News, 35 (10) :226-229. Woodring, J. P. and M. S. Blum. 1968. Freeze-drying of spiders and immature insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 56(2):138-141. BOOK NOTICE FOREST LEPIDOPTERA OF CANADA RECORDED BY THE FOREST INSECT SURVEY. Volume 3, Lasiocampidae, Thyatiridae, Drepanidae, Geometridae. Compiled by R. M. Prentice. Publication 1013, Forest Ent. & Pathol. Branch, Canada Dept. Forestry, Ottawa. 260 pp. (numbered 283-543) including 173 maps (figs. 164-337). 1963. Paper. This is the third in a series of compilations of the forest Lepidoptera of Canada based on data gathered by the Forest Insect Survey. The general operations of the survey and methods of compiling records were outlined in the first of the series. Volume 1, published in 1958 (Canad. Dept. Agric. Publ. 1034) also included records on Papilionidea, Hesperiioidea, Sphingoidea, Saturniioidea, Nolidae, and Arctiidae. Volume 2 (1962, Dept. Forestry Bull. 128) treated the remainder of the Noctuoidea. The format of the present volume is identical to that of the previous ones, including records on the distribution, hosts, feeding type, relative abundance, and seasonal occurrence of each species sampled. Numbering of pages, figures, and species is consecutive through the series. Some 260 species of the above listed four moth families, all but 13 Geometridae, are treated in volume 3, bringing the total for the three works to 614. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada is undoubtedly the’ greatest wealth of information on the biology and distribution of Nearctic Lepidoptera ever brought together in one publication. Indices to insects and hosts are given for each volume. — EDITOR 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PANT TRYON REAKIRT (1844 - ? ) by F. Martin Brown! Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo., U.S.A. Tryon Reakirt has been a mystery man to most entomologists who have tried to learn about him. All that has been known is that during the 1860s he was very active describing butterflies from the Americas and the Philippines. Nine papers written by him appeared in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia and a tenth paper was published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The last appeared in 1868. From it the reader gets the feeling that others were to follow. They did not. Carpenter (1945, 1953), in her supplement, gave no dates for him. Her reference to Essig (1931:737) supplies only incorrect information. The statement there that Reakirt “collected Lepidoptera throughout California and more particularly in the vicinities of Los Angles and Sacramento, as well as in the Rocky Mountains.”, as discussed below, evi- dently is utterly false. Carpenter’s other reference for Reakirt is to Strecker (1878:262) where the statement is mead “born in Philadelphia, Penna.”, and there is a bibliography of his writings. Strecker could have written considerably more about his young friend, but was in a peculiar position as will develop. Through the courtesy of Dr. Rupert Wenzel and of the director of the Chicago Natural History Museum, I have been allowed to read the letters from Reakirt and from his parents to Strecker. From the 74 items in the correspondence I have been able to construct a brief and incom- plete biography of the man. Tryon Reakirt was the son of John and E. C. Reakirt, born in Phila- delphia on April 21, 1844. At the time that he appeared upon the ento- mological scene he was in partnership with his father and brother Daniel in the importing and wholesale drug business. In 1868 he branched out into business of his own while retaining an interest in the family concern. His new venture was the Delaware Lead Works in Wilmington, Dela- ware, where he manufactured white lead and later, lead acetate. This new venture during the depressed days that followed the Civil War was his downfall. Reakirt became a member of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia on July 13, 1863 (Cresson, 1911:56.) At that time he was nineteen years old and apparently a young man of some financial substance. He became well known as a student of the butterflies of the American tropics and of the Indo-Australian region. He also wrote the first summary of our 1This paper is a by-product of N. S. F. Grant No. GB-194. 212 Brown: Tryon Reakirt (1844 - ?) Vol.18: no.4 knowledge of the butterflies of the Rocky Mountain region (1866.) This was prompted by the collections brought from Colorado by James Rid- ings in 1864. In addition to Ridings’s collection, Reakirt studied two earlier ones in the cabinet of the Society. These had been made by William Wood and Winslow J. Howard (see Brown, 1957.) W. H. Edwards con- sidered Reakirt the North American rhopalocerist most competent to handle the very large collection of butterflies made by U. S. Minister A. A. Burton while serving in Bogota, Colombia. These had been sent to the Smithsonian Institution (see Brown 1960:163 et seq.). It was while publishing upon this collection that Reakirt dropped from the ento- mological scene. A single letter in W. H. Edwards’ file housed in the archives of the State of West Virginia is the most entomological letter that I have read written by Reakirt. It is brief, so I quote it in entirety to give the flavor of the man. “W. H. Edwards, Esq. “ Philada Jany 26, 1868 “Dear Sir: “Your favor of the 11th was duly recd: have been somewhat remise in not replying sooner. “Htibner erected the genus Doxocopa in his Sammlung for the species Idyja: very appropriately, I think, separating it from the great mass of American and Foreign Apaturidae: from all which its species are readily distinguished by their peculiar facies. H. Schaffer considers it of good value. “The balance of Amer. Apaturidae, Hitibner placed under the name Catargyria, reserving Apatura for the Old-world species: since then, Boisd. has separated an Indian section, with the generic title, Castalia, and more recently Moore has added a fifth, Dilipa. “I have come to the conclusion that Ausonides Boisd. Edw. = Lanceolata Boisd. It struck me very curiously, that out of the thousands recd from Cala I have never obtained the latter: so I compared descriptions carefully, and believe them to be synonymous. “Did Grote bring back much of a collection with him? “Very truly /s/ Tryon Reakirt ” Reakirt’s collection ultimately was incorporated with Strecker’ and now constitutes a considerable portion of that collection in the possession of the Chicago Natural History Museum. The first letter from Reakirt in the Strecker correspondence is dated November 22, 1866, and appar- ently was written soon after the two had met. In it he announced that he was expecting a shipment of 1,000 specimens “of Philippines, Moluccan and Californian” butterflies. These he appearently had purchased from Lorquin. During the period 1866-1868 Reakirt employed Strecker to mount much of the material that he was receiving. There is no indication in these letters that Reakirt himself did any extensive field collecting. In the summer of 1868 Reakirt founded “Tryon Reakirt & Co.” and the Delaware Lead Works. That summer he turned over to Strecker his butterfly collection to be sold to raise additional funds. The original 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society A (ow) price was set at $1,800. For some months Strecker held the collection under agreement to sell it for the owner. Meanwhile Reakirt entered into negotiations with the New York Lyceum (later the American Mu- seum of Natural History) for purchase of the collection. In October. 1869, he was informed that the funds necessary could not be raised. Then he offered the collection to Strecker for the Reading Natural History Society for $1,400 plus $46 that Strecker owed him. This deal fell through and Strecker agreed to purchase the collection for the same sum. A timetable of payments was arranged, but Strecker made none of the stipulated payments. Meanwhile Reakirt was in serious financial trouble. Correspondence between the two men stopped with a letter from Reakirt dated August 18, 1870. Early in 1871 Reakirt disappeared. He fled the country. The first letter giving an indication of this is one written by John Reakirt, Tryon’s father, on February 17, 1871. The letter is cryptic. Mr. Francis J. Lederer, Chief County Detective in the District Attorney’s office in Philadelphia, gave me the leads that allowed an understanding of the case. Both John Reakirt & Company and Tryon Reakirt & Company were forced into involuntary bankruptcy by action taken in the U. S. District Court for Eastern Pennsylvania on February 18, 1871. (Docket 5, cases 1310 and 1311.) These cases dragged out beyond the death of John Reakirt, and possibly Tryon, and finally were closed in June, 1879. This is the reason that Strecker said so little about Reakirt in his note, published in 1878. When Tryon Reakirt fled from the United States he went to Lima, Peru. In exchange for acting as a mail-drop, to keep Reakirt’s place of hiding secret, and for later acting as an investment agent for him, Strecker was relieved of making payments beyond the token ones he had made for Reakirt’s collection. He earned it! Reakirt resumed correspondence with Strecker by a letter dated June 11, 1871, mailed at Lima, Peru. Altogether Strecker received eleven letters from the exile. In these Reakirt used the name Theodore Rand. At one time Strecker was approched to procure a passport for Reakirt in the original spelling of his family name — T. Thomas Reugert. Inquiry at the U. S. State Department and the National Archives produced no applica- tion in that name. Other letters to Strecker inquire about countries with- out extradition treaties with the United States. Still others set up a system by which Reakirt could invest money in the New York Stock Market through Strecker. The last letter addressed to Strecker from Reakirt was written sometime in the fall of 1872. The envelope is empty, the postmark removed but a face stamp “London 30 Nov 72” indicates that it had been transshipped then. In letters to Strecker there were some hints that Reakirt would move to Rio de Janeiro. There also was the information that he was 214 TILDEN: Two hesperiids new to U.S. Vol.18: no.4 suffering from dysentary. Nothing further is known about Tryon Reakirt. References Brown, F. M. 1957 Two early entomological collectors in Colorado Ent. News, 68:41-47. 1960 The correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part IV. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 68: 157-175. Carpenter, M. M. 1945 Bibliography of biographies of entomologists. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 33:1-116. 1953 Bibliography of biographies of entomologists (Supplement.) Amer. Midland Naturalist, 50:257-348. Cresson, E. T. 1911 A History of the American Entomological Society, Philadelphia, 1859-1909.” 60 pp. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Essig, E. O. 1931 A History of Entomology. The Macmillan Co., New York, N. Y.., 1029 pp. Reakirt, T. 1866 “Coloradoan butterflies.” Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia, 6:122-151. 1866 - 72 letters to Herman Strecker in Chicago History Museum, Chicago, III. 1868 letter to W. H. Edwards in archives of State of West Virginia, Charleston. W.Va. Strecker, H. 1878 Butterflies and moths . . . synonymical catalogue . . . diurnes. Reading, Pennsylvania. 283 pp. | TWO SPECIES OF HESPERIIDAE PREVIOUSLY UNRECORDED FROM THE UNITED STATES by J. W. TiwpEN San Jose, California, U.S.A. Two species of Hesperiidae (Hesperiinae) described from Mexico and previously unrecorded north of the Rio Grande were collected by the author in the vicinity of Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas, during October and November, 1963. Vidius perigenes (Godman) was first taken on October 20 and for several days thereafter; the last specimens were somewhat worn. The length of the forewing costa of the male is 12-13 mm, that of the female 14-16 mm. The upper surface of the wings is dark brown without spots, the costa of forewing and the fringes, lighter. The fringes are not checkered. The underside of the forewing costa and apex, and the entire hindwing, are cinnamon colored with light veins. On the hindwing there is a pale ray that runs the length of the wing at the upper edge of the discal cell. The genitalia are figured by Exans (1955). The figure of the valve is recognizable. That of the uncus is inaccurate, showing the cleft too wide, the lateral lobes too flaring and the lateral processes too large. This species was taken in tall grass growing in the open, usually along ditch banks and railroad rights-of-way. Often the insects hid in the thick clumps or took refuge near the bases of the culms. V. perigenes was not seen to visit flowers nor to choose open perches. It is therefore easily overlooked. Lerodea dysaules Godman was first taken October 17 and the last captures were November 13. These are the first and last days of the 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 215 author's collecting in the Brownsville area. Presumably the insect was on the wing before and after these dates, indicating a long flight season. L. dysaules somewhat resembles L. arabus (Edwards) but differs in a number of ways. L. dysaules is a small insect (forewing costa 11-14 mm), dark grayish-brown, with reduced white markings on the forewing and no white markings on the hindwing. The coloration below is dull, quite gray, and a short band, often only perceptibly darker than the ground color, extends from space Cuz towards the costa, on the hind- wing. This band is about 2mm wide and may be pale-edged. The insect appears gray rather than brown, and the fringes are obscurely checkered. L. arabus is by comparison a more brownish insect, and lighter in color- ation. The forewing measures slightly larger (about 15mm). The white markings of the forewing are more extensive. There is usually a band of white spots on the hindwing as well. On the pale under surface of the hindwing is a conspicuous dark brown patch. The fringes appear uncheckered, though close examination may show a few dark scales at the vein-ends of the fore-wing. It will be seen that the type of markings is very similar in each instance. However, the overall effect is quite different and the two do not look very similar when compared. Bell (1938) and Lindsey, Bell & Williams (1931) consider L. dysaules a synonym of L. arabus. Evans (1955) treats each as a separate species but notes that L. dysaules may be a subspecies of L. arabus. Rindge (1948) records a specimen from Pulpito, Baja California, as L. arabus. MacNeill (1962) treats this specimen and another from Cabo San Lucas as L. dysaules, but points out that the Pulpito specimen would key to arabus in Evans’ key, while the Cabo San Lucas specimen would key to dysaules. He also notes that he sees no genitalic differences between these two specimens. -MacNeill’s description of the Pulpito specimen suggests that it is referable to L. arabus, especially the statement that it “. . . has the large hyaline spots fully developed on the forewing, with distinct traces of a pale band of spots above and below on the hindwing. . . .” His finding that the genitalia of the two specimens are identical is very interesting. Evans’ figures show considerable difference between the valvae of the two entities. The valve of L. arabus has a V-shaped cleft, the ventral pro- jection somewhat longer than the dorsal one. The figure of Skinner and Williams (1923) agrees. Evans’ figure of L. dysaules shows a U-shaped cleft of the valve, with both the dorsal and ventral projections long and slender. The genitalia of the specimens from Brownsville, reported here, agree with Evans’ figure. The one male L. arabus available to me for genitalic examination has the cleft less markedly V-shaped than shown in Evans’ and Skinner and Williams’ figures. The dorsal arm is short and bent toward the midline. 216 TILDEN: Two hesperiids new to U.S. Vol.18: no.4 The figures by Godman and Salvin (1900) are good likenesses of the Brownsville specimens. The author has shown some of these Texas specimens to two lepidopterists’ who know L. arabus. Neither identified these specimens as L. arabus. This is mentioned in support of the state- ment that L. dysaules and L. arabus have rather different facies. One of the problems in reaching a decision as to the status of L. arabus and L. dysaules is the scarcity of specimens. Evans had before him two dysaules from Guererro, Mexico (13, 12 ). He had only a single male arabus, from Arizona. Evidently MacNeill had only the two speci- mens. The Brownsville specimens of L. dysaules number nineteen in all, but are from Cameron County, Texas, only. Five L. arabus have been examined, but only one of these is in the collection of the author, a 4 from Sabino Canyon, Pima County, Arizona. Any decision to consider L. dysaules and L. arabus separate species, or to consider L. dysaules Godman, 1900, a subspecies of L. arabus (Edwards, 1882), should be deferred until such time as more material is available. The two seem to be allopatric, suggesting that they may be subspecies of one species. The genitalic similarity also suggests close relationship if not conspecificity. However, they do differ considerably in appearance, and (possibly because of the few specimens) intergrades seem to be lacking. The majority of specimens of L. dysaules were taken under the canopy of the thorn forest, sitting on the grass or the ground, and in the shade. A few were taken in the open, early in the morning or late in the day, around Bermuda Grass (Cynodon dactylon (.) Pers.). Specimens of both Vidius perigenes and Lerodea dysaules will be placed in the following institutions: The American Museum of Natural History, New York; The California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; The Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh; The Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, and the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. Literature Cited Bell, E. L. 1938. The Hesperioidea. Bull. Cheyenne Mountain Mus., 1 — Part 1. Evans, W. H. 1955. A Catalogue of the American Hesperiidae, Part IV. British Mu- seum (Natural History), London. Godman, F.D.&O. Salvin. 1900. Biol. Cent. Amer., Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, Vol2: Lindsey, A. W., E. L. Bell, & R. C. Williams, Pr. 1931. The Hesperioidae of North America. Denison Univ. Bull. Jour. Scientific Laboratories, 26. MacNeill, C. D. 1962. A preliminary report on the Hesperiidae of Baja, California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4th series, 30:91-116. Rindge, F. H. 1948. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower California. No. 8. Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4th Series, 24:298-312. Skinner, H., & R. C. Williams, Jr. 1923. On the male genitalia of the Hesperiidae of North America. Paper III. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 49:129-153. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society O17, BUTTERFLIES OF YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON by E. J. NEwcoMeErR 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington Yakima County, Washington, is rather unique as an area for the study of butterflies. It is quite large, 4,273 square miles, and it encompasses every life zone from Arctic-alpine to Upper Sonoran. The elevation ranges from over 12,000 feet on Mt. Adams to 500 feet at the Columbia River. Annual precipitation ranges from 60 inches or more in the mountains to about 6 inches at the Columbia River.* The physiographic diversity results in a wide variety of vegetation, from stunted conifers, low shrubs and fields of wild flowers at timber line down through the heavy growths of white pine and fir, open yellow-pine forests, a belt of oaks (Quercus garryana), and on down to open fields and dry desert characterized by sage-brush, greasewood, hop sage and a few early annuals. The floral range enables a large number of species of butterflies. It brings together in one county such northern species as Erebia discoidalis, Agriades glandon and Cartero- cephalus palaemon with southern species such as Apodemia mormo and Heliopetes ericetorum. Of about 130 species that have been recorded in Washington, at least 103 occur in Yakima County. These facts have made it worth while to study the butterflies of this county intensively, which I have done for seven years. I also had taken a few notes on species seen in the 1920's; and the Rev. A. I. Good collected in the county in 1955-56, and he has very kindly given me copies of his records. As shown on the accompanying map, Yakima County is bounded on the west by the Cascade Mountains. From them flow the American and Tieton Rivers which run into the Naches River and thence into the Yakima River. Umtanum, Wenas, Cowiche, Ahtanum, Toppenish and Satus Creeks also flow into the Yakima River, which has an elevation ranging from 1400 feet at the north boundary of the county to 650 feet at the south. Thus we have a series of rather shallow canyons opening into the wide valley. A small portion of the northeast boundary of the county borders on the Columbia River. A firing range, operated by the U. S. Army, occupies 250 square miles of desert land, and is “off limits” as is the portion of the Yakima Indian Reservation west and south of Toppenish Creek, an area of 1500 square miles. An exception to this is a strip along Satus Creek where U. S. Highway 97 runs through the reservation. The area between Fort Simcoe 1There are several counties in western Washington with even greater ranges of elevation, but they do not have the range of life zones nor of precipitation that occur in Yakima County. 218 Newcomer: Yakima County butterflies Vol.18: no.4 and the Yakima River, most of the area east of the river, and some land north and west of Yakima is either irrigated farm and orchard land or very dry desert. Collecting in either is not good, the irrigated land because of cultivation and the repeated use of insecticides, and the desert land because of lack of moisture and vegetation. So there remains somewhat less than half the total area where collecting is potentially good. Sites where most collecting has been done are marked on the map as follows: No. Designation Elevation 1 Little Naches 3,060 2 Cascade Crest Trail 5,000-5,200 2 Sheep Lake 5,500 3 Umtanum Creek 2,800 4 Wenas Creek 2,000 5 Mt. Cleman 5,000 6 Oak Creek 2,500-3,560 7 Bear Canyon 2,500-3,500 8 Timberwolf Mountain 6,000 9 Bethel Ridge 6,000 10 Hogback Mountain 6,500 IU Rimrock Lake 3,000 2, Blue Slide Lookout 7,C00 12 Short & Dirty Ridge 7,000 12 Cultus Hole 6,000 Le Nasty Creek Flat 5,500 13 Cowiche Creek 2.500 14 Antanum Creek 2,000-3,000 15 Tampico 2,006 16 Cottonwood Creek 2,000 iL7/ Moxee Valley 950 18 Priest Rapids 500 19 Fort Simcoe 1,200 20 Mill Creek 1,800 OR Kusshi Creek 2,000-2,500 22, Satus Pass 3,260-4,000 23 Bird Creek 3,000 24 Mt. Adams 12,300 Satus Pass is actually about 5 miles south of the county line, but it is the same type of terrain as in the Indian Reservation to the north- west; and it affords the only access to this area at an elevation above 2,500 feet. No collecting has been done on Mt. Adams above tree line at about 7,000 feet, and collecting there is very poor. The best sites are in Bear Canyon (Newcomer, 1962), along Oak and Kusshi Creeks, in the vicinity of Satus Pass and along the Cascade Crest Trail. Many of the sites in the mountains are accessible over Forest Service and logging roads. One of them, Hogback Mountain, is accessible by chair lift. U. S. Highway 97 goes over Satus Pass, and then north along the Yakima River. U. S. 410 follows the Naches and American Rivers 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 7 / Pia FIRING Sure@zUnow epRosey “4 Zillah °® i\ Te \ Ne PPenish Creek | " YAKIMA 4 \NDIAN \ ; 20 » ~~ \ RESERVATION 2 Bran Gy / N “0 7 vy, 25S = woe x zie = Ze EXPLANATION OF Map Yakima County, Washington; collecting sites indicated by numbers 1-22, as enumerated in text. eee eRe A he to the summit of the Cascades at Chinook Pass. State Highway 14 follows the Tieton River past Rimrock Lake to the summit at White Pass. The nomenclature used in the following list is that of Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961), modified according to dos Passos (1964). Many of the species have been determined by specialists: Colias by Klots, Cercyonis by F. M. Brown, Speyeria by Grey, Euphydryas by Jewett, the green Callophrys by Clench, and some of the skippers by Burns and MacNeill. I am greateful to these men for help with these genera. Subspecies are mentioned if the distribution patterns involved are of interest in discussion of the Yakima County area. Elevations are given in feet. Larval food plants are given where known, using the nomencla- 220 Newcomer: Yakima County butterflies Vol.18: no.4 ture of Abrams (1944, 1951) and Abrams and Ferris (1960). 1. Parnassius clodius Men. Occurs commonly in open meadows and mountain slopes, 4000-7000; July to September. 2. Parnassius phoebus smintheus Dbldy. Flying with clodius, but also taken in Bear Canyon (2500'), late May and early July, and on north fork of Ahtanum Creek. Earlier occurrence in Bear Canyon apparently due to lower elevation. Its food plant, Sedum, is abundant there. 3. Papilio multicaudata Kirby. Not common but occurs in the canyons at 2000-3000’, and also at Priest Rapids at 500’; May to August. Larvae on chokecherry (Prunus demissa). 4. Papilio eurymedon Lucas. Habitat same as last, except not seen at Priest Rapids; May to July. Food plant, Prunus demissa. 5. Papilio rutulus Lucas. The commonest Papilio, occuring in the open valleys and up to at least 6000’, but often absent at higher elevations, May to September. At times very numerous in the city of Yakima. Larvae on willow and cottonwood. 6. Papilio zelicaon Lucas. At all elevations from 500’ at the Columbia River to over 6000’ in the mountains; late March to end of May below 2000’, June at 3000’, and July at 4000-6000’. Larvae on wild parsley (Lomatium grayi and L. triternatum) and on Pteryxia terebinthina. 7. Papilio indra Reak. This sometimes scarce species flies in April and May in the canyons at 1500-3000’, and has been taken along the Columbia River at 500’. Seen at higher elevations as late as July. Males at times numerous at damp, sandy spots along creeks; females scarce, taken occasionally on flowers. Larvae on Lomatium grayi. 8. Papilio bairdii oregonius Edw. Occurs commonly along Columbia River below Priest Rapids where its food plant, tarragon (Artemisia dracunculus )* grows; also in Yakima River Canyon above Yakima. Adults feed on thistle blossoms’. Apparently oregonius thrives only where thistles and tarragon are growing near each other. Evidently two brooded, as it has been taken in June and again in August and September. Larvae parasitized by the braconid, Apanteles lunatus (Pack.). 9. Colias alexandra Edw. This northern or high-elevation species occurs sparingly in Yakima County. Noted at Kusshi Creek ( 2000’), May; Satus Pass (3700'), June and July; Short and Dirty Ridge (7000'), August. Oviposition on a rattle — weed (Astragalus serotinus ). 10. Colias occidentalis Scud. Common along the creeks at lower elevations, May to August; occasional at 6000’. Oviposition on white sweet clover (Melilotus alba), vetch (Vicia angustifolia) and a lupine. 1Abrams and Ferris (1960) consider dracunculoides Pursh. to be the same as the Eurasian dracunculus Linnaeus. Three species of thistles, Circium vulgare, C. undulatum and C. edule which might attract this butterfly, occur in this region. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PH | 11. Colias eurytheme Bdvy. Common in clover and vetch fields in the valley, along creeks and sometimes at elevations of 6000’; April to October. 12. Anthocaris sara Bdv. Flies from early April to early June in open fields and lower creek bottoms from 500 to 3000’; also taken along Cascade Crest Trail (5000’) in July and August. Females usually yellow, but white ones have been taken on Satus Creek. 13. Euchloe ausonides Lucas. Found at same times and places as the preceding but only below 3000’. 14. Euchloe creusa Dbldy. Same times and places as ausonides, and not always easily distinguishable from it. 15. Pieris rapae (L.) At times very numerous in the valley, also occurs at higher elevations, Bird Creek Meadows (6000') and Short and Dirty Ridge (7000'); March to Octobex. 16. Pieris napi marginalis Scud. Bird Creek (3000') June 26. 17. Pieris beckeri Edw. Fairly common at 500-3000’; April to early July, and occasionally August. 18. Pieris sisymbrii Bdv. Late March through May at 500 to 3000’; also found on Nasty Creek Flat (5500') and Short and Dirty Ridge (7000') in July. 19. Pieris occidentalis Reak. Occurs sparingly along Cottonwood Creek (2000’) and in Bear Canyon (2500') but more commonly in the high meadows at 4000-6000’; July and August. 20. Neophasia menapia (Feld. & Feld.) This species has been quite scarce in the mountains northwest of Yakima, and the few specimens seen may have been strays from west of the summit. However, I am told by Indian Service foresters that at times it is numerous enough in the western part of the Yakima Indian Reservation to damage the yellow pines. 21. Danaus plexippus (L.) Very scarce in Yakima County although milkweed is common. Apparently breeds here, the few seen being fresh specimens. Cottonwood Creek ( 2000’) in July and August, and one in Yakima, July. 22. Coenonympha tullia ampelos Edw. Taking the season as a whole, this is the commonest butterfly found at all elevations; April to September. Quite variable. 23. Cercyonis pegala ariane (Bdv.) Found along Cowiche, Cotton- wood, Oak and Mill Creeks and in Tieton and Bear Canyons; late May to September. 24. Cercyonis silvestris (Edw.) Found at the same places, July and August, and not especially common. 25. Cercyonis oetus (Bdv.) The commonest Cercyonis; at the same 292 Newcomer: Yakima County butterflies Vol.18: no.4 places and elsewhere; June to August. 26. Erebia epipsodea Butler. The moist, grassy meadows which this species frequents are scarce in Yakima County, and it has been taken only along Oak Creek (2500'), near Rimrock Lake (3000'), American River (3000’) and on Bethel Ridge (6000'); late May through June. 27. O6cneis nevadensis (Feld. & Feld.). Quite common in even num- bered years, 2500 to 7000’; late May to August. Males along open stream beds and both sexes in fairly dry meadows and on mountain slopes. A single specimen, Little Naches River, July 13, 1959, and one at Sheep Lake, August 28, 1963. 28. Speyeria cybele leto (Behr). Not common but occurs along Cowiche and Oak Creeks and in Bear Canyon at 2500-3500’; late July to early September. Adults feed only on thistles. 29. Speyeria mormonia washingtonia (B. & McD.). A high elevation species, taken in mountain meadows at most localities above 4000; July to September. 30. Speyeria atlantis dodgei (Gunder). Taken only at Satus Pass (3700') and Cultus Hole (6000'); July and August. 31. Speyeria egleis Behr (ssp.). Three specimens, Cultus Hole (6000'), August 11. 32. Speyeria callippe semivirida (McD.). Along streams and in high meadows, 1800-7000’; May to August; but only worn specimens after June. 33. Speyeria zerene garrettii (Gund.). Mostly at 4000-6000’; July and August. 34, Speyeria coronis simaetha dos Passos & Grey. The commonest species. Found from mid-May to September at 1800-7000". Seen occasion- ally in Yakima (1000’) and at Priest Rapids (500'), these probably strays. Evidently more than one brood. 35. Speyeria hydaspe sakuntala (Skinner). Common at 4000-7000’ and occasionally lower; mid-July to September. 36. Boloria selene (Schiff.). Discovered in 1963 by David McCorkle in a sphagnum bog in the Moxee Valley (950') near Yakima River. Not otherwise known in Washington except west of Oroville (Carney, 1961), which is more than 150 miles north of Yakima; but probably occurs elsewhere in the state very locally. Three broods, one in May, one in late July and one in late August and early September. Larvae on Viola nephrophylla. 37. Boloria titania rainieri (B. & McD.). A high elevation species, 4000-7000’, in meadows and on open slopes; July to September. Larvae on Viola sp. 38. Boloria epithore (Edw.). Common and at somewhat lower 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 225 elevations than the last; 3000-6000’, in moist, grassy places where violets are growing; June to August. 39. Euphydryas editha (Bdv.). A high elevation species, in meadows and on mountain ridges, 5000-7000’, particularly on Timberwolf Moun- tain; late May through July. 40. Euphydryas chalcedona colon (Edw.). A lower elevation species, May to July at 2000-4000’ and occasionally higher. Particularly abundant along Umtanum Creek and near Satus Pass, June and July. Larvae on Penstemon subserratus and snowberry (Symphoricarpos albus). 41. Chlosyne palla (Bdv.). Along creeks at 1800-3000’; April to July. Also near Satus Pass and along Cascade Crest Trail at 3500-5500’, July. 49. Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada Bauer. This recently named subspecies (Bauer, 1959) seems to occur in Yakima County only in Bear Canyon, along Oak and Umtanum Creeks at 2000-3000’, and also at Satus Pass, and at Sheep Lake (5500'). Particularly common some years in Bear Canyon on blossoms of woolly sunflower (Eriophyl- lum lanatum). Eggs have been obtained but food plant not yet known. 43. Phyciodes mylitta (Edw.). Common everywhere up to 4000; April to September. 44. Phyciodes campestris (Behr). Less common than mylitta and mostly at 3500-7000’; July and August. 45. Nymphalis antiopa (L.). Hibernating adults flying as early as late March and others all summer; mostly along creeks at 1000-3000". 46. Nymphalis milberti (Godart). Also hibernates and seen in April and throughout the summer, but mostly at 3000-7000’. Very abundant some years at Sheep Lake (5500') in August and September. 47. Nymphalis californica (Bdv.). Very scarce in 1957-59, but abundant since then; March to September, 2000-6000’. 48. Polygonia faunus (Edw.). A high elevation species, 3500-6000’; June to September; most common in the fall. 49. Polygonia satyrus (Edw.). At low elevations along creeks, April to July, and also on Bird Creek (6000') and Short and Dirty Ridge (7000') in July. Larvae on nettle. 50. Polygonia zephyrus (Edw.). Evidently has two broods, taken in April at 2000’ and in mid-July to September at 3000-6500’. Larvae on wild currant (Ribes cereum). 51. Vanessa atalanta (L.). Very scarce; only three taken in seven years; Ahtanus Creek, May 23, 1959, Oak Creek, June 24, 1960, and Priest Rapids, August 23, 1961. May be only a migrant. 52. Vanessa virginiensis (Drury). A single fresh specimen, Priest Rapids, August 27, 1961. 53. Vanessa cardui (L.). Quite common in 1957-58, but very scarce 224 Newcomer: Yakima County butterflies Vol.18: no.4 since. At all elevations, May to October. 54. Vanessa carye Hbn. Taken in Yakima and along Ahtanum Creek in 1958 and in earlier years. Not seen since then. 55. Limenitis archippus (Cramer). Seems to occur only in lower Yakima Valley north and east of Zillah; worn specimens in September. Larvae on willows. 56. Limenitis lorquini (Bdv.). Common, 1000-6000’; June to Septem- ber. Native food plants are willow, cottonwood and wild cherry, but larvae sometimes defoliate young apple trees. 57. Chrysophanus titus F. Very scarce; taken only on Cottonwood Creek ( 2000’) in July. 58. Satyrium fuliginosum (Edw.). Usually at high elevations, 3500- 7000’; July; but also taken on Cottonwood Creek ( 2000’) in June. 59. Satyrium behrii (Edw.). Extremely common along creeks and in nearby desert areas, 2000-3000’; late June to September. Often found flying about antelope brush (Purshia tridentata), one of its food plants. 60. Satyrium saepium (Bdv.). Not common but found where Ceano- thus grows at 2500-3500’; June and July. 61. Satyrium sylvinus (Bdv.). Along lower creeks near willows; especially abundant on Cottonwood Creek ( 2000’) in July. 62. Satyrium californica (Edw.). Fairly common in canyons, 2000- 3000’; July; and near Satus Pass. 63. Callophrys fotis (Strecker). In Bear Canyon on sunny days in April, when there is still a skiff of snow in the shade, this inconspicuous little butterfly will be found sunning itself along the warm, rocky slopes. One adult taken at Kusshi Creek, April 22, and a worn specimen, Cascade Crest Trail, July 21. Larvae on Sedum. 64. Callophrys augustinus iroides (Bdv.). An early flying species, taken in April and May in lower canyons, in early June at Satus Pass ( 3500’). 65. Callophrys eryphon (Bdv.). Also an early flier, April to June, in canyons; common along Kusshi Creek. Adults on an annual composite, spring gold (Crocidium multicaule), and on nearby young yellow-pine trees, on which the larvae feed. 66. Callophrys spinetorum (Hew.). Not common; Oak Creek, Bear Canyon, Satus Pass ( 2500-3500’); late June and July. Most often feeding on flowers near pine trees on which mistletoe (Arceuthobium) is growing. 67. Callophrys sheridani newcomeri Clench. This recently described subspecies (Clench, 1963) emerges on the earliest warm days; Fort Simcoe, Mill Creek, Satus Creek, Bear Canyon; March 31 to early 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 225 May; 1200-3000’. One on Mt. Cleman ( 4000’), May 26. Often on blossoms of Lomatium grayi and Eriogonum. 68. Callophrys dumetorum (Bdv.) ssp. Not definitely recorded in eastern Washington prior to Clench (1963). Leighton (1946) records it, but some of his determinations are erroneous; specimens he lists from Alta Lake are surely affinis and others may be subspecies of sheridani. C. dumetorum flies later than sheridani and has been taken mostly along Kusshi Creek. May 11 to June 18 (2000-2500'), on blossoms of narrow-leaved parsley (Lomatium triternatum), and near Fort Simcoe, May 28-June 3, on Eriogonum; also at Satus Pass, May 14 to June 18 ( 3000’). 69. Strymon melinus Hbn. Common in the Yakima Valley, where there is considerable acreage of hops and beans; evidently two or three broods; taken from April 2 to September 24 at most elevations from 500’ at Priest Rapids to 2800’ at Umtanum Creek. 70. Lycaena rubidus (Behr). Not common; along Cottonwood Creek from mid June to mid July; both sexes on blossoms of Eriogonum elatum and other flowers. Also taken in a draw along Ahtanum Creek and on lower Ahtanum Creek south of Yakima. Reported from Tieton by Leighton (1946). Oviposition observed on Rumex salicifolius which grows in nearby meadows. 71. Lycaena heteronea Bdy. The commonest Lycaena, flying with rubidus, and in many other locations, June to September, at 2000-6000’; in Bear Canyon from June 22 to September 4, 1962, indicating that there is more than one brood. Eggs on Eriogonum. 72. Lycaena mariposa Reak. A high-elevation species, taken at 4000- 7000’ on mountain sides, in open forest meadows and along creeks; July to September. 73. Lycaena nivalis (Bdv.). This variable species may be found at 2000-7000’, usually along creeks; sometimes very common. The females are ordinarily very dark above, often with no trace of the orange or fawn color typical of the species. The description of the Colorado subspecies browni fits our material very well. At Satus Pass, oviposition observed on Polygonum douglasii, the primary food plant. One brood, although taken from late May to early August at different elevations. 74. Lycaena helloides (Bdv.). Fairly common at all elevations; May to September. 75. Plebejus acmon (W. & H.). A common species at all elevations below 6000’; April to September. 76. Plebejus melissa (Edw.). Not as common as the last, but at the same elevations throughout the summer. 226 Newcomer: Yakima County butterflies Vol.18: no.4 77. Plebejus argyrognomon Bergs. July to September at 5500-7000’. Fits Comstock’s description and figures of anna. 78. Plebejus saepiolus (Bdv.). Taken at 2000-6000’, June and July, mostly along creeks, particularly Oak Creek and the Little Naches River. Females invariably dark. 79. Plebejus icarioides (Bdv.). One of the commonest blues; at all elevations from 500’ at the Columbia River to 7000’ on Short and Dirty Ridge; late April to August. 80. Agriades glandon (Prunner). This species could only be expected at high elevations. One taken on Hogback Mountain in August at 6500, and one at Blue Slide Lookout in late July at 7000. It is suspected that both had flown or been blown over from the nearby Goat Rocks, where the elevation goes to over 8000. 81. Glaucopsyche lygdamus (Dbldy.) A common blue at 1000- 7000’; late April to June at lower elevations, and July at 5000-7000’. 82. Phaedrotes piasus (Bdvy.). Not especially common, but occurs at 1000-2000’ along the Ahtanum, Toppenish, Satus and Wenas Creeks; April to June. 83. Philotes battoides oregonensis B. & McD. At the lower elevations, 500-2500’; May and June. 84. Philotes enoptes columbiae Mattoni. Commoner than the last, and apparently has two broods; the first taken at 1000-3000’ from mid- April to late June; and a second in July. These two species are much alike; battoides tends to be smaller and with larger black spots beneath, but examination of the genitalia affords the only sure identification. 85. Everes amyntula (Bdv.) An early flier in Yakima County, having been noted from late April to mid-June at 1000-5000’. 86. Celastrina argiolus (L.). Another early species; late March to mid-June along the creeks at 1000-3000’. Two forms occur, one typical of ssp. echo and the other with the dark markings as in ssp. lucia, and both may be taken at the same place on the same day. 87. Apodemia mormo (F. & F.). This species is common at certain places in Yakima County, and it occurs elsewhere in Washington and also in Oregon. Its food plant, Eriogonum, is abundant in this area, and the adults favor the blossoms of E. elatum and of the rabbit brush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus). One brood, late August and September, mostly at 500-2000’; at Priest Rapids, Tampico, Mill Creek and Satus Creek; but also in Bear Canyon at 3000’. 88. Epargyreus clarus (Cramer). One seen in Yakima, July 19, and also reported in the town of Sunnyside. 89. Thorybes pylades (Scud.). Fairly common along the creeks at 1000-3500’; May to July. Oviposition observed on Hosackia decumbens. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 297 90. Pyrgus ruralis (Bdv.). Taken mostly along Cascade Crest Trail and at Sheep Lake (5500'), July; but also on Little Naches and in Tieton Canyon, June. 91. Pyrgus communis (Grote). Occasionally seen along the creeks at 1000-3000’; April to September; and in Yakima in October. 92. Heliopetes ericetorum (Bdv.). This species has a primarily southern distribution, but it is seen every year in Yakima County and at times is very common at Priest Rapids and along the lower creeks; June to September. Oviposits on globe mallow (Iliamna rivularis). 93. Pholisora catullus (F.). Commonest at low elevations, such as Priest Rapids and Cottonwood Creek, but also seen along other creeks up to 3500’; April to August. Larvae on common mallow (Malva rotundifolia) in Yakima. 94. Erynnis propertius (Scud. & Burg.) This large Erynnis is quite common along the creeks at 1000-3000’; but also taken at Satus Pass at 3500’; April to July. 95. Erynnis icelus (Scud. & Burg.) In the same locations as the last; May to July; also on Short and Dirty Ridge (7000'), July. 96. Erynnis persius (Scud.) Also in the same locations; April to July; and on the Cascade Crest Trail (5500’), July. 97. Carterocephalus palaemon (Pallas). A single specimen, Little Naches River (3000'), June 30. 98. Hesperia juba (Scud.) Quite common at lower elevations; Priest Rapids, along all creeks, and at Satus Pass; late April to July. 99. Hesperia harpalus (Edw.) Taken at lower elevations in Septem- ber. The subspecies oregonia (Edw.) taken above 3000 in July. 100. Ochlodes sylvanoides (Bdv.) The commonest skipper; 500-6500’; July to September. 101. Polites sabuleti (Bdv.) Noted only in Yakima and some of the valley towns, on lawns. Mostly in September, but one taken in June and Dr. Good reports seeing it as early as May. Larvae on lawn grass. 102. Euphyes vestris (Bdv.). A single specimen, Bird Creek (3000), June 26. 103. Amblyscirtes vialis (Edw.). This small, inconspicuous species has been noted only along Oak Creek and in Bear Canyon (3000'); June and early July. The following 26 species have been taken in Washington in addition to those listed above. The starred (*) species could very well occur in Yakima County. *Colias philodice Godart, *C. interior Scud (Leighton, 1948, reports this from Yakima on the authority of J. F. Gates Clarke), C. nastes Bdv., *Oeneis chryxus (Dbldy.) (taken at Satus Pass by Dan Carney), O. melissa beanii Elwes, Erebia vidleri Elwes, 228 NEwcoMer: Yakima County butterflies Vol.18: no.4 E. disa Thunberg, Boloria astarte (Dbldy)., B. toddi ammiralis (Hem- ming), Euphydryas anica Dbldy.), Phyciodes tharos (Drury), *P. mylitta mata (Reak.) (=barnesi Skinner), Nymphalis j-album (Bdy. & Lec.), Polygonia gracilis (G. & R.), Limenitis bredowii californica (Butler) Callophrys nelsoni (Bdv.), C. johnsoni (Skinner), *C. affinis (Edw.), Lycaena editha (Mead), Pyrgus centaureae freija Warren, “Erynnis pacuvius lilius (Dyar), Hesperia comma manitoba (Scud.). H. comma hulbirti Lindsey, Polites mardon (Edw.), T. sonora (Scud.), and T. themistocles (Latr.). References Abrams, L., 1944, 1951. Illustrated Flora of the Pacific States, vols. Ul, Ml. Stanford Univ. Press. Abrams, L. and R. S. Ferris, 1960. Illustrated Flora of the Pacific States, vol. IV. Stanford Univ. Press. Bauer, D. L., 1959. A new geographic subspecies of Chlosyne hoffmanni (Nymphalidae) from Washington State. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13:207-211. Carney, D., Jr., 1961. Boloria selene (Nymphalidae) in Washington. Jour. Lepid. SoG. oll: Clench, H. K., 1963. Callophrys (Lycaenidae) from the Pacific Northwest. Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 151-160. Ehrlich, P. R. and A. H. Ehrlich, 1961. How to know the butterflies. 262 pp. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Leighton, B. V., 1946. The butterflies of Washington. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. 9:49-63. Newcomer, E. J., 1962. Collecting is still good in the Northwest. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16:67-70. BOOK NOTICE LARVAE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN TORTRICINAE (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). By Margaret Rae MacKay. Canadian Entomologist, Supplement 28, 182 pp., including 86 plates. Nov. 6, 1962. Paper and cloth. This work is a continuation of that published by MacKay on the larvae of the Olethreutidae (now considered to be a subfamily of the Tortricidae) in 1959 (Canad. Ent., Suppl. 10). The present treatment includes descriptions of the late instar larvae of 97 species, or about 60% of the known North American species. As there has been no previous attempt to present keys to a significant portion of this fauna, the work fills a conspicuous void; since the group includes numerous species of economic importance, the identification aspect itself will be of great value. However, the real significance of the work lies in MacKay’s interpretation of re- lationships of and within the Tortricinae, based on larval characters. It is particularly opportune that her work follows a decade of gross revision of the classification of the Tortricoidea, in both the Palearctic and Nearctic regions. MacKay’s concepts correlate rather well with those of Obraztsov (1954, 1955 Tijd. voor Ent., etc.) and others, based on characters of the adults, and with Swatschek’s (1958, Larvalsystematik der Insecten) study of the larvae of Palearctic species. In addition, the American group Sparganothidini is considered to be a Tribe for the first time, a concept confirmed by the work of Powell (1964, U. Calif. Publ. Ent.), based on comparative biology, which was in press concurrently. — EDITOR 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society BUTTERFLY MIGRATIONS IN SOUTHEASTERN MEXICO DURING 1963 AND 1964 The rain season should normally begin in the northern portion of the peninsula of Yucatan in late May or early June. In 1963, normal rains did not begin until early August. During June and July, the prevailing dry, hot, southeast wind, which is characteristic of the dry season from January or February to May, persisted. Insects of all orders were greatly affected, especially the Lepidoptera. About June 8, 9, and 10, however, torrencial rains fell in Campeche, Quintana Roo, and in the hilly Puuc region of southern Yucatan. Northern Yucatan experienced only slight drizzle. This precipition was caused by a temporary shifting of the wind from the southeast to east. The latter are the normal wet-season winds. On June 11, there suddenly appeared in Mérida, Yucatan, a large migration of Kricogonia castalia lyside Godart. Individuals were flying in very large numbers, at about tree- and roof-top height and higher in the city, travelling from west-southwest to slightly north of east. This migration ceased at night, and continued through the morning of June 14. During the afternoon of that day, a rainstorm from the east occurred, after which the species in mind began flying from north to south, still in great numbers. On June 15, the migration’s direction changed from west-southwest to slightly north of east, as in the beginning, however now in much lesser numbers. During the heaviest parts of the migration, approximately 1000 individuals passed per 100 feet of housetops per minute. On June 16, I had to leave the city on a four day trip to northern Quintana Roo and noticed that no K. c. lyside were migrating in central or eastern Yucatan nor in Quintana Roo itself, not even at a distance of 30 kilometers east of Mérida. On returing home on June 20, I only saw small numbers of the species flying, along with Libytheana carinenta Cramer on the outskirts of Mérida, going from west to east. During the afternoon of that day many were seen resting on dryish thorn trees. Apparently the migration had stopped. On July 9, in Mérida, with the rains still lacking over most of Yucatan, Eunica monima Cramer, Agraulis vanillae Linn., and a few other odds and ends accompanied K. c. lyside in a much shorter migration from north-northwest to slightly south of southeast, with fair numbers of indi- viduals involved, but certainly not as great as the aforementioned migra- tion of the latter species. The winds at this time were still hot and dry from the southeast, more typical of the dry season than for the month of July. Near San Antonio (now called Cardenas), Tabasco, a migration of Calpodes ethlius (Stoll) (determined by Lee D. Miller, University of 230 WELLING: Migrations in Mexico Vol.18: no.4 Pittsburgh) was observed from three to four o'clock in the afternoon of March 8, 1964, in a large grassy swamp. The flight was heavy, calculated at about 500 individuals crossing per 100 feet of highway per minute. These expert fliers were wary and hard to catch, as in half an hour I managed to collect only five specimens, besides another I picked up that was hit by a car. At first they flew directly from north to south, but curiously and slowly changed from west to east, finally changing to southwest to northeast. This changing of direction on the vast, open, flat, swampy lowland in only an hour’s time doesn’t make much sense. It might be surmized that they were only flying circles within the particular swamp where I observed them. It might be mentioned that the southern end of the swamp was south of the road and very close to the same, and was rounded as if the road were a line cut through the middle of a circle, being surrounded by swamp forest. However north of the road the swamps extended as far as the eye could see. Perhaps these creatures, on reaching the southern end of the swamp and en- countering the forest, circled back to stay within the limits of the more open grassy areas. The winds on that afternoon were mild and hot from the southeast. Lee D. Miller calls my attention to an article published by C. B. Williams (Records of Insect Migration in Tropical America, 1920, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lonpon, 68:154-159), in which excellent detail is given on migratory habits of Calpodes ethlius in Panama. In this article it will be noticed that this species in migration does not adhere to one single direction, mention being made of it “passing in almost every direction” in the course of a single afternoon and evening. Epuarpo C. WELLING M. Calle 66 Norte, No. 426, Mérida, Yucatan, México HUMIDITY, DARKNESS, AND GOLD SPOTS AS POSSIBLE FACTORS IN PUPAL DURATION OF MONARCH BUTTERFLIES by BrucE PETERSEN Dept. Biology, Univ. of Colorado, U.S.A. In his recent book on the monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus (L.), Dr. F. A. Urquhart (1961: 38-39) encouraged work on the pupal stage with these statements: “I am of the opinion that these spots are not purely ornamental, but that they perform a definite function. They may act as light receptors that delay emergence of the adult butterfly during periods of adverse weather conditions.”, and “Presumably some light perception mechanism controls the rate of development, allowing more rapid development on bright, sunny days, and virtually no development during periods of darkness.” Accordingly, the following two experiments were conducted. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 231 The effect of painting the gold spots of the monarch butterfly chrysalis on the emergence time of the adult was tested. Twenty-seven monarch butterfly chrysalids were put in nine groups of three each on the day after pupation. All of the gold spots on the chrysalids in group 1 were painted over with red fingernail polish. Groups 2 through 7 had various combinations of spots painted. Group 8 was daubed with polish, but care was taken not to cover any of the spots. Group 9 was not painted (figure 1). One pupa in group 7 died. Butterflies emerged from the remaining chrysalids in eleven to fifteen days. The time prior to emergence seemed unaltered by the red fingernail polish. The butterflies emerged at varying intervals in all groups. Two possible conclusions come to mind: fingernail polish is not an effective means of keeping out light, or the gold spots on monarch butterfly chrysalids do not function as photoreceptors that effect the emergence period. The latter explanation seems more likely. Ficure / - p _Grove DAYS SPENT (Ny PUPA ES ee / o °°% Ty 13> 4 € @ CREMASTER "e @ ABDOMINAL SPOTS ee MED/AN NIOTAL SPOT Se e® @ LATERAL NOTAL SPOT ee @ ALAR SPOT 3 fee% 7] // 2 e e LATERAL ULNAR SPOT AOA LATERAL OCULAR SHOT = ; e e / / /3 MEDIAN OCULAR SYOT 4 ae oo = (e) (2) MATIC REPRESENTATION OF DIAG RAMATIC K. sS SPOTS ON A MONARCH BUTTERFLY 5 Je eo” /2 13 4 @ e CHRYSALIS ee @ SPoT PAINTED ae Ce e° / /2 O SPoT LEFT UNPAINTED é Sc o@ 15 4 THERE APPEARS To BE AS MUCH VAR/AT/ON /A/ PUPAL ee =a TIME AMONG S/MILARLY PAINTED PUPAE AS THERE '5 & eo - /3 : / BETWEEN PAINTED PUPAE AND UNPAIAITED ONES. @ a. 92 o 2 THE SPOTS Do NoT APPEAR To AFFECT EMERGENCE DATES. oO or Ke) . 8 Ae) OG Zz 1S IZ. [oy fo) ee) fo} D slave ASV eI RIE Oo 12) 232, PETERSEN: Danaus pupal duration Vol.18: no.4 An experiment was performed to test effects of humidity and darkness on pupal maturation of monarch butterflies. Ten chrysalids were suspend- ed by a thread tied to their cremasters from the lids of each of five transparent plastic containers on the day after pupation. The cylindrical containers were 10 cm deep, and 25 cm in diameter. One container of chrysalids was set aside as a control. The second container was placed 25 cm under a 60 watt desk lamp that shone continuously. The third was placed in a dark cupboard. Containers 4 and 5 were loosely lined with cheesecloth. Three cm of water was added to both. Container 4 was placed under the desk lamp, while 5 was put in the cupboard. A graph showing the number of days required until emergence of the butterflies in each group is given (figure 2). The butterflies in the dry light container emerged, along with those of the control group, over a five day period, requiring less than thirteen days to mature. The butterflies in the light and humid container all emerged by the thirteenth day, also, but almost all came out on the thirteenth day. The emergence of the butterflies kept in the dark was delayed several days. The first ones did not complete their metamorphosis until the twelfth day. The ones in the humid dark chamber emerged about a day behind those in the dry dark container. One can conclude that both humidity and darkness retard develop- ment of monarch pupae and that darkness is a more significant factor than humidity. A combination of total darkness and a saturated atmos- phere cannot delay the monarch butterfly’s emergence from his chrysalis more than about five days. Literature Cited Urquhart, F. A., 1961, The Monarch Butterfly, University of Toronto Press. FigVRE 2 a = 3 pe Q--O CONTROL y yy Bs O--4 DRY LIGHT Q 7 A—”A HUMID LIGHT yiui oO - ORY DARK 8 ae @- 88 HUMID DARK Gi A iY) Oso = : 2 Vi aa eee sh al ees Ey eRsor &) /0 DAYS ELAPSED BETWEEN PUPATION AND EMERGENCE 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 233 DISCOVERY AND OBSERVATIONS OF BOLORIA EUNOMIA (NYMPHALIDAE) IN MICHIGAN By M. C. NIELSEN 3415 Overlea Dr., Lansing, Mich., U.S.A. Since reading Klots’ Field Guide (1951), I have been intrigued with the possibility of finding Boloria eunomia (Esper) in Michigan, espe- cially in one of the many sphagnum bogs of the Upper Peninsula. The recent discovery of B. frigga (Thunberg) in a large sphagnum-heath bog north of Manistique, Michigan, by S. T. Hubbell (1957) merely intensified my desire to search for the former species, a subarctic butter- fly. Then on June 13-15, 1963, I collected a long series of B. ewnomia in Mackinac and Chippewa Counties, the first record of this species for Michigan. It appeared from my series that the northern peninsula’s population represented the subspecies dawsoni (Barnes and McDun- nough). Some of the specimens, especially the males, exhibit consider- able black dusting on the dorsal side of the forewing, and to some extent on the hindwing, in the medial and terminal areas (Plate 1). There is very little variation in the markings on the ventral side of the wings. The determination of B. eunomia dawsoni was subsequently confirmed by Dr. A. B. Klots upon his examination of representative specimens of both sexes. A total of forty-five specimens of B. eunomia dawsoni was collected in two counties situated in the extreme eastern part of the Upper Peninsula, between the 46 and 47 parallels of latitude. The first col- lecting site was a sphagnum bog, about 60 acres in area, located a mile north of the Village of Cedarville in Township 42 North, Range 1 East, Section 19, SW%, at an elevation of approximately 675 feet above sea level. On June 13 at 9:00 A.M. I stopped along Highway M-129 to investigate what looked like an interesting bog for diurnal lepidoptera. It was a sunny morning with a few clouds, and the temperature was near 65 degrees and rising; certainly suitable weather for most butter- flies. After walking through the center and wettest part of the bog with- out seeing anything of great interest, I came to an area of scattered black spruce (Picea marina) and tamarack (Larix laricina) near the south perimeter of the bog. Suddenly, what appeared to be a small, dark Boloria was spotted flying very low and swiftly along a narrow zone of leatherleaf (Chamaedaphne calyculata). It was flying much faster and with a distinctive flickering flight than B. selene atrocostalis (Huard), which was expected to be here at this time. Within the next few minutes I collected the first ewnomia for the state. I had no difficulty taking 25 additional specimens from 9:15 to 10:00 A.M., and others 934 NIELSEN: Boloria eunomia Vol.18: no.4 were seen but not captured. Most of the butterflies were collected in two small openings, within the black spruce-tamarack area, in which a mixed cover of leatherleaf, bog rosemary (Andromeda glaucophylla), cranberry (Vaccinium) and sedges (Carex) formed a low growth above the wet sphagnum mat. It was easier to maneuver here and still net eunomia in numbers than elsewhere in the bog. Labrador tea (Ledum groenlandicum, in full bloom, was in abundance around the edges of these openings. Also, scattered in these openings were rose pogonia orchid (Pogonia ophioglossoides), sundew (Drosera), pitcher-plant (Sarracenia purpurea), cotton grass (Eriophorum spissum) and a few spruce and tamarack seedlings. Boloria eunomia did not appear to wander too far into the more open and wetter part of the bog where there was scattered clumps of shrubby cinquefoil (Potentilla fruticosa) and arbor vitae (Thuja occidentalis). Actually, the butterflies spent considerable time flying back and forth close to vegetation in these openings before moving, to new areas in the spruce-tamarack. Occa- sionally, a few would settle on the vegetation to catch the morning sun and dry their wings which were still somewhat limp from recent emergence; one individual was observed feeding on Labrador tea flowers. Males outnumbered females by five to one judging from specimens taken and observed at this location during my two rather brief visits on June 13 and 14. Most male specimens were in fresh condition, although some were slightly worn, suggesting at least a few days of prior flight. All females were perfect and were probably still emerging as indicated by their immaculate condition and relative scarcity. On June 14, another brief encounter was made with eunomia from 2:00 to 4:00 P.M. in this bog. The weather and results were comparable to that of the previous day, except that I was more selective in my collecting and released all worn males. Several times I observed B. eunomia males aggressively flying at each other and performing aerial maneuvers — sometimes rising above the tallest spruce trees before disengaging and returning to normal flight. In one instance, a male successfully drove off a huge Danaus plexippus (L.) which happened to glide into one of these openings or “ewnomia” territory. I have never observed this pugnacious character before with our other Michigan Boloria species. Klots in Ehrlich’s (1961) recent book states that violet and polygonum are foodplants for B. eunomia in Europe. These plants were not found in or near the openings described above, which would indicate that perhaps one of the heaths is the preferred foodplant here. I felt as if I was in the center of eunomia’s habitat judging from its relative abundance in this bog. Ol 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23: A few Boloria selene atrocostalis (Huard) (fresh) were flying in company with eunomia. Twice Oeneis jutta (Huebner) was flushed from black spruce — thus establishing a new county record for this species. Callophrys augustinus (Westwood) (badly worn) was also taken here, and occasionally Papilio glaucus L. sailed through the spruce. A fresh Poanes hobomok (Harris) was netted while feeding on a rose pogonia orchid in one of the openings where eunomia was plentiful. On June 15 in Chippewa County, about seven miles northwest of the community of Paradise, I netted eight additional specimens of B. eunomia dawsoni in a large acid bog. The locality is in Township 49 North, Range 7 West, Sections 9, 10, 15, 16. This particular bog had long been on my list of potentially choice habitats for boreal species, and it was my first opportunity to collect here at this time of year. In viewing aerial phoio- graphs and the U. S. Department of Interior “Sheephead Lake Quad- rangle”, this bog covers some 10,000 acres easterly of Sheephead Lake EXPLANATION OF PLATE Boloria eunomia dawsoni (B. & McD.), dorsal views; collected in Mackinac County, Michigan, June 13-14, 1963. Upper row: males (left to right, 39,37, 37 mm). Bottom row: Left, male (38 mm); middle and right, females (38, 38 mm). (All specimens in writer’s collection). 236 NIELSEN: Boloria eunomia Vol.18: no.4 and is situated approximately 700 feet above sea level. I felt very for- tunate to establish this new butterfly record in another county within such a short time. The species was relatively scarce in the area ‘sampled which centered around a pine-covered, sand ridge extending across the bog and providing easy access by way of a trail road. This new location is about 60 miles northwest from the aforementioned Mackinac County bog. The flora is similar to that encountered in the Mackinac bog, although it contains no arbor vitae or cinquefoil — at least in the area I collected. According to the Soil Survey of Chippewa County (Veatch, 1927), the soil in this bog is classified as Greenwood Peat, characterized by such plants as leatherleaf, Labrador tea, blueberry, cranberry and sphagnum moss. In some places stunted and open growth tamarack and black spruce occupies the bog, while in a large portion there is a dense stand of sedges. Once again I did not observe eunomia ovipositing or find violets or polygonum plants. I doubt if my collecting here was in the area of highest population density such as in the Mackinac bog. Both sexes of O. jutta (a new Chippewa County record) were con- siderably more numerous here among the black spruce, and I observed some resting on Labrador tea flowers and cotton grass tufts. Frequently my attention was diverted from pursuing eunomia when jutta would take flight from spruce or sedges. A high water table, which formed small pools and gave the sphagnum more springiness, made collecting con- siderably more difficult in this bog. Two species of diurnal Noctuidae, Anarta cordigera Thunberg (worn) and Autographa microgamma Huebner (fresh) were flying and feeding on the blossoms of Labrador tea and swamp laurel (Kalmia polifolia) in the same area as eunomia. From 11:30 A.M. to 2:00 P.M., I observed approximately a dozen B. eunomia dawsoni in this huge bog; nevertheless it was a beautiful day with temperatures in the 80’s, ideal weather for bog lepidoptera. According to Macy and Shepard (1941), the type series of Boloria eunomia dawsoni was collected from June 15 to June 30 at Hymers, Ontario, Canada, which is some 240 miles northwest of the above Chippewa bog. Riotte (1959) records this subspecies from several locations in northern Ontario, with its flight peaking toward the end of June. His correspondence has indicated a habitat for ewnomia com- parable to what I found in the Chippewa and Mackinac bogs. Klots (1939) reports Boloria aphirape (Huebner) (eunomia) from the Klon- dike Basin in Maine occupying a somewhat similar habitat as the sphagnum-heath bogs described herein — except for the difference in elevation. He, too, did not find violets (or polygonum) where this species was collected. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 ~l In summary, judging from my brief experience with B. ewnomia dawsoni, it would appear that this subspecies flies in the eastern Upper Peninsula during June, probably peaking around June 15. Moore (1960) did not record this butterfly from Michigan; however, it is doubtful if eunomia can be considered a recent arrival to our bog fauna — most likely the species was overlooked by previous collectors. In the future, I hope to spend more time in these two bogs in an attempt to discover the foodplant and more of its habits. It is my belief that B. eunomia dawsoni will eventually be discovered in other bogs across the Upper Peninsula, and that collectors in northern Wisconsin and Minnesota should definitely search for it in similar bogs in June. These northern bogs will undoubtedly yield other interesting lepidoptera with further diligent collecting. Possibly more of the boreal species such as Boloria freija (Thunberg) and titania grandis (B. & McD.) (May and July- August, respectively ) can be collected in these and other bogs! ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to express my sincere appreciation to Dr. Alexander B. Klots for his examination and verification of my Boloria specimens. Also, I am greatly indebted to Julian P. Donahue for the excellent photograph. Literature Cited Ehrlich, P. R. and A. H. Ehrlich, 1961, How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 262 pp. Hubbell, S. P., 1957. Boloria frigga (Nymphalidae) in Michigan. Lepid. News, 11: 31-38. Klots, A. B., 1939. Brenthis aphirape (Huebner) in North America, with a new record of the species from Maine (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. 34: 259-264. PERC oe , 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, xvi + 349 pp., 40 pls. Rees , 1961, in Ehrlich, P. R., & A. H. Ehrlich. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 119-127, 16 figs. Macy, R. W. and H. H. Shepard, 1941. Butterflies. Univ. Minnesota Press, Minne- apolis, 247 pp., 42 pls., 7 figs. Moore, S., 1960. A Revised annotated list of the Butterflies of Michigan. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., 617: 39 pp., 1 pl., 1 fig. Riotte, J. C. E., 1959. Revision of C. J. S. Bethune’s List of the Butterflies of the Eastern Provinces of Canada. Ontario Field Biologist, 13: 1-18, 1 fig. Veatch, J. O. (In Charge), 1927. Soil Survey of Chippewa County, Michigan. U. S. D. A., Washington, D. C. 44 pp., 4 tbls., 1 fig., 2 maps. ARTHUR FRANCIS HEMMING (1893-1964) Arthur Francis Hemming was born on Feburuary 9th, 1893. It was his mother, herself a discerning collector in other fields, who fostered and encouraged his early interest in butterflies; and it was with her that he made his first journeys abroad in pursuit of them. Educated at Rugby and Corpus Christi College, Oxford, like most young men of spirit he joined the forces on the outbreak of war and was commissioned in the Duke 238 Ritey: Hemming biography Vol.18: no.4 of Wellington’s Regiment in August, 1914. Severely wounded in 1916, he was invalided out in 1918, and straightway found himself appointed to the Treasury and to a long succession of senior civil service posts. Ento- mologically, the most important of these was his Secretaryship of the Economic Advisory Council (1930-1939), since it enabled him to give official support to a number of projects the importance of which might otherwise have been missed, such as, for example, the provision of better accommodation for the Entomological Department of the British Mu- seum (Natural History) and the launching of the Anti-Locust Research Centre. From 1929 to 1939 he was Treasurer of the Royal Entomological Society of London, in 1932 he joined the editorial panel of The Ento- mologist, and in 1936 accepted the honorary and onerous post of Secre- tary to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. There is no doubt that the Entomological Society owes much of its subsequent success to the sound basis of development laid down by Hemming during his tenure of office. His work for the Nomenclature Commission earned wide international recognition. Not only did he, through the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, bring the whole subject before the zoological world in free and open discussion and by the publication of the Com- mission’s decisions on matters in dispute, but, over the years he un- doubtedly built up by modification and extension of the old Régles the substance of the new Code which was adopted by the Zoological Congress in London in 1958. It was a bitter disappointment to him that ill health prevented him from sharing in the culminating event. The earliest of Francis Hemming’s contributions to entomological literature concerned a rare white form of the male of the high altitude Colias euxanthe of Peru (Proc. ent. Soc. London 1925:iv). Thereafter, except when in pursuit of some nomenclatural or bibliographical puzzle, his writings were confirmed to the butterflies of the Palaearctic Region. By 1926 he had already built up extensive fully documented records of the distribution of the butterflies of France, and two papers based on these data, on Araschnia levana and Agriades thersites, were published in The Entomologist (1926 and 1928). About this time he began also to publish short revisional papers, principally on Palaearctic Lycaenidae, resulting from the rearrangement of this family in the British Museum (Natural History ) which he had been persuaded to undertake. Genera and species dealt with included Turanana, Iolana, Lycaena virgaureae, Lycaenopsis, Baoris zelleri, Scolitantides, Syrian and Japanese Lycaenidae. A longer paper (1932, Tr. ent. Soc. London 80: 269-299) was devoted to a study of the butterflies of Transjordan. These studies inevitably brought to light the extraordinary lack of precision prevalent in the nomenclature of the Rhopalocera, in which group little attempt had yet been made to apply the rules of nomenclature 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 currently available. Application of the rules was aslo hindered and greatly complicated by the lack of precise information on the dates of publication of most of the early works of basic importance. A series of shorter papers of a preliminary nature on these subjects led to the publication of the Generic names of the Holarctic Butterflies, 1758-1863, by the Trustees of the British Museum in 1934, in which Hemming attempted to fix the type species of all the generic names proposed, in accordance with the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. This has proved an invaluable work of reference. The manuscript of what was to be the complementary volume, covering 1863 to 1963, but which in the end covered the generic names of the Rhopalocera of the world from 1758 to 1963, was completed by Hemming only a few weeks before he died. In the purely bibliographical field Hemming’s outstanding contribution was his collation of Jacob Hiibner’s published works and his manuscripts, issued in 1937 in two volumes, and establishing, finally one hopes, the dates of the new generic names of Lepidoptera, numbering upwards of 1500, proposed by Hiibner and his successor, Geyer. It was the privilege of the author of this brief notice to have enjoyed Hemming’s close friendship for upwards of forty years, and during those years to have learnt much from him and perhaps at times to have helped him a little. The sudden death of this remarkable man on 22nd February, 1964, when all his painstaking labours on the bibliography, nomenclature and classification of the Rhopalocera were so nearly complete is much more than a personal loss. It is believed that his manuscripts may find a home in the British Museum (Natural History). His collection and his very fine library might, he hoped, be acceptable to some appropriate North American institute where their usefulness would probably prove greater than in Europe. The list of his published writings, including those on nomenclature, runs to over one thousand titles. N. D. Ritey, British Museum ( Natural History ), London, ENGLAND. CHARLES J. VOGT (1885-1964) On March 16, 1964, Charles J. Vogt of Eden Valley, Minnesota, died after four days of unconciousness brought on by a stroke. Charlie, as he was called by everyone who was priviliged to know him, was 78 years old. Although Mr. Vogt was a newcomer to the field of Lepidoptera, he apparently had a close bond with nature since earlier days. He had spent a good part of his time working in the United States Forestry Service, from which he was retired, and loved the outdoors immensly. He was an extremely enthusiastic gardener and took care of several acres of land in woody northern Minnesota alone in the latler years of 240 WELLING: Vogt biography Vol.18: no.4 his life. He also had worked in construction business and was an ex- cellent carpenter. During his retired years, he spent many hours growing flowers for invalids at Camp Courage, an Easter Seal Camp for Crippled Children at Maple Lake, Minnesota, where he also donated numerous display cases of mounted butterflies, moths, and other insects for the enter- tainment of less fortunate people than he. This latter activity was an indication of the generous, amiable character which Charlie had. Charlie was a very active man, working at least 16 hours a day right up to the very end. He made a trip to Yucatan in early 1962, and another by car through eastern México into Yucatan in early 1963. His active and alert mind even at 78 years of age was a wonder to all; and he was deeply liked by all he knew here, where we adopted him as our “grandpa”. He loved México and enjoyed everything in his trips, as much as might be expected of a young, curious lad; and it would not be untrue to say even more so. | Charlie joined the Lepidopterists Society in 1960, and I had maintained correspondence with him since 1958. His private collection of insects has been donated to the new Camp Courage Museum. He was married, but his wife died long ago. His only offspring, a daughter, died at the age of 12 of a crippling disease, and it can be surmized that this event made him even more devoted in his desire to help crippled children. He is survived by two adopted children and several brothers and sisters, most of whom live in Wisconsin, all of whom receive our deepest sympathy. Epuarpo C. Wextuinc M. Mérida, Yucatan, MEXICO BOOK NOTICE THE SKIPPERS OF THE GENUS HESPERIA IN WESTERN NORTH AMERICA, with special reference to California (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). By C. Don MacNeill. U. Calif. Publ. Ent., vol. 35, 230 pp. including 28 compound figs., 1 color and 7 half tone plates, 9 maps. April 7, 1964. Paper, $5.00. The most detailed treatment of any group of North American butterflies is the result of more than a decade of meticulous work. Descriptions and evaluation of external morphological details of both sexes and of immature stages are presented for 12 of 19 recognized Nearctic species of the genus. The remaining seven species, which fall outside the geographical scope of the paper, are treated in the keys but not described. Geographical distributions are mapped and comparative illustrations of both male and female genitalic structures are provided for all North American species. Biological generalizations are offered concerning both adults and larvae, particularly concerning their behavior. Detailed distributional analyses, both geo- graphic and biotic are presented for the eight species found in California. Three subspecies are described as new: H. uncas macswaini (eastern Calif.), H. uncas gilberti (D. F., Mex.), and H. pahaska martini (Mts. of Mohave desert). These, together with H. miriamae MacNeill, 1959, are figured in color. Nine addi- tional geographical segregates are distinguished for the first time but not named. —EDITOR 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 241 BOOK REVIEW OUR BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS. By William H. Howe. True Color Publishing Co., North Kansas City, Mo. 208 pp, including 25 colored plates and 70 black and white text figs. Cloth, $15.00. In the preface, Mr. Howe, who is a widely known artist and amateur lepidopterist, gives a two-fold purpose for this book: a hope of stimulat- ing interest in butterflies and moths among young people and to enable a better use of his water color paintings for the public. To these ends the book should prove successful. Certainly many of the figures are good; the paintings are undoubtedly the best in accuracy of both color and structural detail to have been published for some of the species. A few have somewhat exaggerated brightness, but most are truly excellent. Some 125 species of butterflies and larger moths are shown in the 25 colored plates in addition to the many black and white drawings of other species, caterpillars, chrysalids, butterfly traps, etc. Species from various parts of the world are included; thus no geographical fauna is treated fully and there is not marked tendency towards illustration of the Kansas species in particular (as there is in the text). About 44 species of North American butterflies and 27 species of North American moths are pictured in color; the remainder are South American and Old World representatives, primarily butterflies. Curiously, the four plates depicting Nearctic Heterocera are numbered 22 through 25 but occur in the book between plates 13 and 14. It appears that both Hemileuca (Pseudohazis) hera (Harris) (pl. 23) and H. eglanterina (Bdv.) (pl. 7) are figured under the species name eglanterina. In nearly every case the moths and butterflies are shown in study specimen, spread condition, although they are depicted in various arrangements superimposed on floral or scenic backgrounds in an attempt to make them appear more life-like. The combination is bothersome. As understated in the publisher’s letter accompanying advertisments for the book, “This is no complicated scientific monograph”. The highly simplified text is written in a wordy, anecdotal, and at times flowery manner, often including repetitive phraseology. Nonetheless, it should be understandable and informative as well as stimulating to the layman. Several sections take the reader on armchair field trips or give accounts of Howe's experiences in widely scattered parts of the country. Narrated in a conversational fashion, these should quicken the pulse of confirmed collectors and entertain anyone interested in natural history; they in- clude imaginary or idealistic expeditions to Florida, New Mexico, Colorado, and Mexico for butterflies, an evening collecting sphinx 942 Book Review: Our Butterflies and Moths Vol.18: no.4 moths, and still another copy of Holland’s “Sugaring for Moths”, revised to accomodate local species. Other reports of the author’s personal experiences mainly concern Kansas localities and often include mention of his acquaintances. Separate chapters treat the families of butterflies, sphinx moths, and silkmoths. These are not comparable in scope, varying from short natural histories of several representative species (Papilionidae) to collection methods (Lycaenidae) or Howe’s memorable recollections of individual species (Satyridae). The chapter on silkmoths includes an_ historical sketch of Bombyx and gives almost no information on Saturniidae. Interspersed are numerous and varied fragments of entomological folklore, poems, and historical episodes, many of which are interesting or amusing but which do not add materially to the study of Lepidoptera. Experienced Lepidopterists will for the most be little informed by the folksy, first person text which includes an annoying number of out-of-date generic combinations (e.g. Megathymus neumoegeni, Hyloicus for perelegans and other Sphinx, Telea polyphemus, Samia for rubra and other Hyalophora) and misspelled names (e.g., Abdomin, p. 25; Celerio linneata, pp. 88, 141; Colias alexandria, p. 66; Hyloicus cheris, p. 141). In addition, there is varying recognition of subspecific names. For example, both Celastrina argiolus and C. pseudargiolus are mentioned; either the subspecific or the specific name is omitted in some cases, while in others the geographical meaning of the subspecies is ignored or misinterpreted (e.g., “Phoebis sennae eubule is widely distributed . . . even on the West Coast”, p. 65). Entomologists should be alarmed if not horrified by some of the oversimplified or erronous generalizations: “Colias eurytheme . .. never becomes so common as to be a serious pest to an alfalfa grower.” (p. 64); The Monarch does not have “to worry about the attack of birds or other animals; . . . thanks to its acrid odor.” (p. 72); Glaucopsyche xerces “was first reported to have vanished in 1908, an event that was likely hastened by the San Francisco fire.” (p. 120); “Professional lepidopterists are too busy in museums with assigned duties to ever get outside and actually catch butterflies!” (p. 133)! However, persons of all ages who are interested in natural history will find many fascinating and enlightening passages in the book. Sections such as the Colorado butterfly collecting guide should be of value to young beginning collectors and veterans alike. The color figures themselves will make the book usable for almost anyone interested in butterflies and moths. Jerry A. PoweEL1, University of California, Berkeley. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. P. F. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] —P. F. Betuincer [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Osraztsov [I.C.] —I. F. B. Common’ [T.I.] — Taro Iwase [C.R.] — C. L. RemincTon [W.C.] — W. C. Coox [J.M.] —J. Moucua [J.T.] —J. W. TmpEn [A.D.] — A. DIAKONOFF [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe PVP, Le Vira A. GENERAL Collins, Michael M., & Robert D. Weast, Wild Silk Moths of the United States, Saturniinae, experimental studies and observations of natural living habits and relationship. 138 pp., illus. Cedar Rapids, Iowa: Collins Radio C. 1960. See review in Journal, vol.16: p.58. Ehrlich, Paul R., “Lepidoptera.” In McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Science and Technology, vol.7: pp.459-478, 11 figs. 1960. Forbes, William T. M., J. G. Franclemont, & C. B. Knowlton, “The Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Part IV.” Mem. Cornell Univ. agric. exper. Sta. 371: 188 pp., 188 figs. 1960. See review in Journal, vol.17: pp.40-42. 1963. Gullander, Bertil, Nordens dagfjdrilar lin Swedish]. 93 pp., ill. Stockholm 1959. Popular handbook of all Scandinavian butterflies and skippers, with short remarks on all spp., and color drawings. [T. W. L.] Gullander, Bertil, Dagsommerfugle i Norden [in Danish]. Copenhagen 1960. A Danish translation of Nordens Dagfjdrilar. [T.W.L.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Lepidoptera as scientific tools.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.13: pp.173-177. 1963. Langer, T. W., Sjove ting om sommerfugle [in Danish]). 182 pp., ill. Copenhagen 1960. A shorter and cheaper edition with the same color plates as Nordens dagsommerfugle, reviewed in Lep. News. vol.12: p.205. [T.W.L.] Langer, T. W., Allhems fjdrilbok [in Swedish]. Malm6 1958. A Swedish translation of Sjove ting om sommerfugle. [T.W.L.] Langer, T. W.. Danmarks dagsommerfugle [in Danish]. 112 pp., ill. Copenhagen 1960. Systematic handbook of the Danish butterflies and skippers. [T.W.L.] Langer, T. W., Pdivdperhosten parissa [in Finnish]. Helsinki 1961. A F innish trans- lation of Sjove ting om sommerfugle. [T.W.L.] Langer, T. W., Sommerfugleliv. Strejftog i sommerfuglenes verden lin Danish]. 126 pp., ill. Copenhagen 1963. Butterfly senses, catching, immigration, subspecies, colors, chemical control, genetics, variation, etc., illustrated by the major groups of European butterflies. [T.W.L.] | Morrell, R., Common Malayan butterflies. xii +- 64 pp., 20 col. pls., 6 figs. London: Longmans Green, 1960. Figures some 110 spp. in color, with brief notes on these & related spp.; summaries structure of butterflies and of Malayan families; gives simple directions for collecting and care of specimens. An excellent introductory handbook. [P.B.] Moucha, Josef, Motjli. 143 pp., 36 col. pls. Prague: Statni Détské Knihy. 1962. See review in Journal, vol.16: p.150. " Niculescu, E. V., “Sur les caractéres primitifs et spécialisés chez les lépidoptéres [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.32: pp.22-28. 1963. Discussion about 244 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 the meaning of the terms: “primitive characters” and ““specialized characters” in the Lepidoptera. [P.V.] Patoéka, Jan, Die Tannenschmetterlinge der Slowakei. 219 pp., 470 figs. Bratislava: Slovak Academy of Sciences. 1960. See review in Journal, vol.15: p.74. Ponec, Jozef, Nase Motyle. 99 pp., 265 figs. Bratislava: Osveta. 1960. Shirozu, Takashi, Butterflies of Formosa in colour [in Japanese]. [8] + 482 + [2] pp., 76 pls., 479 figs. Osaka: Hoikusha. 1960. See review in Journal, vol.14: p.243. B. SYSTEMATICS Aagesen, Stig, “Nogle bemaerkinger til belysning af typeformen hos Heodes phlaeas” lin Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol.59: pp.55-57, 2 figs. 1953. Proves that Linnaeus’ type specimen had blue spots on upperside of hind wing. [T.W.L.] Agarwala, S. B. D., & Mohammad Wasiul Haque, “Studies on Argyria sticticraspis Dudgeon — the early shoot borer of sugarcane in Bihar.” Indian Journ. Ent., vol.17: pp.307-314. 1955. Syn.: Chilotraea infuscatellus. Incidence, hosts, biology, life history. [J.D.] Amsel, H. G., “Microlepidopteren aus dem Kaukasus und der Ukraine” [in German]. Acta ent. Mus. nation. Pragae, vol.33: pp.419-422, 2 figs. 1959. Records 39 spp. collected by J. Moucha in W. and central Caucasus. Describes as new Lozopera caucasica (Tbilisi — Chanisi), Tortricidae. [J.M.] Amsel, H. G., “Eine neue japanische Laspeyresia-Art (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)” [in German]. Mushi, vol.33: pp.105-106, 2 figs. 1960. Describes as new L. kurokoi (Kyushu, Hikosan, Buzen). [P.B.] Aubert, Jacques F., “Supplément au travail concernant les géométrides palearctiques du genre Entephria Hb.” [in French; German summary]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.45: pp.172-174, 1 pl. 1960. Describes as new E. ignorata persicata (Elburs, Tacht i Suleiman, Sardab valley (Vandarban), N. Persia) also names a “form”. [P.B.] Balduf, W. V., “A significant synonym of Celerio intermedia Kirby (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae).” Ann. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.55: p.259. 1962. C. oxybaphi, referring to foodplant Mirabilis (=Oxybaphus), suggests early eastern invasion of this western plant, & physiological similarity of C. intermedia & C. lineata. [P.B.] Balogh, Imre, “A new Hungarian moth (Oecophoridae)” [in English; Hungarian summary]. Folia ent. hung., vol.4: pp.25-28, 3 figs. 1951. Describes as new Martyrhilda gozmanyi (Rupp Hill, Budapest, & Kaposvar, N. Hungary). [J.M.] Balogh, Imre, “Eine neue Lycaenide aus Ungarn” [in Hungarian; German summary]. Folia ent. hung., s.nn, vol.9: pp.65-77. 1956. Describes as new Aricia allous issekutti (Balvany Mt., Bukk Mts., N. Hungary). [J.M.] Bauer, David L., “Descriptions of two new Chlosyne (Nymphalidae) from Mexico, with a discussion of related forms.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.14: pp.148-154, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1961. Describes as new C. rosita browni (El Salto. 1600 ft., San Luis Potosi), C. riobalsensis (Mexcala, 2000 ft., Guerrero). Bell, Ernest L., “Descriptions of some new species of neotropical Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera).”” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1962: 16 pp., 27 figs. 1959. Describes as new Dalla pota (R. Mapoto, Ecuador), D. cola (R. San Joaquin, Cauca, Colombia); Corticea graziellae (Joao Pessoa, Paraiba, Brazil); Zalomes dores (Carmen, Ecuador); Moeris patriciae (Salama, Guatemala, 3000 ft.); Cobalopsis brema (New Bremen, Santa Catharina, Brazil); Psoralis alis (Massaranduba, Blumenau, Santa Catharina, Brazil); Argon casca (Cascade Mt. Road, St. Anne, Trinidad, W.I.); Phlebodes pares (Mubevo, Paraguay); Oarisma bruneri (Moa, Cuba); Paratrytone browni (Cerro El Muerto, Talamanca, Costa Rica, 11,500 ft.); Mellana agnesae. (Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico); Vaccera molla (Molleturo, Ecuador, 7700 ft.). [P.B.] Bender, R., “Beitrage zur Lepidopterenfauna der Insel Rhodos” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.11-20, 2 pls. 1963. Review of previous studies & annotated list of 150 macros from Rhodes. Figures races of Gonepteryx cleopatra (in color), Maniola telmessia ornata, & Glaucopsyche alexis insulicola. [P.B.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 245 Bentinck, G. A., “Coleophora lutipenella Z. en C. flavipenella H.-S.” [in Dutch: English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.20: pp.75-76. 1960. Notes on nomenclature, & on occurrence in Holland. [P.B.] Bernardi, G., “Le polymorphisme de deux espéces jumelles du genre Dixeia Talbot” lin French]. Bull. Inst. frang. Afr. noire (A), vol.23: pp.496-505, 4 figs. 1961. Note on the polymorphism of two sibling species of West African pierids: D. capricornus & D. cebron. [P.V.] Bernardi, G., “Note sur deux espéces jumelles du genre Aporia Hiibner (Lep. Pieridae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France. vol.65: pp.221-228, 17 figs., 1 pl. ee, [1961]. Note on the sibling species A. hippia & A. bieti and their subspecies. PV. Bernardi, G., & P. Viette, “Que representent Zygaena pennina Rambur (1866), Z. eudaemon Mabille et Z. mauritanica Mabille (1885)? (Lep. Zygaenidae)” lin French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.30: pp.140-145. 1961.Notes on the identity of three spp. of Zygaena named by Rambur and Mabille. Z. pennina is a species close to Z. contaminei; new collections of Z. pennina are needed to give a sure conclusion about this species. 7. eudaemon is a synonym of Z. felix; this last species was decribed from East, not West, Algeria (error by Staudinger ). Z. mauretanica is badly labelled “Algeria” and is a synonym of Z. fausta genevensis, as is Z. f. mabillei. The lectotype of Z. mauretanica is a 2 (and not a @ as indicated by a misprint). [P.V.] Bernardi, G., & P. Viette, “Une nouvelle sous-espéce de Parnassius mnemosyne (L.) (Lepidoptera Papilionidae)” [in French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.28: pp.54-56, 2 figs. 1961. Description of P. m. vivaricus, a new subspecies from central France. [P.V.] Bernardi, G., “Note sur la position systématique correcte du Lycaena pontica Courvoisier (Lep. Lycaenidae)” [in French]. Rev. franc. Ent., vol.29: pp.238-240, 1 fig. 1962. L. pontica is, in fact, a subspecies of Lysandra coelestina. [P.V.] Bernardi, G., “Un nouveau cas d’espéces jumelles chez les Aporia Hiibner (Lep. Pieridae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.67: pp.173-181, 13 figs. 1963. Study of the sibling species A. potanini & A. genestieri. Describes as new A. g. pseudopotanini (Tsing-ling-schan Mts., Tai-pai-chan) and A. g. genestieroides ( Thibet, Gad-ssu-Be-ta). [P.V.] Biezanko, C. M., “Danaidae et Ithomiidae da zona sueste do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arg. Ent., Pelotas,série A, III: 6 pp., 1 fig. 1960. List of 14 spp., with systmatic and biological notes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Danaidae et Ithomiidae da zona missioneira do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arg. Ent., Pelotas, Série B, III: 6 pp., 1 fig. 1960. Records of 21 spp., with systematic & biological notes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Satyridae, Morphidae et Brassolidae da zona missioneira do Rio Grande do Sul’ [in Portuguese]. Arg. Ent., Pelotas, série B, IV: 10 pp., 1 fig. 1960. List of 45 spp., with systematic & biological notes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Satyridae, Morphidae et Brassolidae da zona sueste do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arg. Ent., Pelotas, série A, IV: 12 pp., 2 figs. 1960. List of 28 spp., with systematic & biologigcal notes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Castniidae, Zygaenidae, Dalceridae, Eucleidae, Megalopygidae, Cossidae et Hepialidae da zona missioneira do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arq. Ent., Pelotas, série B., XIV: 8 pp., 1 fig. 1961. Annotated list of 63 spp., with some systematic notes by W. T. M. Forbes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Castniidae, Zygaenidae, Dalceridae, Eucleidae, Megalopygidae, Cossidae et Hepialidae da zona sueste do Rio Grando do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arq. Ent., Pelotas, série A, XIV: 8 pp., 2 figs. 1961. Annotated list of 58 spp., with some systematic notes by Forbes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. ™M., “Olethreutidae, Tortricidae, Phaloniidae, Aegeriidae, Glyphipterigidae, Yponomeutidae, Gelechiidae, Oecophoridae, Xylorictidae, Litho- colletidae, Cecidoseidae, Ridiaschinidae, Acrolophidae, Tineidae et Psychidae da zona sueste do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arg. Ent., Pelotas, série 246 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 A., XIII: 16 pp., 1 fig. 1961. Preliminary list of some 75 spp., with systematic notes by Forbes & others. Many foodplants recorded. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Olethreutidae, Tortricidae, Yponomeutidae, Gelechiidae, Oecophoridae, Xylorictidae, Cecidoseidae, Acrolophidae, Tineidae, Psychidae et Arrhenophanidae da zona missioneira do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arq. Ent., Pelotas, serie B, XIII: & pp., 1 fig. 1961. Preliminary list of 28 spp. with some systematic notes. Many foodplants recorded. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Notodontidae et Dioptidae da zona sueste do Rio Grande do Sul” [in Portuguese]. Arq. Ent., Pelotas, serie A, VIIIA: 14 pp., 3 figs. 1962. Annotated list of some 80 Notodontidae & 5 Dioptidae, with some systematic notes by Forbes. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., & A. Ruffinelli, “Nota sobre la invalidez de los generos Angitia y Tortricodes (Lep. Noctuidae)” [in Spanish]. Rev. Soc. uruguaya Ent., vol.5: pp.45-46. 1963. Proposes BLANCHARDITIA to replace Angitia (preoccupied in Hymenoptera), & ALBERTICODES to replace Tortricodes Guenee, 1854 (preoccupied in Tortricidae). [P.B.] Bigot, L., “Les Stenoptilia de la faune francaise (Lep. Pterophoridae)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.2: pp.97-105, 2 pls. 1961. Plume-moths of the genus Stenoptilia of the French fauna, with study of the 6 & @ genitalia. On p.99, “Stein 1887” is an error for Stein 1837. [P.V.] Bigot, L., “Les Aciptilia de la faune francaise (Lep. Pterophoridae)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.2: pp.247-254, 325-333, figs. 1962. Study of the French species. An “insular form” of A. spicidactyla from Malta is named insularis, p.254; described in Lambillionea, vol.61, p.49, 1961. [P.V.] Bigot, L., “Les Pterophoridae des iles Seychelles (Lep.)” lin French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.67: pp.79-88, 9 figs. 1962. Study of collection made by Henry Legrand in the Seychelles. Describes as new Platyptilia legrandi (Mahe, Beau- Vallon). [P.V.] Bigot, L., “Les Oidaematophorus, Pterophorus et Adaina de la faune frangaise (Lep. Pterophoridae)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.3: pp.25-32, 12 figs. 1963. Study of the French spp. of these genera of pterophorids, [P.V.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Omacnicowate — Pyralididae. Wachlarzykowate — Crambinae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz, Owad6w Polski, vol.27, part 45b (no.18): 87 pp., 286 figs. 1956. See review in Journal, vol.15: p.132. Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Studies on the Crambidae. Part XX. Further investigations on the European species of the generic group Crambus s.l.” [in English; Polish & Russian summaries]. Acta zool. cracov., vol.4: pp.147-154, 2 pls. 1959. Describes as new Agriphila hispanodeliella (loc. typ. Spain, Albarracin). Notes on 12 further spp. and forms are given. [J.M.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Materialien zur Kenntnis der Crambidae (Lepidoptera). Teil XXVII. Uber die Stellung von Crambus lithargyrellus var. domaviellus Rebel, 1904, und Beschreibung einer neuen Art vom Balkan” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.45: pp.169-172, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1960. Catoptria domaviella, n.comb. Describes as new C. kasyi (“Peristeri mons, Golemo ezero, 2200 m.”, E. Macedonia). [P.E.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Miernikowce — Geometridae. Wstep i podrodziny Brephinae, Orthostixinae, Geometrinae, Sterrhinae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owadow Polski, vol.27, part 46a (no.33): 149 pp., 446 figs. 1960. See review in Journal, vol.15: p.132. Bleszyfiski, Stanislaw, “Studien tiber die Crambidae (Lepidoptera). Teil XXXI. Bemerkungen tiber einige Arten mit Beschreibungen von zwei neuen Gattungen und einer neuen Art” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.46: pp.33-38, 8 figs. 1961. Describes as new PSEUDOCATHARYLLA (type Crambus flavoflabellus); ARGENTOCHILOIDES, & type A. xanthodorsellus ( Tanganyika, Matengo Highlands, WSW from Songea). Transfers several spp. to Pseudocatharylla, & sinks Crambus mandarinellus to P. aurifimbriella; notes & synonymy of Euchromius ramburiellus & E. gratiosellus. (P.B.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 247 Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Studies on the Crambidae. Part XXVI. Preliminary study on the genus Euchromius Gn.” Acta ent. Mus. nation. Pragae, vol.34: pp.451-468, 26 figs. 1961. As new are described: E. viettei (Arabia, Hejaz, Jidda), E. gozmanyi (Hispania & Tunisia), E. mouchai (Russia: Sarepta), E. klimeschi (Natal). Imagines & genitalia are figured. New synonyms: E. superbellus (=Eromene wockeella; =Ommatopteryx cypriusella). [J.M.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Studies on the Crambidae. Part XXX. On several species of the generic group Crambus F. from Ethiopian region with the descriptions of new genera and species” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.31: pp.165-207, 20 pls. with 81 figs. 1961. 33 spp. are discussed, of which 21 are described as new. The types mainly in British Museum (Natural History). New genera: CAFFROCRAMBUS (type Crambus_ dichotomellus Hampson); ANOMOCRAMBUS (type homerus); & AUREOCRAMBOIDES (type apollo). New species: Crambus themistocles (S. Africa, Natal, National Park), C. sebrus (Nyasaland, Mlanje Plateau), C. archimedes (Basutoland, Masseru; Transvaal & Natal also), C. thersites (Nairobi, E. Africa), C. caligula (Kampala to Ntebe), C. pythagoras (Angola: Caiala, Bihé), C. aristophanes (E. Africa: Escarpment & Kenya, Nakuru), C. bellissimus (Natal National Park), C. guerini (Tanganyika), C. pseudosparsellus (Mashonaland, Salisbury), C. razowskii (Cape Prov., Mossel Bay), C. euripides (Uganda: Ruwenzori Range), C. icarus (Kenya, Aberdare Range), C midas (Angola: Andulo, Bihé), C. nephretete (Angola: Bulubulu, Bihé), C. ovidius (Katanga: Biano), C. cormieri and C. prometheus ( Tanganyika) Caffrocrambus alcibiades (Cape Prov., Mossel Bay); Anomocrambus homerus (Natal National Park); Aureocramboides apollo (E. Africa: Escarpment). Crambus hampsoni nom. nov. for C. mediofasciellus Hampson nec Zerny. [].M.] Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Studies on the Crambidae (Lepidoptera). Part XXXVII. Changes in the nomenclature of some Crambidae with the description of new genera and species’ [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol.32: pp.9-48, 31 figs 1962. A number of new combinations are recorded. New genera: PSEUDOMETACHILO (monotypic for P. diatraeellus Hmps.); STYXON (monotypic for S. ciniferalis Car.); ZACATECAS (monotypic for Z. ankasokellus Viette); VAXI (monotypic for V. obliqua Hamps.); VELASQUEZ (monotypic for V. pentadactylus Zell.); VERONESE (monotypic for V. distinctellus Leech). New spp.: Pediasia simiensis (Walamo, Prov. Soddu, Abyssinia), P. niobe (East Africa), P. walkeri (Kashmir, Pelain-India); new subspecies: Crambus hortuellus sebdoui (Sebdou, Algeria), C. h. ussuriellus (Jakovlevka- Ussuri,Amur, Hokkaido- Japan) New names: Argyria vesta (for A. obliquella Dyar, 1914); Crambus xebus (for C. jucundellus £. uniformellus Caradja, 1910). Genitalia of new spp. are figured. [J.M.] Bourgogne, J., “Une espéce nouvelle du genre Fumea Haw. (Lep. Psychidae)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.2: pp. 73-80, 10 figs., pl.III figs. 8-10. 1961. Describes as new Fumea pyrenaea (France, E. Pyrenees, Porté) & F. p. occidentalis (France, central Pyrenees, Pouey Aspé). After nomenclatorial considerations, the subfamily Psychinae auct. is named MEGALOPHANINAE, new name. [P.V.] Bourgogne, J., “Une psychide d’Afrique peu connue, Acanthopsyche sierricola White” [in French]. Bull. Inst. franc. Afr. noire (A), vol.23: pp.485-492, 6 figs. 1961. A very poorly known psychid from Africa; redescription and figures of the lectotype, the ¢ genitalia, and a form. [P.V.] Bourgogne, J., “Une psychide nouvelle de l'Afrique orientale (Lep.)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.65: pp.218-220, 11 figs. “1960” [1961]. Description of Megalophanes majoropsis, a psychid from British East Africa, Patta Island. [P.V.] Bourgogne, J., “Un Acanthopsyche nouveau d'Afrique (Lep. Psychidae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.67: pp.37-40, 8 figs. 1962. Describes as new A. mixta (N. W. Rhodesia, Solwezi, Kimbwi). [P.V.] 248 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 Boursin, Ch., “Eine fiir Spanien neue Scotia-Art (Agrotis auct.), Scotia schawerdai Byt.-Salz (=“Agrotis” santoruana Hartig, nov. syn.) (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Noctuidae-Trifinae, 106)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.45: pp.68-70, 1 pl. 1960. Describes as new S. s. balearica (San Antonio, Ibisa, Pityusen Is.); comparison & figures of Lithophane leautieri sspp. & Ochropleura mansoura hispanica. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Drei neue palaarktische Cryphia Hb.-Arten (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der “Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 113)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.46: pp.139-144, 1 pl. 1961. Describes as new C. sugitanii (Mt. Daisen, Japan); C. (Bryoleuca) hannemanni (Margelan, Russian Turkestan); C. mongolica (Schawyr, E. Tannuola region, Outer Mongolia, 2506 m.). Discusses spp. of C. (Cryphia) & C. (Euthales); sinks C. stictica to C. receptricula & C. burgeffi to C. seladona. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Chersotis B. aus Griechenland (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der “Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 112)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.46: pp.137-139, 1 pl. 1961. Describes as new C. hellenica (Megaspilion, 960 m., Peloponnesus, Greece). [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Aegle Hb. aus Anatolien (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 130)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent., vol.47: pp.183- 186, 2 pls. 1962. Describes as new A. diatemna (Mardin, E. Anatolia). Figures adults & genitalia of some related spp. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine enue Cardepia Hps. aus Turkestan ( Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 123)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.47: pp.160- 162, 1 pl. 1962. Describes as new C. helix ( Aj-Darle, Syr-Darja, Russian Turkestan ). [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Hadena Schrk. (Dianthoecia B.) aus Armenien (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 124)” lin German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.47: pp.162-164, 1 pl. 1962. Describes as new H. pygmaea (Ak-Bulak, Armenia). Sinks H. gemella, H. chosensis, & H. kogurei to H. dealbata. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Mythimna O. aus Stidwestchina (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 122)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.47: pp.140-141, 1 pl. 1962. Describes as new M. anthracoscelis (Kinfu-Shan, Si-Kang, SW China). [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Subleuconycta Kozh. (Apatelinae) aus Formosa (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 121)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.47: pp.138-139, 1 pl. 1962. Describes as new S. sugii. LP.B.] Boursin, Ch., “Note sur une espéce nouvelle pour la France metropolitaine et sur quelques captures intéressantes dans le Sud-Est (Lep. Noctuidae) [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.31: pp.136-137. 1962. Amathes cohaesa H.-S. a new species for the metropolitan French fauna and notes on Paradiarsia punicea Hb. & Hydraecia petasitis Dbld.; stempfferi Boursin, 1925 is a subspecies of Calophasia lunula Hfn. [P.V.] Boursin, Ch., “Nouvelles races de Noctuidae paléarctiques, avec une note synonymique (Lep.) (Contributions a l’étude des ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 120)” [in French]. Bull. Mens. Soc. Iinn. Lyon, vol.31: pp.302-305. 1962. Descriptions of new subspecies (and not “races”) of palearctic noctuids: Rhyacia nyctymerides alagesica (Russian Armenia, Alagés Mts.); Discestra stigmosa corsicola ( Corsica, St.-Florent ) ; Hadena luteocincta altamira (Spain, Grenada, Sierra Nevada); Metopoceras canteneri satanas (S. Spain, Villamanrique); Cryphia ereptricula hellenica (Greece, Peloponnesus, Kalavryta); Autophila osthelderi libanopsis (Lebanon, Bscharré); Pseudohadena arvicola rhodostola (Syria, 20 km. NE from Damas). Conistra danbei Duponchel f. ind. signata Agenjo is a synonym of C. gallica Lederer. [P.V.] Boursin, Ch., “Une nouvelle race de Lithophane leautieri B. dEspagne (Lep. Noctuidae)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.31: p.251. 1962. Description of L. 1. andalusica (Spain, Andalusia, Grenada). [P.V.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 Boursin, Charles, “Die Isochlora Stgr.-und Grumia Alph.-Arten aus Dr. h.c. Hones China-Ausbeuten (Beitrag zur Fauna Sinica) (Beitraége zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 135)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.122- 127, 3 pls. 1963. Describes as new G. carriei (Batang, Si-kiang, alpine zone, 5000 m.). Discussion of Isochlora viridis longivitta, I. straminea, & I. grumi; ae ae 9 known spp. of Isochlora (2 new synonyms) & figures genitalia of all. P.B. Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Grumia Alph. aus Sikkim (Beitréage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 134)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.121-122, 1 fig. 1963. Deschibes as new G. krausei (Sebula Pass, 4800 m., N. Sikkim). [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Hadula Stgr. aus Zentralasien (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der “‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 131)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.43-45, 2 pls. 1963. Describes as new H. leucheima (Issyk-kul); figures of related spp. also. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Hydraecia Gn. aus Marokko (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 136)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.127-128, 2 pls. 1963. Describes as new H. rungsi (Ifrane) & H. r. gigantea (Algiers). [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue palaarktische Gattung der Unterfamilie Hadeninae (Lep. Noctuidae) (Beitrége zur Kenntnis der ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 133)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.86-87, 2 pls. 1963. Describes as new CARDIESTRA (type eremistis Pglr.), including 3 spp.; comparison with Discestra, Cardepia, Aglossestra, & Saragossa, including figures of genitalia & front: sinks Onychestra to Saragossa. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Pseudohadena Stgr. aus Chinesisch-Turkestan ( Beitrage zur Kenntnis der “Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 131)” [in German]... Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.38-40, 2 pls. 1963. Describes as new P. oxybela (Kuldzha): figures of related spp. also; sinks P. adscripta to P. siri. [P.B.] Boursin, Ch., “Les Noctuidae de l’expédition féminine Claude Kogan au Cho-Oyu (Népal), 1959 (Lep.). Premiére contribution 4 l’etude de la faune des Noctuidae du. Népal (Contributions a l’étude des Noctuidae Trifinae, 125)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Coc. linn. Lyon, vol.32: pp.20-22, 2 figs. 1963. List of some noctuids collected by the female expedition to Cho-Oyu and description of Diarsia claudia (Nepal, Sarkori Pati, 3750 m.). [P.V.] Boursin, Ch., “Une espece de Noctua L. (Triphaena O.) europeenne et francaise, méconnue depuis 173 ans. Noctua interposita Huebner, 1789, nec 1790 (Lep. Noctuidae) (note préliminaire). Contributions a l’étude des ‘Noctuidae-Trifinae’, 126” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.32: pp.72-79, 1 table. 1963. Discovery of a species of European noctuid disregarded for 173 years: N. interposita (=consequa Huebner, sarmata Rambur, orbona nigra Pieszczek). History, geographical distribution, and description of two subspecies: N. i. baraudi (E. Pyrenees, Les Ambollas), & N. i. lajonquierei (Spain, Sierra de Guadarrama, Puerto de Navacerrada). [P.V.] Bradley, J. D., “Microlepidoptera collected by the Gough Island Scientific Survey 1955-56.” Entomologist, vol.91: pp.178-180, 3 figs. 1968. Describes as new Agonopterix goughi. Endrosis sarcitrella & Monopis crocicapitella complete the known fauna. [P.B.] Bradley, J. D., “The identity of certain species of Coleophoridae (Lepidoptera).” Ent. Gazette, vol.13: pp.173-184, 3 figs. 1962. Redefinition of spp., synonymy, & lectotype selections in Coleophora. (P.B.] Bradley, J. D., “A review of the nomenclature of certain species in the genus Elachista Treitschke (Lep., Elachistidae).” Ent. Gazette, vol.14: pp.150-161, 6 figs. 1963. Redefinitions & figures of genitalia of E. bisulcella (=zonariella), E. gangabella (=taeniatella, n.syn.), E. megerlella (=albinella?; =obliquella), E. unifasciella, E. adscitella, & E. cingillella (=densicornuella, n.syn.); notes on 250 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 types & synonyms. Phalaena cinctella (=Stomopteryx vorticella, n.syn.), a gelechiid). [P.B.] Bradley, J. D., “Apotoma infida (Heinrich) (Lep., Tortricidae) in the British Isles.” Ent. Gazette, vol.14: pp.39-41. 1963. New record; compared to A. semifasciana. [P.B.] Bradley, J. D., “Sorhagenia rhamniella (Zeller) (Lep., Momphidae) — a composite species.” Ent. Gazette, vol.14: pp.41-44. 1963. Sinks S. tolli to S. lophyrella; descriptive notes on S. lophyrella, S. rhamniella, & S. janiszewskae; only the first and last have definitely been identified in Britain. [P.B.] Breyer, Alberto, “Las especies argentinas del genero Hesperocharis Felder (Lepidoptera, Pieridae)” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.17: pp.45-51, 3 pls., 1 map. “1959” [1960]. Describes as new H. angitia giesekingi (Tucuman Proy., Argentina), and a new “form”. Gives key to 7 spp. & sspp., with descriptive notes & synonymy. [P.B.] deBros, Emmanuel, “Chersotis fimbriola vallensis n.ssp. (Lep. Noctuidae)” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.11: pp.113-116, 8 figs. 1962. Type locality: Sierre-Geronde, Switzerland. [P.B.] Brown, F. Martin, ““A badlands subspecies of Limenitis weidemeyeri Edwards (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae ).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.2018: 6 pp., 4 figs. 1960. Describes as new L. w. oberfoelli (Badlands, Slope Co., North Dakota). Gives evidence that type locality of L. weidemeyeri is Front Range west of Denver, Colorado. [P.B.] Brown, F. Martin, “A note about Lycaena nivalis browni (Lycaenidae).” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.15: pp.107-108. 1962. Brown, F. Martin, “Notes about the types of some species of butterflies described by William Henry Edwards.” Ent. News, vol.73: pp.265-268. 1962. Probable location of some types; those of Lycaena amica, L. pembina, Hesperia yuma, and probably others, were destroyed. [P.B.] Brown, F. Martin, “A neotype for Coenonympha ochracea Edwards (1861).” Ent. News, vol.74: pp.211-219. 1963. Selects specimen from Jefferson Co., Colorado, as neotype, as part of application to International Commission for rejection of Winnipeg specimen labelled as type by author; the reasons for the application are fully explained. [P.B.] Brown, F. Martin, “Coenonympha ochracea Edwards, 1861 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed designation of a neotype under the Plenary Powers.” Bull. zool. Nomencl., vol.20: pp.447-448. 1963. Specimen from Turkey Creek, Jefferson Co., Colo., proposed as neotype. [P.B.] Brown, F. Martin, “The dates of publication of Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres — Heteroceres by Herman Strecker.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.18: pp.43-44. 1964. Brown, F. Martin, “The W. H. Edwards types of Hesperiidae lost on the ‘S. S. Pomerania’ in 1878.” Ent. News, vol.75: pp.24-25. 1964. Apparently only 7 specimens, including types of Hesperia eos, H. nereus, & H. zampa were lost [P.B.] Buck, F. D., “Editorial notes on nomenclature.” Proc. S. London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1960: pp.155-158. 1961. Includes notes on revised names of some British spp. (butterflies, Sphingidae, noctuids, Coleophoridae). [P.B.] Buck, F. D., “Editorial notes on nomenclature.” Proc. S. London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1961: pp.160-164. 1962. Includes notes on the nomenclature of some British spp. of Noctuidae, Geometridae, Pyralidae, & Tortricoidea. [P.B.] Buckett, J. S., “Collecting of Annaphila spila, with notes on the ‘crimson-winged’ group of the genus.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.2: pp.303-304. “1963” [19641]. Comparison of A. spila, A. evansi, & A. superba; notes on habits & habitat of A. spila (Solano Co., Calif.). [P.B.] Biittiker, W., “Notes on two species of Westermanniinae (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) from Cambodia.” Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (B), vol.31: pp.73-76, 6 figs. 1962. Describes as new Arcyophora sylvatica (Koc Cha Loch, 24 km. NE of Kampot); redescribes Lobocraspis griseifusa. The spp. were found feeding on lachrymal secretions of water buffaloes. [P.B.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Pa | Butani, Dhamo K., “A key for the identification of sugarcane moth borers.” ae Journ. Ent., vol.18: pp.303-304. 1956. A field key for 14 spp. of moths. Cantlie, Keith, & T. Norman, “A new butterfly from Assam.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.56: pp.357-358, 1 fig. 1959. Describes as new Isma_ bonata (Naga foothills, Sibsagar District, Assam, India). [J.D.] Cantlie, Keith, & T. Norman, “Notes on the butterfly genus Ypthima.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.56: pp.66-71, 12 figs. 1959. Describes as new Y. atra (Kangpokpi, Manipur, 4000 ft.) & “forms” of Y. watsoni & Y. akbar; Y. watsani & Y. newara good spp.; Y. fusca new to India (Assam). Figures & notes on other spp. [J.D.] Cantlie, Keith, & T. Norman, “Butterfly notes from Assam: the undescribed female of Ypthima atra.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.58: p.296. 1961. Type locality as for the males (Kangpokpi, Manipur, India, 4000 ft.). Description of single @. [J.D.] Cantlie, Keith, “Hesperiidae. Halpe scissa sp. nov.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.58: pp.532-533, 4 figs. 1961. Type locality: East Dawnas, Burma. Thorough discussion of the genitalia of this & similar spp. [J.D.] Cantlie, K., & T. Norman, “‘Notes on the butterfly genus Ypthima’.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.58: p.532. 1961. Acknowledge that Shirozu separated Y. newara from Y. nareda before they did. [J.D.] Capps, Hahn W., “Description of a new species of Chilo (Crambidae). Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.17: pp.31-32, 4 figs. 1963. C. erianthalis (Port Blarre, La., reared on Erianthus ). Chang, Vincent C. S., “Quantitative analysis of certain wing and genitalia characters of Pieris in western North America.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.2: pp.97-125, 15 figs. 1963. Comparison of characters supports the distinctness of the 6 western spp., including P. protodice & P. occidentalis, which are respectively southern and northern with some overlap from central California to Oregon. [P.B.] Christensen, G., “Om subspecier” [in Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol.58: pp.43-44. 1952. Discusses the subspecies concept. [T.W.L.] Clark, Gowan C., & C. G. C. Dickson, “Proposed classification of South African Lycaenidae from the early stages.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.19: pp.195-215, 15 pls. 1956. South African spp. are listed in a series of 18 unnamed “branches” which are shown in a tentative phylogenetic tree. Characters used are those of the egg and the first instar larva; characters are discussed and illustrated for the 84 spp. in which they are known. The egg is said to indicate the subfamily, but distinctive subfamily characters are not given. [P.B.] Clark, Gowan C., & C. G. C. Dickson, “On the life-history of Leptomyrina lara (L.) and the reclassification of the Natal form, gorgias (Stoll) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.20: pp.333-335, 2 pls. 1957. L. lara & L. gorgias are regarded as distinct spp. because of differences in early stages, especially Ist instar larvae. All stages of both spp. are beautifully illustrated in color. [P.B.] Clarke, J. F. Gates, “New species of Microlepidoptera from Japan.” Ent. News, vol.73: pp.91-102, 3 pls. 1962. Describes as new: (Oececophoridae) Psorosticha melanocrepida (Kytsyi, Oita; on Citrus wumnshiu); Agonopteryx chaetosema (Honsyt, Kii, Nati; on Fagara schinifolia), A. issikii (HonsyG, Sinano Tabira; on Orixa japonica); (Gelechiidae) Brachmia deodora (Honsyt, Kinki, Sakai; on Cedrus deodora); Gnorimaschema pervada (Kytsyt, Usuki, Oita; on Solanum lyratum ). [P.B.] Clench, Harry K., “The philobia group of the genus Cossula (Lepidoptera: Cossidae ) Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., ser.13, vol.3: pp.407-416, 1 pl. 1961. Describes as new C. wellingi (Chichen Itza, Yucatan), C. poecilosma (Prov. del Sara, 450 m., central Bolivia), C. eberti (Ouro Branco, 1000-1100 m., Minas Geraés, Brazil); redescribes C. morgani, C. interrogationis, & C. philobia; notes on C. alfarae. Key to spp. [P.B.] »> »? . 252 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 Clench, Harry K., “Callophrys (Lycaenidae) from the Pacific Northwest.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.2: pp.151-160, 2 figs. 1963. Describes as new C. sheridani newcomeri (Mill Creek, 1800 ft., Yakima Co., Washington). Discusses northwestern populations of C. dumetorum, and infraspecific variation and range of C. sheridani, including climatic factors which presumably limit its occurrence. [P.B.] Clench, Harry K., “Further notes on West African Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera).” Ent. News, vol.74: pp.43-49. 1963. Describes as new Aphnaeus chapini occidentalis (Efulen, Cameroons). Places A. asterius ugandae as ssp. of A. chapini. Sinks Cupidesthes brunneus to C. paludicola; Anthene musagetes to A. rubricincta. Notes on some other forms belonging to these genera & to Spindasis. [P.B.] Clench, Harry K., “A synopsis of the West Indian Lycaenidae with remarks on their zoogeography.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.2: pp.247-270, 10 figs. “1963” [1964]. Describes as new NESIOSTRYMON (type Thecla celida shoumatoffi); HETEROS- MAITIA (type Thecla bourkei); ALLOSMAITIA (type Thecla coelebs). Syste- matic notes on Callophrys crethona, Pseudolycaena, Electrostrymon, Leptotes, Hemiargus, & Brephidium. Lists spp. known from West Indian islands. Discussion includes effects of low temperatures in Pleistocene & possible island origin of some mainland spp. [P.B.] Collenette, C. L., “Entomological results from the Swedish Expedition 1934 to Burma and British India. Lepidoptera Hetercera: Lymantriidae, collected by Dr. Rene Malaise in Burma.” Ent. Tidskr., vol.81: pp.74-76, 3 figs. 1960. Describes as new Euproctis malaisei (NE Burma: Kambaiti, 7000 ft.); Aroa kambaiti (same), Pantana azana (same). [P.B.] Collenette, C. L., “New African Lymantriidae (Lepidoptera, Heterocera).” Ann. & Mag. nat Hist., ser. 13, vol.3: pp.91-101, 1 pl. 1966. Describes as new Hyaloperina erythroma (Njombe, 6000-6500 ft., Tanganyika); SEVASTOPULOA (monobasic), S. celaenocera (Mombasa, Kenya); Olapa sobo (Sobo Plain, near Sapele, Nigeria); Stilpnaroma nasisi (N. Kavirondo, -Nasisi Hills, 4800 ft., Kenya); Crorema mentiens phaulia (Kumusi, Ashanti); Carpenterella chionobosca (Beamba, Uganda); Paramarbla ansorgei (Beni, Belgian Congo); Euproctis carcassoni (Mpanga Forest, Fort Portal, Uganda), E. coniorta (Kampala, Uganda), E. macnultyi (Port Harcourt, Nigeria); Dasychira burtti (Old Shinyanga, Tanganyika ), D. callipepla (Gazi, near Mambasa, Kenya), D. nyctopa (Port Harcourt, Nigeria), D. lipara (Mpanga Forest, Fort Portal, Uganda), D. aphanta (Port Harcourt, Nigeria), D. isozyga (Port Harcourt), D. anisozyga (Sobo Plain, near Sapele, Nigeria), D. proleprota cratista (Mombasa, Kenya), D. anoista (Port Harcourt, Nigeria), D. catadela (Buea, S. Cameroons); Rhypopteryx bowdeni (Kawanda, Uganda), R. hemichrysa (Salisbury, S. Rhodesia). Note on R. pachytaenia 6. Some new synonymy. [P.B.] Collenette, C. L., “Some new Lymantriidae from the Congo.” Lambillionea, vol.60: pp.95-106, 1 pl. 1960. Describes as new Euproctis cerealces (Kivu, Lyemba, Mukera), E. aethodigmata (Upper Kasai District); Laelia lusambo (Lusambo), L. dochmia (Sankuru, Katako-kombe); Dasychira hodoepora (Nigeria, Warri), D. amydropa, D. phasa, D. polyploca (Lusambo), D. sociodes (Uele, Paulis), D. bokuma (Equateur, Bokuma); DYASMA (type Dasychira thaumatopoeides) ; Lomadonta callipepla (Uele); Rhypopteryx uele (Uele), R. fontainei (Uele), R. psoloconiama (Ituri, Nioka). Notes & synonymy on some other spp. [P.B.] Cottrell, C. B., “Two new subspecies of Papilio jacksoni E. Sharpe (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) from Tanganyika and the Northern Rhodesia-Nyasaland border.” proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (B), vol.32: pp.125-128, 1 pl., 1 map. 1963. Describes as new P. j. kungwe (Mt. Kungwe, W. Tanganyika), P. 7. nyika (Nyika Plateau, Nyasaland); redefines & figures all sspp. of P. jacksoni & gives their distribution. LeBaAl Coutin, R., “Les Laspeyresia des chataignes et des glands. Etude biologique et morphologique de L. splendana (Hb.) et L. fagiglandana (Z.) (Lep. Oleth- reutidae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.66: pp.21-26, 2 pls. 1961. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bo Ol (we) Biological and morphological study of two spp. of Lespeyresia, pests of chestnuts & acorns. [P.V.] Covell, Charles V., “A revision of the neotropical genus Erilophodes (Lepidoptera: Geometridae ).” Ann. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.56: pp.835-844, 26 figs. 1963. Describes as new E. spinosa (Guarani, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil), E. toddi (Alto da Serra, Sao Paulo, Brazil). Redescribes type species, E. colorata; transfers E. indistincta to Ischnopteryx, E. marmorinata to Neodesmodes (synonym of semialbata), E. arana to Neodesmodes. [P.B.] Crosson du Cormier, Alain, “Boloria pales Den. et Schiff. et Boloria aquilonaris St. dans la region des Hauts-Tatras” [in French]. Acta faun. ent. Mus. nation. Pragae, vol.7: pp.57-60, 6 figs. 1961. B. p. tatrensis ssp. (High Tatra & Liptov Mts., in N. Slovakia) is described. [J.M.] Crosson du Cormier, A., & P. Guérin, “Les especes du genre Boloria en France (Nymphalidae)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.2: pp.41-48, 1 pl., 1 fig. 1961. A good study on the 4 spp. of Boloria (B. pales, B. napaea, B. graeca, & B. aquilonaris ) occurring in France. [P.V.] Crosson du Cormier, A.. & P. Guérin, “Boloria aquilonaris Stichel en Pologne méridionale (Nymphalidae)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.2: pp.236-238. 1962. B. aquilonaris in S. Poland and description of B. a. podhalensis n.ssp. (Podczerwone, Nowy-Targ district). [P.V.] Daniel, Franz, “Bemerkungen zu einigen Zygaena—wund Dysauxes Arten Maze- doniens” [in German; Macedonian summary]. Acta Mus. Macadonici Scient. nat., vol.4: pp.211-222. 1956. Z. filipendulae sharensis ssp. (Shar planina, S. Yugoslavia), Z. ramburi europensis ssp.n. (Stary Dorian, S. Yugoslavia), Z. ephialtes vardarica ssp.n. (Shar planina, Vratnica, 900 m.); gives also redescription of D. famula burgeffi Draudt (neotypes from Stary Dorian). [J.M.] Daniel, Franz, “Eine fiir das Alpengebiet neue Procris-Art: P. albanica Nauf. (Lep. Zygaenidae)” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.9: pp.57-58. 1960. Record from S. Slovenia extends known range northwestard. Differences from related spp. are pointed out. [P.B.] Daniel, Franz, “Monographie der palaearktischen Cossidae IV. Die Genera Cossulinus Kby., Dyspessacossus Dan. und Isoceras Tti. (Lep.)” Lin German]. Mitt. mtinchner ent. Ges., vol.50: pp.93-118, 2 pls., 3 figs. 1960. Revision of these genera, based mainly on the literature, from which original descriptions and other comments are quoted at length. Specimens examined are listed. Some forms previously placed in Cossus, Hypopta & Holcoceras are here included in the above genera. Generic assignment is based here on external characters, especially ¢ antennal structure; the author complains of the tendency to base classifications on single characters instead of on all important structures, but as before neglects genitalia entirely. [P.B.] Daniel, Franz, Monographie der palaearktischen Cossidae V. Die Genera PARAHYPOPTA ¢g.n., Sinicossus Clench und Catopta Stgr.” Lin German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.51: pp.160-212, 2 pls., 10 figs. 1961. Describes as new PARAHYPOPTA (type caestrum Hbn.); the type of Hypopta is ambigua. All palearctic spp. of these genera treated, with original descriptions repeated; figures of most. [P.B.] Daniel, Franz, “Spilarctia karakorumica sp.n. (Lep., Arctiidae)” lin German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.51: p.159, 1 fig. 1961. Type locality “N.W. Karakorum, Gilgit, Banidas 2660 m.” [P.B.] Daniel, Franz, “Besprechung einiger Zeuzera-Formen Ost— und _ Siidostasiens (Lepidoptera — Cossidae)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Arbeitsgem. Osterr. Ent., vol.14: pp.6-9, 1 pl. 1962. Describes as new Z. nepalense (Tukucha, Nepal; records of Z. pyrina & Z. multistrigata, with taxonomic notes. [P.B.] Davis, Donald R., “Bagworm moths of the western hemisphere.” U.S. nat. Mus. Bull., no.244: 233 pp., 385 figs. 1964. Describes as new NAEVIPENNA (type Platoeceticus aphaidropa, monobasic); LUMACRA (type Eumeta brasiliensis), L. haitiensis (Port-au-Prince, Haiti), L. quadridentata (St. Jean de Maroni, 254 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 French Guiana), L. hyalinacra (Juayua, El Salvador); CURTORAMA (type Psyche cassiae, monobasic); ASTALA (type Psyche confederata); BASICLADUS (type Eurycyttarus tracyi); COLONEURA (type Apterona fragilis, monobasic): Animula (ARTIPENNA) (type Thyrdiopteryx seitzi): Oiketicus (PARAOIKET- ICUS) (type O. geyeri). Revision of Psychidae of the new world, based mainly on male structure. 55 spp. & 2 sspp. are treated systematically; 19 others, whose males are unknown or could not be examined, are discussed in an appendix; the remaining 28 names used for this group are synonyms, many of them new. The American founa is made up of specialized types; only Solenobia walshella (possibly in- troduced) represents the primitive “Micro-Psychina”. Characters of early stages are discussed, but are said to be of little value in classification; female characters are not correlated with those of males. The larvae are notoriously polyphagous. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “Opmerkingen over het genus Cryptaspasma (Lepidoptera, Olethreu- tidae)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.20: pp.17-19. 1960. Summary of his revision of pantropical genus. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “Records and descriptions of exotic Tortricoidea (Lep.).” Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol.130: pp.49-76, 1 pl., 31 figs. 1961. Describes as new Adoxophyes novohebridensis (New Hebrides), A. rhopalodesma (Waigeu Is.); XENEDA, & type species X. coena (New Caledonia); Xenothictis noctiflua (New Hebrides); Lobesia embrithes (Mauritius); CONIOSTOLA (type species Eucosma stereoma Meyr.); PERITRICHOCERA, & type species P. bipectinata (La Réunion). [P.V.] Diakonoff, A., “Ergebnisse der Zoologischen Nubien-Expedition 1962. Teil XVI. Lepidoptera; Tortricidae, Olethreutinae” [in German]. Ann. naturhist. Mus.Wien, vol.66: pp.473-476, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1963. Describes as new Bactra legitima insignis (Wadi Halfa, Nubia). Describes ¢ & @ genitalia of Laspeyresia refrigescens. Sinks Bactra truculenta & B. banosii to B. venosana; notes on B. graminivora. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “Tortricidae from Madagascar in the Berlin Museum.” Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.8: pp.152-155, 3 figs. 1961. Describes as new Parapandemis croceocephala (Betsileo country, S. central Madagascar). Records of 11 other spp. [P.B.] Dufay, Claude, “Les Abrostola O. (Unca auct.) de la collection du Museum National de Prague” [in French]. Acta faun. ent. Mus. nation. Pragae, vol.5: pp.43-47. 1959. The localities of 4 central European spp. are recorded. The key for the determination of these spp. is given. [J.M.] Dufay, C., “Description d’une nouvelle espece de-Plusia auct. sensu. lato des Balkans (Lep. Noctuidae, Plusiinae) (note préliminaire) (Contribution a létude des Noctuidae “Quadrifinae’, XV)” in French. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.30: pp.5-6. 1961. Describes as new P. chlorocharis (central Macedonia, Drenovo near Kavadar). Note the abnormal length of the title of this paper! [P.V.] Dufay, Cl., “Les Nycteola Hiibner (Sarrothripus Curtis) de la Collection Staudinger. Description d’une espéce nouvelle d’Asie centrale et antérieure (Lep. Noct.)” [in French]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.8: pp.431-440, 5 figs. 1961. Describes as new N. degenerana eurasiatica (Moscow), N. eremostola (Saisan, Tarbagatai, SW Altai). Review of material of the 7 Old World spp. in this collection. [P.B.] Dufay, C., “Descriptions de trois nouvelles espéces d’Euchalcia Hb. d.Asie anterieure (Lep. Noctuidae Plusiinae) (note preliminaire)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyan, vol.32: pp.68-72. 1963. Describes as new E. hyrcaniae (N. Persia, Elbours Mts., Sardab valley, Tacht i Suleiman), E. chalcophanes (same locality), E. phrygiae (Anatolia, Tschiftlik, Akschehir). [P.V.] Ebert, Giinter, “Vorkommen und Verbreitung einiger schwierigerer Rhopaloceren- Arten in Nordbayern” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.10: pp.49-56, 59-67, 23 figs. 1961. Points out distinguishing characteristics of Melitaea athalia, M. britomartis, & M. parthenie; map shows records of latter 2 spp. in N. Bavaria. Discusses characters of Maculinea alcon and their variation; regards M. rebeli as at most an alpine subspecies; map shows Bavarian records of M. alcon. [P.B.1] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 255 Ebert, Giinther, “Melitaea parthenoides (=parthenie auct., nec Bkh.), ein sicherer Neufund fiir Nordbayern” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.11: pp.81-87, 4 figs., 1 map. 1962. Distinguishes M. parthenoides from M. parthenie, M. athalia, M. britomartis; summarizes distribution. [P.B.] Ehrlich, Paul R., “A note on the systematic position of the giant lycaenid butterfly Liphyra brassolis Westwood (Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea).” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol.36: pp.133-135. 1960. On morphological characters, which are listed, this species is a normal member of the Lycaeninae in Ehrlich’s sense. [P.B.] Ehrlich, Paul R., Anne H. Ehrlich, et al., How to know the butterflies. 262 pp.., 525 figs. Dubuque, Iowa: Wm. C. Brown Co. 1961. An illustrated key to all spp. of Papilionoidea known from America north of Mexico. Structural characters, including genitalia, are used when important for certain identification. Morphology of adults is described, and the index includes an illustrated glossary. Various specialists have contributed certain sections; in Melitaeini, D. L. Bauer describes as new POLADRYAS (type Melitaea pola); in Theclini, H. K. Clench describes as new CHLOROSTRYMON (type Thecla telea), PHAEOSTYMON (type T. alcestis), MINISTRYMON (type T. leda), XAMIA (type Mitoura xami ), CYANOPHRYS (type Strymon agricolor), EURISTRYMON (type Thecla favonius), HYPOSTRYMON (type T. critola), ELECTROSTRYMON (type Papilio endyminon). There are some new or unfamiliar combinations, particularly in these two tribes. See review in Journal, vol.14: pp.201-202. [P.B.] Eliot, J. N., “A new species of Potanthus (Hesperiidae) and some other butterflies from Malaya.” Entomologist, vol.93: pp.241-245, 2 figs. 1960. Describes as new: (Satyridae) Erites medura russelli (Malaya, Selangor, Ulu Gombak, 16th mile- stone); (Nymphalidae) Euthalia eriphylae raya (Malaya, Langkawi Islands): (Hesperiidae) Potanthus chloe (Malaya, Perak, Maxwell’s Hill, 4000 ft.); also a “form” of Deudorix (Lycaenidae). Notes on spp. & sspp. confused under the name Neptis nata. Describes 2 of Celastrina cyma. [P.B.] Eyer, John R., “A pictorial key to the North American moths of the family Opostegidae.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.17: pp.237-242, 2 pls. 1964. Fletcher, D. S., & P. Viette, “Descriptions de trois nouveaux genres de noctuelles trifides (Lepid.)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.31: pp.5-7. 1962. Descriptions of MABILLEANA (Noctuinae), type species: Agrotis pudens Mabille; SAALMUELLERANA (Hadeninae), type species: Dianthoecia glebosa Saalmiiller; BERIOANA (Amphipyrinae), type species: Trachea limbulata Berio. [P.V.] Fletcher, D. S., “Macrolepidoptera collected by the Gough Island Scientific Survey 1955-56.” Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (B), vol.32: pp.17-19, 4 figs. 1963. Describes as new Dimorphonoctua goughensis & Peridroma goughi, brachypterous endemics, and records P. porphyrea & Othreis apta. [P.B.] Forster, Walter, “Bausteine zur Kenntnis der Gattung Agriodiaetus Scudd. (Lep. Lycaen.) II” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.45: pp.105-142; vol.46: pp.8-13, 38-47, 74-78, 88-94, 110-116; 6 pls. 1960, 1961. Describes as new A. actis pseudactis (Armenia, Daralagez Mts., pag. Martiros, 200 m.), A. a. praeactinides (Karatau Mts., pag. Vyssokoje, Prov. Syr-Darja), A. iphigenia rueckbeili (E. Turkestan, Aksu), A. phyllis zeituna (Zeitun, Antitaurus), A. p. sheljuzhkoi (Armenia, Daralagez Mts., pag. Azizbekov, 1650 m.), A. p. dagestanica (Dagestan, pag. Chodzhal-machi, Dargi District), A. p. askhabadica (Transcaspia, Kuschka), A. hopfferi malatiae (W. Kurdistan, near Malatya), A. hamadanensis splendens (Iran, Elburs Mts., Keredji, 1800 m.), A. dolus ainsae (Ainsa, Pyrenees, Spain), A. antidolus kurdistanica (Kurdistan, near Wan, Erek Dagh, 2000-2500 m.). Monographic treatment of these spp. and 6 related ones; all but 3 forms are figured. [P.B.] Forster, Walter, “Presidential address to the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.15: pp.57-62. 1961. neo Fox, Richard M., “A check list of the Ithomiidae. I. Tribes Tithoreini and Melinaeini. Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.15: pp.25-33. 1961. 256 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 Fox, Richard M., “Affinities and distribution of Antillean Ithomiidae.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.2: pp.173-184, 12 figs. 1963. Sinks Greta Hemming to Hymenitis. Describes as new H. diaphana quisqueya (Mt. Diego de Ocampo, Dominican Republic, 3000-4000 ft.). Suggests that the 2 Antillean spp. arrived in the islands via an Oligocene land bridge. [P.B.] Franclemont, John G., “Zale perculta species nov. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Noctuidae: Catocalinae.” Pilot Register of Zoology, card no.l. 1964. Reared from larvae collected at Waycross, Georgia, on Ampelothamnus phillyreifolius. Description, with colored figures of adult and larva and drawings of genitalia, published on a punched card, part of an experimental series issued by the Department of Entomology, Cornell University. [P.B.] Freeman, H. A., “Megathymus yuccae in Texas, with the description of two new subspecies.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.17: pp.89-99, 8 figs., 1 map. 1963. Describes as new M. y. reinthali (Ben Wheeler, Texas), M. y. louiseae (16 mi. N. of Del Rio, Texas). Friese, Gerrit, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der ostpalaarktischen Yponomeutidae (Lepidoptera )” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.12: pp.299-331, 32 figs. 1962. Study of 16 spp. from Japan & China, with descriptions & figures of wing pattern, & genitalia of some; several new synomyms. Homadaula anisocentra (—Hyponomeuta usuguronis) transferred to Paraprays (Plutellidae). The 44 spp. recorded from this region are listed, with their distribution. [P.B.] Gaj, Andrew J., “Notes on Pterophoridae. Platyptilia metzneri Zell. and related species.” Ent. Berichten, vol.19: pp.150-158, 15 figs. 1959. Describes as new P. catharodactyla (Tarbagatai Mts., central Asia). Redescribes P. metzneri, P. terminalis, & P. taprobanes. (P.B.] Gozmany, L. A., “Neue Kleinschmetterlinge I” [in German]. Folia ent. hung., vol.4: pp.17-24, 2 figs. 1951. Sophronia ascalis sp. n. (PAszt6, district Nograd, Hungary); Metzneria xanthorhabda sp.n. (Budapest and Kaposvar in Hungary); Heterographis eremita sp.n. ( Tripolitania Garian & Bisira). [J.M.] Gozmany, L. A., “New Microlepidoptera II” [in English]. Folia ent. hung., vol.4: pp.69-72, 2 figs. 1951. Eupista (Coleophora) edithae spn. (Budapest and environs). Describes also the @ of E. (C.) predotella Rebel (Deliblato in I. Yugoslavia). [J.M.] Gozmany, L. A., “Records on Microlepidoptera” [in English;. Russian summary]. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nation. hung., vol.52: pp.423-428, 2 figs. 1960. Describes as new Scythris ruehli (Buyuk Ada, Sea of Marmora, near Istanbul); Paradoxus lushanensis (Lu-Shan, Tian-Tsi, China). Discusses genera of Hofmanniinae (Plutellidae), regarding Paradoxus, Zelleria, Hofmannia, & Xyrosaris as distinct & valid. Describes genitalia of first known ¢ of Tetanocentria ochraceella. [P.B.] Gozmany, L. A., “The results of the zoological collecting trip to Egypt in 1957, of the Natural History Museum, Budapest. 8. Egyptian Microlepidoptera IT” lin English; Russian summary]. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nation. hung., vol.52: pp.411-421, 4 figs. 1960. Describes as new NEFERTITIA (monobasic), N. candida (Hurghada, on Red Sea); NYLONALA (monobasic), N. infidelis (Cairo); Bactra banosii (Sohag, Egypt); Gnorimoschema infallax (Hurghada), G. tractatum (Kom Osim, Fayum distr., Egypt); Cosmopteryx superba (Sohag); Ascalenia satellitia (Idfu, Egypt); Acrocercops imperfecta (Sids, Egypt); Tischeria noviciata (Hurghada). Annotated list of 59 spp. in all. [P.B.] Gozmany, L. A., “The description of some new symmocoid taxa (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae).” Acta zool. Acad. Scient. hung., vol.7: pp.97-110, 2 figs. 1961. Describes as new Symmoca torrida (Lanjaron); Aprominta nausikaa (Attika), A. separata (Kristallenia, Crete), A. africana (Xauen-A’Faska, 1360 m., Mauretania): HECESTOPTERA (monobasic), H. kyra (Kurdistan, Wan, 2600 m. ); Amselina astuta (Aragon, Albarracin); Donaspastus fallax (Andalusia, Granada); Eremica emir (Asia Minor, Akschehir-Tschiftlik). Discusses identity & synonymy of some Symmoca spp. Sinks Asbolistis & Exorgana to Ceuthomadarus ( Timyridae) & discusses spp. of latter genus. Checklist of Symmoca complex. [P.B.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 257 Gozmany, L., “Zoologische Ergebnisse der Mazedonienreisen Friedrich Kasys. III. Teil. Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae” [in German]. Sitzungsber. Gsterr. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. KI., Abt. I, vol.170: pp.313-314. 1961. Describes as new Eremica kasyi (Skopje, Macedonia). [P.B.] Gozmany, L. A., “New and _ interesting symmocoid species in the zoological collection of the Bavarian State, Munich, Germany (Lep. Gelechiidae ).” Opusc. zool., Munich, no.64: 6 pp., 5 figs. 1962. Describes as new Symmoca italica (Mt. Sabini, Tivoli, Italy), S. sattleri (Tarragona, E. Spain): Aprominta aga (Aksehir, 1200 m., central Anatolia); EREMICAMURA, & type E. mercuriata (Amur, E. Asia). Records of 13 other spp. of Symmocinae. [P.B.] Gozmany, L. A., “On the genus Paradoris Meyr., and some notes on symmocoid taxa (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae).” Acta zool. Acad. Scient. hung., vol.8: pp.39-65, 19 figs. 1962. Proposes KERTOMESIS (type anaphracta Meyrick) to replace Paradoris, preoccupied. Describes as new Symmoca sultan (Motril, Spain ); Amselina burmanni (Granada, Spain), A. altitudinis (Noguera, Albarricin, 1600 m., Spain); Donaspastus erroris (El Kantara, Algeria). Descriptive notes, mainly on genitalia, on 13 spp. of Kertomesis & on Symmoca maschalista, Donaspastus epentheticus, & Syrmadaula alacris. Describes & figures 2 genitalia of 16 spp. (in Symmoca, Thanatovena, Donaspastus, Hamartema, Amselina, & Eremica) in which ¢ & @ have been matched. Sinks Thanatovena aegrella to T. canariensis. Notes on confusion of Donaspastus calidella, D. molitor, & D. obliterata. (P.B.] Gozmany, L. A., “The family SYMMOCIDAE and the description of new taxa mainly from the Near East (Lepidoptera).” Acta zool. Acad. Scient. hung., vol.9: pp.67-134, 71 figs. 1963. Raises group (of gelechiids) to family level. Describes as new: NUKUSA (type Lampros praeditella); GIGANTOLETRIA (monobasic), G. amseli (Shiraz, Fars, Persia); SY MMOLETRIA (monobasic), S. sulamit (near Batrun, Lebanon); MEGASYMMOCA, & type M. forsteri ( Pir-i-zan, Iran), M. sahname (Shiraz, SW Iran), M. sheherezade (6000 ft., Shiraz), M. persica (Sineh Sefid, Iran), M. mithridates (6000 ft., Shiraz), M. satrapa ( Pir-i-zan, Iran), M. mithra (Sineh Sefid, Iran), M. sindbad (Sine Sefid), M. maga (Shiraz); Symmoca striolatella (Tacht i Suleiman, Vandarban Valley, Elburs, Persia), S. salem (Kyrenia, Cyprus); SYMMACANTHA_ (type Symmoca _ sparsella); Aprominta aladdin (60 km. NE of Ladikije, Syria); HIERONALA (monobasic), H. huri (Sarobi, 1100 m., E. Afghanistan); XENOPLAXA (monobasic), X. saraf (20 km. NE of Damascus, Syria); Amselina acantha (Aritzo, Sardinia); PECTENEREMUS (type Eremica albella, =grisella, n.syn.), P. padishah (Riad, 700 m., central Arabia), P. pilatus (Sineh Sefid, Iran), P. pharaoh (WLaghouat, Algeria); KULLASHARA (type Eremica kalifella); Donaspastus don (Escorial, Spain), D. demon (La Bessée, L’Argentiére, Hautes Alpes, France), D. djinn (near Batrun, Lebanon); Eremica eremita (Pir-i-zan, Iran), E. effendi (Shiraz, Iran), E. wiltshirei (70C0 ft., Shiraz Mts., Fars, Persia), E. pantsa (Sveti Rasmo, L. Ochrid, Yugoslavia); LEILAPTERA (type Eremica lithochroma); SYSSYM- MOCA (monobasic), S. sahib (1000 ft., Dalaki Brisge, Fars, Persia). Redescribes Stibaromacha, several spp. of Symmoca, Aprominta virginella, Pecteneremus albellus, & Oecia. The family extends from the Mediterranean region to India & South Africa, in warm day localities; many forms probably remain to be dis- covered. [P.B.] Grey, L. P., & A. H. Moeck, “Notes on overlapping subspecies. I. An example in Speyeria zerene (Nymphalidae).” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.16: pp.81-97, 2 maps. 1962. Grey, L. P., A. H. Moeck, & W. H. Evans, “Notes on overlapping subspecies. II. Segregation in the Speyeria atlantis of the Black Hills (Nymphalidae).” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.17: pp.129-147, 1 pl., 3 maps. 1963. Groth, K., “Om vor Boloria-art’ [in Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol.58: pp.105-106. 1952. Discusses the correct scientific name for Boloria arsilache. [T.W.L.] Guillaumin, M., “Etude des formes intermédiaires entre Pyrgus malvae. L. et P. malviodes Elw. et Edw. (Lep. Hesperiidae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, 258 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 vol.67: pp.168-173, 8 figs. “1962” [1963]. Studies of the intermediate forms between these spp. in France, with descriptions of the ¢ and @ genitalia. [P.V.] Hackman, Walter, “Die finnischen Sorhagenia Arten (Lepid., Momphidae)” [in German]. Notul. Ent., vol.43: pp.45-49, 9 figs. 1963. Redescribes S. janiszewskae & S. tolli & gives records. ]P.B.[ Haggett, G., “Eupithecia innotata Hufnagel and Eupithecia fraxinata Crewe (Lep., Geometridae ). Ent. Gazette, vol.14: pp.13--23. 1963. Concludes that these are distinct spp. (though morphologically indistinguishable), feeding on Artemisia and Hippophae respectively, and that E. innotata does not occur in Britain. [P.B.] Hannemann, H. J., “Eine neue Scythris aus dem Naturschutzgebiet bei Oberweiden im Marchfeld, Niederésterreich (Lep., Scythr.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Arbeitsgem. osterr. Ent., vol.14: pp.39-40, 2 figs. 1962. Destribes as new S. kasyi. (P.B.] Hanson, Bror, “Bidrag till kannedom om Gotska Sandons fjarilsfauna. I” Lin Swedish; descriptions in English]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.83: pp.123-134, 3 figs. 1962. Describes as new Boarmia lichenaria distinctaria; names an aberration of Agrotis vestigialis. Annotated list of over 200 spp. (32 families) from Swedish island. [P.B.] Hanson, Bror, “Bidrag till kannedomen om Gotska Sandons fjarilfauna. II Horisme aemulata Hb. (Lep. Geom.), ny art for Norden. De nordiske Horisme-Arten” [in Swedish; English summary]. Ent. Tidskr., vol.84: pp.216-220, 3 figs. 1963. Key to the 5 Scandinavian spp. & descriptions of 2 genitalia. H. aemulata new to Scandinavia. [P.B.] Harbison, Charles F., “A second new species of megathymid from Baja California, Mexico (Lepidoptera: Megathymidae).” Trans. San Diego Soc. nat. Hist., vol.13: pp.61-70, 20 figs. 1963. Describes as new Agathymus dawsoni (N. of Punta Prieta; reared from Agave goldmaniana). [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Catalogo sinonimico de ropaloceros argentinos excluyendo Hesperiidae (segundo suplemento)” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.16: pp.13-21. 1958. Includes 14 additions or changes of name, 4 deletions, some new synonymy & changes of generic assignment, & other cor- rections. [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Dibujos de los genitales masculinos de algunos satiridos neotropicales (Lep. Rhop. Satyridae)” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.16: pp.61-81, 72 figs. 1958. Figures of ¢@ genitalia of 72 spp. of satyrids from Bolivia & other Latin American countries. [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Satiridos argentinos (Lep. Rhop. Satyridae) II. Los géneros (continuacién)” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.15: pp.161-181, 3 figs. 1958. Redescribes Euptychia (herse), Tetraphlebia ( germaini, type sp.), & Neosatyrus (ambiorix, type sp.); repeats original description of Neomaniola. Gives notes on Argentine spp. of Euptychia, Taygetis, Cosmosatyrus, Faunula, Lymanopoda, & Pedaliodes; transfers Faunula johanna to Pampastyrus; Neosatyrus humilis, boisduvalii, vesagus, & shajovskoi to Homoeonympha. [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Satiridos argentinos (Lep. Rhop. Satyridae) III. Guia para su clasificacién” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.15: pp.199-296, 8 pls., 85 figs. 1958. Keys to subfamilies, genera, & spp., brief de- scriptions emphasizing distinctive features, & figures of wings & @ genitalia of most spp. of Argentine Satyridae. [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Catalogo sinonimico de ropaloceros argentinos excluyendo Hesperiidae. Tercero suplemento” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.18: pp.19-30. 1962. Includes additional forms, deletions, changes of status or generic assignment, & additional records, mainly in Pieridae & Satyridae. LB Hayward, Kenneth J., “Dibujos de genitales masculinos de algunos satiridos neotropicales (Lep. Rhop. Satyridae) II” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.18: pp.251-257, 23 figs. 1962. Figures of ¢ genitalia of 23 spp. from South America, with synonymy & localities. [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Satiridos argentinos (Lep. Rhop. Satyridae) IV. Adiciones” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.18: pp.11-17, 1 fig. 1962. 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 959 Describes as new Euptychia inornata (Pelotas, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil); E. gibsoni (Playadito, near Ituzaing6, Corrientes); Tetraphlebia garmaini argentina ane Parque Nacional Lanin, Argentina). Redescribes E. ocelloides & E. narapa. P.B: Hayward, Kenneth J., “‘Satiridos sudamericanos nuevos (Lep. Rhop. Satyridae)” [in Spanish English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.17: pp.105-109, 4 figs. 1962. Describes as new Euptychia howarthi (Bolivia, Chapare, Yungas):; E. saltuensis (locality unknown); discusses Manerebia cyclopina monops. [P.B.] Heitzmann, T. J., “Estudo do ¢ de Copaxa decrescens Walker, 1855. (Lep. Satyridae)” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Pap. avuls. Dep. Zool. Sao Paulo, vol.13: pp.275-295, 34 figs. 1959. Very detailed description of pattern, external morphology, & genitalia. [P.B.] Hemming, Francis, “Reduction of the name Pseudoliptena Stempffer, 1940, to the status of a junior objective synonym of Anthene Doubleday, 1947 [sic!] (Lep.: Lycaenidae ).” Entomologist, vol.96: pp.292-293. 1963. P. bitje Stempffer is based on a composite specimen most of which is probably A. lachares. [P.B.] Herbulot, C., “Nouveaux Xenimpia d’ Afrique orientale, des Comores et de Madagascar (Lep. Geometridae)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.30: pp.145-147. 1961. Description of 4 new spp.: X. crassipecten (Comoro Islands, Mohéli), X. luxuriosa (Comoro Islands, Grand Comoro), X. transmarina (E. Madagascar, Moramanga area), X. dohertyi (British E. Africa, Escarpment). [P.V.] Herbulot, C., “Trois nouveaux Neocleora de Guinée et du Cameroun (Lepidoptera Geometridae )” [in French]. Bull. Inst. frang. Afr. noire, (A) 23: pp.493-495, 3 figs. 1961. Describes as new N. toulgoetae (French Guinea, Tondon); N. dargei and N. boetschi (both from Cameroons, Nlong). [P.V.] Herbulot, C., “Nouveaux Geometridae d’Aldabra” [in French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.29: pp.235-237. 1962. Description of new geometrids from Aldabra Is. in the Indian Ocean: Chloroclystis oceanica, Problepsis reducta, Comostolopsis stillata modesta, Colocleora acharis. [P.V.] Herbulot, C., “Mise a jour de la liste des Geometridae de France ( suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, vol.3: pp.17-24. 1963. Continuation of up-to-date list of the French Geometridae. [P.V.] Hering, Erich M., “Eine neue Oecophoriden- Gattung mit Geader-Dimorphismus aus Argentinien (Lep. Oecoph.)” [in German; Spanish summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.15: pp.297-301, 1 fig. 1958. Describes as new THEAMA, & type T. argyrophorum (Tucuman; reared from leaves of Talinum patens). Male hind wing venation modified in association with scent organ. [P.B.] Hering, Erich M., “Neue Microlepidopteren von Tucuman” [in German; Spanish summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol.15: pp.303-312, 16 figs. 1958. Describes as new: (Heliodinidae) WYGODZINSKYIANA, & type W. amphilophii (reared from Amphilophium vauthieri); (Gracillaridae) Lithocolletis solani (Solanum sp.); (Lyonetiidae) Phyllocnistis baccharidis (Baccharis sp.), P. wygodzinskyi (unde- termined composite), P. abatiae ( Abatia stellata). [P.B.] Hering, E. M., “Die erste Chrysopolomide von Madagascar (Lep.)” [in German]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.65: pp.302-306, 4 figs. “1960” [1961]. Discovery of Chrysopolomidae in Madagascar; describes the new genus and species VIETTE- OPOLOMA madagascariensis (E. Madagascar, integral nategral reserve no.3). BEV. Hering, Erich M., “Neue Blattminen-Studien III (Dipt., Lep.)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.10: pp.221-250, 17 figs. 1963. Redefines Acrolepia perlepidella, mining in Inula conyza, & gives biological notes on this sp. & some relatives. Foodplant records for Bucculatrix petryi, Scrobipalpa obsoletella, Coleophora spp., & Lithocolletis spp.; taxonomic & biological notes on Elachista cerusella. (P.B.] Heslop, I. R. P., “Revised indexed check-list of the British Lepidoptera. Parts II-VI’. Ent. Gazette, vol.11: pp.225-234; vol.12: pp.97-108, 199-230; vol.13: 260 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 pp.86-91, 185-204; vol.14: pp.48-78. 1960-1963. List of 1434 spp. of micros, general remarks, & indexes. [P.B.] Heuser, Rudolf, “Beobachtungen und Untersuchungsergebnisse an Faltermaterial der Gattung Procris F. aus dem Gebiet der Pfalz” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.11: pp.88-92, 6 figs. 1962. Distinguishes P. lutrinensis from P. statices in structure & biology. [P.B.] Hodges, Ronald W., “The genus Ithome in North America north of Mexico ( Walshiidae).” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.15: pp.81-90, 12 figs. 1962. Describes as new I. edax (Brownsville, Texas), I. lassula (Key West, Florida), I. ferax (Siesta Key, Sarasota Co., Florida). Hoffmeyer, Skat, & S. Knudsen, “Lycaena alcon og L. rebeli” [in Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol.53: pp.47-48. 1947. The authors mention a series of differences between the two very closely related blues. [T.W.L.] Hoffmeyer, Skat, “Strigilis-gruppen i Finland og Danmark” [in Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol.58: pp.77-78, 1952. Compares Danish & Finnish forms of Oligia strigilis & O. latruncula. [T.W.L.] Hogue, Charles L., “Transfer of Xanthothrix stagmatogon to Rolua and notes on the genus.” An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Mexico, vol.33: pp.231-234, 2 figs. 1962. Includes comparison of R. stagmatogon with the type species, R. monetifera. [P.B.] Hogue, Charles L., “A definition and classification of the Tribe Stiriini (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).” Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci., no.64: 129 pp., 32 pis. 1963. Describes as new CHICHIMECA (type Eulithosia thoracica); CUAHTEMOCA (type Chalcopasta chalcocraspedon); Plagiomimicus bajae (Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico); Cirrhophanes hoffmani ( Bolsas, Guerrero, Mexico); Basilodes inquinatus (Teluacan, Puebla, Mexico). Detailed description of adult morphology of Basilodes rugifrons; discussion of morphological characters & phylogeny; de- finitions of tribe, genera, & species groups, & key to latter. 96 spp. are assigned to 27 species groups in 8 genera. 4 spp. are included in the tribe but not assigned to genera, and some 20 which were previously included here are placed elsewhere. This poorly known tribe occurs in North and Central America, especially in arid regions. [P.B.] Holst, Preben L., “To nye danske sommerfugle: Manhatta biviella Z. og Acrobasis tumidana Schiff.” lin Danish; English summary]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol.31: pp.123- 216, 1 pl. 1961. New Danish records; figures ¢ & Q genitalia of these spp. & A. tumidella. [P.B.] Holst, Preben L., “Ephestia moebiusi Rbl. (Lepidoptera, Phycitidae) in Denmark.” Ent. Meddelelser, vol.31: pp.236-241, 2 pls. 1962. Redescribes this species, previously known only from Dresden. [P.B.] Holst, Preben L., “Tortrix unitana Hb., a distinct species.” Ent. Meddelelser, vol.31: pp.303-316, 24 figs. 1962. T. unitana, hitherto regarded as a pale form of T. paleana, is shown to be a distinct species, both superficially and genitalically different. [T.W.L.] Hovanitz, William, “Argynnis and Speyeria.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.1: pp.95-96. 1962. Prefers to use Argynnis with Speyeria as subgenus for nearctic spp. [P.B.] Hovanitz, William. “Geographic distribution and variation of the genus Argynnis. I. Introduction. II. Argynnis idalia.” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.1: pp.117-123, 2 pls., 1 map. 1963. Gives reasons for using Argynnis in broad sense. Speculates on origin of South American spp. Figures A. idalia in color & maps distribution; no geographic variation. [P.B.] . Hovanitz, William, “The relation of Pieris virginiensis Edw. to Pieris napi L. Species formation in Pieris?” Journ. Res. Lepid., vol.1: pp.124-134, 2 pls., 1 map. 1963. Compares P. virginiensis & P. napi oleracea in appearance & habits & maps ranges in NE United States. The populations are allopatric, probably because of differences in foodplant & preferred habitat, and there is little intergradation, but for convenience both are regarded as ssp. of P. napi. [P.B.] Howarth, T. G., “Further notes on Acraea cerasa Hewitson (Lepidoptera, Nymphali- 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 261 dae) and some corrections to a previous paper.” Entomologist, vol.93: pp.184-185. 1960. Sinks A. c. kigezia to A. c. cerita; gives revised distribution of latter & of typical race. [P.B.] Howarth, T. G., “The Rhopalocera of Rennell and Bellona Islands.” Natural H istory of Rennell Island, vol.4: pp.63-83, 10 pls. 1962. Describes as new: (Pieridae) Cepora perimale radiata (Matahenua, Bellona Is.); (Danaidae) Danaus philene albonotata (Tingoa, Rennell Is.); Euploea fraudulenta addenda (Matahenua), E. nemertes bellona (Matahenua); (Nymphalidae) Phalanta alcippe rennellensis (Hutuna, Rennell Is.), P. a. bellona (Matahenua); Precis hedonia parvipuncta (Hutuna); Hypolimnas antilope albomela (Hutuna), H. pithoeka bradleyi (Hutuna), H. p. ferruginea (Matahenua), H. alimena libateia (Hutuna), H. a. diffusa (Matahenua); Doleschallia bisaltide rennellensis (Hutuna); (Lcaenidae) Catochrysops panorus rennellensis (Huntuna), C. amasea reducta (Hutuna): Catopyrops keira reducta (Te-Hakanggava, Rennell Is.). Records of 32 spp. or sspp. in all (no papilionids, 1 hesperiid). Study based on all material collected on these islands. [P.B.] Huggins, H. C., “A new subspecies of Eupithecia venosata Fabr.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.74: pp. 171-172. 1962. Describes as new E. v. plumbea (Inishvickilaun, Co. Kerry, Ireland). [P.B.] International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, “Opinion 703. Pterophorus Schaffer, 1766 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): addition to the Official List of Generic Names.” Bull. zool. Nomencl., vol.21: pp.113-115. 1964. Type species, P. pentadactyla, & Pterophoridae, also on Official Lists. [P.B.] Ishihara, Tamotsu, “Two noteworthy species of Lycaenidae found in Mt. Ishizuchi, Shikoku (Lepidiptera).” Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc., vol2: pp.49-50, 4 figs. 1951. Figures of Neozephyrus hisamatsusanus & Favonius fujisanus. [P.B.] Issekutz, Laszl6, “Chamaesphecia hungarica Tomala: bona species” [in Hungarian; English description]. Folia ent. hung., n.s., vol.3: pp.49-55, 8 figs. 1950. The species described as Sesia empiformis var. hungarica by Tomala, 1901, is a good species. The author gives the description of the imago and caterpillar also. The sp. occurs in Hungary in the areas of the Danube and the Tisza rivers. [J.M.] Issekutz, Laszl6, “Thyris fenestrella Scop. und ihre Unterarten” [in German; Hun- garian summary]. Folia ent. hung., n.s., vol.6: pp.185-196, 6 figs. 1953. Two new subspecies are described: T. f. seminigra (Bukk Mts., N. Hungary) & T. f. infuscata ( Herkulesfiird6, SW Rumania). [J.M.] Issekutz, Laszl6, & Lajos Kévacs, “Die athalia-Gruppe der Gattung Melitaea, mit besonderer Berticksichtigung von Melitaea britomartis Assm.” [in Hungarian; German summary]. Folia ent. hung., n.s., vol.7: pp.133-146. 1954. The authors discuss 3 new sspp. of M. britomartis described (in Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nation. hung., vol.5: pp.287-303, 1954) from Hungary. [J.M.] Issekutz, Laszl6, “Sammeln, Ziichten und Futterplanzen der Glasfliigler ( Aegeriidae- Sesiidae)” [in Hungarian; German summary]. Folia ent. hung., n.s., vol.8: pp.57-72. 1955. The author describes the methods of collecting and breeding of Sesiidae. He also gives information on types of Chamaesphecia hungarica (holotype from Budapest, Hungary). [J.M.] Jankovié, M., D. Zeéevié, & V. Vojinovié, “Races of the gypsy moth in Yugoslavia” [in Serbian; English summary]. Plant Protection, Belgrade, vol.56: pp.99-107. 1959. Lymantria dispar. Janmoulle, Eduard, “Notes sur les microlépidoptéres de Belgique. V. Révision des exemplaires belges des genres: Homoeosoma Curtis ( part.) (Pyralidae, Phycitinae ), Oxyptilus Zeller (s.].) (Pterophoridae), Cnephasia Curtis (part.) (Tortricidae, Tortricinae), Bactra Stephens (Tortricidae, Olethreutinae)” [in French]. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belg., vol.35, no.27: 32 pp., 25 figs. 1959. Discusses the 30 spp. of these genera previously attributed to the Belgian fauna, figuring parts of $ genitalia and assigning spp. to genera according to recent revisions. 10 spp. are excluded as based on misdeterminations, and 2 spp. (H. saxicola, Nephodesme incanana) are newly recorded. [P.B.] 262 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 Jorgensen, P. L., “Nogle vanskeligt adskillelige arter”’ [in Danish]. Lepidoptera, 1949: pp.87-90, 16 figs. States the differences between the species of Apamea, Oporinia and others. [T.W.L.] Juul, Knud, Nordens Eupithecier [in Danish; English text for each epecies]. 145 pp., ill. Arhus. 1948. Hondbook of the Eupithecia of Scandinavia and Finland, with pictures of all imagines and ¢ genitalia. [T.W.L.] Kaaber, Svend, “Aricia allous i Jylland” [in Danish; German summary]. Flora og Fauna, vol.66: pp.81-88, 3 figs. 1960. Describes the differences between A. allous and A. agestis and the distribution in Scandinavia. [T.W.L.] Kaaber, Svend, & O. Heegh-Guldberg, “Aricia allous ssp. vandalica nov” [in Danish: German summary]. Flora og Fauna, vol.67: pp.122-128, 3 figs. 1961. Description of a new subspecies, holotype Tornby Strand, North Jutland, Denmark; types in Natural Museum, Aarhus. [T.W.L.] Kapoor, M. S., “Studies on the bionomics and control of Bissetia steniellus Hampson in the Punjab.” Indian Journ. Ent., vol.19: pp.132-143, 181-191. 1957. Includes short section on the synonymy of the species. [J.D.] Kasy, F., “CALYCIPHORA, ein neues Subgenus; klimeschi, ivae, homoiodactyla, drei neue Arten des Genus Aciptilia Hb. (Lep., Pteroph.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.45: pp.174-187, 1 pl., 15 figs. 1960. Describes as new A. (CALYCIPHORA) (type xanthodactyla Treitschke), A. (C.) klimeschi (Pecs, S. Hungary; reared from Jurinea mollis); A. ivae (Drenovo bei Kavadar, W. Macedonia), A. homoiodactyla (Fiume). [P.B.] Kasy, F., “Uber die systematische Stellung von Chilopselaphus podolicus Toll 194z (Lepid., Gelechiidae) und dessen neu entdecktes Vorkommen in Neusiedler Seegebiet” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.47: pp.25-28, 4 figs. 1962. Reduced to ssp. of C. balneariellus; C. fallax compared. [P.B.] Kasy, F., “Eine neue Tischeria aus dem siiddéstlichen Mitteleuropa (Lep., Tisch)” lin German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.14: pp.169-171, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1961. Describes as as new T. szoecsi (Zitzmannsdorfer meadows, S. of Weiden am See, N. Burgenland, Austria), [P.B.] Kasy, Fritz, “Zwei neui neue Scythris-Arten aus Sidwesteuropa’” [in German]. Ann. naturhist. Mus. Wien, vol.65: pp.167-171, 6 figs. 1962. Describes as new S. vartianae (Sierra Alfacar, near Granada, Spain), S. strouhali (Caralps, near Ribas, Pyrenees, Spain). [P.B.] Kasy, Fritz, “Das Mannchen von Coleophora pseudorepentis Toll 1960” Lin German]. Ann. naturhist. Mus.. Wien, vol.66: pp.357-359, 3 figs. 1963. First description of Se LRAB al Kasy, F., “Ergebnisse der Zoologischen Nubien-Expedition 1962. Teil XIII. Lepidoptera: Noctuidae-Quadrifinae, Lasiocampidae, Sphingidae, Arctiidae” [in German]. Ann. naturhist. Mus. Wien, vol.66: pp.463-467, 1 fig. 1963. Records of 16 noctuids (including description of undetermined specimen of Crypsotidia) & 7 other spp., from upper Nile valley. [P.B.] Kernbach, Kurt, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis einiger afrikanischer Sphingiden (Lep. Sphingidae )” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N. F., vol.10: pp.164-174, 16 figs. 1963. Describes as new Polyptychus marshalli meridianus (Umtalli, S. Rhodesia). Gives additional description of some spp of Pemba, Praedora, Libyo- clanis, Polyptychus, & Nephele. [P.B.] Kiriakoff, S., G., “On the typical specimens of Thyretidae (Lepidoptera: Notodonto- idea) in the Zoological Museum, Humboldt University, Berlin.” Ent. Berichten, vol.19: pp.186-190, 3 figs. 1959. Notes on specimens described by Strand & by Seitz, with new synonymy; genitalic figures of Diakonoffia rubicundula, Melisoides lobata, & Metarctia lugubris. [P.B.] Kiriakoff, S$. G., “NESOPTILURA malgassica gen. spec. nov., un nouveau notodontide malgache” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.6C¢: pp.90-93, 1 fig. 1960. Type locality: Antsoa valley, 100 m., Montagne des Francais, Diego Suarez district, Madagascar. [P.B.] 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 263 Kiriakoff, S. G., “Die Thyretidae (Lepidoptera: Notodontoidea) der Zoologischen Staatssammlung Miinchen. II. Beitrag” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.51: pp.96-110, 1 pl., 9 figs. 1961. Describes as new Apisa (A.) hildae (Okahandja, SW Africa); Rhipidarctia (R.) crameri ( Masindi, Uganda); Metarctia (Metarhodia) heinrichi (Canzele, 30 km. N. of Quicolungo, Nordcuanza Prov., NW Angola), M. (Metarhodia) confederationis (Karkloof, Natal), M. ( Metarctia) lindemannae (Sakarani, 1500 m., Usambara Mts., Tanganyika), M. ( Metarctia) sheljuzhkoi (Abidjan, Ivory Coast), M. (Collocaliodes ) pavlitzkae (Sakarani); Balacra (B.) rubrovitta angolensis (Bolongongo, SE Angola). Records of 33 other with some descriptive notes. [P.B.] Kiriakoff, S. G., “Thyretidae neuveaux (Lepidoptera: Notodontoidea)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.61: pp.7-12, 5 figs. 1961. Describes as new Diakonoffia nigrita (Uele, Paulis); Rhipidarctia (Elsita) forsteri ruandae (Ruanda, Kisenyi); Metarctia (M.) paulis (Uele, Paulis), M. (M.) venustissima (Katanga, Kolwezi); Bergeria octava (Ubangi, Bumba region). [P.B.] Kiriakoff, S. G., “La Réserve naturelle intégrale du Mont Nimba — XVII. Lepidoptera Heterocera (Anthroceridae, Arctiidae, Thyretidae, Notodontidae)” [in French]. Mem. Inst. frang. Afrique noire, no.66: pp.401-409. 1963. List of species belonging to these families collected in the integral natural reserve of Mt. Nimba (French Guinea). Describes as new: Doratopteryx dissemurus (Anthroceridae); Psichotoe cingulata ( Arctiidae Amatinae ); Ceryx lamottei (id.); Ulinella royi (Notodontidae ): Scrancia tridens (id.), S. bicolor. [P.V.] Kiriakoff, Sergius G., “On the systematic position of the so-called subfamily Platychasmatiaaé Nakamurua, 1956 (Notodontidae).” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.17: pp.33-34, 2 figs. 1963. Kiriakoff,Sergius G., “The tympanic structures of the Lepidoptera and the taxonomy of the order.” Journ. Lepid. Soc., vol.17: pp.1-6. 1963. Klimaszewski, Sedzimir Maciej, “Studien tiber mitteleuropdischen Arten der Gattung Cosymbia Hbn. (Lepidoptera, Geometridae)” [in Polish; Russian & German sum- maries]. Fragm. faun. Inst. zool. Polska Akad. Nauk, vol.8: pp.447-467, 7 pls. 1960. Describes & figures ¢ & @ genitalia of 11 spp., & gives keys based on genitalia. [P.B.] Kostrowicki, Andrzej Samuel, “Sowki— Noctuidae. Wstep i podrodzina Cuculliinae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owadéw Polski, vol.27, part 53a (no.15); 124 pp., pp., 441 figs. 1956. See review in Journal, vol.15: p.132. Kostrowicki, Andrzej Samuel, “Sowki— Noctuidae. Podrodziny Agrotinae, Melicleptriinae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owadow Polski, vol.27, part 53b (no.28); 145 pp., 429 figs. 1959. See reciew in Journal, vol.15: p.132. Kostrowicki, Andrzej Samuel, “Studien tiber die Familie Phalaenidae s.]. (Lepidop- tera). I. Beschreibungen von zwei neuen Arten, samt Angaben tiber Morphologie und Verbreitung von einigen weiteren Arten der Familie Phalaenidae” [in German; Polish & Russian summaries]. Ann. zool. Polska Akad. Nauk, vol.21: pp.23-30, 1 pl., 23 figs. 1963. Describes as new Cucullia kozhantshikovi (Amur); Tholera gracilis (Jerusalem). Notes on C. fraterna, C. wredowi, & Epia podolica, n.comb. [P.B.] Kovacs, Lajos, “Chloridea maritima Grasl. und dipsacea L. in Ungarn” [in German; Hungarian summary]. Folia ent. hung., n.s., vol.3: pp.66-70. 1950. The distribution and life-history of both spp. in Hungary. Describes as new C. maritima hungarica ssp.n. (Hungary, Rumania and Slovakia). [J.M.] Kovacs, Lajos, “Neue Arten und Varietéten in der ungarischen Macrolepidopteren- Fauna” [in Hungarian; German summary]. Folia ent. hung., n.s., vol.7: pp.53-64, 6 figs. 1954. Records some spp. new for Hungary and discusses a new sp., Sarrothripus hungarica, and a new sspp., Gnophos intermedia budensis (the original descriptions are published in Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nation. hung., n.s., vol.5: pp.305-315. 1954.). [J.M.] 264 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 Kovacs, Lajos, “Systematische, ethologische und fenologische Angaben iiber Euphya frustata Tr.” [in Hungarian; German summary]. Folia ent. hung., vol.9: pp.459-470. 1956. The species lives in Hungary in 2 generations. [J.M.] Kruseman, G., “Anaea leonida (Cr.) (Lep.)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.18: pp.176-177, 1 fig. 1958. Figures lectotype & only recent specimen, from Surinam. [P.B.] Krzywicki, Miecyslaw, “Modraszki — Lycaenidae, Wieleny — Erycinidae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owadéw Polski, vol.27, part 61-62 (no.31); 64 pp., 73 figs. 1959. See review in Journal, vol.15: p.132. Krzywicki, Mieczyslaw, “Pieridae — Papilionidae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owad6w Polski, nos. 65/66: 45 pp., 59 fig. 1962. See review in Journal, vol.16: p.92. Krzywicki, Mieczyslaw, “Beitrag zur Rhopaloceren-Fauna des Polnischen Teiles des Tatra-Gebirges (Lepidoptera)” [in Polish; Russian & German summaries], Ann. zool. polska Akad. Nauk, vol.21: pp.151-222, 7 pls., 6 figs. 1963. Describes as new Parnassius apollo niesiolowskii (Berg Zar, Tatras); Boloria pales ignita (Tomanowa Wyznia, Tatras); & a var. of Erebia aethiops. Review of butterfly fauna of Polish Tatra based on 40 years’ collecting. [P.B.] Kumata, Tosio, “Redescriptions of the species of the genus Lithocolletis described by Prof. Dr. S$. Matsumura (Lepidoptera, Gracilariidae).” Insecta matsumurana, vol.22: pp.71-81, 4 figs. 1959. Redescribes L. ringoniella, L. bicinctella, & L. jezoniella; selects lectotypes. [P.B.] Kumata, Tosio, “Synonymic notes on a gracillariid moth.” Insecta matswmurana, vol.25: p.136. 1963. Sinks Dryadolla ainoniella to Leucospilapteryx omissella; reared from Artemisia. [P.B.] Kumata, Toshio, “Taxonomic studies on the Lithocolletinae of Japan (Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae). Part I.” Insecta matsumurana, vol.25: pp.53-90, 24 figs. 1963. Describes as new: Lithocolletis styracis (Hikosan, Kyusyu; on Styrax japonica), L. juglandis (Sapporo, Hokkaido; on Juglans ailantifolia), L. pterocaryae (Gamusi, Hiyama, Hokkaido; on Pterocarya rhoifolia), L. issikii (Sapporo; on Tilia spp.), L. maculata (Saporro; on Alnus hirsuta), L. takagii (Toyama, Honsyu; on Alnus japonica), L. carpini (Nopporo, Hokkaido; on Carpinus laxiflora), L. ostryae (Sapporo; on Ostrya japonica), L. hikosana (Hikosan; on Carpinus tschonoskii), L. ermani (Zy6zankei, Hokkaido; on Betula ermani), L. japonica (Sapporo; on Carpinus spp.). L. dakekanbae (Sapporo; on B. ermani), L. fagifolia (Hikosan; on Fagus crenata), L. acutissimae (Nagano, Honsyu; on Quercus acutissima), L. kamijoi (Nagano; on Q. acutissima), L. pseudolautella (Otaki, Nagano-ken, Hyonsyu; on Quercus spp.), L. pygmaea (Sapporo; on Quercus spp.), L. rostrispinosa ( Hikosan; on Q. serrata); L. mongolicae (Wakkanai, Hokkaido; on Quercus spp.). Notes on 12 other spp., with host plant records & some descriptions of adults & mines. [P.B.] Kumata, Tosio, “Taxonomic studies on the Lithocolletinae of Japan (Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae). Part II.” Insecta matsumurana, vol.26: pp.1-48, 27 figs. 1963. Describes as new: Lithocolletis zelkovae (Kitahukuoka, Iwate-ken, Honsyu; on velkova serrata), L. ulmi (Sapporo, Hokkaido; on Ulmus davidiana), L. celtidis (Hikosan, Kyusyu; on Celtis sinensis), L. pulchra Hikosan; on Rubus illecebrosus), L. aino (Tomakomai, Hokkaido; on Spiraea salicifolia), L. watanabei (Tomakomai, on Pourthiaea villosa), L. sorbicola (Sapporo, Hokkaido; on Sorbus matsumurana), L. uchidai (Sapporo; on Sorbus alnifolia), L. viciae (Esasi, Hokkaido; on Vicia japonica), L. kurokoi (Hikosan, Kyusyu; on Acer mono), L. orientalis (Zy6zankei, Hokkaido; on Acer mono), L. melanocoronis (Hikosan; on Rhododendron), L. lyoniae (Ino, KO6ti-ken, Sikoku; on Lyonia ovalifolia), L. lonicerae (Asizuri- misaki, K6ti-ken; on Lonicera japonica), L. viburni (Hikosan; on Viburnum erosum), L. turugisana (Turugisan, Sikoku), L. gigas (Kamikéti, Nagano-ken, Honsyu); NEOLITHOCOLLETIS, & type N. hikomonticola (Hikosan; on Pueraria lobata); HY LOCONIS, & type H. puerariae (Teine, Hokkaido; on Pueraria lobata), 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 265 H. desmodii (Hikosan; on Desmodium racemosum), H. lespedezae (Sapporo: on Lespedeza bicolor), H. wisteriae (Ino, K6ti-ken, Sikoku; on Wisteria floribunda) : Cameraria acericola (Teine, Hokkaida; on Acer mono), C. niphonica (Hikosan; on Acer), C. hikosanensis (Hikosan; on Viburnum erosum). Redescribes or gives notes on 6 other spp. of Lithocolletis. [P.B.] Kumata, Tosio, “Taxonomic studies on the Lithocolletinae of Japan (Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae). Part III.” Insecta matsumurana, vol.26: pp.69-88, 8 pls. 1963. Redefinition of subfamily and Japanese genera; species lists, host plant lists, & keys to genera & spp.; numerous figures of forewings, venation, & mines. Redescribes Lithocolletis spinalella, new for Japan. [P.B.] Kuroko, Hiroshi, “Notes on the Liocrobyla of Japan, with descriptions of two new species (Lepidoptera, Gracilariidae).” Esakia, no.1: pp.1-7, 3 pls., 8 figs. 1960. Describes as new L. lobata (Mt. Hikosan, N. Kyusyu; on Paueraria lobata), L. brachybotrys (Mt. Hikosan; on Wisteria brachybotrys). Redescribes L. paraschista. [P.B.] Kuroko, Hiroshi, “On a new subspecies and an unrecorded species of the genus Cosmopterix from Japan (Lepidoptera, Cosmopterigidae)”. Esakia, no.1: pp.9-12, 1 pl. 1960. Describes as new C. scribaiella japonica (Mt. Hikosan, N. Kyusyu: from Phragmites communis) redescribes C. eximia, new to Japan, bred from Boehmeria & Humulus. [P.B.] Kuroko, Hiroshi, “Descriptions of Microsetia sexguttella Thunberg and its allied new species from Japan (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae).” Esakia, no.3: pp.1-8, 3. pls., 5 figs. 1961. Describes as new M. heringi (Mt. Hikosan, N. Kyusyu; bred from Achyranthes japonica). Redescribes M. sexguttella; describes larva & biology of M. heringi. [P.B.] Kuroko, Hiroshi, “The genus Antispila from Japan, with descriptions of seven new species (Lepidoptera, Heliozelidae).” Esakia, no.3: pp.11-24, 6 pls., 9 figs. 1961. Redefines genus & gives key to the seven Japanese spp., all described as new here: A. orbiculella (Mt. Hikosan, N. Kyusyu; from Ampelopsis brevipedunculata), A. ampelopsia (Mt. Hikosan; from A. brevipedunculata), A. corniella (Mt. Hikosan; from Cornus spp.), A. iviella (Miyanoura, Yakushima; from Partheni- cissus tricuspidata), A. hikosana (Mt. Hikosan; from Cornus spp.),A. hydrangi- foliella (Mt. Hikosan; from Hydrangea spp.), A. purplella (Mt. Hikosan; from Cornus spp.). Gives notes on biology & figures larval cases. [P.B.] Laffoon, Jean L., “Common names of insects. Additions, changes and corrections in the list approved by the Entomological Society of America.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.7: p.93. 1961. Langer, T. W., “I. C. Fabricius og hans Systema Entomologiae” [in Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol.60: pp.113-117. 1954. A critical review of the Lepidoptera mentioned in Systema Entomologiae and of some of the Linnean names and their application today. [T.W.L.] Langer, T. W., “De linneanske sommerfuglenavne af 1758” [in Danish]. Svenska Linné-Sallskapets Arsskrift, vol.41: pp.51-60. 1958. The 49 butterfly names in Systema naturae have been given by Linnaeus in the order of priority: 1. after the plant, 2. after exaernal characters, 3. after mythological persons. All apparent exceptions have been elucidated. [T.W.L.] Langer, T. W., “Siamesiske tvillingearter, et nyt begreb i simmerfugle terminologien” [in Danish]. Naturens Verden, 1960: pp.254-256. The genetic relationship in groups like eurytheme-philodice-chrysotheme, napi-bryoniae-melete and _ others. (T.W.L.] 266 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.18: no.4 E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Eidmann, H., “Grundsatzliches ttber die Ursachen der Verbreitung und Popula- tionsdichte der Insekten” [in German]. Zool. Anz., suppl. no.13 (Verhandl. deutschen Zool. 1948 in Kiel): pp.359-365, 3 figs. 1949. Explains range limitations in monophagous Lepidoptera by combination of climatic tolerance and foodplant range. [P.B.] Ekstrom, Martin, “Lepidopterologiska notiser fran Gotland” [in Swedish; German summary] Opusc. ent., vol.15: pp.139-142. 1950. Erastria venustata, Anarsia lineatella, Gelechia muscosella, Blabophanes monachella new for Sweden. Notes on 7 other spp., new to Gotland. [P.B.] Emmet, A. M., “Nonagria algae Esper (cannae Ochs.) (Lep., Caradrinidae) in Ireland.” Entomologist, vol.87: p.31. 1954. New record. Ernst, Richard, “Fur Osterreich neu!” [in German]. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.36: p.130. 30 June 1952. Grammodes stolida, new to Austria. [P.B.] Esaki, Teiso, “Brief notes on alpine butterflies [of Japan]” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.2: pp.1-7, 2 tables June 1952. 9 spp. in Honshu, 5 in Hokkaido. [anes Esaki, Teiso, “Milionia pryeri Druce, a new pest in Kyushu (Geometridae)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.6, no.3: pp.14-15, 1 fig. March 1953. The caterpillars damage Podocarpus macrophylla (Podocarpaceae). [T.I.] Evers, Hans, “Beitraége zur Macrolepidopterenfauna von Sylt” [in German]. Bombus, no.39: pp.169-172; correction, ibid. no.53: p.232. 1947; 1948. Annotated list of 80 spp. from NW Germany. [P.B.] Ext, Werner, “Das Massenauftreten der Gammeule Plusia gamma L. in Schleswig- Holstein in Sommer 1946” [in German]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkraukh., vol.55: pp.75-81. March/April 1948. Report on extent & intensity of outbreak. Practically all crops attacked. [P.B.] BOOK NOTICE A REVISION OF THE MELITAEINE GENUS CHLOSYNE AND ALLIED SPECIES (Lepidoptera: Nyphalinae). By L. G. Higgins. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 112 (14): 381-475, 134 figs. Dec. 31, 1960. 2. 2s. Od. ($5.88). Paper. Judging from several manuscripts submitted to the Journal for publication recently, it appears that a number of members of the Society are unaware of Higgins’ revision. This treatment is based on structural characters including genitalia of both sexes, wing venation, and labial palpus. In general the arrangement is similar to that of Bauer (1961, in Ehrlich, How to Know the Butterflies) for Nearctic species which was in press concurrently. Higgins ascribes Melitaea F. to the North American fauna for minuta Edw. and allies for which Bauer proposed the new genus Poladryas. Other noteworthy differences include Higgins’ use of Thessalia Scudder for leanira Feld. & Feld. and theona Men., and Texola Higgins, 1959, for elada Hew.,. all of which are retained in Chlosyne by Bauer. In addition, Higgins proposes a new genus, Dymasia, for dymas Edw., considering it to be sufficiently distinct from Microtia elva Bates. Many differences exist between the two treatments at the specific and subspecific levels; Higgins’ concepts include treatment of the Neotropical representatives of the group. Both arrangements should supercede that of dos Passos’ list (1964, Synonymic List of Nearctic Rhopalocera) where these species are lumped under Melitaea, a concept dating back to the time of dos Passos’ original manuscript, about 1959. — EprroR 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society INDEX TO VOLUME 18 Abisara echerius, Acraea, encedon, eponina, Acraeidae, Actinote guatemalana, Aegeriidae, Aegeria apiformis, Aglia tau, Memades elandon, ......:.:.......... De Agathymus, alliae, aryxna, baueri, chinatiensis, chisosensis, estellae, evansi, gilberti, indecisa, ECHR SECS ae mariae, neumoegeni, rindgei, Agraulis vanillae, Agrotis subterranea, Alabama argillacea, Amathusia phidippus, Amathusiidae, Amblyscirtes vialis, Amphidasis charon, Anaea, electra, morta, morvus, Anarta cordigera, Anartia, fatima, jatrophe, Ancyluris inca, Anthocaris sara, Anticarsia gemmatilis, Apatelodes angelica, torrefacta, Apatura ilia, Aphantopus hyperantus, Apodemia chisosensis, mormo, nais, Aporia crataegi, Appias drusilla, Arctia caja, Arctiidae, Argynnis paphia, Argyreus hyperbius, Atrytone vestris, Autographa microgamma, Automeris io, Battus, polydamus, 130 philenors) vo) 0 ee Biblisthypera,. i: 002 oe Blanchard, A., Syssphinx foodplants, Boloria, astarte, lia, eee ee a frigga, titania, todd Ieee ee tN Meee eee Book notices, HG; 210." 9238: Book review: Wir Bestimmen Schmetterlinge, 255 Our Butterflies and Moths, Borboicmnarase-— ee Bouton, D. W., Venation aberration InsP apilio,” 205 ee ee Bowden, S. R., Pieris napi, laboratory maintenance, Bower, H. M., (1888-1963), Brassolidae), a4i)c oy ene ee British Honduras butterflies, Brown, F. M., Strecker puUDplication) dates, "ee eee Tryon Reakirt biography, .......... Butler, R. B., Mexican satyrid at | oc ae RR rete ree at 2 nd iButtertly i traps se.cu.c eee ee ee Butterflies at light, 43501 1G: Butterflies of Yakima Co., Wash., .. Byasa _ alcinous, Caduga sita, Calephelis Velutina ie. coat. See cat, ees ae Cahge memmony yee ey Callophrys, affinis, augustinus, dumetorum, eryphon, fotis, henrici, JO MMS OMIM ear eter Mec rence ene 49, nelsoni, sheridani, spinetorum, xami, Calpodes ethlius, Calycopis isobeon, Cargolia, albipuncta, arana, carmelita, cardania, dardania, argyrodines, (new names in boldface; synonyms in italics) 268 Index to Volume 18 (NAKINORUVGLE. 2.5 ee ee eee 114 HINTS COS Ase (uses. eke eee ee Iss TELUS clon eee 220: ae ee eee 1S UL ee a Sea eee eee 115 Salapia. Mises ee ee eee TS Semitalbata. 2. er a ee eee 114 Carterocephalus palaemon, .... 217, 227 Catocalamclocatay. = eee B7/ @atonephele myctimuss =. 20 @atopsilia ncrocalewe 106, 162 florea ec 2 eer: Sree eee ene 74 POMOMAs Aepdecneeehse ene a eee 106 pyranthes sles ee 106 GelastuniaaG 210 use eee 41, 226 DUSDas. Socsereulccc eed ame ee 107 Cephonodesmhylasss = eee 74 Cercy Onis; OCLUS arin eee 22M DEGalae Le a seer ene eee eee Di SilVeS tris. coke ee eee ee pa | @haraxeste OnUcUS. 5 sree eee ee 104 CandiOpe, LO OS. ea eceneee coneee 189 Coeliadesta anchisess ee ere 74 SEJUMICEAE. ae oeRt een vedas eae rene eam 74 Coenonymphay arcanium eee 110 IGP Hs ee Reel hae ee De Aa 221 @oliass valexandira se eeereree 220 CT ALG. © AS a RE ne 106 eurythemes, a2! oe ee ee ee 220 Taya ee ee eee ae eee Al INnteHORe e125 DG THASCES Sees oak ene ee ere AT 227 OCCIGEMtalistee ns eee ee Ree 220 DhilodiGer\ Greets Meare ee eeree il Collecting Vlarvaes 4. ee 201 Common and Upton, Weather enzyme MNAae FORD), see sassnoosooeccee 79 Comstock, J. A., Neoterpes life history Wat be eee ee 32 COLLCCHIOME Ais cee eee 164 Corrections...) eee ibs). es} Covell, C. V., New species of Geometndaey eats eee TLL Cremnaywmbrae eee ee 24 Vol.18: no.4 Crenis: trimeni; \..0:....:......2ee 74 Cupido argiades, 4... 110 Curetis acuta, 2.00.) 107 Cyrestis thyodamas, .975- =e 108 Danaidae, 16, 41, 47, 745 104 size 163, 165, 220 3250034 Danaus, chrysippus) ee 74, 163 EFeESIMUS,,..55..005 250 ee 16 plexippus, 41, 47, 165, 221, 230, 234 Datana contracta, . ee 89 Deilephila elpenor, 2. 37 Denmark, H. A., Light trap, .......... 1 Deudorix eryx, ....2 eee 106 Dichogaster Coronado. eee 164 Dichorragia nesimachus, .................... 168 Diorhina putes, 23-5. 24 Dircenna, cuchytma, 45 17. klugi, oo...) 17 Discophora, ......... 2222) 102 Dismorphia, fortunakasa see 15 praxinoe, 0:0. 5.) eee 14 Dryas julia, 19 Dymasia dymas- eee 129, 140 Dynamine, dyonisy eee Gx ao glauce, .....2..)).... 21 miylitta, ...:..) 0 2 ee ON theseus, | 20.0... PAL Eacles’ imperialis) 22) 90 Egybolis vaillantinay eee 74 Emesis, liodes, 2 2 ONS. lucinda, ..l.ucaeeee 25 Emmel and Emmel, Papilio indra life history, “.:)2 3 65 Endromis: versicoloray eee 36 E,pargyreus clarus, eee Epicnaptera americana, ................ 37 Erebia, disa; ..........::.0 rene! discoidalis,, 2 -5-s eee DAN Go ORS epipsodea, ..........4:..68 MECUSA, oo. ccceecccde ee 41 vidleri,:) uu A eee DO Exgolis) merione, 2... 160 Eriogaster rimicola, eee Sy Erycinidae}..0..::...........0 eee 162 Erynnis, icelus, ........... D7 juvenalis, ......:.<....c.0.60 ee 190 PACUVIUS, 2)... cence PEFSIUS, .....6.0.iseess coer propertius, .......s00...:.e en Euchloe, ausonides) =) 221 Cardamines, ..........- 94 CFCUSA, ..2.8hcsl coon PAM Euchrysops, cnejus, 2. 106 Euclidina cuspidea, ......... PRAT e 05... 169 Eueides, aliphera, .....32..2..= 19 cleobaea, .2))...... oe eee 19 Eumaeus minyas, 2. 22 Eumenis semele, .2..).. eee 110 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 269 MUTANS A TMOMMIMA, 6.2.0.0, 00.) s..ecsesceeenteeee 9299 Heliconius, charitonius, .................. 19 ROMY AS. ANMICA, .....,.0..6..00..ce00eesiee 228 OTIS ost Ei Bice, ARN oa alia 18 EMAICSCKOTE eee ee 223 LSTIME TITUS 362) Sera 14, 18 BCID. sessaeabec lee Se eens ee eee 22,3 PetiVEranUS: «.o5..55.. eee ee 18 Pisapes. CURES, oo... ccc ccccesageeees 191 Heliopetes ericetorum, ........ 49, QUT, 227 RUCHITH EON eos nn nciods Sea ceddsshesans pOR | ‘Heliothise.zeas ...caeeseven ote 6 inpt@ieta hegesia, ..........s.c..eceeceert: Op Eleniants ys Cit tunis, em ee 89 Hupeyenia, eymela, .................... UNS) IS 7/ PILATUS > ssc aera eee cars ee 4] COnOUIVE2 Ign een 129, 140 MHemiargus, ceraunus, ............ 129, 154 GEMAMMAR eels euuuies LA UPA) USS) ISOLA A Fi aes meee ee 129, 153 El ATC! ELS Aad caa ae en en i blemuileucagerlanterina isan 24) |AVEIC100 OSS la eae 7, WS), eS} Wena 2 ho te ae eae | Re ea 24] Tesiene, (Uae elie en eee aeerenenase 17 Hemming, Arthur Francis PETCEIIIC ANT ee te i ec e 17 CLSO3-1964)) enc haipe ween 237 EVSiTAUS: J caece sete eee iy) elespentay commas, pees res eee 185 | DyueSs772 1.) 21 oy Uh 15 Inanpalluss) | sesectee essa ee BRAT InIETHGA, ,cebeb lh nevcence iene 106 jlo enararnre tereeeneerr mer rae cc. 227 |vavricya shal De hs Ve 16 MMMAMAaes he 240 biietten, 5h aa nce 160 paliaskay :sccscat- egos ne ase eee ee 240 G@lnairall xsi eho by eee ee ee a 31 UU CAS iets sata Jak ae Bene Re hee ee 240 daira, Oe eee eis Aa olteneiitad aa edivlemansina this 16 Hesperiidae, G800 49, 74, 105, 110, 162, | vexGe2/ 51, Geta eevee 106, 160 185, 190, 214, 226, 228, 229, 235, 240 Sita scan ene a NOGHaIG2Q ay blespenidssnew ton Ur Sr mentee 214 Its, Jp accsellee ne 16, 31, 64 Hessel, S. A., Automeris MMS CMY eee us. eT te ee 16 BynandromOrph) eae ee: 27 Euristrymon ontario, ................ UOT 50m ELESbI as: Ie Eiiciess ano. eee 104 Mutachyptera “psidii, ...............0006 1G4> 9 SElestinarassimiilis) 4.33508. eee 108 Whutinalial Garuda, ....c../..-..-cceeeeeeseeoe (60) ellcteropacha'rileyanay eee 89 IAVCYESHHCAMMUVMCUA fo... seek ecotdens ed 296) selipocnitasjacobede,ie) eee er aee 110 QO STAG. Vs ee eee eee 94, Holomelina aurantiacay “s7enee 118 laine, a eee een 107 Howe, W. H., Kricogonia Freeman, H. A., New Apodemia, .... 75 mMmirsration 7/58 |. 2 Meee oe eee 26 New Megathymidae, .................... ib tu lnimanenerissasii seen ee eee 160 TR erage GEIS A S7as0n | elyalophoraceunyalus ese 36, 38 (Calne: 2. DIS se ge 163) ) tybridy swallowtatlss; eee eee 170 Gastropacha alnifolia, ............... S530) | Hypanpax aurora,... cee. ee 89 @ecometridaes 23.5... SO) MD) IIL FAY PELCOMPE),. seicess co cee. eee 106 Glaucopsycle, alexis, .-........//....0.0+ TO; wlypolimmnas) jantilope, 32.32 108 IVSGIAMMUISS, o22..6cece-ccyeeseeee : 41,186,226 Boling 32 ies wade el os er nen 108 @lycestivess ChEONA;, ......6.-:....s eee. 74 IMGT US ee ea oes eee 74, 108 Gnophodess parmeno, ..........:.0.0-.1- 74 Wypolycaena pachalica, 2. 74 RGA MIUINIEGOSON)) -2......:00-- 60s. ele ghe IG sna Ely pothynisy lycaste, yee eee 16 MMATCEUUSS 2 se) ek. see.es.-o. NEON IB. Oia) pe Idearlenconoes ses. meet ene 107 SEIOSCOIT, han ee eee ee ee Per OSs althomiicae acter et reas eee 155 3G G@riseldaeradicana, ...0.....0ce.ldi te GAS eames DOChUS oer eee ee 106 Grey, L. P., Keeping records, ............ 58 Jumalon, J., Amathusia phidippus Guppy, R., Vancouver Island Aloumncdances.) ies ce tis cae 101 USHER DUELOMS 2 occ. s..0co.aketnaetecoa His TRelihnaney sea 25. cbusssssconncotooncdence oases 108 Ey MACCIAT CITGO 2).....:s se eeceeeseeeeeeneeed- Some liamiskascanacenns mr asedeeees eres eee 107 Hairstreak new for U. S., ..............6 TUX). Kaipara), OR UID, | Ssoonecossonocgse Joovouusamee: 78 amacdiyas,. februa, ..,..........0-0-.-4.- D0) okecepinew records) nee ee 58 HSIONAE:, 5 ti 8 ae ee 91 Kendall, R. O., Foodplants for 26 IIASOPANCHEOMNUS, =......2;s00-2--00-4++ + 105, 162 Texas Papilionoidea, .................. 129 Elebomoianelaucippe, <......20-......5.0.--- 106 CORLECHONS) cece eae 163 Heitzman, R., Eurema lisa in Distribution TeCOlrds.. .-n ee 190 INET SSO UBT se ice ic Sb dene eee 64 Kennedy, C. J., Glaucopsyche in Monodes georgei range extension, 83 NLissSOUnI 5, ces eee eee 4] Confused behavior by Thorybes, .. 169 Kricogonia lyside, ...................... 26, 229 270 Index to Volume 18 Lachnocnema durbani, .................... 74 ACOSOMa | Chitidota, -.). eee 89 Pacosomidaes | gnc e bits ee 89 lEampides! bocticus;.......- ee 106 Raothoempopulizn.. 20a oe 36, 38 Kaphyemainuiciperda,......- eee 4 Masiocampas erangis, ee on GUMETCUS: 3 a eee ee ee 36, 38 trikolaiy ec. cor eee ee eee 36 Lasiocampidae, .............. 36, 37, 89, 164 JLYSTMOVNEY CNET, Sap cococonoeedaezeconenn <5: Syl, le) eptidea morsels oe ee ee 110 SIMADISS) i j.f Ree eee oetee none 110 erodeaarabuss eee eee 215 AySatiless.cgek.ccce see eee 214 ecthesneuropa, eee eee ee 108 TOMAS Ane ee 160 Meucostrophus: hirundowe., eee 74 Leibythea,’ céltises) nc ee 107 labdacay. 40 eee eee 74 Mibytheana caninentase.. eee 229 Bibytheidacw) ees ‘oil, Od, 22S) Light trap, to separate moths and beetles, ee eee 1 WieatMnerenesistalnt asa ee sere eee 79 Limenitis archippus, ............ 48, 165, 224 bredowils eer 40, 41, 48, 228 cytherea, cave eee I PHC a ins. ease ee ne 21 lorquint, fie eee ee 22.4 melanthe: Ls. ee ere 21 Iimmnas) 1chnySip puss eee 167 Daparidaeence: ciess. ie) ee tenes 37 [ey CAcnasenCUpPreUsy) saya cee ee 49 EGG a es esate ee es 49, 228 helloides. 3. es Se ee Iss7/, 25 heteronea, “Quo wie sere ee 225 MATIPOSAsy on eee 185,225 TRLV AAG Ate ea ae ree DOS) phlaeas,$2), Saco. ee ee 110 TUBIGUS:”. dedavteseesss theater 40 j-album, 2:42.00 ee 228 Milberti, /i....006.0.scecs.2-tce 223 polychloros; 3... ee 40, 110 urticae, Gh.cu.c. Meee 40 xanthomelas, .........200. eee 40 Ochlodes sylvanoides, ..................... ey/ Oeéneis, chryxus) .6.4..050.- 0 eee DO 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society yf | NURTURE ce rhe ie Sd 2a5 ) eeinludonas potatora se 36, 38 (TAS SSE ha A ae DO = ehoebiss vagarithes 4 aaa 15 DEV ACCT, een ee 222 ARO AMTCH Macatee team ante teres Oenomaus ortygnus, ........................ 189 Dintleaeis. 5 5\-ca ces eae me uae mes Ls Oleniappaula, oc cieeseeees eed eG SENNA, as beard coe as hae GON See 15 OT ee ance 37 SEAUIB AS sae see ee eee Re rete 15 RIOMMOS BOUIN Gece o2 yee scesiedeseees onsen Si) Pholiscra.seatullussy eee 23,7 2 RUNS), yeaa re cr 190 dbo}: PMS Rie ma gt Oem. Wear nie Cain da 50 Rantimades *m-album, ....................... 189 Phyciodes, campestris, .................... 223 ZAPMNGNALCKAMION,. oecseccc..locesssetscsesendecs 78 Glacial 19 [CAIIEOI eaten 65, 220 11 fC ORS ES oe ona OA ee E 20 [SIANOIR,, Seg ekae eine ee eee 106 TDW EbAR chs ee Paes Ree 223, 228 CHESPHONLES, . ....-.e-cececeeseecceees IAS). ale! PMAOM Gy See ne eee eee 129, 143 GEMOGOCUS, oo... 74, 164, 170 DICTA Mitt a ee ee ene 129, 142 BPEMMOLCUIS en ee: 104, 163 texanmatrc. ico, almteenmine Set bee 129, 144 CUNEO ae ee 220 tharOsxeeies set eee ee 129, 142, 228 TIAICCIR, Akane ee lapeosorr Rierella slunacsesace eee eee ile IM ETAUISMME Gc relas OG eRieridacy 145 26srcilhe 4 lesen Gnade URGE AS, 65, 220 ely Ores, IOI), IO, BAO, Dar Bz) NEITOMAOMMN RE A044, “Pierisebeckert.4.0s. cr eee eee 22) MGICUTONDL, | aac ee . 106 bryontae:) ce cone eee 92 multicaudata, ............ AD NI29 1325220 Gubiosa: owisi.ne eis Pee 93 omllaranexcless stan eee ae IPAS) 18355 TAD eae he S/n cen ATES Si Onn 2 JOIIVACER.,> 7 pakeiec SO a ee 105 occidentalissis es Bee ane ree ie Dit (DO) SEERA 129, 133 TAPAC Ra net eam AN GG ORM JDEDISINGIE, / Sasseis oe sen ee ene ae 106 VITGINTENSIS). Ao20 ee eee 93 emetic, Ge ig ee 65 ‘Pieris napi, form “sulphurea” BUNGUISMRME ee 220 laboratory maintenance, ............ 91 HOMINIS RR RR ce eo ean ceseaess LOOMS Gee bikecopsienilianay se eee 107 SUMED, 1 See ee ere 105 Rleberust acmon nee DS) FANCEOM, alae eee 220 MGV Gh Ska eNO AU ae en ED Al Rapiionigae, —. 13, 40, 41, 65,74, 78, AVSAWMOTNOVMOV — scnosestdoncaransosuenssenes: 226 104, 105, 129, 130, 157, 163, 176, ICATACIC ES oe en ee eee een ee 186, 226 188, 191, 220, 235 Tee Rn eer tre SC 110 Paracolaxvelamcimalis, ...........0.:....0-: 110 TMC LISS Ane ce keen ts 865225 ZARAUCCMACZEHIA, oc oceecleeleceestesetees 41 SAEDIONISS wety cee er eens 49, 185, 226 PariiGles, GriCr i i i einen 14 shiastad, Tare eum eae he 49 APO IMIG MTNA he se ee ie atsanvissusees 140. Plutellapomectellay. ee 94 DOINVZI IS, assoc 14) + Rlutellidac sy) j20 eee 94 SESOLUHIS, SS Scene aaa eee 14 Roanesshobomokasese eee 935 PZAMAAMMOMECALAS 2c...) se cceveovenst es doves LO Stee eolitesemanc ona eee een ee 228 TREISG), \ccaceiasocon donee ae aa 105 Salou etiay). oe er ee ere BN Wi7/ Banmassius: ClOGiUS, ...........-.... 188, 220 SONORA ee ee eee 228 JEITOE DWE, a soc eee en 220 teeumselin bt ete ee nee een 50 Belopidas: borbonica, ............0.......... 74 themistoclesmns seca eee eee 228 COLONY EE, «a a 162 Polyconialc-albmmeee eee 40 TDECLOIAS, sc ee ae eee 105 PAUIITUS yin yes eae remitted tat 48, 223 TEveyol brig SWAT ee Ds SPACIING. pan aveter Go Weteeais anne 228 Rerophthalma ‘tullius, .......0......0..:...0>. 24 Say TUS ce Wren teeen. Bes cones darth ted oa 2293 Petersen, B., Monarchs eaten ZEIT cee tect eann eee ean CL ee 223 |ON7 ley ta(G IS i i 1G5ee Lolyommatusy Canis. see 4] Factors in Danaus pupal RolyuiraseuGdanmip pus) eee eee 108 GHIA OTMMG I Boho foie dosed eteincasiee: 230 Powell, J. A., Bower biography, ...... 192 HREOTOLES “PIASUS, | ......s.-c..e0..c000ccc0000- 926 Book Review: Howe, .................... 941 Phaeostrymon alcestis, ............ GAO) SIAN PASI, NNDTEUAE IS cocaccaccndeocoseseacereseosnooece 107 IeliaeoumanClad Omnia, 2 .ss.1..--2.....eneneneons GIST ClO a eee eh ain ate 74 einlotess battOidess «sl... .cec. esses 926 PENOVEVAN Yeas ee 20 CIRO LCS Meee es cpt cee ccce et. ee cate 226 HVerbaR Se ate daee nae ieee 160 O72, Index to Volume 18 inti @ewSIs; .. Fick ae se ee Cena 74 Onibnyal ce Ration a6. och eS (AS LOGS SOP AS han he ciate cee 74 Prepona amphimachus, 5...) 29, Rreservine larvae: 2.2.0.7. 201 Pron: 1G.) Mating times. $5) Pseudonica tlavilla.s ee ee 20 Psyche: unicolor.. <0 ee 37 Psychidacy 3.2) eee ee 37 Pteronymia cotytto; -...... iis, MSE Lye Pupal duration in Danaus))... 230 Pyralidae: aka ee ee 8 Pyreuscentauredes...2 77. eee 228 COMMUMIS. Wiese eee WT TUTANIS§ ses cee ee eee DMT Pyrrhogyra, say penson ee. ee 20 ObOlAIS SS ee ee 20 Radenaesimilisis.— eee ee 107 Reakintl. biographivass eee ZL Rearing; larvae, Ys ee 201 Rhetusmarcius.) pete eee ee 24 Riley, N. D., Hemming biography, .. 237 Riodinidae, ............ Mal ARS) er, iS, BES Riotte, J. C. E., Review: Koch, ........ 84 Syssphinx bicolor in Ontario, ........ 89 Ross, G. N., British Honduras butterflies: (ioe. See eee 1] Rydon, A., Butterfly traps, ............ Dil Salatiutay Cenukian 4 eee ee 107 Sabumiay) pavOniany ase ee 36 DVT liga Seasonic Grnetoastes dosaeee nen eee 36 Satummidde, 2s Hl, BG, Fai So) wabil Satyridae, 17, 41, 47, 57, 74, 78, 101, 108, TOS WIG. N29 37 SS ORI Ooi Satynitims behnil, ese vee 48, 224 Calamusyeh ele a eee 129, 148 Galifompicais.4 och eee ee 224 TROTATNORONIOY, Zondpansnneacooaasaaveacsoss 48, 224 SACPLUM, tcc etc ea ee 224 SVIVINUS. 116 Telicota colon, .:.2:..5 325 105 Tenenis laothoe, ...:......2. eee 20 Theela spp., 3...:0. 2.22 22, 23 Theope diores, .......0. hee 2D Thorybes- pylades, (22). 169, 226 Thymelicus sylvestris, eee 110 Tilden, J. W., Two hesperiids new to U.S... nee 214 Tmolus, echion;, ..:.250 sie Tortricidae, 5 eee 164, 228 Turner, J. R., Megathymidae, ............ 45 Udaspes folus, 3... 105 Vanessa, atalanta, =e 40, 223 CaTaui: Ae eee AQ, 74, 107; 16059222 CATYEs, iicc.ds...csss Ae 40, 224 indica;.: ...0.c.dhon ee 107 virginiensis, .........2c. eee 223 van Son, G., G. C. Clark biography .. 195 Venation aberration; 3 Es Vidius perigenes, 2. eee 214 Vogt, C. J. (1885-1964) eee 239 Welling, E. C., Butterfly migrations in Mexico) 2... 2233 229 Vogt bicgraphy, =e 239 Wyatt, A. K., Holomelina correction, 118 Wyatt, C. W., Afghanistan Rhopalocera, 222 78 Ypthima; baldus; 22.2 159 riukiuana, .....:hi0ss0 ee 108 Zanolidaé, =. osc. c...08 ee 89 Zeiger, C. F., Eurema chamberlaini in, U.. S., cece 31 Feuxidia, 06 .cisssscsesssee ee 102 Ziegler and Escalante, Callophrys xami life history, 2...) Zizeeria, gaika, ...3..2::.0 0 74 TySimiOn, 6... .c.0:.00:.0c0se 160 Zizina, knysna, .........2-- 107 maha, occ. 2 107 OtIS, cchisdecsaslehs ot cet 107 Zizula’ hylax; ox...) ea. 74 Zoological nomenclature, .................. 164 Zophopetes cerymica, .............0.0em 74 Zygaena, lonicerae, 50s 110 DPUNCUUIMN, occ eccd.ces.cced 110 purpuralis:.)iccce1s.0h.00e ee 110 Zy@aenidae, — .f.c.ss..00hlee ee 110 EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor: Jerry A. PowELui Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor _ (“Especially for Collectors”): FreD T. THORNE Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEWCOMER Manager of the Memoirs: Smney A. HEssEL Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Bexuincer, S. A. HEssEL, E. G. Munrog, J. A. Poweti, C. L. RemictTon (chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. Newcomer. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts must be typewriten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and one side only of white, 834 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFERENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. Authors are normally charged for engraving and tables at cost. Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley proof is received. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. PowEiu, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U.S.A. Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Eune, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No.1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrm F. pos Passos Price: Society members — $4.50, others — $6.00; postpaid. Order from the Society Treasurer. Printed in U. S. A. By Tue S. Z. Frextp Co., Inc. New Haven, Connecticut 1964 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.18: no.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Notes on collecting, rearing, and preserving larvae of Macrolepidoptera by. Noel? MeHarlatid’ jon 0008 hen A 8 201-210 Tryon Reakirt (1844 - ?) by) Fs: Martin ‘Brown ogo ON ee a eee 211-214 Two species of Hesperiidae previously unrecorded from the United States by J. W: Vildew ss Ce oe 214-216 Butterflies of Yakima County, Washington by. Es. J. Neweomer | oho ee ot 217-228 Butterfly migrations in southeastern Mexico during 1963 and 1964 by ‘Eduardo 'C.\Welling 4.3))0.-0..30) 0.75220. 28 2 229-230 Humidity, darkness, and gold spots as possible factors in pupal duration of Monarch butterflies by: Bruce ‘Petersen i.e ae 230-232 Discovery and observations of Boloria eunomia (Nymphalidae) in Michigan by OE Coy Nielsen si a.o Sel Ea oe ee 233-237 Arthur Francis Hemming (1893-1964) Dy Ni Dy Rileyo ie ob a ee Ge eee 237-239 Charles J. Vogt (1885-1964) by. a Eduardow'C) Wella neon Ae 239-240 Book Review: Our Butterflies and Moths by): Jerry Ac Powell yoo 8 as te 241-249 PO NOTICES acai Bees sae by dene hend Rh Cage Lan ua eam 210, 228, 240, 266 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA. ....00000...0.00.0000ccccescscsesssserseee 243-266 Iidex: to’ Volume lO re Ne en 267-272 Cia A i d = ‘ . (aa a he f i =T w F f ‘ ‘ ) 2 2 * : 4 4 is c in¥: fi ¥ ; t ; . x ? BP} aA ? ‘ en F 1” r 1 “ X Bt ‘ - - ¢ r 1 f i a i ke = ies J am 5 : e ™ ea [ At ry ke y - ' , - ; ~ ' “ , f 2 PS i ‘ a} i se! i é ‘ 1 W x Ne ' ore j od. ai Ny Rn Ye ‘ é | | My A Tes i j i 7 4 ) my . 7 e Fi ‘ i P i ‘ 4 yh } aly = i j Wives “ D Ny 5 7 ) a i Me ; cA i é = i ge shits Me ih Be aes 7 cr, “eG ye ire Ie-agtet FLIES ELD EP DHE FH RE I WO! AERA REG ORY a WML xe) MEGA AL DPR ApTQe NE Ue et te eee nr Sf? rad AP DN AC P FT PP OOF Py DROP BS Yet rb oe Seeman mR A see | ‘ VW OPE ya eae ee WHS , i ny sh tne Spe : Pe PL es Shite Bae PRT UE Lge ter ete ye tars . as ; : a tf Se boat ae pei py ST ce aes A La ee ee pti on Baa FF: ton ve OB EP RE PEE pa a ey 2) SiO PORE Sepiay esr) re pete uy LW ty Sy Song al a